[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner e.Lib Home   1.0c
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Location (Dornach)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: hat
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • “Nothing has ever been said that is not in utmost degree the purest
    • printed material can take it in the fullest sense as containing what
    • be necessary, however, to put up with the fact that erroneous matter
    • is included in the lecture reports that I have not revised.
    • material can naturally be conceded only to one who knows what is taken
    • extent that their nature is set forth in Anthroposophy, and of what crisis
    • present period of his evolution — taking this period so widely that
    • it encompasses not only what is historical but also in part the
    • pre-historical — we must conclude that speech is a preeminent
    • is speech that elevates Man above the other kingdoms of nature.
    • In the lectures last week, I mentioned that in the course of mankind's
    • something that Man formed out of himself as his most primal ability;
    • the transition from the Greek culture to the Roman-Latin culture, that
    • to what is Roman-Latin — men of culture became estranged from the
    • brought prose and jurisprudence into the culture of later years. What
    • It might be said that all poetry has in it something which makes it
    • the breath of life’. What at that time was done with the breath, to
    • relates to the cosmos. In short, what would be expressed by speaking
    • talked about, there is no recognition that it is actually contained in the
    • sentence that comprises the names of the alphabet. Thus we can look
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • somewhat remote, but it will be of importance for the further
    • the being is taken into consideration. No account whatever is taken of
    • the fact that in addition to his physical body, man also has higher
    • that is more or less recognized in science and has also made its way
    • It is, of course, acknowledged that the fluid and the aeriform
    • The warmth within man which is greater than that of his environment is
    • member of his constitution. We shall presently see what I mean by
    • saying this. I have already drawn attention to the fact that when we
    • general idea is that man, as a physical structure, consists of the
    • that in addition to this solid structure they should also see the
    • (yellow). More exact study shows that just as the solid or solid-fluid
    • the air that is within us, in regard to its organization and its
    • fluid organism which fills the same space that is occupied by the
    • solid organism, we realize immediately that we cannot speak of this
    • differentiation. It is permeated by the forces of the Ego. — That
    • in the blood there is also present what is generally called the warmth
    • condition. But that ‘organism’ is by no means identical with the
    • of the human organism that the warmth cannot be identified with the
    • Directly we reflect about man in this way we find that it is
    • the skin from what is outside it. Even this, however, is only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • of man, and at the end it was possible to show that a really
    • man's external constitution and what it unfolds, through
    • current today. It became clear to us that in order to build this
    • that the solid or solid fluid organism — which is the sole object
    • the real sense — we saw that this must be regarded as only one of
    • the organisms in the human constitution; that the existence of a fluid
    • physical body. But it is paramountly the etheric body that takes hold
    • of the fluid body, of everything that is fluid in the human organism;
    • consciousness too, we know from ordinary life that in addition to the
    • yesterday that dreams are essentially pictures or symbols of inner
    • in our dreams it comes to expression in pictures. I said that we may
    • it were, an experience of nullity, of the void. But I explained that
    • this experience of the void is necessary in order that man shall feel
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • really nothing to do with our own essential being beyond the fact that
    • that it leads us to the body. And our conception of the bodily
    • world that can really satisfy us.
    • that is astir with life, and finally man himself came out of the
    • bridge can possibly be built, and what is worse, modern science
    • The root of all this is that the only kind of anatomy in existence is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • responds, on the one side, to what is presented to his observation; on
    • accompanied by impulses of feeling, and we shall see that feeling
    • deed, of action. Only through the fact that we are thinking beings are
    • we Man in the truest sense. Consider too, how everything that
    • the fact that we can inwardly picture the world around us; we live in
    • this world and can contemplate it. To imagine that we cannot
    • us; in so far as we are doers, that is to say, social beings,
    • it ever so, that things can simply be thought of intellectually side
    • by side with one another; the truth is that whatever is an active
    • inconceivable that anything should proceed from us in the way of
    • what thus takes place. In everything that is of the nature of will,
    • the element of thought is contained; and in everything that is of the
    • about what is involved here if we seriously want to build the bridge
    • Imagine that you are living for a time purely in reflection as usually
    • understood, that you are engaging in no kind of outward activity at
    • that in this life of thought, will is also active; will is then
    • realize that the will is radiating all the time into his thoughts,
    • every case that they are linked with something in our environment,
    • something that we ourselves have experienced. Between birth and death
    • there is something that is inherently our own; what is inherently our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • IN THE FESTIVAL of Christmas something is given to Christendom that
    • Regard the evolution of history from whatever point of view you will, take
    • the Mystery of Golgotha, as the thought that is contained in the festival
    • follow it through the thousands of years that preceded the Mystery of
    • Golgotha, we find that, although the achievements of the peoples in all the
    • step toward what took place for the sake of humankind at the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. Furthermore, we find we can only understand what has happened
    • since the Mystery of Golgotha when we remember that the Christ who went
    • superstition, for example the kind of superstition that believes that
    • involvement, and that such aid should come just where human beings consider
    • it necessary — if we leave aside such views, we find that even the most
    • and meaning that the evolution of the earth has acquired through the fact
    • that Christ went through the Mystery of Golgotha. It is appropriate for us
    • of earthly humanity. We know how intimate the connection is between what takes
    • place in the moral-spiritual sphere of human evolution and what takes place
    • Christ Jesus to that being whose outer reflection appears in the sun. The
    • such references to the fact that the outwardly visible stars and their
    • context, if we wish to understand what should concern us most of all in
    • your attention to the fact that the Greco-Latin, the fourth epoch of
    • post-Atlantean humanity, stands, as it were, in the middle, and that there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • that in the past certain hints or indications of the mystery of evil,
    • and of that other mystery which is connected with it — the mystery of
    • important events of the present time. What I said then had also a
    • deeper motive, for anyone who has knowledge will be well aware what
    • will to understand will come in time, and we must see that it does
    • come. In every possible way we must see that it does come.
    • Even what I lately said about the configuration of philosophical
    • all that I bring forward here is intended not as mere criticism, but
    • as a simple characterisation, so that human beings may see what kind
    • view, they were after all inevitable. One could even prove that it
    • As I said again only the other day, that which calls itself Science
    • ourselves: These forces which are active in the great Universe — what
    • is their function, apart from the fact that they bring death to man?
    • It would be altogether wrong to imagine that the forces which bring
    • death to man exist in the Universe for that express purpose. In
    • say that the purpose of the engine is to wear out the rails!
    • course be talking nonsense, though it cannot he disputed that the
    • It would be just as wrong for anyone to say that those forces in the
    • What then is the proper task of the forces that bring death to man? It
    • the fifth Post-Atlantean age, and how important it is that in this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • instinctively — and intensively — he experiences all that is going
    • on in his environment. Later on it is only in the sense organs that
    • we have a process imitating in a certain sense what is going on in the
    • outer world — reproducing it, just as the camera reproduces whatever
    • is there in front of the lens. The human being becomes aware of what
    • nature of ideas. The child begins to take as his guideline what we say
    • to him. Previously he has taken as his guideline all that we did in
    • his environment; now he begins to grasp what we say. Authority thus
    • The child will quite naturally follow and be guided by what is said to
    • him. Language itself he will of course learn by imitation, but that
    • that I want to speak today.
    • the birth of the astral body to the time of puberty. However, that
    • all of us, before we descended to unite with what was prepared for us,
    • spirit. What we were, and what we experienced there, is very different
    • from what we experience between birth and death here on earth. Hence
    • ideas on his earthly experiences, and it is to these ideas that we
    • characterized by all that we see with the senses and understand with
    • earthly intellect. But there is nothing in this world that is not
    • his own etheric body. But to say that man clothes himself with his
    • and in its lower portion something that appears more or less as an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • being, two beings can be clearly distinguished. You will recall that
    • membranes that envelop the human embryo during its development
    • everything, in other words, that is cast away as physical
    • entire life. It is somewhat different in character, however, from the
    • earthly life. And this is what I would like to speak about today.
    • becomes a body of forces that is active in us but does not come to
    • we can say that this invisible man also contains the ego, the astral
    • embryo, what we call here the physical organization of the invisible
    • that we encounter after birth. I will sketch this visible human being
    • and also in the inner forces of movement that carry ingested food
    • however, there is a direct intervention of forces that enter the
    • us, a stream that flows directly from the ego into the nerve-sense
    • this stream in such a way that it spreads out over the skin-senses,
    • we have one organization that flows up from below, proceeding from
    • then to the ego. We have another stream that enters the physical
    • at the insight that this unmediated stream, which enters the physical
    • visible sign of these outspreading streams that enter the entire
    • directly a destructive process occurs, so that along the nerve
    • encounter him here on earth, we can say that the ego flows in the
    • blood. But the ego flows in such a way that it first ensouls its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • a little more than what we are able to see through the generally accepted
    • and to show us what man was like upon Atlantis; then it also seeks to point
    • particular point: What can we discover if the things which we have learned
    • before our soul's eye — what can we discover if we then cast our gaze upon
    • We know that only at the
    • this connection, we know that the human bodies of the Atlantean epoch were
    • that during the Atlantean epoch the
    • human body was soft, pliable and plastic, so that the souls that came down
    • completely. At that time, it would therefore not have been incorrect to
    • say: That man resembles a cat. If he was a hypocrite, he really resembled
    • a cat, or a hyaena. In that remote past, man's countenance and his outward
    • was at that time able to transform his outward form and he possessed this
    • possessed it. Their physical body was far more hardened than that of man
    • and hard. The animal forms are however quite hardened, so that their
    • is still mobile to some extent, so that the etheric body still assumes
    • reality — that outwardly his face may only have a slight resemblance with
    • We shall then be meeting someone and we shall know what his moral
    • whatever during the sixth epoch, our bodily form will then obtain its
    • is a good person and that is an evil one. Just as to-day we know that
    • this is an Italian and that a Frenchman etc., so we shall know in future
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Suppose that we observe an animal during the course of a year. We will find
    • that its life follows the cycle of the seasons. Take for example an insect:
    • — we find that they too experienced, more or less instinctively, the
    • died out. Among more advanced humanity, therefore, we will not find that
    • spontaneous harmony — a harmony between what arises from the human side
    • and the immediate setting or natural surroundings. That has to do with the
    • fact that humanity itself is undergoing a development, which constitutes its
    • are revealed most clearly, we find that its experience spans a comparatively
    • the developing Consciousness Soul. It is that time when man will step fully
    • What would happen nowadays if a man were to give himself up entirely to
    • or that he did not tell himself at a certain moment: ‘This is how you
    • should orientate yourself’ — suppose that he were not to arrive at
    • We may say, therefore, that the insect has a certain direction in its life
    • that of the animals, but still instinctive. His life has taken on a newer,
    • more conscious form. Yet we find that man, in spite of his higher soul-life
    • forward, towering above the animals, one must still concede that he has
    • human race, of this or that century. And just as, for a lower form of life,
    • this or that century take its place in the whole development of our planet.
    • able to say to himself: ‘I live in this or that epoch. I am not man
    • account of what the historical development of humanity asks from my
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical truths in particular that I would like to develop for you.
    • We shall then see what a great impact on a person's everyday life these
    • particular truths have, and that is what we will talk about tomorrow.
    • this question merely by saying that there is a possibility of acquiring
    • super-sensible knowledge by means of certain forces in man. But what the
    • usually ask. That is why so little importance is attached to making
    • be said that super-sensible knowledge is becoming more and more
    • essential to man, just in our time. In that case it is vital to understand
    • what its connection is with ordinary everyday life.
    • As you know, the first of the capacities that leads man into super-sensible
    • capacities have any part to play in the rest of man's life? You will see that
    • regard man purely superficially, you will be struck by the fact that the
    • often mentioned, is connected with the development of forces that are not
    • It is obvious that the forces doing this work of developing the physical
    • Intuition. For the forces that are applied in the acquisition of intuitive
    • knowledge are the same forces that you grow with at the time of life
    • forces that are active within the human body until the seventh year are the
    • Now the forces that are active from the seventh year to the fourteenth
    • and form the power of Inspiration. And the forces that in bygone times
    • twenty-first year — it would be too much of an assertion to say that this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • ROM the two preceding lectures you will have realised that in finding
    • what may be called the civic social order, but that this civic social
    • culminating in the terrible death-throes of social life that have come
    • soul-life of the widespread middle-class, and that of the descendants
    • that time. I spoke of this in the lecture yesterday.
    • We will now consider in rather greater detail why it was that the
    • Walter von der Vogelweide until that of Goetheanism, and then abruptly
    • any thoughts which could have been fruitful in that sphere. Even
    • — concerning which one may venture to say that even he was not quite
    • clear about them — as to what must come into being as a new social
    • strange phenomenon. I said that Hermann Grimm — for whom I have
    • in which I spoke from my own point of view about many things that need
    • always stressed the fact that Hermann Grimm's only response to such
    • hand, indicating that this was a realm he was not willing to enter. A
    • made at that moment. It was true inasmuch as Hermann Grimm, for all
    • human concern, had not the faintest inkling of what ‘spirit’ must
    • simply did not know what spirit really is from the standpoint of a man
    • of mankind, he would have believed that he too could speak about the
    • spirit; he would have believed that by reiterating Spirit, spirit,
    • spirit! something is expressed that has been nurtured in one's own
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • presented in recent lectures may be summarized in somewhat the
    • is obvious that aberrations, inclinations that often run counter to
    • The reason why the will is so mysterious and secret is that in many
    • being able to claim that any conscious impulses are racing effect. In
    • operations of the will, it has again and again been emphasized that
    • as the experiences of deep, dreamless sleep; so that in this respect
    • But when we think of man's spiritual nature we cannot conceive that
    • his conscious mental life; the fact is that this spirituality is at
    • work in him during sleep too, within that part of his being where his
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • conscious of its effects. That is one aspect of the will.
    • The other aspect is that the will is also active in us while we sleep;
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • upwards in waves. But just because we must admit that the will is at
    • spirit, it follows that the will as such has to do with this organic
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • processes of internal metabolism. So that here again we can point to
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner stated that the primary function of education is to
    • Rudolf Steiner stated that the primary function of education
    • that is elaborated, in a certain sense, by man himself in pre-earthly
    • does not know what this implies. We speak of Truth, little realizing
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • form an idea that harmonizes strictly with it and thus is true, or,
    • an idea that does not coincide with the fact. When he thinks the
    • forms an idea that is not in accordance with the fact, it is as if he
    • cut the thread that binds him to pre-earthly existence. Untruth severs
    • intellectual consciousness that is a characteristic quality in the
    • (see Note 1) does not realize that
    • such a severance takes place. And that is why man is subject to so
    • the threads that bind him with pre-earthly existence, this works right
    • into an inner uncertainty that makes itself felt even in the physical body.
    • For this purely spiritual sense of being that we find existing with
    • How often it is the case that a man would like to be a person of note
    • thus describes him. The essential thing, however, is that he shall be
    • What is it that can strengthen man in this sense of being? In earthly
    • existence we live in a world that is but a copy of true reality.
    • spiritual world. And this is only possible if the bond that links us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • least a few words. That I am able to do so is due entirely to the loving and
    • devoted care of our friend Dr. Ita Wegman. And so I hope that I will still be
    • able to say today what I desire particularly to say to you on the occasion
    • earth. And it will be one of the more beautiful results that can follow from
    • Festival. That however will only be possible when the might and power of the
    • What we can do at present is to awaken, in this Michael time, the
    • Michael mood in our souls by giving ourselves up to thoughts that will
    • especially stirred to activity within us when we turn our gaze upon all that
    • worlds — through long periods of time, in preparation for all that can now
    • That you yourselves, my dear friends, in so far as you truly and
    • considerations a little further, and that is what I want to do today.
    • traditions of Judaism the prophetic figure of Elijah. We know what
    • moment of human evolution, appeared again so that Christ Jesus Himself could
    • And further we saw that this being appears once more in that world
    • how the deeply Christian impulse that lives in Raphael, as it were impelling
    • stands revealed in wondrously beautiful words what Raphael had placed before
    • has gone through the gate of death, he enters the world of the stars. What
    • We know that man passes through the Moon sphere and through the spheres
    • Jupiter and Saturn. And we know that when, together with the beings of these
    • spiritually with the spiritual origin of the Earth, with that World of Being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • “Nothing has ever been said that is not in utmost degree the purest
    • printed material can take it in the fullest sense as containing what
    • be necessary, however, to put up with the fact that erroneous matter
    • is included in the lecture reports that I have not revised.
    • material can naturally be conceded only to one who knows what is taken
    • extent that their nature is set forth in Anthroposophy, and of what crisis
    • mankind is recorded in documents that have been preserved as
    • that, in addition to these records that have influenced mankind
    • that gives a more exterior knowledge of things, and an esoteric
    • All that could be
    • esoteric Christianity. You know already that the Gospels contain very
    • But what the Gospels tell us concerning this intercourse of the risen
    • foreboding of something very special, that entered the evolution of
    • us that he was able to believe in Christ only from the moment in
    • gave him the sure knowledge that Christ had passed through death and
    • that, after his death, he was connected with the evolution of the
    • knowledge of the living Christ and we should bear in mind what this
    • at Damascus? We must bear in mind what it implied for Paul, initiated
    • to some extent in the Hebrew teachings — that the Being who
    • could not grasp that the old prophecies referred to a Being who had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • style would rob them of their special atmosphere that grew out of the
    • encounter between what lived in the souls of the questioners and what
    • gentlemen. Today we will add to what we have heard on previous
    • occasions so that we will be better able to understand the full
    • that it is essentially a process of taking in substances that are
    • process occurs in the chest, and it is this process that gives us our
    • in the blood. In turn, in the blood processes, that is, between the
    • discovery. It is only in the last fifty or sixty years that this
    • know how to look at what happens to the physical body when a person
    • becomes ill in any way, we discover that nature herself arranged such
    • an experiment for us and that we can gain insights from it.
    • impairments, he discovered that they had had an injury in the third
    • you, that when we remove the top of the skull, we can see the brain?
    • when someone has a so-called brain stroke. What happens in that case?
    • healthy left convolution of the brain. We must now understand what it
    • we find that this portion constitutes a fairly uniform, mushlike
    • means that something happened to the brain while the child learned to
    • just as wrong for me to say that the brain has formed these
    • convolutions by itself. Instead, I must think about what has actually
    • taken place and what caused it. In other words, I must ask why the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • they think they should despise everything that is called material or
    • sense-perceptible. For we have seen that here in the physical world
    • emphasised that through the sense of Movement we move in the
    • are so great. Many things that are in a higher spiritual sense
    • that has a certain justification he describes what sort of hair, what
    • sort of complexion, what kind of wrinkles brave or cowardly men have,
    • what sort of bodily proportions the sleepyheads have, and so on. Even
    • if we ask the right questions about what has been recently described
    • said that during the Old Moon period our present sense-organs were
    • still organs of life, still worked as life-organs, and that our
    • what has often been emphasised: that there is an atavism in human
    • life, a kind of return to the habits and peculiarities of what was
    • imaginative way of looking at things that was characteristic of Old
    • for if this were so, and if all that man experienced during the Old
    • pathological — then one would have to say that humanity was ill
    • during the Old Moon period; that during the Old Moon period man was
    • in fact out of his mind. That, of course, would be complete nonsense.
    • What is pathological is not the visions themselves, but that they
    • a way that they cannot be endured; that they are used by this earthly
    • organisation in a way that is inappropriate for them as Moon visions.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • IT seems that it would be useful to consider matters concerned with
    • is tending towards the destruction of all that springs from middle
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • Luther, Frederick the Great, Goethe and Bismarck. Grimm says that if a
    • In the nineties many people had no doubt at all that this remark was
    • realise fully in their soul what this signifies: less than three
    • Revolution and tries in his own way to say what may be thought about
    • eighteenth century. He had no particular expectation as to what would
    • never have expected that men would be led to freedom simply by giving
    • rather that by work upon himself, by self-education, man should reach
    • that man has first to become inwardly free before he can achieve
    • this rational necessity, it is still something that compels him. And
    • external State, or something of that kind, in obeying such laws he is
    • one-sided way either the influence of the senses or that of reason,
    • with his humanity; when, that is, he does not simply submit like a
    • regarded absolute obedience to what he calls duty — that is,
    • when he becomes poetical, “having nothing that flatters or
    • me to find that I am not virtuous.” That is his satirical comment
    • means that while an unfree man may serve his friends as a duty, in
    • carries his humanity so far that he does it because he likes to do it,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • limbs. These are of course crude expressions that are only roughly
    • part of what is contained in the trunk. Moreover, as you will have
    • only in his head system — in all that has to do with the life of
    • — that is, from a bodily aspect, with the rhythmic system —
    • waking life with a life of dreams. What goes on in the sphere of
    • Now it is very important to realise that each one of the three systems
    • subjectively present in consciousness. What do I mean by that? I mean
    • take place within us. On the other hand, what we experience through
    • our rhythmic system, the processes that go on in the sphere of our
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • something that happens in the world and has significance there. And it
    • is of extraordinary interest to follow up the world-processes that lie
    • Suppose you experience something that affects you very deeply, Some
    • event that moves you to joy or sorrow. Now you know that the whole of
    • life runs its course in such a way that we can separate it into
    • one division that shows itself in the course of human life.
    • what to look for. That which takes place in the soul and spirit of the
    • Now let us go back to the event that makes a strong impression on our
    • objective world quite apart from what is in your consciousness, quite
    • that goes on in the objective world may be compared with the setting
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • we know that the Ego lights up within the Intellectual or Mind Soul
    • it was quite natural that the Mysteries of that age should have been
    • it is said that the Greek's life of thought consisted in an actual
    • stated that Goethe's conceptions were not perceptions, but
    • ideas, and to this Goethe retorted that he actually saw
    • his ideas before him, that he perceived them objectively.
    • the red glow of evening. The Greeks felt that the world of ideas came
    • to them at sunrise and passed away from them at sunset. They felt that
    • “darkness”, they felt that their world of ideas came to an
    • Mysteries, began to feel that their power to perceive the spiritual
    • Now the intellect alone can give us no real knowledge of what has
    • shadow-intellect that is characteristic of all modern culture has
    • modern science. In our age it never occurs to man that his being
    • that is what we need above all to make our own.
    • whole nature and being. The Greek was right when he felt that the Sun
    • ’ to himself, he experiences a force that is working within him,
    • the Cosmic Ego. What lives within me is the human Ego.
    • was in the days of Greece, but for all that it is still possible to
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
    • an outward shell of an experience that is dying out altogether in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • pointed out that there exists no short summary of a world view
    • That is not possible with spiritual-scientific truths, the
    • reason being that the truths of natural science are lifeless
    • LIFE is the state of consciousness that is most familiar to
    • come to the point of questioning. The fact that someone asks
    • that ordinary consciousness cannot yield, proves that from the
    • soon realise that, in the sleeping condition, as opposed to the
    • that an understanding of life may result from an understanding
    • this life of dreams, it is easy to observe that its pictures
    • often be said that things are dreamed of in a way in which the
    • following example. A man may dream, for instance, that he is
    • may dream that we are standing somewhere and a man is
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • although the picture sequence has been quite different. What
    • what is consciously experienced on waking. The pictures in
    • impulse — or something that approached the soul in the
    • consciousness. Forces that increase in intensity are there
    • pictures. Thus we must say that here is something that takes
    • when, through what I have often described as Imaginative
    • rapidly; but when, in somewhat abnormal circumstances, someone
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • I HAVE said on many occasions that at the time when medieval culture
    • stream of Scholasticism acknowledged that this knowledge acquired by
    • Thus when medieval culture was at its prime, it was realised that
    • knowledge no longer accessible to mankind in that age must be
    • shall find that the characteristics of this knowledge through
    • School, for instance, that a distinction could be made between
    • have been at a loss to know what was meant. It would have been
    • unthinkable to him that if knowledge concerning super-sensible worlds
    • communicated afresh. True, the Greeks realised that higher spiritual
    • knew too that by dint of spiritual training and through Initiation, a
    • man could unfold higher faculties of knowledge and that by these means
    • Now a change took place in Western culture between all that lived in
    • Aristotle, and the kind of knowledge that made its appearance about
    • of this change by saying that the Mystery of Golgotha occurred in an
    • But then we find that from the fifth century A.D. onwards, this old
    • certain individuals, saying that their teachings were to be avoided at
    • obliterate all that had previously been known of these individuals.
    • It is strange that a man like Franz Brentano should have inherited
    • from medieval tradition a hatred of all that lived in personalities
    • Brentano had allowed himself to be influenced by this hatred and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds a certain idealism, so that every time he utters a word, the
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • else in evolution that has to do with man, as we have had full
    • history. What I want to bring forward does not refer to any one
    • that even primitive languages show the same character as civilised
    • therefore we shall not concern ourselves with the differences that
    • that the words he speaks are nearly all of them signs for things that
    • to look on the word merely as a combination of sounds that is
    • the Greek civilisation, we find that man's relation to language
    • a word, it was not so much his thinking that partook in the
    • that is, an atmosphere is prepared around the Earth within which can
    • live man's utterances articulated into speech, then that
    • to say that in the evolution of speech and language we are beholding
    • studying something that has to do with the Earth, it is by no means
    • impossible in the course of that very study to come to a knowledge of
    • that are to be observed in man's faculty of speech.
    • in man's speech — that is, in the later part of the
    • him from this or that fact in Nature, summoning him to defend
    • activity, what he was induced to do under the influence of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • that in their study of contemporary events and happenings, men's
    • physical life of humanity. It is by no means enough to admit that the
    • evolutionary process. It was said that another, more purely spiritual
    • In other words, it was held that the intervention of Jehovah had been
    • preceded by that of other Beings, that the creation of man had
    • world devoid of every element of that material existence with which
    • centuries of Christendom. It was said that Jehovah united with matter
    • and that from this union man came into existence.
    • to this Gnostic conception, therefore, Jehovah was a somewhat lower
    • conception was then added to this world of ideas, namely, that in
    • united with the man Jesus in order that the strivings of Achamoth
    • might be fulfilled. The Gnostic teaching was that in the man Jesus
    • concerned with all that surrounds and is connected with his life
    • realisation that spiritual foundations underlie this physical world
    • By that time the minds of men were no longer capable of rising to the
    • understand that civilised humanity is faced with different tasks
    • of everything that is associated with the activity of thinking.
    • lived and worked with a tremendous power. And that is why even to-day
    • the learning will not be of the kind that finds favour to-day. It
    • must be an active learning, not a learning that consists
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • have frequently remarked that knowledge, that way of thinking
    • give what lives in the soul a direct link with reality.
    • I said that what
    • less dreamt, slept through by mankind, that in any case abstract
    • active in the social life. I stated that in earlier times men were
    • aided through older, what we call atavistic, knowledge, through
    • myths. They brought to expression in the form of a myth what they
    • thought concerning the world, what entered their vision of the world
    • acquainted with the nature of that thinking which underlies the mode
    • are to be found in the myths, and the origin of what they express
    • and the Israelites. Moreover, one can say that a great part of the
    • thinking that still rules in the soul today is connected with the
    • attention to the fact that the Osiris-Isis-Myth is also conceived by
    • Dupuis as a mere priest lie, that the priests as far as they
    • Titans, and all that is related to them, and the third generation of
    • basis today. Of the Egyptians one must say that in the age when the
    • turn their gaze to that element in the human soul which lives not
    • turned the eye of the soul to that element in the soul which passes
    • when man treads ways that lie on the other side.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • in mankind, we know that we have to look back to earlier times of
    • scientific thinking. The realization of what each one can do, no
    • orientate oneself for what is to come by considering what has been.
    • certain mythical pictures and imaginations what they thought and felt
    • that we in our Fifth Post-Atlantean epoch have to recapitulate in a
    • sort of inverted way what had happened in the Third, the
    • Egypto-Chaldean epoch, so that it emerges again differently. The
    • that in the time of the Greco-Latin evolution, in the time that
    • attentively what is said in my book
    • that in Grecian times, and even much later, people saw
    • Ideas — as it were — as Goethe still did, and that they
    • come about in modern times. But at that time there was indeed a
    • people remembered that it had been so earlier. They said — and
    • said to themselves: that age in which men still lived directly with
    • of course not one Osiris, but it was believed that there had
    • Typhon — that is, by that force of the human soul, which to be
    • been elaborated there actually lies all that I have been stating. The
    • to approach (we have pointed out in the Christmas lectures that by a
    • East knew that they were to bring their offerings to the new
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • from that of the mythology of the Egyptians and the Greeks. We have
    • seen that the Egyptian and Grecian mythologies in the manner of their
    • They are based on a certain consciousness that humanity once
    • to the things of the senses. We have seen that for this old atavistic
    • All that had arisen as
    • told you that the divine spiritual Beings who stand at the
    • them as producing through their deeds what we call earthly humanity.
    • that that is not the case in Egyptian or Greek mythology. There men
    • themselves a greater antiquity than that of the Gods then in power.
    • and significant a difference that one must bear it well in mind. In
    • the course of these studies we shall see to what an infinitely
    • within us in which we believe, which we profess as modern men, that
    • the immediate present bears much in it, that points back to the Old
    • impulse that proceeds from the Mystery of Golgotha. This all
    • important that we can lay one thing as a foundation; I have
    • already referred to it yesterday. We have often related that we are
    • the original Indian epoch will light up again. That is a law in the
    • catastrophe that is to come — like a catastrophe of nature.
    • part what immense depth of human consciousness in ancient times
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • with the question which has just been raised. The question was: What
    • of man today so that a counterweight may be created to the principle
    • of heredity that prevails almost exclusively — whether in
    • is, in fact, most deeply connected with the contrast that I wished to
    • realize that in the age when that saying arose in the Egyptian
    • culture, it was still plain and clear that when one spoke of
    • acquainted with his civilization knew that what lives as ‘immortal’
    • that the saying on the Statue at Sais actually meant: He who will
    • There was no intention of saying that the human being as such cannot
    • lift the veil of Isis, but only that one who binds himself
    • instill into the laity — not the priesthood — that they,
    • priests were the ‘mortals’. That is to say, all those
    • might say that in the decadent age of Egyptian culture this was the
    • moreover called themselves the ‘immortals’ in that
    • that must be said in the course of these observations and it might
    • easily be thought that their purpose is merely to blame our times. I
    • have often emphasized that that is not the case. What is said here is
    • truth is to be spoken it cannot be expected that no mention will be
    • made of things that have simply got to be seen through, whether for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • mankind's evolution, and you have already seen that all sorts of
    • purpose. In order that we may have a foundation as broad as possible,
    • I shall remind you today of various things that have been said from
    • you that in that evolutionary course of mankind which can be regarded
    • years go on becomes older. In a certain respect one can say that for
    • transformations. Now we have already described in what sense I a
    • that followed the great Atlantean catastrophe mankind can be said to
    • have been capable of development in a way quite different from what
    • was possible later. This is that ancient time which followed
    • We know that at our
    • through our nature, our physical forces. We have stated that in the
    • the fifth decade of his life, and he always knew that the process of
    • time something that determines our progress of soul and spirit.
    • connected. So that one can say: Mankind as a whole drew in, became
    • becoming-younger! And we have seen what consequence must be drawn
    • year, are entering the twenty-sixth and so on. So that men are
    • receding further, so that I, if no spiritual impulse grips mankind,
    • it is shown by the fact that in Greece, let us say, a man had still
    • reduce this age as much as possible, since people think that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • that sounds strange at first hearing but which corresponds to a deep
    • has in reality no true understanding of himself. One could say that
    • this statement applies particularly to our own time. We know that
    • the Delphic temple ‘Know thyself’ merely a phrase at that
    • for a knowledge of what man on the earth actually is.
    • things that must be said in connection with this question are
    • fact that they sound as if they were difficult. They are only so for
    • that what we call understanding at the present day is actually the
    • reveal something to us. One must revive the consciousness that the
    • human being is a riddle that wants to be solved. We shall not,
    • physical form that wanders about before our eyes as man — far,
    • far more is man. But this physical structure that wanders round
    • before our eyes as man, and all that belongs to it, is none the less
    • man that goes about among us, what man is between birth and death
    • recognize in the human being what he is as immortal, as eternal being
    • of soul. One must only develop a feeling that this human form is a
    • reach everyone, is not fitted to call forth a feeling of what a
    • seen a human skeleton — remember then that the human skeleton
    • as absolute, develop them metaphysically — that we will not do.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • We have seen that we approach certain riddles of the universe I and
    • its completeness, what we experience between birth and death and
    • again between death and a new birth — that is actually the
    • We have seen that when
    • comparison but as an actuality. We can truly say that the whole
    • speaking lightly — that everyone has his own head. Man
    • certainly has that. For as you know, the configuration of the starry
    • special time at which one observes the stars. So that by taking the
    • the stars in the heavens. Let us keep in mind that it is not the
    • star-heaven in general that builds up our head, but its special
    • can realize that a considerable part of man's task between death and
    • that the head is not merely given us quite passively but that we make
    • laws that prevail in wide cosmic spaces. In fact, when we think of it
    • work chiefly upon the head. So that when the human head appears here
    • heredity from one's ancestors. I have said repeatedly that everyone
    • acknowledges that the magnetic needle does not turn by itself to the
    • North and the other pole to the South, but that cosmic forces are at
    • work, namely, that the earth is working there. In the case of the
    • magnet, people own that the universe plays a part, it is only when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • possibilities of development for the future. I have said that we
    • human evolution, events that have led up to a soul-constitution which
    • struggled through to the conclusion that the fundamental note of this
    • contradict the fact that in our times the essential character of a
    • particular, will be unfolded in the next few days. We may say that
    • centuries subsequent to the Mystery of Golgotha. We may say that in
    • world-conception, which began to ebb at that time, in the course of
    • human world-conceptions, these gnostic documents represent that
    • from older traditions, from what existed in Asia, Africa and southern
    • Europe in the form of an ancient wisdom, from what could still be
    • vision supplied what may be designated as an inner logical system. If
    • that in the course of human evolution intellectualism has, in a
    • preeminently leading spirit, who at that time already made use of the
    • evinced that the older form of spirituality had ceased to exist and
    • that the human being now sought to gain a world-conception through
    • come across statements showing that the recollection of an old
    • high degree that things which were vividly experienced in the past,
    • gnosis of that time, with its still ample store of wisdom, which
    • longer be experienced. What the Gnostics set forth, contains, as it
    • that humanity gradually loses altogether the possibility of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • I have tried to explain to you that, from the middle of the
    • point, and that this culminating point had been reached towards the
    • necessary that humanity should attain these scientific results. They
    • in the external symptoms, in what may be designated as Haeckel's
    • What occurred there, and what had such an extraordinarily deep
    • so-called refutations. Let us simply observe the fact that, on the
    • one hand, we have before us what people thought to win through a
    • world-conception; people believed that only this enabled them to
    • comparison with what was contained, for instance, in the medieval
    • written, with the aim of stating that it was still possible to make
    • point, and that perhaps it could be stated that a super-sensible
    • world existed, but that it could not be recognised; the
    • namely, the fact that Haeckel came to the fore, with his conception
    • of a purely naturalistic structure of the world, and the fact that
    • be present. At that time, it was not necessary to expect anything new
    • from Haeckel. Essentially, he had already declared what he could
    • were present, who thought that Haeckel was a significant personality,
    • a conspicuous man. That physiologist, however, was a thoroughly
    • is what I wish you to grasp, as a characteristic pertaining more to
    • that every single word revealed how matters stood. Whereas a few
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • understood if we study the changes that have taken place in the
    • that in order really to know something about the nature of man, quite
    • a different outlook is necessary from that to which they are
    • They feel that one thing at least remains constant, namely, man's
    • time. They declare that, so far as his mental attitude is concerned,
    • man has not fundamentally changed throughout history and that if this
    • that in order to write history it is essential to take the present
    • would not understand how they spoke or what they did. Historical
    • modern historian infers that human beings must always have possessed
    • former epochs of history from that to which we are accustomed to-day.
    • at the poems he composed in his youth and we shall find that there
    • was always a kind of inner opposition to what his contemporaries were
    • of appeal to what lives in Nature, saying something more enduring and
    • We see him growing beyond what those around him have to say, coming
    • find that they reveal just this attitude of mind. Then a great
    • overwhelming change that came upon him in Italy. In letters to
    • suspect that the Greeks proceeded according to those laws by which
    • in such a way that the thought of metamorphosis in the whole of
    • It is only now that Goethe finds a world in which his soul really
    • feels at home. And, if we study all that he produced after that time,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • said that out of the strange and incoherent utterances of Jacob
    • expressed this more or less as follows. I said that Jacob Boehme
    • all remains indefinite, even nebulous. Everything that Giordano Bruno
    • sufficiently clear to indicate real insight into that relation of man
    • turn to Lord Bacon of Verulam, we find that he, in reality, no longer
    • perception and from the Mysteries, there is no trace in him whatever.
    • however, looks out into the world that is perceptible to the senses
    • human soul into that world in which the soul is immersed during
    • been possible to create from the inner being, had by that time been
    • himself, together with his inner life of knowledge, and what remained
    • to him was the vista of the outer world, of outer nature, of that
    • What did
    • man from what he had been able to observe in nature. That is to say,
    • understanding of the being of man was based on what was perceived to
    • Now what
    • nature but at the same time he tastes them, so that a
    • perception of taste. We find that while the sense of taste is
    • lifeless nature are all, to begin with, given form. That which exists
    • the like, are really crystallisations which have been shattered. Out
    • builds them up into that form which is peculiar to its own nature.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • human nature actually takes shape are nowhere contained in what man
    • of what I want to convey by saying this, you must think about many
    • things that are familiar to you from anthroposophical studies.
    • You must remind yourselves that as well as living through his life
    • by no means without significance for what we do during our earthly
    • significance for what happens on earth as a whole. For only part —
    • and indeed the rather lesser part — of what happens on the
    • forces proceeding from the dead also penetrate into what surrounds
    • and overtakes us here. So that a full and complete survey of man's
    • life is possible only if we look beyond what can be told us by
    • that can explain man in his whole being and the whole course of human
    • incarnating in bodies derived from physical parents. In that epoch,
    • that they will, it is true, still have a relationship with the earth,
    • some conception of what happens between death and a new birth.
    • relationship with earthly affairs that we now have only between death
    • leagues away. Most people to-day still persist in believing that the
    • amass all kinds of spiritual experiences, but not by the path that is
    • that is discovered by an Initiate, and can be communicated, is
    • also, to translate what he is able to proclaim out of the spiritual
    • healthy reason to them, these experiences would be of no use whatever
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • I HAVE often said in this place that in more ancient times in the
    • the nature of the ancient Mysteries knows that within these
    • picture form, in the way that was possible in those times. That way
    • followed by the third stage, that of the revelation of the nature of
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • knowledge that can bring to realization what Goethe already divined:
    • a knowledge that raises itself to art, not symbolical
    • Perhaps, my dear friends, at the close of what I have to say, you
    • will understand what is really the deeper cause of my words. Let me
    • say in the first place that already for a long time now the
    • Society, but that the Anthroposophical Society, if it would fulfill
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • be different for the Anthroposophical Movement from what it was when
    • Now in order not to speak merely theoretically but to make what I
    • something that has recently taken place in connection with a Movement
    • that is distinct from the Anthroposophical Movement, because, if I
    • upon the practical duties of ministers of religion. What they said to
    • ground under his feet for the practical work of a minister that is
    • assumed forms that do not really enable it to instil into its
    • impulse that must proceed as a living power from the Mystery of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • soul that really constitutes a kind of triad, which, in the case of
    • should also be able to find in evolution a stage that reveals this
    • outwardly; that is to say, a stage in which the soul really feels its
    • separately. In other words: A nation must once have existed that felt
    • these soul-parts separately, in such a way that the “one-ness”
    • “threefold-ness”, and so that this threefold nature of
    • “Kalevala”. What is set forth in “Kalevala”,
    • express the fact that this form of consciousness once existed in a
    • nation that was widely spread in the north-eastern territory of
    • Europe, a nation that experienced the three parts of the soul
    • separately and felt that the sentient soul was inspired by
    • these ancient seers, felt that the understanding soul was, as it
    • were, a special member of the soul, that receives its forging
    • impulses — or that which forges within the soul and builds it
    • In the same way, that nation, or
    • those ancient seers (but we must bear in mind the fact that the
    • consciousness-soul was, at that time, experienced as something that
    • experienced that Lemminkainen was a Being connected with the powers
    • epic poems, we may say that these three heroic characters come from
    • between Ilmarinen and what is being forged there. I have already
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • must be understood that in reality it interpenetrates the whole human etheric
    • the whole system of man, his astral body and ego. Let us now recall that the
    • turn our attention to the light-ether. It is true that the whole etheric body
    • kinds of ether, but we shall only consider today that part of the ether body
    • which is light-ether; and in order to fix our attention on that part of the
    • often said that man really only gains consciousness of things from being
    • we are awake, that the astral body and ego are within the physical and
    • etheric bodies; one may add, as regards that part of them which is not within
    • things. Keeping this in view we say that we have sense perceptions. The cause
    • of this is that the human ego and astral body first receive a revelation of
    • shall inquire today: How does memory come about? How is it that we have
    • remembrance of many things, of objects and experiences that we have passed
    • through? How does it come to pass that we have memory?
    • case. We meet a man today, whom we first saw five days ago. We remember that
    • we saw him five days ago, that we spoke with him, that he told us his name.
    • We say: we recognize this man. What is it that really takes place in us when
    • what occurs; the first thing we have to take into consideration is this, that
    • movements. It is the light part of the etheric body that we are now
    • part that we are considering today; I will speak of it therefore as the
    • light-body as movements — as inner light-movements; so that apart from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • in mind what we sought to study yesterday, let us consider how
    • matters actually stand in regard to what we call man's Saturn
    • we know that there is concealed within us, within our human being,
    • something that was first implanted in us during the Saturn period,
    • namely, the first rudiments of our physical bodily nature. What we
    • look out to the stars in cosmic space we do not at first find what
    • evolution. Three evolutionary periods have gone by. And all that
    • uncover the forces which at that time worked upon our physical body.
    • you recollect what was shown in my book
    • you are aware that there was an active co-operation at that time
    • externally. We find it if we look into what we call our personal
    • karma. Please note, my dear friends, that our personal karma is
    • woven in such a way that what befalls us in successive earth lives is
    • forth the connection of cause and effect that comes to expression in
    • continuous stream and no one considers to what extent historical
    • evolution depends on the fact that human souls, for instance, who
    • The fact that they participate in current events and that the way in
    • we learn to read what is in the surrounding cosmos and not
    • cosmic script, and consider what radiating forces pour into human
    • of that world-conception which must be employed for the laws of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • I want to add to what has previously been said some explanation of
    • think only of the modern conception of the planetary system: that it
    • from this picture have led merely to the idea that there are no
    • separated, what essential difference is there between, for example,
    • the Moon and Saturn? It is of course true that very important
    • fact that he is a being of soul and spirit. With the help of
    • Initiation-science we must again learn to realise that our planetary
    • London.] that there was once a cosmic age — relatively
    • fact that it reflects the light of the Sun is evident to the most
    • superficial observation. So we can say: What comes from the Moon is
    • Now, as you all know, we see what is outside or in front of a mirror
    • but we do not see what is behind it.
    • everything that radiates upon it — the radiations of the solar
    • It can be said, therefore, that the universe is before us in a
    • reflection. Only that which is within the Moon — that
    • and that alone remains, if I may so express it, the Moon's secret; it
    • remains hidden, just as what is behind a mirror remains hidden. What
    • a way that he does not see the reflection from the Moon — only
    • makes the significant discovery that through the utterances, through
    • this Moon fortress, certain secrets can be revealed that were once in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • insight into the fact that within the physical-soul-spiritual
    • see also that with this entity, consisting of forces from the
    • I have often mentioned that a new stream of spirituality is now ready
    • in recent centuries. However, it must be said that the intellect has
    • It is obvious, even to an external unbiased observation, that the
    • achieved something; one was eager to hear what they had to say, and
    • fresh from university speaks one is no longer curious about what he
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • slid down from the head to some deeper region. That human
    • upon man opening his heart and soul to what thus seeks entry, through
    • to his own self. Through inner exercises he sought to attain what
    • ordinary consciousness of self that we have today with that of the
    • certain level of human evolution is not the same as attaining that
    • You will realize from what was said yesterday that mankind must
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no longer
    • and breath. In so doing he identified himself with what his
    • gain insight into that spiritual foundation of nature which external
    • What they actually do is explain how sense observation, interpreted
    • must rediscover what lies behind the knowledge provided by external
    • separated. However, it must be stressed that everything of a solid,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • distorted in expression — that the apparent isolation of man on earth is not
    • final; that man is not alone in the universe. We are therefore reprinting here
    • may have helped to show you that we can begin to
    • universe. If we ask: What is man in his true nature? — then
    • we must learn to look upwards from the Earth to what is beyond the Earth. This
    • This unmistakably indicates that it is high time for man to discover how he can
    • and will have realised that one of the great events in earthly
    • know what incisive changes in the whole sweep of evolution are connected with
    • Today we will confine our attention to what came to pass on earth in
    • lectures on colours we have learnt that minerals — that is to say, the coloured
    • the Spiritual Beings who guide earthly evolution as to what must happen to man.
    • beyond the earth? It can be said with truth that the separation of the moon,
    • out of the earth that man's organism developed in such a way as to make it
    • of the forces that were to build his body. And this concentration of forces was
    • may say that if nothing else had happened except this departure of the moon
    • first time that the human intellect began to grow shadowy. This process has
    • Thus the second great process or event was that man became more spiritual. But
    • You know that the moon will one day
    • must begin to be alive to the great happenings that are connected with his
    • evolution. He must know what it means to say that the moon once left the earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries that were the outcome of different conditions in the
    • arose from conceptions of the spiritual world that had primarily to
    • Mysteries that were celebrated in certain parts of Asia long before
    • festival with Mysteries that were celebrated also in pre-Christian
    • fact that they were preeminently Summer Mysteries, connected with the
    • union between man and all that takes place in earthly life during the
    • Mysteries we must think, first of all, of that part of the evolution
    • we find that the Mysteries were institutions of men still possessed
    • dreams were expressions of reality, the men belonging to that ancient
    • has learnt at school. I have, as you know, often said that what the
    • dreams but somewhat resembling them. Whereas we know quite well that
    • the pictures in our dreams are woven from our reminiscences, that
    • old clairvoyance men knew that they were the expressions — not,
    • But it must not be imagined that
    • well be amazed at the power and brilliance of the thoughts of that
    • what men fashioned out of various materials into works of art, and
    • what they acquired as wisdom. Today the distinction is made by
    • saying: What man acquires in the form of wisdom must be true; but
    • what he embodies in his materials as a painter, sculptor, or musician
    • — that is fantasy!
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • common knowledge that ever since the onset of this modern life, men
    • The important thing now is that the impulses we feel
    • modern life. We must come to feel that Spiritual Science is a
    • necessary counter-balance for elements in modern life that have an
    • him more deeply about what this modern life signifies for the human
    • leading to initiation and one who has no connection whatever with it
    • is that in the former case the experiences become conscious; the
    • person realises what actually happens to him when he spends a night
    • Naturally, the influences that play on the human
    • If we are to understand what is really meant by these
    • our physical and etheric bodies, so that while we are asleep in a
    • and anyone who has ever woken up with the aftermath of what the
    • with what the Ego and astral body experience as the inner law and
    • warning, because what I am proposing to say might easily arouse a
    • What I mean by this arrogance is that someone may say to himself: “I
    • painted in colours suitable for spiritual sensitivity, so that none
    • The last thing I want is that what I say should have
    • is Anthroposophy alone that can make the human heart and will
    • procedure. Although it is understandable that weaker natures would
    • untouched by it, it must nevertheless be emphasised that such an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • Let me indicate some of these facts today. You should realize that
    • practically when the human being stands before you, he is that being
    • described in Anthroposophy. That is to say, we first have before us
    • and the physical body. The fact that whenever we face a human being
    • we always have before us these four members, implies that the
    • really do not know it. We think that the person we see before us
    • fills out space with his physical body and that we see his physical
    • if I tell you that our physical body is a corpse, even during the
    • conception of yourself if you think that you are carrying through
    • space what you imagine to be your physical body. You would have a far
    • have been for some time past. What I am telling you now cannot, of
    • that of today. The human bodies of olden times, the mummies which you
    • illness simply consists in the fact that the human body in part goes
    • are simply due to the fact that in the one or in the other person a
    • What I told you now, essentially depends on the development of
    • Now consider carefully the following question: What does the human
    • being recognize with the aid of that knowledge which he designates as
    • things! Science constantly emphasizes that the ordinary intelligence
    • cannot grasp life. To be sure, some investigators believe that if
    • understand the mineral, lifeless substance; that is to say, they will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • conditions are bound to develop in the near future, and we saw that
    • disappearance of much that is still greatly to men's taste and
    • to speak yesterday it will be clear to you that a very disagreeable
    • comfortably through the coming times. I do not say that the
    • fulfilled to the letter. But what must be regarded as imminent is a
    • natural science, that will arouse the deepest need for what I have
    • time. The course of human evolution has brought it about that ever
    • all that can properly be called experience of the Christ has fallen
    • into complete decadence. We saw, too, that the impossibility of
    • clear that just as other incisive events in human evolution come
    • souls has become quite different from what it was before that time.
    • mind. That also has been too little noticed, because people usually
    • stick to the ideas that have once been instilled into them. But there
    • what has been inculcated, and this comes out very clearly if one
    • habitual ideas, so that nothing is able to penetrate their minds
    • what an immense gulf really exists between those who are old today
    • that there are many who still cling to a certain piety, a piety which
    • prefers to remain in ignorance of what is penetrating mankind through
    • dishonesty lurks in this piety, a reluctance to face what it is that
    • science are fulfilled — so that children are given a stimulus
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • attention to the fact that in ancient times man possessed a faculty of
    • phases to become what may be described as modern man's consciousness of the
    • returning to what was practised then because they cannot rouse themselves
    • to the realization that, in order to penetrate in to super-sensible worlds,
    • On previous occasions I have mentioned that, from the masses of human beings
    • suited to that age, inner forces which led them upwards into super-sensible
    • — that is to say, the one who sets out to attain higher knowledge by
    • in general was very different from what it is today. In the present age
    • physical world and we are conscious that if we attempt to experience a
    • that these men of old, through their fantasy, dreamed all kinds of
    • that of man in ancient times, if we believe that the spiritual beings
    • way of experiencing the world, namely, that man in those days had no clear
    • felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it is not independent,
    • being as separate from the surrounding world. Suppose a man of that time
    • downstream he, as modern, clever man, feels his legs stepping out in that
    • direction and this has nothing whatever to do with the river. In general,
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • spiritual beings connected with the water of the river flowing in that
    • water — that is, by something material — so the man of old felt
    • himself guided downstream by something spiritual. That is only an example
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • that the Christmas festival has been made immovable, having been fixed at
    • celebrate a Sunday — a day, that is, which should remind them of
    • their connection with the sun-forces — when the Sunday comes that
    • current among mankind, traditions that originated from ancient atavistic
    • knowledge that present-day science can offer. And such traditions were a
    • time fixed for the Christmas festival indicates how closely that festival
    • earthly conditions; it is a time that can be ascertained only when man
    • forces of earth-evolution pure and simple. For through knowledge of that
    • beyond the earth; it contains a promise to man that in the course of
    • that is implied in this manner of dating the Easter festival, it will be
    • remind ourselves again and again what a great event in the evolution of
    • that were associated with the personality
    • of Jesus. All that came to his notice in this way in the physical world
    • experience that came to him cut deeply into his life — so deeply indeed,
    • that from that moment he became another man. Nay, more: he became an
    • the nature of the event that befell him at
    • weak reflection of all that he experienced inwardly. But even so, when he
    • we can discern that he speaks as one who through this event attained
    • sense. From the very manner in which he speaks it is plain that he is
    • back into the ancient past we find that man remained capable of organic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • deepen what we have recently considered. If we envisage, to
    • begin with, the fact that the human form, of course,
    • mind that in regard to the formation of the head, the human
    • universe, you will find, as it were, that as regards the
    • Perhaps we obtain the best picture of what I mean by this,
    • out of our own being. But on the other hand, we know that
    • the world with his thinking that is connected with his
    • head, he takes back, as it were, into himself, what is
    • what he takes in from outside. Consider that when the child
    • He sees the world that surrounds him. We may therefore say:
    • of the right eye crosses that of the left eye, in the same
    • touch themselves much less. We may therefore say that the
    • that the fourth thing is to encompass ourselves. (See
    • weaving through us. We may therefore say: Five: That which
    • the fact that we do not only have a skin, but that it is
    • filled out, and through the fact that we were thus able to
    • like a fruit that has ripened. Let us follow the
    • our being, with that body which fills us out. Then, when we
    • have once described to you that
    • mineral. This led us to the point of being able to say that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • into all that these souls bring to expression in earthly life. I have pointed
    • into the forces that are at work in modern souls, we are compelled to
    • the Knights Templar in order to show how what proceeded from this Order
    • that the Order of the Templars was founded in connection with the Crusades.
    • It was, so to speak, an important accompanying phenomenon to that great event
    • Crusades. Leaving on one side all that is known externally about the founding
    • read it in history books — we find that this Order of the Knights
    • gathered together at a place that lay near to the ancient Temple of Solomon
    • what gradually began to live in the souls of the Templars.
    • their blood, as the representative of that which distinguishes earthly Man,
    • sensible physical existence; they were to live solely in what streams from
    • impulses that are connected with the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • practice what they had spiritually resolved. Words are impotent to describe
    • what lived in the souls of these men, who might never waver in their duty,
    • plane, might never flee, but must calmly await death, the death that they
    • now, when such an intense life is lived in the right rhythms, so that it can
    • inwardly, mystically, and with a certain rhythm into all that goes on in the
    • else, something that has still greater effect is developed when this inner
    • into the service of the course of events. And it was intended that what lived
    • what had to be done in the attempt to regain power over the sacred grave. A
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • MUCH that I should
    • reach the depths of that of which I shall speak to-day, if he holds
    • certain forest trees remain what is called evergreen through winter.
    • We know that in all events and occurrences that take
    • that when we walk through the forest, we have not only the trees
    • about us with their green foliage, but that in the background of
    • It is absolutely clear to us that behind all the
    • Now let us, to begin with, consider what people call
    • but with soul and spirit, so that we speak also of a
    • substance that which may be compared to a man's muscles and blood,
    • but we see only what may be compared to his bony system, namely, the
    • solid earth ; so that when we speak of the consciousness of the
    • evoke in our souls the conception that the whole Earth has
    • direct our attention to all that springs forth and sprouts on Earth,
    • entity in reference to the Earth. That the whole plant world is an
    • As men we are not aware that there really is a certain
    • have, however, often remarked that this in fact refers to our blood
    • good in respect to the plant world. We know that the plant world
    • the Earth, we can really say that during the height of summer in our
    • Now I beg you to note that these two states of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • These duties are connected above all with that which
    • It is true, that in view of this material age and all
    • that it brings in its train, we recognise that Spiritual Science must
    • progress of mankind. It is true, that all that seems to us necessary
    • much to do at the present time, that we cannot believe that with our
    • feeble powers we should ever be in a position to do much of what has
    • to be done. One thing at least is important, that we should connect
    • our interest with what has to be done, that we should acquire ever
    • be interested in that of which humanity has need, and gain a clear
    • downward tendency, those that are harmful forces. At the opening of a
    • somewhat from our own personal concerns and to direct them to the
    • into that which is moving along the downward path in the human
    • Gnostics perished; and how it is now necessary to work, so that an
    • nineteenth century, and I have again and again emphasised that the
    • been recognised by us. But what we must keep specially before us is
    • this, that the great progress made in the materialistic realms of
    • been so strong as in our day, so that want of confidence as
    • authority. People live to-day entirely under the impression that they
    • must believe in, they must recognise authority, that they must have
    • that. For the most part men do not consider to-day that it is an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • whole mood of soul is governed by fear. All that you do, as well as
    • all that you feel, is saturated with fear and its reverberations in
    • related to hatred, so hatred plays a great part in your whole
    • own ancient time. And he would make it plain that in his time and his
    • of oneself in love to the world.” That is how he would put it,
    • what were from his point of view supremely important constituent
    • listen to him in the right way, we should gain much that we need to
    • culture,” then it must certainly be admitted that but little of
    • times there was in the Orient little of what was afterwards required of man
    • when that word resounded which found its most radical expression in
    • man's inner glance was captured by all that he experienced in the
    • entire being to it. It was cosmic knowledge that wove in the ancient
    • oriental wisdom, and in the world-conception that owed its origin to
    • all that lived in the Mysteries of the East there was no fulfilment
    • that approach you which is hidden in the depths of cosmic
    • phenomena!” — that is how the precept of the ancient
    • fact, they were now able to penetrate deeply into all that exists in
    • But by means of all that the men of the East brought to the Western
    • souls who could endure what they perceived.
    • who had already cultivated that vision of man's inner being, a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • memories of the impressions made upon us by the world, but that this
    • soul; and later we are able to call up again pictures of what we have
    • as though we had within us a mirror; but one that works differently from
    • the ordinary spatial mirror. For the ordinary mirror reflects what is in
    • — at some later moment — causes this or that impression
    • a mirror that is in space, then we can see behind it; we can look into a
    • As we do this, as we look within behind the memory-mirror, then what I
    • there is really nothing in the world that would not bring blessing to man,
    • of matter. But in this centre of destruction it really happens that
    • Jupiter existence will contain nothing but the new creation that is
    • anti-moral impulses, out of what works as evil from his egoism. Hence
    • and the reason is that beyond the tapestry of the senses lies that
    • existence, has no place at all. Hence it is that the ancient Oriental,
    • the man of the West has developed his Ego, has allowed that hardening
    • we are already on the way to seeing what it is that must enter into man's
    • intellectualism that has been developing ever since the middle of the
    • it is essential that man should acquire once more a consciousness of
    • The truth is that we are living in a stage of evolution when man
    • intellect to build up natural laws. Following a line of thought that
    • have to admit that within the world I survey with my ordinary
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • emphasised that as well as these records which have had a deep
    • what we may call esoteric knowledge.
    • Christianity the teaching of greatest moment is that concerning
    • references to this. What the Gospels say of this communion
    • indeed enable them to surmise that something of the deepest
    • testifies that he was only able to believe in Christ after He had
    • Why was it that
    • what it meant to Paul — who to a certain extent had been
    • learn that Christ Jesus had been condemned to a death of shame by
    • that the old prophecies could have been fulfilled by one who had
    • revelation came to him at Damascus, the fact that Jesus of
    • conclusive proof that He could not have been the Messiah. It was
    • only after the revelation at Damascus that conviction came
    • fact that Jesus of Nazareth, or rather, the Being indwelling the
    • immeasurable significance that Paul should have proclaimed his
    • that were still extant during the first centuries of Christendom
    • secret societies, where they are not understood. Anything that
    • Christ spoke after the Resurrection. What was the nature of the
    • must ask: What was the teaching given by Christ after the
    • mind to understand, is that the first human beings who lived on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • — as far as Europe is concerned — in what we call
    • Scholasticism, that Scholasticism of which I have repeatedly spoken.
    • what was meant by medieval scholastic Realism. It was not called
    • held that people who consider only the outer sense-reality, or that
    • able to understand what takes place, for instance, in the case of a
    • does not happen, for the wolf remains a wolf — that is, the
    • material aspect does not matter; what matters is the form,
    • when someone says that ideas and conceptions are nothing at all, and
    • that the material aspect of things is the only one that matters, then
    • conception: — What matters, is the form in which the
    • that ideas and concepts were something real, and that is why
    • the Nominalists. They argued that there is nothing outside sense-reality,
    • and that ideas and concepts are mere names through which we grasp the
    • warmed by what is expressed in these spiritual currents. But these
    • argued that ideas and conceptions — that is, forms taken up by
    • Nevertheless, the realistic scholastic philosophers still felt that,
    • longer based upon clairvoyance, but what it had preserved
    • intellectualism approached, the Nominalists discovered that they were
    • an answer by placing the question somewhat differently. For instance,
    • real to such an extent, that they could not conceive that, as a mere
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • that which we shall consider to-morrow and the day after to-morrow.
    • sense and meaning which I have often explained to you: namely, that
    • but that it is only valid for a certain definite time, indeed, only
    • Everybody knows that we
    • that, on the one hand, we have the knowledge gained through our
    • his senses, and is even able to sum up what he sees and hears, and,
    • in general, what he perceives through his senses. After all, that
    • in the Occident, is merely a summary of that which the senses convey
    • But everyone can feel that
    • there is also another kind of knowledge, and that it is not possible
    • that thing in Nature, we also speak of ethical ideas, ethical ideals.
    • We feel that they are the motives of our actions, and that we allow
    • world. And every man will undoubtedly feel that this knowledge of the
    • you will know that the highest ethical
    • moral intuitions, and that when we begin to gain possession of these
    • other hand, you may perhaps also know that for certain thinkers there
    • has always been a kind of abyss between that which is given, on the
    • that he has to say about natural science, or the knowledge of Nature.
    • here, that in past times man's soul-constitution was essentially
    • different from that of a later time. The origin of Christianity
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • difficult — in view of the many facts that meet one
    • within our civilisation, and that it contains within itself
    • forces that make for its downfall. Recognising these forces
    • we survey our present civilisation, we shall see that there
    • symptoms of a vast process that is going on in our age, and
    • that, taken as a whole, presents a phenomenon of decline and
    • beyond our own immediate civilisation—beyond what has
    • whole course of man's evolution, we may observe that earlier
    • realise, that what lived within their own souls was part of
    • the life of the whole universe. Just think what a vivid
    • living a part was played in everyday life by whatever could
    • people had a Cosmogony — that is, they
    • They knew that they were not merely beings who had gone
    • like lost sheep, but that they were part and parcel of the
    • compared with what man of old felt pulsing through him from
    • That is one thing that is bringing about the downfall of our
    • element leading to the downfall of our civilisation is that
    • conception of what freedom really is — and fewer still
    • have any real impulse for it. And so it comes that our
    • nature, that is, to all intents and purposes,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • recently pursued have shown that all true Art eventually
    • spiritual worlds. That which can then be experienced, more or
    • cannot be fully penetrated unless we also bear in mind that
    • — things that were not by any means a secret to the
    • to perceive the spiritual note that pervades what Dante has
    • artistic imagination. They are content to leave it at that.
    • Needless to say, I shall not deny that artistic imagination
    • it would be wrong to suppose that he created the whole of his
    • you will recognise from what we shall presently say, may be
    • any rate was known to that time. They knew that man, to reach
    • the secrets of existence, must take the path that leads
    • absolutely living in that time: the recognition that the path
    • for what can truly be called self-knowledge!
    • observed that it was my own face which I had seen by the
    • two mirrors were so inclined that he could see himself. He
    • that it was his own. We see that even with respect to this
    • entered from the opposite side. What a wretched-looking
    • pedant, I said to myself, and presently discovered that I had
    • in his mind of the typical pedant. He knew that the man,
    • schoolmaster. Not until afterwards did he discover that it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • recognise that the special moulding, the special formation of
    • certainly say that the particular formation of his head is a
    • that belongs to the present rhythmical system, who is the
    • real man of the Earth. Thus we can say: What we have before
    • for its subsequent embodiments is all that underlies man's
    • from its earthly form to what it was as Saturn organism, Sun
    • Cosmos. Now what came about during the Saturn-evolution and
    • vivid idea of what took place during the old Moon-evolution,
    • study the human head in relation to that. We then come to
    • and more than from that of the new Moon. Moreover in its
    • development: imagine, that is, that through some course of
    • that it is always the full Moon which sheds its rays on eyes
    • or nose, and that the back of the head, which should depend
    • exposed to the influence of the new Moon? It is true that
    • sheds its rays more or less obliquely on that part of the
    • to be borne in mind today is that during the embryonic
    • proceeding from the Moon are those that give form to the
    • This is brought about by the Moon —that is, by the
    • being is caught up in that cosmic condition to which the tone
    • Now what really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • never doubted that the Social Question is one of the problems that is
    • any understanding at all of the events that occur in the course of
    • be said that the point of view from which these social problems are
    • revealed in the fact that people start from certain theories: this or
    • that ought to be done, this or that ought to be stamped out.
    • domain like that of hygiene — a domain which possibly is more
    • cannot help asking: What is the real attitude of social life to all
    • that when the conclusions reached by medical or physiological science
    • on authority all that finds its way on the subject of hygiene, from
    • convinced that in the course of modern history during the last four
    • that is demanded in the sphere of hygiene. In short, this
    • I know that what I have
    • health side by side with the democratic demand that affairs of public
    • sphere like that of public health which so intimately concerns both
    • in the form of disease, nor to support the modern superstitions that
    • materialism. I want rather to consider something that permeates the
    • to-day that the materialism of the middle and last third of the
    • of its opposite. The most one can say is that materialism has been
    • overcome by a few people here and there. These people realise that
    • that everything in existence is merely a mechanical, physical or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • Now we know that the
    • that which man forms and creates in this activity — we may call
    • member — human speech. We may indeed say that in speech there
    • earth, and one man finds the way to another. Bridging the gulf that
    • lies between, soul meets with soul through speech. We feel that we
    • the connection of what man attains by great efforts here on earth, as
    • music. And it is a happy coincidence at the present moment that in
    • life in that element which corresponds to the Sound in speech and
    • organism as it stands before us here on earth, we know that it is
    • — not only what man bears in himself, but also what surrounds
    • outwardly but inwardly. In all that he brings forth by way of sound
    • more in detail what the human being is in that he speaks or
    • differentiated into song and speech, but these two were one. What is
    • so often referred to as the primeval language of man was such that we
    • that we bring forth in speech is composed of a consonantal and of a
    • fact that something or other in our body has a certain plastic form.
    • alone. These organs only represent the highest culmination of what is
    • part in the process. The process that goes on in the organ of speech
    • or song is but the final culmination of something that is taking
    • What then is this human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • cultural ingredient that now permeates our whole external
    • and that time when a certain physicist prepared a frog's leg which
    • quivered, and so he discovered electricity! How long ago was that?
    • then they calculated the results of these collisions. At that time,
    • that the atoms are full of electricity.
    • now observe the connections that existed before the present age of
    • electricity, we may say that they allowed the natural scientist of
    • that time to imagine, at least abstractly, the spiritual in Nature.
    • began to affect man's nerves, expelling from them everything that
    • light that surges through the world's spaces, was gradually defamed
    • believe that this is utter nonsense. But this is only due to the fact
    • that the people whose heads consider such things as nonsense drag
    • their backs, so that they cannot speak in an unprejudiced way, from
    • see, when we speak of electricity, we enter a sphere that presents a
    • different aspect to the imaginative vision than that of the other
    • the world of sound, that is to say, in the spheres of optics and
    • acoustics, it was not necessary to judge morally that which appeared
    • on the other hand, even less able to discover a moral essence in that
    • impulses, if we were to say that they contain a force enabling them
    • power of vision, you will realize that electricity in Nature is not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • Christ problem as a whole — a fact that is no doubt surprising. A
    • possible that a store of wisdom that once existed can disappear
    • that it is possible to imagine that everything we publish today and
    • that all our existing writings have been burned, so that only the
    • only from those records and not from what we have said. This is quite
    • possibly what did occur. Nevertheless, this hypothesis cannot be
    • help of the works of our adversaries, so that the store of wisdom
    • from generation to generation. This must be what occurred at that
    • time. It must have happened that people lost the capacity to
    • Jeû, and so on. In fact, this is what happened.
    • imagine to ourselves that, based on the broad foundation, so to
    • speak, of that ancient inheritance — which had already fulfilled
    • its purpose in the form of a primitive clairvoyance that then
    • must imagine further that it was because of the gradual paralysis of
    • the capacity to understand such things that this knowledge was not
    • say that, when we look back at the time just before the period
    • entirely new and fresh forces. We may say without hesitation that, as
    • lost the kind of knowledge that might have enabled people to
    • indicated, several times, something very significant. I stated that
    • one.” There were special teachings in the Mysteries that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • enough, man is distinctly aware of the fact that such a thing exists.
    • consciousness, that something does exist to draw man's attention to the
    • imaginable difficulties. They know that the physical and bodily is
    • his ideas of it comparatively easily. He can use all that space with
    • quite apart from all that, the fact is that man is conscious of his
    • that when he resolves to move about in space his thought is
    • assert that it is in space. In this way the greatest
    • thought flows into the will, or how it can be that the will, which is
    • parallelism.’ It really amounts to a confession that we can say
    • of thought, feeling and will. All that we know is
    • that when the physical and bodily process takes place in space and
    • expressed — that the two processes run parallel to one
    • spiritualism by proving that when so and so many men are dying and so
    • these things indicate what difficulties arise when we seek the relation
    • physical in such a way that the soul has no conceivable place
    • that the absolutely unspatial soul-and-spirit, as he conceives it,
    • start from what anthroposophical spiritual science has to say.
    • observation shews undoubtedly that the
    • can be no question but that the will — albeit a thing of soul and
    • consciousness he can, therefore, be of opinion that his Feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • soul we may say that at the one pole of this soul-life lies the
    • between these two the element of feeling, that which in
    • Naturally, however, what actually takes place in the life of the soul
    • that we maintain a completely passive attitude towards life, so
    • that we can say that our will does not function outwardly at all. We
    • must nevertheless be aware that if, during such a period of outer
    • the thoughts that we unfold. Will holds sway in the sphere of our
    • thinking in that we correct one thought with another. Hence even if
    • our will-activity, so that in this connection we may say: in the life
    • never exist for themselves alone. But the qualities that are never
    • completely sundered from one another, that have no separate
    • find that thinking always bears reference to something that is already
    • will cannot be influenced by what is already there. This would obviously
    • that which is to come, by what lies in the future. Feeling stands mid-way
    • in ordinary life there is some indication that this is the case, and so
    • that which determines our thinking, that which enables us to think and
    • creates in us the possibility of thought, all that we owe to our life
    • That
    • chaotic movements through the fact that his soul and spirit are
    • really in this, that gradually the will is taken hold of by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Vortrage: Denken, Fühlen, Wollen - Das Muspilhgedicht
    Matching lines:
    • bezieht, was da ist, was Voraussetzungen hat. Das Denken ist zumeist
    • hat eigentlich im Grunde genommen die wirklichen Gedankenkräfte,
    • also über fünfzig Jahre alt geworden ist, dann hat man sein
    • Gegenwart hat gar keine logische Struktur. Der Sonnenstrahl
    • ein Körper hier aufleuchtet, so entsteht ja ein Schatten. Sie
    • müssen gewissermaßen den Schatten sich richtig begrenzen
    • lassen und so weiter. Sie können den Schatten konstruieren.
    • Daß der Schatten wirklich entsteht, das kann nur durch die
    • die Gegenwart hat der Mensch immer Imaginationen.
    • Gesetze und so weiter wissen, wie der andere, der es gelernt hat!
    • Ebensowenig weiß der Mensch, wenn er es nicht gelernt hat,
    • die hat noch etwas von dem, was auf diesem Felde zur Erkenntnis
    • (siehe Zeichnung Seite 201). Da war Materie, jetzt hat der
    • und in Gesetze gebracht hat. Diese Tatsachen müssen erst
    • Denkweise ein Gedicht, das man «Muspilli» genannt hat, das
    • sich zuerst in einem Buche gefunden hat, das Ludwig dem Deutschen im
    • diese Denkweisen, die man in der späteren Zeit ausgebildet hat,
    • hineingeschrieben hat, noch eine richtigere als die spätere.
    • Denn die spätere Zeit hat das Sonderbare begangen, die
    • hat die spätere Zeit gemacht; die frühere Zeit hat noch
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • world that I need not discuss in detail, at least to begin
    • world. We may say to ourselves that it appears as if time
    • day, people who are not fully awake to what is going on
    • today. But when those who are awake look back on what went
    • that was created hundreds of years ago. Events which meant
    • of course, able to appreciate what was coming even before
    • reconcile this with the spiritual scientific finding that
    • justice to the question. And I would always go on to say that
    • discover to their horror that the population can also
    • that is gnawing away at the evolution of humanity.
    • order to indicate what was going to happen in human evolution
    • knowing what is going on in the physical world, and knowing
    • the laws that human minds are able to perceive as operative
    • are wholly given up to the internal processes that go on in
    • idea of the world of the spirit that is all around us.
    • the cause of this terrible world war. Nor can it be said that
    • terrible events around us. Sadly, it has to be said that the
    • What is the
    • when we take note of what people think, or rather pretend to
    • think and pretend to want? It is that, fundamentally
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • idea of this — of which we can say that much will have
    • regard to our innermost being that old, inherited and
    • feeling develop. This is what our time demands. I think it
    • simply, that there can only be one of two things: destructive
    • development of humanity. Just think what it means —
    • that, knowing this truth, we shall be compelled to feel
    • hand, we should not forget that the number of people who have
    • understood, of course, that this was different in the past,
    • when the fact that an age of materialism must inevitably
    • labouring under numerous illusions that have their origin in
    • humanity. I think it is fair to say that, generally speaking,
    • that this imbalance between intellectual and moral life in
    • themselves, quite rightly, that the life of the intellect,
    • the rational mind, has made tremendous advances. This is what
    • never realizing that chemical foods are not the same as those
    • would be right to say that because moral development has not
    • destructive. Many people are beginning to notice that the
    • asks at the present time that issues like these should be
    • gone into sufficiently deeply so that they may serve a truly
    • human evolution. No one asks that they should be tackled at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • ahead. It is important to realize that it will be necessary
    • to present truths based on the science of the Spirit that in
    • accepted beliefs. The world holds opinions that not only
    • differ but often are the direct opposite of the truths that
    • expected, therefore, that people will consider these truths
    • before that the new and different views presented to them are
    • fanciful and absurd. Nevertheless, truths that until now were
    • the prejudices and counter-currents matter that are provoked
    • extent that these illusions become powers that rule the
    • growing tendency to form utterly wrong opinions about what in
    • the New Testament words that are fundamental in this respect:
    • illusion that their kingdom should be very much of this
    • What do I mean
    • through it, knows that this world on the physical plane can
    • materialistically have the illusion that perfection can be
    • physical world and believe that if they realize this we shall
    • have paradise on earth. All that the socialists are able to
    • that everybody can live what they consider to be the good
    • agitator and writer is absolutely convinced that it is up to
    • it is not evil-mindedness that stops us from thinking their
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • terrible events that will happen as time goes on.
    • Mysteries, as you know, so that people in the surrounding
    • truths. Now, we have often said that it is fear of the great
    • truths that prevents people from accepting them. Those who
    • with human birth and death. You should never believe that
    • death' for the moment. It is true that the individuals who
    • live, one would be speaking of something that would seem like
    • learn the truth that in order to bring about birth and death
    • work — if all spirits were of a kind to see to it that
    • used to the idea that the world is not made as people would
    • really like it to be and that there exists the element which
    • looking at a world that is immediately next to our own, a
    • world that day by day, hour by hour, has to do with our own
    • drives, with their passions, had known that destructive
    • that humans could create apparatus which would enable them to
    • how swiftly this has gone, that new and different fabulous
    • endeavour. I think you can easily see that the ideal for the
    • do, of course, believe that all this — the telegraph,
    • people do not know about it. Modern materialists imagine that
    • constructed merely on the basis of what people produce by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • that we are getting to know grave and significant truths and
    • insights, as you have seen. I have had to emphasize that the
    • humanity. What I want to say today is perhaps best understood
    • often stressed that human evolution has to be taken
    • part of the sheer modern laziness of mind to think that the
    • difference. It is actually true to say that today, at the
    • two which are to follow. We may say that during the Atlantean
    • something that is growing, as it was in early times. Before
    • then that the rocks of today, with their cracks and fissures,
    • shattering, of our present-day earth in Eduard Suess's
    • conclusion that the earth is decaying and crumbling away.
    • say that the fourth post-Atlantean period, the Greek and
    • Roman civilization, was a kind of recapitulation of what
    • Greece, therefore, it was not so clearly evident that
    • feature of ancient Greece that the inner life was still in
    • spoken of this before. That harmony was, of course, greatest
    • able to say that until the time of ancient Greece, the living
    • the Jupiter epoch that humanity achieves a higher level of
    • and experience all manner of things by the very fact that we
    • however, that anything we inwardly develop and inwardly are,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • First of all we consider the fact that human beings have the
    • power, or the gift, of the intellect. What does this mean? It
    • means that we are able to form ideas. For the moment we need
    • And we also feel, for instance, that when we walk, stand or
    • want to establish what fills the conscious mind in everyday
    • imagine. No, this thought-substance is actually what we call
    • head — what is the relationship between the two? To get
    • consciousness are thought-corpses — thoughts that have
    • living thoughts when we develop ideas on the basis of what
    • that in our state of consciousness we walk around bearing
    • — that the basic shape
    • with only the form of the head emerging somewhat more
    • and only way of seeing the human being is to realize that
    • evolution. The outcome was that this whole, more elemental,
    • due to the temptations of Lucifer that this outward
    • I have referred a number of times. What has happened is that
    • become their lower nature. Please, do not forget that this is
    • to the luciferic element, made the part of him that should be
    • consider that this was known to the leaders of the ancient
    • the lower nature and used in the past, symbols that today are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • kilogram or whatever. Having made enormous efforts and slowly
    • lifted the weights, so that the audience can admire his
    • cardboard. It is merely that the shape and the figures have
    • been imitated to give the impression that those are real
    • little bit of spiritual science and who learns what people,
    • heading. And I am forced to say that historians dealing with
    • What is the
    • reason for this? It is that people who are merely equipped
    • dawn of the fifth post-Atlantean age, but that all the
    • post-Atlantean age, the horizon of that age, sees an
    • what was to come in the fifth post-Atlantean age lived in
    • That age was
    • feelings, and this meant that he did not really understand
    • age and the outside world, of how they would act in that
    • his insistence that no good would come of being connected
    • earthly world not on the basis of what you are able to know,
    • but what you are able to believe; it must grow from your
    • outside world, Luther emphasized that the relationship with
    • excuses for his visions of the devil by saying that he did
    • twelfth century, you will always find that people understood
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • gathered, from what I said yesterday, that at the present
    • defect and deficiency in our time is that people are
    • or four centuries, and the fact that as such it has become
    • that will not yield; in this case we create the reality. And
    • what you may expect it to be; it will be full of
    • which comes a little later. It is always the situation that
    • where this shows itself in its true form — that is, in
    • aspects of the physical world, the mere surface of that
    • what reality really has to offer. Merely observe the present
    • you about something that is really worrying. A present-day
    • found, as many people find, that it does not matter if the
    • compared this with the idea that the best way of making sure
    • ideas. And what did he say? Believe it or not, he said:
    • satisfactory conditions for humanity, what does it matter if
    • battle! What are a few tons of organic matter compared to
    • that of the soul and spirit, it is only to be expected that
    • principle: ‘What are so and so many hundredweight of
    • material compared to what will be the end result?’ It
    • apply to human life what applies only in the lifeless,
    • time applying them elsewhere, and the problem is that no one
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • especially in the 1840s. I have pointed out that this was the
    • with a peak was reached in what we may call a way of grasping
    • processes in that world which have come to outer expression
    • a struggle, a real war in that world, which began then and
    • your mind's eye that the human souls who were born exactly in
    • What does this
    • of evolution. We may characterize it by saying that every
    • harmful and damaging things. We may say that a particular
    • But what does
    • it signify that the powers of the dragon, this crowd of
    • realms, which means that the late 1870s were a particular
    • property. We are thus able to say that due to the presence of
    • personal inclinations since then, to understand that they
    • resulted when the Archangel Michael drove the dragon, that is
    • said that it takes a fair amount of materialism, even if
    • what does it matter if so and so many more tons of organic
    • before that, it lived as ahrimanic power in the world of the
    • world, using them essentially as symbolic images. What
    • Thus we are able to say that tubercular and bacillary
    • that everything connected with certain effects relating to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • It cannot be said that our present age has
    • — please forgive the somewhat bizarre image, but it
    • does meet the case — a hen is about to hatch a chick
    • and we take the egg away and hatch it out in a warm place,
    • present age demands this. And so it happens that the oddest
    • the twentieth century, but it cannot be said that the last
    • account that anything which happens in the physical world has
    • that this battle continued until November 1879, and after
    • this Michael gained the victory — and the dragon, that
    • realize that infinitely many of the thoughts in human minds
    • be reckoned with. What good is it to get bogged down in
    • some people have not the least idea of the fact that they are
    • just this — that as a member of the Anthroposophical
    • be aware of the full seriousness of the matter and that you
    • of them. You can be sure that if this hypothetical group of
    • have spoken; they knew that the events I have described as
    • are completely unaware of what is going on in groups, some of
    • — I am merely giving an illustration — that the
    • would not think, would you, that profound, significant,
    • stages of becoming what it is today. A new literary work
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • the life of the spirit, I have sought to show what is
    • these considerations that human soul nature will essentially
    • said that human soul nature will become more inward we must
    • not fail to realize that this growing inwardness will, in
    • considered. It really has to be taken into account that, in
    • will be more spiritual. It may well be that people do not
    • important for the future. Remember we said yesterday that in
    • immediate future. It is therefore particularly important that
    • people we see do not show their true nature in what we see on
    • way that the child can immediately understand; children
    • to be realized that this is the worst possible way of
    • taken, so to speak, to ensure that for the whole of their
    • what you would expect! Much of the thinking in our
    • that the thinking in their world is largely childish, but it
    • fact that only the child's understanding is addressed. This
    • consciousness, that a mysterious inwardness reigns in a child
    • and we must present to the child's heart and mind much that
    • on that occasion; now at last you are able to understand
    • because education has failed to give them anything that can
    • this, of course, but this is in fact what they have in mind.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • importance. We have to reflect again and again what it really
    • means to say that a battle raged for decades in the spiritual
    • effect of this is that they send their impulses into our view
    • one ought to base oneself on defined concepts — what is
    • Ahriman, what is Lucifer, what are the particular spirits in
    • we believe that having got the definitions we have also
    • spiritual world, that is from heaven to earth, in earlier
    • Graeco-Latin times. It has to be kept in mind that the great
    • enable them to do what is necessary. As you will remember,
    • have meant that people would have become spiritual very
    • in the third, Egypto-Chaldean epoch. We can see that
    • based on this. We shall not be able to understand what issued
    • made for different regions of the earth. What really counted
    • take effect. This means that from the last third of the
    • what needed to be established through blood bonds in
    • then began to instil ideas in human minds that affairs should
    • that definition is impossible. If you define the spirits of
    • times, that is from the last third of the nineteenth century.
    • ahrimanic powers. The true ideal must arise from what we find
    • age in the present stage of world evolution. To think that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • have sought to show that momentous occurrences in the
    • dragon on behalf of the spiritual worlds in 1879. At that
    • human realms. As I said, from that time onwards they have
    • what was behind this significant battle, or we might say
    • that the purely physical intellect and a culture based on
    • that anyone who studies the evolution of humanity and has an
    • eye for more subtle elements in human life will note that
    • have characterized, thinking that leads to technical
    • — you will find that at no other time were ideas so
    • that world, one finds that the souls which were about to
    • due to the fact that for millennia they had been bound to
    • what it actually has become in people born after 1879.
    • darkness. But it is not. Thanks to the victory that Michael
    • Speculation could never show that the very qualities of the
    • be observed. Anyone who thinks that the right connections
    • mediums, that is essentially by physical means. If this had
    • important to be very clear that this is not a matter of
    • them.’ It certainly is not like this. The things that
    • lost momentum and became so strangely corrupted after that
    • there you have what the spirits of darkness intended:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • nature of it all is such that if one does not want to be
    • period of civilization came in about 1413, that is in the
    • but let me add today that spiritual guidance of earthly
    • this in such a way, however, that the relationship between
    • guidance from the Angels during the fifth age — that is
    • millennium. We can therefore no longer say that the
    • heart. You see, therefore, that a major change has occurred
    • — not always correctly — that Angels and
    • whole of the blood life as another place, and add what
    • growing less and less; beyond that time it would grow less
    • nevertheless true that earthly events are connected with such
    • own again — exactly at that time? Because at the time
    • system in such a way that human beings began to go out from
    • because, within certain limits, that was the time when the
    • are therefore able to say that in the 1840s a significant
    • in the human blood that all the things I have described as
    • earth. It is because they are at work in the human blood that
    • say that whilst the profound break came in 1841, the whole of
    • is that not later than the seventh millennium in earth evolution
    • that those cast-down Angels will be in charge and will give
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • This is an authorised English translation that is presented
    • have seen from these lectures that I feel duty bound to speak at this
    • time about a consciousness that must be attained if we are to
    • And to begin with today, let me point to the fact that this
    • from this point of view, to characterize what is meant by the fall of
    • more detail today — is an expression of something that once
    • of the divine spiritual powers that guided him.
    • We know in fact that the
    • preparation for the fact that earthly humanity is meant to acquire a
    • decision-making ability that is independent of the divine spiritual
    • powers. And so the religions point to a cosmic-earthly event that
    • determinative in what humanity did in very early times — with
    • in his evolution, man no longer felt that divine spiritual powers
    • were active in him and that now he himself was active.
    • to his overall moral view of himself, man felt that he was sinful and
    • that he would have been incapable of falling into sin if he had
    • my way back again to the divine spiritual powers. What I myself
    • faculty, began to develop. And so, in a certain way, what man
    • consciousness of sin. It is only that one did not say to
    • oneself that the intellect, arising in human evolution since the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • This is an authorised English translation that is presented
    • spoke of this ascent as something that must arise in the present age from
    • man influences intellectual life. What people say concerning the
    • that man has no inner strength enabling him to reach the spiritual,
    • and that he must therefore renounce all efforts that might lift him
    • above earthly contemplation. I said that when people speak to-day of
    • like to speak more from a material aspect, in order to show that
    • indeed, the decay is so strong that, unless the intellectual
    • necessary to know that in the depths of the human soul forces are
    • living that are, as it were, better than the present state of the
    • believe that this conception of the thinking human being, of man who
    • things are mentioned that science is unprejudiced, and so on. But
    • I have shown repeatedly that these arguments are not of much value.
    • For, everything that a thinker applies when he is bent on his
    • out already that even the arguments of the opponents of mediaeval
    • thinking are thought out with the methods of thinking that have
    • mediaeval thinking which entered modern thinking is that the activity
    • this lies in the considerations that I have already set forth. Once I said
    • that a modern man's thoughts on Nature are really corpses, all our thoughts
    • thoughts that we form to-day on the kingdoms of Nature and on the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • that the materialistic mode of thought assumed precisely the
    • the ingredients that have entered into the spiritual life of
    • modern time. We must not be influenced, in so doing, by what
    • that can explain and illumine what is actually
    • important transformations that have taken place in the new
    • epoch of humanity, we must also include one that was, in a
    • referred to the fact that in the 18th century there still
    • existed such a mode of thought as that of Louis Claude de
    • impulse of the time during that century.
    • radically it differs from all that our own time, for example,
    • event that took place, however, before Man became physically
    • that those who shared Saint Martin's way of thinking still
    • from anything that could be contained in the mere physical
    • frame it thus: “In what personality does the sum-total
    • what was really happening, we must realise that by this last
    • impressed on nearly all human activities. I mean, what we
    • interesting. We must not forget that he was a man of genius.
    • imagine what was living in Dupuis, as an impulse that passed
    • for us to realise that the Time itself was possessed with
    • What Dupuis
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries. We saw that there existed until the end of the
    • that there is a super-sensible essence behind the world of
    • fact that it is necessary, somehow to bring the human soul
    • influence at that time, we found the declining aspect of the
    • latter way of thinking is convinced that all
    • deceit; and that no man is truly enlightened unless he does
    • away with all that pertains to the truths of the Mysteries,
    • depends upon the senses. Then we pointed out that in contrast
    • and he must learn the lesson, namely, that the path must now be found once more from a purely
    • fact that the union of certain feelings with the material knowledge
    • thoughts that are applied to all these things, and that must be applied in like manner
    • it that which must compensate and balance the harmful forces
    • which are arising from these quarters: All that the Mystery
    • of Golgotha can bring about, is such as to counteract that
    • devotion to the Mystery of Golgotha. The mere narration that
    • prejudice that Revelation was only possible at the beginning
    • as ever-present, is precisely that Christian spirit which can
    • with the real impulses that are connected with the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. We must learn increasingly to recognise that which
    • I have recently pointed out. Whatever a man undertakes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • them outwardly — it will strike you at once that the
    • say: over against what stands before man as the visible part
    • birth or with the secret of death, Not that it lies so
    • Mysteries which place into the very centre of their life what
    • Fire’ is very different from what the profane world can
    • sense-world. What is it that the profane world knows as the
    • Warmth)? What is it in reality, when they revere this Fire?
    • It is a symbol of the super-sensible Man. It is that which
    • may truly say, is the other kind of Mystery, — that
    • Light.’ ‘The Light’ refers to that which
    • Only, here again we must remember that the ancient Astrology
    • the constellations of the Zodiac. They knew that when the
    • different consciousness from what has remained to us in this
    • materialistic epoch. They knew, moreover, that the Mystery of
    • human death is connected with what is thus spoken to man by
    • They were clearly conscious of the fact that when a man gives
    • lives in that element which receives the human being when he
    • kind of Mysticism — that is, the experience in
    • was intended as an answer to this question. What the stars
    • ones which really underlie all that humanity possessed by way
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • modern thinking it may perhaps sound strange that we are
    • of January), because people generally think that during the great
    • festivals of the year work should stop and that Christmas in
    • conceal the fact that this Christmas above all calls for other
    • distressing times in which we live, and untouched by what is
    • that to keep up such old traditions and customs in almost …
    • feeling of sorrow upon that part of mankind which is still led by
    • the reproach that many people more and more believe that
    • to utter the name of Christ, but entails that we should deeply
    • that almost in the whole world great problems of life are being
    • advanced today. And we can already perceive that the region, the
    • human civilization cannot remain so in future. We perceive that
    • that the great conflict between the West and the East announced
    • viewed in the right way by those who hold that it is in the
    • exists an ancient life of the spirit, a spiritual life that can
    • for what lives in the East; although it is already decadent; the
    • illusion that confronts man, as Maya.
    • must experience that this conception of Maya was not originally
    • concept rises up in the East; the conviction rises up that the
    • What is the cause
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • is placed in the universe. We speak of man in such a way that we
    • human being, as he stands before us, we find that these four
    • boundary, what is outside him. From other anthroposophical
    • studies we know that we discover certain senses only when we
    • the ear — these show that the human being must obtain
    • earth easily enables us to see that the chief direction which
    • us that this statement is absolutely correct; for when
    • say that the perceptions come from outside; they reach, as it
    • were, man's inner life from outside. What meets them from inside?
    • What we thus
    • literature, you will find that there are other possibilities of
    • you to form, even approximately and vaguely, a picture of what
    • perceive, so that you perceive their shape, and so forth.
    • consciousness which exhaust themselves in what I have described
    • what exists around the earth, may be perceived by the ordinary
    • that the inside of the earth is not accessible to ordinary
    • things which exist in such a way that when the human being stands
    • ordinary human consciousness. Also what is inside the earth
    • what rises up from the earth in the same way in which we perceive
    • what exists in the earth's environment, we would need a kind of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • to a new birth. We have already explained that in the present
    • existence, when we rise up to free motives guiding our will; that
    • believe, as external science does, that it is possible to obtain
    • of what kind is this conception? It is one which we have
    • re-appearing in another form; that is to say, we then no longer
    • and have pointed out that in
    • images that look out at us from a mirror. These pictures cannot
    • that look out at us from a mirror. These pictures cannot force
    • that surges up from the human depths without his being able to
    • semblance, so that freedom may unfold. But this life of
    • way say that man was surrounded only by a world of semblance. Of
    • The essential thing in the development of mankind is that in
    • the semblance, so that man was confronted only by illusion, in
    • order that he might discover freedom in this world of semblance.
    • find necessity. We may therefore say that the world which man
    • last lectures we explained that after death the human being does
    • is then the human being. What is concealed here on earth, becomes
    • But we find that
    • as it were. Here on earth, he feels that he is free in regard to
    • spiritual worlds imprison him so that he cannot maintain his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • we have emphasized that the present historical moment of human
    • man which developed during these epochs, that we reckon the
    • A.D. Since that time we must take into account the
    • intellect was quite different from what it was later on. Since
    • From all that
    • without a spiritual-scientific deepening, that when the ancient
    • Greek gained what we now call an intellectual world conception,
    • learning of that time, he believed that he had risen to a higher
    • intellectually, he believed that he was a human being in a higher
    • Century formed and described his ideas, shows us that he believed
    • though later on a somewhat cooler form of discussion set in, we
    • centuries which induced men to believe that by rising up to
    • morphology developed by Goethe, we may observe that these men
    • connected with the fact that man himself adopted an entirely
    • intellect; it was an entirely different attitude from that of
    • older forms of thinking can show us that in the past everything
    • dead, everything that was not alive, was really looked upon as
    • are accustomed to form their ideas by assuming that their
    • being disturbed by the fact that in approaching Nature with his
    • the feeling that when single phenomena had to be drawn out of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • That, united with your power,
    • That, united with your power,
    • that Spirit Whom we seek in our spiritual strivings, the Spirit who
    • ourselves: ‘What are the feelings that unite us with this
    • saying and its deep cosmic meaning?’ That deep cosmic meaning
    • and feeling around us is interwoven with infinite sorrow. Hate and
    • that love which He wishes to announce Whose birth is celebrated on
    • enmity, aversion and hatred, one and the same feeling may everywhere
    • penetrate the human soul at this time: out of the blood and hatred
    • that is going on in the world. If we grasp the thought in this way,
    • We shall feel how much there is that can become strong and powerful
    • thought which must develop in order that many things may be acquired
    • That He may
    • That He may invigorate us,
    • That
    • transcends all that separates men from one another. This it is which
    • thereby began their earth-existence in a manner different from what
    • Testament history. Then as time went on there was added that which
    • thing remains, that in our calendar, before the actual Christmas Day
    • about that (as was shown at certain times) when Adam, the man of sin,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • mind the words that resound out of the depths of earthly evolution's
    • that unite us with these words and their deep and universal meaning
    • — that deep meaning for the world experienced by countless
    • people in such a way that the word peace resounds through it, the
    • is a thought that, perhaps in connection with these words resounding
    • feeling. Hate and antipathy race through spiritual space and can
    • easily show how far human beings in our time still are from that love
    • through all animosity, through all antipathy, through all hate, a
    • times, can impress itself in the midst of blood and hate: the thought
    • hearts through something higher than what is able to separate human
    • the Christ Jesus who harmonizes human beings no matter what their
    • discord might be, no matter what goes on in the world.
    • how strongly this thought is connected with what must become
    • were to happen, much that must still be fought for in such a bloody
    • That He
    • makes us strong, that He strengthens us, that He
    • the word the Christmas verse, transcending everything that separates
    • tradition within the history of Christianity that arose repeatedly in
    • way from what would have been the case had Lucifer not approached,
    • in a way different from what was originally destined. The entire story
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • points to the presence of the spiritual that our curiosity cannot fail
    • that were we to attempt new experiments in the field of aeronautics,
    • complicated process. We will start from the fact that when autumn
    • butterfly that comes out of this egg. What emerges from this egg is not
    • a grub; in other words, a caterpillar is hatched. Now this caterpillar
    • is hatched from the egg. Here is its head, here at the other end the
    • Chrysalis — for that is its name. This chrysalis remains suspended
    • story is repeated in the course of the year. This is what happens.
    • to reach the stage of hatching out a caterpillar, it above all requires
    • nothing happens. What I am telling you in regard to butterflies applies
    • to be hatched. So the egg just requires this moisture containing salt;
    • total darkness. The moment the caterpillar is hatched it meets the light
    • has been lit that all sorts of insects flutter around in the room, feel
    • the case of the caterpillar, but it has the same urge. I may say that
    • the caterpillar is drawn to the sunlight by the same urge as that felt
    • fly up and away to the sun. For that is their urge, gravity only binds
    • them to the earth. So when we see a caterpillar we know that it really
    • has the urge to follow the light. This is impossible, so what does it
    • that here is the beam of light and here the caterpillar (drawing). As
    • different occurs from what does in the case of the insect which burns by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • that is connected with it, you will have seen how difficult it
    • are here involved. We must bear in mind that all that is
    • We ought not to confuse what we may describe as man's calling
    • or vocation with what is commonly spoken of as his office or
    • saying, much confusion would arise, if, having in mind what one
    • point in human life, mingling other Karmic threads with that
    • exclusively predominant in placing a man into this or that
    • that of a ‘pen-pusher’ — perhaps
    • not even that. Nor must you imagine that the position then
    • remains unoccupied. That is just the peculiarity of our time.
    • need not be that of the pessimist who adversely judges his own
    • very opposite tendency — that of selecting the worst, the
    • it, this truth would be admitted, were it not for the fact that
    • were it not for the prevalence of what is called ‘public
    • what it is, albeit these ‘un-fittest’ are overwhelmed
    • that it is really Mephistopheles who conducts them. Only at the
    • That is the one thing which must be borne in mind, but there is
    • discover in human nature what it is that really works in Karmic
    • of thought admits that the life of the soul does not merely
    • It admits that much is there beneath the threshold of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • appear to lead in quite a different direction from what is
    • instance, Into what river does the Neckar flow? They had never
    • therefore, how he became what he was. How did he become the
    • Theodor Vischer? The fact that he had not seen a map until he
    • — for a long time before him, and yet not know into what
    • the schools which made him what he was.
    • that schools which fail to show their children any maps are
    • after all excellent schools. No, that is not the point. Such a
    • What does it mean when a biographer — in this case it is
    • as to write down what I have just cited. It can
    • in question. Forming ideas like that, one simply cuts as with a
    • loving interest what the school was like, — in all its
    • largely to ‘cut.’ What is the origin of this?
    • time, and that is cruelty. Only it is rooted in the
    • subconscious life and people are unaware that they possess it.
    • much that is done and said in our time we can perceive it. It
    • soul are thereby developed. Not everyone can do that in the
    • if we fail to bear in mind, for instance, how all that appears
    • human understanding — however limited — of what
    • — the steam plough — that is the true poetry of our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • that of immediate relation to real life. We shall presently
    • we have already seen, what man achieves for the world —
    • no matter in what profession — is connected,
    • inherently prosaic or poetic. For we now know that what
    • euphonious theories, but to bring to our souls that which
    • to our souls what is of real significance for life. I have
    • it may well be that this fact will play an important part in
    • emphasis on Heredity and all that is connected with it in man's
    • that so frequently arise as to the future calling of a young
    • of physical heredity — that which is entirely contained
    • with what you may already know, even if you only
    • natural science, man is undoubtedly so organised that at the
    • inheritance. We cannot therefore say that the main qualities
    • this point of time. This is what we must really comprehend.
    • what really underlies this matter from the point of view of
    • way. Naturally, all that takes place in that time between death
    • and a new birth influences the human being. But above all, that
    • birth contains much that is related to the development of the
    • sixteen. What man works out, on Earth, very largely in his
    • his attention is directed above all to that which is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • believe — though they do not comprehend it — that they
    • so on, in the earthly world. We know that the life of man falls
    • they really do not comprehend it — that they
    • conception are very prone to say that this science of spiritual
    • world, open his eyes to all that appears to his senses,
    • through Angels, Archangels or the like. Many people hold that
    • quarters. It only bears witness to the fact that in the circles
    • whether a man imagines that he of himself can find the way to
    • do so. The question is, not whether he imagines that he is
    • our point of view must ask, what are they really
    • conceiving, who imagine that they are thinking of their
    • straight to our God.’ What are they conceiving in reality? Is
    • God? Are they conceiving what the word God must mean when the
    • human being rightly speaks of his God? No, they are not. What
    • what do these ideas describe? None other than the being
    • of an Angel — an Angelos. All those who declare that they
    • Angel. Really, what these people say amounts to the
    • demand that we shall conceive as God nothing higher than
    • an Angel. For instance, what is called God in modern
    • more than that. For the point is not whether one imagines that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • the abyss, and there will be an insistent demand that man must find
    • his way to something new. In speaking of the course that the external
    • which comes to pass all that manifests as wind and weather in the
    • and much else, can one discover what the inscription on a spiritual
    • solved, so that men may bring their soul-forces into activity.
    • plant-roots that are preparing for new growth, and among the other
    • to the laws of earth, so that in winter they may be breathed in again
    • the year feels that his whole human life is wonderfully enriched.
    • Everything that takes its course outside, in wind and weather, during
    • the year; all that lives in the sprouting of the seed-forces, the
    • like a sensational novel but so that what it imparts becomes the
    • soul to experience all that goes on outside in the course of the
    • prepare our souls to become receptive to the activities that go on
    • enrich it so that we do not live sourly — one might say —
    • we can enrich our experience so that we feel ourselves living in the
    • blossoming of every flower, in the breaking open of the buds, in that
    • rays of the sun. In these ways we can get beyond that dull,
    • wanes and autumn draws on; the season of sinking down and dying that
    • snow-mantle of winter, so that we enter into the secrets of the womb
    • actively in nature's germinating and fruiting, it follows that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • nothing else than a reflection of what human beings feel in relation
    • art only when it expresses human feeling in such a way that through
    • in the same spirit that led us to
    • know from yesterday's lecture that when
    • we must realise that in winter the Earth
    • character of the Earth, we must of course not forget that when winter
    • Earth. It is then that the Earth unfolds its own nature in the
    • deepest sense; the nature that makes it truly Earth.
    • to show schematically what the Earth is like in this respect we shall
    • picture (blue) and ask ourselves what it really represents? It is not
    • this means that strong forces play in on the Earth as a whole.
    • effect is that if we were to look at the
    • us now consider this from a cosmic standpoint. What is this great
    • know what this water-drop really is. It is nothing other than a
    • which have been drawn leave no doubt to-day that the effects of the
    • be verified. Here I wish to point out only that even in the earthly
    • Yes, it is water, but there is no water that consists solely of
    • hydrogen and oxygen. It would be absurd for anyone to suppose that
    • waters and such-like, it is of course obvious that something else is
    • oxygen: that is only a first approximation. All water, wherever
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • must realise clearly how it is that in
    • the Earth's whole life. Naturally, what I shall be saying applies
    • only to that part of the Earth's surface where a corresponding
    • before you all that I am going to begin by describing to-day.
    • Ordinary observation is so superficial that for most people limestone
    • considerations we have gone into here, and since we know that soul
    • say that winter-limestone is a being content within itself.
    • but the remarkable thing is that it becomes full of eager desire. It
    • spring-limestone makes on them gives them the idea that after all
    • imagine it to be. The fact is that every spring the Ahrimanic beings
    • illusions are shattered.
    • suppose that the bread he eats is merely corn, ground and baked. In
    • outer nature these hopes are shattered, but the Ahrimanic beings long
    • up into the region of vapour, air and warmth. And all that goes on up
    • through the life and desire that fill the limestone in spring.
    • and permeate all the activities that have risen up from the Earth.
    • They are of a purely astral nature. Through everything that
    • that part of man, his etheric nature, which is not dependent on
    • Earth, up above there would be a sheath of etheric angel-beings. That
    • is what the Luciferic spirits strive and hope for, when the end of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • indeed say that in high summer man experiences a kind of
    • feeling for it, he becomes one with all that is growing and
    • fruits with the plant, enters into everything that lives and has its
    • within itself, man too, if he participates in what autumn — the
    • cosmos that — if only man is willing — the cosmos should
    • it is that if we follow Nature in high
    • that the minerals down there send their inner crystal-forming process
    • John's-tide, we really have the impression that down there are the
    • through with lines which sparkle like silver, so that everywhere
    • formative power in a wonderful plastic design, but a design that
    • such a way that one really feels oneself dissolved into the plastic
    • oneself, part of oneself. One feels that as a human form one has
    • comes to oneself and asks — How is it that these
    • What is it that lives and works there, silver-gleaming in the blue of
    • the Earth? — then one knows: That is cosmic Will. And one has
    • one the feeling that cosmic Intelligence is alive everywhere —
    • Will. And while down below we feel — in that blue
    • feel — everything is such that in perceiving it we are
    • reverence and worship, to what the Easter Imagination, the
    • We have the impression that this figure forms its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • same time there will come to us much that has been experienced
    • on wings that winnow sweet blessing
    • knows Goethe one must say that it is real to him only through his
    • feelings. For what Goethe has evidently drawn from his reading
    • is not known — the fact that all external substances and
    • pair of stones suspended inside him.” That is more or less how
    • that takes place externally in
    • nature. A flame that burns externally is dead fire; that which
    • external flame stand towards the living activity that goes on in the
    • food, or eat some albumen or anything else, people assume that it
    • remains just the same substance within you as it was outside. That is
    • not true. Whatever enters the human being becomes different
    • that goes on below the surface of the earth. That is the reason
    • what they ought to do. It calls upon them, if they understand it rightly,
    • they are pictures of all that by dint of virtue humanity has achieved.
    • All that I am depicting goes on in high summer. The Uriel-Being,
    • this clearly, so that if we have the Earth here (see sketch), Uriel
    • illuminating us so that we become possessors of human wisdom.
    • winter season he works in the human head, so that in this connection
    • you how the Easter Imagination is completed through the teaching that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • transcription of a lecture that is included in Bn/GA 275.
    • transcription of a lecture that is included in Bn/GA 275.
    • For what first makes our world into a whole, raising us above Maya and
    • this observation. It must be emphasised ever again and again, that what
    • that many people aspire to such a warming-up of an earlier clairvoyance,
    • of old clairvoyance. We will endeavour to consider once again that which
    • something we all know, from the fact that during daytime
    • few days that this waking state of man, from waking until falling asleep,
    • man. What we experience as our Will, is really only partially awake. Our
    • because people have not noticed that what they know of the Will in waking
    • we fulfilled as will-impulse, we would follow what was inward —
    • would follow what takes place in your hand, right into all the
    • gravity of the particles of chalk, and things of that nature, and would
    • we would go through life in such a way that in everything we did, we
    • of the Tree of Life meant this inner gratification. That might
    • the senses — that is, we follow the eyes, nose, ears
    • perceive what might be perceived along the path of the nerves and of the
    • blood. Only what we might perceive in the blood, is reflected through the
    • arise; and that which is conducted along the path of the nerves is also
    • that a man appeared, who was in the position not merely to follow along
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • transcription of a lecture that is included in Bn/GA 275.
    • transcription of a lecture that is included in Bn/GA 275.
    • observation. For what first makes our world into a whole, raising
    • and again that what we are striving towards as a new spiritual
    • earlier clairvoyance. It is true that many people aspire to such a
    • certain individuals. However, the stages of human existence that we
    • clairvoyance, and thus we will endeavor to consider once again that
    • we all know, from the fact that, during daytime waking
    • emphasized that this waking state of man, from waking until falling
    • something asleep in man. What we experience as our will is
    • because people have not noticed that what they know of the will in
    • blood, and into all the blood vessels. This means that if you could
    • impulse, you would be able to follow what takes place in your hand,
    • the gravity of the particles of chalk, and things of that nature,
    • and would thereby become aware that you were following your
    • otherwise we would go through life in such a way that in everything
    • the senses, that
    • But we cannot perceive what else might have been perceived along
    • the path of the blood and the nerves. What we might have perceived
    • thrown back, and from this, sense impressions arise. And that which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • Ideal,” — and the Materialistical, that concerned
    • good, all that is filled with Wisdom, and then on the other
    • hand, all that is ugly, bad and untrue. Now we know that
    • dualism, between Darkness and Light, Evil and Good; that which
    • is full of Wisdom, and that which is filled with
    • one knows that in ancient times the Spiritual world was
    • in ouch a way that men's visions of the Spiritual world were in
    • the spirit in a material form. That, of course, is a mistake
    • materialisation of the spirit. That was one of the
    • attention to the fact that through the mere observation of what
    • And, if one is of opinion that one cannot stand for the
    • if one wishes to see what led St. Augustine to place himself in
    • he finally developed. That is the point, my dear friends; and
    • Augustine came to acquire that Certainty, the true Certainty
    • by man with reference to what he experiences in his inner soul.
    • that one cannot know. We cannot even know how this world itself
    • appears, when one shuts one's Sense organs to it. That is the
    • truth; that man can gain nothing out of it on which he can
    • present in what he experiences in his inner soul; quite
    • substantiated by his own inner experiences: — that, with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • MACKAYS LIMITED, CHATHAM
    • which is to stand as a promise that into the recent development
    • necessity because only from those impulses can we hope for that
    • that loving human understanding which is necessary for human
    • life. Three years ago we held this celebration, feeling that we
    • were experiencing a critical moment in that spiritual
    • power of our lives. At that time there passed through our minds
    • all that the human heart can feel as the progress of mankind.
    • We did not think of what, although it was to be foreseen, still
    • was not — by the mysterious power that is hidden in
    • then of that time of suffering and pain which has since
    • suffering that has befallen people on this earth in our time.
    • Whatever pain they have had to suffer formerly, the experience
    • despair, who lacks that power of inner recovery which springs
    • that we have worked three years at our building it seems indeed
    • re-echoing what we have already said on just this very spot
    • movement and the spirit that pervades it. And from this arose
    • form of this building; that is, of so building this place, that
    • A deep question then arose: What building does modern culture
    • answer depended on the knowledge that all truly fruitful
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • you a kind of survey of human evolution on the earth, that may
    • For it cannot be denied that the present only becomes
    • present age is however one that is peculiarly prejudiced in its
    • commonly believed that, as regards his life of soul and spirit,
    • throughout the whole of the time that we call history. True, in
    • respect of knowledge, it is imagined that in ancient times
    • human beings were childlike, that they believed in all kinds of
    • fancies, and that man has only really become clever in the
    • actual sphere of knowledge, it is generally held that the
    • be admitted that modifications may have occurred in detail, yet
    • on the whole it is supposed that throughout the historical
    • say that nothing is really known of this. Going still further
    • picture disappears in a kind of cloud, and before that again we
    • important differences that exist in the soul-constitution of a
    • man of the present-time, as compared even with that of a
    • different from that of the man of to-day. I should like to show
    • from what we ourselves are.
    • memory-experience that leads you back to experiences in
    • exactly what that really means. Ten years ago you experienced
    • of their appearance and so on. You experienced what they said
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • lecture it will be clear to you that it is only possible
    • conditions of mind and soul that prevailed during the
    • East, and we saw that we have to look back to the time when the
    • west to east and gradually peopling Europe and Asia. All that
    • have still a distant echo of what was present in all its
    • rhythmic memory, and I showed how with the Greek evolution that
    • the temporal memory. This means that the Asiatic period of
    • evolution (we are now speaking of what may rightly be called
    • the Asiatic period, for what history refers to is in reality a
    • of man's inner life. What lived in man's mind and soul lived
    • feeling, such as we have to-day was unknown. A thinking that
    • that knows no connection with the circulation of the blood. Man
    • had in those times a thinking that was inwardly experienced as
    • a “happening” in the head, a feeling that was
    • what is cosmic and super-sensible as having place. It is nowhere
    • cannot grasp it. But this was not so in that ancient oriental
    • of a Cosmos conceived as a unity. Man had around him what is
    • There below was this realm that for us has become the earthly
    • realm. Man lived in it. But he pictured to himself that where
    • this realm ends another realm begins, then again above that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • that I gave in Stuttgart between Christmas and New Year, I spoke
    • of the same events that we shall treat of in the present course
    • of lectures. Only we shall have to alter the standpoint somewhat.
    • of thought and feeling that has come about in the course of
    • know that from the standpoint of Spiritual Science we have to
    • remaining in the East, even all that is contained in the
    • is but an echo of what we should have to describe, if we wanted
    • We have already had to draw attention to the fact that during
    • then, as we have described in an earlier lecture, a memory that
    • rhythmic memory proceeded from a still earlier memory that was
    • this connection we have not only to think of memorials that
    • it is to such a humanity that we must return, when we go back
    • Egypto-Chaldean. At that time man experienced himself as spirit
    • spirit, that which was spiritual and was in a manner connected
    • with them that he could observe and feel. And in this spirit
    • following nature. He knows that with the process of
    • him, penetrate him and become part of him. In that earlier age,
    • knew that Angels, Archangels and other Beings up to the highest
    • Hierarchies are themselves spiritual substance that penetrates
    • — part of him. So that at every moment of life he was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • hear, it was necessary for man that it should be darkened and
    • clouded in order that he might develop to the full the
    • Egypto-Chaldean epoch in accordance with what was possible to
    • men of that time, and how they afterwards experienced a
    • the end of my lecture yesterday that these same human beings
    • more closely into what such souls were able to receive into
    • us first form an idea of the nature of such an initiation, that
    • we may the better understand what came later. We shall naturally
    • friends who are here in Dornach. I must now repeat some of what
    • foundation of Christianity. And they are the Mysteries that in
    • the preparation that had to be undergone before entering
    • Mysteries was that the pupil should learn to become aware in
    • powerful inward experience ofthat which is illusory in
    • his environment, — in all the things, that is to say, to
    • the senses is an illusion, that what the senses give is
    • illusion, and that the truth conceals itself behind the
    • illusion, so that in fact true being is not accessible to man
    • Now, very likely you will say that this conviction you
    • as nothing compared with the inner shattering, the inner
    • tragedy that men of that time suffered in their preparation for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • remember that in considering the part played by Alexander
    • great change that took place in the character of the Mysteries
    • that I pictured for you yesterday, in connection with the
    • Mysteries of Hibernia and also with the teachings that
    • was that moral impulses were not sharply distinguished from
    • dominion, it was not only a physical impulse that came from
    • that quarter — as we to-day feel how the wind blows from
    • was possible, because through the knowledge that was given in
    • man to Nature, that was still living and present in the time
    • that intervened between the life of Gilgamesh and the life of
    • Ephesus. There was still alive in men of that time a vision and
    • Through all that the human being learned concerning the working
    • on the country-side, that grow up in Spring-time and fade away
    • again in Autumn. I see, too, the trees that go on growing for
    • their roots. But all that I see out there — the annual
    • herbs and flowers, the trees that take firm hold into the Earth
    • know how to-day, when there is carbonic acid in the air, that
    • feel that we ourselves have breathed out the carbonic acid, we
    • of our nature, through the air that gives rise to the breathing
    • and other air-processes that go on in the human organism, we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • West in its relation to the East is the period that lies
    • that culminated in the rise of Aristotelianism and in the
    • expeditions of Alexander to Asia, is contained in the fact that
    • they form, as it were, the last Act in that civilisation of the
    • the East by the criminal burning of Ephesus. After that we find
    • shadow-pictures, — the remains, so to speak, that were
    • serves to show what was still left of the ruins — for so
    • that he entered into an experience of the old Divine secrets of
    • of vision and perception, a change that is very similar to one
    • I had to describe the different worlds that come under consideration
    • more general qualities and characteristics, we find that we
    • the remarkable thing is that we have to change and re-orientate
    • we want to comprehend what lies beyond the period I have
    • defined. We shall do wrong to imagine that we can understand
    • what came before the burning of Ephesus with the conceptions
    • and ideas that suffice for the world of to-day. We need to form
    • across the years to human beings who still knew that as surely
    • Starting then from this world, the world that is a kind of
    • . 363 And now what
    • Setting aside for the moment what went on in the inner places
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • one that took place — we have often spoken of it —
    • in the first third of the 15th century, and that marks the
    • Intellectual or Mind-Soul to that of the Consciousness or
    • Spiritual Soul is taking place, and it is an age that is
    • rather of the Spirit that is in Nature. To-day, when we speak
    • under the heading of what the chemist calls the elements.
    • But it is of about as much value for a man to know that
    • watch-mechanic to know that the watch he has in his hand
    • substances. All this kind of knowledge that traces back the
    • we must recognise how the various impulses that are to be found
    • What does the newer Natural Science, that has gradually grown
    • that we should learn to know again what is the real relation of
    • the human being to the Nature that he finds around him.
    • consciousness that took place in the 15th century, there
    • was still a clear perception of the great difference that
    • exists in the metals, as between those that are found in the
    • human being and those that are found in Nature. When we set out
    • these we have mentioned, that are found when we examine
    • microcosm; whatever is present in the world outside him, in the
    • inevitably from what they knew of the nature of man and of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • what we have to take for the theme of our lecture to-day into
    • the sign of that painful memory. The lecture I was able to give
    • descriptions of Nature, of relationships that can be observed
    • their whole nature and being into close connection with what is
    • found when one follows the path that leads away from the
    • writes its Cosmic Script. And the words that I then wrote upon
    • the blackboard, writing for the last time in the room that was
    • on that evening we were brought into direct and close touch
    • with that to which our Goetheanum in its whole intention and
    • lecture that was given here a year ago.
    • understanding and feeling for them, they spoke of them somewhat
    • it was somewhat in the following way: ‘In the Mysteries men
    • knew, were conscious that in the places of the Mysteries Gods
    • meet with men; they knew how all that carries and sustains the
    • world depends on what takes place between Gods and men in the
    • there is a word, — a word that has come down to us
    • in history and that can speak powerfully to the human heart
    • even in external historical tradition, but that speaks with
    • that, wherever the eye of the spirit is turned to the deed of
    • Among the many and diverse words that have come down to us from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • scale are everywhere in evidence. Forces that are actively at
    • various domains of life, we shall perceive that these men are
    • that until the nineteenth century mankind was childish and
    • that must through all eternity be cultivated as the truth.
    • there sometimes arises, even in men to-day, a premonition that
    • attracted extraordinarily large audiences so that the
    • this kind, one becomes attentive to the fact that something is
    • from what existed previously. Now, the forces of the Cosmos
    • that must be working in what is now to go out from Dornach must
    • world. That is why, in the evening lectures during this
    • course of historical evolution in order that hearts could be
    • from that world itself. Everything for which the earthly world
    • This prompts the assertion that the impulses we ought rightly
    • that Meeting. Anyone with a sense of the reality of the
    • way that is possible spiritually and observe these human beings
    • in the form of historical tradition that things of the greatest
    • earlier times, this or that personality met the Guardian of the
    • Fundamentally speaking, it was this that was demanded by the
    • as Egos and astral bodies, and the pictures that are revealed
    • with what I have called the seed of great and essential
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • and waking up; that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • diagrammatically, the sleeping condition is well-known to you. That
    • nature of sleep; we must remember that it is just in the sleeping
    • condition that a man experiences the reality of what we discussed
    • in our last lecture, when we said that St Augustine sought in his
    • world, I told you in yesterday's lecture that in his waking
    • inner being. We must be quite clear that what is described as the
    • If man were conscious in the sleeping condition, that is from going
    • of his Ego and Astral body. But we must quite clearly realise that
    • the soul of man when he develops Imaginative Consciousness, that in
    • his Ego end Astral body what we cull the third Hierarchy, the
    • life he stands in intimate connection with what we must designate
    • this consciously during the waking condition; and that constitutes
    • is the essential — that throughout the waking condition man
    • and Astral body; and that he cannot become conscious that all the
    • wake up in his sleep, if I may use that expression, he would not
    • We might also say, that because these Arch-Angelic Beings shine
    • — that means members not only of the present humanity, but of
    • evolution to the very end of Earth-life. In that way we can feel
    • We cannot say that we behold ourselves as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • in himself and in nature both what we call growth and what we
    • instinctively forms his ideas in such a way that he is
    • growth: He forms ideas about what in a sense goes outside
    • destruction, to dissolution; so that it seems quite natural
    • to him to describe what thus goes outside reality, when he
    • said that if we want really to arrive at ideas concerning the
    • especially important that we should form a concept which is
    • physical world what is represented in growth, in budding and
    • We know that
    • the extent to which we are capable of pulling down in us what
    • arises in man, he finds that every conscious thought that is
    • grasped, and every conscious feeling that asserts itself, are
    • bound up with the fact that processes of destruction are
    • conscious life of the spirit by observing what part this
    • observing, that is, the processes of death and destruction.
    • It is for this reason that we have to alternate the conscious
    • processes with the unconscious processes of sleep, so that
    • what we have destroyed during our waking life of thought may
    • organism. That is the swing of life's pendulum — that
    • destroys what mere nature creates in the human organism; and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • time: that all spiritual-scientific observation is won by
    • the physical instrument, so that, as soul and spirit they
    • body, so that desire for the body spreads like a cloud in our
    • essential that anyone occupying himself with spiritual
    • this above all for it is a deep and significant truth: that
    • pointed out that this unity is founded within the whole
    • people strive again and again after this, asking: What is the
    • of the opinion, in his pleasure, that this unitary principle
    • over the matter, that he said: Now I can explain the whole
    • mention that a really earnest spiritual movement can have no
    • this, we must put first, and take in the deepest sense, what
    • that as soon as we cross the threshold of the
    • experience. I have especially emphasised in this book, that
    • crossed, that we really enter with the whole of our being
    • that after crossing this threshold, we have distinctly the
    • body. I might say that the co-operation of three worlds,
    • the formation of our head, the formation of everything that
    • of the physical head, be clear that the formative forces of
    • formative forces, belong to suite another world from that of
    • ask: What significance has all this? It has a great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • influence that spiritual science must exert on individual,
    • what I may call, in the sense of the fifth post-Atlantean
    • Today I shall take as my point of departure something that
    • seemingly has little to do with that theme, but it will afford
    • endeavor to point out the element in Goethe's life that
    • this personality that will enable anyone to distinguish
    • to an extent that can hardly be ascribed to any other
    • individual. Still, it may also be said that, in spite of much
    • that has occurred, his life and personality have had the least
    • it can possibly be said that the life of Goethe has remained
    • of the scientific world conception in such a way that he
    • but of all ages in human history. He concludes that although it
    • is hard to prove that we live in the best of all worlds, it is
    • certain to the scientist, at least, that today we humans live
    • And what a glorious height we have achieved at last.’
    • presents this as his own innermost sentiment and believes that
    • should remember that Goethe was born in a city and under
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • real purpose in this lecture, as you already know from what has
    • and we must follow many threads that link a man to the past and
    • am taking, although I really wish to discuss something that is
    • history, and I will associate reflections with it that are
    • gradually approach, are here somewhat expanded.
    • Scientists are constantly reminded nowadays that many blunders
    • therefore because of that thing” (post hoc, ergo propter
    • hoc); that is, because one thing follows another, it must,
    • the Kamchadales believe that the water wagtails or similar
    • that follows another in time must derive from it as the effect
    • description of this life shining above ordinary humanity, that
    • he had this father and that mother and that he experienced
    • certain things in his youth. We then derive what he did later
    • youthful impressions according to the principle that, because
    • it. That is no more intelligent than when the coming of spring
    • need to do so. It is explained quite nicely, for instance, that
    • see that a clearly prescribed karma leads the boy of six or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • science we must proceed so that we encircle the problem, in a
    • that may become a profound riddle in the evolution of humanity.
    • a human life. The problem is this: What is the reason that
    • an influence on the rest of humanity? How does it happen that
    • that of each individual and ask ourselves: What conclusion can
    • question can be answered only when we observe life somewhat
    • To begin with, all that a person can know, especially in our
    • adapt what we say to what can be understood by others.
    • the description we generally give in spiritual science is that
    • we say that in the waking state the ego and astral body are
    • scientific facts. But the truth is that we give only a part of
    • reality already described. Here it must be stated that,
    • from without upon the human being, that everything in him that
    • that the action that the ego and astral body bring to bear upon
    • is day for our head; that is, the rest of our organism is more
    • something that must also be added to illumine the full
    • properly what I have just told you. I have often stressed the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • Someone might say that the spiritual scientific reflections
    • comparison with those that prevailed in earlier periods of the
    • earth. They will be so modified that man must, out of his own
    • instinctively; that is, when he received by inspiration the
    • other cultures of earlier times, we shall find that the measure
    • fact that each person belonged to a certain class into which he
    • of man's freedom much that at present belongs there. To be
    • quite shortsighted in their thinking, usually assume that
    • conditions in ancient times were such that those who were then
    • leading personalities today. But you must bear in mind that
    • with what was willed by beings who guide life from regions
    • outside the earth. I have told you that at certain times — we
    • who guided the earth from extraterrestrial regions, and what
    • course in earlier times. Suppose that today the Christmas
    • people, but that in its form and time of occurrence men knew
    • that our earth is especially fitted to receive ideas into its
    • aura that cannot enter, for example, in summer. I have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • these reflections on the segment of human life that is formed
    • by, or associated with, a vocation, you will have seen that it
    • into consideration. We must bear in mind that everything that
    • other words, what is called the vocation of an individual must
    • not be confused with what we designate, in the broadest sense,
    • as his official position. It is obvious that all sorts of
    • confusion would result if we directed our attention to what
    • The very fact that people frequently have to follow their
    • sure, we are living today in a period that is being slowly
    • placing a person in this or that position in life. We know that
    • him, have a bearing on the many factors that influence the way
    • through all sorts of means that are well-known and need not be
    • his or her mission may be that of a clerk, but we need not
    • suppose that for this reason the position cannot be occupied.
    • It is the peculiarity of our time that the materialistic
    • as that of the “selection of the fittest.” Even Oskar Hertwig,
    • interpretation by pointing out that this age of ours which has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • correctly put himself into the nature of those phenomena that
    • order to see clearly the difficulties that hinder our
    • reality. It is easy to suppose that a concept that has been
    • things that we desire to consider in connection with the
    • that has just been published shows how he grew up in poverty,
    • Tubingen seminary, and so on. Now, the point that interested me
    • is that at the very beginning attention is called to the fact
    • that even his secondary schooling was rather narrow. To be
    • age into what main river the Neckar empties, nor had they even
    • that he had never seen a map before a particular age has
    • Much else that is severely criticized had to be so. In short,
    • shall say that the soul of Vischer descended from the spiritual
    • just the education that would keep it for a time from seeing a
    • we study Vischer, we shall see that precisely all his whims and
    • his biography and criticize the school that actually made him
    • be clearly understood that I did not want to emphasize that
    • education, demanding that much more natural science be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • now my task to explain, episodically in a sense, something that
    • life that is essential to spiritual science in our time. I hope
    • we shall still come to the parts of our lectures that have more
    • sense much that is related to the questions we are
    • have made it clear that what the human being achieves for the
    • as being prosaic, but that, as we have seen, it is most
    • poetic than the other, and we know that what a person
    • Jupiter, Venus, and Vulcan. What may be called an understanding
    • must let our souls be touched by what is suitable to place us
    • correctly in life so that each person is in his or her own
    • of our time. Thus, our truths bear a character that is always strong
    • not revel in comforting conceptions, but will take in those that will
    • that even our scientific endeavors have the tendency to touch
    • our souls with what is really meaningful for life. I have often
    • called your attention to a significant fact that may, in a
    • entering life. Of course, they are just parroting what
    • discussing the problem of heredity today mean that children
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • our feelings and sentiments that may enable us to look upon
    • life. This means that we must learn to compare the nature of
    • the truth that so easily befalls people. It is all too easy to
    • get into the habit of forming opinions about this or that, not
    • opinion, paying no attention to the fact that the world may be
    • the course of a certain life in order that I may give you an
    • example, a kind of illustration of what I mean. We are now
    • dealing with what we call karma, the passage of the human being
    • influences that people today like to emphasize, let us first
    • and his profession was that of a merchant. His harshness may be
    • certain music teacher who, at that time in the sixteenth
    • that is why I dedicate this book to you.”
    • had made all sorts of models of machines that were useful at
    • that time. Today, you know, boys make only airplanes, but then
    • after we have heard that passage from Faust.
    • But he had a somewhat different
    • in that scene of “Mephisto and the Student.” He did not pass
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • the criticisms that is made against our spiritual science by
    • is that spiritual science affirms truths regarding a large
    • number of hierarchies that embrace beings standing above man in
    • quite clear to us, moreover, that human life falls into two
    • to the higher kingdoms that tower upward from below just as the
    • without understanding, that his own foundation is that of
    • declare that this knowledge of the spiritual hierarchies and
    • whatever between himself and the Godhead, but to live in the
    • world directing his view to what is offered to the senses, and
    • many directions. It indicates that in those very circles there
    • is absolutely no understanding of what the spiritual needs of
    • whether he actually can. What is really important is not
    • conception. From our point of view, we must ask what the
    • conception is that those individuals really hold when they say,
    • directly from our souls to our god.” What is the concept held
    • manner, does he conceive of what must be meant by the term
    • form of their god, what is really represented in such concepts?
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • can be determined by rhythms and cycles that are a result of earlier lives.
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • these remarkable lectures, we can see that no human work is insignificant
    • many that a number of human beings already have a relationship
    • know that it is invalid. On more careful consideration, it
    • turns out to be a thoroughly egoistic objection that can be
    • faith that makes me happy; anything else is no concern of
    • is not satisfactory; that is easily recognizable from the
    • that a basic element in the confession of Christ must be the
    • truth that He died and rose for all men — for all men alike —
    • and that, when man turns against man for the sake of external
    • Certainly, but then no attenion is paid to the fact that the
    • occurrence of the Mystery of Golgotha is something that
    • something that may draw our attention to what is essential in
    • the path that leads to Christ, since it is obvious that each
    • soul must find the way to Him for himself with those means that
    • we seek to understand in a more profound sense what the Christ
    • Golgotha; that is, it actually occurred only once at a definite
    • shall discover a contradiction of a view that is generally
    • evolution of the earth. But, as we know, everything that occurs
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • forces, working into the present time. And to understand what
    • seen how deeply and with what significance it has taken hold
    • make a retrospective survey, we discover what has been stated
    • from so many points of view. Today, so that a certain basis
    • Mystery of Golgotha, we can say in general that in the
    • Before the Mystery of Golgotha it went without saying that
    • also having their planets. And if men notice what kind of
    • own that they are thinking of a great world machinery.
    • Present day man has very little idea that anything beyond the
    • space. Before the Mystery of Golgotha men knew that the Sun
    • Sun, at the basis of which lies what is of the soul and what
    • seething through the universe. That was to him the spirit of
    • thinks — that there outside in universal space a mere
    • of the world. With this central good that is of a spiritual
    • nature there was united what was of a soul nature called by
    • where the Sun is, the man of that day saw what was threefold.
    • existing at that time. But this constitution of soul
    • as Rome enters history, what we may call the ‘prosaic
    • perception of Rome, has it happened that knowledge of the
    • wish to define the task of the Church, the Church that owed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that in our present life of spirit very little feeling exists
    • threefold man that we are able to master also the most
    • significant conceptions that must be gained concerning the
    • lifted off like a ball. It is true that in reality the
    • so simple that we can describe what can thus easily be lifted
    • away from the purely diagrammatic away too, from what nature
    • second circle that overlapped the head, and a third circle
    • that overlapped both the others. So that if we would draw
    • be drawn out longwise. With the head part, with what is here
    • formation, a physical form-being. For the head, what is
    • right. What with regard to the head, I have shown here as
    • That is
    • breast man, shall we call him? What is enclosed by the
    • waking conditions. One definitely cannot say that the
    • remains more or less united. So that one can well draw this
    • man with another membering of man that is linked with what I
    • can say that in the truest sense man is only breast-man. He
    • head-man, as physical form, is something that is not man
    • through and through. It cannot be said that it is man all
    • through. It even has in it much that is ahrimanic. In effect,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of them, to pick a few that arise from man, in spite of
    • others again in middle life. Concerning the fact that on the
    • questions; and surely anyone can feel that infinitely much in
    • normal period of life? Why do other die old? What
    • that point of time described in these lectures, the time at
    • the beginning of the fourth post-Atlantean period, that is,
    • century. Men had concepts that came down out of ancient
    • here mentioned. What today we call science cannot connect the
    • right meaning with these questions and has no idea that there
    • conceptions remain that are connected with man's transitory
    • of the Sun as being threefold; the same sun that is perceived
    • sense in speaking of Helios, the soul-Sun, or for that matter
    • referred to as the Good. A concept of this kind is just what
    • that our outlook on life is actually permeated by it, that in
    • all our physical representations of the world, in what is
    • fundamentally this kind of representation of the Sun that
    • astrophysics, whatever you like to call it. If he were able
    • conditions of human life and assume that absolute conditions
    • he had arrived inside the space that the physicist considers
    • gas or something of the kind. This is what the physicist
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • for the very reason that all that is of the nature of Art
    • words, because what we here call the Art of Eurhythmy is
    • the air carry the sound so that it can be heard. In
    • forms the basis of this Art. Everything that we do here is
    • in principle a complete plant in each single leaf, so that a
    • plant as a unit originates from the right development of what
    • primitive plant. What Goethe worked out with regard to
    • Art. So that if we turn what exists in principle and as Idea
    • visible speech. And what lies at the basis of our Eurhythmy
    • obvious, of course, that there will be opposition to an Art
    • like this, employing, as it does, methods that are
    • That which comes into expression in speech, in song, in
    • will see, Eurhythmy can be accompanied by music, for that
    • how Eurhythmy in this somewhat inartistic age may be able to
    • care must be taken that they shall bring out the artistic
    • language used. In that way we shall get back to the
    • connection to remember that when Goethe studied his Iambic
    • conducting music, showing that he attached more importance to
    • recitation because the art of recitation must accompany that
    • so that the visible but unaccompanied language of Eurhythmy
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • what are usually understood as the connections of nature are
    • these, if one so desires, that short episode which one calls
    • only mention that human beings, with reference to their
    • That is the
    • one possibility. The other is this: That humanity will cease
    • to believe that, simply from being Born as human beings on
    • indicated by Spiritual Science. That is the other path;
    • What I have
    • You know that man was, in
    • earthly existence. Now it is a fact that, because of this
    • was of such a nature that it was one and the same, uniform,
    • that which is usually called knowledge in Science to-day, but
    • primeval knowledge specialised itself in such a way that it
    • But even externally, if you just look at what we call the
    • That what the human beings of the different races upon earth
    • that this primeval or inherited wisdom became specialised,
    • these races were to blame for this. Indeed we find that there
    • try to find out the connection between, let us say, what
    • Now we must say, in reference to these relationships, that
    • course, it is true that human beings have emancipated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • difference between merely abstract concepts and that which
    • all that with his materialistic frame of mind, and his
    • deeply into the material world that he is no longer speaking
    • falsely when he declares that it is the material substance of
    • his body which thinks, that his brain actually does the
    • Spirit he is losing the soul and Spirit. I said before that
    • it because they cherish the belief that the soul-and-spirit
    • give himself up to material life to such an extent that he
    • progressive evolution; that is to say, when he unites with
    • that in the pr sent age he must find a link with all that
    • convention to imagine that man's life of soul is
    • that externally man perceives the material world and inwardly
    • of the fifteenth century and we shall presently see what
    • have experiences that have become a mere series of pictures.
    • We may ask: Why is it that since the middle of the fifteenth
    • having no more reality than a picture? The reason is that
    • minerals, plants and animals, we ask: What is there, in
    • that surrounds us in the mineral and plant kingdoms, and to a
    • divested of the human being. In this Nature that is
    • divested of the human being, there are no Gods. That is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Der Grundstein
    Matching lines:
    • Hatte ausgewaltet;
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • That carry you through the world of space
    • What in the depths its echo finds;
    • That guides you through the rhythm of times
    • What through the west takes form;
    • What will be heard in the heights;
    • That warms
    • That enlightens
    • So that good results
    • From what
    • What we
    • circles too, for he said that there was a law attached to esoteric
    • equal to that with which they are sent out, and it is therefore
    • form, it seems to me that this new translation should not be
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • Many of the things that
    • may ask themselves: Whatever more is there to be said about the being
    • of man? But the fact remains that the birth of the human being from
    • for souls incarnated upon the earth to know in what sense the being
    • nature of anthroposophical wisdom. They can still keep reiterating that
    • truth is always simple and that what is not simple is not the real ‘truth.’
    • and have no inkling of the fact that when they speak of this ‘simplicity
    • civilisation for that age in the future when the human being will have
    • namely, that man's being is essentially twofold. Man is a twofold being
    • of the present incarnation, that is to say, the body with the exclusion
    • may say that the head disappears, and the rest of the body is then transformed
    • but when I say this, you must remember that it is the forces
    • connected with the head that disappear. The substance of the head and
    • in our head, the forces that were connected with our body in the previous
    • ask ourselves: By what means are the forces contained in our present
    • body transformed in such a way that they can become a head in the next
    • transformed into a head. What is it, exactly, that makes this transformation
    • possible? That is the question we must ask ourselves.
    • question we must think about what has been said in many lectures on
    • In the ordinary way we imagine that the only purpose of the knowledge
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • which we can study our waking life and all that it
    • that I am telling you now, applies to the present-day human
    • being; that is, to man and the way in which he has developed
    • of humanity, and the fact that its soul-life has passed through
    • we reflect upon the soul-life of modern man, we find that the
    • development without any clear thoughts. At that time
    • that ancient culture which developed and flourished in the
    • through childhood upwards, that he has to-day.
    • Vedas and all that is contained in the wisdom of the East.
    • To-day all that arises through the spirit is judged in
    • developed through our education, and what we have learned
    • obvious to our ordinary way of thinking that we must be
    • world. I might say, that at the present time, we have not yet
    • aims of education should be that of more and more perfecting in
    • jump to the conclusion that there was no thought-life in the
    • Oriental life had already reached a decadent stage. What
    • that his thoughts were gifts bestowed upon him. His whole
    • consciousness. Just because man could feel that thoughts
    • thoughts. Man felt that he must meet the divine powers who gave
    • what was the objective external cause of this? It was caused by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • know that spiritual processes are interwoven with all the
    • processes which we perceive through our senses. We know that
    • by the trees with their green needles or leaves, but that a
    • depths of life. We have already seen that things which in the
    • are therefore convinced that spiritual forces and influences
    • element, so that we can also speak of a soul and spirit
    • even the trace of anything that can be compared with
    • skeleton, or the earth's solid substance, so that when we
    • instead enter more deeply into the idea that the whole earth is
    • being in respect to the earth. The fact that the vegetable
    • human beings we do not notice that there is a certain
    • us say that during our waning daytime consciousness our Ego and
    • explained to you that in reality this only applies to our blood
    • Parallel to this we have the fact that when, for instance,
    • at that time of the year when it does not pass through any
    • plant-consciousness; we can really say that in our part of the
    • two beings, for they permeate each other, so that one is filled
    • by the other during that time of the year in which we are now
    • vegetable kingdom have ONE consciousness; that is to say, the
    • what kind is the MINERAL consciousness of the earth? To-day,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • organism and the ego. From the way that man goes into the sleeping state
    • and from there over again into the waking state, we see that on one
    • four members are united, yet in sleep they are separated, so that on
    • other side physical and etheric organism. So that the astral and etheric
    • effectiveness. Now, I would like to start with something concrete. What
    • merely on the factual act, it means that something makes an impression
    • what, in him, has the surrounding an effect?
    • it might look as if the effect on the physical organism is that which
    • that goes on in the physical eye is only something mediating. In reality,
    • what happens first is a play of processes in the ego and the astral
    • absolutely clear about this: what first comes into consideration in
    • ego, from this red. You cannot do that. You are this red. You
    • cannot distinguish yourself from the red. This red is something that
    • that this red is the only thing you see. You see a large surface. You
    • red surface, that you are an ego. You have to separate first the ego.
    • that man has a kidney system, — I design it here schematically
    • physical organism of man and has in itself parts that are solid. You
    • But this liquid that, as
    • but a living water. You would get a totally wrong idea of what the water
    • (the watery) is in man, if you had the picture that within the living
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • So that tomorrow we can go onto understand something in this direction
    • up into his own organism what we call substances from nature, from the
    • animal, plant, and also partly from the mineral kingdom. But what man
    • change inside his organism. The first one is that when we take up food
    • that we receive the air through breathing again 'in that state as it
    • and the air must undergo powerful changes inside our organism, so that
    • with this now next — perhaps somewhat prepared already, as said
    • ourselves and assimilating them, they will already be somewhat changed
    • in regard to what they are in our surrounding outside. The foodstuffs
    • never could become through outer proceedings what they become inside
    • our organism. We can work at the substances, that present our food in
    • can occur there, what happens to the food when we bring it into our
    • change over into something entirely different from what they were outside.
    • I would like to say — and through further digestion all that what
    • these substances present in the body of the animal. Also, all what the
    • Far, that it has become dead, we have taken up something already dead.
    • exterior way inside a laboratory. But everything that gets into our
    • if I want to express myself that way.
    • on. This is done more thoroughly through our digestion, so that
    • organs — essentially all has been driven out what they are externally
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • several earlier contemplations, that I do not like the phrase: “We
    • — and just what is changing?
    • that they meant that the transition from the Dark to the Light Age would
    • to a renewal of the old dreamlike wisdom. I often have said that this
    • is not the case, that with Anthroposophy it is the question of what
    • say that we as mankind, especially as civilized European mankind, enter
    • from worse conditions into better ones, what the old wisdom had in mind
    • regarding the passing over into the light age, and what we also must
    • what the difference is between a Light Age — meant in this way
    • earlier Light Age, and they expressed the opinion that, after the Dark
    • I would like to make that
    • one can see much by it. Namely, during that Light, or illuminated age,
    • we did not look to the physical human body. One did not think of that
    • at all. Altogether, one did not speak during that old Light Age of illness
    • in the manner that one still speaks today of illness, but will speak
    • the phenomenon that a person experienced the decay of his organs in
    • this or that direction, that he simple was not healthy. However, one
    • Why did one speak that way?
    • One spoke that way because healing was then done entirely from the etheric
    • assume now, that a human being had become ill of something we would
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • not much to do with what we are at present discussing, with
    • our discussions, that is, of the social question. Tomorrow,
    • however, it will appear that this connection does none the
    • their spiritual life before birth with what one might call a
    • you that among the actual experiences possible in the
    • appear again on the earthly stage. Whatever links with the
    • impulses that they can carry on only if they have consciously
    • that in the course of recent times, until well into the
    • learning customary on the earth. This stream of impulses that
    • that the desire for a spiritual civilization in the hearts
    • dear friends, that is—if I may put it thus—the
    • It is a bright side in that it shows that the dreadful things
    • different from that in children born in the nineteenth or
    • early twentieth century. It is now essential that mankind
    • noticed. Should it be noticed, that in itself would awaken an
    • impulse that must cause a powerful social movement to take
    • these things can be cultivated (however strange that may
    • with the dead will readily notice that many thoughts (for it
    • is by means of thoughts that one does communicate with the
    • the dead are not understood by them. Many thoughts that men
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • speak a great deal about the social problem that is
    • us — in addition to what is naturally of particular
    • — is that really the ultimate practical solution of
    • you see it is urgently necessary that understanding should be
    • aroused in the widest circles for what are the impulses
    • There can be no doubt that the unconscious and subconscious
    • play an enormous part in human social life. What is at work
    • in the social life comes ultimately from what people think
    • what they will. But in the age of the development of the
    • What emerges today are primarily chaotic demands. In place of
    • conceptions and good impulses of will did not exist that
    • say that real goodwill exists extensively in regard to this
    • question. What exists is something like a yielding to what
    • morsel now and again, for fear that otherwise their mouths
    • might water. But what must appear in a really deep social
    • understanding? That must live in the hearts of men and must
    • saw how matters stand with what plays its part in the whole
    • man's life as language. Now just think what part, on the
    • again how infinitely much that is not clear in such things
    • to abstract, unimaginative thinking. What must be evolved
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • emphasised here that when the truths of Spiritual Science are put into
    • It must frequently be repeated that naturally it is very easy to find
    • spiritual depth, that statements concerning Spiritual Science are made
    • does so and so know that; where does he get his knowledge?” —
    • difficult to say: “How can he know that? I don't know it”
    • and then to declare in a high and mighty way: “What I do not know
    • arising in this way we may include the belief that Spiritual Science
    • the question: “What is going on in the souls of my seriously minded
    • of much that both deserves and needs to be improved?” What, however,
    • is that just in the case of those who make the most earnest endeavours,
    • best they allow that a spiritual world can be disclosed by means of
    • thoughts of Walther Rathenau, (see Z-269) I have recently shown that
    • modern thought is taking, within the limits, that is to say, of what
    • that should arise in our time is nevertheless extraordinary. This rejection
    • can be fully experienced when one pays heed to what is being thought.
    • To many people this has appeared as the most shattering feature of the
    • to suppose that Anthroposophy as such is claiming to judge the seriousness
    • For one could wish that many more inside the Anthroposophical
    • Movement would feel moved by what is so critical in the present state
    • considerations today, I will take an example that may be said to have come
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • with some particular spiritual stream. For you have seen that it is
    • a question of spiritual events that lie at the basis of the physical
    • clear, my dear friends, that when impulses founded in this way are taken
    • of hate, the opposition of envy, of fear, which proceed from the pettiness
    • the soul, so that this soul is a match for much that always makes itself
    • activity. And so we wish today to enlarge in many ways upon what was
    • I said that on certain points, compared with many of the statements
    • be underrated. It is true that if men have sufficient power of discriminations
    • is rare. What as Spiritual Science, according to how we understand it,
    • the chaos that is about to break upon us, unfortunately far too little
    • things of a disconcerting nature will proceed from what is contained
    • spiritual scientist that an orthodox Catholic may pronounce if he has
    • or listener. One of the most common objections against what we here
    • in the publication “Voices of the Time” is this—that
    • spoken about this point. You know how I have said that the only wad
    • forward what has a definite suggestive or hypnotic effect. Pantheism
    • is indeed the view that in everything spread out in Nature, spread out
    • anywhere in the phenomenal world, there lives the divine, that, in a
    • Pantheism that is forever talking of how behind the outspread world
    • to make it appear that it is believed where the actual ranks of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • of such a nature that they can throw light, it may be said, from another
    • side on what becomes so enigmatical if looked at from the points of
    • view holding good at present. Now I have told you that man can come
    • to his fellow men, the old relation no longer being suitable, so that
    • he sees what impulses are necessary for the modern social structure
    • before our souls the following—that as man is placed in the world
    • For you certainly know that taking earthly evolution as a whole it divides
    • there was a kind of crisis. For up to that time the whole of the earth's
    • of things that were actually to be developed in the following evolution
    • of the earth. So that up to Atlantean times man was really only what
    • Atlantean times, however, he had only intimations of what he was supposed
    • form merely a kind of repetition of what existed on another level of
    • in the time since the fifteenth century, that man stands within his
    • whole evolution in such a way that new impulses arise—impulses
    • foresee—will be shattering to mankind, are the expression of how
    • the world is such that—to describe it broadly—he perceives
    • kingdom and in his own human kingdom. This is what is visible around
    • man. And in the visible human kingdom there is played out what comes
    • from the will and what should find a certain ordering for the social
    • however, from these theories of knowledge. And what in schoolmaster
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • what hinders modern man from coming to recognition of the spiritual
    • borne in mind that man's ordinary sound intelligence, as I have often
    • concerning Spiritual Science. If I may say so, through the fact that
    • everyone may have all that the investigating Anthroposophist receives
    • of rising slowly and gradually, in accordance with what his own karma
    • quite another question, a question that can be settled only by each
    • Now the next question that
    • their sound human intelligence active so that it may understand, or
    • be prepared to accept, what is derived from Spiritual Science? And something
    • can be learnt about this question by hearing what the things and beings
    • to speak of a great deal about the spiritual world that was different
    • from what has to be given out today. But naturally in those olden days
    • much also could be said of a similar nature to what can still be said
    • now. Thus, for example, it was always given out in a way that today
    • is still right, what actually happens when a man seeks to enter the
    • so happen that the man says to himself: What! Sound human Intelligence?—that
    • by penetrating directly to the spiritual world in a way that they imagine
    • all manner of brooding and things of that kind, which they call meditation.
    • into such things however were already saying what is right concerning
    • all too easily that after some time he ruins his whole endeavour, brings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • accordance with Spiritual Science, we should not fail to notice that
    • repeatedly to ask himself what attitude to the Mystery of Golgotha is
    • we will try to look at it in such a way that we shall be striving to
    • in rightly understanding in a similar way what has happened both in
    • by what is spiritual.
    • we try to grasp a spiritual event spiritually that we arrive at area
    • understanding of the eatery of Golgotha. It is true that you may say
    • the Mystery of Golgotha is for all that like other historical events
    • out to you that knowledge at the present time, when sincere, cannot
    • Augustus and people of this kind. And I have often emphasised that just
    • what creates the special relation of Spiritual Science to the Mystery
    • of Golgotha is that Spiritual Science will establish the Mystery of
    • that the external reality of this Mystery of Golgotha can be grasped.
    • Now what is of most significance
    • that Christ Jesus went through death and overcame this death after a
    • It goes without saying that in relation to its inner law this belongs
    • out to you something that, when looked at purely from the point of view
    • themselves the burden of that guilt, that greatest of all guilt, the
    • provides, which the logic of the world would do away with. For what
    • they are found. Logic today however does not yet know what it is doing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • life on earth, in spite of severe illness that made it hard for her
    • to come up and down here—I believe that from the keenness with
    • to feel what a delightful and precious personality has left us if one
    • this personality. I need not dwell at length on what we all feel in
    • struggles, which came to such a grand conclusion that even on her last
    • follow only with sorrow, what our Anthroposophical development wills.
    • it clear that, looked at from one side, the actual content, the deeper
    • content, of the Christ impulse that has come into the world through
    • all at once nor during the relatively long time that there has been
    • did not mean that He would be inactive among men but that He would be
    • encouragement, giving them strength; so that when these souls know what
    • it is already necessary today to make clear to ourselves what actually
    • that the human race has really developed, really changed, in the course
    • of the earth period. One can best describe the change by saying that
    • the Mystery of Golgotha, we find on close scrutiny that the bodily nature
    • of man that allowed the visions to arise which in a certain way revealed
    • a crisis. This crisis showed that the force in connection with the revelation
    • Now from that point of
    • time, from that critical point, there had to arise a strengthening of
    • help from a region that was not of the earth, a region outside the earth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • forwards a few things about our building, so that our friends may find
    • in what will be said, a sort of foundation for their own work. We shall
    • for the benefit of the cause, so that the Dornach Building, the “Goetheanum”,
    • the outer world, so that those who have not at present an opportunity
    • for that which others will carry forth into the world, I will once more
    • give you a little of what I have already expounded here in other connections,
    • so that from what is contained in these episodic lectures, a complete
    • stated that the Dornach Building has grown out of the Anthroposophical
    • for the very reason that when this conception is rightly understood,
    • artistic forms and figures. Once again, I should like to repeat what
    • I have said before in other connections, that if any of the spiritual
    • would have been an external relation between what went on within it
    • to be given forth at Dornach and that which encloses its activities.
    • you bear this in mind, you will see, that this is connected with the
    • any other education than that of thought. When forms have to be created,
    • world, but to something which has been substituted in its place. What
    • be traced back to what we may call the Old Testament outlook on the
    • world. We must never lose sight of the fact that one of the essential
    • representation of that which is of a spiritual nature, was lacking in
    • succeeded in creating artistic forms. All that has been achieved is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the impression that one gets, is, that here is an enclosure that in
    • something that has a new element to be brought into the evolution of
    • humanity. The outward forms point to this something that is new in the
    • possible to receive this particular impression that I have to emphasise.
    • our view that which shuts off the space above, the first two pillars
    • of the first column to the right and left, and above that the architrave.
    • If you will notice that which is essential you will mark the progressive
    • Yesterday I told you that
    • the chief thing about this Building is that everything is felt to be
    • of the organism. You can see that everything that is included within
    • Building, so that it does not appear as a habitation constructed with
    • idea, You can be sure when you look at the next picture (1A) that it
    • is in vital in connection with the one that has gone before. This is
    • that also here the organ is built in full harmony with the rest of the
    • architecture, so that you have not the feeling that it has been added
    • but that it is a part of the whole form, as if the organ had actually
    • grown out of the architecture. That is the fundamental principle upon
    • that has gone before in a living metamorphosis. In order to do this
    • pillar develops itself out of the first — that is to say when
    • an understanding of what is meant, then you will of course be wrong
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • an idea from these copies of what is meant by the paintings of the dome,
    • been made in accordance with that artistic point of view referred to,
    • in the painting entirely out of colour, so that, as regards the painting
    • is that which is aimed at here. If we follow the history of painting
    • we see that this fundamental principle to draw forth all that is pictorial
    • of Raphael, Leonardo, Michael Angelo and others? — that the greatest
    • in this way, and it must be admitted that the whole modern cosmic conception
    • that in this world each element represents a creative whole. If we have
    • to soar up to the feeling, that from this mysterious world of colour
    • a world of beings spring up, that the colour itself through its own
    • that we should have merely a feeling for the single colour; the single
    • colours. Colours have also a certain relation with that which can be
    • red will always help if we wish to express physiognomy. But what I mean
    • has to do much less with single colours at with what the colours have
    • nature of colour. For a greater part of that which is living, which
    • our vegetation has sprung forth from the ocean, so that which is living
    • feel that the old forms of art are bankrupt, that they can go no further,
    • be able to live in colours, in forms. If our Building is to be what
    • apprehended by the play of the psychic, and the physical, that shows
    • itself in its own configuration if one has the right-vision for what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • should like to link on what I am about to say to the
    • and to connect it in such a way that it may form a unity, as
    • that the transition from the fourteenth and fifteenth
    • Now, from all that you know of Goethe's Faust, and of
    • will see that not only this sixteenth century Faust but also
    • what Goethe has made of him is most closely connected with
    • question: What are the most important tasks and the most
    • actually look back into the previous age, the age that came
    • what history tells of man's mood of soul, of his capacities
    • that has come to an end. He can look back only on ruins. To
    • old sciences that he had made his own, lived in magic, in
    • decline. What was accepted as alchemy, as magic, as
    • wisdom, mysticism, that did not deal with chemistry in the
    • that was right for an earlier age. The art of healing, as it
    • heart, with those soul forces that have specially to do with
    • still unsatisfied for the simple reason that the real wisdom
    • wisdom that the old art of healing sprang; all dispensing,
    • going to show that no one can heal diseases without also
    • the principle prevailed that he who healed diseases was
    • how little what is called the new freedom in human evolution
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • remarkable that, having brought such calamity upon Gretchen
    • completely in the lurch, and knowing nothing himself of what
    • will read you what was said on the subject by Schröer
    • have known what befell Gretchen after Valentine's death,
    • yet he had parted from her in circumstances that make it
    • ease on the Brocken. It is obvious, however that the
    • own satisfaction how it comes about that, two days after the
    • external — that the Walpurgis-night belongs to the most
    • Faust, so for that we may go back to the beginning of
    • he was all that older and had passed the great experiences,
    • that he now adds to his Faust. The Walpurgis-night
    • Walpurgis-night itself. We may therefore slows that Goethe
    • bear in mind that Goethe's meaning was really of a spiritual
    • those that were later; but up to 1900 I know them almost all,
    • though since that time, I have not gone so deeply into what
    • that no one has taken it from a spiritual point of view. It
    • may be objected, no doubt, that is asking too much of us to
    • suppose that, two days after such a great misfortune, Faust
    • connections, can see that there is nothing dilettante about
    • knowledge. To speak rather trivially, you can see that there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • hoped that the scenes just witnessed may have effect and meet
    • can say that, in writing the scenes out of his long and
    • varied experience, Goethe foreshadowed much that like a seed
    • that Goethe's inner imagination develop out of the
    • of cultural history. Goethe had been deterred by all that he
    • what he received from Grecian art. and, at the very time when
    • Something that should not, cannot, surprise people in our
    • circle is the fact that a really intensive striving towards
    • Goethe's immediate circle a really important endeavor, that
    • unfolding in Goethe's mind. It was then that Johann Gottlieb
    • From the brief account given in my book, and from what is
    • you can see by all that is said the
    • soul, in such a way that, by developing this in his soul, man
    • that he tried by abstract, all-round concepts, to give life
    • to the feeling that can then be weakened to full life by the
    • often much about it that is abstract; this is penetrated,
    • however, by living feeling and experience. And for what
    • impression was needed that personalities such as his could
    • Science, for, for those unaccustomed to it, what is true
    • Fichte, who had at that time to express the truth in abstract
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • What I am
    • the scenes we have just witnessed. And what can be said in
    • that one can repeatedly return to it because through its
    • contains a kind of culminating point of all that is spiritual
    • is allowed to work upon us, we shall well be able to soy that
    • it contains a very great deal of all that Goethe is wishing
    • significant, deep knowledge that we are obliged to recognise
    • in him if we are to have any notion at all of what is meant
    • Astrologer refers to him as ‘priest’, and that
    • we have to realise that there is something of deep import in
    • this conversion of what Faust has been before into the
    • some kind of transformation. Leaving aside what one otherwise
    • knows of the matter and what has been said by us in the
    • their being, what they essentially are — all this was
    • scene, and also upon what takes place in the next, we shall
    • no longer be in any doubt that in reality Faust has been led
    • into regions, into kingdoms, that Goethe thought to be like
    • that kingdom of the Mothers into which the initiate into the
    • the word ‘Mothers’ Faust shudders, saying what is
    • so full of meaning: “Mothers, Mothers! How strange that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • about the fourth — that is, the Graeco-Latin time; and
    • 1413. We shall add certain particulars to what we already
    • emotions, their loves and hates, and the will-impulse which
    • the Graeco-Latin epoch, we find that the task it had to solve
    • is chiefly related to what we may comprise with the words
    • sense, in a living and energetic way, what we may call the
    • of Evil. In his loving and in his hating, he will have to
    • grapple in the right way with all that springs from Evil; he
    • and Death stood before the human beings of that evolutionary
    • way, than now. That which is hidden behind Birth and Death,
    • of that which the Atlanteans had had to experience with
    • — with all that springs from Evil. For the human being
    • What I have said in this moment need only be envisaged in a
    • fundamental premiss: that it is the task of the fifth
    • ask, how did Goethe perceive that this is so, when in his
    • representative of Evil? From this very fact you can see that
    • peculiar to man that he can only come to terms with the
    • recent studies.) That is the peculiarity: Whatever evil
    • to know what belongs to the one epoch. These things can only
    • be aware that now, in the fifth post-Atlantean epoch, man has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • necessary, so that there takes place in the soul of Faust a
    • conscious interpenetration of that which prevails
    • I said that
    • beings will have to learn to know all that the soul must
    • that summons into the evolution of mankind problems of Birth
    • were in the Atlanteansforces that could be developed and that
    • things one did as human being and what took place in the
    • that, and cannot become abstractly pious all at once. On the
    • rather not hear of what is really contained in the impusles
    • that are going through the world, for it is often to their
    • interest to represent as constructive the very impulses that
    • thereby in an Ahrimanic way — all that which is
    • the abstract emphasis that is laid on the principle of
    • approach the groups. The individual will believe that he is
    • more make clear to ourselves, what was the nature of the
    • able to understand what is the nature of their efforts in our
    • bonds of blood — blood-relationship. During that time
    • — that is, during the Graeco-Latin
    • were the inspirers of that rebellion which «anted to
    • that time, after all, there was still the wise guidance of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • wish to stress the fact that I shall not be speaking from the
    • is more that to the presentation of the scene as Goethean
    • observations that will also in some respect link up with what
    • look deeply into Goethe's soul, in that this scene — as
    • time. I shall only say enough to make it clear to you that
    • that what I was explaining to you a few days ago about the
    • that there is anything in the course of Goethe's development
    • pointing to definite knowledge that not until the middle of
    • weeks we know that it is only at about the end of his
    • twenties that man, through the forces he develops out of his
    • we have to bear in mind that man is really a complicated
    • being. We only understand man by first becoming clear to what
    • much assailed by modern science — and that this
    • what he is solely by virtue of his dependence on his own
    • that this circle represents man at a given point in his
    • go on to ask what man would be like in the course of his
    • that in the course of his earthly development he should
    • attain what is to be attained on the basis of his bodily
    • organisation, that organisation that is itself derived from
    • interplay of earthly forces, I mean that these divine beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • What yesterday
    • Goethe's is “Faust” was that more goes to the
    • Goethe himself felt deeply that the spiritual forces,that can
    • as man by nature reaches. Those who believe that what is
    • simply say: It is true that, with what science offers today,
    • may advance on its own lines, what Goethe felt to be
    • my dear friends, all officially accepted science that deals
    • — what has being on the earth-planet. What is called
    • earthly; for the laws of science apply only to what is
    • beyond what is earthly.
    • consciousness there also lies a very great deal of what a men
    • asleep. For even en little reflection will show you that men
    • would find that, during this waking time, they do a great
    • say that not only do men dream during their waking hours,
    • distinction between those ideas that surge to and fro,
    • evoking all kinds of images as they come and go, ideas that
    • of the whole world of human ideas does a man find that he
    • experiences. That is a process often not very distinct from
    • theories about dreams that maintain something like the
    • disciples of the psycho-analysts, say of dreams that they are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • a certain outlook suggestive of that of spiritual
    • foreshadowed. And it is indeed very important that we should
    • soul the light of a deepened observation upon all that such a
    • life of spirit contains that this life appears in the right
    • add something here to all that has been said. I should like,
    • that is, to point out how really it is only possible rightly
    • of spiritual science. It is not merely that from an
    • Goethe's work all that yesterday and the previous day we were
    • manifestations of Goethe's soul-life, manifestations that,
    • seem — to be more remote than what is represented in the
    • all-embracing Faust poem,that should indeed be of the
    • It is particularly important and significant that he should
    • have done so. It may be said that Goethe's individual way of
    • thinking where natural science is concerned is precisely what
    • spiritual life — and not least for the religious life — that
    • What was
    • phenomenon. But it cannot be claimed that so far there has
    • we can get the best view of what Goethe understood by be
    • He tells of this himself. I know that what I now have to say
    • conception of physics. That, however, is of no consequence.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • is connected with what is spiritual in the universe. It
    • should first be emphasised, on the one hand, that what Goethe
    • life. If we start with what the pictures give us, this scene
    • great deal that is veiled, and is meant actually to introduce
    • the demonic powers dwelling in the sea, — that is, the
    • may be stated that Goethe was perfectly clear that it is
    • perception. So that all the knowledge and perception of man
    • future. Goethe advances the hypothesis that it might be
    • possible to produce a Homunculus in a retort, that is, to
    • nature that a human being could be intellectually put
    • arises thus, even when all that can be attained in the
    • simply the image of himself that a man can form with the help
    • this man-made image that is a homunculus provide a true
    • conception of man? How can it be brought about that in this
    • but pushes on to the homo? It is clear to Goethe that this
    • knowledge of man, that is, the knowledge acquired when free
    • of the body. Goethe really wishes to show that it is possible
    • For it was clear to him that when a man grows old, he does
    • not live in vain, but that the forces of knowledge are always
    • increasing, so that in old age it is possible for us to know
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Faust that had just been performed, and I should like
    • Faust we must never forget, however, that everything
    • have drawn your attention before to what Goethe stressed to
    • Eckermann, namely, that there is much concealed in his
    • Initiates, but that he had taken trouble to put it all into a
    • form that, regarded merely from the theatrical standpoint,
    • the main points of what was said yesterday about all that is
    • thus concealed, and afterwards go on to what we could not
    • yesterday that this scene shows clearly how Goethe was
    • will increasingly be for future human evolution — what
    • he sought in his soul as knowledge was something that has to
    • experience all that life can bring to man in the way of
    • whole, as regards what he does and creates. Faust is not
    • with all that life demands and brings. To this end, Goethe
    • seeks knowledge for his Faust, that is, knowledge of man,
    • present latent in mankind. But Goethe sees clearly that
    • Homunculus, the product that was supposed to be, for
    • mediaeval research, the copy of a human being that, within
    • deeply into what Goethe meant to convey in his Homunculus,
    • he wished to represent what a man, here in the physical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • to evoke the feeling that, in the whole of his inner life,
    • I wanted you to feel that he succeeded, as perhaps no other
    • artistic creation out of this spiritual life, so that in this
    • like you to think that in what has been said I have been
    • wishing to give an interpretation of this poem; that was not
    • to be utterly useless. All that was attempted in these
    • that too often results in misconstruction and
    • think you will agree that we should not be complete human
    • trivially-minded, average man looks upon what can be attained
    • least, and if he wills in accordance with his needs. What
    • honest, is that he finally admits, when he tries to advance
    • on the path of thinking, that with his thinking in the
    • what direction it lies. He wants to hasten towards it, but
    • reaches it. And while he is feeling that he is still nowhere
    • may be said that whoever has never experienced the suffering
    • establish ourselves in life with our will that passes over
    • by means of his will, so that he should be able to experience
    • all that makes life happy, all that shatters life, all that
    • gives freedom and all that is sinful. And if we try to take
    • our stand in life with the will that passes over into action,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • time. What I shall say today will serve to illustrate and
    • explain many questions that may emerge out of the subjects we
    • time in that evolution of civilisation which is concentrated
    • of what shall be thought and done among them.
    • certainly gain a good idea of what intellectualism is. We need
    • but experience the present time to gain a notion of what came
    • history nowadays generally project what they are accustomed to
    • the civilisation of Asia — influenced by what lived and
    • difference that they were ignorant of so and so many things
    • altogether different from that of today.
    • sensation ‘It thinks in me’ than that they thought
    • said to themselves — and what I shall now describe was an
    • people say (it is only forgotten now that it ever was so):
    • into ourselves.’ They were conscious of the fact that they
    • has the rather strange idea that the thoughts spring forth
    • that the oxygen he receives in breathing were not received by
    • know that the oxygen of the air circulates through our organism
    • fact, as follows: They imagined that they held the thoughts
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • In the first place I would like to point out that perhaps this course
    • a particular form of spiritual activity in our time. For what has so
    • its original content. We will see that this is so in the course of
    • arises a most significant task that as it takes shape may be allowed
    • requirement that this course be mainly for real theologians and real
    • in the sense in which that title can be given them from the standpoint
    • the theologians and on the part of the physicians what is now going to be
    • been pointed out that the anthroposophical movement should try to
    • bring it about. But things have come to light that must be corrected
    • work of the other side. It certainly does not mean that the
    • theologians are to become physicians, or that the physicians are to
    • medical measures that cannot possibly lie in their sphere of work. On
    • theologians. It is tremendously important that this should be
    • has even been entertained that theologians should actually acquire
    • clearly that physicians, in addition to the cultivation of their
    • People should not play with the idea that they can push their way
    • profession; they must learn through pastoral medicine that something
    • But one must realize that both are divine service. The more fully
    • thrown together in chaotic fashion: the seriousness that we should be
    • one should certainly not think that therefore one can perform the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • first at certain phenomena in human life that easily slide over into
    • esoteric realm of religious life. We have to realize that all
    • attitude that has come into them in this materialistic epoch. We need
    • only recall how certain phenomena that had been grouped together for
    • itself — that has its uses — but rather to their way of
    • looking at things, to what they brought out as “criminal
    • what the normal type of human being is. And it was as near as could
    • possibly be to a philistine! And whatever deviated from this type was
    • insight that every pathological characteristic also expresses itself
    • bodily, it is also obvious that symptoms can be found in bodily
    • with the karma that works over from earlier incarnations.
    • The forces that build
    • review the picture of a human being that Anthroposophy gives us. The
    • stage, and even to a certain degree of the ego organization that
    • nature can be understood with the methods of knowledge that are
    • brought to it today. What the etheric body impresses upon it is not
    • eye of a sculptor so that one obtains pictorial images of cosmic
    • forces, images that can then be recognized again in the form of the
    • the entire dynamic activity that works and weaves through the blood
    • the formative forces that were poured into the skeletal system and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • illness. I therefore would like to speak further about something that
    • lies between certain pathological trends that are developing in human
    • evolution and a kind of natural initiation that constitutes another
    • What appears at the threshold of perception is the first stage for
    • have a clear feeling that the being was there with them. That is the
    • such a moving experience for them that they have the feeling: human
    • spiritual beings that were present. First they tell of the feeling of
    • any visual experience. Then the condition is raised to vision that is
    • like optical perception. It can be so enhanced that they see Jesus,
    • for instance, standing before them as a real person. That is the
    • usual second stage. It is a peculiar fact that those advancing from
    • the first to the second stage have only the vaguest feeling that
    • etheric bodies. But the strange thing is that they
    • they regard it as natural that they should have it; they feel that
    • have the feeling that spiritual beings come to them, but that they
    • that he plunged into the their intestines, which caused excruciating
    • drawing the astral body to itself, so that they are united without
    • that can never happen in ordinary consciousness: in half-waking or
    • entirely united with what they are experiencing. They know this first
    • something that is there. They experience this as one experiences
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • a chapter of anthroposophy that we need for our
    • important that we look into the question: What is really inherited by
    • a human being? What is not inherited and must come to the human being
    • super-sensible worlds into the sense world: that means, they combine
    • what is given them by heredity with what they bring from earlier
    • week. But if one does not perceive that they are four-membered
    • development, for one does not see what part each member is playing in
    • physical organism is that in the first period of life they have what
    • thing that is changed at this time. For the fact is that human beings
    • change of teeth. They are constantly stripping that physical material
    • course, more complicated than is implied in the brief statement that
    • physical substance and replaces it. The truth is near to that, but
    • one need only look at the change of teeth itself to realize that this
    • picture must be modified somewhat. For if this abstract assertion
    • sense. As a matter of fact, the course of human life is such that the
    • what remains behind. At the seventh year it is only the adult teeth
    • that remain. After each subsequent period there remain also certain
    • parts of the substance that are not replaced, although the greater
    • keeping none of it, keeping only the forces that have lived and
    • the fresh new substance that was constantly being aquired that at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • who show certain aspects of behavior that to a physician may seem to
    • individuals, we find that as a first stage the ego organization
    • physical-etheric organism. This is in the waking state. What is the
    • consequence of this? You can easily see that this puts the individual
    • intuition. For it is a matter of understanding what they do
    • not tell one: what they do
    • tell one is of little value. It is a matter of grasping what they say
    • or do in such a way that one can think of it in relation to the human
    • begin to talk about something quite foreign to what one is asking.
    • But if one catches hold of what they say about themselves — and
    • that they possess an inner source of speech that gives them a special
    • questions, you must just snap up what they tell as it were by chance
    • only had a memory as good as his!” — forgetting that if
    • variations that you meet in life, which the physician especially
    • meets. I'm picturing an extreme case so that you can see the chief
    • soup.” It can happen that he comes entirely away from the first
    • part of his narrative, but it can also happen that he returns to it
    • again. One sees that this is not a logical memory but a
    • its deeper foundation. One notices that the person enjoys the sound
    • sounding these words again. He is in fact going back to speech that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • in one or the other direction from what can be called
    • obvious example — how the karma that a human being carries through
    • need to appreciate the spiritual significance of what confronts a
    • should consider something for a moment that some with a modern, more
    • once what I mean.
    • find a universal conviction that illness comes from sinfulness, that
    • causing the illness, that the individual harbored some elemental
    • spiritual force that did not belong there, that somehow the person
    • that a person was “possessed” by some spiritual entity as
    • ill person the alien elemental spirituality that had entered through
    • a spiritual offense. Basically this was the belief that one does not
    • belief that came later, pronouncing exactly the opposite view —
    • fashion. The new belief said that every sin can be traced to illness.
    • to it that in some way or other they got hold of the brain after
    • well-trained scientists have adopted the view that a person who has a
    • bodily defect. Sin comes from disease. That's how evolution goes
    • believed that illness comes from sin. For they know they themselves
    • are right, that sin comes from illness. And they know with absolute
    • certainty that in the sick person there is some material process or
    • other that they have to combat, have to neutralize, have to get out
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • than that provided by modern science, one
    • explores whatever can have the slightest relevance to it. But one
    • physical-chemical processes of outer nature, that is, of nature
    • for the world outside us. People have simply accepted the idea that
    • laboratory, or in some piece of the world that we are able to observe
    • as happening the same way within us. But one should know that this is
    • not possible. For the process in a human being that is analogous to
    • combustion that has become living. This fact is important for all of
    • is not needed for that to happen; other laws prevail. This is
    • hypotheses that appear to be perfectly plausible. Earlier conditions
    • are assumed from the conditions that now exist on the earth. Preyer,
    • has done just that. He found
    • have originated. He also took it for granted that these must have
    • happened at temperatures that today are necessary for similar fire
    • processes to happen. That was not necessarily so. One can of course
    • You can see that the ideas
    • that become fashionable are particularly important when one wants to
    • means that modern science provides it is not possible to gain an
    • easy to do — what natural science was bringing forward, whether
    • bring what was opening up for me spiritually — for instance,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • universe that would then finally explain the totality: humanity and
    • the world, microcosm and macrocosm. For we would find that everything
    • of the year, even beyond the year. And we would find that everything
    • itself into the earth — that is the picture of the root that
    • feeling that the stem strives to stream out as a line. The root wants
    • in a linear direction. That is the archetypal form of the plant. And
    • find within its upward striving that something else is active, at
    • the plant as it pushes toward the Sun, we must see that the sun
    • must realize that these forces alone would not be able to form the
    • earth. And perhaps it is not so ridiculous that a scholar — a
    • manifold variety that one does have in one's immediate environment
    • the human being. We showed yesterday that one can go from the area of
    • And we discovered that this finer inhalation carries karmic streams
    • the human being what I would like for the moment to call a refined
    • what lies in the astral body and ego, one would never reach the sun,
    • what the situation is when the astral body and ego approach the
    • first, thinking remains the same, except that one can think more than
    • only has that faculty when down in the physical body in normal life
    • in the organs, the perceptions that had become dim or had vanished
    • spiritual colonies — they can be called that, or something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • or her spiritual life and experience. The understanding that should
    • time from a standpoint that I think will throw greatest light upon
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • in our minds what really happens in the human being during sleep. The
    • bodies, we know that by virtue of what these bodies are, certain
    • processes go on that during the person's sleep are independent of the
    • processes going on that are not at all suited to it in the way they
    • physical processes in the same way that the mineral kingdom is. We
    • physically active forces and substances, but this is something that
    • really cannot be. That is why processes that go on in the physical
    • that sleep is healthful is correct in a certain sense, but only under
    • there so that the soul-life and spiritual life as a whole can really
    • investigation to the etheric body, we find that during sleep only the
    • processes can take place in the etheric body that can otherwise take
    • same way that they do in the plant kingdom. Thus they too are not
    • illness. So we can say that sleep can show us how causes of illness
    • human soul-spiritual life. And that points to a secret of this world
    • — that whenever one penetrates to reality, one finds it has two
    • human spiritual development. Thus if we study what is active during
    • what we have found to be the case in the mentally retarded or the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • There is something that is always overlooked
    • in this present age, something that has to
    • It is this: that total spiritual activity must include the creative
    • activity to be found in human thought and feeling. What really lies
    • unaware of it. That is why in this very field a kind of evil mischief
    • that from every possible center, whatever it may be called, all kinds
    • seeds are strewn in every direction of something that in earlier
    • And what is at the
    • satisfaction over the fact that materialism in science is on the
    • decline, that the tendency everywhere is to try to reach out beyond
    • For what do Driesch
    • something that is beyond physical-material events? They use exactly
    • the same thoughts that have been used for hundreds of years to think
    • about the material world alone, thoughts that indeed have no other
    • thoughts they use to think about something that is supposed to be
    • spiritual. But such thoughts do not have that capacity. For that, one
    • has to go to true spiritual science. That is why such strange things
    • appear and today it is not even noticed that they are strange. A
    • world but in reality a dilettante, holds forth to the effect that one
    • ascribe to something a similarity to something else, that something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual research that has meaning when humankind once more
    • positive, active forces. For naturally in an age that has developed
    • materialism, it is inconceivable to the ordinary human being that
    • into spiritual realms and found knowledge there that led to valuable
    • cures. And what we still have to say today to round off our studies
    • may perhaps provide a connection to that old mystery wisdom for the
    • medical stream that should now emanate from the Goetheanum.
    • understood most correctly in its historical connection if what is
    • have to regard what has been offered in this short course as just a
    • of a pastoral medicine that will develop further through the work
    • that is still to be done here by Dr. Wegman and me.
    • path of initiation, particularly that path that was pursued at the
    • had been given through heredity, the body that in the course of the
    • universal recognition that a person does not in the first place unite
    • with the physical body in the way that was originally intended by the
    • spiritual powers who direct humanity. It was always believed that
    • through some anomaly of the general evolution the forces that a human
    • being inherits overpower in a certain sense the forces that are
    • that show that human beings indeed have more to do with the
    • degree, one sees at once that death is quite different in character.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • In the first place I would like to point out that perhaps this course
    • a particular form of spiritual activity in our time. For what has so
    • age there arises a most significant task that as it takes shape may
    • We have required that
    • theologians and the physicians must understand what is now going to
    • been pointed out that the anthroposophical movement should try to
    • bring it about. But things have come to light that must be corrected
    • work of the other side. It certainly does not mean that the
    • theologians are to become physicians, or that the physicians are to
    • medical measures that cannot possibly lie in their sphere of work. On
    • theologians. It is tremendously important that this should be
    • has even been entertained that theologians should actually acquire
    • clearly that physicians, in addition to the cultivation of their
    • People should not play with the idea that they can push their way
    • profession; they must learn through pastoral medicine that something
    • But one must realize that both are divine service. The more fully
    • thrown together in chaotic fashion: the seriousness that we should be
    • one should certainly not think that therefore one can perform the
    • the Goetheanum will handle with extreme seriousness whatever is going
    • established procedure: that physicians who want to work with the same
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • first at certain phenomena in human life that easily slide over into
    • esoteric realm of religious life. We have to realize that all
    • attitude that has come into them in this materialistic epoch. We need
    • only recall how certain phenomena that had been grouped together for
    • itself — that has its uses — but rather to their way of
    • looking at things, to what they brought out as “criminal
    • what the normal type of human being is. And it was as near as could
    • possibly be to a philistine! And whatever deviated from this type was
    • insight that every pathological characteristic also expresses itself
    • bodily, it is also obvious that symptoms can be found in bodily
    • with the karma that works over from earlier incarnations.
    • The forces that build
    • review the picture of a human being that Anthroposophy gives us. The
    • stage, and even to a certain degree of the ego organization that
    • nature can be understood with the methods of knowledge that are
    • brought to it today. What the etheric body impresses upon it is not
    • eye of a sculptor so that one obtains pictorial images of cosmic
    • forces, images that can then be recognized again in the form of the
    • the entire dynamic activity that works and weaves through the blood
    • the formative forces that were poured into the skeletal system and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • illness. I therefore would like to speak further about something that
    • lies between certain pathological trends that are developing in human
    • evolution and a kind of natural initiation that constitutes another
    • What appears at the threshold of perception is the first stage for
    • have a clear feeling that the being was there with them. That is the
    • such a moving experience for them that they have the feeling: human
    • spiritual beings that were present. First they tell of the feeling of
    • any visual experience. Then the condition is raised to vision that is
    • like optical perception. It can be so enhanced that they see Jesus,
    • for instance, standing before them as a real person. That is the
    • usual second stage. It is a peculiar fact that those advancing from
    • the first to the second stage have only the vaguest feeling that
    • etheric bodies. But the strange thing is that they
    • they regard it as natural that they should have it; they feel that
    • have the feeling that spiritual beings come to them, but that they
    • that he plunged into the their intestines, which caused excruciating
    • drawing the astral body to itself, so that they are united without
    • that can never happen in ordinary consciousness: in half-waking or
    • entirely united with what they are experiencing. They know this first
    • something that is there. They experience this as one experiences
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • INTO OUR STUDIES a chapter of Anthroposophy that we need for our
    • important that we look into the question: what is really inherited by
    • a human being? What is not inherited and must come to the human being
    • supersensible worlds into the sense world: that means, they combine
    • what is given them by heredity with what they bring from earlier
    • week. But if one does not perceive that they are four-membered
    • development, for one does not see what part each member is playing in
    • physical organism is that in the first period of life they have what
    • thing that is changed at this time. For the fact is that human beings
    • change of teeth. They are constantly stripping that physical material
    • course, more complicated than is implied in the brief statement that
    • physical substance and replaces it. The truth is near to that, but
    • one need only look at the change of teeth itself to realize that this
    • picture must be modified somewhat. For if this abstract assertion
    • sense. As a matter of fact, the course of human life is such that the
    • what remains behind. At the seventh year it is only the adult teeth
    • that remain. After each subsequent period there remain also certain
    • parts of the substance that are not replaced, although the greater
    • keeping none of it, keeping only the forces that have lived and
    • the fresh new substance that was constantly being acquired that at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • who show certain aspects of behavior that to a physician may seem to
    • individuals, we find that as a first stage the ego organization
    • physical-etheric organism. This is in the waking state. What is the
    • consequence of this? You can easily see that this puts the individual
    • intuition. For it is a matter of understanding what they do
    • not tell one: what they do
    • tell one is of little value. It is a matter of grasping what they say
    • or do in such a way that one can think of it in relation to the human
    • begin to talk about something quite foreign to what one is asking.
    • But if one catches hold of what they say about themselves — and
    • that they possess an inner source of speech that gives them a special
    • questions, you must just snap up what they tell as it were by chance
    • only had a memory as good as his!” — forgetting that if
    • variations that you meet in life, which the physician especially
    • meets. I'm picturing an extreme case so that you can see the chief
    • soup.” It can happen that he comes entirely away from the first
    • part of his narrative, but it can also happen that he returns to it
    • again. One sees that this is not a logical memory but a
    • its deeper foundation. One notices that the person enjoys the sound
    • sounding these words again. He is in fact going back to speech that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • in one or the other direction from what can be called
    • earth-life to show how the karma that a human being carries through
    • need to appreciate the spiritual significance of what confronts a
    • should consider something for a moment that some with a modern, more
    • once what I mean.
    • find a universal conviction that illness comes from sinfulness, that
    • causing the illness, that the individual harbored some elemental
    • spiritual force that did not belong there, that somehow the person
    • that a person was “possessed” by some spiritual entity as
    • ill person the alien elemental spirituality that had entered through
    • a spiritual offense. Basically this was the belief that one does not
    • belief that came later, pronouncing exactly the opposite view —
    • fashion. The new belief said that every sin can be traced to illness.
    • to it that in some way or other they got hold of the brain after
    • well-trained scientists have adopted the view that a person who has a
    • bodily defect. Sin comes from disease. That's how evolution goes
    • believed that illness comes from sin. For they know they themselves
    • are right, that sin comes from illness. And they know with absolute
    • certainty that in the sick person there is some material process or
    • other that they have to combat, have to neutralize, have to get out
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • MEANS OF INVESTIGATION than that provided by modern science, one
    • explores whatever can have the slightest relevance to it. But one
    • physical-chemical processes of outer nature, that is, of nature
    • for the world outside us. People have simply accepted the idea that
    • laboratory, or in some piece of the world that we are able to observe
    • as happening the same way within us. But one should know that this is
    • not possible. For the process in a human being that is analogous to
    • combustion that has become living. This fact is important for all of
    • is not needed for that to happen; other laws prevail. This is
    • hypotheses that appear to be perfectly plausible. Earlier conditions
    • are assumed from the conditions that now exist on the earth. Preyer,
    • has done just that. He found
    • have originated. He also took it for granted that these must have
    • happened at temperatures that today are necessary for similar fire
    • processes to happen. That was not necessarily so. One can of course
    • means that modern science provides it is not possible to gain an
    • easy to do — what natural science was bringing forward, whether
    • bring what was opening up for me spiritually — for instance,
    • back, or further forward — to bring that into harmony with what
    • what natural science says about the immediate present. But when it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • universe that would then finally explain the totality: humanity and
    • the world, microcosm and macrocosm. For we would find that everything
    • of the year, even beyond the year. And we would find that everything
    • itself into the earth — that is the picture of the root that
    • feeling that the stem strives to stream out as a line. The root wants
    • in a linear direction. That is the archetypal form of the plant. And
    • find within its upward striving that something else is active, at
    • the plant as it pushes toward the Sun, we must see that the sun
    • must realize that these forces alone would not be able to form the
    • earth. And perhaps it is not so ridiculous that a scholar — a
    • manifold variety that one does have in one's immediate environment
    • the human being. We showed yesterday that one can go from the area of
    • And we discovered that this finer inhalation carries karmic streams
    • the human being what I would like for the moment to call a refined
    • what lies in the astral body and ego, one would never reach the sun,
    • what the situation is when the astral body and ego approach the
    • first, thinking remains the same, except that one can think more than
    • only has that faculty when down in the physical body in normal life
    • in the organs, the perceptions that had become dim or had vanished
    • spiritual colonies — they can be called that, or something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • or her spiritual life and experience. The understanding that should
    • time from a standpoint that I think will throw greatest light upon
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • our minds what really happens in the human being during sleep. The
    • bodies, we know that by virtue of what these bodies are, certain
    • processes go on that during the person's sleep are independent of the
    • processes going on that are not at all suited to it in the way they
    • physical processes in the same way that the mineral kingdom is. We
    • physically active forces and substances, but this is something that
    • really cannot be. That is why processes that go on in the physical
    • that sleep is healthful is correct in a certain sense, but only under
    • there so that the soul-life and spiritual life as a whole can really
    • investigation to the etheric body, we find that during sleep only the
    • processes can take place in the etheric body that can otherwise take
    • same way that they do in the plant kingdom. Thus they too are not
    • illness. So we can say that sleep can show us how causes of illness
    • human soul-spiritual life. And that points to a secret of this world
    • — that whenever one penetrates to reality, one finds it has two
    • human spiritual development. Thus if we study what is active during
    • what we have found to be the case in the mentally retarded or the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • THAT IS ALWAYS OVERLOOKED in this present age, something that has to
    • It is this: that total spiritual activity must include the creative
    • activity to be found in human thought and feeling. What really lies
    • unaware of it. That is why in this very field a kind of evil mischief
    • that from every possible center, whatever it may be called, all kinds
    • seeds are strewn in every direction of something that in earlier
    • And what is at the
    • satisfaction over the fact that materialism in science is on the
    • decline, that the tendency everywhere is to try to reach out beyond
    • For what do Driesch
    • something that is beyond physical-material events? They use exactly
    • the same thoughts that have been used for hundreds of years to think
    • about the material world alone, thoughts that indeed have no other
    • thoughts they use to think about something that is supposed to be
    • spiritual. But such thoughts do not have that capacity. For that, one
    • has to go to true spiritual science. That is why such strange things
    • appear and today it is not even noticed that they are strange. A
    • world but in reality a dilettante, holds forth to the effect that one
    • ascribe to something a similarity to something else, that something
    • science that is really striving to reach a higher level. These things
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual research that has meaning when humankind once more
    • positive, active forces. For naturally in an age that has developed
    • materialism, it is inconceivable to the ordinary human being that
    • into spiritual realms and found knowledge there that led to valuable
    • cures. And what we still have to say today to round off our studies
    • may perhaps provide a connection to that old mystery wisdom for the
    • medical stream that should now emanate from the Goetheanum.
    • understood most correctly in its historical connection if what is
    • have to regard what has been offered in this short course as just a
    • of a pastoral medicine that will develop further through the work
    • that is still to be done here by Dr. Wegman and me.
    • path of initiation, particularly that path that was pursued at the
    • had been given through heredity, the body that in the course of the
    • universal recognition that a person does not in the first place unite
    • with the physical body in the way that was originally intended by the
    • spiritual powers who direct humanity. It was always believed that
    • through some anomaly of the general evolution the forces that a human
    • being inherits overpower in a certain sense the forces that are
    • that show that human beings indeed have more to do with the
    • degree, one sees at once that death is quite different in character.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • that the Christmas festival has been made immovable, having been fixed
    • celebrate a Sunday — a day, that is, which should remind them of
    • their connection with the sun-forces — when the Sunday comes that
    • of wisdom were still current among mankind, traditions that originated
    • far surpassing the knowledge that present-day science can offer. And
    • how closely that festival is bound up with the earthly, for its
    • a time that can be ascertained only when man turns his thoughts to the
    • earth-evolution pure and simple. For through knowledge of that which
    • beyond the earth; it contains a promise to man that in the course of
    • To understand all that is implied in this manner of dating the
    • We should indeed remind ourselves again and again what a great
    • that were associated with the personality of Jesus.
    • All that came to his notice in this way in the physical
    • that came to him cut deeply into his life — so deeply indeed,
    • that from that moment he became another man. Nay, more: he became an
    • was thus well equipped to judge of the nature of the event that befell
    • all that he experienced inwardly. But even so, when he speaks of the
    • event of Damascus we can discern that he speaks as one who through
    • is plain that he is fully able to understand the difference between
    • time. When we look back into the ancient past we find that man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • festival, it is obvious that the subject is also very relevant to the
    • emphasises that the universal tendency of the day is to prepare for
    • that on all sides — right and left — people are succumbing
    • What will come now is the spread of Bolshevism over Europe; that is to
    • people have experienced what Bolshevism really is, something good can
    • illusions to which people readily succumb to-day that must be heeded,
    • but something else ... We must not listen to what individual dreamers
    • with. They realise that civilisation is going downhill and are always
    • by a measure of peace. They are blind to the fact that there is
    • nothing really important about this interval of peace and that the
    • of human beings realise that unless a wave of spiritual revival passes
    • always dangerous because the new that is trying to come to expression
    • earth-evolution, something that has glimmered on but at the present
    • perception of the divine and spiritual passed over into the views that
    • were held concerning the social order, the configuration of life that
    • as a God, that is to say, as one in whom the Godhead was manifest. If
    • being? He knew that his being was rooted in the world of the divine
    • and spiritual; he knew that the divine and spiritual is present
    • physical earth. He knew that he was born out of the divine and
    • world reveals to me that objects and beings come from the gods, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • begin with — when it is realised that the immortal, eternal being
    • of man, the spiritual and super-sensible essence of being that cannot
    • is therefore implicit in that of birth.
    • On other occasions I have said that the head-organisation of man
    • can be understood only in the light of the knowledge that in the head
    • death that are all the time present in the head and enable man to
    • that moment actual death occurs.
    • of that of birth and cannot be an essential part of the Easter
    • the Death but to the Resurrection of Christ Jesus that men's minds
    • of early Christianity that was still an echo of Eastern wisdom. On the
    • of Golgotha and all that pertained to it, was gradually submerged by
    • prepared. It was not until much later that these first, still feeble
    • the concept of the State that was developing in the West. In
    • something that is not religion at all.
    • Julian the Apostate, who was no Christian, but for all that a
    • deeply religious man, could not accept what Christianity had become
    • death by the indescribable suffering that was His lot.
    • bodily nature only. And the greater the emphasis that was laid on the
    • it is a fact that with the concentration on this picture of the
    • Then there crept into this conception of the Man of Sorrows, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • for the failure to understand Anthroposophy when it says that the soul
    • and spirit of man — that is to say, the astral body and ego
    • consciousness of the present day. They naturally cannot conceive that
    • most they can recognise that somewhere or other air exists and that
    • space is pervaded with light — but the idea that soul and spirit
    • This impossibility is but a short way from that other impossibility of
    • somewhat strange and unfamiliar to modern man, and he can approach
    • We know that the old traditional conceptions, which were incorporated
    • traced back to primeval wisdom. We know that in ancient times there
    • events, what they wished to know with regard to the world.
    • understanding that have been preserved for us in external history. You
    • know that in Greek temples, where the oracles were given, certain
    • to the oracles as a last resource. And all that was revealed from this
    • Mysteries. That was why they relied upon other and more external means
    • during which they so worked upon their whole being that they were able
    • to all that took place at daybreak. When the sun was slowly rising
    • it differs from anything that might emanate from some of the
    • had once upon a time been quickened by all that man could experience
    • wonderful do we find the moods that were awakened in the human soul at
    • rays of light down upon the earth, that is the best time for man to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • to that of the light streaming from the sun to the earth. So it can be
    • said that forces of will stream out from earthly humanity to meet the
    • It was further explained that what is spreads out from man at the
    • streams out into the cosmos towards its inflowing light; and that man
    • everything that proceeds from the moon.
    • to what I shall say in the present lecture, it must be remembered that
    • meant. For it must not be thought that in these happenings the actual
    • what is taking place spiritually. The true state of affairs can
    • You know that according to a more materialistic mode of thinking, our
    • solar system originated from a kind of primal nebula. Thinking that is
    • bound up with purely material existence conceives that our visible
    • then consolidated and contracted into what now exists as the solar
    • the outset that this cannot be an exhaustive presentation of the
    • may be modified by saying that the nebula is permeated with forces,
    • and so on, what is actually present cannot be fully explained in this
    • way, for the reason that nothing contained in a Kant-Laplace or other
    • primal nebula, or what develops from it according to the laws
    • the animal and human souls that are living on earth, or even the
    • must surely be obvious that in the primal nebula conceived by
    • materialistic thinking, a spiritual reality is contained and that this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • of what I am going to speak about today.
    • how what is present in the individual human being is connected in
    • manifold ways with processes and with beings of the cosmos. If what I
    • also be viewed in his inner aspect, so that his qualities of soul, his
    • The “whole” that is composed of man together with the cosmos
    • tell us that the words must be used in the reverse way. We are
    • view it from outside. The concepts that must be applied here will be
    • of the spiritual. Words that are suitable have first to be coined. Any
    • In order to picture what I have just tried to characterise, the
    • external aspect as that which presents itself to the senses. If we
    • new birth, and it is the external aspect of the universe that reveals
    • death and a new birth you will find it amply indicated there that
    • what was described yesterday in its material-physical aspect —
    • what reveals itself when the cosmos is viewed from outside, when it is
    • different studies pursued here you know that this kind of
    • contemplation is necessary, and you know too that no ordinary, logical
    • therefore only be a matter of describing the vista that reveals itself
    • equally possible to prove that the universe is finite or that it is
    • actually lies midway between what is seen from the earthly viewpoint
    • and what is seen during the life between death and a new birth.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • reality. Let me remind you of what on various occasions I have already
    • rock-crystal. For in terms of reality we must speak in that way only
    • regarded as something that has an independent existence either, but
    • find it so difficult to bring clear concepts to bear upon what
    • something that can be explained only in terms of mineral-physical
    • laws. No account is taken of the fact that the earth is one whole. Let
    • be correct, say: that is not a self-contained entity. Nowhere in the
    • without reflecting that the earth is a totality; that the plant,
    • We must therefore be clear in our mind what it means to study the
    • something that can be found within a planetary being only when this
    • If, first of all, we observe what, as part of the earth-skeleton,
    • pervades the earth as slate-formation, we see that its external
    • appearance differs very considerably from that of the concentrated
    • existence, to plant-existence. We must see how what belongs to the
    • the tasks which these formations have to perform for what is also
    • intimate connection between all that is slate-formation and
    • plant-life; between all that is lime-formation and animal-life.
    • formations. But that is of less importance just now; the important
    • thing is that to spiritual observation and to spiritual experience the
    • If I am to sketch it diagrammatically, it will be somewhat like this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • come from afar — our heartiest Christmas greetings. What I
    • Goetheanum. It is also my hope that those friends who are associated
    • working, thinking and feeling together, there will develop what must
    • there will emerge what is intended to emerge at the Goetheanum. In
    • The indication that I shall try to give in this lecture course will
    • Christmas, yet inwardly, I believe, they are so related. In all that
    • of that spiritual Being who produced a renewal of all human evolution
    • This does not conflict with what I have just said. If you remember
    • what I described many years ago in my book
    • you will perceive my conviction that beneath the
    • study, is that the scientific path taken by modern humanity was, if
    • point of view that I would like to give these lectures. They will not
    • details of the path that I want to characterize in broader outline
    • research in recent times and the mode of thinking that can and does
    • through several centuries. We must go back to a point in time that I
    • the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. At that time, an altogether
    • Cusanus received his early education in the community that has been
    • is clear that Nicholas already possessed a certain amount of ambition
    • the monastic and religious orders that, though within the church,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • symptomatological What takes place in the depths of human evolution
    • sends out waves, and these waves are the symptoms that we will try to
    • depths of evolution are so manifold and so significant that we can
    • never do more than hint at what is going on the depths. This we do by
    • describing the waves that are flung up. They are symptoms of what is
    • Eckhart and Nicholas Cusanus, in my last lecture. What can be
    • consider to be symptoms of what goes on in the depths of general
    • any given case only a couple of images cast up to the surface that we
    • all that happened in the early fifteenth century in mankind's
    • Neither the knowledge that the mind can gather through the study of
    • knowledge, its concepts and ideas, come to a halt before that realm.
    • The fact that one can do no more than write a “docta
    • with the form of knowledge that, up to his time, was prevalent in
    • soul mood that I illustrated with one his sentences. He said —
    • Eckhart points to an older knowledge that has come down to him
    • through the course of evolution. It is knowledge that still gave man
    • ancient times is necessary so that we can better understand the quest
    • for knowledge that surfaced in the Fifteenth Century from the depths
    • everything that the teachers of the mysteries could communicate to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • arose in the course of time. It was pointed out yesterday that the
    • mathematics to reality. We assume that this is the way it has to be
    • and that this is the correct relationship. There are debates about it
    • true relationship. We forget that in a none too distant past mankind
    • felt differently concerning mathematics. We need only recall what
    • happened soon after the point in time that I characterized as the
    • calculations play no special part — yet in such a manner that
    • appeared self-evident to the men of that time that in mathematics
    • Hence they felt that if they could express the world in thoughts
    • something that would have to correspond to reality. If the character
    • mathematics relates to reality. Mathematics had gradually become what
    • I would term a self-sufficient inward capacity for thinking. What do
    • I mean by that?
    • three mutually perpendicular directions that are otherwise identical.
    • Space, I would say, is a self-sufficient form that is simply placed
    • it was only natural that man could no longer penetrate to those inner
    • mathematics that has been thought-out but not experienced. As an
    • example of what is thought-out but not experienced, let us consider
    • orientation within himself. One orientation that man experiences in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • their awareness that everything quantitative — including
    • where the quantitative was severed from what man experiences. We can
    • concepts of space that included man himself were replaced by the
    • schematic view of space that is customary today, according to which,
    • mathematics as something that he experienced within himself together
    • procedure that cannot be firmly related to human experiences. Hence,
    • The most that can be said of such an imposition of mathematics on
    • natural phenomena is that what has first been mathematically thought
    • Think back to the other worldview that I have previously described to
    • back on oneself, on what — in union with one's own divine
    • corporeal nature the mathematical images of what one had experienced
    • were images of the divine spiritual. The instant that mathematics is
    • that are no longer seen as a reflection of spirit, in that instant
    • Take a concrete example, the first phenomenon that confronts us after
    • am only speaking of the historical fact that the Copernican system
    • has replaced the Ptolemaic. What I say today does not imply that I
    • standing firmly on it. He thought of himself not just as a being that
    • It is only natural that statements like this are considered absurd by
    • the course of these lectures, we shall see that by doing this we are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • We were able to look back into ages past, when what man had to
    • in such a manner that he attributed it solely to himself. Instead, he
    • were to him synonymous with the three dimensions of space. What he
    • A few examples can illustrate what we are dealing with . Take a
    • eighteenth century. His writings show what an up-to-date thinker of
    • divided everything that man perceives in his physical
    • were those that he could only attribute to the objects themselves,
    • were those that did not actually belong to the external corporeal
    • things but were an effect that these objects had upon man. Examples
    • can picture these vibrations in the air that emanate from a
    • sound-aroused body and continue on into my ear. The shape that the
    • of the air strikes my ear, and with it arises that peculiar inner
    • experience that I carry within me as sound. It is the same with
    • something out there in the world that is somehow of a corporeal nature
    • same with the other things that present themselves to my senses. The
    • Simply put, one could say with Locke that the external world outside
    • of man is form, position, and movement, whereas all that makes up the
    • In former ages, when what had become the content of knowledge was
    • experience was then connected with whatever is warmth, color, sound,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • last lecture, I said that one root of the scientific world conception
    • lay in the fact that John Locke and other thinkers of like mind
    • in the surrounding world. Locke called primary everything that
    • motion and to size. From these he distinguished what he called the
    • the primary qualities to the things themselves, assuming that spatial
    • form, motion and geometrical qualities; and he further assumed that
    • but is dark, silent and cold. This produces some sort of effect that
    • that the three dimensions — up-down, right-left, front-back
    • age experienced the three spatial dimensions in such a way that man
    • character. Man had forgotten that he experiences the dimensions of
    • He no longer knew that in order to experience them in their full
    • experiences. But I have pointed out that inside the physical man as
    • longer be found, so that they became free-floating in a certain
    • relocated into man's inner being. It was felt that so long as
    • qualities, vibrations that were formed in a certain way, but no
    • had some sort of processes in ponderable matter (matter that has
    • experienced qualities, the scientific age was really saying that it
    • did not know what to do with them. It did not want to look for them
    • in the world, admitting that it was powerless to do so. They were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • that in all domains of science something is missing that is also
    • something that is spoken of in Anthroposophy today and that in former
    • Let us recall the anthroposophical idea that man is composed of four
    • by asking: What do we experience in regard to it? We experience what
    • scientific age, no one gives them any thought. Facts that are of
    • ignored. Take the following fact. Assume that you have to carry a
    • person who weighs as much as you do. Imagine that you carry this
    • old age, we are apt to say that we feel the weight of our limbs. To
    • this at any given moment of our life, so this statement that we feel
    • exact science might show that it is not purely figurative, but be
    • that as it may, the experience of our weight does not impinge
    • This shows that we have an inherent need to obliterate certain
    • effects that are unquestionably working within us. We obliterate them
    • with processes that can be experienced relatively clearly, such as
    • those connected with weight, they are all processes that can be
    • What was thus experienced in former times has since been completely
    • body is that the corresponding processes in the body, such as weight
    • Instead, he had the feeling that along with this weight, there was a
    • is constantly active in light. It can really be said that man felt
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • on what was actually happening in the development of these scientific
    • concepts. Then we shall better understand what these concepts signify
    • understand that the phenomena of external culture are inwardly
    • permeated by a kind of pulse beat that originates from deeper
    • insights. Such insights need not always be ones that are commonly
    • would only like to say that we can better understand what we are
    • what in certain epochs was practiced as initiation science, a science
    • We know that the farther we go back in history,
    • clairvoyant perception of what goes on behind the scenes. Moreover, we know
    • that it is possible in our time to attain to a deeper knowledge, because
    • can behold the foundations of what takes place in the external
    • So we can say that an ancient instinctive initiation science made way
    • insight into what man regarded as knowledge during the age of the old
    • instinctive science of initiation, we can discover that until the
    • civilized world that cannot be directly compared with any of our
    • kind. Still less can they be compared with what today's science
    • calls psychology. There too, we would have to say that it is of quite
    • realm of nature were grasped in concepts and ideas that today are
    • If we examine the ancient initiation science, we find that, in spite
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that goes with it. As we look at what technology has brought
    • the nature of the case that the subject of a lecture course like this
    • discussed to that in a certain sense the picture will be rounded
    • science, we must say that we member man into physical body, etheric
    • the soul life) and ego. Let us be clear that properly speaking the
    • organization that we can describe as solid and sharply defined. On
    • the other hand, all that pertains to liquid or fluid forms is taken
    • hold of by the etheric body in such a way that it is in a constant
    • at work. Finally, the ego organization is active in everything that
    • What I have just outlined cannot, however, be reduced to a diagram.
    • We must clearly understand, for instance, that because the formative
    • must always be aware of that. But now let us also remember that this
    • What is described today as the subject matter of external physics or
    • the physical body. Our present-day physics contains statements that
    • function merely as a science that observes outer nature. During the
    • decline of the medieval alchemy the same thing happened with what
    • perceptible in the fantastic, alchemistic formulas that we find in
    • processes in the world that we seek to understand, but only in a
    • the soul life. Thus what was corporeal was once experienced inwardly,
    • of that aspect of the world that affects man in such a way that he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Science. What is here called ‘Spiritual Science’ must not be
    • which we have to-day without realizing that methods of research which
    • supernatural worlds. And what makes its appearance as Mysticism is
    • scientific research, and recognizes what is justified in it. On the
    • mathematical problem. The point is that at first this organization is
    • on that preparation which is in his ‘spiritual organs’. If
    • that of the senses ends. Above all, the research student of
    • Thus it comes about that the Sciences studied to-day merge into that
    • what has remained of Philosophy itself? A number of more or less
    • the senses and in experiment. To what do the ideas of Philosophy
    • refer? That has to-day become an important question. We find in these
    • And more: Philosophy, and in its very name, love of wisdom shows that
    • soul. What one can ‘love’ is such a thing, and there was a
    • In mankind itself that has been lost which once made Philosophy a
    • conducted by means of the senses, and what Reason thinks
    • as he can that of the physical. This etheric body draws ideas from the
    • universe. To this end it was necessary that not only his body but also
    • etheric body remains unintelligible, and in a still higher sense that
    • Cosmos. This is just what the old Cosmology did, and it was
    • because of this view of it that the soul-essence of man which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • that a man, conscious of self, feels himself in these ideas as in a
    • prove that the philosophic content does refer to a reality. But this
    • cultivation of a method which on the one hand is similar to that by
    • rather that of picture-making.
    • its experience becomes free from the body. We see clearly that
    • time we are conscious only of what the physical organism allows us to
    • what takes place spiritually between man and the Cosmos in the process
    • the physical reproduction of what exists in the spiritual sphere in
    • earthly phenomenon, and that which man brings with him from the
    • that are a part of it; in the condition of sleep, the rhythm and the
    • consciousness from knowledge, and he can do this because what he
    • Besides that already described, the following soul-exercise helps
    • that one consciously contracts habits which one did not have
    • effort that such a change necessitates, the better it is for gaining
    • What we may call ‘abstract thought’ has been perfected only
    • that they exercise no compulsion on man. The moral impulses are
    • attain it, Theosophy, Occult Science, etc. What is necessary in
    • order to return to a Philosophy, a Cosmology and a Religion that
    • consciously — that is in contradistinction to the old
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • THE inner life of man assumes another form from that of ordinary
    • thinks out a mathematical problem can be fairly certain that he is
    • importance that the subject should even correspond with some known
    • way here indicated is that the man who practises it has through his
    • organization what in meditation appears as a process.
    • but in such a way that one feels the power in them. Thoughts of former
    • form of thought it radiates back what we experience in the ether. This
    • into the ordinary consciousness. That which the consciousness and
    • meditation. It must be clearly emphasized that here the
    • are aware that we are experiencing the cosmic life, that the spiritual
    • what we experience in Inspiration to something we experience in
    • ordinary consciousness. We see in the Cosmos that is perceived by the
    • senses a reproduction of what we have spiritually experienced. The
    • process may be compared with that by which one compares a new
    • this etheric occurrence. What we know in the physical world as Sun and
    • intelligible for the first time, for not only all that his senses take
    • not imitate that. In the course of human evolution he has entered upon
    • evolution which has gone by. But what was attained by them had to be
    • knowledge; the method, that is, of experiencing in a state of full
    • consciousness what in past times man had to experience in waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IV: Exercises of Cognition and Will
    Matching lines:
    • WE said that for the development of ‘inspired cognition’ one
    • our life since birth. What we have there before us is indeed something
    • In continuing these exercises of inspiration it becomes clear that the
    • later becomes so great that the whole picture of one's life's
    • consciousness that is freed also from the content of our own physical
    • human thought to be the dead remains of that living thought
    • certain sense as a more recent part of the soul. That which is
    • from what has been explained, certain results for a Philosophy which
    • thought-world and to draw conclusions from what is dead on the basis
    • show that something dead points to something living, as the corpse
    • what is the true soul. The corpse of thought is again animated in a
    • is true, transferred back completely into the condition that existed
    • of this condition, from the nature of which we can realize that it is
    • about that the pre-terrestrial existence which had in thought died out
    • physical and etheric organism. He experiences what existence is after
    • the dissolution from the body; he is given a pre-vision of what really
    • it recognizes in thought something that can be compared with a dead
    • seed. Something that has life in itself, which points beyond the
    • self-experience of what is evident in the earth-life, but which
    • Cosmology if it is to be of a kind that the total human being is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • ‘Subconscious’, when we wish to signify that the
    • which is not included in this consciousness. That knowledge which
    • that is all it can do. It can bring no contribution to a definition of
    • I shall now have to describe what is revealed in this review. Because
    • that such a description is possible, and how it is to be taken.
    • his own being and that of the universe; nor any between separate
    • differentiation, there arises in the soul a longing for rest in what
    • world that will support it.
    • life both awake and in dream by means of that conception of the soul
    • of that which should be experienced by the soul in sleep, as the body
    • that of the waking condition. The physical and etheric organisms
    • how that which the soul receives through its contact with the planets
    • what point to good and evil tendencies, and good and evil events in
    • the predestined course of earthly life. In fact, what older
    • that they help to cause the feelings, the general mood of the soul, of
    • indeed that the religious longing, stirring in the depth of the soul,
    • But it is significant above all that in this state the soul is faced
    • into a purely spiritual world. That the soul in its waking state
    • cannot believe in the reality of what outwardly represents itself to
    • experience of star-life, that a human being has a life as spirit among
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • and intuitive approach. Attention was drawn to the fact that the inner
    • being part of this earth. The contemplation of that state in which man
    • his turning towards earthly life makes it clear that then he is not
    • which in one sense is opposed to what we usually term cell. By
    • remember all the time that the happenings of the spiritual world are
    • spiritual and that for them space, in which physical happenings move,
    • the senses. Indeed intuitive knowledge may well say that man,
    • a universe of such magnificence that the physical world cannot be
    • further away, as if he was growing out of it. What is at first a
    • only a revelation of these beings. One might say that while at one
    • spirit-beings with whom it lived before. One might say that at
    • first its experience was permeated by spirit, and by God, and that
    • is the reality of that which later on appears as religious learning to
    • one's perception. The second is the reality of what, if described,
    • soul gets ready to receive from outside that which before she
    • experienced within herself. The spiritual activity that has furthered
    • In this phase she becomes ripe to satisfy with the etheric cosmos that
    • ‘longed-for’ object. That which happens in the experience of
    • memory. What philosophy is searching for, and what she can only
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • evolution, the psycho-spiritual existence is transferred to that of
    • But it must be once more emphasized that it is not a case of
    • understanding with one's whole nature and being what observation has
    • does now. But that is not so. There have been times in which the soul
    • pre-earthly soul-nature as an echo of what he had gone through. On the
    • other hand he had not that sense of self which present-day man has. He
    • that in which occurred also the event of Golgotha.
    • of himself became more and more limited to what his physical
    • in such case that he was convinced this echo could not be affected by
    • Christ, man can find, since Golgotha, what he formerly found through a
    • followers in such a way that they saw in their considerations of
    • pre-earthly life a gift of grace from that spiritual Sun-Being which
    • worlds of pre-earthly existence that he could carry into the earthly
    • mankind of that time stressed particularly this aspect of the Christ
    • This view was conditioned by the fact that one still knew enough, from
    • which was to come into being in the development of humanity, that
    • initiate knowledge should disappear for a few centuries, and that man
    • mystery of Golgotha and to clothe what was once known by spiritual
    • way what had thus been given him in primæval time by nature, through
    • I, but the Christ in me’, that He might be his guide through the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • and willing. Thus man loses what he terms as ‘himself’.
    • The rising-up of this experience happens in such a way that one has
    • consciousness; and that is the case if the ordinary consciousness
    • but that part which before was conscious in the physical organism
    • experience of imagination and that of ordinary consciousness is just
    • contrary, to drive out all inclination to what is visionary. But he
    • realize that visions are not independent of the body but dependent on
    • the character of visions with that of imagination which is really
    • something having no substantial content. Only what is introduced into
    • Possessing this power the soul can attain pictures of that which in
    • ordinary consciousness it happens that the soul can only give its
    • into it and there finds the pictured reflections of that which it
    • so that the former dwells in the latter. But it is a transformation of
    • This is the case with that part of it which in earthly existence is
    • the accompanying sensations is the result of my act of will. What is
    • between remains unconscious. What happens in the depths of the
    • knowledge of that part of the soul from the past, which is transformed
    • Christ-problem. Therefore that study will again lead us back to a
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • Ordinary consciousness cannot perceive what is happening behind the
    • thoughts man perceives what he himself is enacting in his physical
    • astral organism continues to be active whatever man has experienced in
    • during its earthly existence from what it was in its pre-earthly
    • tearing down, that is, one which destroys the physical organism. This
    • head-organization is found that which is capable of reflecting the
    • urging towards life cannot produce a tissue of thought. For that a
    • What finally happens to the whole human organism in physical death
    • What is present in the etheric body has been woven into man from the
    • This actually means that the etheric body dissolves after a very short
    • while in the world ether. Man keeps that part which was bound to the
    • this astral organism and the Ego. But in everything that can be called
    • assume that man has created something within the world of the senses.
    • in upon this astral organism. Whatever judgment this world pronounces
    • Man's soul cannot gain sufficient impulses out of that cosmic
    • knowledge gained by initiation: That Spiritual Being, who, in the
    • so that you will be able to prepare a physical organism for the next
    • by its own nature on earth be so light that its antithesis which will
    • begin after death will be so dark that you will not be able to see the
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • constituted that the presentation of the ego-development in it would
    • described. If this desire becomes so strong that the physical organism
    • from that of the grown-up man. The task of the true pedagogue is a
    • within the limits of what is attainable to natural science cannot be
    • destruction in shifting forms of single organs or processes. What
    • knowledge of the human body. We can genuinely say that Anthroposophy
    • The will part of the soul experiences also what passes in the feeling
    • human being. This spiritual-psychic being represents whatever earthly
    • spiritual-psychic content. Everything of world-spiritual value that
    • behind that moral quality-being with which he is related. For the
    • by that quality-being.
    • this withdrawal. Here it is that the being, whose physical reflection
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • — and the Materialistic, that concerned with matter. And
    • everything Ideal, Beautiful and Good, all that is filled with
    • Wisdom, and then on the other hand, ell that is ugly, bad and
    • untrue. Now we know that Manichaeism only “gets on”
    • Evil and Good; that which is full of Wisdom, and that which is
    • one knows that in ancient times the Spiritual world was
    • in such a way that men's visions of the Spiritual world were in
    • the spirit in a material form. That, of course, is a mistake
    • materialisation of the spirit. That was one of the
    • attention to the feet that through the mere observation of what
    • And, if one is of [the] opinion that one cannot stand for the
    • if one wishes to see what led St. Augustine to place himself in
    • he finally developed. That is the point, my dear friends; and
    • Augustine came to acquire that Certainty, the true Certainty
    • by man with reference to what he experiences in his inner soul.
    • that one cannot know. We cannot even know how this itself
    • appears, when one shuts one's Sense organs to it, That is the
    • that man can gain nothing out of it on which he can stand on a
    • what he experiences in his inner soul; quite regardless as to
    • inner experiences; — that, with reference to what man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • waking up that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • That which we call the astral body and ego separate from the
    • into the nature of sleep, we must remember that it is just in
    • the sleeping condition that a man experiences the reality of
    • what we discussed in our last lecture, when we said that St.
    • lecture that in his waking condition, man does not grasp the
    • full reality of his inner being. We must be quite clear that
    • what is described as the astral body and the ego, do not really
    • conscious in the sleeping condition, that is from going to
    • clearly realise that the true form of the Astral body and Ego
    • Imaginative Consciousness, that in the inner experiences during
    • what we call the third Hierarchy, the Hierarchy of the Angels,
    • in intimate connection with what we must designate as the
    • consciously during the making condition; and that constitutes
    • willings. This is the essential — that throughout the
    • shadowy side of his Ego and Astral body; and that he cannot
    • become conscious that all the time there in working into his
    • may use that expression, he would not have external nature
    • also say, that because these Arch-Angelic Beings shine into our
    • feel ourselves as earthly human beings — that means
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • such we must be mindful of all that has been associated with this
    • festival in the feelings and hearts of men. It must be remembered that
    • century, for the first time actually in the year 354, in Rome, that
    • was out of the very deepest instincts of Christian evolution that such
    • sectarian teaching, destined for this or that circle of human beings.
    • the thought that the time when the earth has her darkest days, at the
    • The feeling that at this season the earth is resting in her own being,
    • by the feeling of hope that once again the rays of light and love from
    • and light from the heavenly sphere of the sun, man felt that his own
    • being too was given over to that world whence the radiant,
    • And so into the thought of the Christmas Festival man laid all that
    • therefore quite natural that those who came into contact with
    • In line with the change that had taken place between the age described
    • again with the Fathers. And what does this imply? It implies that in
    • centre around which Christendom coheres. The feeling that lived in the
    • evidence everywhere that at the time of the approach of Christmas, the
    • We must really have an inner understanding of what it signified when
    • the Christmas Festival was instituted on the 25th of December, that is
    • festival of remembrance included the thought that through the Baptism
    • It was the celebration of a birth that was not an ordinary birth. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • and that we need to concern ourselves with four problems: natural
    • that are operative in human evolution, especially those that are
    • begin with a historical introduction that will, of course, accord with
    • scientific observation that clarification, can also be thrown upon the
    • You well know that when we study evolution in its main features, we
    • certain elements that have remained from the past. As you will have
    • comprehension when we take into account what is progressing in a
    • normal and regular manner, and also what has remained from the past.
    • certain things that can open the way to an understanding of how this
    • forces of that age are still active today. This will help us to
    • find his way through the various influences that are at work. Only
    • Accordingly, you will not be surprised to see that I am quite aware
    • that there may be some difficulties in understanding me. Regardless of
    • how it may be received, I continue to speak what I know to be the
    • shines in all that has found its way into the present from Greece and
    • Rome. Let us try to picture to ourselves what the Greek world means to
    • of history that speaks to us of Greece that I have so often spoken of.
    • Greece, and what is left of the Greek philosophy. That is the other
    • are the Greek myths, those divine sagas that express so wonderfully in
    • pictures what the Greeks were able to perceive of the secrets of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • and that we need to concern ourselves with four problems: natural
    • Yesterday, we tried to characterize the forces that permeated Greece
    • and Rome in order to obtain an idea of the influences that have been
    • true of what is to be presented to you today. The development of Greek
    • because they expected something quite different from it. Think what
    • post-Atlantean epoch. What was it they were really looking for?
    • We come to know this luciferic life that continually strives, hoping
    • that certain results may ensue, but that continually meets with fresh
    • luciferic powers stop trying? Why do they not see that they must be
    • What was it, then, that the luciferic powers expected from this fourth
    • forces of the Greek people, those soul forces that were, as we have
    • work so strongly on the human beings of the Greek civilization that
    • soul world, in an everyday thinking, feeling and willing that would
    • have consisted entirely of those subtle imaginations that had become
    • been their hope to achieve in the fourth post-Atlantean age what they
    • bodies that still came to birth would have been degenerate. Egoless
    • They kept the Greeks on earth, providing the strongest forces that
    • history, we must always take into account the forces that lie behind
    • physical reality and are the true causes of all that happens. It was,
    • then, in this way that Greece was preserved for earthly evolution.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • and that we need to concern ourselves with four problems: natural
    • It is extraordinarily difficult to speak of the conditions that were
    • science. The information that can be given is, therefore, more in the
    • further reason that causes certain difficulties in treating conditions
    • that are hidden behind the threshold of knowledge from modern man is
    • that, on the whole, he has become somewhat lacking in courage. If one
    • prefers his knowledge to give him nice pleasant feelings, but that is
    • I have said, however, modern man is much too weak in courage for that;
    • secrets of modern existence that will become clearer in the course of
    • by modern man when a veil is drawn over certain processes that are
    • that man does not understand certain things that thrust themselves
    • Most important events that are enacted around us before our very eyes
    • be laid. They have now progressed so far that evolution cannot
    • Modern man, with his experience of what happens around him and of what
    • he himself does and sets going, has but feeble reflections of what is
    • too, are only feeble. What is happening in the subsensible is unknown
    • the super-sensible. Beneath what we modern people experience in the
    • soul lies something that one can only describe as eruptive forces. It
    • smoke burst out everywhere. If through the smoke you could see what is
    • swirling and bubbling down below, you would then indeed realize what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • and that we need to concern ourselves with four problems: natural
    • continue today with the subject that has now occupied us for some
    • that can contribute to a wider understanding of what has already been
    • presented but that can also be understood to some extent by itself. I
    • want to touch quite briefly upon a leading thought that has been brought
    • forward. It is, indeed, somewhat comprehensible from the whole
    • one's understanding the facts that have been presented in our recent
    • individual forms of the actuating spiritual powers that stand behind
    • form what works and lives behind sense perceptions.
    • We have frequently emphasized that the science of the spirit is
    • related to what is commonly called science today much in the following
    • description of single letters that are printed or written on a sheet
    • sentences. What we call the laws of nature can be compared with
    • or written page and say that we can see first a stroke upwards to the
    • page would resemble what is correctly called science today. But if we
    • description of what is on the page to the meaning of the words. We can
    • only learn to know this meaning when we advance from describing what
    • meets the eye to what our faculties — our mind and its power
    • spirit that is ruling and working within these little beings that we
    • read the facts of the world, not merely to describe what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • and that we need to concern ourselves with four problems: natural
    • that are connected with subjects spoken of here a week ago. As a
    • given. This may be useful, because from remarks that have been made to
    • me, it is obvious that important points have been misunderstood.
    • At the very outset let us be quite clear that the course of evolution
    • as a kind of recurrence or revival of what spread over the earth as
    • that the thoughts, the perceptions, and also the social life of the
    • culture of Greece and Rome. What had been direct experience in
    • inspired, by fantasy and imagination. We must realize that this
    • the hierarchy standing nearest to the human hierarchy, desired that
    • the intention of the luciferic and ahrimanic powers that everything
    • that had constituted the essential nature of Atlantean culture should
    • stage consistent with the post-Atlantean era. What was essentially new
    • to develop their powers of fantasy that the souls of men would
    • senses that he had no desire to live merely in the world of
    • of the luciferic powers, namely, to lead away the souls of men so that
    • Luciferic by shaping the Roman Empire and what followed it in such a
    • way that it would have become a great earthly mechanism for ego-less
    • politics and system of rights that thwarted Ahriman's plan.
    • destiny of Ahriman and Lucifer is that they work with their forces in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • and that we need to concern ourselves with four problems: natural
    • We have been occupied in showing how those spiritual forces that we
    • historical growth of mankind. We have seen how what is to be carried
    • impulses, too, of man's social life, something is present that can
    • forces that underlie world historical evolution. We have seen how what
    • preparation since the fifteenth century. We have seen what new
    • since that time.
    • concentrated and clearest manner what the impulses of our time ought
    • to be, then we can look to Goethe. We have already observed that
    • Goethe has expressed something that can form the beginning of the
    • pointed out that Goethe has expressed in intimate fashion in his
    • what he regarded as the right impulses of culture, knowledge, feeling and
    • will; that is, what he was obliged to look upon as necessary for the
    • activity of man in the future. He has concealed in his fairy tale what
    • since the fifteenth century, and that will be at work for about two
    • sought to bring to life in all possible detail what Goethe saw when he
    • later, what inspired Goethe and is to inspire the entire fifth
    • We must go back to that age in which the impulses for the fifth
    • fifteenth century because things that are to develop spiritually must
    • In order to describe the configuration of the cultural impulses that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • and that we need to concern ourselves with four problems: natural
    • In our previous studies I have tried to show that a meaning, a
    • that can only be discovered when ones digs deeper into spiritual
    • their meditating upon what happens does not signify much because the
    • into the causes that hold sway spiritually behind the phenomena.
    • of the time should continually bear in mind that with so-called
    • understand why the things that go on around him are as they are. For
    • growth of things, but instead registers what happens externally and,
    • in what might be called the simplest and most convenient manner,
    • always considers what has happened earlier to be the cause of what
    • simple, easygoing way that modern history largely employs, one comes
    • opinion that the greatest part — yes, perhaps even the most
    • widespread part of what happens — owes its existence not to
    • sense, but to absurdity. If the full consequences of the views that
    • one would have to admit that there is not sense, but nonsense in
    • history. Let us take an example that everyone who studies ordinary
    • seek its external historical origin. Well, we shall find that Henry
    • VIII reigned from 1509 to 1547, and that he had six wives. The first,
    • be found that that was really only through a sort of mistake! A
    • different fate was planned for her, too. I refer to his somewhat
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • introduction, a preparation for that which we are now to consider.
    • we do this from childhood — and then we form thoughts upon that
    • in that we allow the impressions of the outer world to live on
    • so doing we only attain what I might call a shadowy picture of the
    • thought what has come to us as impressions of the outer world. One
    • man, while reflecting upon the things that have made an impression on
    • will recognize the fact that it is a matter of especial significance
    • time. It does not often happen, however, that people come together in
    • what might have happened if this or that had been different. They
    • leads finally to what you encounter if you read
    • truly say that in all those who at that time were in a position to
    • book thinking is so experienced that within the experience of
    • thinking we come to this realisation, viz. that if a man really
    • experiences thinking, he is living, even if at first somewhat
    • but it is meant to imply that when a man really experiences thinking,
    • Thus he reaches what may be called etheric experience.
    • feeling, that with his thinking, which is not confined to any one
    • place, he can grasp everything inwardly. He feels that he is
    • when he realises: formerly you always comprehend the world; now that
    • The result of this process of strong self-comprehension is that he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • explained yesterday, into etheric existence. That which can lay hold
    • of man, even more strongly than memory, so strongly that the inner
    • to begin with, we limit our considerations to memory, we find that
    • this consists in what we experienced at an early age being carried
    • life that points us still further back? Can we look back to that
    • Here we come to two things, namely, that which man has
    • which are connected with that which was peculiar to his physical
    • occurs a peculiar sentence, running somewhat as follows: “In
    • this royal house there are members who show clearly that they incline
    • for one might really suppose that a writer who makes a remark of this
    • kind would have to admit that one cannot draw conclusions from such
    • present time lead to what are called well-founded views you will find
    • somewhat superficial one must admit that man does carry inherited
    • characteristics within him. That is the one side; man has often to
    • them away in order to attain that for which he was prepared by the
    • The other side to which our attention is drawn is that
    • them without prejudice, that unless a man finds his way into the
    • exit of the moon from the earthly planet, and have shown that the
    • have also pointed out that a spiritual cause underlies this exit of
    • humanity, and from whom proceeded what on the basis of our human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • during his life to that which, from the natural scientific point of
    • connected with the Ahrimanic sphere, while that which, in the widest
    • cosmos care has been taken that the Luciferic and Ahrimanic
    • shall add certain things today to what has been said, keeping in
    • mind, at the same time what was explained in the first of these
    • as to enter into the life of memory will see what a great part the
    • thought that is not caused by external impressions is connected with
    • perceive that whirling in and out, inwardly perceive that which,
    • But something else presents itself; that which from
    • falling asleep until waking up figures in this way as memories, that
    • nature. We can therefore say: All that lives as astral body in these
    • memories forms a union with the forces that lie behind the minerals,
    • terrible, I must say, when people say that behind the phenomena of
    • memories unite during sleep, but with that which really lies behind
    • with these that our memories unite during sleep. Our memories rest in
    • being. You take up what I have transformed during life from
    • that space plays no part in these things; no matter how far the rose
    • the rose-bush has this peculiarity, that it receives the earliest
    • memories of our childhood.” That is the reason why people love
    • that is, with the spirit which rules in the external world. These
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • connections that man is subject to a kind of deception if he ascribes
    • lectures. Let us suppose that someone possessing Imaginative
    • as it were in thought with the rock. One might say that his
    • that within this rock there lives an inner reflection of all that is
    • impression that in everyone of these quartz rocks something is
    • many-faceted eyes which divide all that approaches them from outside
    • one cannot help doing so, that there are countless quartz and similar
    • formations on the surface of the earth that are just so many eyes of
    • the earth, in order that the cosmic environment may be reflected and
    • knowledge that each crystal form existing within the earth is a
    • covering of snow, and even more about the falling snow-flakes, that
    • great part of the cosmos, that with this crystallized water
    • I need not mention that the stars are also there during
    • the day only that the sunlight is of course too strong for us to
    • mention this by the way to make clear to you that this reflection of
    • feeling that just as we live imaginatively into the crystal covering
    • becomes a truth, a deep truth to the imaginative observer, that what
    • the case that the earth once upon a time had the same inner
    • was shared by man in such a way that he has learnt to say: The finger
    • body. The delusion of man that as a physical being he is independent
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • that which I gave you in my last lecture it is now possible to speak
    • form. You will remember I said that one who has attained to knowledge
    • metals of the earth, with all that has its being in the earth,
    • through the fact that the earth is permeated with veins of metal,
    • that the earth in general carries within itself various kinds of
    • enables him to look back on that which has happened to the earth.
    • It is particularly interesting to look back to what
    • that period which I have described in a somewhat external way, as the
    • continents as human beings, and are surrounded by what the earth
    • on. We know that we ourselves live, in a certain sense, in a sort of
    • air-ocean, the atmosphere which surrounds the earth, that out of this
    • atmosphere we take oxygen into ourselves, that our relation to the
    • general that this atmosphere, consisting in oxygen and nitrogen,
    • quite a different condition of the earth from what we have today.
    • simply because what the chemist calls by these names today did not
    • spiritual being of that time and speak of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen,
    • etc., that being would reply “such things do not exist.”
    • on, all the lighter so-called metals simply did not exist in that
    • ancient epoch. On the other hand there was at that time around the
    • but in its fluidity it was similar to albumen; so that in reality the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • universe is of little significance. But we know that the John Gospel
    • the John Gospel must ask himself: What is really indicated when the
    • Word is placed at the very beginning of all things? What is really
    • degree in the cosmic mysteries that which sounds forth as a riddle in
    • Temple of Artemis or Diana at Ephesus; so that it must seem to him,
    • Let us therefore today, equipped with what has been
    • Christian era, in order to see what was done in this sanctuary so
    • sacred to the ancients. We find that the instruction given in the
    • Mysteries at Ephesus centred in the first place in that which sounds
    • forth in human speech. We learn what took place in those Ephesian
    • but we learn it from the Akashic Record, that Chronicle of etheric
    • follows: “Learn to feel in your own instrument of speech what
    • for it was with this external side of speech that the instruction
    • over again: “Notice what you feel when the word sounds forth
    • same word descends into man so that he might experience inwardly the
    • feeling of that which rises is predominant while in the words “I
    • am not” the feeling of that which descends prevails.
    • Ephesus that man makes use of the air in order to let the word sound
    • this sending up of fire, and the sending down of that which is
    • The pupil at Ephesus was made to notice that when he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • order to draw your attention to certain connections between that
    • which in the course of human evolution has become known, and that
    • certain sense at the starting-point of modern spiritual life, in that
    • Hibernia, that much-tried island to the West of England, to call up
    • one receives the impression that the pictures of these Centres
    • kind of bewilderment. So that it is only against obstruction that one
    • can arrive at that which I shall now describe. You will see during
    • was given in that place, who were led on to the Cosmic Word. Now, if
    • received in Hibernia, we find that this preparation consisted in two
    • things. The first was, that those who were to be prepared were led to
    • face in their souls all the difficulties of knowledge. All that
    • not that path of knowledge which leads into the depths of existence,
    • but that path which simply requires that we shall intensify our
    • all that we experience as difficulties if we have really gained
    • You can realize that it is one thing to have attained a
    • feeling that that which we can clamp into words is something no
    • All that can be thus experienced, which he only knows
    • The second thing that they had to experience in their
    • souls was how little of that which by the usual way of consciousness
    • other hand it was shown to these pupils that man, if he would keep
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • have seen that the Initiation of the Hibernian Mysteries described
    • the spirit-world, so that by means of specially impressive inner
    • firstly, the nature of these statues and secondly, through what
    • impression that one receives from such majestic statues in
    • compared with that which one receives through description only, but
    • possible that after the pupil had gone through all that I have
    • while in his mind. The pupil was simply kept to this, that that which
    • coined for initiation experiences such as these. Hence much that is
    • significance. That which the pupil at first experienced when he gave
    • certainly care for what is necessary for life, but his soul was again
    • cannot say that the consciousness was dulled, but the pupil became
    • felt that this state of consciousness was filled with a sensation of
    • numbness. But presently he felt that that which was benumbed in him,
    • sufficiently long time — the Initiators had to take care that
    • Cosmos, so that he said to himself somewhat as follows: “The
    • from this or that, the most manifold impressions of
    • been said, recalled that which he had seen here or there in life, and
    • which always gave him the impression of reality. So that he felt
    • as if this whole landscape that he gazed upon were active in each
    • inner mirror for all that which appeared outside.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • Hibernian Mysteries, and you saw in the last lecture that the
    • led them to gain an insight, first of all, into what is possible to
    • the human mind, into what the human mind can experience through its
    • through, it was possible that as by magic, landscapes as they are
    • given, for that which man was accustomed to look upon appeared before
    • Imaginations which were connected with that which he otherwise saw
    • Imaginations that he was about to penetrate further by means of these
    • been led further to sink himself deeply into that which he had gone
    • himself into what had happened through the numbness, through his
    • Ether-distances, and again through what had taken place when he felt
    • allow that to come over him which worked a still further result. When
    • all this was indicated to him, after he had gone through all that
    • before himself the condition of inner numbness, so that he felt, as
    • it were, his own organism as a kind of mineral thing, that is to say,
    • vision of the Moon-existence, which preceded that of the Earth.
    • and in many different lectures. That which has there been described arose in
    • between experience at that time and experience today. Today we feel
    • ourselves to some extent bounded by our skin, and we say indeed that
    • as men we are that which is inside the skin. It is of course a mighty
    • mistake, for as soon as we consider that which is in the form of air
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • to mind the real significance. of the fact that the knowledge and
    • of speaking, dimmed; that means that they could not develop any
    • Let us again call to mind that Image which appeared at
    • in the Mysteries of Hibernia. We indicated also that epoch in which
    • them, we find that at the same time in Ireland the Initiates
    • their insight that the Mystery of Golgotha was taking place
    • It must be clearly understood, however, that in Hibernia
    • spiritual life that which had originated in Hibernia was brought over
    • through what is now Holland and Belgium, and even through the Alsace
    • understand what had come over from the Mysteries of Hibernia, but, as
    • the world and its civilization, that which had been initiated in
    • In general, there spread over Europe that for which
    • spiritual perception is not required, that which could be linked on
    • era. From this stream there proceeded that element which gradually
    • developed more and more, which reckoned only with that which
    • divine what a colossal contradiction lies in the fact that the
    • and that which rules in nature, especially the forces and beings
    • that they had knowledge and had been initiated into the Mysteries of
    • the Father, the Mysteries of Zeus, and also that they had been
    • perception, though still somewhat abstract, into the highest regions,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • what I gave out in my lecture yesterday it may perhaps be
    • comprehensible to you that I should say of Aristotle, who really
    • of the ancients in the fourth pre-Christian century, that in spite of
    • the fact that he only sent out a kind of system of logic into central
    • indeed on all the Mysteries of that time. Indeed we must even say
    • that anyone who can follow such things as world-views and
    • in the logical presentations of Aristotle, that a certain inner
    • of illustrating the peculiar fact underlying these remarks, that it
    • whereas, as we know, Aristotle was able to fulfil that task and to
    • just through the ideas that filled him he became that personality
    • can form an idea of the content of that seven years' instruction
    • “nature” that which our modern natural scientists
    • excluded; but at that time they incorporated the human being himself
    • could be done, because, at that time men sought the spirit in nature;
    • the outer powers of observation of man. What we today regard as
    • this in time what they have to say is not really adequate; and if
    • they then approach Greek knowledge, what they have to give is purest
    • phantasy. What they do is simply, in a sense, to prolong the present
    • back into the earliest times; but it is no reality that they
    • such teachings as were taken earnestly were so given that they were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • say that as in the world of external nature the different regions of
    • the earth bring forth this or that kind of vegetation, so in the
    • visitors are not yet present with us, I will link on rather to what
    • say that there appears before our Imaginative consciousness, with all
    • case for humanity that, as regards the consciousness of that time —
    • Asiatic races — what we today call matter simply did not exist.
    • our consciousness today there is nothing in any way similar to what
    • us say, of his hand, that which we touch as a human hand we do not
    • a stone or picked up a stone, that was not to them an indifferent
    • what the earth appeared to them to be. These ancient peoples related
    • being whom we know, but who is not there, and when it transpires that
    • this human being is the brother or the sister of that other, then we
    • realize that there exists between these two human beings a common
    • You must realize clearly and deeply what an utterly
    • If we trace the development of Greek life to that time
    • Macedonian nation arose, we find how at that time there flowed over
    • into human knowledge what we learned to know in the last lecture here
    • in the form of Aristotelianism, that which Alexander the Great, in a
    • nation, we see how, besides what outer history relates, which is
    • fact that the whole cosmos is a Theogony, an evolution of the Gods,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • that region of the earth, had its own special form of the Mysteries.
    • nature of the Mysteries. That is the time which in the evolution of
    • that what happened
    • other Mysteries I have described in that it stands before the whole
    • Mysteries had to undergo pain and sorrow. I have often described that
    • to you; but speaking quite generally, one can say, that right up to
    • initiation, and was told that he would have to undergo much
    • of the world, for that will lead me finally into the Light-region of
    • the spirit, in which one beholds what otherwise with the ordinary
    • And so this transition time came, and after it came that which
    • obtain out of the Akashic Record, of what transpired in the Mysteries
    • Following that there came a transitional epoch; and then
    • came that period which possessed no real Temples, but still had, as
    • then we come to that which is described as the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    • character. That is such a real truth that one may say that those who
    • that in which they stood to them in the ancient Mysteries. I am
    • speaking now of that epoch which culminated in Rosicrucianism about
    • In the last lecture attention was drawn to the fact that
    • as little did it occur to a human being in that ancient time to
    • old unless one knows that he spoke always of the earth as a divine
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • extent be useful in showing what form the human soul-strivings took
    • in the most civilized parts of the earth at that time. The spiritual
    • striving of that period is often described as the Mysteries of the
    • aware of this fact — one does not always realize what an
    • must look behind, and direct our attention to that deeply earnest
    • Europe. We must realize clearly that the figure of Faust as described
    • the last lecture that in the investigators of this epoch a tragic
    • those investigators that they must strive after the highest, the
    • I have said that we do not find theoretical, easily
    • Now what was the origin of this? This can be best
    • not of such a nature that man looked up to the planets and saw the
    • calculated and observed today; at that time each planet, as all else
    • for he knew that just as there exists a blood relationship between
    • parallelism between the human element and what revealed itself
    • I should like to depict one aspect of what was perceived
    • the sun. At that time there still existed Mystery-sanctuaries which
    • were so arranged that there was a specially prepared kind of
    • skylight, so that at certain definite times of the day the sun could
    • be seen through a diminished light. Thus you must imagine that the
    • most important chamber in many an ancient Sun Temple was that in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • remarks. It is obvious that this series of lectures is particularly important
    • in presenting spiritual science to the world, that these various subjects be
    • You know that in our higher education the actual study of medicine is
    • therapy. Many of my listeners, however, are well aware of what short
    • It seems to me that a belief has arisen with a certain urgency in recent
    • diseased organism, what can we look for except natural processes also
    • that what confronts us in illness in these totally evident, causally
    • to nature that underlies our modern view of natural events.
    • skepticism that I have described here previously, a kind of nihilism in
    • their view was particularly applicable, they said that one can only allow
    • illness subsides. They said that it is not actually possible to speak in the
    • true sense of what for centuries, for millennia, had been called healing.
    • At this point I would like to warn against a misunderstanding, that of
    • believing that from here, and from the side of an anthroposophically
    • that while materialism has certainly made its appearance, materialism
    • Literatur I wrote an article at Buechner's death that did not damn him but
    • this is just what is essential in experiencing and pursuing spiritual
    • science, that one be able to transmute oneself into everything;
    • achievements that have proceeded from something like materialism,
    • heard here in the course of our lectures that we are striving for a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • Today I wish to make a link with what I said yesterday at the
    • I said that out of these instincts Schelling not
    • became an inner principle so that the physician would coordinate his
    • create nature.” Generally what is first noticed when a genius comes
    • that Schelling meant; rather, by putting things together, by a
    • fundamentally to do with an absurdity that a man of genius laid at the
    • Yesterday I indicated another sentence that could be contrasted with,
    • science, developing his own spiritual investigation, sees that both
    • that was not being done in Schelling's time, this sentence immediately
    • intellectual knowledge that we apply in our sciences. Considered
    • nature, we can say nothing more than that “To know nature means at
    • most to recreate nature in thoughts.” Therefore what we call our
    • the inner formative force; this is what we develop in our thinking, in
    • pointed out previously, however, that this soul life permeated by
    • mental images is basically nothing but what emancipates itself from
    • the physical-etheric organism at the time of the change of teeth, what
    • What is active in the human physical-etheric during the childhood
    • years, what truly engages in a creative activity, thus remains in a
    • simply sits in our organism; what we know from age seven on simply
    • nature but rather about what goes on within him, if the child were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • will indeed be necessary that the widest circles are familiar with the
    • guiding principles of healing in order that a trusting relationship,
    • It must be firmly stressed that I have absolutely no intention of
    • those who, out of an unlimited ignorance concerning what they are
    • those that will be raised today. Though in a certain sense this has
    • general it is quite clear that this cannot support the development of
    • understanding of medicine that is required in the wider circles of
    • humanity. I needed to make these introductory remarks today so that
    • what I have to say will not be placed on false ground.
    • that the soul-spiritual cannot work separately from the physical
    • are faced with all those illnesses that tend toward new formations in
    • soul-spiritual develops in such a way that it does not take sufficient
    • illness arise that we designate inaccurately as mental illnesses
    • of the nature of the human being that has been presented here
    • metabolic-limb system. I must stress particularly that this
    • external picture, if he understood the head system as something that
    • What is important here is that while the nerve-sense system is located
    • remaining organism as such. We may thus say that when we speak here
    • here not with spatial limitations but functional limitations) that is
    • extends over the entire human being so that in a certain sense the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • something that may still be able to clarify a principle for the
    • speak too much detail here; that is due not so much to the shortness
    • of time — that too, naturally — but more to the fact that detailed
    • direction, something that can lead to a general understanding of the
    • nature of medicine so that a kind of social influence can emanate from
    • This morning I directed your attention to the fact that the life of
    • be verified in detail) that because the two systems of the human
    • another. Thus what goes on in the details of the metabolic-limb
    • If we adequately penetrate what we are concerned with here, we will
    • by metabolic processes that make the head system resemble the
    • take place, because the same functional system that is normally active
    • that is also present in the metabolic-limb system strongly impregnates
    • becomes an activity whose intensity is too great. Then what should
    • attempting not only to penetrate what goes on in human nature but at
    • the same time to penetrate what goes on in outer nature. Processes
    • opposite sense to what strives downward in the human being, substances
    • from plants can restrain certain processes that are unfolding
    • It is interesting to explore how what I presented to you this morning
    • such a way that it can be penetrated by full ego-consciousness. If
    • Everything that is soul-spiritual in the human being, however, as well
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • during the first half of the century, what was practically the modern
    • only we must not forget that the whole of this English economic life
    • for evolving large sums of capital, is founded on the fact that there
    • If you consider the economic life of Germany you will see that in the
    • from what it was in England during the first third, or even the first
    • the century, there was already what we may call a reckoning with
    • conditions were taking their accustomed course in a way that might
    • change. It came into the consciousness of men that something
    • altogether different must now arise, that the existing conditions were
    • today all the writings and discussions in Germany during that period
    • in Political Economy. What they built up was altogether in this sense,
    • true, is it not, that as the last third of the nineteenth century drew
    • power. That which was consolidated was not what the idealists of '48
    • that was consolidated, and moreover by means of sheer force. And this
    • altogether subject to the idea of the State. This was what gave the
    • economic life in Germany, as a whole, its stamp. It is true that there
    • not on what one sees in one's immediate surroundings, but on the great
    • Now it was with this contrast that the world as a whole entered into
    • continued to depend on that instinctive element which had evolved from
    • be resolved? The further course of history was destined to prove that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • It is precisely in this sphere of Political Economy that the first
    • all that takes place in buying and selling. That, at least, is true of
    • the economic life of today. Whatever else there may be — and we
    • the economic life — whatever else there may be, the subject of
    • and seller. Fundamentally, this is what it all comes to.
    • Consider now: What is it that counts when buying and selling are
    • considered in the economic process? The thing that a man cares about
    • impulses and forces that are at work in economics culminate at length
    • endeavour will then be to add to the price whatever transport charges
    • Assume, for instance, that at a given date a house in a large town
    • times as much: nor need we imagine that the main cause of the rise in
    • that this is not the case. The rise in price may simply lie in this:
    • that in the meantime many other houses have been built around it: the
    • that we must observe how the price fluctuates with place and time.
    • that is an impossibility. Again and again one is astonished to find
    • reason that the famous man has been persuaded to build himself a house
    • issue. The price will still be what it would have been without them.
    • thinking to say that the land has not increased in price during the
    • mankind will still come to the conclusion that such and such things
    • course. They are: Nature, human Labour and Capital. It is true that we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • hold of something that is for ever fluctuating — namely: the
    • Our first need is to discover what is really the proper form of
    • the science of Economics. For a thing that fluctuates cannot be taken
    • direct observation of something that is for ever fluctuating. The only
    • sensible procedure is to consider it in connection with what really
    • refer the varying levels of the mercury to that which underlies them.
    • Science deals with that which is; Ethics with that which
    • the Sciences of that which is, the Sciences of that which
    • Economics a science of what is, as Lujo Brentano, for instance,
    • would assert? Or is it a practical science — a science of what
    • ought to be? That is the question.
    • Take a special case. Let us assume that by certain observations
    • theoretical nature) we ascertain that in a given place, in a given
    • What are we to do if the price of a commodity or product falls
    • closely later on: for the moment I will but indicate what should be
    • do something of a kind that can increase the turnover [Umsatz].
    • It is in fact similar to what happens when we observe the thermometer.
    • the century, which at that time was entitled: “Theosophy and the
    • not complete it or publish any more of it. We can only hope that these
    • dividing line between what is ordained for the religious life and what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Yesterday I chose from the economic life a somewhat crude example as
    • an illustration. It appears that this drastic illustration has caused
    • sell it. Hence it goes without saying that if the tailor buys his suit
    • addition.” This objection is so obvious that it is bound to
    • that arises from the division of labour.
    • It is true enough that if he proceeds to sell the suit to a tradesman,
    • loss. But that is not the point; the point is, how will he stand when
    • though the tailor may save something on that particular suit, he will
    • multiplied; clothes will become cheaper and the result will be that
    • domestic economy. I did not mean that the tailor has not a perfect
    • right to make his own clothes for himself, or that he might not quite
    • properly have a taste for doing so. Only he must not imagine that it
    • time, he will find that it is more expensive. I admit that in this
    • lead to disaster if you let your thoughts be guided only by what lies
    • habits and lead it into a mode that comprehends wide issues and,
    • what is for ever fluctuating. What lies close to us we can grasp in
    • insight that gives us always mobile ideas, which never correspond to
    • who uses it to stoke his fires. What is it that turns the substance
    • into a value? It is the Labour that has been impressed upon it, that
    • is to say, all that had to be done to bring it to the light of day, to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • working upon Nature, so that from the mere raw Nature-product —
    • — symbolically, as it were — what I explained yesterday. We
    • we should be dealing not with an organic process but with one that
    • If you now review all that I have described to you, you will see that
    • production. I have indeed included, now and then, ideas that had to do
    • question of price. But apart from that you will have found practically
    • A simple reflection will show you that consumption is exactly the
    • values that arise in the economic process within the sphere of
    • used up. That is to say, it consists in a constant devaluation of the
    • values. It is this that plays the other important part in the economic
    • through this that we have a certain right to call the economic an
    • intervenes. For it is of the essence of a living organism that
    • producing and a using-up of what is produced.
    • There will be that development of values which arises as between
    • the value enters into a very' different sphere from that which we have
    • decidedly a value-creating factor — albeit one that is comparable
    • to a force that is arrested, held in equilibrium, rather than to a
    • force that is working itself out. There is here a true analogy with
    • consumption, but through other relationships as well — what I
    • Thus you see that devaluation can also take place in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • You know, perhaps, that in my Threefold Commonwealth I
    • exhaustive. In setting up a formula it is always necessary that it
    • is this. The formula does not point to what is past but to what is
    • real economic facts — it might well happen that he would receive
    • that he can draw up any kind of table from the past, will invariably
    • in setting future processes in motion with the help of what went
    • motion, it inevitably happens in some cases that the values are
    • will take to make the next pair of boots.” That is the
    • Nature, Labour, Capital — that is, Capital endued with value by
    • found that at this point congestion must not be allowed to occur. On
    • is to his interest that the rate of interest should be low. Having
    • that falls under the heading of “land.” This follows
    • directly from what we said before. We want a rate of interest as high
    • as possible for all that comes under the heading of
    • “land.” But that is a thing which cannot easily be carried
    • that the life of Associations is the only thing that can make it
    • cited that luckless fellow, the Indian book-keeper, who has to keep
    • anything. They declare that he is simply and solely maintained out of
    • to the past and to all that is only the unbroken continuation
    • of the past, you will be able to prove that spiritual work is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • that there can be no economic system without this interplay of loan,
    • It is very necessary that we should have a distinct view of the real
    • grasp at rest what is in constant movement.
    • Granting then that gift, purchase and loan are inherent in economic
    • movement, let us consider what in our present-day economy are —
    • us turn for a moment to what is perhaps one of the commonest topics
    • nowadays and a principal source of the errors that find their way into
    • and purchase is fictitious. It does not in reality take place. That is
    • way not in accordance with what in a deeper sense they really are. I
    • any other way. But what follows? If value can only arise in this way,
    • lines laid down yesterday (that is, by seeing that the producer of a
    • given product receives, as its counter-value, what he will require to
    • is not difficult to see that this is what actually happens in the
    • economic process. Only it is masked by the fact that money steps in
    • were not for the fact that when a man brings a product to the market
    • be bothered to fetch what he needs from wherever it may happen to be;
    • instead, he takes money for it, so that he may supply his needs later
    • Let us consider from this point of view the so-called wage-nexus, that
    • reciprocal determination of value. We may fancy that we are paying for
    • through the Labour-nexus as such. All we can say is that in such and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • We have already seen that the most important question in Economics is
    • that of Price. The point will now be to observe prices in the sense
    • — the fact that the prices of certain products are too high or
    • prices, what is to be done in the economic life as a whole.
    • its course. It is true that under the pressure, not so much of
    • many others besides Adam Smith) that prices regulate themselves of
    • its reduction — the supply will not be maintained at that level.
    • inevitably follow that the producers will regulate matters so as not
    • demand it is thus imagined that prices on the market will,
    • “demand” you will see that it is quite impossible,
    • out in every case what lies behind the processes which you are
    • “supply” and what is called “demand.” But that
    • does not include what lies behind the phenomenon of
    • “supply”; nor will it comprise all that precedes
    • the appearance of “demand.” Yet it is there that you will
    • smoke. But that is just what happens with the concepts of
    • commodities on to the market and offers them for a price. That is
    • the case of both buyer and seller. For what the buyer has for
    • Our concepts are quite unreal if we imagine that price arises from the
    • inter-action of what is ordinarily called “supply and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • conceived in such a way that they actually live within the economic
    • Today I must say a few things that may gradually lead us to understand
    • In the first place, everything that circulates within the total
    • also realise that many things can occur in the economic organism, the
    • Let me give you an example that will serve as an introduction to some
    • lose on it.” What does this really mean? To begin with, it means
    • that these people cannot sell their rye as other things are sold
    • we should find that they do not correspond to the costs of production
    • reality. Yet apparently it does go on. What happens is this:
    • balance in that way. What they lose on the rye is made up for by the
    • literature of Economics. The concept I would here establish is that of
    • products within itself. That is to say, it does not sell such products
    • implies that the forming of price within any economic domain is an
    • regarded also from a different aspect. I mentioned a few days ago that
    • Imagine, for instance, that a cobbler falls ill and has an unskilful
    • doctor who makes him well within a week, so that he gets an extra
    • What did the boots the doctor manufactured amount to? And now if you
    • full one) you can set this off against what had to be spent on his
    • training. And you will find, in all probability, that what was spent
    • regarded as universally characteristic of doctors that they withdraw
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • that which happens when Nature is transformed and elaborated into an
    • From all this you will observe that while there is no such thing as a
    • sphere of Capital, we have to reckon with the movement that takes
    • must today concern ourselves with a somewhat ticklish question of
    • and again to discover from direct economic experience what can be said
    • I refer in the first place to that which we may call economic
    • imagine, for instance, that a purchase is taking place: A buys from B.
    • is, of course, really an exchange between what the buyer gives and
    • what the seller gives; but if you think the matter through exactly,
    • you can by no means admit that the seller alone makes a profit in the
    • that this cannot be so; otherwise every transaction of purchase would
    • be an exploitation of the buyer and that is obviously not the case. We
    • are well aware that the man who buys wants to buy advantageously,
    • not at a disadvantage; there can be no doubt about that. Thus,
    • Let us therefore suppose that I sell something and receive money for
    • This, then, is what takes place in the reciprocity of exchange. Both
    • situations. The increase of value can only come about through that
    • I sell something, I must be so placed, economically speaking, that the
    • What are the respective economic relationships in which the buyer and
    • often, from what takes place immediately before our eyes at any given
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • these economists declared that the economic life, as existing at the
    • able to conclude that they were mere fools. Quite the contrary. You
    • would see that their arguments were not at all bad and carried some
    • turned out quite differently from what Economic Science had supposed.
    • Similarly we may say that the lowest organic forms now living are
    • somewhat like the earliest living creatures of Earth-evolution. Thus
    • magnitude is relative, of course; but we must understand that if the
    • certainly no State. It was in fact no more that an immense farming
    • free one for that time. For, ladies and gentlemen, it is only in more
    • “Liberalism” that we have seen the rise of the maximum of
    • reaches the zenith of unfreedom in that embodiment of all political
    • increasingly powerful. We, as you know, are aware that it will have to
    • that the Science of “political economy” owes its
    • emphasised by the German word in a way that is not possible in
    • phase of evolution was still there as an insertion in the new. What is
    • it that arises at this stage in the true sense of national economy? It
    • between so many private economies, is the essential thing that arises
    • with this welding of private economies into a national economy. What
    • is the outcome? We saw yesterday that in the process of economic
    • advantage. The result is, therefore, that the single economies which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • different significance in the economic life from what it had before.
    • importance than that which lies behind the forming of prices
    • important to the extent that it is properly grounded in the objective
    • — i.e., to the extent that it rests on a true judgment of
    • can one reach a valid judgment. Thus we must recognise that the social
    • above all with that which precedes the forming of prices and of which
    • already, even in the payment of wages — i.e., in that
    • instance of purchase and sale. Thus everything that leads to wage
    • upshot is that kind of price-formation which constitutes the payment
    • must distinguish between that which eventually emerges as price in
    • terms of money, and that which constitutes the essential value of the
    • is: Who is to be the recogniser? When you have said that money must
    • simply asserted that it ought to have a certain property, but you have
    • more remarkable. It is said, for instance, that money must be small in
    • You see, we must not only be clear on this, that Nature as such only
    • that Labour only receives an economic value through the way it is
    • organised or divided, and finally, that Capital only receives a value
    • through the fact that it is taken over by the Spirit of Man and so
    • worked into the economic process. We must also be clear that money as
    • circulation. The premises are given to us by what we have said already
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • is to value in the economic sense that which comes into the process
    • exactly fictitious, but put in such a way that its value as an example
    • at any rate I can afford to take the risk — that in the near
    • savings.” Another says: “That is not good enough for me. I
    • fellows what it is” (for it is part of the venture that he does
    • that he was the biggest speculator of the three!
    • significant reshuffling of economic values. Now what were the factors
    • that contributed to this reshuffling of values? In the first place,
    • simply the prudent exploitation of the fact that the poet's reputation
    • single man — the fact that he kept his own counsel about it, did
    • quite impossible to grasp them in one way or another? You may say that
    • see at once that it cannot be a question of simply superimposing
    • more complicated than this. But we can hold to what we have already
    • this stage; it is quite evident from the preceding lectures that even
    • one side (or, as I said, whatever the right function is); then we must
    • considerations — if only for the reason that a highly subjective
    • our present lines of thought, turn our attention in that direction.
    • Whatever is relevant to the proletariat will appear in due course. But
    • village economy — will have to live on what the others give them.
    • Whatever develops there, of the free spiritual life, will in the main
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • You will have seen that the main object of our present studies was to
    • which I have myself been taking part — is it my opinion that all
    • contrary, I am convinced that there is a wide range of very useful
    • therefore go away from these lectures with the feeling that various
    • objections can be made to what has been said. In a sense I shall be
    • dogmatic theories; and it is in this sense that you must conceive the
    • being. You have a general feeling that he will prove a very able man
    • what he will accomplish. But these ideas will very likely turn out to
    • have been mistaken. He may accomplish what he has to do in quite other
    • will it be settled that a given enterpriser puts young money and no
    • be going on. In answer to this, you must bear in mind that he does not
    • Moreover, since you can see from my Threefold Commonwealth that
    • I do not think that interest on money should be abolished, provided
    • the money has real value (on the contrary I believe that up to a point
    • time? They will only wish to give me money on the assumption that they
    • Thus, you may find that it is not enough simply to let money grow old
    • such a way that the value increased up to that year, and after that
    • on this foundation will you be able to make proper use of what is
    • Take for example what is said of Price. You will be told that the
    • always find that, though you can think about them rightly enough, you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • In close connection with what I had to bring before you in the lectures
    • lectures that are now to be given, to speak further of the movement
    • that is leading us in modern times to research into the life of the
    • and ideas that you are to think of as inwardly experienced by certain
    • generally realised that we have only to go back a comparatively short
    • time in history, to find that the men who were accounted to be
    • for instance, is something that is present only under certain
    • person to unite a conception of reality with something that,
    • conditions that obtain for man's physical life on Earth. It was
    • the realisation of facts like this that underlay research during the
    • eyes. You will find that before the tenth century, scholars always
    • that time were of course well aware that the day was long past when
    • such vision had been common human experience, but they knew that in
    • not, for instance, overlook the fact that on into the ninth and tenth
    • happened that in this or that enactment they met spiritual Beings,
    • airy, the warm or fiery. And so it came about that just as hitherto
    • men had spoken of Cosmic Intelligences that rule the movements of the
    • planets, that lead the planets across the constellations of the fixed
    • they did not as yet take account. That came much later. It would,
    • however, be a great mistake to imagine that the scholars of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • to touch more on their historical aspect. We have to remember that
    • that in the places of the Mysteries an actual meeting with the Gods
    • say that from the time of the fourth century it is no longer to be
    • the candidates found their way that changed. I have already indicated
    • some people or nation. I have described one such instance in what I
    • There is no need for me to speak about that here. I
    • should like however to tell you of another typical example, one that
    • into the fifteenth century. The spiritual streams that were working
    • There were at that time a great number of people, especially younger
    • times was such that very often it looked as though a man who was
    • will be able to lead me farther in that search which is the deepest
    • conversation between them. I do not of course mean that only one
    • as it is in that time — it is about the twelfth century —
    • Nevertheless, he feels that in Nature one has something that is the
    • work, the creation of divine-spiritual Beings. When one looks at what
    • recognise that behind these creations stands the working of
    • and 28 or so, felt strongly and definitely that the humanity of the
    • your ears what goes on in Nature; the Spiritual reveals itself
    • entered into the evolution of time and became Man. What Nature cannot
    • really comprehend it, I cannot connect what is out there in Nature
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • was shut for the evolution of the spirit of man, a door that had been
    • be placed out-side the kingdom of the divine-spiritual Will that
    • ruled over him. From that time forward he had to find in his own
    • the experience that had been attained by the pupil when the teacher
    • What we may truly call the knowledge of the Spiritual, that too
    • change that took place in the whole spiritual world in respect of
    • that it might after all yet find the way. And he who is able to see
    • piety. What appears later as Rosicrucianism, sound and genuine
    • so to temper their souls that genuine spiritual knowledge might yet
    • be able to arise for them. In such a gathering, that took place in
    • soul that was cultivated in later times by the so-called “Brothers
    • intense mystical atmosphere of soul, it happened that a being came to
    • world; they had drawn him thither by the mood of soul that prevailed
    • that no misunderstanding may arise, let me expressly emphasise that
    • telling you, mediumship and all that is related to it was regarded
    • reason. These persons knew that mediumship goes together with a
    • peculiar constitution of the physical body; they knew that it is the
    • physical body that gives the medium his spiritual powers. But the
    • information that came by the help of mediumship they could not but
    • of mysticism and meditation, and that alone. And it was the enhancing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • What I have been telling you in recent lectures requires to be carried
    • the nineteenth century, the spiritual knowledge that was present
    • before that period as clear and concrete albeit instinctive
    • heart and soul to the Spiritual, to all that is of the Spirit in the
    • example, that in the several planets of our system are spiritual
    • Nettesheim assigns to each single planet what he calls the
    • that became customary in later Astronomy and is still customary
    • that the Beings who are united with the single stars are the Beings
    • the Earth, that saw in the Earth too a heavenly body having its
    • lost, with all that was involved in it. What was essentially involved
    • of the Intelligence of the Earth star. But what was the Intelligence
    • the ideas of men have travelled very far away from what was accepted
    • bring law and order into all that has to do with the place of the
    • Through what he is, through the forces and powers he bears within his
    • still a feeling for this. It was known that the task had once been
    • allotted to Man, that Man had really been made the Lord of the Earth
    • When men are speaking of knowledge nowadays it is very seldom that
    • one hears even a last echo of this view. What we find in religious
    • for there the point is that originally Man had quite another position
    • have knowledge that they have attained by definite and correct
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • We have seen how the old knowledge that was once acquired by means
    • twilight. It is difficult to find any trace of that old wisdom in
    • modern times, particularly after the eighteenth century, for what I
    • have told you is really true, namely that in recent times what has
    • persisted — or rather, to put it more correctly, what has only
    • as the middle of the nineteenth century. And in order that we may
    • of the ideas that were still to be found in the first half of the
    • you in order that you may see how in a time that does not lie so very
    • different from what it is today. As I said before, it is exceedingly
    • as they were in still earlier times, for it is quite certain that the
    • and learned a great deal from them; learned from them what they
    • faculty of their own, a faculty that was in their cases, too, of a
    • What I am now going to
    • became aware that at a certain place in Central Europe there existed
    • learned to know of it on a spiritual path; I was not able at that
    • that a little company of this kind existed.
    • speak of what was taught within this little company, had not the
    • essence of what was hidden in it subsequently again disclosed itself
    • anew. For it is just in the refinding that one obtains the right
    • orientation to the wisdom that has survived from olden times, and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • This is due to the fact that man stands in quite another relation to
    • Most of that which has been transmitted to mankind under the name is
    • so: the Initiates drew forth, what they had to say to mankind, from
    • their world of ideas. They had the consciousness that they were
    • board. The triangle I draw on the board portrays to me what I bear in
    • board, thereby bringing home to myself what is really there within
    • be seen in the Spirit, must be inscribed in that which has been
    • side the first Post-Atlantean epoch, the ancient Indian. At that time
    • it was somewhat different. Let me begin with the ancient Persian
    • There was in that time
    • world. This knowledge could be written in the astral light so that
    • resistance. The things that are thus seen in the Spirit are not
    • Egypto-Chaldean epoch, all the knowledge that the Initiates drew
    • that endure. Those secrets, on the other hand, which relate to the
    • feeling that the astral light only reflected the Gods to him under
    • that out of Man, the Logos, the Divine Word revealed Himself through
    • wrapped up in their abstract thoughts. They do not know that these
    • the case. Remember once more that in the ancient Persian epoch men
    • the astral light. What is thus contained in the astral light —
    • all that, for which the solid earth is the resistance — rays on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • preceding period of Michael. This is due to the fact that man stands
    • so-called “Rosicrucianism” that has been transmitted to
    • olden times it really was so: the Initiates drew forth what they had
    • consciousness that they were drawing forth their knowledge from the
    • board portrays to me what I bear in a purely spiritual way within me.
    • myself what is really there within me. So it is when we make external
    • inscribed in that which has been called from time immemorial
    • side the first Post-Atlantean epoch, the ancient Indian. At that time
    • it was somewhat different. Let me begin with the ancient Persian
    • world. This knowledge could be written in the astral light so that
    • resistance. The things that are thus seen in the spirit are not
    • Egypto-Chaldean epoch, all the knowledge that the Initiates drew
    • he had the feeling that the astral light only reflected the gods to
    • that out of Man the Logos, the Divine Word, revealed Himself through
    • abstract thoughts that these abstract thoughts are also written in
    • the case. Remember once more that in the ancient Persian epoch men
    • the astral light. What is thus contained in the astral light —
    • all that, for which the solid earth is the resistance — rays on
    • the Egypto-Chaldean epoch. The water on the Earth reflects. What is
    • is the most fleeting of all; yet still it is such that man remains
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • we bear in mind the fact that Easter is a movable festival, the date
    • of which has to be reckoned year by year from that constellation of
    • thought and impulse of Christianity, I mean, with that impulse which
    • reawakening of Nature — with the springing of life that grows
    • — the coming forth again of what was asleep in Nature throughout
    • that the Christian Easter is by no means coincident as to its inner
    • remind us of the deep and radical misunderstandings that have arisen,
    • happened than that the Easter Festival has been confused with an
    • evolution. Consider the content of this Easter Festival. What is it in
    • It is a time that takes its course in three days, representing the
    • representative of all that is the springing and thriving force of
    • youth in man, of all that appears as beauty in the human being.
    • True it is that in many respects the ancient peoples confused the
    • substance of the image with what the image represented. The ancient
    • and inner greatness that man contains, or can contain, within him.
    • near the sacred place of the Mysteries, so that the image of the God
    • ritual, what took place in the Holy of Holies of the Mysteries with
    • given to understand that when he was now laid in the coffin, he would
    • have to undergo what the human being undergoes in the first three days
    • What was thus enacted in the hidden depths of the Mysteries with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • look upward from his dependence on earthly things to those things that
    • Indeed it is true to say that by the methods of knowledge recognised
    • approach it with the mood of soul belonging to that ancient time
    • religious systems of antiquity. Take for example the one that is least
    • forces — with all the forces that now flow down from Moon to Earth.
    • Scarcely anything is left today of that ancient consciousness of man's
    • inspiration which the poetic mind still feels that it receives from
    • consciousness of the fact that when man descends to this physical life
    • To understand what shapes him in the fulness of his life — what
    • through these what could the earthly forces do to hold our body
    • While on the one hand, therefore, we may state this somewhat theoretic
    • human body, we must realise on the other hand that the ancient
    • clearly aware that the forces which guide man into this
    • only has the outer documents to go upon and is unaware of what can be
    • name and the civilisation of that first epoch existed on the soil that
    • civilisations man's evolution was very different from what it was in
    • unfold in such a way that a certain break in our earthly life and
    • today. The inner change that takes place in the human being about the
    • so that one might call this development continuous. But in the
    • which make it seem still more radical — it might well happen that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • has come about that of these far spaces of the Cosmos whose spiritual
    • of the fact that a soul-and-spirit permeates this physical body. It is
    • just as though one were to forget that in the proportions and
    • that comes to expression, but a multiplicity. It is an immeasurable,
    • of man to the great universe has to do with what we may call the
    • assume that it is partially illumined, half illumined, quarter
    • illumined, and so on. Moreover there is that appearance of the Moon
    • forms. But this by no means exhausts what the Moon is for the Earth
    • that represents itself to us so evidently in physical surfaces as the
    • different in its appearance from what it is when it reveals itself as
    • imagine that in its influence the Moon is absent when it does not
    • To understand what this really means we must look back to the event
    • its body. The Earth was impoverished by all that the Moon contains
    • longer by the Earth-and-Moon forces together. On the other hand that
    • absolved, so far as his soul-and-spirit is concerned, all that must be
    • to Earth to unite with the physical bodily nature that is given to him
    • earthly life man must have recourse to what lies inherent in the Moon
    • forces, that is to say, to a cosmic principle, in order to
    • Now this etheric body must be built in such a way that it has, so to
    • light that rays forth from the Moon into the Cosmos contains the force
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • We have heard how there grew out of the Mysteries that which unites
    • the consciousness of men with the world in such manner that this union
    • spiritual life that passed through the world and evolved through
    • we cannot say that the time has already come today when men have won
    • true inner freedom and are ripe to pass on to what should follow the
    • once again, human beings will indeed evolve in time what in their dim
    • will be necessary, that the knowledge, the vision, the conscious
    • experience of the Spiritual that can arise from present-day Initiation
    • life that has evolved in the course of human history. We shall learn
    • We know in the first place that human individuals themselves return to
    • progressive evolution of all that has taken place in human history.
    • mankind to carry from one age into another what human beings
    • experienced in the Mysteries and what they then experience again, be
    • It is indeed the case that when that spiritual impulse which has gone
    • account that which on one plane is a dreadful wrong, for it is just
    • through these terrible events that a real progress of mankind can be
    • According to what is there experienced in beholding the other planets,
    • In the Mysteries of Ephesus the whole service that was devoted to her
    • indeed that when the adherents of the Mystery of Ephesus approached
    • to the springing and sprouting of life, a feeling that was wafted
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • felt that a flood of materialism of this kind had never previously
    • been known, and that furthermore there was a certain significance in
    • the way it had arisen I also tried to bring home the fact that men
    • I described the efforts that were made from different quarters
    • in order to demonstrate to men that something entirely new must be
    • have to be given of what was presented in the first place more in the
    • form of narrative. Today, however, I want to show that towards the
    • spiritual life, too, of a feeling that a crucial point had been
    • reached. In the external spiritual life — that is to say, in
    • on — there are evidences that a convulsive element interpolated
    • from European literature. These examples will show that in the hearts
    • and minds of some men there was a feeling that significant things
    • It is remarkable that in the thirties of the 19th
    • that was astir at that time, linking it on to a personage who
    • who makes models of gods. What is such a man in Tibet? He is one who
    • terrible thing that befell this maker of gods. In the figure of one
    • an audience of orthodox believers that the existence of the two Jesus
    • boys was necessary in order that Christ might descend into Jesus —
    • ordinary faculty, so that he must be accused of inducing his
    • Such teachings are sheer fantasy — that is what is said today.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • significance. One can truly say that it was consciously brought into
    • Let us for a moment hold in our minds the thoughts that
    • came to us from the realisation that what was astir in the inmost
    • I chose only two particularly striking examples from many that might
    • be quoted — we see that as it were behind the scenes of
    • life of mankind. From many sources we have gained knowledge that
    • of the new element that must be received into the evolution of
    • still is that the vast majority of souls have yet to learn that there
    • theory, that there are many earthly lives; they will live on into an
    • nothing from spiritual science, they will not know what to make of
    • the impression that will rise up from within them of the truth of
    • this inner impression that will arise quite naturally in the soul
    • must be grasped through thoughts, and the thoughts that are necessary
    • the impression that will come of itself, as a kind of remembrance.
    • times. It must be realised that only through knowledge and
    • understanding of what will inevitably come in the future can human
    • The Mystery of Golgotha was fulfilled in order that the
    • events to be grasped as matters of history, but that cannot lead to
    • inaudible to men. He must be made audible through that which, under
    • runs the risk of falling away from Him. And what comes to expression
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • the fact that the attitude of which I spoke last time, the attitude
    • them something that will enrich and invigorate life, is to be found
    • in only a tiny handful of men. We can see that this is so.
    • in understanding these matters unless we realise that not many people
    • today have experienced something that will become more and more
    • knowledge. The feeling that knowledge of the spiritual worlds is
    • the case at the present time. For when anything that bears the mantle
    • And so they like to pacify themselves with what is universally
    • what is universally accepted so that they need not themselves make
    • fundamentally, to the fact that the soul is required to activate its
    • people's liking; they prefer to accept knowledge that is ready-made
    • very nature share in the wrestling for knowledge that characterises
    • four centuries — such men dimly divine and feel that they must
    • evoke all that lies in the depths of the soul in order to approach
    • inclined and they accept what spiritism or idealism have brought into
    • the world, stupefying their minds with what they accept, without
    • yet for all that a significant soul — who participated to
    • Schelling and Hegel, that it was possible by dint of intense efforts
    • The man in question lived through that wave of philosophy which
    • sought to show that a certain rigid, one-sided kind of thinking can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • take it as obvious that only a very small proportion of what my
    • agree that any confidence in the future among medical workers depends
    • lectures. The most that may possibly result is that certain
    • absolutely essential that such bias should be rectified.
    • should seek that knowledge of human nature which can afford a real
    • from Spiritual Science all that can be of value to physicians. It is
    • my wish that this attempt should not be confused with an actual
    • give special attention to everything that may be of value to the
    • been baffled by the question: “What does sickness mean and what is a
    • sickness in general and of sick people, is that the morbid process is
    • a deviation from the normal life process; that certain facts which
    • process and in the organisation; and that sickness consists in the
    • must admit that this is a merely negative definition. It offers no
    • practical help that I shall aim at here, help in dealing with actual
    • produced that the system of Hippocrates — which developed into the
    • even survived until the time of Rokitansky, that is until the last
    • view, we may say that the followers of Hippocrates attributed all
    • fluids which co-operate in the human organism. They pointed out that
    • and that this ratio was disturbed in the sick human body. They termed
    • The latter had to be influenced so that the proper blend might be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in our consideration of the heart. What in Osteology and Myology is
    • what is the common belief about the nature of the human heart? It is
    • fact about the heart is that its activity is not a cause but an
    • between the blood that has absorbed the food, and the breathing that
    • and the air absorbed from the outside. All that can be observed in the
    • it proves that his medical practice had enlightened the author on the
    • fact that the heart in no way resembled the ordinary pump but rather
    • to that of the hydraulic ram, set in motion by the currents. This is
    • symbolic inter-penetrating currents, the watery and the airy. For what
    • subconsciously through your heart, what goes on in the lower abdomen.
    • The polarity in man is only comprehensible if we know that his
    • structure is a dual one and that the upper portion perceives the
    • that appertains to external perception and its continuation and its
    • our organisation. The heart is primarily that organ whose perceptible
    • sub-conscious) it is the perceptive organ that mediates between these
    • in the upper. The important point, however, is that there is no material
    • spheres. In a healthy organism this contact is so close, that any
    • these two sets of activities, so that they complete one another,
    • disease one may start from the indications in what Paracelsus called
    • And if we speak of what is first indicated in the etheric body or in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • possible. For it makes a difference whether we discuss what has been
    • basis for every future consideration, taking into account what I have
    • You will remember that we first considered the form and inner forces
    • of the osseous and muscular systems, that yesterday we reviewed
    • curative treatment; and that we took as our starting point on that
    • that may be derived from a deeper study of human nature regarding the
    • speaking, that therapeutics are dealt with concurrently with pathology,
    • therapeutics. We are also aware that in the course of the nineteenth
    • century, these deficiencies in the medical conception led to what was
    • degree that some idea can be formed from it as to the appropriate
    • maintained that the more recent literature dealing with Paracelsus has
    • in Nature itself, so that we can pass Nature's examination and thus
    • We shall try today to advance somewhat nearer to the answering of this
    • lectures. But one can say at once in this connection that the path
    • misconception of the functions of that system of the human organism
    • all the soul functions and to resolve all that man accomplishes of a
    • this truth, as we shall see) to prove, that only the processes proper
    • Scientist of today assumes — as a rule — that the feeling processes
    • are not directly connected with the rhythmic system, but that these
    • Further I have tried to show that the whole life of our will depends
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • must enter a caveat in connection with a question that has just been
    • that we shall only reach an adequate method of ascertaining the
    • discover about the connection between man and that external nature
    • the simple reason that the connection is a complicated one, and we can
    • Regarding what was said in yesterday's lecture,
    • you to face the reverse side of the matter. In that lecture, many very
    • infrequent, and of course, I only make this suggestion so that you do
    • of this treatment, you forget that you work as individual physicians.
    • that the moment you make Ritter's treatment into an accepted
    • and that treatment would then be practised by many others — I will
    • different from what we have imagined.
    • the claim that there are no diseases; there are only sick, diseased
    • that certain dispositions of disease spread over a wide region, as was
    • precisely what we here attempt to provide, bringing a certain
    • rationale into what is otherwise merely an empirical thinking on a
    • We will start our inquiry today from a fact that is common knowledge,
    • This is that man as a threefold being, in his nerves and senses
    • carbon concentration. Do not forget that the same substance is also
    • present in the human organism, but that it is essential to the
    • We have the initial stages of this process in what I have recently
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • go further into that special realm where pathology is to meet
    • the two, we shall need to mention many things that can only remain a
    • Nevertheless, if we had a comprehensive picture of all that matters in
    • remedies, that while in some cases they were of extraordinary efficacy
    • judge, from differences in build, the forces inherent in what we term
    • not wish to do so. Of course we could replace them by other terms that
    • We can judge what I might term the intensity of the etheric body's
    • facts are symptomatic of what we might term the action of the etheric
    • bodies to the higher members of the human organisation, to what we
    • so that the formative forces of the soul do not flow down into the
    • Another question that should be put — although it may be
    • lazy. For what I here define as the opposite of inertia is the organic
    • knowledge of the dental system and all that is connected with it, that
    • bodies. These are a few indications of what must be ascertained in the
    • I should like to remind you of the general fact mentioned before that
    • You know that there is much controversy on this theme. As we shall
    • the public; that waged by the advocates of homeopathy and of allopathy
    • Science should take here. But its intervention is somewhat peculiar. I
    • reality no allopaths because even what is described as an allopathic
    • heals only through and by virtue of this process, so that, in actual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • I AM SOMEWHAT
    • anxious about what I have to say today, for if I could
    • presentation of the subject, that these matters are indeed
    • relationship to the cosmos. We have already pointed out that in man
    • the opposite process to that of plant formation is active in a
    • and I have already suggested that in trees the main stem forms a sort
    • of excrescence of the earth, so that the flowers and leaves are rooted
    • outside the earth must first be considered and we shall find that the
    • Please notice here that what I maintain has not been derived from the
    • that any item of my course here is simply derived from archaic
    • the leaves and of the flower. You might say that the formative forces
    • its origin is to be sought in the influence that works from the
    • For what the stars do is faithfully copied by the plant.
    • upward impulse in plants, that depends upon the sun. The stars
    • some degree by that of the outer planets, in their spiral courses. For
    • are spiral. It is time today that the whole Copernican system was
    • by origin; they are foreign bodies that have become attracted and
    • of of the Sun's influence and that of Mars, Jupiter and Saturn.
    • Thus all that seems essentially earthy is really a joint product of
    • the action of the Moon, and that of the inferior planets. So I would
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • child, adult and old man, and is so organised that these three
    • It is most important to grasp that in childhood the functional content
    • this functional content becomes fitted into the organism, so that
    • substance. Therefore it can occasion no surprise that the disturbances
    • physical body, so that sexual maturity may come about. And there is a
    • you will find that in childhood there are forms of illness which break
    • that is, accompanied by psychic disturbance, in addition to the
    • must see that the functions of the astral body are so directed as to
    • that of the etheric. (The necessary measures will be discussed in the
    • age into consideration — you will find that diseases tending to
    • a somewhat superficial manner — not to assume that nature has made
    • the human organism with a special eye to our convenience, so that we
    • inclination to assume that such is actually the case. Of course there
    • happen that the main group of symptoms — which is taken to be the
    • mind that man lives in two life-epochs, which are in some respects
    • the earliest and most conspicuous influence of all is that of the
    • The influences that mould man begin their work before birth, and
    • as “of unknown origin” in current medical literature; that is, as
    • this uncertainty is the neglect of that whole complex of forces which
    • thus on man, they also provoke opposite reactions later on, so that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • somewhat our ideas, when we say etheric body, astral body, etc., can
    • the interaction between what we term the etheric body and what we term
    • the physical. You have learned that this interaction is at work in man
    • Think this out thoroughly to its conclusion, and then consider that
    • possibility of an interplay between the flora and all that our earthly
    • atmosphere contains, in the first place, and all that lies outside
    • — then we can say that the plants refer us
    • what manifests in blossom-bearing and fruit, and what flows into them
    • get very far in medicine without intuition.) Let us Suppose that
    • to that which surrounds us. Just as the etheric and the physical are
    • that the etheric is nearer to the astral than to the physical; for the
    • what happens as you pass between the trees, enveloped in the scent of
    • the lime blossoms. Realise that something is taking place between this
    • scent of the lime blossom. And you conclude that a process takes place
    • outside, and that the two combine in some way to produce something by
    • virtue of their inner kinship. So you must say that what is diffused
    • something that passes from the etheric body to the astral, for
    • participation of the astral body. And that which reveals the kinship
    • with the external world, simultaneously shows that the production of the
    • sweet fragrance of the lime blossoms is the polar process to that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday what may be termed the approximation of the
    • the correct perception of the particular factors contained in what we
    • must “think together” both processes, that external to, and that
    • and smell. In all that concerns the remaining senses, they lie further
    • more limited sense of what goes on between the chewing of the food
    • lock up in themselves what comes to the surface in smell and taste. It
    • is that element in the process of smell which leaves the extra-human
    • reveals itself in substance only. I would even suggest that you follow
    • but into the mineral kingdom as well. You will find that the same
    • of taste; and hides, secretes within our bodies, what is thus revealed
    • in taste. It is significant that we have hitherto had to describe
    • current modes of thought, I would suggest that the astronomical
    • But we have also organs that open in a way our human organism from
    • within; and thus bring man into relationship with what happens at a
    • certain nearness to our earth's surface; that is to say, into
    • We are already able to distinguish what is associated mainly with the
    • astronomical world from what is associated mainly with the
    • in time that the classification above mentioned is the best of
    • foundations for curative treatment. As a general rule we find that the
    • that has been said in our previous lectures, you will easily
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • natural and obvious that in these lectures we should seek the
    • and that we do not lose ourselves here in atomised details which can
    • produced? We shall find with this particular plant, that this effect
    • salts, which aniseed contains. So we can observe, for ourselves, that
    • the curative efficacy of aniseed depends on the fact that it takes
    • take the trouble to do so. We find that Cichorium intybus is not only
    • ask, for instance: what is the origin of the counteraction to weak
    • digestion? We shall find that this effect is due to the bitter
    • We must remember that the substances we take in, are at first
    • here that we must see the source of its effects on the blood. Thus we
    • I let myself be divided into three, so that I have effect on all three
    • frame. If we ask to what are these peripheral effects due, we again
    • everywhere, that all substances which keep close to the plant nature,
    • as extracts, are related to the digestive tract; and that the
    • being to its periphery, and have their curative effect on that
    • conducted to the periphery that there is not a simultaneous current of
    • nutritive substances in the same direction, and that the bloodstream
    • remarkable form, just what should be done, in order to balance and
    • constituents of lavender are powerful remedies for what I may term
    • substances — which have proved of benefit in cases of what we may
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • and build upon and around it. You will agree that we must approach our
    • the method that begins with the axioms and ascends to more and more
    • lecture that the chemistry of the future must become quite different
    • from what it is now and to note how often he used the term
    • I was often reminded of many matters that cannot as yet be dealt with
    • nature — or in what I might term the nature that appears extra-human
    • to man. For what in the whole of nature's immensity is really
    • extra-human? Nothing indeed. For all that is external to our being in
    • himself for his own use. So that there is always a complementary
    • that even homeopathic practitioners are somewhat afraid of becoming
    • My reason for studying that subject was due to very definite opinions,
    • somewhat drastic terms in order to state the case clearly) is not
    • I have made many investigations into what actually happens in the
    • Fräulein Ritter herself will not admit this). What does in fact occur,
    • raise its potency to a very high degree. What is it that you do? You
    • the substance in ponderable amounts are no longer perceptible. What if
    • opposite effect to what is normal to the substances in question,
    • whatever medium was used to receive the minutely subdivided doses of
    • changes from the status of owner to that of debtor, becomes a
    • happen that this opposite reaction may take the form of causing the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • that these substances have an extremely unfavourable effect on certain
    • us forget that objective observers on all sides are recognising that
    • oxygen and nitrogen, and one can therefore assume from the outset that
    • disturbances in the process of human sleep. That leads us to inquire
    • into this hidden relationship more definitely. You know that in
    • Spiritual Science we have found it necessary to state that man
    • body, the astral body and the ego. You know that we have been led by
    • the facts themselves, further, to maintain that when sleep begins ego
    • find that (with two exceptions) all these are found in combination
    • bound up with something else. For the peculiar thing is that within
    • must point out. You are aware that vegetable, animal and human
    • You know that, in the terms of contemporary chemistry, the main
    • forces. It follows that one identifies things which are actually not
    • at all the same, or that are not similar as much as is assumed.
    • degree at least chemically identical. But that is absolutely not the
    • the fact that vegetable albumen neutralises animal and more especially
    • human albumen; that the two are in fact polar opposites, and that each
    • indeed that we must admit: animal albumen is of such a nature in its
    • functions that these functions are impaired, abolished partially or
    • us to the question: Well, what is the exact difference between what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • possible that the more materialistic tendency in medicine may
    • nature — that it is probable that these two special fields will
    • will need to mark all that spiritual science can tell them, and even
    • now you have only to refer to my publications, to realise that
    • For indeed no one should merely assert that clairvoyance is needed in
    • possible to see that the etheric body is not active in a certain way
    • developing out of inflammation, and also all that is associated with
    • for what it certainly achieves in some respects, and again fails to
    • advocate operative surgery, for the simple reason that they know of no
    • organs. All that I can take as already familiar to you. But the
    • science finds that the etheric body of the patient remains as a whole
    • become slack; so that, provided the etheric body as a whole retains a
    • rebel as it were, so that the etheric body ceases to act in certain
    • the methods of spiritual science reveal that if it is possible to
    • be overcome. We may lay down the rule that in cases of tumour, it will
    • that the etheric body may once more extend its working to the region
    • plainly, in spite of its great diversity of form, that it is
    • conclusion that inflammations, abscesses, and ulcers on the one hand
    • remind you that it is quite possible to take a carcinoma situated on
    • Certain not precisely old but somewhat medieval technical terms are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • to prove that Anthroposophy and its doctrines are muddled nonsense.
    • Recently, however, it appears to have dawned on some other people that
    • this opinion can no longer be held, but that Anthroposophy appears to
    • other. If they can no longer state that these things are false they
    • can at least maintain that it is extremely wrong to say them.
    • I must first of all repeat that the exclusively physical study of man
    • This is for the simple reason that man contains the etheric body, the
    • what follows. At the same time it is not impossible for the human
    • indeed it is the forces of the etheric body that insert it into the
    • human eyes. For all that takes place as between the eye itself and the
    • external world, that is to say, between the soul and the external
    • of that phantom — normal to most people — which becomes incorporated
    • Suppose that an attempt be made to represent all this in graphic form.
    • almost physical phantom that the ego inserts and erects; a real
    • scaffold, but what the eye transmits is still etheric. And here we
    • etheric body which is so like what I have just termed a framework. You
    • of the organ of vision. Having once grasped this, you will find that
    • This will convince you that the process linked with the eye
    • inflammation, indeed in all inflammatory conditions. So that you are
    • justified in stating that a too vigorous development of this framework
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • competent quarter, to the effect that the present course of lectures
    • that this can hardly be otherwise. The undeniable accuracy of this
    • to complain that our considerations here set out are difficult to
    • the same manner under similar circumstances. What really happens if a
    • processes, so that — if I may so express the facts — the spider has
    • from the henbane. And why? Because in the very moment that the poison
    • very plastically evolved development of what we ourselves do, if a fly
    • error; namely the conviction that everything deserving the name of
    • more detail. But it is beyond question that we no longer think so
    • centrally — that is with heart, lungs and so forth, in unison with
    • the cosmos, as birds still think. These are aptitudes that we must
    • of them and all that is connected with them are eminently suited to
    • man in such a way that we get some hint of the curative process. In
    • therefore only very rarely reaches by intuition what ancient mankind
    • reached instinctively. But that is the course of evolution, from
    • example, that of a sufferer from diabetes. What does he represent in
    • know that they arise from a weak ego, an ego-organisation
    • would be wholly wrong to suppose that the passage of sugar out of the
    • that the ego does not take adequate part in penetrating the organism
    • diabetic disturbance. And therewith is associated all that can promote
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • the very reason that it is a highly spiritualised organ; and also
    • aroused much interest of recent years. It is significant that we
    • yourselves by experiment that mild massage in the region of the spleen
    • that this method of local massage has strict and close limitations. In
    • the moment that the massage becomes too vigorous it becomes apt to
    • undermine completely the life of instinct. So that we must be most
    • organism. What precisely are these conscious functions of the human
    • that their physical occurrences are accompanied by the higher
    • will understand what I mean. Let us take an individual case, in which
    • meals; spread out your consumption of food, so that you eat little at
    • considerably alters the activity of that organ. Of course, there is a
    • “but”; all that concerns the organic processes under discussion has
    • rest after food, so that their digestive processes are not disturbed
    • becomes thoroughly abnormal; so that especial significance attaches to
    • fact we may say that in the case of the arms, the astral body acts
    • that of massage applied to the hands and arms. If the arms are treated
    • metabolism, especially on that part of the metabolic process taking
    • regulative action follows on the metabolism that is concerned with
    • metabolism. If you investigate rationally, you will indeed find that
    • regions and parts; and that the efficacy of massage depends on an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • summarise some things calculated to throw light on the whole of what
    • only be a preliminary outline, it is well that we are able to give two
    • things proves that what has the most mineralising effect in the
    • substance is left. I indicated yesterday that the progressive
    • throughout life. For on the one hand, it must be admitted that at this
    • process. But we must not forget that this internal organisation is
    • What I have just maintained sets the stage for the whole prophylaxis
    • considerable part of what is included in the educational methods of
    • is indeed remarkable that just in relation to the peripheral
    • childhood. It is regrettable that we are only able to work upon the
    • child at a time — even at the Waldorf School — when it is somewhat
    • raise the objection that the dental formation is already prepared and
    • that the crown of the tooth is perfected and only thrusts itself into
    • the light. Yes, that is true, but it is possible to judge dental
    • that he is inclined to an abnormal process of dental formation. The
    • girls, and that they share these lessons together. Even the older boys
    • the soul into the fingers means to promote all the forces that go to
    • processes is so difficult that we should carefully consider such
    • somewhat beside the mark to speculate about the precise manner of its
    • important to know that fluorine is much more widely distributed than
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • that it may after all be necessary to introduce into our medical
    • and biological study what we might term an inquiry into tho real
    • description of a disease by stating what bacillus caused the disease
    • the simple reason that we no longer need to point out that these
    • comprehensible that stress is laid on these differences, and specific
    • Now an obvious error enters this whole point of view, namely, that
    • attention is diverted from the primary element. Suppose that in the
    • bodily area. It is only natural that they should cause symptoms such
    • as are the result of any foreign body in the organism, and that from
    • human frame for development, that soil has been made suitable by the
    • Consider the stratum of plant life that covers the earth's soil, i.e.
    • the entire content of vegetation. We must understand that this flora
    • sent out from the earth, but is also drawn outwards by forces that are
    • and those acting on the plant from the cosmos outside the earth. What
    • is the essential factor in this interaction that permeates our whole
    • ensure that these forces can withdraw again, then the plant in its
    • animalisation. This is what is perpetually at work in external nature.
    • organisation. All that comes to meet the inner metabolism of the
    • Now there is a special requirement of the human organism: all that is
    • apart from the forces that organise and concentrate themselves in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • accurately, in the way that can be given by Spiritual Science, the
    • prescriptions which say that is for this and the other for that. On
    • law) that all that mankind needs to know about the world and its
    • There is always something that reveals externally those secret but —
    • heredity we must keep that very specially in mind for on the other
    • and concealed by illusions, so that sound judgment becomes most
    • implies that its regularity does not always become obvious. The
    • side or the other, so that the law is difficult to regulate — so is
    • to that of the horizontal tendency of the scales; but it is sealed
    • that always in heredity different elements, male and female, play
    • their parts. The male always transmits what man owes to earthly
    • existence, what he owes to earth-forces; whereas the female organism
    • thing is that this only holds good with regard to her own individual
    • processes apart from the formation of the ovule, that is to say from
    • continually kept back. And we might say that there is a tendency to
    • transmit through the male what is contained in the reproductive forces
    • forces of heredity? For we know, do we not, that heredity finds no
    • preserve and improve the health of women, for in that case, the
    • to you all, and illustrating what I have just pointed out. In the
    • of what happens in heredity. And they are also important for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • study of medicine is to be continued in a way that gives
    • benefit to mankind, a place must be found for what I have tried to
    • lower senses such as smell and taste, we at once perceive how what is
    • action of lymph and blood formation — all that occurs is
    • that up to the point I have denoted, we must recognise that the
    • organism. The adherent of current natural science will say that salts
    • what such current theory obliges him to call — the muscular motoric
    • that body, which is manifested in perspiration. If you can accept the
    • activity of this area, we find that essentially it has to do with an
    • organism. That is the essence of what happens. All the processes in
    • re-transformation of what has been done in the first part of the
    • digestive process. One may obtain a picture of what happens if one
    • gist of what must happen within the organism. But man must always be
    • Now follow further these ammoniacal salts; and note that if they pass
    • in that upper sphere. The significant fact here is, however, the
    • complete reversal of processes that takes place. What happens may be
    • through sense perception in the lower digestive tracts, that is, to
    • perception, and the upper inclines towards that which works upon
    • perception. The result is that whereas formerly there was a reflex
    • there is now a reflex action from below, that is to say, of an action
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • necessary for that of the body in spiritual world. Why children may
    • these lectures try to deal with our subject in such a way that
    • is obvious, in the first place, that a thorough knowledge of
    • life of soul of every human being lurks a quality, or tendency, that
    • at the right intervals in speaking, so that either the words fall
    • confuses the complex of symptoms with what is really the essential
    • an incompletely developed child, we must regard what can be observed
    • thinking, feeling and willing, this means no more than that it has
    • most important that we should be able to do this, to perceive what
    • soul of any human being, is that we have in mind something that is
    • than the one that is customary among people who abide by ordinary
    • conventions; such people have their ideas of what is to be considered
    • reasonable or clever, and then everything that is not an expression
    • That is why the conclusions people come to are so very confused. When
    • they begin to do — heaven knows what! — believing they
    • stage of making pronouncements as to what is clever or reasonable, in
    • accordance with the habits of thought that prevail today.
    • conclusions, and simply look at things as they are. What have we
    • For the first-mentioned life of soul is not that in man which
    • of soul that comes down from the spiritual worlds takes possession of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • varying intensity. Law that every principle is influenced by one
    • that the ordinary, superficial life of soul has to be regarded as a
    • complex of symptoms, and no more. It follows from this that, if we
    • want to get at the real state of affairs that lies behind a so-called
    • what lies deeper — that is to say, to the region where, as we
    • kinds connected with that), but we do want, in this course, to make a
    • thorough study of what it is possible to do with children.
    • from this newspaper that gives a crude example of how misleading an
    • derogatory sense.) It is an example that will have special
    • significance for you, in view of the tasks that you are undertaking.
    • more mature age, he set out to acquire a somewhat miscellaneous
    • of the soul. It is important that we should pay attention to what is
    • modern scientific book, or into any book that is based on the
    • soul-life. Before I read the press notice let me tell you that
    • more than ridicule the whole thing. He has, however, no idea that his
    • what he had written during his lifetime.
    • which are evidence enough of a cruelty that is continually
    • It is true that in spite of this overwhelming load of proof Wulffen
    • Tell” we have the glorification of a revolution that is founded
    • in his poetry — this it was, so we are assured, that led him
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the course of these lectures that while the mood of soul with which
    • is important to realise that the whole of modern psychiatry can have
    • learn to recognise these illnesses for what they really are, then we
    • particular measures to be adopted. What is of far greater importance
    • is that you should come to see how in this domain too, sound
    • nature that, for reasons which you will understand as you follow
    • especially of those cases that have important bearing on our work
    • with children. On the other hand, you will come to see that help can
    • a right educational treatment; and we shall find that in an illness
    • what underlies the illness to what ought to be done, we shall find
    • essential first of all to know what underlies the illness, to know
    • psychiatry cannot help us here, for the reason that the men of our
    • time have no notion that there is such a thing as a real ego
    • Neovitalist.] they show that they have no knowledge of the
    • ether body because they are afraid of it. But the very thing that is
    • Anthroposophists — not that Anthroposophy, which is very
    • thought — it is, I say, commonly believed that when the human
    • like that. Seen clairvoyantly, it is like this [A
    • human life that is of great importance.
    • world, of the forces of the external world. What does this mean?
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • studies, so that we may be able, from tomorrow onwards, to pass on to
    • that a faithful study of the nature of so-called illnesses of the
    • will already be clear to you, dear friends, that in illnesses of the
    • a feeling for what lies behind it — the question, namely: how
    • improvement that we are able to bring about is so much gain for the
    • patient. We must never take refuge in the thought that, owing to the
    • such a way. We can say this about the external events; that a person
    • turned aside, so that the fulfilment comes in some quite other way.
    • Not that it ever fails to come, but karma can be fulfilled in many
    • time — that so long as the child does not yet breathe, it is
    • the education and whole manner of life of the mother that is
    • were considering the epileptic disorder — the study, that is,
    • organisation. What conclusion did we come to as regards all those
    • forms of illness in children, that are of an epileptic nature? We
    • found that in these illnesses we have to do with a congestion of
    • arises there. This causes fits. For what is really taking place, when
    • organ there is a definite relationship that should obtain between
    • on the other hand. Now I assume of course that all of you are
    • familiar with the fact that in inorganic external Nature, substances
    • descriptions of this that you find in the chemistry books are not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • definite manner. I was able to show you, for instance, how what later
    • on becomes hysteria manifests in early childhood in a manner that is
    • peculiar to that period, the abnormality remaining as yet quite
    • in regard to abnormalities that belong to childhood, we must also
    • bear in mind the whole connection that exists between the pre-natal
    • we shall be able afterwards to add what further needs to be said,
    • demonstrate a condition that is strikingly typical.
    • make clear to you something that you will need to know before seeing
    • That there be no confusion, I will always
    • nature that we can say: There is the ego organisation, there
    • such a way that there is first of all, on the outside, the ego
    • We have now before us two beings that are the direct polar opposite
    • (yellow), somewhat stronger here below than the physical, yet still
    • organisation (red) descending like a kind of thread. What we sketched
    • bend, so that we have this kind of form
    • As a matter of fact, this is what is continually happening with the
    • in the whole universe. Owing to the plasticity that is everywhere
    • two, is in perpetual flow and interchange, so that one simply cannot
    • the fact that the head system is to the limb system as outbreathing
    • the rhythmic organism. What follows from this? A result, that is of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • very long time in the sun, with the result that he was overcome
    • noticed that the boy's eyes were changing and becoming less clear. In
    • time that should never be disregarded in children — the habit,
    • developed when he came to us. The mother informs us that the father
    • take this opportunity to emphasize that mere intellectual attention
    • way. What he does, he does unwillingly. By January, however, he did
    • What is important is that one introduces the child to an occupation
    • nothing but his little cart. That will remind you of the symptom of
    • both are to be traced to a common cause, namely, that in this child
    • man. If you can see that, then much will become clear to you. Imagine
    • that here you have the upper man, the nerves-and-senses man.
    • know, this is the part of man that is the most developed in the first
    • time, and during that time had in it the most highly developed
    • forces. The rest of the body is more or less dependent on what forms
    • only indirectly dependent on what forms itself here. The formation
    • concluding that you will find in such a person a nervous system that
    • of the body, then the forces that come from without will work too
    • clear evidence of this in the fact that the arms, and also the legs,
    • that we have been describing is, you see, due in the first place to a
    • that the intellectual system is but little permeated with will. This
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • — he would speak of a little sprite that he had on the
    • animal, anyway, has been a lion. We have here a sign that the boy's
    • boy's own astral body. Then of course it can happen that this piece
    • What
    • is of main importance for us as educators is the fact that, owing to
    • your physical body, so that you no longer had it pulsating there in
    • its entirety within your physical body, then that astral body of
    • of the case. The mother says that the child was born four weeks late.
    • backwards. This was done by my advice. At the same time that he was
    • inactive. Let me remind you of what I said about the physical
    • organisation in the first period of life — that it is the
    • that the child has had in the epoch through which he has already
    • physical organism. For it is the ether body that is active now, and
    • with the change of teeth; that has not yet begun. So that there too
    • going any further let us see that we are quite clear about the
    • headway against the inherited organism. And we have also to note that
    • are not at all obliged to assume that it was correct! — the
    • information namely, that the child was born four weeks late. If this
    • now we have to ask ourselves the question: how has it come about that
    • fact that the mother was acting on the stage during the first four
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • you on the blackboard. There, that is what I wanted you for!
    • brought in.) Bring the little one over here; that will be best —
    • will discuss presently how that happens. The head actually measures
    • you will very likely think that he is perceiving things with his
    • note of the tragic fact that just before I came here to give these
    • lectures I received a telegram to say that the father of the child
    • embryo, you will find that you have in this child nothing else than a
    • giant embryo! You can see quite plainly that he has remained at the
    • accord with the laws of growth of the embryo stage. That we have not
    • internal tendencies that make for enlargement are working. I am
    • however quite hopeful that after a certain point has been reached, we
    • A striking fact that
    • comes home to us when studying the riddles of human nature is that
    • special attention to what I said last — that the mother felt
    • the child at birth. Mark that well: at birth — that is to say,
    • for it provides the first clear evidence that the ego organisation
    • that the astral body had at birth a strong and pronounced
    • show that the causes of the trouble are not to be sought in any
    • only when the discovery was made that in one week the child had put
    • What we have to do,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • attention. It is in this way for the most part that the study of the
    • on, gradually acquire the skill that will be needed for dealing with
    • kleptomaniac, that on account of hindrances in the astral body, he
    • has no means of access to the capacity for judgement that ordinarily
    • realise that everything which has to do with morality, everything of
    • which it can be said that our conception of it must needs include
    • superficial thinking of the present day — that where the Earth
    • to exist; for the reason that out there, in the realm of the
    • bad beings. As little as you can say of a lion that he ought, or
    • come away from the Earth, that good and evil ought or ought not to be
    • that it may “belong” to someone, the idea of “mine
    • attach any meaning at all to what he hears people say about
    • “possessing” things. What is particularly strong in him
    • is the idea of discovery — the idea that he has lighted
    • to a full stop. The truth is that up to now his astral body has not
    • in the intellectual sphere. We have evidence of this in the fact that
    • whatever he finds good intellectually he at once turns into will. Let
    • early age, the child is naturally imitative, doing what he sees done
    • What I like is good, what I don't like is bad. His judgements, that
    • meaning of “good” — by bringing it about that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • would like to speak first of that eldest boy of yours, who is sixteen
    • sixteenth year? So you have here a case with antecedents that have
    • time and see what things really interested him, and then, starting
    • test that we put to him, where the lad's trouble lies.
    • a problem in subtraction, put in the form that accords with the
    • What have I to take from a given number in order to leave another
    • that he needs longer time. And the reason for this is, that from the
    • they fail to unfold the activity that is proper to them, in spite of
    • the fact that the possibilities for the activity are there all the
    • that took place during my visit. You saw how the boy came up to us
    • interest. Afterwards I tried to suggest to him that he should make
    • new film; his interest would have had to reach beyond what lay
    • there”: but if the situation requires that he should bring the
    • ether and physical bodies set up a powerful resistance. What should
    • point things that the boy follows with a certain interest, we should
    • to an entirely healthy instinct that the boy undoubtedly possesses —
    • despite his difficulties. For you must realise that even in persons
    • this boy, you will find that as soon as you draw his attention to
    • objects and processes that call for skilful handling, he will
    • boy has, you see, difficulty in following the road that leads from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • immediately patent. The girl is ten years old — that is to say,
    • particularly important that the teacher shall have made the right
    • antecedent facts and processes that have led up to the present
    • moment. The inflamed condition that shows itself in the neighbourhood
    • organism is clear evidence of the fact that the ether body is not
    • properly at home in the organism — the reason being that its
    • should. You must never lose sight of the fact that where a process of
    • body, the ether body does not function properly, with the result that
    • what the child receives by way of impressions fails to penetrate into
    • the organisation. What we have to do, therefore, if we are to help
    • must see to it that strong impressions are brought to bear on
    • impressions are left lying in the part of the human being that
    • part is not properly organised, then what is left there of the
    • order to bring it about that the higher organisation — I and
    • finds that easier.”) So the capacity for receiving impressions
    • her with impressions that are without rhythm. Do not imagine that any
    • that is, not before puberty. Working on these lines, we must first
    • that an inner perception underlies the giving of these particular
    • you, is the sound that places the whole organism into the
    • and living activity — but it must be an activity that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • that every animal represents an illness. Meditation for the teacher.
    • What
    • to find in that pedagogy the kind of education with which we can
    • from our discussions that, if you want to educate an abnormal child
    • malformations that can occur in plants; and the passages where
    • far as to produce from itself organs that would normally be situated
    • in quite another part of the plant. In the very fact that the plant
    • of the archetypal plant. For he knows that the idea which lies hidden
    • so that if we were to carry out a whole series of observations —
    • that where we have abnormalities in man, it is the spirituality in
    • life in olden times; and we shall understand how it was that
    • healing. For in healing men saw a process whereby that in man which
    • come nearer to that in him which, in the sense of good spiritual
    • life that man comes into this condition of balance, of how he needs
    • older time saw that there is something definitely abnormal about a
    • child as such, something in every child that is in a certain respect
    • it has become clear to us that the foregoing is a true and
    • further along the same road. All the illnesses that originate within
    • and ultimately even the illnesses that arise in him in response to an
    • injury from without; for when you break your leg, the condition that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • make clear that we cannot conceive the Earth as a mere conglomeration
    • of its own inner forces. Then what I shall now set forth will be in
    • You know that the Earth, with all the beings belonging to it —
    • air that is breathed in and out, but rather those forces which are at
    • himself, that is, when he is holding his breath within him. In the
    • forces. And what is happening then with the Earth I can sketch for you
    • breathing. We shall consider that part in which we ourselves dwell;
    • in such a way that in one region there is out-breathing, and in the
    • what I am drawing here in yellow to be the held breath in our region.
    • and Egyptian cultures, when a wish arose to know what that Being who
    • was read what the heavens had to say to the Earth. All this was put
    • into words. And according to the meaning of what was thus put into
    • words, the ancient initiates sought what that Being Who was later
    • what was conveyed by the stars in their relation to the Moon and apply
    • Mysteries passed through what I might call a great soul-spiritual
    • initiates of the old order. And it was from this point of view that
    • orientation.” — It was in this way that the cosmic
    • “The event that brings this about,” so they said to
    • occurrence that took place in the last third of December, the
    • Earth, with the soul-element of the Earth, we find that now this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, it must come about that an autumn festival is added to the
    • so that tomorrow I can lay before you the whole significance of such a
    • ourselves, we shall have to admit that the Easter thought is actually
    • very little true for the greater part of humanity! On what does the
    • so united Himself with mankind that He could still give revelations to
    • Christianity was in its inception it had been so living that Paul's
    • that is with the thought of the Resurrection. People who have received
    • as miracle it is excluded from the realm of what is or can be reality.
    • So that for all those who can no longer penetrate to the Resurrection
    • belong to the realm of sense reality; and what is connected with the
    • it cannot be for a humanity that relegates the Resurrection to the
    • spiritual world. We know that at the beginning of human
    • preparation began for what has come to full expression since the first
    • That which is living is characterized by the fact that it puts forth
    • pictured the grave of Christ and, rising out of the grave, that Being
    • great inner force what appeared before their souls in this powerful
    • Only that is a reality in the human soul life which this soul really
    • sense world. The people of the early centuries felt that they were
    • Christ. They felt that by this sight their souls were transformed,
    • just as a man feels that he is changed by physical events in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • within the course of time in such a way that they said to themselves:
    • was united with the natural phenomena — that they oriented this
    • expression in the way they related themselves to what the festivals
    • meant for the most part permeating with spirit not only what they saw
    • and heard around them but what they experienced with their whole human
    • himself as earthly man in the universe. Thus we can say that in
    • that period at the beginning of our reckoning of time, when the
    • later became the Easter festival — in that period in which the
    • then it was in essence so, that people felt their own lives
    • feeling told them that in order to make their lives complete, they had
    • need of the vision of the Entombment and the Resurrection, of that
    • But it is from filling the consciousness in such a way that
    • these inspirations, but it is a secret of human evolution that from
    • First of all, we must understand clearly that during a certain epoch,
    • the festivals. The priesthood was that group of men who presented the
    • this content very deeply; and the entire soul-condition that resulted
    • The Middle Ages would not have produced what is called Scholasticism
    • and then goes through the Resurrection, that soul impulse was given
    • Scholastics. That out of man himself, only knowledge of the sensible
    • Notice the way natural science applies in its ideas what is so popular
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • This can perhaps deepen in one way or another what we have spoken of
    • To the people of very ancient periods on Earth, the festivals that
    • lives. We know that in those ancient times the human consciousness
    • worked in an entirely different way from that of later times. We might
    • ascribe a somewhat dreamy nature to this old form of consciousness.
    • And indeed it was out of this dream condition that those insights
    • regard, and that is, how the festival of Midsummer, which has become
    • teachings. To begin with, we must be quite clear that the humanity of
    • do not perceive precisely that which present-day humanity is so proud
    • of. Thus the people of that period did not perceive what existed in
    • consciousness that flowed along in abstract thoughts, but it lived in
    • The other side is this: that no interest existed among this ancient
    • today to imagine what the human perception was in this regard, that
    • space-form. They had, however, an intense interest in what pertains to
    • skin, in the racial temperament. This is what people noticed. On the
    • what pertains to race, rather than in the universally human, including
    • human consciousness. And on the other side, men feel within them what
    • still binds them with the animal world, that is, what pertains to
    • race, what is typical of the animal. [See drawing]. On the
    • other hand, what makes man really man, his upright form, the space
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • of the Mysteries, and to go into what was believed in those times with
    • regard to all that one as man received from the cosmos through this
    • well perhaps as from the recollection of much that I could still say
    • which has now been taken from us — you may have gathered that the
    • These people believed that by means of the ceremonies I have
    • the bosom of the divine-spiritual; but they thought that during the
    • other three-quarters of the year nothing was revealed to them of what
    • “I” as a kind of point; what he does rays out from it
    • and what he perceives rays in. But the feeling a person has
    • nature. We cannot really say that modern man even feels the
    • that it is his ego; for anyone who wants to be honest cannot really
    • claim that he is fond of his “I.” He is fond of his body; he
    • is fond of his instincts; he may be fond of this or that experience.
    • which all that has been indicated is more or less condensed. But in
    • that period in which, after long preparations had been made, the
    • with his physical-etheric-astral being. In that period man felt the
    • But what was felt above all else with regard to the relationship of
    • perceived through his feeling that above all he was to absorb into
    • himself as moral impulse what is revealed at this time of midsummer
    • enlightenment. And what he wanted above all to obtain from the heavens
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • very familiar to us, and as an introduction to what I propose to put
    • As you know, the world bordering upon that known to our ordinary
    • spiritual world, the feeling arises that we are outside the physical
    • very soon realize that, properly speaking, it is not the physical but
    • the ether-body that is the real organ of perception, The physical body
    • similar in some respects to that of sleep. As beings of
    • know nothing of what is really happening to us and around us.
    • You will see from this that there can be a relationship to the
    • physical body quite different from that to which we are accustomed in
    • I have said repeatedly that the cultivation of Spiritual Science today
    • physical body is an experience that will arise in human beings more
    • is it that I feel as if my being were divided, as if a second being
    • through Spiritual Science, people begin to understand what this
    • in children as time goes on. It is true that in later life, when the
    • that to me, who told me what to do.” — The materialist, of course,
    • will tell such a child that this is all nonsense, that no such being
    • realize that a phenomenon which will appear in greater and greater
    • child. What does this really signify?
    • that experiences of the spiritual world intermingle with the dream and
    • or strangled, this is connected with the possibility that Lucifer may
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • of a “being” that stretches across Europe from west to east; and I
    • spoke of it as having three limbs that reach out in an easterly
    • direction. I said that for the ancient Finnish folk these three limbs
    • were known as Wainamoinen, Ilmarinen, and Lemminkainen, and that they
    • were what we today, in our more materialistic language, call the gulfs
    • could say that these gulfs had anything to do with a being, when they
    • I can well imagine that this difficulty might arise in your minds, and
    • it is typical. For again and again you will find that truths which
    • being contradictory. The very fact that they do so is significant and
    • preface what I have to say with a few introductory words.
    • the nature of man that are prevalent in the materialistic thought of
    • system; and it is common knowledge that when these processes take
    • that the processes in the soul are no more than the expression of the
    • physical processes. The materialist studies what goes on in the body
    • phenomena of what is going on all the time as physical processes. This
    • influences, with the result that it has in some places become packed
    • downwards and we see on the surface what looks like the impress of a
    • that a wagon has passed and made the two ruts with the wheels, and a
    • The case is no different with the processes that go on in our nervous
    • that are of the nature of soul-and-spirit. And so long as we live in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • the previous lecture you will have been able to see that the very
    • such recognition can he gradually learn to understand the forces that
    • very well that we have no occasion either to hate Ahriman or to
    • does the physical body give us any indication of what is in man's
    • various philosophies you will find that one gives pre-eminence to the
    • feeling and willing unite in man to form a whole — to that problem
    • if someone were to say: “I have no idea what a ‘man’ really
    • being, who is what is called ‘middle-aged.’ Finally a third person
    • countenance and grey hair. And now I am really at a loss to know what
    • different beings with this name.” Of course the true answer is that
    • somewhat older and the third quite old; they are very different in appearance.
    • matter is made difficult by the fact that the different ages live
    • that when we leave the
    • change; what is old can suddenly grow young again and vice versa.
    • Hence in that world the three activities can and actually do appear at
    • quite old willing (i.e., thinking). The different ages are in that
    • body that we have to make our observations — then we are obliged to
    • say that this stream of soul-activity does not come to consciousness at
    • the etheric body that flows in the current of time, Luciferic — and
    • Now we must not imagine that we are present in this interplay with our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • and carrots, for instance: what effect they have on the body. You have
    • other foodstuffs. Some vegetarians won't eat things that have hung in
    • nutrition itself. One's immediate thought of nutrition is that when we
    • that. It is much more complicated. And if one wants to understand how
    • without fail, is protein. Let us write all this on the board, so that
    • that will be less familiar to you, but one needs to know it:
    • important fact about carbohydrates is that when we eat them, they are
    • but we don't eat starch; we eat foods that contain carbohydrates, and
    • in animals and human beings from what it is in plants. Plants contain
    • animal nor man can do that. A human being cannot use the protein that
    • reach the interesting fact — and we must grasp it quite clearly: that
    • breathe: that is also a way of taking in nourishment. You take oxygen
    • thing in the world? a diamond — and that's made of carbon; it just
    • could say you're made of glittering diamonds. The black carbon, that
    • substance. If someday the coal that is dug out of the earth can by
    • they take in the carbon dioxide that human beings and animals exhale.
    • dioxide and sets the oxygen free. Think what an excellent arrangement
    • nature has made, that plants and animals and human beings should
    • But we must go on. The human being not only needs the oxygen that the
    • breathing but also for food. And that brings us to another remarkable
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • Herr Burle's question last Thursday. You remember that I spoke of the
    • head, in such a way that the salt remains salt. It is really not
    • changed except that it is dissolved. It keeps its forces as salt all
    • Now think how it is, gentlemen, with this protein. Imagine that you
    • have become an exceptionally clever person, so clever that you are
    • lay out the single pieces in such a way that you observe just how the
    • them all together again. That's what the human body does with protein.
    • completely separated into its parts, so that when it all reaches the
    • laid out on the table. So now you will say, Sure! when I took that
    • Likewise I only need to eat protein once; after that, I can make it
    • myself. But it doesn't happen that way, gentlemen. A human being has
    • have the kind of memory that can take note of something, it uses its
    • it into his body everywhere. Now you already know that we inhale
    • oxygen from the air and that this oxygen combines with the carbon we
    • in carbon dioxide, keeping a part of it back. So now we have that
    • oxygen that was in the protein; we use the oxygen we have inhaled to
    • materialists describe it: namely, that we eat a great many eggs which
    • then are deposited throughout our body so that eggs we have eaten are
    • spread over our whole body. That is not true.
    • Actually, we are saved by the organization of our body so that when we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture One: The Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • that is that they are initially driven by their inner destiny, their
    • unthought, that their children will, of course, grow up like
    • instance, that my son will, of course, enter the secure employment of
    • the civil service, or that he will inherit the parental business, or
    • that my daughter will marry the man next door. It simply lies in the
    • nature of social circumstances that they are governed by impulses
    • that is the effect of the beliefs which govern life. It may not
    • strong enough to assert itself against what one has grown into in
    • expectations. These are reactions against what people are forced to
    • party because his professional position demands that he belong to
    • enveloped by the state and our religion; now that must be
    • supplemented by surrounding what one has unconsciously grown into
    • detail. That is roughly the way in which the people who move in the
    • we investigate further why that should be, we find that this is
    • lively interest in what is happening to their ancestors. Such souls
    • unpleasant — but that is only appearance, maya.
    • reflect, a little something of what I would like to describe as the
    • Wagner began to take a hold. It is certainly true that much of this
    • people a feeling that here there was a gateway to a more spiritual
    • world, a world differing from their normal environment. What went on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Two: The Unveiling of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • the way they were connected? And second, why is it that malicious
    • clear from a historical perspective. Yesterday I said that when we
    • is that of the people who feel the need to pursue their path through
    • yes. There was what I might call a special sort of endeavour present.
    • We know from the way in which the Theosophical Society developed that
    • it was not unreasonable to assume that the something which people
    • theosophy. But we will only be able to throw some light on that if
    • I would like to draw a pen picture of what the Theosophical
    • then joined by what emerged immediately as anthroposophy.
    • intervals. It was really what might be described as a reflection of
    • consciousness of those people it was particularly noticeable that
    • evident that they sought to have two conceptions of every person. The
    • thought that something of all this had to be present in people
    • idea of him by visualizing what someone else thought of Mr Smith.
    • merely absorbed the image of the spectre, so that in reality members
    • what existed there as a kind of spectral society. Its leaders were
    • general ethos then ensured that as far as possible only the spectral
    • impression that these spectral human constructs were assembled
    • cosmic concepts and ideas which made it easy to feel that souls were
    • almost say that, even if it did not enter their souls, an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Three: The Opposition to Spiritual Revelations
    Matching lines:
    • aspects which relate to the Society. And that requires the kind of
    • — to dismiss everything that can be said about Blavatsky by
    • spiritual life, the view gained ground that certain insights about
    • were called the Mahatma Letters.
    • examine her writings. Then you will come to the conclusion that
    • stuff, but that despite this they contain material which, if it is
    • world — however they were acquired. That simply cannot be
    • significance in the spiritual history of civilization. Why is it that
    • currents of thought? That does seem a significant question.
    • must not be forgotten, namely that people's ability to
    • that we get some idea of the capacity which our age possesses to deal
    • significance of Ohm's Law. The answer will be, of course, that Ohm's
    • his work was rejected as unusable. That is the power of judgement in
    • spellbound by what is deemed acceptable by these standards today. No
    • published. That caused a great stir. The authorities suddenly took
    • the view that there was no one better equipped to become the schools
    • It was, after all, a very characteristic event that many of the
    • shocked when they realized that this book contained a great deal of
    • was concern that it should be read by people who have the necessary
    • made people swear oaths that they would not reveal any of it, made a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • course, that this impact was in part quite negative. Those who had a
    • in one way or another. They could achieve this simply by saying that
    • she had engaged in dishonest practices and that there was no need to
    • spend time on something where there was evidence of that sort of
    • must never forget that numerous events in the world are linked to
    • themselves. That is why it is members of such societies who are
    • behind the accusations that Blavatsky engaged in dishonest
    • More important for our present purpose, however, is that
    • That led to the establishment of movements which describe themselves
    • I would like you to remember that in these discussions I always
    • try to present my material in such a way that it should correspond to
    • because of the terminology one has to use. What happens today is that
    • use that as the basis for their judgement. You have to be aware how
    • a society requires a name. It is pure coincidence that the societies
    • which are based on that called themselves the Theosophical Society.
    • No one could think of a better name — it's as simple as that.
    • across has nothing to do with what called itself the Theosophical
    • accuracy, so that a proper feeling can develop for the unobjective
    • Why is it that a large number of our contemporaries have felt the
    • urge to follow up these revelations? Because that will provide us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Five: The Decline of the Theosophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • specifically among those who were initially what might be described
    • It has to be understood that the Mystery of Golgotha occurred in
    • you will see that I attempted to come to an
    • individual mystery centres were harmonized and unified. Thus what was
    • experienced began to fade in the fourth century AD, so that the
    • opportunity to maintain the memory came to an end in that moment in
    • the fifth post-Atlantean epoch when intellectualism, with what I
    • expanded in the way that anthroposophy has sought to expand it. If
    • knowledge of God. It is a common feature of all pagan religions that
    • that understanding of nature then ascends to an understanding of the
    • unchallenged in their absoluteness, did not exist. What did exist
    • Now anthroposophy will never make the claim that it somehow wants
    • abyss. That is impossible, given the structure of modern learning. It
    • If you bear this in mind, you will be able to understand what
    • without jumping over an abyss. His uncompromising conclusion is that
    • modern learning, and thus arrived at a radical indictment of what he
    • standpoint — that what a modern theologian believes to be true
    • is certainly false. And he finds that the whole of modern philosophy
    • found in this field today. It needs to be emphasized that a person
    • Mystery of Golgotha, and what is precisely not the old Mysteries, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Six: The Emergence of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • create a basis on which to deal with what happened in the third
    • to 1905 or 1906, that the content of anthroposophy might become the
    • that leading personalities in the Theosophical Society, and Annie
    • we ignore the fact that such ideas were sometimes stretched so far
    • that they lost all similarity to their original and true meaning,
    • On the other hand one must always be aware that in the modern
    • world beyond these circles there was no interest whatsoever in real
    • spiritual research. The reality was simply that the possibility of
    • “Mahatma Letters” in America.
    • America, so that he could say he had been given a mission by
    • Mahatma Letters for Judge, and the latter had replied that this would
    • then landed on your head, and that is what he had to be able to say.
    • a clear conscience that he was distributing letters which had landed
    • That is an extreme example of things which are not at all rare in
    • societies. I only want to point out that the close proximity of the
    • fact that a critical assessment of modern scientific thinking took
    • sense that they belonged to various societies. Of course centres for
    • say that science has recognized this or that structure for atoms and
    • that. The whole thing dissolved more or less amicably. In the end we
    • for a long time. He, too, was obsessed with proving what he felt was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Seven: The Consolidation of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • adhering essentially to the principle that progress should be made in
    • line with actual circumstances, that the movement should move forward
    • I said that in the first phase — approximately up to 1907,
    • science of the spirit with the consequences which that entailed in
    • take care of everyday business. But that was not the priority. The
    • main thing was that positive spiritual work was undertaken at each
    • stage and that these spiritual achievements could then be deepened
    • that anthroposophy spread more widely into general culture and
    • construction of such a building assumed that a considerable number of
    • anthroposophy. But it also meant that the first significant step was
    • obvious that a building like the Goetheanum, in contrast to
    • everything that had gone before, would focus the attention of the
    • world at large in quite a different way on what the Society had
    • went so far as to publish what they said about us. But they failed to
    • The opportunity to construct the building assumed that something
    • existed which made it worthwhile to do that. It did exist. A larger
    • represents the shattering event which demonstrated that this period
    • has run out. Remember that these lectures are also intended to allow
    • for self-reflection among anthroposophists. That self-reflection
    • should lead us to remember today how at that time we also had to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • deliberations. Clearly that will have to include drawing the
    • what this action might be, let us take another look at the way
    • presented to the present age in the form of what might be called a
    • impulse, it should, on the other hand, also have become clear that
    • you will see that they are not based in any way on material which came
    • from Blavatsky or from that direction in general, save for the forms
    • of expression which were chosen to ensure that they were
    • If you examine that
    • material, you will see that its essential point is that human beings
    • Indeed, it should be recognized that it is almost inevitable that
    • that it is necessary to modify our
    • to observation of the divine-spiritual. I indicated that the Godhead
    • philosophical tradition in that period on which I could build. That
    • That was precisely the case with Goethe. When it came to putting
    • knowledge on what existed in contemporary culture, but had to link it
    • and on that basis the
    • world, it was nevertheless possible to draw the conclusion that
    • of history, historical existence. That was the one point of entry.
    • working with these ideas it becomes evident that they take hold of
    • view. But that made something else all the more necessary. For the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • What we call
    • know that since the advent of modern life people have always
    • it is time that the impulses we are acquiring from spiritual
    • have won through to the feeling that with respect to many a
    • thing that meets us in life today we need spiritual science
    • that weaken, we might actually say destroy, something of the
    • all its aspects, will have experiences that give them deeper
    • whole existence, than that obtained from an external view of
    • steamer, especially if they sleep on the journey. What is
    • is that the experiences become conscious for the former, and
    • he finds out what is actually happening to him when he spends
    • that an experience of that sort has on the whole human
    • understand what these indications actually mean we must
    • doubt know, namely, that whilst we are asleep our ego and
    • case like this, so that if we are asleep on a train journey
    • notice on waking up that when the ego returns with the astral
    • them what they experienced while they were being squeezed
    • all the after-effects of what the engines of a steamer or a
    • train have done to your ego and astral body, and bring that
    • synchronises with what is going on within you in the way of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • with what may occur to you as a result of your own
    • or rather with that of which this building is merely a
    • that I would begin today with a seemingly more theoretical
    • consider the different forms of art, it appears that
    • architecture is the one that has become most separated from
    • architecture. Architecture is in some way detached from what
    • to look at the human being, the part that first strikes us,
    • what matters with regard to the human etheric body in reality
    • number of phenomena that occur during the course of a man's
    • being. We have to acquire the ability. It is true that this
    • in it as an impulse, to the etheric body. And what happens
    • then? Let us assume that someone is holding his hand in a
    • hand moves, following what occurs first as a development of
    • want to point out that the making of any movement involves a
    • knowledge of what is really going on within him; but what
    • takes place is so infinitely wise that human ego cleverness
    • than that required by a watch-maker in making a watch.
    • to show here what is involved even in a movement as simple as
    • being, that which happens to our physical body through the
    • in our way of looking at things, that the etheric body is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • maybe the best survey of what ought to enter into our souls
    • what I have dealt with in my book
    • with those chapters that introduce us to the being of man,
    • what must be undergone by the individual who wishes to set in
    • become apparent that for us spiritual science falls into two
    • describe how what we have before us today as the earth and
    • review the many observations that we have made, you will see
    • that a large part of them are in a way under the influence of
    • what we take into ourselves concerning the development and
    • part of spiritual science is concerned for us with what the
    • with the first sphere of observations, we see that by
    • absurd. It is quite natural that to our modern minds a
    • absolute nonsense, as something that cannot exist, as the
    • mind a remark that I have made here several times: The human
    • concepts that is asleep; but during the day, in a part of our
    • assurance that in his ordinary daily consciousness, either at
    • within him unconsciously; and even a great part of what seems
    • the human being exactly in what he does half or more than
    • that during sleep he is not nearly so unbelieving as when
    • unconsciously that there was once upon a time a Saturn
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • that at the approach to Christmas he fell into a kind of
    • that we have explored in various ways. In the course of this
    • sleep he had significant experiences, that he was able to
    • past days we have examined various things that make us aware
    • that the spiritual-scientific outlook gives us a new approach
    • continually be reminded that what was known in former ages,
    • was due to the fact that the human being was so organised at
    • that time that he had the kind of relationship with the whole
    • of the cosmos and its happenings that we would now call being
    • activities of the macrocosm, and that in this process of
    • that deeply concern the life of his soul, but which are
    • We know that
    • only a materialistic outlook can believe that man is the only
    • that just as there are beings below the human level, there
    • For then the secrets will be discovered that man has to
    • and rituals remind us that festivals like these take place at
    • the height of summer; that in the midst of summer, the soul,
    • hand, the legendary or other kind of presentations of that
    • which could be experienced in olden times remind us that when
    • earth's life of soul, and that if man enters into this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • was my task to point out to you that through a feeling
    • with regard to our inner forces, so that — whatever
    • meets us in life and whatever takes place around us, whether
    • the strength to develop an understanding for what can
    • make such an impact on the development of our souls, that we
    • remembering devotion, and I would like to follow that with a
    • like this that shines on us out of the macrocosm. And in our
    • such a way that it can have a special significance, to think
    • the transformation that the power of inner preservation, the
    • realise again that reading the star script really has a
    • with it, in the course of this year that has begun amidst
    • and notice what has been the prevailing mood of our talks in
    • the last few days you will discover that, regarding the facts
    • that spiritual science has made significant for us, we live
    • change that has to come about from a purely materialistic
    • world conception to a spiritual one. What is meant here,
    • already had various indications showing that an understanding
    • small part of what can take an artistic form, from out of
    • feelings that can arise from the spiritual-scientific world
    • observation, an appeal to something that affects the artist
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • more or less theoretically what we understand by the
    • anthroposophy theoretically, so that you know that the human
    • body and so on, in the same way as you know that one or
    • another tone has so-and-so many vibrations, or that oxygen
    • laid on the fact that everyone feels that science is dry and
    • that dry science has something cold and unfeeling about it
    • that to a certain extent this has to be so with ordinary
    • the natural world around us that its effect on us is to warm
    • bring certain impulses to life in us that a person of today
    • be in the nature of what he calls science that it has a cold
    • Goethe's Faust. He expects that if he assimilates science the
    • what he knows.
    • reason. They maintain that what made life so rich and fresh
    • in the past, was the fact that man had not solved every
    • unscientific kind. What terrible desolation would befall
    • what is being said, so that we can make use of them like they
    • so that we can take it all in at a glance like physics
    • — if we do not do it so much that way, but let what
    • it, we shall notice that it comes to life in us and grows, it
    • new living being within us, that is forever showing new
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • Saturn, Sun and Moon periods, you will know that at each of
    • among what we would now call the higher hierarchies, attained
    • their human level, as it were. We know that during the
    • have seen from our talks on evolution, that each level of
    • beings that reaches a certain stage of development, received
    • preparation in advance. We know that the human being was
    • and that what we nowadays call man's completed physical body
    • and that the ego was only added to these during the Earth
    • period; that is, all the beings that are at a certain level
    • level in the Jupiter period. Another thing you know is that
    • been describing. For it could be the case that human
    • ‘What could be worse than behaving in such a way during
    • that there is a certain goodwill, for these are truly
    • secrets that modern science detests as a matter of course.
    • those who like them. But if someone wanted to go and say that
    • then lets them hatch them after that, he would be doing
    • this is the same attitude as wanting to hatch hard-boiled
    • eggs that have nothing left in them to be hatched out.
    • is that is bound up with the whole way of modern thinking,
    • science right about this or that?’ And if he can prove
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • study what motivated the architectural forms of this house,
    • you must bear in mind that it is part of the whole Goetheanum
    • We get closest to this if we do what human beings
    • that I have been trying for decades to arouse some
    • origin to what one might, in the external materialistic
    • that one day when he was going for a walk in the Jewish
    • cemetery in Venice he found a sheep's skull that had fallen
    • these head bones, what actually are they? They are
    • course, that the spinal cord that encloses the spine marrow
    • these rings expanding so that the hole the marrow passes
    • direction but also in other directions, then the form that
    • Goethe's even further and can say today that every bone man
    • primitive views of what can arise through transformation. If
    • course what it looks like — a tubular bone like that
    • in our head. But that is only due to our not having developed
    • idea you will have is that the tubular bone has to be puffed
    • form of the head bone. But that is not the principle
    • realise that the wise powers of the Godhead in the cosmos
    • able to set the forces of transformation in motion that are
    • the very fact that, fundamentally, even the most dissimilar
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • conditions on the earth, which have led on the one hand to all that
    • individual items. We must be able to realize that what we examine
    • does not show at first sight what it actually is.
    • paler — we can see that death has seized him, but he still has
    • the same form that he had when alive. But now think: how does this
    • is destroyed; there is no longer anything at work in it that could
    • indeed justifiably, when it is understood to say that once upon a
    • time some god formed a man out of a clod of earth. People regard that
    • That corpse that we were looking at is, in fact, after a
    • somewhat decomposed, dissolved. So to believe that a human being can
    • be made out of what we then have before us is really just as great a
    • You see, on the one hand it is asserted today that it is
    • incorrect to suppose that man could be formed from a lump of earth;
    • on the other hand one is allowed to suppose that he consists of earth
    • other. One must be clear that while the man lived there was something
    • in him that gave him his shape and form, and when it is no longer in
    • imagine that it has always been the same as it is today, that is just
    • as if we would say of the corpse that it had always been like that
    • even while the man was living. The stones that we see today in the
    • today. Just as a human corpse was not always what it is now that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • origin of man. It has surely become clear from what I have already
    • said that the earth was originally not what it is today, but was a
    • I described the condition that existed before our actual
    • Earth condition by saying that warmth, air, and water were there but
    • that the water existing at that time looked like the present water.
    • Our present water has become what it is by the separation of certain
    • in earlier ages of our earth was therefore not that of today's water.
    • That did not exist, for substances were dissolved in the water
    • everywhere. All the substances that you have today-the Jura limestone
    • mountains, for instance-were dissolved; harder rocks that you can't
    • has to do with a thickish fluid that contained in solution all the
    • sodium, that is everywhere in the air. Just think what that means —
    • that sodium is everywhere, that a substance which is in the salt on
    • You can ask how one knows that sodium is everywhere. It
    • is possible today to tell from a flame what sort of substance is
    • an instrument called a spectroscope that there is a yellow line in
    • that in the flame, you get a red line; the yellow is now not there,
    • but there is a red line. One can prove with the spectroscope what
    • was a dense air, so dense that one could not have breathed in it with
    • the creatures that existed at that time was utterly different.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • have realized from all we've said that our earth in its present form
    • is only the last remains of what was once essentially different. If
    • compare it really — as you have seen — with what one has
    • them: oxygen and nitrogen. We can say therefore that in the earth we
    • carbon and sulphur! The difference is merely that in the egg white
    • looser way. So the same substances are in the air that are in the
    • in the yolk, and we can therefore say that when it hardens,
    • densifies, it becomes what the earth is. One must observe such things
    • if one wants to know what the earth once looked like.
    • way, and in order that your judgment of what I am telling you here
    • may not be confused by what is commonly accepted, I would like to
    • with what I say if only one considers it in the right way.
    • investigate, so let us examine first what lies on top, what we walk
    • are not always lying so nicely above one another that we can say: the
    • on this side of a hill we find an upper layer that could become good
    • by making these cuttings we come into the depths of the earth. That
    • has led to the discovery that strata are superimposed on one another,
    • you see, that is not always the case. In some places it is so, but
    • to bury our domestic animals when they die, so that they may not be
    • what would happen with the animals then? Wherever the animal died,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • today we can finish what we began last time.
    • I explained to you that we must form a mental picture of
    • spiritually. Physically — that is, in a body — man first
    • a short while ago that people thought of the earth in such a way that
    • formed only comparatively recently, and we have seen to what an
    • Now you must realize that when people dig and burrow
    • plants and animals that fill the earth today, have appeared only
    • That the earth has not evolved simply and gradually,
    • finally formed, can be seen not only from the fact that the Alps are
    • explanation can be that when they were alive, suddenly a mighty water
    • We see from this that in earlier times there were quite
    • that these happenings cannot have gone on through millions of years
    • but must have taken place in a comparatively short time-that
    • in one's stomach after one has eaten and begins to digest. But that
    • living. And the forces that were in the earth have been left behind.
    • destroyed by a single wave that turned to ice.
    • You can understand how well this agrees with what I have
    • I would now like to speak of something that will show
    • other side, the eastern coast of America, we discover that these
    • So we must assume that the land there has sunk. For
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • to look further into the history that is connected with our present
    • conditions on the earth were such that men were able to live upon it
    • that human and animal life could develop in the way I have pictured.
    • Now we have also seen that in the beginning, human life
    • was actually quite different from what it is today, and had its field
    • of action where the Atlantic Ocean is now. We have to imagine that
    • Europe at that time there was actually a really huge sea. These
    • firm for men to dwell upon it. Before that, only marine animals were
    • there which developed out of the sea, and so on. If at that time you
    • population on earth that was entirely wiped out. That was the
    • the Atlantic Ocean to find them. We would have to get down to that
    • gestures was something that one cannot dig out of the ground-because
    • there was nothing that endured! Thus, what was there long before the
    • However, what has remained of the Chinese and Japanese
    • absorbed everything from the Europeans, and what remains of their
    • It is true that the European dominion is not actively established
    • there, but in those regions what the Europeans think is becoming
    • all-prevailing, and what once existed there has disappeared. This is
    • not include anything that can be called religion. The Chinese culture
    • You must picture to yourselves, gentlemen, what is meant
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • foods — beans and carrots, for instance: what effect they have
    • things that have hung in the air, like beans or peas. And when one
    • of nutrition is that when we eat something, it goes through the mouth
    • process is not as simple as that. It is much more complicated. And if
    • board, so that we have it complete. So, protein, as it is in a hen's
    • thing has a name that will be less familiar to you, but one needs to
    • plants. The important fact about carbohydrates is that when we eat
    • without fail, but we don't eat starch; we eat foods that contain
    • greatly it differs in animals and human beings from what it is in
    • lifeless, mineral sources. Neither animal nor man can do that. A
    • human being cannot use the protein that is to be got from lifeless
    • quite clearly: that of all things the two most essential for human
    • Think how you breathe: that is also a way of taking in
    • diamond — and that's made of carbon; it just has a different
    • you're made of glittering diamonds. The black carbon, that graphite
    • someday the coal that is dug out of the earth can by some process be
    • Plants do not take in oxygen: they take in the carbon dioxide that
    • again from the carbon dioxide and sets the oxygen free. Think what an
    • excellent arrangement nature has made, that plants and animals and
    • oxygen that the plant gives him, but he needs the entire plant. With
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • remember that I spoke of the four substances necessary to human
    • his body and it travels all the way to his head, in such a way that
    • the salt remains salt. It is really not changed except that it is
    • Imagine that you have become an exceptionally clever person, so
    • clever that you are confident you can make a watch. But you've never
    • take it all apart and lay out the single pieces in such a way that
    • how you are going to put them all together again. That's what the
    • protein is completely separated into its parts, so that when it all
    • took that watch apart, I observed it very carefully, and now I can
    • make watches. Likewise I only need to eat protein once; after that, I
    • can make it myself. But it doesn't happen that way, gentlemen. A
    • itself does not have the kind of memory that can take note of
    • carbon from it into his body everywhere. Now you already know that we
    • inhale oxygen from the air and that this oxygen combines with the
    • have that carbon and oxygen together in our body. We do not retain
    • and use the oxygen that was in the protein; we use the oxygen we have
    • protein as the materialists describe it: namely, that we eat a great
    • many eggs which then are deposited throughout our body so that eggs
    • we have eaten are spread over our whole body. That is not true.
    • so that when we eat eggs, we don't all turn into crazy hens! It's a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • interesting way to what we want to discuss today. Someone has asked:
    • view there are two opposing opinions about this. One is that man was
    • things. But until a short time ago the belief existed that man was
    • know as supposedly the only true one, namely, that man was originally
    • imperfect, like some kind of higher animal, and that he gradually
    • what man could have been like when he still resembled an animal.
    • original. From these one can study what humanity was like originally.
    • of human evolution. First of all, it is not true that all civilized
    • conception is that the physical man who went about on the earth in
    • speak of the ape-like Hanuman. So you see, it is not true that even
    • We must rather have a clear knowledge that man is a
    • of spirit. But once we acknowledge that a human being consists of
    • been perfected from lower stages. We must also say that the evidence
    • recognize that in the period of time of only three or four thousand
    • knowledge in seriously studying and understanding the writings that
    • appeared in India, Asia, Egypt, and even Greece, we find that the
    • people of those times were far ahead of us. What they knew, however,
    • For instance, from what I have told you in connection with nutrition
    • is unable to do so. But we have only to read what physicians of old
    • had to say, and rightly understand it, to become aware that actually
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • question. I don't quite know how to put it. One knows that plants
    • humanity. A factor in this evolution must have been that each kind of
    • being acquired what would benefit it. Different smells can be
    • way that will lead to what you have in mind. You have been thinking,
    • Well, let us first consider what causes smell. What is
    • smell? You must realize first of all that people have varying
    • But what has been said applies not only to smell; it
    • applies equally to other sense-perceptions. Imagine for a moment that
    • related to the things. This has led to the opinion that man does not
    • There is no question that a violet is easily
    • scent that is always pleasant; the asafetida has a smell that is
    • offensive, that we want to avoid. It is also correct that different
    • Now we must be clear as to what it is that causes smell.
    • The fact of the matter is that any object with a smell or scent emits
    • something that comes toward our own body in a gaseous or airy form.
    • only taste it. We can smell a liquid only when it emits air, that is
    • his work requires that he should be able to distinguish things by
    • And now let us ask: how is it that bodies or objects
    • watery bodies in earlier times. People used to call water what we no
    • Any object that has a smell contains gas imprisoned, as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Written question: Mars is near the earth. What
    • effect does that have upon the earth? What is known about Mars?
    • understanding of what this means. We must not attach prime importance
    • interesting that there has been all this talk about the proximity of
    • nearer to the earth, and the planets are undergoing a process that
    • today, that the planets are solid bodies just like the earth, the
    • expectation could well be that if they were to unite with the earth,
    • are not the same as that of the earth. If Mars, for instance, were
    • something of that kind. There are also dense components, but they are
    • be more comparable to that of the antlers or horns of our animals,
    • So we must realize that the constitution of Mars is entirely
    • different from that of our earth.
    • In one sense that is correct, but in another, incorrect. As Mars is not
    • solid to the degree that the earth is solid, one cannot, of course, speak
    • of canals as we know them on the earth. But it can be said that on Mars
    • there is something rather similar to our trade winds. You know that
    • streams back toward the central region of the earth. So that if
    • I want to mention something that can help you to
    • understand the character of Mars' relation to the earth. We know that
    • important heavenly body for us. Just think what a different story it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • and the number varies from year to year. This is due to the fact that
    • sun is turning — in the course of years they appear in that
    • we have to reckon with the fact that in the course of time, a
    • comparatively long time, the source of the light and life that now
    • shows clearly that one can speak of the earth coming to an end.
    • Everything of the earth that is spiritual will then take on a
    • different form, just as I have told you that in olden times it had a
    • phenomena that belong to the realm of life, such as the appearance
    • with what astronomy calculates as being the period of revolution of Mars,
    • the earth and the sun every four years, so that the grubs which take
    • European lands because at that time these regions were covered with
    • the fact that the greatest part of the population then living in
    • Ice Age conditions will be repeated, in a somewhat different form, in
    • It must never be imagined that evolution proceeds in an
    • be realized that interruptions such as the Ice Age do indeed take
    • place in the straightforward process of evolution. What is the
    • reason? The reason is that the earth's surface is constantly rising
    • mountain that we can really speak of snow and ice on a very large
    • year 1250. That was the lowest point. The temperature here then was
    • is now slowly rising, so that after five or six thousand years there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • that when lightning is released from the air, as I described last
    • and can that be explained? Yes, one can indeed explain it.
    • lightning actually comes about. I told you that lightning comes out
    • gas. I said that there is no question of lightning arising from some
    • supposed, therefore, that lightning is a true electrical phenomenon
    • that comes about from the friction of dry elements. It is known that
    • people think that if clouds rub together — well, then there'll
    • be electricity there too. But that is not so. What happens is this:
    • described. Through the fact that the air exerts less pressure toward
    • toward that side and lightning flashes.
    • Now let us imagine that we have this happening
    • to think that it should stream out in a straight line.
    • single place. You can imagine, of course, that these accumulations of
    • then it carries the others along on its way. That's similar to when
    • that's the story of the lightning.
    • Dr. Steiner: That's a question that can't be
    • this. Otherwise one cannot grasp how it happens that at certain spots
    • an idea of it only if one first of all rejects the dictum that the
    • earth was once a balloon of gas, that it became more and more solid,
    • and that there is fire in the interior which for some reason or other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • what is it actually? What is its aim and its task in the world?
    • Dr. Steiner: The questioner wants to know what
    • anthroposophy is and what its significance is for humanity in
    • become more and more convinced that anthroposophy is something that
    • First and foremost, we must realize that people are
    • steam and the invention of the steam engine. Think what the world
    • been the peasants who behaved in that way. When an account of
    • that, people had to travel by stagecoach. When it was proposed to
    • said that two went empty from Berlin to Potsdam
    • every week, so he couldn't imagine what use railroads would be. It
    • didn't occur to him that once the railroads were there, more people
    • gentlemen declared that the work should be stopped, because the speed
    • the people refused to accept this ban, they were told that high plank
    • ever be understood until it is realized that the spiritual world is
    • is maintained that Sir Francis Drake
    • that is not correct; they were introduced from a different source.
    • But now what about potatoes? Suppose a scientist or a
    • doctor were asked to say what effect potatoes have when they are
    • exclusively on them. What does the modern scientist do when he tests
    • investigation to find what substances are contained in the potato. He
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • like to add a few words to what we were considering last time, and
    • The question that was asked concerning man's origin can
    • evolution of humanity. The assertion that men were originally
    • animal-like, that they had an animal-like intelligence, and so forth,
    • is nothing but a science fairy tale. It is contradicted by what has
    • been found from the earliest historical times, and what — even
    • conditions. At that time men did not feel inequality among themselves
    • had lost real science, and no longer knew what slavery signified. And
    • it that, for instance, a labor movement had to arise with such
    • it necessary, because people had come to feel that things could not
    • conditions should be bettered. What makes the labor problem such a
    • burning question is the fact that industry and all the various
    • then, that the advent of industry has brought this burden in its
    • prefer the needs of all human beings to be satisfied. Obviously, that
    • is it that the few who reach leading positions lack the capacity to
    • change conditions so that the needs of the masses will be satisfied?
    • natural that it is always the few who lead, but they lack clear
    • insight. And the masses of workers feel that these few do not
    • themselves know what should be done. It has become obvious,
    • especially just recently, that these few do not know what they should
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • 12th July and 6th August, 1924, that are a part of GA# 354. Duplicated
    • world that we have undertaken. You have seen how the human race has
    • when conditions on the earth were such that men were able to live
    • upon it, that is, when the earth had perished, no longer had its own
    • We have also seen that to
    • begin with, human life was actually quite different from what it is
    • We have to imagine that where today the Atlantic Ocean is, there was
    • over here in Europe at that time there was actually a really huge
    • that is Indo-China — the land was appearing a little above the
    • animals were there which developed out of the sea. If at that time
    • people had soft bodies. The culture resulting from what they did is
    • what was there long before the Japanese and Chinese is not accessible
    • What has remained of the
    • everything from the Europeans, and what remains to them of
    • It is true that the European domination is not actively established
    • there, but in these regions what the Europeans think is becoming
    • all-prevailing, and what once existed there has disappeared. This is
    • the Chinese in their old culture do not include anything that can be
    • yourselves what is meant by a “culture without religion.”
    • When you consider the cultures that have religion you find everywhere
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • 12th July and 6th August, 1924, that are a part of GA# 354. Duplicated
    • what we are going to discuss today. Someone has asked:
    • “What has man's cultural development arisen from?” I am going
    • are two opinions. One opinion is that originally man was at a high
    • that man was originally perfect, degenerating to his present state of
    • think of as the only true one, namely that man was originally
    • so-called savage peoples' — in order to get some idea of what
    • original. From these it is possible to make a study of what people
    • begin with, it is not at all true that, for example, all civilized
    • peoples imagined that man as a physical being was originally perfect.
    • materialists, but, even so, their conception is that the
    • you see it is not at all true that people with a spiritual
    • world-conception always imagine that originally men were in some way
    • as people today imagine them to have been, that is, of a paradisian
    • nature, for indeed it is not so. We have, rather, to be clear that
    • spirit. But once we admit that man consists of body, soul, and
    • spirit, we can go on to ask in what way the body develops, in what
    • way the soul and in what way the spirit evolve. If we are to speak of
    • perfected from lower stages. We must also say that the evidence we
    • must come once more to recognize that in those times — which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of the bees and that of the wasps. There is much that is similar
    • cannot be fully explained without the faculty of spiritual perception. That
    • ever observed it can deny. Naturally, no one can say that the bees
    • have the same kind of intelligence that men have, for we certainly
    • understanding of what the life of the bees truly is, when one takes
    • into account that the whole environment of the earth has a very great
    • rests upon the fact that the bees, to a much greater extent than the
    • activity that everything is in harmony.
    • everything that in other creatures expresses itself as sexual life is, in
    • love that is present in the life of sex, and love belongs to the
    • realm of the soul; and further, through the fact that certain organs of
    • reason that in olden times, wise men who had a knowledge of all this quite
    • different from the knowledge of men today, that these wise men
    • love, to that part of life which they connected with the planet
    • bees in their external activity. What we only experience when love
    • the life of the bees when one knows that the bee lives in an
    • hand the bee is quite especially favoured by the fact that, in its turn,
    • honey — exclusively from those parts of the plants that are
    • say that the life of the bees must be studied by making use of the soul.
    • less necessary when we study the ants and the wasps for we shall see that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to him attentively it must have occurred the to you that this whole question
    • the bee-keeper is first of all interested in what he has to do.
    • given you here, the bees are able to gather what is already present
    • we men take away as honey a portion of what was collected for the
    • say that what man takes away is somewhere about 20% — roughly
    • something that exists there in very minute quantities and is
    • therefore have a creature before us that collects a substance extremely
    • next to another; they fit extremely well together, so that this
    • formed a cell, people generally answer: “It is done that the
    • space may be thoroughly well used.” That is true. If you try to
    • everything is joined together so that every part of the surface of
    • isolated, and one must not by any means believe that anything exists
    • in Nature that is without forces. This six-angled, six-surfaced
    • signifies something quite definite that it lies within this
    • the form later it feels in its body that it
    • afterwards works, for what the bee makes externally lies in its
    • fact that has been described to you. In the hive there is a variety
    • that Nature bestows much more care on the development of the
    • worker-bee than on that of the Queen.
    • shall soon see that quite another reason comes in question. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • occurred to you that you would like to ask me? (An article was read from
    • Think for a moment that I might do as follows: I might take a
    • lights up. Thus, according to this article, I must state that barium
    • experiments with ants. Suppose that instead of barium
    • up. I then say (according to this article) that the ants see
    • can really say is, that given a certain substance it produces an
    • effect on the ants. More than that one cannot assert. The scientists
    • statements that are pure phantasy.
    • one can say is this, — that through the sense-organs (once more,
    • according to this article this is proved by the fact that no effect is
    • produced if the eyes of the ants are varnished) that through the sense-organs
    • an impression was made on these insects. It is characteristic that
    • the scientist applies to ants and wasps what he has observed with
    • peculiarity (so he himself expresses it in the article) that they
    • produce strong chemical reactions. Whatever is introduced here
    • chemically, with the result that if I now put an ant here it will at
    • once experience a strong chemical reaction. It feels this; that is
    • ultra-violet rays there, then the ant would notice at once that
    • What this
    • gentlemen aware of the real question that they do not know, for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • result that the percentage of red corpuscles in the blood of these
    • then gives the increase in weight also, which shows that the children
    • show that children of these ages, let us say roughly, the school-age, derive
    • interesting, something which in a most remarkable way condemns what
    • For what does
    • it. This is what science does.
    • sugar and salts. This is exactly what is contained in milk. And
    • be in question here. But what did they say? They said: “substance
    • but the substances that are there in casein, fat, sugar and salts —
    • there must be a new substance here, in such minute quantities that it
    • cannot be found by chemical analysis. This substance is what people
    • the question where what is “comic” came from. Some of
    • “comic” — of what one laughs at. Then however,
    • someone got up and went to the platform in a way that one knew at
    • originates solely from the fact that man possesses a
    • force.’ This is where what is ‘comic’
    • way. Well — in economics one would at once remark that anyone
    • saying that money comes from the money-making-force was a queer
    • then answers: — from the vitamin! That is the same as saying
    • that poverty comes from being poor! But it is not noticed. People
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • ERBSMEHL remarked that in modern bee-keeping the
    • material side that has to be considered. In the
    • workmen must see that he gets as much as possible out of them, and
    • the matter when people thought that moonlight had an influence on the
    • 1. That Herr
    • Erbsmehl can gather from the Journal that the bee-keeper in question was
    • evidently not aware what bee-keeping is in our days, and all the
    • things connected with it so that one is obliged to keep accounts. If
    • May. One must help the stock that has sufficient vitality by
    • cannot understand that within the next eighty to a hundred years the
    • whole stock of bees will die out. I really cannot understand what Dr.
    • Steiner means by saying that within eighty to a hundred years
    • second point — i.e., what announcing the death of the bee-master
    • to the bees has to do with the bee-master, I have already stated that
    • to impure honey in hotels I would like to say that first-class hotels
    • will tell us to what extent a bee-sting may be really dangerous.
    • it is said that three hornet stings will kill a horse. A little while ago
    • few remarks that we may discuss these matters in a reasonable way.
    • an opinion that is naturally completely justified if you consider the thing
    • to Arlesheim, meet your friend and recognise him. But what has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • MÜLLER said that eating comb-honey was an
    • combs and not artificial ones. He does not think that bee diseases
    • are the result of exploitation, but that formerly they were less
    • to these two points, one might say it is quite true that the eating of
    • consideration that people digest in very different ways, not everyone
    • excretion. With regard to these people one could certainly say that
    • intestines and has passed into the lymphatic vessels. It is a
    • lymphatic vessels; one cannot say that one way is better than the
    • bee-diseases the question is, as is usual in disease, namely, that we must
    • take into account what Herr Müller has just said. It is so even with
    • human beings that certain things were not much noticed formerly,
    • that there is already a considerable difference between giving
    • MÜLLER stated that he pays great attention
    • juice is what one calls acid in chemistry, and the blood sap is
    • chemically called alkaline, which means that it is not acid though it
    • what will be able to work most favourably on the blood sap of the
    • bee. It will be necessary in the future that bee-keepers take special
    • care that the blood sap of the bee is rightly provided for. The
    • following is important: you all know that there are years when the
    • necessary in the future that the bee-keeper even contrives a small
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • so closely; also, what honey should be, and is, in relation to mail.
    • so far as they mature during differing periods of time. What lies at
    • fed so that growth is accelerated. Now the bees are creatures of the
    • a creature capable of laying eggs; all that is connected with a
    • of the whole cosmos also. The moment the feeding is such that
    • development proceeds at the rate of the worker-bee, which is that of
    • somewhat of an earthly creature. But the drone which develops during
    • All else that happens occurs no longer under the influence of the
    • eggs that are fertilised, but only a portion of them, and these can
    • become Queens or worker-bees; the remaining portion that are
    • I was told that if anyone has rheumatism and gets stung by a bee or a wasp,
    • heart is a sign that the ego-organisation is not functioning rightly. You
    • remember that we distinguished four different parts of a man; first
    • the heart were a kind of pump, and that this pumping of the heart
    • that it is the heart that drives the blood, then he must equally
    • assert that if he has a turbine, it is the turbine that sets the
    • water in motion, though everyone knows that it is the water that
    • motion; thus it is that the ego-organisation works directly in the
    • actually the case that this ego-organisation is in a mysterious way present
    • in the poison of the bee; it is a similar force to the force that circulates
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • entrances, searching their surroundings, and collecting what they
    • need. Sometimes however, it happens that these creatures do nct first
    • to say of all this that it is due to the instinct of the creatures may
    • it finds a suitable tree stump, then it so arranges the matter that it
    • saves the labour that would be needed to heap up a hillock. The small
    • very difficult to state that this is due to instinct. This would only
    • it actually adjusts itself to the external circumstances. That is the
    • earth, minute fragments of wood, and in some corner that has been
    • sight, that something in the store cupboard has been nibbled, and the
    • would then have to say that Nature has given these creatures an
    • instinct to take up their abode precisely in this very house; what
    • they build there must be so constructed that it is adapted to this
    • what they do. If you test some individual ant, you would certainly not
    • arrive at the conclusion that it was especially wise, for what it
    • does when separated from the colony, or what it may be forced to do,
    • does not reveal any special wisdom. One then begins to realise that
    • it is not the individual ant that can reason, but the entire colony
    • as it were, and regularly cultivate the kind of grass that best suits
    • so. One finds in the soil very hard seeds somewhat like small grains
    • Whatever they have no use for, like the little stalks that were still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • what the spiritual relationship is between the hosts of insects
    • which, fluttering about, approaches the plants and what is to be
    • this question last time, that all around us there is not
    • only oxygen and nitrogen, but that throughout Nature there
    • that we breathe in the air, for air is everywhere, and science
    • today is so widely included in all the school books that everyone
    • knows that air is everywhere, and that we breathe it in. All the same
    • there are people today who do not know that intelligence is
    • everywhere. They consider it fantastic if one says that just as
    • have already given instances in which you could see that there is
    • that we should be discussing the insects just at the time of the centenary
    • enormous number of facts. It is therefore quite natural that
    • the bee is really not that it produces honey but, that it produces
    • hive, but the bee actually works in such a way that it does not use
    • transforms what it brings into the hive. The bee works from out of
    • work, what immense intelligence there is in the whole of Nature. Let us
    • little hollow for the second bee that is to creep out, and having
    • some food next to the larva which first eats what has been prepared for
    • that the larva now developed can fly out at the right moment. When the
    • time comes that the larva has developed, has turned into a cocoon,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • opinion, that, in this course we are now starting, it is [a
    • question of] a discussion of what is necessary in order really
    • who receive what can come from Anthroposophy simply as a kind
    • difficult to spread the insight that this activity is really
    • civilization that there is general talk around things —
    • that people do not pick up concrete tasks — that they
    • discuss as regards content), in such a way that they might
    • for a definite task — so that they can then link up
    • word so as to take into consideration, that he who sets
    • reporting what is incorrect if — as is so popular
    • nowadays — one set down what I shall say both today and
    • soul-forces play, so that when we think, there are also
    • What we think
    • interests nobody else, and whoever believes that his thoughts
    • gathering, or even one other person, this willing that we
    • that act of will, we would find that we had called up, not
    • people, they would walk out. That must be the fundamental
    • that this is so when we consider a general conversation among
    • speaking of what should fill our souls, of what should live
    • lectures, the fact is that he lectures for the most part not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • souls that it is difficult to make oneself understood. And,
    • without this feeling — that it is difficult to make
    • that is connected with it, in a way satisfying to ourselves.
    • from what one is accustomed to in accordance with the
    • of all have to make quite clear to ourselves what the content
    • of the matter is that comes towards us in Anthroposophy and
    • anthroposophical and related matters, so that what I have to
    • make clear to ourselves that primarily it is the feeling for
    • the central issue of the threefold order that must at first
    • assumed that an audience of today does not begin to know what
    • would say, too fixed for one to believe that, in the end, it
    • people how this or that substance reacts in a retort, then
    • one then lectures this way or that way — a bit better,
    • tended to come to the point that such lectures and such talks
    • are attended in order to see the experimenting, and what is
    • things somewhat radically, just in order to show the exact
    • matter of what to stimulate in people for doing, for willing,
    • one is of the opinion that one must just “set up
    • happened in many an instance that many people who lecture
    • opinion, through the manner in which they speak, that it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • material for a lecture so that it can be divided up —
    • so that one is as it were placed in the position of giving
    • really be understood. This or that may appeal to the listener
    • that is, calling to mind as much as possible everything one
    • That will in
    • that, as will indeed naturally be the case, one can
    • a, — so that one is to a certain extent independent of
    • to the paper, will determine only that he who is dependent
    • upon the paper will speak somewhat better. But one can of
    • which ensue to the point that these things can stand before
    • an example, that we want to hold a lecture on the threefold
    • subject itself. I say that for this example. If one lives
    • outset, is given that which yields us three members in the
    • that it makes sense to speak about these things at all, about
    • what is to be understood by a free spiritual life, by a
    • connecting to that which is to hand in the greatest measure
    • present — what can therefore be observed the most
    • will one connect with what is known.
    • classes. I stress this for the reason that as a lecturer one
    • Now, what will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • certain audience; I called attention to the fact that it is above all
    • spiritual life that stands independently on its own. In the second
    • present-day humanity that there can be something like a
    • democratic-political connection that has to strive for equality. For
    • consideration when preparing for such a lecture — that modern
    • man has no feeling at all for a state structure that is built upon
    • within Swiss conditions. It will have to be specially emphasized that
    • that in the middle part concerning the political, public life, they
    • disappeared. What expresses and lives in the configuration of the
    • existence and the economic elements. One could say that in the modern
    • economic life and the fact that the public believes that this
    • that spring, in April 1919, directly after the German revolution,
    • in a more resigned manner — were convinced of the fact that
    • feeling, this mood, that something new had to come. One spoke at that
    • there today. A whole world lies between today and that spring of 1919
    • is in fact something that is under rules of duress, under pressure
    • and such as that. It is something that cannot move freely, that
    • completely differently in England or in America. What can be
    • people who basically have the opposite attitude of what
    • the opinion prevailed that something new would have to come and to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • sections. What one can generally say concerning the whole
    • social organism, as well as references to what can occur in
    • the first two realms — namely that of the spiritual life
    • and that of the judicial, the body politic-was contained in
    • what I said.
    • You will have understood from that, how:preparing oneself for the
    • understand each other best if I say that the preparation
    • should be such that we try hard first to sense and then to
    • utter what is related to the spiritual life in a more lyrical
    • of speech, with quiet enthusiasm, so that one demonstrates
    • through the way of delivering the matters that everything one
    • that one is enthusiastic about what one envisions for the
    • something like that could be said. I say specifically,
    • “how, approximately, something like that could be
    • said,” for the reason that we should never commit
    • ourselves word for word; rather what we prepare is, in a
    • and we are certainly ready to re-formulate what we finally
    • to speak dramatically. That implies: when we lecture about
    • evident that on one hand we are speaking from the other
    • lecturing, that calls forth the impression in listeners that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • out and expanding upon what has been said; so you must
    • sale, where what has been left is finally brought out.
    • like most of all to say one must keep in mind that the
    • be very aware that he does not have a reader before him, but
    • repetition what is considered important, even indispensable,
    • for a grasp of the whole. Naturally, care must be taken that
    • such repetitions are varied, that the most important things
    • it that the different ways he phrases one and the same thing
    • aspect of speaking is, in general, something that must be
    • must remember that the artistic has its own means of
    • which can work in such a way that it forms a sort of
    • holding himself to one or another phrase and to hear what
    • giving him the feeling of release, and that aids
    • for something, brings in a question in such a way that he
    • statements. What does it mean to address one's listeners with
    • breathing-in, breathing-out. That is not only important for
    • indirectly, so that a sentence which falls during an
    • the fact that inhalation is engaged by a question being
    • What is said goes somewhat more deeply into the soul than if
    • that it removes the understanding from the organ of hearing.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • Goetheanum have laid repeated emphasis on the fact that the Spiritual
    • that is shed by Spiritual Science upon the problems of history. And so
    • is being said that the science of history is facing a crisis. Not so
    • it was held that history must be made into an ‘exact’ science
    • of external science, that all historical writings are inevitably coloured
    • abundantly evident that the presentation of objective facts and events
    • study of history. It is, of course, not to be denied that the measure of
    • part. Nevertheless, in spite of what our opponents choose to say to the
    • contrary, it is precisely in the study of history that a quality
    • the voice of objective truth, not that of subjective feeling, is speaking.
    • in spite of the fact that they are discovered by subjective effort.
    • usually is that thought in the nineteenth century developed along an
    • discover that this was by no means the case. About the middle of the
    • and idealistic aspirations, in spite of the fact that they were the
    • offspring of the kind of thought that had become habitual in the domain
    • examples will show that this changes entirely in the second half of the
    • scientific thought at that time who set themselves the task of clarifying
    • in upon eminent thinkers that the only way of approach to the problems
    • the gradual emergence of what, later on, became the burning social
    • mind, it is clear that he was a firm believer in the fact that knowledge
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • nineteenth century thought and the spiritual life in general that
    • periods that are so very widely separated in point of time. But this
    • We drew attention to a distinguishing feature of that time. We placed
    • with another personality, that of the Gothic translator of the Bible,
    • that Augustine was altogether the child of the conditions which had
    • of the day. At that time men who sought a higher culture only found it
    • and feeling prevailing in the masses. But one must not think that there
    • the native stock left behind at an earlier stage of evolution than that
    • knows very little about it, but it was very like what was carried into
    • they were thus settled that they first experienced the southern oriental
    • had experienced at a much earlier time; they experienced what we can call
    • the people. It is only through spiritual science that this can be
    • peoples. What they worshipped were the ancestors of certain families.
    • but upon what was instinctively experienced as dreamlike clairvoyant
    • These people had a certain intensive inward sense that in what took place
    • only in the chemical retorts that cosmic processes work according to law,
    • to understand the laws of the universe, so these men too tried through what
    • was entirely an inner experience that was still closely bound up with
    • by what we might describe as the inward seething of the organism, there
    • we find that they were advanced spirits whose foremost task was to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • If nothing is within the reach of scientific research except what is in
    • calls on us to develop the organs of perception that go beyond these
    • result of what I believe to be an open-minded consideration of the needs
    • to human beings of all stations and classes an existence that seems
    • circles that social renewal must begin with a renewal of our thinking.
    • humane existence? That portion of humanity which has received an education
    • century, has been raised with certain ideas that are outgrowths of the
    • working in fields other than the sciences believe that natural science
    • that even in the newer, more progressive theology, in history and in
    • as those that arose from the scientific experiments of the last centuries,
    • so that traditional concepts have in a certain way been altered to conform
    • every turn it had in mind certain scientific conceptions that it wanted
    • about what one might call a transformation of the old social instincts
    • But what was this new
    • element that had entered into social science, into this favorite son of
    • modern thought? It was the conceptions, the new mode of thinking that had
    • world's rumbling, if we consider all the hopeless prospects that result
    • from the attempts that are made on the basis of these conceptions,
    • that we have acquired from natural science and now wish to apply to
    • our lives, concepts that — this has become clearly evident in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • If nothing is within the reach of scientific research except what is in
    • calls on us to develop the organs of perception that go beyond these
    • need to become fully human. And in just what way one can strive for
    • an answer, in what way the ignorabimus can be overcome to fulfil the
    • a cycle of lectures with a title such as ours that nothing be introduced
    • that might interfere with the objective presentation of ideas, I would
    • it becomes inevitable that one indicate the personalities with whom
    • since the question we want above all to answer is: what can be gleaned
    • from modern scientific theories that can become a vital social thinking
    • realize that the series of considerations one undertakes is no longer
    • world view and the dissolution of that world view, behind that which
    • something even more important. It is something that begins to impress
    • and in the philosophical literature with somewhat more respect than
    • that Eduard von Hartmann had been quite right in claiming that during
    • in the many volumes that sit in the libraries. Those who know Hegel
    • last few decades and had heard what was discussed there; anyone with
    • any sense for the source of the mode of thinking that had entered into
    • could see that this mode of thinking had originated with Hegel and flowed
    • find that the Hegelian mode of thinking had permeated to the farthest
    • reaches of Russian cultural life. One thus could say that, anonymously,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • If nothing is within the reach of scientific research except what is in
    • calls on us to develop the organs of perception that go beyond these
    • We have seen that one
    • the essential nature of consciousness. Yesterday we showed already what
    • happens at the one limit to knowledge. We have seen that man awakes
    • And what has happened in the spiritual evolution of humanity, in man's
    • nothing other than what happens every morning when we awake out of sleep
    • Now, we have seen that
    • comes into play, so that when we come up against the extended world
    • of the mind, a world into which there enters a creeping doubt, so that
    • seen that it is possible to guard against such a violation of this frontier
    • the phenomena themselves. We have also had to show that at this point
    • in our striving for knowledge something emerges that commends itself
    • to our use as an immediate necessity: mathematics and that part of mechanics
    • that can be comprehended without any empirical observation, i.e., the
    • us the system of concepts that allows us to enter into phenomena with
    • our souls, is entirely different from that employed when we experiment
    • What is the difference
    • those modes of apprehension that are not inward in this way by formulating
    • of forces. One theorem of analytical mechanics states that two angular
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • If nothing is within the reach of scientific research except what is in
    • calls on us to develop the organs of perception that go beyond these
    • led us to conclude that at one boundary of cognition we must come to
    • a halt within phenomena and then permeate them with what the phenomena
    • It became apparent that the realm in which these ideas are most pure and
    • pellucid is that of mathematics and analytical mechanics.
    • then climaxed in showing how reflection reveals that everything present
    • the phenomena themselves and that his search for die archetypal phenomenon
    • that underlies complex phenomena is, inwardly, the same as the mathematician's
    • therefore, who himself admitted that he had no conventional mathematical
    • that he demanded a method for the determination of archetypal phenomena
    • rigorous enough to satisfy a mathematician. It is just this that the
    • Western wind finds so attractive in the Vedanta: that in its inner
    • That such connections are not uncovered by academic studier of the Vedanta
    • education. Those who engage in pursuits that then lead them into Oriental
    • grips with something that rests upon a firm foundation, that bears its
    • into our souls in the nebulous manner of certain mystics, what we attain
    • are actually nothing but certain reminiscences that have been stored
    • that the so-called “inner life” partakes of the nature of
    • front of a bookstore. In the store he saw a book that captured his attention
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • If nothing is within the reach of scientific research except what is in
    • calls on us to develop the organs of perception that go beyond these
    • to come to terms with a number of things that actually can be understood
    • only if one is able to overcome certain prejudices that have long been
    • of what shall be said here today, and further substantiated tomorrow,
    • [Anschauung] of the spirit. You must consider that when the
    • know what mode of demonstration is demanded in these circles, and he
    • reason it is usually the case that when the demands of normal consciousness
    • the objections that can be raised. One could even go so far as to say
    • that he is only a spiritual scientist in the true sense of the word
    • — to the extent that he has subjected himself to the rigorous
    • demonstration that experimentation has made scientific habit, one shall
    • never attain knowledge that can benefit society. For in a scientific
    • experiment one proceeds — even if one cherishes the illusion that
    • it is otherwise — in such a way that one moves in a certain
    • direction and allows phenomena to confirm what lives within the ideas
    • the ideas that one has formulated as the natural laws of contemporary
    • translate them into a social science that can become truly practical,
    • and wait to see what one's ideas call forth when they are applied to
    • take regarding the two boundaries that arise within cognition —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • If nothing is within the reach of scientific research except what is in
    • calls on us to develop the organs of perception that go beyond these
    • consideration of what reveals itself at one boundary of scientific thinking
    • enters through Inspiration a spiritual world: he knows that he is in
    • this world and feels also that he is outside the body. I have shown
    • pathological skepticism and hypercriticism that pathological conditions
    • We can either turn to what opens a free, spiritual vision of the highest
    • error to believe that one could guard against this illness by electing
    • against the pathological states that I described yesterday — even
    • What is it, however, that
    • You need only follow somewhat man's development from birth to the change
    • of teeth and beyond in Order to realize that, besides the development
    • memory is interrupted, so that we cannot recall certain experiences
    • we have had, then a serious illness befalls us, for we feel that the
    • the path I have characterized we must take care not to lose what manifests
    • the power of soul that provides us with memory.
    • it metamorphoses itself. Then one comes to realize that in the moment
    • extraordinary — something that, since I present it to your mind's
    • eye for the First time, might seem paradoxical, yet that is fully grounded
    • what reveals itself to him in the spiritual world — he must perform
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • If nothing is within the reach of scientific research except what is in
    • calls on us to develop the organs of perception that go beyond these
    • It is to be hoped that
    • furnish at least some indications of the difference between what spiritual
    • acquired through the conventional education that carries us up to a
    • certain stage in life and whatever this education has enabled us to
    • that anthroposophically oriented spiritual science terms knowledge of
    • self-development; one must become aware that in the later stages of
    • Eastern sages spoke of such an enhanced consciousness that renders accessible
    • to man a level of reality higher than that of everyday life; they strove
    • by means of an inner self-cultivation that corresponded to their racial
    • characteristics and evolutionary stage. The meaning of what radiates
    • only when one realizes what such a higher level of development reveals
    • in that epoch humanity had a kind of natural propensity to Inspiration,
    • it clear from the start, however, that this path can no longer be that
    • actually desires to turn back the tide of human evolution or shows that
    • of will, and we initially substantiate what surges within the soul as
    • perceptions, that our consciousness First fully awakens.
    • that the Eastern sages, the so-called initiates of the East, cultivated
    • the following. In certain ages of life we develop what we call the soul-spirit
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • If nothing is within the reach of scientific research except what is in
    • calls on us to develop the organs of perception that go beyond these
    • linking him with his fellow men. He chose a path different from that
    • attempted not to understand through the word what one's fellow
    • man wished to say, what one wants to understand from him, but to live
    • repeated them, so that the forces accrued in the soul by this process
    • was achieved in the condition of the soul that might be called a state
    • of Inspiration, in the sense in which I have used the word, except that
    • I have described to you. I said that those Westerners who desire to
    • have evolved, so that one cannot simply renew the ancient Eastern path
    • into the spiritual worlds is that of Imagination. This faculty of
    • would like to describe the path into the spiritual world that conforms
    • way that it applies for everybody, above all for those who have not
    • super-sensible that is much more for the scientist. All my experience
    • has taught me that for such a scientist a kind of precondition for this
    • cognitional striving is to take up what is presented in my book,
    • I will explain what I mean by this. This
    • that the reader learns the book's contents in accordance with his education,
    • only a kind of musical score that one must read with inner thought activity
    • of the reader. Moreover, the book presupposes that which the soul becomes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • year's course, so that it will really complement it and
    • the human being. I will try to show what these substances
    • really are that can be used as remedies, and to show how a
    • substances — and in general what is physical — as
    • fundamental fact: we must be quite clear that we cannot
    • proceed from what is material in the way customary in current
    • environment and what happens to him in health and illness. We
    • substance, we must picture that the substance appearing in
    • we have not grasped what is essential if we merely form a
    • We grasp what is essential only if we take into account the
    • very comprehensive process that exists as an individual
    • a kind of equilibrium, manifesting then as what we behold as
    • human being and processes that unfold outside in the
    • to present to you in an introductory way something that can
    • system, we know that it is chiefly concentrated in the head
    • but that it nevertheless extends throughout the human being.
    • the head itself. Thus we can think of what we call the
    • “limb man” with that of the “metabolic
    • organism that corresponds primarily to the nerve-sense man.
    • The organization of the head differs essentially from that of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • I said yesterday that we would study the
    • Yesterday we described the physical body in such a way that
    • we concluded that a truly physical activity in the human
    • For if one looks deeply into the human being, one finds that
    • first leave their imprints — that is, the etheric,
    • that can be compared with a fixed image; rather we have to do
    • of forces is a different one. I pointed out yesterday that
    • There is a great deal that, from the viewpoint of spiritual
    • science's evasions regarding these matters that show us very
    • to offer an example, I will present an issue that will be
    • almost everywhere it is stated that the amount of nitrogen
    • data demonstrate that actually more nitrogen is exhaled than
    • that this etheric body is not studied in its differentiations
    • conviction that this etheric body exists, you will have to
    • ask, “What would it be like if one studied the physical
    • body in such a way that the stomach, heart, liver, etc., were
    • really be studied, and we will see today that a conception to
    • find that it is not undifferentiated but that it arises out
    • ether, and life ether. Light ether is a term that is formed,
    • see, the aspect of this ether that is connected with light is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • diseases in those illnesses that reveal most clearly the
    • deficiencies in the art of medicine that were especially
    • for a careful study of what we must stress today.
    • with both. The fact is that the head organization has to be
    • yesterday that the astral is the original bearer of all that
    • tendencies that produce illness to have an influence, because
    • human being is like that of a pendulum swinging back and
    • the forces of illness that are continually present, and the
    • reverse is also true, that overflowing health, which would
    • effects — the sources that must then be eliminated when
    • that one had to remain with pathology and not even approach
    • accomplished through mere knowledge of what is going on in
    • do not mean that absolutely nothing can be accomplished, but
    • literal sense — with what the diagnosis reveals. The
    • things, of course, I have to present them somewhat radically,
    • actual situation to a mystical concept — a concept that
    • a sack to be filled with what one does not want to understand
    • and what — in a certain respect — eludes medical
    • physician. He felt that this experience forced him to such a
    • unable to prescribe what he should prescribe for them,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Yesterday I said that certain complexes of
    • that are condensed in the process of falling asleep. To fall
    • asleep inadequately always indicates that the astral body is
    • phenomena in the waking state that accompany this inadequate
    • falling asleep. We then may notice that everything revealing
    • fingers and the like — any movement that is not an
    • must be acquired so that one understands how to relate ertain
    • unfolding of astrality always arises when a movement that
    • — that is, a movement dependent on the ego — is
    • This is what we are dealing with in fidgety movements. Thus
    • add that in patients who fall asleep inadequately there is
    • always an underlying irregularity that cannot be countered by
    • connected with what I had to say yesterday about magnetic and
    • encounter a complex of symptoms that can be grouped together
    • valuable here. Everything that remains as force in root
    • hand, everything that I described yesterday will play a
    • inadequately always shows that the astral body enters too
    • different from what it means in generalized diseases of the
    • entire astral body. This has to do with what I said about the
    • find something accompanying the waking process, what might be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • will not be possible to speak properly about what one must
    • today we will study a few of those things that can guide us
    • physical body. I have already mentioned that, by means of a
    • mineralizing process in the organs. And if we notice that the
    • vitally, developing life forces that are too strong, then the
    • even designate something that occurs inside the human being
    • by means of an outer process that has a certain affinity with
    • clearly that the human organism has within itself, as a
    • system of forces, that which lies in the metals. This
    • environment is certainly present; certain processes that
    • itself active within in the way that arsenic is active
    • organism, you will notice that when it is too active it finds
    • processes that occur with too great a facility. All this is
    • This is certainly something that ought to be observed.
    • question is: What can we do if this “arsenizing”
    • (or “astralizing”) process is too strong, that is
    • I may express myself radically, I would say that then one
    • something that can give us many clues into the mysterious
    • described. This is something that leads us deeply into the
    • left to themselves. The expression of this condition is that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • I said yesterday that these studies are
    • mentioning something that can suggest a great deal regarding
    • and we find we are wrong, that it cannot be so. This is an
    • one actually was. What is discovered by imaginative
    • provided, of course, that it is based on sound powers of
    • through — if I may put it so — to what one comes
    • be realized that this human organism is complicated to the
    • highest degree, so that in fact an intellectual grasp of it
    • Earlier in these lectures, I reported that nitrogen is found
    • difference as unimportant. The reason for this is that the
    • You know that
    • the most varied theories exist about nutrition and that,
    • views regarding the question: ”What is the function in
    • organism need protein?” Some say that the structure of
    • constant, and that the protein absorbed undergoes rapid
    • hold the view — regarded somewhat out of date today
    • — that the proteinaceous body of the human being is
    • pay enough attention to it. Without taking into account what
    • in the build-up of man that are so important in therapeutic
    • that also has forces of head formation within it, though to a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • describing how the idea forms in me that this or that can be
    • this or that substance can be used as a remedy. I would like
    • to direct the discussion today in such a way that we
    • the view that something can be used as a remedy.
    • must be stated at the outset that an acquaintance with the
    • sense. Thus you will also see that what I have said in the
    • proceed from the fact that the interaction between the human
    • must realize that something shaped out of the whole cosmos is
    • days. This process that tends particularly to shaping the
    • process that is bound to the more-or-less inner forces of the
    • harbors many of the forces that interact with the forces of
    • the earth itself. There is a deep kinship between that which
    • process that takes place in root formation in plants, it must
    • always be realized that this process has a reciprocal
    • expression. Therefore in the root we will find forces that
    • words, the root's forces are somewhat weak, a great deal is
    • Nevertheless, the whole form of the blossom shows that the
    • should expect gentian to act on what supports breathing from
    • polaric, we must imagine that especially the digestive organs
    • we must keep in mind what we have learned in these lectures
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • various topics I would like to add to what I have already
    • like to begin by saying that processes related to the mineral
    • element that affect the human being can be interpreted
    • which one object passes directly into the other, so that it
    • being. We have spoken of the fact that in the head formation
    • imprint, and an ego imprint. We said that the ego essentially
    • of lead we have a force of nature that is extraordinarily
    • it has effects that are the polar opposite as well.
    • soul-spiritual in the human being, that is everything that
    • Everything that arises in lead poisoning tends to destroy the
    • What in greater quantities acts destructively in the upper
    • cannot easily understand that what can make a person ill in
    • when we say: what makes a person ill when working in large
    • regarding everything that should work from below upward, that
    • that one may, on the one hand, restore the individual to his
    • could say that one brings about a cure for what the
    • what he ought to do organically for himself during life. The
    • opposes this weakening, that is, it strengthens the forces
    • what is really taking place in the human being.
    • is that the earth actually produces them. In salt processes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • What I have to say to you today about
    • with, we will look at that extra-human cosmic process usually
    • explored with respect to what is inwardly active. Just
    • consider that “earth formation” means that a
    • planetary sphere and that in addition a formative impulse
    • into the earth emanates from what lies even beyond the
    • from outside what is on the earth and in the earth. It is,
    • for example, a fact that the metals of the earth, in their
    • and gather them around a center so that the earth can come
    • comprehension of this process if you imagine that with the
    • assimilation of what is secreted by other processes; in
    • inside. Thus what is active in between can best be called
    • you think that, on the one hand, something is present here
    • and that there is something
    • develops further, then perception goes back towards what is
    • consolidating; if what is consolidating becomes conscious it
    • goes towards what has become, and ascends into becoming again
    • towards becoming. So, what one develops as perception and
    • will see that something is active in the human organism in a
    • reverse direction in creating and becoming from what one gets
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • stopping at first impressions. It runs somewhat as follows.
    • conclude at first sight as a matter of course that he
    • the mark. Closer inspection might reveal that the man had
    • one had made it his business to find out what actually
    • history — the apparently logical conclusion that the
    • that not only men but also the world of facts may quite
    • compared with the beginning of that era which sprang from a
    • Building attempts something similar to what was attempted
    • during the happenings of that transitional period from a
    • wish to learn from life, and, what is more, to learn the
    • symptoms, particularly with one that has so deeply moved us?
    • nothing more than that a cart had fallen over. For hours,
    • that was the sole impression — but what was the truth
    • of the matter? The truth was that an eloquent karma in the
    • life of a human being was enacted; that this life so full of
    • promise was in that moment karmically rounded off, having
    • science, it is a plainly evident fact that this particular
    • themselves; that the cart was guided to the spot in order
    • that this karma might be worked out, and overturned in order
    • we raise our thoughts more fittingly to that human life with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Dornach Building. This means that endeavours must be made to
    • spiritual-scientific investigations that have come before our
    • spoke here I drew your attention to clues that help us to
    • I said that in
    • speaking, what has come about since the dawn of the Fourth
    • Post-Atlantean epoch (the Greco-Latin age), and also what has
    • that is new has been achieved in the Fourth Poet-Atlantean
    • epoch of culture and in the part of the Fifth that has
    • to feel it — there still live elements that have come
    • say, in their nerves and blood, elements that have come over
    • epoch in which we are living is so constituted that his
    • nerves, blood and astral body contain what he has received as
    • authoritative; what comes from above into the impulses of men
    • that works from below upwards, and illustrates as can be
    • above we can indicate the force that works downwards from the
    • less power than what man bears within him from ancient
    • — have absorbed into their culture everything that is
    • manifest what lives in the impulses of the blood and the
    • referred to everything that came over from ancient times
    • impulses in such a way that the forces striving upwards from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • outset that at the present time it is to all appearances
    • please, that in these lectures I am not speaking specifically
    • of States but of cultures, and am saying here that the
    • Austria we see immediately that it would be absurd to speak
    • responsible for the fact that the culture of the German
    • population of Germany, and that of the German population of
    • Austria, which has indeed many connections with that of
    • If we ask: What
    • sense as the question: What is French? What is English? What
    • — never knows in any particular period under what
    • definition he stands. What he would necessarily express if he
    • significant that when during Germany's period of distress
    • the striving of an inhabitant of Middle Europe a trait that
    • “be” something — so that in Middle Europe a
    • become what he is. What he is to become hovers before him as
    • becoming, being that is never stationary,
    • distance what it desires to become.
    • be said that the work that is so essentially characteristic
    • Serpent-entwined! This means, striving with the wisdom that
    • is undetermined, the wisdom that is forming? in process of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • occurred to some of you that mention has not been made of all
    • pillar of that of France; the fourth of that of the British
    • said that the cultures already referred to are the simpler
    • cultures, however strange that may seem; they are simpler at
    • of the third column, and then also at that of the fifth,
    • column from the West and look at it through that of the
    • that the principle has been explained, it might be very
    • leave that to your own occult studies.
    • artistic content have arisen in such a way that one can
    • What I now have
    • of its very essence is that forces are present entirely apart
    • the whole. What belongs to the motif in addition is a set of
    • accept forms of experience in the same way that he accepts
    • forms of the intellect. I will tell you what I mean by a form
    • for such a motif and what it expresses? This can be done in
    • That is an
    • the lying position into that of standing and walking. When
    • presses upon what is underneath. So pressure is always being
    • but for all that, it is there; it is connected with your
    • the earth. It is here that he is very well able to be aware
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • apparent to you from many things that have been said here
    • recently that the art in our Building must contain a new
    • element that has not hitherto existed in the evolution of art
    • according to the standard of what he has hitherto regarded as
    • express what is entailed by this renewal of the principle of
    • original Egyptian, Greek or Gothic architecture, or what
    • represents the renewal in a later age of what was there in an
    • arts with what is aimed at in our Building, we can say;
    • Everything that has been brought into being hitherto is like
    • This is what we
    • with what we have aimed at in our Building. In time, of
    • inward and simpler again towards the small cupola. What was
    • brought into movement. What formerly was at rest is now in
    • to achieve what must be the goal.
    • there are two poles. The one pole is that of drawing, the
    • other that of colour, Fundamentally speaking, there are these
    • draftsman — that is to say, he may have the gift of
    • his subject, so that a picture of this form-quality is evoked
    • clear that anyone who concentrates on the actual drawing in a
    • means for giving expression to what is inherent in a living
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture I: The Acanthus Leaf
    Matching lines:
    • A thought that
    • may often arise in connection with this building is that of
    • been, will realise that the only fit response is a strong
    • of the whole structure, for no conception of that is possible
    • yet — will realise that this building represents many
    • deviations from other architectural styles that have hitherto
    • attained. In comparison to what might be, we shall only be
    • about in the wider future of humanity. We must realise that
    • be made, especially by so-called ‘experts,’ that
    • disconcert us, for it lies in the nature of things that
    • shall not, however, be depressed by derogatory criticism that
    • that in our age, the origin of the Arts and of their
    • that all we are striving to attain in this building stands
    • understanding of what was once implied by the phrase
    • to-day by considering a well-known motif in art — that
    • very different form from anything that existed in the days
    • permitted a brief personal reference here, let me say that my
    • the buildings which have given that city its present stamp,
    • Votivkirche. It is perhaps not known to you that the
    • so that I was able to live, as it were, in the whole
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture II: The House of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • can be reminded of this responsibility by studies that arise
    • moved by the thought that our human faculties are not really
    • think it is healthy and good that all our work should be
    • permeated by the feeling that we have not as yet grown equal
    • highest that lies within our power. We shall be able to
    • feeling that we are, in truth, little qualified for the full
    • do nearly enough in comparison with what ought to be
    • indefinable feeling — a presentiment that a mighty task
    • building to our friend Rychter and his workers, in order that
    • they may create something that in the fairest sense may be a
    • room through this door, our feeling will be that we are
    • that apart from all the cares and troubles which the building
    • We feel that a mystery is there around us, calling out to the
    • that transcends personality. This building can teach us how
    • us a feeling that can ring in such sacred tones in the soul:
    • tasks before us in the objective world.' All that can ever be
    • thinking of what our feeling should be as we enter. How often
    • the mission that such buildings will have to humanity, if
    • our building will do, that we are enclosed as if by organs of
    • sense. The reason for this is that these other buildings are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture III: The New Conception of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • means of further study, really to become one with what is to
    • place I should like to remind you of what I said when we
    • will just briefly recapitulate what I was then only able to
    • the Greek Temple, I said that in a certain sense it formed a
    • Temple was the fact that every man engaged in his daily
    • pursuits on the land knew that within the region where he was
    • fact that man, as he lived on the earth, was also united with
    • evidence of progress in architectural thought, in that the
    • expresses the fact that when man is to rise to the Spirit he
    • Church of Christendom, therefore, could no longer be what the
    • that a real advance in architectural conception must come to
    • pass again in our times and that this is only possible if the
    • conception of architecture onwards to that of Gothic building
    • complete union with the Spirit. This means that buildings
    • ‘All that is embodied in our life of soul through
    • that is created. The Spirit is revealed in freedom, having
    • land as the result of what the Spirit expresses in its
    • this requires that we endeavour to understand the Spirit in
    • the Spirit symbolically, but by beginning to feel that the
    • forms are living, that they are organs of speech flowing from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture IV: True Aesthetic Laws of Form
    Matching lines:
    • in our building. From all that has been said you will have
    • gathered that these forms are no more the result of imitation
    • feeling will have been that the forms have been derived from
    • made, namely, that human life runs its course in periods of
    • seven years, we may say that after each period a certain
    • be remembered that in man these supports are intermingled,
    • that when we pass through the building from the West towards
    • the East, all that works upon us from left and right is a
    • that there are firmly established cosmic laws of which man is
    • furthermore that the forms in our building have been evolved
    • question merely proves that life has afforded him no
    • We can allow subjects that may prove fruitful to enter
    • to speak of one matter that will help to stimulate our
    • perception of what underlies the laws of true aesthetic form,
    • evoke a concrete perception of what I have here mentioned in
    • going to place before you something that corresponds to a
    • course only be diagrammatical. Let us suppose that this
    • the heavenly bodies. That, however is not the point at issue.
    • that is to say, with what they represent
    • remarkable thing is that in the first moments of vision we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture V: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • bring before the soul many things that impress us when we
    • fact that he was a poet, that he had created this or that
    • particular work of art, but that he always created from a
    • Our age is very far from understanding this full manhood that
    • that has entered into the study of science, which is indeed
    • specialisation in science is that which has crept into modern
    • that there shall again come into existence a comprehensive
    • us in the eyes of the world, saying, for instance, that we
    • our buildings a form that we consider suitable to our work.
    • — that is how people express it. In certain circles
    • some extent in the fact that the soul can unfold a higher ego
    • justified in chattering about these psychic matters no matter
    • answers to questions that arise in our own souls.
    • attention to the fact that he certainly possessed great
    • see what was lacking in him. He wanted to draw ideas, to
    • Dante lived within a culture that teemed with import —
    • a culture that penetrated into and at the same time
    • only to draw his material, his substance, from something that
    • culture of that time — however much it may have fallen
    • element that was living in all human souls, even down to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • opinion, that, in this course we are now starting, it is [a
    • question of] a discussion of what is necessary in order really
    • who receive what can come from Anthroposophy simply as a kind
    • difficult to spread the insight that this activity is really
    • civilization that there is general talk around things —
    • that people do not pick up concrete tasks — that they
    • discuss as regards content), in such a way that they might
    • for a definite task — so that they can then link up
    • word so as to take into consideration, that he who sets
    • reporting what is incorrect if — as is so popular
    • nowadays — one set down what I shall say both today and
    • soul-forces play, so that when we think, there are also
    • What we think
    • interests nobody else, and whoever believes that his thoughts
    • gathering, or even one other person, this willing that we
    • that act of will, we would find that we had called up, not
    • people, they would walk out. That must be the fundamental
    • that this is so when we consider a general conversation among
    • speaking of what should fill our souls, of what should live
    • lectures, the fact is that he lectures for the most part not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • souls that it is difficult to make oneself understood. And,
    • without this feeling — that it is difficult to make
    • that is connected with it, in a way satisfying to ourselves.
    • from what one is accustomed to in accordance with the
    • of all have to make quite clear to ourselves what the content
    • of the matter is that comes towards us in Anthroposophy and
    • anthroposophical and related matters, so that what I have to
    • make clear to ourselves that primarily it is the feeling for
    • the central issue of the threefold order that must at first
    • assumed that an audience of today does not begin to know what
    • would say, too fixed for one to believe that, in the end, it
    • people how this or that substance reacts in a retort, then
    • one then lectures this way or that way — a bit better,
    • tended to come to the point that such lectures and such talks
    • are attended in order to see the experimenting, and what is
    • things somewhat radically, just in order to show the exact
    • matter of what to stimulate in people for doing, for willing,
    • one is of the opinion that one must just “set up
    • happened in many an instance that many people who lecture
    • opinion, through the manner in which they speak, that it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • material for a lecture so that it can be divided up —
    • so that one is as it were placed in the position of giving
    • really be understood. This or that may appeal to the listener
    • that is, calling to mind as much as possible everything one
    • That will in
    • that, as will indeed naturally be the case, one can
    • a, — so that one is to a certain extent independent of
    • to the paper, will determine only that he who is dependent
    • upon the paper will speak somewhat better. But one can of
    • which ensue to the point that these things can stand before
    • an example, that we want to hold a lecture on the threefold
    • subject itself. I say that for this example. If one lives
    • outset, is given that which yields us three members in the
    • that it makes sense to speak about these things at all, about
    • what is to be understood by a free spiritual life, by a
    • connecting to that which is to hand in the greatest measure
    • present — what can therefore be observed the most
    • will one connect with what is known.
    • classes. I stress this for the reason that as a lecturer one
    • Now, what will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • or that time.
    • in America. What can be done from here, in Europe, in regard
    • the opposite attitude of what existed, for instance, in
    • that something new would have to come, and to begin with it
    • would suffice if one knew what this were. There wasn't the
    • strength to comprehend it, but there was the feeling that
    • what this rational innovation might be, ought to be known.
    • the traditional foundations. I am aware, of course, that when
    • There, the feeling that things cannot continue the way they
    • future. This means that he has to make use of the time when
    • the theater. Thus, the lecturer must be absolutely clear that
    • he is speaking to an audience that, according to the mood of
    • must he aware of what one is really doing, down to the last
    • For, what does
    • such a mood that one can present a serious talk, at least
    • one neutralizes what one inflicts on the stomach in the time
    • specialists. It is just that there are no statistics
    • concepts” requires much that has to be characterized in
    • afterwards, “Oh, that Dessoir didn't respond after all!
    • no opinion on what another lecturer says!’ ”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • sections. What one can generally say concerning the whole
    • social organism, as well as references to what can occur in
    • the first two realms — namely that of the spiritual life
    • and that of the judicial, the body politic was contained in
    • what I said.
    • You will have understood from that, how preparing oneself for
    • understand each other best if I say that the preparation
    • should be such that we try hard first to sense and then to
    • utter what is related to the spiritual life in a more lyrical
    • of speech, with quiet enthusiasm, so that one demonstrates
    • through the way of delivering the matters that everything one
    • that one is enthusiastic about what one envisions for the
    • something like that could be said. I say specifically,
    • “how, approximately, something like that could be
    • said,” for the reason that we should never commit
    • ourselves word for word; rather what we prepare is, in a
    • and we are certainly ready to re-formulate what we finally
    • to speak dramatically. That implies: when we lecture about
    • evident that on one hand we are speaking from the other
    • lecturing, that calls forth the impression in listeners that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • out and expanding upon what has been said; so you must
    • sale, where what has been left is finally brought out.
    • like most of all to say one must keep in mind that the
    • be very aware that he does not have a reader before him, but
    • repetition what is considered important, even indispensable,
    • for a grasp of the whole. Naturally, care must be taken that
    • such repetitions are varied, that the most important things
    • it that the different ways he phrases one and the same thing
    • aspect of speaking is, in general, something that must be
    • must remember that the artistic has its own means of
    • which can work in such a way that it forms a sort of
    • holding himself to one or another phrase and to hear what
    • giving him the feeling of release, and that aids
    • for something, brings in a question in such a way that he
    • statements. What does it mean to address one's listeners with
    • breathing-in, breathing-out. That is not only important for
    • indirectly, so that a sentence which falls during an
    • the fact that inhalation is engaged by a question being
    • What is said goes somewhat more deeply into the soul than if
    • that it removes the understanding from the organ of hearing.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 1: Introduction to the Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • instance eurythmy is that art which has originated entirely
    • the case that every artistic activity which was to bring
    • find that the impulses visible in the external course of
    • is as a matter of course that a special art has arisen out of
    • necessary to understand that art must be born out of the
    • able to link what he receives through Inspiration so
    • intensely with his own being that he becomes capable of
    • extraordinarily similar to Inspiration. We might say that
    • what we bear in our soul when we speak resembles Intuition;
    • and what lies on our tongue, in our palate, comes out between
    • the origin of what we push outwards from our inner soul life
    • what gives us as little children our first opportunity to
    • soul is what we have in the physical movement of arms, hands
    • space around us are what gives us a sense of the world. And
    • then whatever we experience in doing this streams back to us.
    • that what in speech resembles Inspiration can descend into
    • Imagination. We can call back something that is a gift to our
    • can recall it and let it stream back, asking: What kind of
    • feelings, what kind of sensations stream outwards in our
    • We shall always discover that an Ah arises
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 2: The Opening of the Christmas Foundation Conference, by Rudolf Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • rightness of this — that it will be significant for the
    • we shall always remain aware that we have been accepted here
    • importance of the fact that we have taken our place here on
    • Swiss soil with our Goetheanum and with everything that seeks
    • the fact that the Goetheanum, as the central point of the
    • words that are so warm and so filled with beautiful love you
    • such warmth. I am quite sure that your kind words will shine
    • that we shall owe you most cordial gratitude for the feeling
    • an atmosphere as beautiful as that now moving among us. Your
    • know that I speak from the bottom of every heart, now that
    • in which you have provided the prelude for what is to take
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 3: Rudolf Steiner's Opening Lecture and Reading of the Statutes
    Matching lines:
    • Dornach your eyes fell on our place of work, but what you saw
    • In the truest sense of the word this sight is a symbol that
    • years. We could say that a large proportion of the impulses,
    • years of work are indeed tied up in all that can be gathered
    • that all those who toiled
    • What can we
    • be said that the flames which our physical eyes saw a year
    • our soul. And in spirit we see that in fact these flames glow
    • over much of what we have been building up during the last
    • has to be said that nothing else at present can so clearly
    • show us the truth of the ancient oriental view that the
    • the sense that the heap of ruins with which we are faced is
    • maya and illusion, and that much of what immediately
    • door. I have no hesitation in saying that the outer shelter
    • yesterday that our friends felt the cold dreadfully in this
    • may be regarded as maya and illusion in what has come to meet
    • and illusion, the more shall we develop that mood of active
    • here in the very soil of Dornach and all that belongs to it.
    • that one day they may stand before the world as fully matured
    • fruits as a result of what we want to do for them.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 4: The Laying of the Foundation Stone
    Matching lines:
    • this room today be those which sum up the essence of what may
    • so that out of the signs of the present time we may renew, in
    • friends! Today when I look back specifically to what it was
    • sure that if man learns to know in his feeling and in his
    • will what he is actually doing when, as the spirits of the
    • world of space, that then — not in a suffering, passive
    • on the earth — that then in this active grasping of the
    • sure that if man understands the miraculous mystery holding
    • rhythms of pulse and blood — we may hope that, grasping
    • this in wisdom with a heart that has become a sense organ,
    • rhythm that takes place mysteriously in soul and spirit
    • feeling, the human being rightly perceives what is revealed
    • that it has become concentrated in the abstract ego-point or
    • the ancient Greeks were permitted to believe that they spoke
    • say this, we have understood what lies at the foundation of
    • the depths, in a substance that gives form, then in the
    • of the Father, the creative activity of the Father that
    • into the soil of our souls so that it may remain there a
    • and so that in the future working of the Anthroposophical
    • Anthroposophical Society, formed today. In all that we shall
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 5: The Foundation Meeting, 25 December, 11.15 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • gratitude and enthusiasm for the fact that the Goetheanum,
    • to verify that it will do everything in its power to ensure
    • that the inexhaustible abundance of spiritual impulses given
    • national Societies it wants to hope that the pure and
    • as that we have just heard to a time which will arise
    • It seems that
    • agreement with all the statements that have been made and
    • that the Anthroposophical Society in Germany will incorporate
    • every point of these Statutes into its own Statutes and that
    • as that in Germany can participate in and wants to
    • participate in what is wanted by Dornach. Ever since Dr.
    • saying that what took place in Dornach was seen as the
    • central point of all our work. Whatever else needs to be said
    • Let me just say, however, that in recent months we have begun
    • are many, agree without reservation that even in the smallest
    • places there is a genuine interest in Anthroposophy, that
    • everywhere hearts are waiting for Anthroposophy, and that
    • wherever it is clearly and openly stated that the speaker
    • world by Dr. Steiner it is really so that people feel: I am
    • reminded that I have a soul and that this soul is beginning
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 6: Meeting of the Vorstand and the General Secretaries
    Matching lines:
    • Hohlenburg asks what is meant by: ‘Only for those for whom it
    • adding that this refers not only to the group not agreeing to
    • person who is convinced that he cannot thrive in a particular
    • only for the reason that we are having proper membership
    • membership card which is somewhat larger and which commands a
    • a circular to the individual groups letting them know that
    • denied this right. All that can be done is to make efforts to
    • Should we make efforts to bring it about that individuals who
    • something that can give us a certain degree of support.
    • that a South American Society should be planned. For the
    • Society being what it is, it is of course the case that from
    • way that is necessitated by human factors. Take Paragraph 14
    • Would you not agree that this implies that if the South
    • not by us here but that it would be sent to them from Germany?
    • the opinion that things should not remain confined to paper.
    • The things that are written in the Members' Supplement are
    • Dornach so that anthroposophical life can flourish as much as
    • informs the meeting that the South American Society had
    • Dr. Steiner: What is contained in point 5
    • overall leadership is concerned. Everything that belongs to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 7: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 26 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • midst of these reports, words to which I am moved by what has
    • what we have been told we may gather how very devoted is the
    • work being carried on out there. We may add what we were told
    • may see what can encourage us during this Conference not to
    • suggest that we give it a certain definite direction. During
    • not mean that we shall have to discuss it a great deal during
    • the Conference, for it is in our hearts that this fundamental
    • about the fact that our Society, before all others, will be
    • Society, to prepare for the achievement of the things that
    • feel in all our deeds that we are connected with the
    • be that out of the strength of Anthroposophy itself it is
    • What I am
    • discover that there would soon be an increasingly inimical
    • be the inimical concern for us on the part of everything that
    • with courage we find the straight path to what we should do
    • which surge and break around it. What we should do is the
    • and over again what we must do to make ourselves better liked
    • by this circle or by that circle in the world, by any circle
    • we should behave in this field or in that field so as to be
    • seriously if at every moment in whatever we do we feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 8: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 27 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • before our souls a rhythm so that we may gradually press
    • inner soul connection with these that I have already written
    • my dear friends, that if you pay attention to the inner
    • rhythms that lie in these verses, if you then present these
    • Statutes. To start with let me draw your attention to what
    • to be considered would be the fact that in future the
    • another. It will be less a matter of knowing that there is a
    • not only centrifugal forces but also centripetal forces that
    • that a number of members unite themselves closely in their
    • soul with the Vorstand in everything that might concern not
    • the Vorstand in order to communicate back all that goes on
    • things are recognized. So it will have to be arranged that
    • important that we make our arrangements on the basis of
    • effort to make arrangements in the future that arise out of
    • the real forces of the Society, out of the forces that exist
    • can be seen from their context that they can work. So it
    • seems to me that it would be a good thing to be clear at
    • writing to us every week about what they consider noteworthy
    • in cultural life outside in the world and about what might be
    • externally supporting Vorstand that is exactly equivalent to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 9: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 28 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • now on we shall make sure that our friends will find the
    • that it will no longer be quite so cold in the outer room. It
    • believe me when I say that the conditions are the least
    • that we can avoid too much trouble in the coming days.
    • rhythm into our souls, the rhythm that can show us closely
    • This is the activity that can be accomplished within one's
    • own soul. It corresponds to what out there in the great
    • That is the process within, which is answered out there in
    • have now come to point 4. I believe that it cannot be our
    • seems to me that any debate on the various points should
    • suggestion is made that the Statutes should be adopted by
    • Paragraph is in the main concerned with the fact that quite
    • the world as an entirely public society. And everything that
    • to become members, conscious of the fact that in the
    • impulses that ought to be given to the Anthroposophical
    • had the opportunity of realizing quite well that in the
    • role will have to be played by the capacities that lie in the
    • fundamental feature of what will be at work with regard to
    • before the world in a way that shows how it can inspire the
    • think along any given lines. What is meant by thinking along
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 10: Rudolf Steiner's Contribution During The Meeting of the Swiss School Association
    Matching lines:
    • to what I took the liberty of saying at the close of the last
    • to me that things do in part indeed depend on how the
    • seen, therefore, whether what is to be started in England as
    • classes that already exists in Holland, will also to begin
    • everything else it has to be said that the reason why these
    • be expected that they will remain so for a long time, is
    • simply that the present social circumstances really do make
    • it impossible for an attitude to come about that could lead
    • represented by the state. And now that the Swiss school
    • believe that the chief difficulties will arise from this
    • belief that a truly independent school could be an example
    • for a model method of education, or that schools such as this
    • to a system of education that is independent of the state is
    • what Herr Gnädiger has just said is right, namely that
    • interest in the school other than that pertaining to its
    • such that he would like to influence Swiss state schools to
    • school. But this seems to me to be the only aspect that can
    • be counted on to attract interest here in Switzerland. That
    • mentioned are founded; and also that many such associations
    • aspect is that the crux of anthroposophical education is its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 11: Meeting of the Vorstand of the General Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • into account in the hope that a satisfactory arrangement can
    • we must take into account that basically they can all be
    • tact. The Swiss members felt that the others talked much too
    • much, that they themselves had not been able to get a word in
    • and that people from elsewhere had given them all kinds of
    • Switzerland. The whole matter obviously stems from that
    • As I was in the chair at that meeting of delegates I know how
    • what I hope from today's meeting. Who would like to
    • DR STEINER: That is quite right. The
    • should also like to add that the whole matter has been put on
    • whole it becomes obvious that part of the trouble at the
    • stemmed from the fact that at that time the German council saw
    • and behaved accordingly. This was what hurt the feelings of
    • do hope that these matters of tact will be settled in the
    • the Swiss Anthroposophical Society. This is what we ought to
    • Anthroposophical Society in Switzerland is something that can
    • I believed that a solution could be found. You will agree
    • that for external and internal reasons the branch at the
    • separate from the Swiss Society. But I thought that the
    • way that the branch would have neither a seat nor a vote, or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 12: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 29 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • when we depart and carry out with us what is intended
    • What in the depths is echoed
    • What through the West is formed
    • What in the heights will be granted
    • What takes place in the soul of man is
    • points to what is heard in the call to the Seraphim, Cherubim
    • What in the depths is echoed.
    • depths of the grounds of world existence, and how what is
    • inspired from above and what resounds from below, the
    • What through the West is formed.
    • What in the heights will be granted.
    • What in the depths is echoed.
    • What through the West is formed.
    • What in the heights will be granted.
    • Anthroposophical Society urgently requests that he may
    • (unclear) that the significance of this laying of the
    • friends, I now consider that for the moment the Vorstand has
    • put before you the main concerns that had to be brought to
    • discussions, is that our dear friends should have a chance to
    • express what they wanted to say. Here is a list of those who
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 13: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 30 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • dear friends, let us bring together what can speak in man in
    • the heart of man only by that which actually made its
    • Light that gives warmth
    • Light that enlightens
    • That good may become
    • What we from our hearts would found
    • What we from our heads would direct
    • That good may become
    • What we from our hearts would found,
    • What we from our heads would direct
    • That good may become
    • What we from our hearts would
    • What we from our heads would
    • completes what Herr Pusch had wanted to say the day before on
    • to add to what I have said so often. I truly believe that an
    • fruits of the seeds of Penmaenmawr. We may believe that the
    • anywhere else, conditions that were necessary for the success
    • picture of Mr Dunlop is that of the man about whom it is
    • always said that he is coming and then he doesn't come. But
    • well, so well that I only wish he were here today so that we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 14: Meeting of practising doctors, 31 December 1923 at 8.30 in the morning
    Matching lines:
    • Light that gives warmth
    • Light that enlightens
    • That good may become
    • What we from our hearts would found
    • What we from our heads would direct
    • We imprint it in such a way that we especially relate to
    • Sun of Christ shine forth so that like shining suns they can
    • importance that a truly anthroposophical method should be
    • the source of the great resistance of our time that has been
    • spiritual-scientific view, you will find that this resistance
    • research existing in the world will have been removed. That
    • seen that quiet work is going on amongst us on scientific
    • questions and that it is indeed possible to provide out of
    • Anthroposophy a stimulus for science in a way that is truly
    • think about it, you will come to realize what a tremendous
    • years we shall come to the result that we need, which is that
    • practical daily life in such realms as the production of what
    • say that the progress of mankind has always gone forward at a
    • slow pace and that there is not likely to be any difference
    • happen that in fifty or seventy-five years' time the chance
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 15: The Idea of the Future Building in Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • Everything that
    • me to the opinion that there is no other way but to proceed
    • me that this Goetheanum must be erected in such a way as to
    • For is it not so that, in considering all the possibilities,
    • we must look, might I say, through the walls, that is through
    • well that what I am about to put to you will be met, out of
    • believe that the situation will prove me right when I say
    • that the best way to proceed will be to plan for a Goetheanum
    • This would not be a good thing to do. So I do believe that
    • be as resistant as possible to damage such as that which
    • ourselves somewhat. But I believe that just because of this
    • we can be all the more certain of achieving what was pointed
    • that above all a spiritual Goetheanum must exist here as soon
    • not forget that this new Goetheanum is to be built in a
    • But though I still believe that this style might
    • shall come back not to a circular building but to one that is
    • the intention in the small building lower down the hill that
    • It is built in a different material, but it shows that an
    • such a way that it would have a lower level — a ground
    • Anthroposophical Society, so that this can be carried out
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 16: Open Discussion of Swiss Delegates
    Matching lines:
    • DR STEINER: I am somewhat surprised by
    • from that, if we are to enter into a provisional arrangement
    • as General Secretary for Switzerland? It seems to me that if
    • preventing Herr Steffen is the fact that he is a member of
    • that we in principle maintain the incompatibility while you
    • Society. It would then be that the Swiss Society comes to the
    • that it is an obvious thing for the central Vorstand to be
    • members have no fear for their independence in that they
    • suggests that the choice of General Secretary be left to the
    • esoteric secrets by saying that it is extremely difficult to
    • with Herr Steffen and myself. And then what Frau Professor
    • chosen. What she said was that the Swiss Society was in an
    • so on, and that therefore it would be important for the
    • rather think that now the person's popularity will be all
    • that matters. But would anyone else like to say
    • believes that it is perhaps not necessary to have a General
    • DR STEINER: Would not people prefer that a person be
    • nominated by the meeting so that the various administrative
    • this? I would like to hear what people think.
    • DR STEINER: Now that we are making a new
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 17: The Envy of the Gods - The Envy of Human Beings
    Matching lines:
    • means place what is to be the content of today's lecture
    • the soul of man, the human spirit, and all that belongs to
    • it, with all that can be discovered on the path outwards into
    • not only the wide realm of the stars but also into what
    • to write down on the blackboard in that hall which was taken
    • from us so soon afterwards, that last thing was intended to
    • raise the human soul up into spiritual heights. On that very
    • evening the link was made with that to which our Goetheanum
    • though in a continuation of that lecture given here a year
    • ago, let me begin by speaking about that to which the link
    • that is if there was talk in super-sensible realms about the
    • what was said went, in essence, like this: In the Mysteries,
    • things in the ancient world were generally aware that in the
    • and that all that carries and maintains the world depends on
    • what takes place in the Mysteries between gods and human
    • manifold words that have come down to us from olden times,
    • have described, I do believe that this is one of the most
    • used to describe anything that lived as a super-sensible being
    • mankind that the human being in his inmost nature has come
    • time of Ephesus we find that indeed the more advanced human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 18: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 1 January, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • what is to inspire us and bring us strength during this
    • What in the depths is echoed
    • What through the West is formed
    • What in the heights will be granted
    • rhythms that go through the world. An image of primeval
    • will find this advice here. That is what I would like to say
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 19: The Rebuilding of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • remarks to what I said yesterday, after which I shall invite
    • remember that I endeavoured to solve the problem of the
    • constructed. Nevertheless I believe that the shaping of the
    • to be of a building that is partly circular and partly
    • rectangular, having no longer a ground-plan that is circular.
    • that is appropriate for concrete as a building material.
    • portals and of the windows, so that you can see how I want to
    • let the inner formative force that was latent in the old
    • want to bring it about that this downward pressure is caught
    • window surrounds. I also want to bring it about that inwardly
    • the spiritual impression is of a portal that draws you in, or
    • a window that takes in the light in order to usher it into
    • about that in a certain way this form reveals how the
    • the portal. So let me describe what is to be revealed.
    • you to see by using different colours to draw what will, of
    • Below that will be a portion, something that could be seen as
    • this is carried by a form which recedes (blue). So what you
    • will here appear as something angular. You must imagine that
    • right in such a way that this pillar or column receives this
    • order to support that which comes out from the inside,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 20: On the Right Entry into the Spiritual World: The Responsibility Incumbent on Us
    Matching lines:
    • which much that is strong and important is to go forth for
    • lecture in a way that connects it inwardly, in its impulse,
    • but also in a way that will
    • out into the world today we see something that has already
    • destructiveness. There are forces at work that give us an
    • think, and until recently most people thought, that until the
    • insights and views, and that now that modern science has
    • arrived, truth that must be upheld forever.
    • amongst mankind today there are some inklings that things are
    • exceptionally large, so that people here and there began to
    • notice that Anthroposophy was something for which people were
    • approximately — that something is happening not only on
    • the earth but also in the whole of the cosmos that is calling
    • mankind to a form of spirituality that is different from what
    • true: The proper impulse for what must now go forth from
    • development so that your hearts might be opened to take in
    • itself. Everything that has hitherto borne the earthly world
    • friends, this encourages me to point out that the impulses we
    • a few minutes on the great responsibility that is now
    • that of historical records — many a legend and many a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the Movement 'free from illusions.' He explains that in anthroposophical
    • it again is to make sure that correct thinking prevails on the score
    • Society. Whatever anthroposophy brings forth must be built on a solid
    • by keeping oriented to that ideal that every anthroposophical heart
    • should be cherishing and that is great enough to unite all the
    • that enthusiasm for this ideal of anthroposophical cooperation has
    • dwindled somewhat during the three successive phases of
    • stand grieving beside the ruins of the building that brought that
    • the more important that we join forces in the right common feeling
    • strength much needed in view of the constantly increasing enmity that
    • that have been the focus of my lectures of the past several weeks,
    • you will perhaps allow me to recall an outstanding memory that has a
    • kind of relationships between members that we need in the
    • love that every single anthroposophist should be feeling for his
    • fellow members and that can be relied on to dissipate any hard
    • feelings that members of the Society could be harboring against any
    • You may remember that
    • gave a short introductory talk stressing the fact that what people
    • What was being
    • striven for at the Goetheanum, what its forms and colors were meant
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the Movement 'free from illusions.' He explains that in anthroposophical
    • that I ought to give you a report on some of the things that happened
    • inevitable under the conditions that prevailed.
    • to an understanding of what came about that I give you a sketch of
    • past several weeks that lengthy preparations preceded the Stuttgart
    • In everything that
    • follows it should be kept in mind that what went on in Stuttgart did
    • Committee and various others to take on the problem. So what occurred
    • exactly as they did. For what was it we faced? We were facing the
    • fact that the Anthroposophical Society had taken on a form in the
    • past two decades that had undergone considerable modification since
    • that my remark was made for quite a different purpose than to express
    • branches out in so many directions. But I believe that everyone of
    • important developments that have taken place in the Society's life
    • anthroposophical tasks for the Society that have grown out of the
    • to the current crisis in the Society. That is one aspect of the facts
    • that have developed in the Society's life.
    • that youth has approached the movement — youth full of deep
    • expectations, with a quite definite picture of what is to be found in
    • the Society, with quite definite feelings. One might say that these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • the Movement 'free from illusions.' He explains that in anthroposophical
    • to give you a sort of report on the events that took place in
    • Stuttgart. I went on to say that I would like to convey something of
    • the substance of the lectures I delivered there. So I will do that
    • Tuesday was conceived as a response to a quite definite need that had
    • from the standpoint of the mood that prevailed there. The need I
    • have a type of experience that life does not afford the single
    • individual that he could not have carried for himself.
    • bonds felt by men of modern times has been that of class. The old
    • human beings feel that they can no longer find in class communities
    • any elements that could carry them into something beyond merely
    • personality. That goes back to certain primal causes. If I may again
    • resort to the terminology I used yesterday, I would say that since
    • matter how unconsciously, that could be expressed in the words,
    • however, that no one can get along on earth without other human
    • beings. Historic ties and bonds like those that unite the proletariat
    • that on the one hand can satisfy the urge to be a distinct individual
    • wants them to have an individual character like that experienced in
    • what goes on between human beings in contemporary life can be traced
    • a renewal of Christianity. It was their belief that such a renewal
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • the Movement 'free from illusions.' He explains that in anthroposophical
    • be so much a verbatim account of what was said there as a fresh
    • discussion of the matters dealt with in that lecture, and I shall
    • second lecture was to show the reasons why certain things that ought
    • those familiar with the history of these societies, that
    • brotherliness all too easily came to grief, that it has been
    • especially in societies built on spiritual foundations that the
    • with, review the matters brought up yesterday. I pointed out that we
    • distinguish between three levels of consciousness: that of ordinary
    • waking life, that of dreams, and finally that of dreamless sleep.
    • for reality, for events just as real as those that take place in the
    • And I pointed out that someone else can be asleep beside him and have
    • perhaps, through many incarnations — that plays into dreams.
    • Man's individual core is what is involved here. He is outside his
    • body with his ego and astrality. That is to say, he is outside his
    • body with the ego that he takes from one incarnation to another, and
    • he is in his astral body, which means that he is living in the world
    • that embraces experience of all the surrounding processes and beings
    • that is, on awakening and on falling asleep. But the dreams are
    • he is sleeping. This means that he is occupied solely with his own
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Hegel, Schopenhauer, Thought, Will
    Matching lines:
    • to what we have already allowed to pass over our souls many
    • the next hour. I would like to remind you that in central
    • other. You only have to consider what I put forward in my
    • between Schopenhauer and Hegel. It appears relevant that
    • Schopenhauer really spared no swearwords in what he held as the
    • consisting of real thought elements. Hegel firmly believed that
    • logic but the system of thought that must form the foundation
    • So, what do we actually have here as thoughts on the one hand
    • intellectual element as actually being that which permeated our
    • yet it is striking, I say, that which in people as the thought
    • striking that the backward aim in the thought element is a type
    • one idea beneath another, because you must be clear that in
    • within, and that above all, what may be in the background can
    • When philosophers come to consider this or that from their
    • Now that which I've characterized for you as thought elements
    • live in the cosmos. What do thoughts mean for the cosmos as
    • observed by Hegel in particular, and what does will mean for
    • in the thought-form being observed. One can't say in fact that
    • it is extraordinarily interesting that when it comes to western
    • the deepest esoteric teachings - that the world is actually
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • that life; for the actual concepts which must be acquired
    • of that life, the concepts of the truths of existence
    • You will find there what new concepts must be
    • ideas that are applicable to this other kind of life, and
    • in reading such a lecture-course you will realise that it
    • is different from the part that is played by the moment of
    • moment of birth is that point which, in ordinary
    • birth; it is the point that is remembered most of all; in a
    • form from that in which it is seen from this side of life.
    • light-filled beginning of experience of the Spirit, as that
    • subsequent life between death and a new birth; as that
    • something that is looked back upon with a deep sense of
    • materialism, we have pictured that the human being loses
    • difficult to picture that consciousness exists beyond
    • death, if we believe that consciousness is darkened (as
    • realise: it simply is not true. The truth is that the
    • excessively clear consciousness, that there sets in, to
    • consciousness. And what we have to do during the first days
    • we succeed in so finding our bearings that, as it were, out
    • wast that ... the moment when, out of the fullness of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • one would then be quoting something that is incorrect. But
    • I chose an example where, in a way that accurately
    • encountered by spiritual-scientific knowledge is that when
    • We know that then,
    • We must realise that
    • forces that are still present in the etheric body would, if
    • in the spiritual world. So that we may say: forces of the
    • it is not enough to picture merely in the abstract that the
    • that the spiritual world is behind the physical world.
    • which lies behind the physical world. Art that is born of
    • knowledge and for the knowledge that is inspired by
    • those who have died prematurely for the fact that their
    • and that many spiritual influences can therefore proceed
    • from these etheric bodies. I think I need hardly say that
    • decisions emanating from that maya of consciousness of
    • realise, a very very great deal to what it is able to
    • etheric body. He has, as it were, made human what,
    • cosmic but just because of that, more human — which
    • mentioned one detail that is connected with the
    • but much else as well. In order to study what else is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • many painful events that have recently happened we have
    • Science. One must picture to oneself that when the human
    • world which is quite different for him from what is often
    • kingdom on the other side of death somewhat as a kind of
    • often mentioned that our speech is calculated for the
    • of expressing that which lies on the other side of
    • the being in question. So that the being gives them, pours
    • them in, and we now have the feeling that — we are
    • expressing something or other that we see through these
    • something is expressing itself, something that uses us to a
    • such a self-surrender that the being finds the possibility
    • a placing of the word at this being's disposal, so that the
    • — if I may put it thus — that which is in the
    • and foremost be healed of what can be called the earthly
    • speak much of oneself, to judge everything so that first of
    • world, and what one signifies to the world, if one has this
    • for what in the earthly sense is the most interesting of
    • So we shall always find that the way into the true
    • nature, to speak of ourselves, to speak of what we could be
    • with people who for instance greatly lamented that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Bridge between Morality and Nature
    Matching lines:
    • clear understanding of the actual basis of what we are talking
    • as if it is somehow present there. People imagine that somehow
    • in which they are composed today. It is extraordinary that in
    • of view arose, and quite a firm idea was established that a
    • bodily nature, and that the soul-spiritual could be regarded as
    • Materialistic science stresses repeatedly that the same measure
    • abnormality indicating that the human being is dependent on the
    • to his body, and so on. It was also shown, that whatever is
    • available as physical research, proves that in all acts of
    • Gley who said that the highest talents in human beings,
    • somewhat captivating in the manner in which the scientific art
    • can't say anything other than that the more people refer to
    • nature are ever more pushed to the background; that the
    • towards that which had earlier been regarded as still contained
    • by retarded, uninformed people, and that it must disappear.
    • today's natural observation below that which has come out of
    • and the fifties and sixties who decidedly pointed out that the
    • body as precursor appeared the soul spiritual and that any
    • places, that there are people who with great intensity have
    • repulsed the idea that one must be entitled to decline from a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science, History, Reincarnation, Culture, Examples
    Matching lines:
    • between what can be called the order of nature and the moral
    • embracing examination including human evolution. That which
    • various forms, reaching a total conception of what is working
    • such a manner that it isn't an abstract theory, only a sum of
    • what is given in the area of spiritual science in its specific
    • observations. Something like this must be somewhat retained
    • influenced what we call the natural scientific way of thinking
    • by scientific studies and it is believed that the historical
    • necessity. Even though for many it is somewhat depressing
    • considering how a person has more of this, or less of that,
    • branches off from the foregoing, this again from what was
    • and try where possible to get a feel for what we usually do
    • be practical and clear that in every one of these people there
    • developed in such a way that he didn't stand directly in
    • is argued that one would understand these things, but in fact
    • about this and that, what mankind is doing at present, how they
    • live there, the affect of this or that inherited quality. Yet
    • situations, yes, everywhere, say: what a person takes on from
    • consider how someone living in the present had taken what had
    • things. I have made indications what, particularly in our time,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Opponents to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • lengthy voyage regarding what relates to important tasks of the
    • that important tasks need to be spoken about. Through some
    • bearers and that they this up and understand it in the right
    • to whom the content of what is meant in this anthroposophic
    • spiritual science was such that from the beginning, it was
    • possible by many of those in the member's circles that such a
    • sides amongst the membership. It is characteristic that people
    • not in agreement with what your religious tradition has brought
    • you, it is in agreement with what the popular spreading of a
    • when something is offered which surpasses that, which is
    • you still prefer to a certain extent what is a given, because
    • through submitting on the one side to what life has presented
    • what moves within mankind and worldly life, can it be united
    • with what is loved in the trade of some circles, which intend,
    • spiritual science. It is already necessary that these things
    • a situation in the world that it can be attacked from all
    • Later on I want to speak in greater depth about what makes this
    • author, in what I might call a brutal clarity.
    • regarding what the orientation is of spiritual science. The man
    • lore' and duly reject their borders in order that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 1: The Experience of Major and Minor
    Matching lines:
    • developed up to a certain stage, and it may be said that we have achieved
    • From various quarters it is strongly apparent that people have frequently
    • to them. This sad fact, that more significance is attached to something
    • a proof that at the present time the understanding for eurythmy has
    • not made much headway. It is of the utmost importance that this understanding
    • way. It cannot be denied that on the part of eurythmists themselves,
    • eurythmy, for above all what is perceived by the onlooker must be borne
    • in mind. The onlooker not only perceives the movement or gesture that
    • is presented by the eurythmist, he also perceives what the eurythmist
    • is feeling and inwardly experiencing. This makes it essential that the
    • and especially that which is to be presented. In speech eurythmy this
    • the kind of judgements about tone eurythmy that reach us, which I have
    • mentioned. And this is also why I believe it to be necessary that now
    • all, that in eurythmy we should get beyond the mere making of gestures
    • and producing of movements, and that in the realm of tone eurythmy,
    • and especially in our writing, we no longer have any conception of what
    • really encompasses the sound), we find that even in the German language
    • many words still exist closely related to what lies in the sound alpha
    • that those forces proceed which embrace an alpha-being.
    • to understand that the spine is the point from which rays forth that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 2: Experience and Gesture; the Intervals
    Matching lines:
    • in the human being. [7] Music and language, that is to say, the sounds
    • Now everything that lives
    • warmth. Let us suppose that someone is singing or speaking. Imagine
    • But you know that when
    • of expansion. In the oscillating air, that is to say, in the alternation
    • their inner quality of soul from the warmth that, as it were, is carried
    • behind. From this you will see that when someone speaks or sings, something
    • aware of how the human being perceives what is taking place here. We
    • know that the sounds of speech and of singing are activated by the larynx
    • and all that is connected with it. The human being perceives by means
    • or takes in what is sung, or speaks or takes in what is spoken. Hence
    • Everything that can be
    • laid hold of by the senses, and everything that can be expressed through
    • instrument. And so what otherwise remains an experience of the ear or
    • you recall that the animal (which is of a lower order than man) breaks
    • What does a feeling of
    • pleasure imply? To be overcome with pleasure really means that we lose
    • that the human being is losing himself. And everything painful means
    • it means that he is resisting this tendency to lose himself in pleasure.
    • We need only to understand what occurs here, and we speak in gesture.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 3: Melodic Movement; the Ensouling of the Three Dimensions through Pitch, Rhythm and Beat
    Matching lines:
    • stepping forwards, so that the arm remains stationary, the body following
    • The arm, the hand that is, must remain in the same place while you step
    • forwards. This exercise must be carried out in such a way that the arm,
    • While stepping forwards try to draw the hand back somewhat — not too
    • and the seventh as actually lying outside the physical body, so that
    • possible for you to imagine that by your going out, the seventh brings
    • inner reality of what has just been said about the relationship of the
    • seventh to the keynote, from the fact that this can be therapeutically
    • other organ in the chest is diagnosed, it will be found that this very
    • me also say the following. If, in a similar way to that which I have
    • relationship, and it is strikingly characteristic that the hand, which
    • but the sixth in relation to the keynote is so expressed that you feel
    • these gestures (which will have shown you that in its essential being,
    • you that speech eurythmy has a corrective artistic influence upon recitation
    • the matter is that in our inartistic age, recitation and declamation
    • of the sort, indeed by anything that makes an appeal to sensation or
    • influence upon everything that is musical.
    • represent something or other; the listener cannot always be sure what
    • who are only out to denegrate all that is being produced today in the
    • upon the foundations of what is really artistic, and to be able to speak
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 4: The Progression of Musical Phrases; Swinging Over; the Bar Line
    Matching lines:
    • sense in the progression of the motifs — that is, the musical element
    • progressing within the motif itself You all know that a motif frequently
    • case. The bar, the change of bar that is, interrupts the motif And when
    • feel that something like a ‘dead interval’ lies between them (musicians
    • frequently even use this expression). It is further said that such a
    • that people have no feeling for the fact that the true musical element
    • actually is that which is inaudible. When the dead interval is spoken
    • about, and is compared with what lies between two spoken words, the
    • Just think that in speech,
    • but this is quite different from a clear feeling that one word ends
    • for meaning between what is apparent to the senses (that is to say,
    • the inaudible realm. It is sad that people today have so little feeling
    • even listen into the words, discovering in the words what lies behind
    • them. In this case words at all times are an aid to express what cannot
    • so that whoever carries the movement does it, so to speak, within himself,
    • that he is pushed together, and especially in moving a form by contracting
    • It would be quite good to make sure that the matter is clear. Let us
    • is somewhat home-baked.)
    • of what I have been speaking about. The phrase starts with a G and progresses
    • what it means for the various forms of phrasing. I wanted to show you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurthmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 5: Choral Eurythmy
    Matching lines:
    • You will have seen that it is quite possible for a single individual
    • is necessarily rather primitive, and is somewhat meagre when presented
    • be given by a solo eurythmist. It is to be hoped that these solo performances
    • eurythmy may be revealed. In spite of this, it cannot be denied that
    • point, however, is that we must not merely take these things schematically,
    • but also enter somewhat into the quality of working together in artistic
    • I have emphasized what
    • then we can perceive that which forms the fundamental basis of musical
    • eurythmy. What you experience as astral human being usually remains
    • present to the world that which otherwise remains in repose in the astral
    • phenomenon. My reason for doing so is, that if as eurythmists you can
    • and he progressed far, coming to the view that it does not take much
    • to acquire all that we presently call music. We can feel in Hauer's
    • whole manner of expression that in a certain respect he is inwardly
    • extraordinarily honest. On the one hand, he came to the conclusion that
    • what goes by the name of music today is exceptionally easily come by,
    • but, on the other hand, that precisely the musical element is missing,
    • that we are led away from the musical realm. Indeed, very much of what
    • I have said that the actual
    • in the intervals, constituting that which we do not hear. In speaking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 6: The Sustained Note; the Rest; Discords
    Matching lines:
    • gestures of eurythmy, what then is the musical element as such, the
    • extremes. On the one hand it may be said that the melodic element is
    • tending more and more towards what is thematic, towards the expression
    • that, especially in recent times through a Wagnerian influence, as well
    • of something that is not music. On the other hand, especially in the
    • of which it was said (not without a certain justification) that it made
    • extreme cases. To put forward the idea that music embodies nothing and
    • in the movements, in the actual gestures themselves, that which lies
    • the provision should consist that you, as eurythmists, regard the actual
    • note, and in a certain sense the chord too, as that which pushes you
    • the note, but will express in the fullest possible way everything that
    • lies between the notes and what comes to the fore, for instance, in
    • what is purely musical, but why is the urge to deviate from it so strong?
    • can never produce a musical mood. In order that modern civilization
    • modern civilization wanted to provide the clearest proof that it is
    • unmusical. And the proof is given in that it has produced the film.
    • The film is the clearest proof that those who like it are unmusical.
    • For the whole basis of films is that they only permit those things to
    • It must be admitted that
    • that which is stimulated from outside. Attempts are made to imitate
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 7: Musical Physiology; the Point of Departure; Intervals; Cadences
    Matching lines:
    • I have often stressed that eurythmy is drawn from
    • be obvious to you that the musical element is situated, so to speak,
    • recognize that that which is latent in the human singing apparatus through
    • this with what happens when the lower and upper jaws are interlocked,
    • Now we see how that which
    • serves the musical element in singing is continued below. That which
    • is in the collar-bone that we may feel the starting point from which
    • that a force goes out from your collar-bone with its muscles into the
    • feeling your limbs so that they can be used for such movements as we
    • to the left and right of the collar-bone. Feel that all the subtle possibilities
    • Then feel that you pour
    • hand in a certain way so that the force enabling you to retain this
    • We can also unfold the feeling that comes towards us, and here we have
    • to the hand itself that you go out of yourself. The fourth is still
    • to feel the movement that gives you the fourth. The fifth is here on
    • mere figure of speech to say that eurythmy has been drawn out of the
    • organization of the human being. So strongly is this the case that you
    • at the ends of the fingers. It is here that the seventh arises. The
    • draw out the possibilities of movement that are inherent in the human
    • we find in what is practised the movements drawn out in this way from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 8: Pitch (ethos and pathos), Note Values, Dynamics, Changes of Tempo
    Matching lines:
    • a provisional conclusion, so that a stimulation for the advance of the
    • that a living stream of development has to be maintained. I have frequently
    • said that eurythmy is only just beginning (perhaps only an attempted
    • more and more that many things can be expressed either in one way or
    • another, and that in art it is a question of taste. And with several
    • things you will have to consult your own feelings: ‘What special means
    • must I employ to bring this or that to expression?’
    • means of expressing that most essential element of music, the phrase
    • our attention to that which gives the phrase its actual content, and
    • that nothing is musical which is not in some way rooted in human feeling.
    • we saw that in its more physical, bodily aspect, movement springs from
    • characteristic we touched upon yesterday simply points to the fact that
    • Now I must beg you not to misunderstand this, and think that it is my
    • It is a fact, however, that precisely in the element of pitch, something
    • of music. It may be left to the physicist. [51] That element of music
    • music inclines away from the intellect that the head has so little to
    • we could well answer that this would be equivalent in real speech eurythmy
    • of the musical element, that is pitch, the activity of the head should
    • you begin to think, artistic activity ceases. I am not saying that art
    • — but that is a very different matter.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 1: Probability and Chance
    Matching lines:
    • factors involved so before us that the course of our thoughts doesn't
    • go astray from reality, that we follow the thread of reality.
    • value to be derived from the realization that truth is hard to get at
    • and that it is very easy to go astray as we forge ahead in a train of
    • You will find that what I am going to tell
    • you today will make it easier to understand certain matters that will
    • an introduction that, though it has its difficulties, will nevertheless
    • that there is a contemporary philosopher by the name of Fritz Mauthner
    • For Mauthner no longer believes — if that expresses it —
    • that people seek knowledge in the form of concepts. It is rather his
    • conviction that it is fundamentally just language to which people attach
    • their insights. He believes that they don't really have true concepts
    • when they are thinking, but merely have what words convey, and that words
    • simply suggest this or that to them. He pictures people as having certain
    • but one that was bound to emerge eventually in an age working its way
    • will see that the materialistic age has gradually learned to talk about
    • aspects involved in what I'll be reading you as I am in getting you
    • to examine your feelings as you are exposed to what a materialistic
    • in it.” He believes that looking at all the things that happen
    • be to regress to the state of a child gradually discovering what some
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 2: Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    Matching lines:
    • that there will still be a great deal to say about a certain problem or
    • from a great variety of viewpoints. That is the question of the alternating
    • attempts that have been made to solve it. There is the so-called exhaustion
    • theory, which is only one of the many that have been advanced in recent
    • decades. This theory holds that we secrete substances resulting from
    • life, and that the sleeping state somehow eliminates these exhaustion
    • Now we must always take the position that
    • such a theory — I mean, what it describes — does not have
    • a problem, to study life's riddles, in a way that really relates the
    • standpoint from which they are studied to the insights that can be gained
    • in a particular age. That will provide the right basis for bringing
    • — the point is to know what questions to ask, to avoid pursuing
    • mind. In the very early days I called attention to the fact that if
    • from a great variety of studies that we are here dealing with different
    • states of consciousness, so that the question of consciousness is the
    • all-important one here. We must realize that our most important concern
    • We will have to ask ourselves what the real difference is between the
    • And this is what we find: When we are awake
    • — we need only to register what each one of us is conscious of
    • be able to say that when we are in the day- waking state, we cannot
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 3: Necessity and Chance in Historical Events
    Matching lines:
    • and providence. But today that will require me to introduce certain
    • to be added on Monday. That will give us today, tomorrow (after the
    • What I am saying is that many a person whose consciousness and mentality
    • of necessity, in a somewhat narrow sense at least. Even individuals
    • limited by materialism still agree that the sun will rise tomorrow out
    • of a certain necessity. In their view, the probability that the sun
    • narrow when they are confronted with what may be called historical events.
    • extremely interesting to see how he tries there to figure out what history
    • to witness the fact that the sun has risen. That is a fact. And now
    • he concludes that we can ascribe this rising of the sun to a law, to
    • similar facts in outer nature that brought about this recognition of
    • So he says of historical “necessity,” for example, “That
    • Napoleon outdid himself and marched to Russia or that I smoked one cigar
    • more than usual in the past hour are two facts that really happened,
    • something that may be termed historical fact, like Napoleon's campaign
    • and the reported fact that he smoked an extra cigar, are both necessary
    • here an honest man straightforwardly admitting something that his less
    • He is admitting that the fact that Caesar lived cannot be distinguished
    • for example, that Wundt set up a systematic arrangement of the sciences.
    • really be discovered than that it had become customary, or, in other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 4: Necessity as Past Subjectivity
    Matching lines:
    • If you look at works such as that of Fritz Mauthner, to whom I have
    • repeatedly referred, you will see what consequences necessarily result
    • concept “supply” with that of a “supply of words,”
    • that most philosophical concepts belong in the useless category. Those
    • that you have been trying all the way through it to get hold of your
    • one on “Christianity.” But that is true of almost all the
    • What is an illusory concept?
    • it is not an easy matter to describe in general terms what distinguishes
    • or deadness. It may be that the falsity was inherent, or else became
    • exact scrutiny could all along have discovered that they contradicted
    • Now wouldn't you agree that this is quite
    • possible to comment that “the concept was false from the start
    • because exact scrutiny could have discovered all along that it contradicted
    • had been born early enough, he would have seen to it that people didn't
    • out only when human learning became convinced that neither the devil
    • We could be tempted to repeat that
    • of the individual in that necessity, could have for a person like Faust.
    • But Mauthner says, “Necessity — What is it? Just a way of
    • of cosmic events bypasses human beings. People say that “the sun
    • so we assume that it will rise tomorrow and the day after tomorrow,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 5: Necessity and Past, Chance and Present
    Matching lines:
    • We have seen that necessity must be thought of in connection with the
    • past, that the world contains as much necessity as it does past. For,
    • that we will be fit to take up the study of the truths of spiritual
    • what we might term deep spiritual-scientific truths if we shy away from
    • concepts of a demanding nature. They are what disciplines our souls and
    • individuals who declared that they could not attend my lectures because
    • The reproach was once made to Goethe that he
    • of what people were calling “pallid concepts.”
    • concept, the idea — “and to the eye dead. How is it that you
    • words about mysterious matters of the kind that give them something
    • they ask them, “How is it that you call forth holy life from founts
    • perfections that delight the eye or the senses in general proves elevating.
    • work through what people often refer to as “pallid concepts.”
    • The question is now whether all the concepts that we tend, in ordinary
    • to be so linked. People say that what is necessary happens. But is this
    • actually always the case? I would like to answer with a comparison that
    • will clarify the matter. Let us suppose that we have a river with a
    • brook starting to run down from the heights. Let's imagine that something
    • state that according to what we are able to see from our vantage point
    • it is a matter of necessity that this brook flows into this river. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 6: Imaginative Cognition Leaves Insights of Natural Science Behind
    Matching lines:
    • deal more than I was able to point out on that occasion, more indeed
    • that it is possible to delve more deeply, in a truly spiritual-scientific
    • to the facts we encounter in the world. And I showed that this approach
    • works according to whether it is that of human beings or of other beings.
    • expressly that these souls are “for the angels sweetest gain.”
    • We'll see that the saying that souls of this
    • unvarnished truth” depend on the fact that our cognitive processes
    • and our soul experiences add nothing to things. Just consider what a
    • point science makes of restricting itself to merely reflecting what
    • its pronunciamentos. Let us recall what trouble is taken by those who
    • that their fabrications are dictated by some reality or other outside
    • up to what is claimed to be valuable “occult knowledge”
    • this type are when they can report that such and such beings appeared
    • to them, this or that was “dictated” to them, or something
    • them, for then they can have the feeling that the conceptions they have
    • might say that in their concern for attaining the reliable knowledge
    • of it. Knowledge should not add anything to what already exists, for
    • We are familiar with the fact that the next level of knowledge is that
    • Now we find that when a person on the path
    • cognitive tool, what is called knowledge in the physical world, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 7: The Physical Body Binds Us to the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • I have often mentioned the fact that we can derive the right impulses
    • here before that we must of course realize first that human beings
    • bring this about through the fact that they bear within themselves certain
    • of how human beings who gradually advance to what is known as clairvoyant
    • The next step is then that the etheric rather
    • It is true, of course, that we are always
    • use them in the sense that they carry on their activity within our physical
    • bodies, so that both the physical and etheric bodies are made use of
    • during our life on the physical plane. But we come to know what the
    • perceptive instrument. We know that this condition comes about naturally
    • Then, for a short time, we make use of the etheric body, until that
    • body, from the second condition that soon follows it, and brings about
    • I have been saying that the physical body
    • binds us to everything that comes to us on the physical plane. What,
    • then, does the etheric body bind us to? It binds us to everything that
    • relates us to the cosmos, to the extraterrestrial, to everything that
    • lives in us that cannot be ascribed directly to any connection with
    • are due to physical heredity. This is a radical case that illustrates
    • alert observers of life are perfectly aware that nobody resembles any
    • by saying that everyone has lived through repeated earth lives and demonstrates
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 8: Death, Physical Body and Etheric Body
    Matching lines:
    • If you think over the change that had to be described in advancing
    • world next above it, you will see that the worlds from which our physical
    • the worlds of the spirit. And it is just when someone says that they
    • don't exist and that he won't trouble himself about them that he is
    • enable a person to deal with them. For that, it is necessary to know
    • least, to find that we can characterize it adequately with the concepts
    • your attention to the fact that the conceptions we form based on the
    • to something that demonstrates how vitally necessary it is to arrive
    • of the physical body. We know that this physical body then undergoes
    • observable fact is that the physical body disintegrates into its smallest
    • particles, which are then incorporated into earthly matter. That is
    • matter and substance. We know too that this dissolution process is a
    • spiritual one as well, but we don't need to go into that any further
    • at the present moment. What is important for us now is the situation
    • clearly that this dissolution of the physical body is by no means merely
    • the physical body. It has always been more or less the case that the
    • ways of drawing this too, but that isn't important.
    • is this pressing into the physical body between birth and death that
    • gives our souls a sense of ego-hood, that allows us, as I might also
    • back into it again. The result is that from now on we cannot develop
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • been a constant reminder of what was intended to go out into
    • the world from this Goetheanum. However, the misfortune that
    • — that would have reigned within this material, artistic
    • presence confirms to me that education involves one of the most
    • crucial questions of our time, and that it will receive the
    • countries, and who show, through your presence, that what is
    • what will concern us during the next few days. Education is
    • that is, where does this praiseworthy enthusiasm for better
    • effects, how can one know what constitutes proper educational
    • The second question arises from listening to what certain
    • few days ago a book appeared on the market that, in itself, did
    • interest in this person that many Europeans do, in regard to
    • am sure that you would agree that the most beautiful memories
    • what happened in certain lessons. Indeed, it would be sad if
    • this were so, because what affects children during lessons
    • life we should not be plagued by the details of what we once
    • stream of life. Couldn't we say that our most beautiful
    • value for the whole of one's life. It is important that
    • perspective, we find that he does not talk of his teachers with
    • East — that the wrongs of education would hardly be so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • on what remains when the human spirit and part of the human
    • soul are ignored. Such knowledge rests on what can be found,
    • being. What is gained through this approach then forms the
    • dead way, but through a living mode of observation that can
    • perceive accurately the various metamorphoses that take place
    • going through. But the differences are so deeply hidden that
    • theoretical knowledge and then to think: What I have learned in
    • can respond properly to whatever comes from each individual
    • child. This is another way that anthroposophical knowledge of
    • child, so that in response to all that comes from the child one
    • knows instantly and exactly what must be done in every single
    • theories about what we should eat or drink, but in ordinary
    • that.
    • well as soul and spirit, so that you intuitively know what
    • knowledge of human beings has such inner fullness that it can
    • concentration, and so on. In that case, intellectual ideas are
    • situation that externalizes all educational methods and
    • we shall find that there are three things with which they have
    • to come to terms, three activities that become a decisive
    • factor for the entire life to come. These are what are simply
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Yesterday I pointed out that there is much more involved
    • apparent outwardly. I also indicated that it is impossible to
    • between what is internal and what is external. When considering
    • us first look at what is very simply called “learning to
    • walk.” I have already mentioned that a part of this
    • However, in this dynamic system of forces that the child takes
    • that is of a fundamentally different character. I noted this
    • must always bear in mind that, pre-eminently during the first
    • child is one big sense organ. This is what makes children
    • receptive to everything that comes from their surroundings. But
    • it also causes them to recreate inwardly everything that is
    • just one particular sense organ — that a young child is
    • world and, in keeping with its organization, reproduces what is
    • life inwardly reproduce everything that happens around
    • the child takes in what is thus coming from the environment
    • process is happening here that cannot be recognized by the
    • what is actually happening to slip through. In this way only
    • for what is specifically human.
    • it would be natural to assume that it must surely be deep love
    • that motivates a child to imitate one particular person. But if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • what we understand as knowledge of the human being. Some of
    • what is still missing will surely find its way into our further
    • that this knowledge of the human being is not the kind that
    • will lead to theories, but one that can become human instinct,
    • ensouled and spiritual instinct that, when translated into
    • practice. Of course, you must realize that in giving lectures
    • of indications, to what such knowledge of the human being can
    • only broad outlines, something that is very unpopular these
    • days. Few people are sufficiently aware that anything expressed
    • what is far more complex and multifarious in actual life.
    • we remember that young children are essentially ensouled sense
    • organs, entirely given over in a bodily-religious way to what
    • it that, until the change of teeth, everything within their
    • aware that whenever the child perceives with the senses, at the
    • what is perceived through the soul and spirit. This means that
    • scene for the most important impulses of later life, and that
    • now that we are moving more toward the practical aspects of
    • education, we have to consider that between the change of teeth
    • have to direct these impulses toward what is likely to be
    • of such importance for teachers to be able to perceive what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • that educators acquire the ability to create the kind of mental
    • imagery that can guide pupils through the tender transitional
    • with listening for what comes from the natural authority of the
    • judgment, but comes in the guise of what the naturally revered
    • authority of the teacher says. Similarly, what is considered
    • false simply agrees with what this freely accepted authority
    • considers false. This also applies to what is seen as beautiful
    • teacher's authority or that of another adult in charge.
    • somewhat.
    • During the initial period of life — that is, from birth
    • the complete inadequacy of what we are told by contemporary
    • within every sense organ an inner activity also occurs that has
    • after this event, with the result that, between entering school
    • human being that is entirely human and pictorial. This is why
    • What children really want during this stage is for everything
    • inner horror (I think one can put it that strongly) of facing a
    • can use what I described yesterday as the content for the
    • you to be told that teachers should relate parts of the human
    • can show their students how what is concentrated within one
    • the child's soul, that the human being as seen physically is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • At the same time, you must remember that, as a teacher and
    • educator, you are part of the social setting, and that you
    • and methods must be formed so that they offer every opportunity
    • know the child's true nature according to what has been shown
    • on the other hand, what is seen in relation to society in
    • everything that can live in will to gratitude; the
    • second, everything that can live in the will to love;
    • and third, everything that can live in the will to duty.
    • Generally speaking, people are far too unaware of what, in this
    • yet gratitude is a virtue that, in order to play a proper role
    • something that must already flow into the human being when the
    • that has to be developed out of the bodily-religious
    • All that flows, with devotion and love, from a child's inner
    • being toward whatever comes from the periphery through the
    • that are worthy of the child's gratitude and it will flow
    • growth that make the limbs grow, and that alter even the
    • thankful for whatever comes from their surroundings. On the
    • children through merely witnessing the gratitude that their
    • elders feel as they receive what is freely given by their
    • feeling grateful by allowing the child to imitate what is done
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • that we have spoken of in the past few days. Many of you will
    • have noticed already that what is considered here to be both
    • right and good in education differs in many ways from what is
    • the one hand, we stand on the firm ground of a pedagogy that
    • derives from objective knowledge, and that prescribes specific
    • have discovered already from what you have heard so far). To
    • ascertain what must be done in this education, we take our cue
    • opened on September 7, 1919.] They have come to realize that
    • not a single detail of this pedagogy is arbitrary, that
    • everything in it is a direct response to what can be read in
    • the child's own nature. This represents one side of what has
    • own ideals (or whatever else you choose to call these things),
    • at the end of the road that our students do not fit into life
    • educational ideals. Life is governed by what arises from the
    • thinking. And so there is always a danger that we will educate
    • children in a way that, though correct in itself, could
    • that one must not steer fanatically toward one's chosen
    • that are alien to its nature. They may appear within some
    • negative had to be agreed upon — that is, a kind of
    • what is considered relevant to their inner needs. At the same
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VIII:
    Matching lines:
    • In order to round off, so to speak, what we could only
    • What has to emerge clearly from the spirit of this education is
    • that equal consideration be given to everything pertaining to
    • being in the right way. And here it must be understood that
    • metabolic-motor system — we do not imply that they
    • into three separate spatial regions. It can only be said that
    • these three systems interpenetrate one another, that they work
    • blood circulation. Here one must not ignore the fact that
    • everything that furthers the rhythms of digestion — and
    • connected with all that forms the human motor system. As for
    • of this means that, although the three systems work naturally
    • that illness is due primarily to the influences of the
    • nerve-sense system. That is why young children before their
    • that originate from within — those called childhood
    • influences that emanate from the environment, those that reach
    • a less violent form of temper that can very often be seen among
    • people. The shock that follows, together with its moral and
    • influences that work on the child will remain as after-effects
    • you do that again, I'll pour the entire inkwell over your
    • children that the adults would not dream of applying to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Introduction to a Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • impression of eurythmy. It is an artistic movement that draws
    • Therefore, what you are about to see on stage is not based on
    • study (according to Goethe's method of what he called
    • know that, in speaking, air is moved. If we made a detailed
    • beings communicate with each another, we would find that a
    • Air-forms that flow out more radially from a speaking person
    • Sounds that shape these air-gestures into waves of a more
    • Through this arrangement, what happens in ordinary speech or
    • song has now been made visible, and the only difference is that
    • have to extract from the thought sphere what language offers
    • that stream radially outward in sound, word, or sentence
    • that accompany the spoken word, a unique opportunity is
    • presented for outwardly expressing, clearly and visibly, what
    • belief that human souls and spirits are linked to any
    • but, strictly speaking, they have to restrain what wants to
    • say that of everything being produced in the art of poetry,
    • being. What a poet tries to accomplish through imagination,
    • to recede, while giving voice to what is truly poetic and
    • meaning — something that has become much too popular in
    • is believed that the personality of the speaker will then be in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour and the Human Races: Lecture I: The Nature of Color
    Matching lines:
    • In order, gentlemen that the last question may be
    • blind person. A blind person feels differently in a room that
    • is lighted and in a room that is dark. Though it is so weak a
    • matter that he does not perceive it, yet it has a great
    • room which has blue windows. That acts quite differently on his
    • Now from what I have hitherto put before
    • you, you will perhaps have realized that two things are most
    • complete human being and has nerves and blood. Imagine that
    • nerves too spread out. You see, what you have
    • in the hand, that is,
    • For what is actually there in the glow of
    • apparent path, but that does not matter (in reality the earth
    • are the clouds and the light falls actually on them. What is
    • that actually? This is very
    • understand that?
    • illumined clouds through the darkness that is around you. You
    • see light through darkness. So that we can say it is the same
    • that dawn has gone by and it is daytime. You see freely up into
    • the air, as it is today. What do you see? You see the so-called
    • same. That certainly does not continue into all infinity, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour and the Human Races: Lecture II: Color and the Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • know, of course, that over the face of the earth are people
    • Well, we know indeed that a man in Europe is not quite
    • So if we ask: What races belong to these
    • to Europe and it is naturally only mischievous that it now
    • three races. I have already told you that color has to do with
    • What is the position then with a black body? A black body
    • assimilates in itself all the light that falls upon it and
    • light that falls on it, absorbs everything into itself, and
    • not need the light, I will only use what is in myself, I send
    • You can study that more closely if you
    • of both light and warmth. That goes on until the time when it
    • — but that
    • beneath the earth, what does it become? Black coal. It becomes
    • tree. It does not give that out unless we destroy it. If we
    • up so much light and warmth that
    • That is the condition of coal.
    • Let us suppose that the object does not
    • of such a nature will be white. That is the snow in winter. It
    • the relation that exists between objects on earth and universal
    • Let us apply that to man in universal
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Development of the child up to puberty
    Matching lines:
    • indicates that certain forces present and active in the
    • state of metamorphosis. What appears with the pushing out of
    • We discover by researching this appearance, that up to the
    • the body and were active there. That which later would become
    • at a true observation of what works in an important way during
    • as something soul-spiritual. Then we also realise what the
    • one another in a meaningful way. We can also observe that a
    • What I have just said can be proved through supersensible sight
    • how to some extent insight is eased regarding what in our
    • experiencing our imagination we can see what is forming in the
    • acquires simply through the imaginative experience that which
    • that it's during this period of the child's life when there is
    • be studied time and again. A part of what becomes freed up for
    • growing forces working on in the child resists against what
    • appears essentially in the respiratory process. What now
    • striking, as meaningful as what later takes place between
    • we said, before the start of dentition, what breathing actually
    • actually breathe in what brings on puberty, which also gives us
    • point. What wanted to stream in through the breathing process
    • of what comes out of the growing processes and what is still a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture I: The Threefoldness of Space and the Unity of Time
    Matching lines:
    • how short-sighted it is to believe that the constitution of the modern
    • must try to give as clear an answer as possible to the question: What
    • about the sacred mysteries of existence. We know that from this ancient
    • differently. Today I will speak of what are apparently the most ordinary
    • the most abstract thing conceivable. What do men mostly picture as space?
    • — or there are still other definitions of space. But all that
    • — think how prosaic, cold, abstract, that all is! Three dimensions
    • standing at right angles to one another, or even all that geometry has
    • poverty-stricken, so poverty-stricken that the whole of space —
    • modern man knows little more than that it has length, breadth and height,
    • one may definitely say that space, as it was then experienced, was very
    • different for the human soul from the prosaic abstraction that it is
    • and left, in front and behind. The living feeling that one expressed
    • angles to each other. What a very monotonous occupation it would be
    • that was a deep experience when one felt above and below. Above, and
    • what is left and right of it gives together the form and you cannot
    • shape, of wisdom and form, was experienced by the man of old as what
    • only through thickness. In ancient times man felt vividly that in growing
    • of the above and below. He felt that in walking, he could move freely
    • that he was in the element of his will: before and behind. In between
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture II: Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • must strive to press forward from the apparent reality, that is actually
    • around us continually, to the true reality. And I pointed out that the
    • precisely to delusion. I said that much rather must one strive to
    • well, and then in a living manner unite with each other what can be
    • what we have realised with regard to these two currents in human knowledge
    • of reality on this foundation. You will remember that I said: The course
    • second half of life what he has thought, what his soul on the whole
    • has gone through in the first half. I said that natural intelligence
    • prevails. What prevails as intelligence and also what we learn in these
    • would be able to understand what he thought, felt and willed as a child
    • up to the change of teeth. Thus it is only in later years that one becomes
    • The forces in man that can grasp what one went through intelligently
    • in the first years of childhood are in fact only born as late as that
    • life-period that dates from the change of teeth to puberty. Only think
    • what the child goes through in thought, feeling, willing, up to puberty,
    • Through his own human earthly forces man would be able to grasp what
    • And again what we live through
    • What we devise and develop as ideals we should only grasp in its importance,
    • forces. Only what we experience between the ages of 28 and 35 stands
    • development in a lifetime if you reflect upon what has been brought
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture III: Romanism and Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • If we bring to mind what
    • that must replace ours towards the future in an energetic way, that
    • it should look deeper into true reality, that above all such high-sounding
    • Idealism, Realism, and so on, come to an end, and that men realise that
    • from merely following up theoretically all that exists in the world
    • not suppose that the materialistic concept of the world which has spread
    • that there arises a sort of external manifestation of the ideas which
    • men have had in their heads; but that is not the case. As soon as one
    • turns one's mind to the conditions that in reality follow one another
    • then that does not accord at all, it is not true that the world is somehow
    • only understands that this cannot be the reality if one realises that
    • the human being is of a double nature, as we have explained, that in
    • other continually. Only because that is so is the following concrete
    • phenomenon possible. Let us assume that an age would give itself up
    • part of human nature that is the bearer of the conscious life. To begin
    • with, the bearer of the conscious life has not that thoroughgoing influence
    • on human life that a superficial observation is inclined to attribute
    • influence of materialism more and more spiritual. So that the actual
    • that the lower nature of man becomes increasingly spiritual. You must
    • that a materialistic age actually prepares a spiritual culture, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 2: The Entrance of Christianity into the Course of Earth Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • time is not likely, perhaps, to create in many people that depth of
    • Christmas Holy Nights, when the soul that is prepared for it is able to
    • legend from the performances given here, that of Olaf Åsteson.
    • in the external world the general spirit of our time, that a Christmas
    • mood, a Christmas impulse, must now be sought anew by mankind. What
    • While it is true that for many believers the Christ still stands at
    • the center of their religious creed and that beside Him all else of
    • time now the rise of a theology that has really lost the Christ, that
    • that is essential when the human heart looks up to Christ needs to be
    • sense — if a true impulse is to be reawakened that will lead human
    • let us today direct our spiritual vision primarily to what might be
    • of the Old Testament. We can observe the phenomena that occurred among
    • divided into two separate currents, that of the Pharisees and that of
    • But that is merely the designation we use; there has always existed
    • that place for which the most important designation up to the time of
    • the Mystery of Golgotha was that Solomon's Temple had been built
    • longer at the place from which that spirituality streamed forth. The
    • sometimes gigantic symbols all that was contained in the world conception
    • beings. It was nonetheless an image of the universe that in a certain
    • sense and in one direction was extraordinarily one-sided. That is to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 3: Brotherliness and Freedom ...
    Matching lines:
    • with the body that is given to him from the stream of heredity. I described
    • that someone who observes a child with understanding will notice how
    • he does not yet know of the distinctions that exist in the human social
    • leads them. I said that if we observe clearly and without prejudice
    • which affect mankind through the hereditary stream; that when such impulses
    • appear clearly in the natural course of that stream, we must call them
    • sense, to offer upon the altar of Christ what nature has bestowed upon
    • through heredity and conditions of birth; the other with the fact that
    • of his earthly life the essential impulse for equality. This shows that
    • taken into account. We have pointed out in another connection that the
    • and the Luciferic in Human Life,” where it is shown that the luciferic
    • in the second half; that both these impulses are active throughout life,
    • fashion, in a certain sense precipitating what should have been a tranquil
    • some of you know that it has frequently been necessary, from questions
    • There is a certain fact that I have always found necessary to emphasize
    • in this connection, namely, that the various modern philosophical conceptions
    • we ascribe free will to man? or may we only say that he stands within a
    • shows you that man
    • is becoming ever freer, that he is extricating himself from necessity,
    • that more and more impulses are growing in him that make it possible
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 4: Contrasting Principles of Ancient and Modern Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • itself, as it were (one cannot say that, of course, except by way of
    • development of Christianity, we must show to what extent it has evolved
    • be able to see in what way the Mysteries are to be established anew.
    • and pre-Christian Egypto-Chaldean epochs. What impelled people to seek
    • forced them to believe that the world they saw spread out around them
    • was not in itself the true world, but that they must find the means
    • fact when they faced any riddles of knowledge: they knew that however
    • this knowledge that people possessed in ancient times, one must remember
    • that we are speaking of an era in which most human beings still had
    • activities that were by no means limited to what we today call processes
    • of elemental spirits in nature, they had a deep knowledge that these
    • to the true being of the world, that this true being of the world must
    • like the following: their power comes from the insight that to whatever
    • that a conception of nature could give no explanation of the being of
    • man. On the contrary, they were convinced that the being of man is connected
    • the world!”: that was the impulse, one might say; and that impulse
    • must first pass through the “gate of man.” That means, the
    • I would like to point out what is essential for the understanding of
    • Christianity. Therefore, do not regard what I shall say as an exhaustive
    • What the neophyte at the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 5: The Change in the Human Soul Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • lectures I have wanted particularly to indicate that the entire
    • times, which is what we have been chiefly considering. People's way of
    • a way that the slightest idea of it is beyond the understanding of
    • means. Yesterday we tried to show that especially what may be called the
    • from the ego-consciousness of later epochs, and that again from our
    • present. I tried to characterize these differences by saying that in
    • only a reflection of the true ego in what we consciously call our ego.
    • I have referred to this fact in public lectures by saying that a man of
    • the truth because he is confused by a philosophic maxim that plays a
    • great role in today's world view, a role that is becoming disastrous,
    • in our time should be fully conscious of the fact that in all he includes
    • connected with his ego, concepts that must be worked through by his ego.
    • — I explained yesterday how it shines in — and what we bear
    • is accomplished in our day. We will then be able to see that as we move
    • especially what I wanted to make clear yesterday.
    • that if we ask what impulses, what forces are active in the evolution
    • of the earth and the evolution of humanity, we learn that certain divine-
    • of view that these Spirits of Form have to a certain extent —
    • on behalf of the most important concerns of mankind, and that other
    • for this fact that presents itself to supersensible research, namely,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 6: Transformation of the Human Being in the Course of Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • Someone may think that
    • our time. What can be described as the process of initiation, especially
    • in connection with initiation is this: that some individual notices
    • in himself an increasing consciousness of something that takes place
    • in most other people unconsciously. That is, the difference between
    • that most people of the present time experience as a matter of course
    • speaking of something that concerns everyone more or less, especially
    • Now I have said that from
    • the very description of these events — that is, of what may be
    • from the description itself can be learnt what transformations man has
    • that is really hardly comprehended even by one who wants to understand
    • trying sincerely to understand, you will surely find much that is incomprehensible
    • external history — that when the Christ Impulse entered the world,
    • alien to present-day concepts that come from the external world. They
    • in this evolution, of what led to His descent to humanity and His union
    • In short, what the Gnosis had to say about the Mystery of Golgotha was
    • in the early centuries that the concepts of the ancient Gnosis should
    • disappear, leaving only meager remnants that tell very little. And I
    • have indicated to you that people are endeavoring today, wherever possible,
    • inconvenient, by saying that its intention is to warm up the ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 7: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • need of every human soul that on the last day of the year our thoughts
    • well look back in self-examination to find what has entered our external
    • of light may fall upon feelings that made our life seem more or less
    • when all that mankind has suffered in these last four-and-a-half years
    • science we cannot forget that when we look upon time flowing by and
    • they look out the window they receive the impression that the whole
    • to those good people in the train. They are deceived about what is at
    • rest in the landscape and what is moving. We sit within our physical
    • and etheric bodily nature that was given to us as a kind of vehicle
    • that really we may venture on the following comparison: we see the world
    • that such a thought may enter your souls. You know what I have told
    • the life from childhood to a ripe age that now we live unconsciously.
    • so that at definite stages he is able to know certain things out of
    • to which we are most subject in life, illusions that impress themselves
    • go on at a definite speed. There is always a certain speed in what is
    • coming about. But then turn your gaze from these events to what goes
    • life that is bound up with sense observation of the outer world and
    • directed, we find that our passage through the stream of time is far
    • slower than that of natural events. This is important for us to bear
    • slowly. Perhaps you will remember that I referred to this difference
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 8: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • What are the deeper impulses that brought mankind to today's catastrophic
    • events? Particularly, and more important, what are the deeper impulses
    • that brought mankind to the catastrophic mood that is clearly to be
    • directly into the deeper causes that underlie events in time. Our gaze
    • must turn first to what may be said to lie more on the surface of
    • happenings. It is then possible to describe this or that, and such
    • that everything is wrong. But one would like to point out that when
    • present moment in time — to stop short at what is on the surface;
    • our souls all that contributes to our view of the New Year that confronts
    • that it belongs to the most essential, the most supremely important
    • present-day knowledge that mankind is standing before a new revelation.
    • This is the revelation that is to take place, from a certain aspect
    • creative will occur in what we can observe as we follow the events of
    • of human nature that at first people will be averse to recognizing any
    • Cardinal Newman made a remarkable statement. He said that he saw no
    • And when one examines what has been said on the side of the
    • opinion that the talk should not be of a new revelation, but far rather
    • of holding fast to the old revelation, that if anything is necessary
    • it is first and foremost that the old revelation should be better understood
    • In the objections that were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Address 1: The Goesch-Sprengel Situation - Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • certain behaviors that serve evil purposes. On the good side, I am grateful
    • with profound gratitude to you and to anything you do that is devoted
    • a way that belongs only to the gods and not to any modern human being.
    • Christianity that has turned into its exact opposite are still able
    • of your work, objecting that your critics would be placing themselves
    • above you. They feel that putting oneself above you is such an act of
    • wanton temerity as to be out of the question, and that with their objection
    • among your pupils that as Christians, individuals must put themselves
    • however, you apply a number of means that work counter to this Christian
    • these means in detail so that the thrust of my contentions becomes clearer.
    • It is a fact that you have
    • will maintain that you do not have a sufficiently clear view of the
    • future, or that you are too weak to carry out your original intentions,
    • in order do something that is by rights reserved for destiny. A disappointment
    • that comes to us through karma has a direct and beneficial effect on
    • people in question have realized that the promise is not going to be
    • they have in you, they may assume that there must be a deep occult meaning
    • behind the way you act. They will conclude that there can be profound
    • occult reasons that permit or even obligate someone to make promises
    • emotions are so confused that they admire that kind of behavior and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Address 2: The Goesch-Sprengel Situation - Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • theme going beyond the events of the moment, and I hope that will be
    • For today, however, I still feel the need to say a few things that relate
    • gracious letter from the members that Mr. Bauer has just delivered to me
    • now that the things discussed in these letters have come to pass. What
    • I have to say will relate to the matter at hand only to the extent that
    • about the relationship of the details of what is going on among and
    • — speaking more or less aphoristically — that I read you
    • a letter yesterday that was signed by two members of the Society and
    • committing an indiscretion in telling you about a letter that Mr. Bauer
    • only after but during the reading of Mr. Goesch's letter, that we are
    • not dealing with anything logical but with something that has to be
    • we do not also ask whether we are allowed to tolerate the fact that
    • that we can have compassion for them. However, if we tolerate them without
    • constantly endanger everything that is most precious and most important
    • to us. Of course, we need to be clear that we are dealing with psychopaths,
    • but we must also be clear about what we have to do so that our cause
    • recurrent experience that is unavoidable in a spiritual movement such
    • are willing to admit that they are subject to vanity in certain areas
    • and that for the time being (perhaps for reasons having to do with their
    • of that vanity, that is a much lesser evil than wanting to be absolutely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 1: Requirements of Our Life together in the Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • fostered in such a way that something that was to be impressed upon
    • of almost all such organizations that it is difficult, at least in actual
    • with evidence that there are very many people who actually do not like
    • having to join a society. They admit that they feel uncomfortable about
    • I received a letter to that effect.
    • emphasize again that a spiritual movement like this one is of necessity
    • societies, associations, or organizations that people have called into
    • one thing in mind. Just suppose that recent events confronting us had
    • as such. Let's assume hypothetically that we wanted to dissolve the
    • of points and statutes. That kind of society can be dissolved at any
    • we are different from other societies in that our Society is founded,
    • Just look at the fact that
    • That's a very real basis, because dissolving the Anthroposophical
    • that a certain number of people are in possession of these cycles. And
    • it is an equally real fact that a certain number of people are carrying
    • — but that's not the important thing as far as the Society is
    • concerned. It remains a reality that a certain wealth of wisdom, a sum
    • total of things that really exist, are present in the hearts and minds
    • That cannot be taken away from them even by dissolving the Society.
    • Society is different from other societies in that it will not tolerate
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 2: The Anthroposophical Society as a Living Being
    Matching lines:
    • will be added to or subtracted from what our Society is essentially
    • That kind of association can be dissolved at any moment. But if it became
    • necessary to dissolve our Society and we actually disbanded, that would
    • that the lecture cycles are in the hands of all our members, a fact
    • that would not change in the slightest if the Society were dissolved.
    • You all know that in many
    • many definitions or explanations of what constitutes a living being.
    • You have probably learned enough on that subject from spiritual science
    • to realize that all these explanations and definitions are of necessity
    • was searching for a definition of the human being. What they finally
    • came up with was that a human being was a living being with two legs
    • a plucked chicken and said, “Here is a living thing that has two
    • life are no better than that. That's just the way it is with definitions,
    • and we have to be aware of that fact. There is also a comparable materialistic
    • definition of life given by a famous zoologist, a definition that is
    • “A living thing is something that can leave a corpse behind
    • under certain circumstances; what it leaves behind when it is destroyed
    • What is the nature of a
    • the same laws as it did when it was united with that soul. Instead,
    • leave behind at its dissolution. As a consequence, once we know what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 3: Swedenborg: An Example of Difficulties in Entering the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • I have often talked about him and have always emphasized that
    • other hand, for those who really want to know what it takes to gain
    • is open to them, but that does not mean they are able to break free
    • I said that Swedenborg is
    • formed to prepare for publication, not what Swedenborg left behind as
    • had already accomplished so much that a whole committee of scholars
    • only a portion of what he knew.) This task is beyond the scope of any
    • single expert of today. And we are talking only about his writings that
    • to stop short at a stage that does not yet lead on to the ultimate in
    • worlds and about what can be brought back from them. I cannot emphasize
    • strongly enough that before his clairvoyance developed, Swedenborg was
    • It is interesting to note that when his soul ascended to the
    • experienced that he was not alone — he felt his soul expand to
    • then, he was advised by these spiritual beings that are present in each
    • that proceeded from within himself. He recognized some of these beings
    • It so happened that once,
    • the Sun, and so on. He was accustomed to thinking that spirits have
    • whole complex of forces that exists in order for speech to be able to
    • speech. This means that the inner structure of speech becomes unconscious,
    • out that Swedenborg had always been able to understand the language
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 4: Methods and Rational of Freudian Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • I must assume that your minds would be less than ready to take in a
    • it, that lecture will be given tomorrow, but today I would like to speak
    • about something that will relate in some way to things you all must
    • very specific point of view, I would like to address the question of what
    • I have often said that it is important to arrive at the appropriate
    • context turns out to be what is most important for our anthroposophical
    • is Goesch's claim that promises have not been kept. If you listened
    • to the letter carefully, you will have noticed that the emphasis in
    • His primary accusation is that I looked for and systematically applied
    • a means of making promises to members and not keeping them, and that
    • once the members noticed that these promises were not being kept, they
    • were put into a state of mind that forced them into a particular relationship
    • accumulated in their souls that eventually made them lose their sound
    • Goesch presents is that systematic attempts were made to stifle the
    • members' good sense, that deliberately making and breaking promises
    • in a kind of stupefaction that turned them into zombies. That is the
    • have initiated a kind of contact with members that was suited, because
    • If you study this theory, you will begin to see that it is intimately
    • theory in brief — my intent is only to present a few points that
    • later on in Freud's life. In any case, please do not take what I am
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 5: Sexuality and Modern Clairvoyance, Freudian Psychoanalysis and Swedenborg as a Seer
    Matching lines:
    • a talk on psychoanalysis into this lecture series, since that subject
    • You will have noticed that I first characterized the psychoanalytic
    • you could see that with this second aspect, an extremely unfortunate
    • There can be no doubt that
    • in distinguishing an unconscious that exists alongside the conscious
    • thinking that the human soul goes beyond what our ordinary consciousness
    • to extremes. It has done more than engulf their thinking, which is what
    • happened in the case of what is now erroneously known as monism. The
    • closely at such modern cultural phenomena, because they show us that
    • the scope of ordinary consciousness. That is the objective side of the
    • aspect is that these people are so tangled up in materialism that their
    • of formulating their outlook on life. That is part and parcel of materialism
    • thing about philosophies like psychoanalysis is that people are on the
    • right track, but drag their impure instincts into what is true. It is
    • of the fact that so much of what is at work in human life is unconscious,
    • truly unconscious. That is where psychoanalysts are on the right track
    • and have come upon many things that are true and correct.
    • certain infantile characteristics of civilized human beings that manifest
    • From what we discussed yesterday,
    • you will recall that psychoanalysts explain many things as the result
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 6: The Concept of Love as it Relates to Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • in my mind that the great majority of people with their rather superficial
    • way of looking at things would immediately respond that love is as old
    • old. Our modern notion of love — what love means to us today and
    • how that is instilled in people — has played a part in the human
    • heart and mind only for the past six or seven centuries. Before that,
    • The objection that human beings have always made a practice of loving
    • does not hold good; that would be like saying that if the Earth revolves
    • as long as it has been in existence. Of course that's true, but the
    • valid to object that what is expressed in the idea of love must have
    • way in the past six or seven hundred years in that respect; in fact,
    • we have come so far that love occupies a central position in many people's
    • view of life. And not only that, we now have a scientific theory, the
    • that anthroposophists in particular are called upon to resist and to
    • that I described these same things quite precisely from a historical
    • were all taken aback by my statement that our idea of love is only six
    • other words, someone who cannot overcome his supposed insight that outer
    • This puts him in a very strange position in that it makes him aware
    • of the fact that the word “mysticism” has existed down through
    • what stands behind both the word itself and actual mystical aspirations.
    • that particular relationship of the human soul to super-earthly worlds
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 7: The Philosophy of Psychoanalysis as Illuminated by an Anthroposophical Understanding of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • going to add to what we talked about yesterday, and if possible, I would
    • this series, I stressed that finding the right perspective is essential
    • facts. The belief that the truth can be arrived at by proceeding to
    • which to approach it. We must realize that finding the right perspective
    • that makes psychoanalysis revolting — in fact, its starting point
    • intrude their personal feelings and emotions. The fact that it has incorporated
    • the conscious and the unconscious mind. They would realize that dragging
    • of any true study is that it tends to lead us far beyond our original
    • realize that we have to take anthroposophy seriously and give it the
    • respect it deserves. That is, we must not incorporate previous subjective
    • but must rather let ourselves be guided by what that philosophy requires.
    • life, that habit may be merely unpleasant or less than advantageous
    • for that person's advancement, but in our anthroposophical movement,
    • that kind of behavior an inner impossibility except in cases of dire
    • started at twenty past six. If we carry on like that, my friends, we
    • In the somewhat attenuated circumstances that come about when we cannot
    • be sure that members will not continue to arrive once we have begun,
    • function when the Society needs to make sure that everyone present is
    • actually a member; that is, when some of us have to go to the extra
    • to be able to shut the doors and know that everyone is here.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 1: The Social Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • I have often seized the occasion to point out to you that particularly
    • by few people to-day. As a rule, they think that they can learn something
    • for what we so sorely need at present, and that is an understanding
    • life. Here I think that particularly a significant event of modern times
    • the social question, we would always find that in regard to social work
    • across the following attitude: Suppose you were to tell him that according
    • therein that all the people who have certain leading positions,
    • should begin to develop a feeling of social responsibility and feel that
    • smile, and then he will tell you that it is very naive of you to believe
    • that the social question can now be solved through feeling, or an activity
    • population will tell you: Everything that flows out of the feeling of the
    • may think what it likes in regard to ethical or moral feelings…
    • listen to proposals that the feeling of social responsibility should be
    • conditions, so that the working class itself may bring about a change
    • the general misery. The essential point is not that of increasing the
    • sense of moral responsibility, but that the oppressed, miserable working
    • that no trust should be put in the power of thought; we should not believe
    • that a right comprehension, a right understanding of life can bring about
    • that he was the only man in Germany who did not “govern”,
    • the man with the short legs had always remained behind, so that he was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 2: What Form Can the Requirements of Social Life Take
    Matching lines:
    • What Form Can the Requirements of Social Life Take on at the Present Time?
    • What Form Can the Requirements of Social Life Take
    • We can really say that
    • riddle we may say that a certain deep tragedy now lies over humanity. For
    • we can see that the social problem, which many people — particularly
    • matter is that wherever the social problem now rises to the surface
    • in practical life, we find that men of every profession and of every
    • or that question connected with the social development, (it is easy
    • to see that this is entailed by the conditions of the present do not
    • so urgently requires. Do we not see that the leading men of the bourgeoisie
    • fact that they should really admit to themselves: We are confronting
    • since that time, the leaders of humanity have not really done anything
    • to develop true judgments in regard to that which is really needed.
    • been dispersed; now they exist no longer. We might say that up to the
    • time which preceded the 17th and 17th century, we find that people were
    • in such a way as to offer a certain satisfaction to the people of that
    • sphere of work. One might say, that every man had a full share in the
    • was now striving. We therefore see that from the 16th and 17th century
    • of economic life and that the old associations, the old communities,
    • of men who are now bungling with the social problem in this or in that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 3: Emancipation of the Economic Process
    Matching lines:
    • that what they designate as the socialistic economic order is an immediate
    • and causal continuation of what has gradually arisen within the economic
    • that the capitalistic economic order must gradually, and of its own
    • reason that the socialistic economic order is already contained within
    • that which has developed through capitalism during the past centuries.
    • above all love statistics),. there is a great deal in what I have explained
    • of workmen. Through the fact that these industrial concerns have taken
    • the circumstance that these large concerns cannot isolate themselves,
    • because they must reckon with competition, so that, in a certain way,
    • socialists believe that the modern socialistic idea has led to the socialisation
    • of industry, and that the accompanying phenomena of this socialisation
    • process would be that a community of workmen is no longer brought together
    • by individual employers, but that they are instead employed by a common
    • the soul constitution of the modern proletariat. There we find that
    • proletarians, which consists therein that workmen believe that they
    • are completely at the mercy of their employers. They think that they
    • of modern men (and this is due to many reasons) that they have a predilection
    • present merely from the aspect that it must finally culminate in the
    • contested. But you know what methods are required, particularly from
    • a spiritual-scientific aspect, so that it will not be difficult for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 4: Three Conditions Which Determine Man's Position
    Matching lines:
    • been drawn to a few things showing that the currents of feeling and
    • socialistic thinking and of modern socialistic aims. We might say: What
    • believe that the ruling classes can in any way contribute moral impulses,
    • that the capitalistic foundation, of which I have spoken to you yesterday,
    • themselves, shows that their words often contain a more or less conscious
    • science in such a way that there is no connection between the ideas
    • of whose priests are really very learned men, emphasizes that the scientists
    • facts, and that they should in no way attempt to mingle spiritual or
    • an opinion by consulting one of these books and asking ourselves: What
    • truly nothing, can be gained from such books! That which constitutes
    • the one hand, a rhetoric dallying with,ethical subjeats, so that no
    • humanity in such a way that ethical requirements become at the same
    • which should be borne in mind to-day, is that a straight path must lead
    • ignored, if greater misfortune than that of the past years is not to
    • is that it has completely severed man's personal aspirations from the
    • that it is a superior attitude to separate soul-life from the concerns
    • of daily life, and so they completely lose that survey of life which
    • contributes to the fact that people drink beer! — Now I am not
    • which these members set out, was that they were against beer drinking.
    • not to see, that person who has a comparatively unimportant situation
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • the events that weave themselves into his life, can be aware that this
    • to put into practice, as far and as suitably as possible, what we have
    • application, the question can only be what at a definite point of time
    • is suitable, what answers the purpose, what in a certain relation is
    • something in accordance with what has gone before, something the hard-pressed
    • above all appears one thing that is most significant — the existence
    • stand the circles that have hitherto more or less led men's destiny;
    • leading circles of mankind prevails, where man's destiny and that of
    • in which lives everything that is divided from the other by the deep
    • gulf. Whoever has carefully followed what has issued from Paris and
    • what on the other hand has been attempted in Berne, at the socialist
    • Congress, could not but confess that the essential thing, the significant
    • and lasting thing, that will make itself felt in human evolution, is
    • not the result of what is thought and hoped for in Paris or Berne, but
    • the fact that in these two places two such very different social languages
    • have been spoken. To be really honest one has to confess that here we
    • significant phenomenon may strike everyone as justifying what I have
    • so often said here, namely, that if we are to understand these things
    • must be looked for that are deeper than those sought today by either
    • side. Time and again we have the opportunity of seeing what I referred
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • In connection with what
    • that in man's present conditions of life everything depends upon arousing,
    • forget that the way the relations in life have recently developed has
    • as is only occasioned by what arises out of human souls. As the situation
    • that for a time things may go on, but it would be a mistake to think
    • What I have put in rather
    • a complicated form can also be said more simply. We may say that what
    • today — of whatever party — stands very far removed. It
    • of the utmost importance that what is agitating the souls of many millions
    • of the proletariat is something very different from what lives in the
    • error than formerly, nevertheless the assumption that something can
    • be attained by muddling through would be false. What modern man lacks
    • Do not think that this social
    • for its development. That is not of any consequence; the point is that
    • is quite right today that attention should be given above all to finding
    • so many. It is widely believed that it is possible today to deal with
    • today on acquiring this understanding. I have said that men today in
    • that a simple reassortment of social levels can bring about real change;
    • a mistake to fancy that things could be changed thus. Many have this
    • being so developed that they comply with the necessity inherent in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • that what I have put forward here and elsewhere about the present social
    • further, that there has been an endeavour to let flow into the Appeal
    • thing, and that is how ways and means may be found to call up the clearest
    • possible understanding for what must enter into mankind, to promote
    • post-Atlantean epoch have had the result that in people endowed with a
    • that the thinking underlying these people's will, takes on a definite
    • form. And from this thinking that has a definite form, in essentials the
    • foundation in those thoughts that people are able to formulate in
    • When on the one hand you understand what the threefold social organism
    • still be groping in uncertainty as to what is to happen. It cannot be
    • content. On the most various occasions we have had to emphasise that
    • what people really think matters very much less than how they think,
    • importance for what is penetrating and decisive in the present world
    • democratic, socialist or bolshevik. What people say is not very important,
    • but what is important is how they think, in what way their thoughts
    • into what lies behind all this. For, as I recently said in Basle, as
    • time goes on very little will depend upon the programmes that go around
    • there is only anthroposophical thinking that can guide men's thinking
    • the same they are theorists who cannot face reality. But what is developing
    • will come from the way in which men think. It is just this that I want
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • In what we have here been
    • from what appears more on the surface. A man may think he is striving
    • for this or that, whereas in reality in his innermost soul there hold
    • is coming to expression on the surface of the soul from what is living
    • interpretation of history; secondly, the view that up to now, in reality,
    • class struggles have been at the basis of what has gone on in the world,
    • what is now happening being thought to be a reflection of these class
    • struggles. The third thing is the theory of surplus value, that is,
    • the theory that surplus value arises through the unpaid labour of the
    • worker, which makes a profit that is than taken by the employer from
    • What makes the impulses
    • combination of these three factors. This, however, refers only to what
    • and therefore knows nothing of what, in the depths of the soul, is actually
    • for the present age, what may be called Spiritual Science. The second
    • these three things. Their instincts follow the other three things that
    • we see particularly clearly what a complete contrast they make. Take
    • life, from all that is working in the sphere of man's economic life.
    • In the historical course of man's life there is actually only what is
    • belief, what kind of art they have cultivated, what attitude they have
    • that is, it has no independent reality, being a reflection of the eternal
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • The fact brought to light by the subject of our observations was that,
    • distinction must be made between what goes on superficially in ordinary
    • consciousness in the soul, and what on the other hand is working in the
    • so-called materialistic interpretation of history; then what the
    • proletariat have learnt from their leaders, what they understand as the
    • class struggle that is at the basis of all that happens historically; and
    • himself to illusion when he says that all that develops historically
    • of this subconscious yearning of his soul for spiritual knowledge. What
    • proletarian utters the word class-struggle, he does not realise that
    • this is only an attempt to disguise what is filling the soul of modern
    • what is happening, from the attitude of those who observe merely what
    • for its content all that has been absorbed into the will of the most
    • For in an extreme form it is often easier to recognise what, though no
    • leading thoughts. It cannot be denied that Fichte was one of the most
    • If what he there presents as a kind of ideal picture of social conditions
    • is studied in its reality, it can only be said that, if realised, this
    • of his own innermost soul arose a picture of a communal order that aimed
    • I can imagine that many people today, concerned about the injustices
    • upon this; it is enough to think that you have here, described in the
    • cultured language of a philosopher, what Bolshevism is doing. You will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • namely, whether what can be expressed as the present situation of mankind
    • is a reality or a mere dream; whether what mankind is now experiencing
    • is not actually a sort of dreamed reality? What he said about it ran
    • something like this: “Do we not hear, do we not see clearly that
    • pressing for realisation there lives a longing in our life to know that
    • times, who dreamed what the world would look like in 2000 years. With
    • like the one in which we are destined to live. Nevertheless what persists
    • is the one Utopia in the world, and what we want, what lives in us as
    • the war — can it reasonably be thought possible that such a thing
    • could be thought-out? If the war were not what is called reality it was
    • This is what Kurt Eisner
    • felt, and what he said about it shortly before his death in Basle. The
    • is of importance that we should be in a position to discern the actual
    • truth about what surrounds us in the external world. It is particularly
    • important that what the world needs and above all what is needed for
    • that has led to the present catastrophe, which becomes plain when one
    • social conditions in the common life of men that reality has gradually
    • These are things that cannot
    • and show us that the cure for existing conditions can come only from
    • impulses out of the spiritual world. For what has become estranged from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • little adapted to direct thinking towards what the purely perceptible
    • aversion to thoughts that do not run in the old grooves. But never before,
    • perhaps, would it have been so apt to ask how it comes about that people
    • same in all their utterances — in what, for example, the Secretary
    • effect that by the efforts of the European Cabinets it had been possible
    • to create a satisfactory relation between the great powers, and that
    • these self-styled ‘practical’ men. Thus it was at that time.
    • What else do we experience
    • repeatedly appears, quite typically, what is produced out of powerful
    • or what He Himself said — the Son of the living God. Since one
    • only the other possibility, namely, that it is true that He was, as
    • He said, the Son of the living God! What was there in print in my religious
    • He can only have been what He said, the Son of the living God!”
    • great world catastrophe of crying aloud to the multitude things that
    • to end gave no hint of what should happen, what must happen. It was
    • solely a kind of condemnation of many immoral practices that, in the
    • too, one realised that nothing had been learnt from the sad experiences
    • emphasise that men's thoughts today have become dull and summary. They
    • are entirely superficial. Men cannot see into what it is that these
    • again and again, my dear friends, that during the last four centuries
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • on international questions it is already forgotten that the founding
    • either side. That you may see how exactly Wilson, on 22nd January, 1917,
    • thing in what has been said is that there must be peace without victory.
    • state my own views about it and to emphasise that no other conception
    • that peace would be forced upon the vanquished, that the vanquished
    • only lasting peace is a peace established between equals, a peace that
    • At that time this was held
    • we think clearly, it must be said that the moment this peace without
    • example of the thinking that has brought the world so much misery. And
    • unless we see that in place of this thinking estranged from reality
    • there must be one that can penetrate reality, the situation will certainly
    • not change in a way that is healing for mankind. This must be understood
    • mention, therefore, must continually come before our souls: What then,
    • We know that what we call
    • convinced that there is a supersensible world. That is the what.
    • But the important thing is that whoever in the true sense takes into his
    • thinking what today can be told in the right way about the supersensible
    • be transformed, in such a way that he really gets a sense for, an interest
    • in, what truly and actually takes place in the world. It does not merely
    • depend on what we acknowledge through Spiritual Science, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Karma of the Individual and the Collective Life of Our Time, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • have perceived that it is our intention in this lecture to lead
    • world, and with the more or less distant past. That will
    • perhaps show you why, now that I wish to explain
    • something that really concerns every one very closely, I
    • scientists of to-day will point out again and again that man
    • — the principle that because
    • tribes belonging to the valleys of Kamchatka,
    • believe that the water-wagtails or similar birds bring
    • too frequently, we draw the same conclusion: What follows
    • of his life — descriptions of a human life that
    • shines far and wide over humanity — we read that he had
    • such and such a father, such and such a mother, and that in
    • narrates. Thereupon the biographers trace back what he
    • accordance with the principle that because something follows on
    • something else it must therefore proceed from it. That is
    • no wiser than to believe that the Spring is brought by the
    • boy directed to what lives and moves as Spirit in the phenomena
    • in his environment. In Goethe especially, what he brought with
    • we study the time into which Goethe was born in that
    • say: What Goethe has created —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cyclic Movement of Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • that isolated individuals like Goethe are able to produce such
    • especially of Goethe's Faust. How is it that a single human
    • mankind through his creations? How does it come about that
    • ourselves: What can we tell by this difference between the life
    • All that a man can perceive to begin with, especially with the
    • initial understanding of the matter that is enough, and it is
    • But the point is that in thus describing it we are giving only
    • reality in one description. Whatever we describe, it is always
    • applies to the head when we say that the Ego and astral body of
    • are working- upon man as it were from without—all that is
    • understand what I have just said, we must however also realise
    • in the following respect. I have often emphasised that the
    • this respect: the sensory nerves are so arranged that they
    • nerve is not there to enable me to move my hand. That is
    • movement of my hand, that is, inwardly to perceive, whereas the
    • That is the only difference.
    • goes without saying—those that come from the ordinary
    • the other aspect which I once explained, namely that the whole
    • body. That is an altogether different matter and should be kept
    • Bearing this in mind, we shall readily conceive that there is a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Insertion of Early Human Destiny into Extraterrestial Relationships
    Matching lines:
    • people may think that the study of this question from the
    • be changed, as against the conditions that obtained in former
    • species. Thus many things that come within the scope of human
    • short-sighted way. People often imagine that it was in olden
    • times as it is to-day; that the leaders of human affairs were
    • remember that in the Mysteries of olden time there were quite
    • work. What the priests thus received of the will of the guiding
    • things are not done in this way. Let us suppose that our
    • things that surround us. In summer the Earth is asleep.
    • we may read what the Cosmos requires of our earthly
    • as to become sensitive and receptive to what was living in the
    • cosmic Will. According to what they thus discovered as the
    • certain sense, is handed over to chaos in this respect. Of that
    • what should take place here on the Earth, took place throughout
    • the fourth post-Atlantean period. For in that period the human
    • present, somewhat chaotic conditions. Everything is tending to
    • period of civilization (the 3rd post-Atlantean), that which
    • people of to-day do not observe what really happens. It is a
    • astonished to discover all that is observable even in
    • work upon him what is quite recognisable even in this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • that great thing which must consist of an entirely new attitude
    • of the human soul to what works its way through priests'
    • have always been attracted to what is present in the activities
    • layman who participates in it, we must take a look at what the
    • development on earth, what it is and what it must become.
    • Looked at from another angle what the act of consecration of
    • service with the real content of what John, who had been
    • striven towards an apocalypse have always been aware that one
    • will be able to explain many things if we tell ourselves that
    • beautiful things to human beings, we can say that their
    • importance derived from the fact that dignified priests in the
    • that is connected with human instruction was occurring between
    • divine teachers and human beings, and when what took place in
    • the cults occurred in such a way that supersensible and
    • But what was transubstantiation in the ancient mysteries?
    • that there are chronologies where they assume the existence of
    • course of cosmic events. What human beings can calculate never
    • remainder is always left over, that is, human calculations
    • the cosmic course of events. One could say that this
    • These holy weeks made it very clear that the ways gods and men
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of consecration of man and apocalyptic things, so that we will
    • pointed out that there was a very ancient mystery period during
    • the gods sent down their forces, so that the men who lived in
    • could say that the path was completely reversed during the
    • third epoch when the mysteries were partly renovated. At that
    • time man shaped and developed forces so that they could lead
    • him up to the gods. We saw that man looked for a way up to the
    • directly upon the auditor's whole soul mood, so that he became
    • and everything else that is connected with their activities in
    • an understanding of what transubstantiations and apocalypses
    • thing we have already seen is that the act of consecration of
    • that men and the gods can work together.
    • and acts of consecration of man we find that the gods found the
    • way to men at certain times that are really differences between
    • what one can calculate in the course of time and what the
    • to carry our transubstantiations, and they saved what had
    • out transubstantiations with the preserved things that had been
    • transubstantiations at that time was a cave or a grotto. And in
    • ancient mysteries, we see that they tried to carry out the
    • fact that they tried to do this is connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • astral body. This is that member of the human being which
    • can round out this idea if we realize that the ego-organization
    • that we can say: here are the physical and etheric bodies of
    • not receptive for impressions from the environment during that
    • what I described to you, during the third mystery epoch when
    • that it experiences transubstantiations and in such a way that
    • People can really become receptive for these things today, that
    • between the esotericism which rightfully exists today and what
    • must live in a priest's soul. We have described what can make
    • have often used an analogy. I said that people are inclined to
    • supported so that it won't fall down and therefore the planets
    • in the universe must also be supported so that they won't fall
    • authoritative way, people believe that the planets in the
    • many people doubt that Anthroposophical truths support and
    • carry each other, and that they don't have to be supported by
    • soon as one sees that Anthroposophical truths are valid because
    • they all support each other, so that the truths mutually
    • support each other, in that moment one will stop saying: I
    • begin to understand Anthroposophy through the fact that its
    • inner path today is the task of penetrating what is given about
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • before our souls yesterday, and I pointed out that it is a
    • that the letter which was sent to John must be looked upon as
    • that the writer of such a document did not consider himself to
    • be the author in the way that we look upon the author of a work
    • today, but he felt that he was the instrument of the spiritual
    • writer. He felt that the act of writing the content down was no
    • latter. This proceeds from everything that follows in a way
    • that is really oriented in accordance with the Mystery.
    • can say that our contemporary world needs an understanding of
    • further. Just consider that what is written down in an inspired
    • this particular case, but it is something that you will often
    • kinds of examples to show why he didn't think that the Bible
    • should be taken literally. I said to him, “It's true that
    • this. It only tries to understand what the original text is
    • never found that one couldn't take the original text of the
    • One can really say that anyone who cannot take a particular
    • here which is' probably a little bit more esoteric than what
    • that confession which have remained behind from the old
    • used was indirect, it nevertheless stated quite bluntly that
    • extent that this is based on mystery knowledge. The idea that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in the way it should be read today. Already for the reason that
    • we must become fully conscious of what is guiding spiritual
    • matter of orienting ourselves to what the Apocalypticer tells
    • many different viewpoints; so that we can describe the
    • community in Ephesus in the way that we did yesterday. We then
    • find that the Christianity there developed out of certain
    • However, we can also point out that much of the basic structure
    • contained in the later phases of Indian civilization. So that
    • I showed you that this church in Sardis was somewhat
    • astrologically oriented, and that it was oriented towards
    • now take what we're trying to bring into our spiritual view of
    • If one looks at Sardis' past one sees that there was still
    • future to which he pointed at that time, which is as it were
    • have another indication, as it were, of what the secret of the
    • finds out what human nature is if one contemplates something
    • we find that the way man felt about himself, and his whole
    • later. Man had a distinct inner feeling that he was growing
    • that they had lived up in the spiritual world before their life
    • everyone knew that they had been a spiritual being before they
    • documents very much, but the fact is that people, took the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • the first things he experienced there was that his thoughts and
    • what arises from this initiation principle in the Apocalypse.
    • of course what is connected with this number seven was not
    • connected with it in the external way that one usually imagines
    • possible, and that mankind has lost its ability to experience
    • that the most manifold and wonderful content and even a whole
    • sound elements before your souls. Now try to imagine what
    • time that lived with these 32 elements in a very active way and
    • of this experience of 32 speech sounds. One really felt that
    • pictorial shaping of words when one spoke; one experienced that
    • that about 24 of them are consonants and that about 7 of them
    • “In the beginning was the word” fall on that
    • felt that the secret of the universe weaved and lived in what
    • one intoned in holy cultic language in the way that I already
    • the first Christian centuries one finds that a few people have
    • because they still felt what the secret of numbers is and
    • one experienced what is present in three and in four, namely,
    • numbers. Just think what this means. In music we have an octave
    • other things in nature. Just suppose that it would occur to
    • was told that he shouldn't toss his thoughts back and forth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • more from outside. Then the main thing is to apply what we read
    • Apocalypse arose. But I don't mean that one should do this by
    • the way that it could be created in its time in accordance with
    • we must realize that this shooting in of the ego into the
    • important. One has to tell oneself that one understands things
    • that the whole relation off divine beings to men started
    • beings, etc., at the time when a somewhat unconscious question
    • opposed to each other, and we see that Äthanasius' view
    • because it is important that we do so if we really want to
    • like the Apocalypse. On the one hand Arius sees that man is
    • climbing higher and higher, and that he's supposed to get ever
    • question with a no. He basically took the position that became
    • that is, he didn't really want to admit that God dwells in man,
    • things that happened later when Christianity became decadent
    • that it became necessary for the further evolution of mankind
    • to decide the whole question in the way that Athanasius does,
    • council in Nicaea, because it declared that trichotomy is
    • was definitely that shock which occurred within when the ego
    • Europe. We see that the old Roman culture could basically not
    • absorb Christianity, because öf what it had become. It is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Yesterday I pointed out that the Apocalypticer sees something
    • which is breaking in upon what he feels is the real
    • Christianity and lead them back to the Father principle that
    • or it would be better to say that he feels them like a musician
    • at certain places. What we'll have to do is to look into the
    • cosmos so that we can get more secrets about 666 from it.
    • should consider that the entire Christian revelation is really
    • a sun revelation, and that Christ is a being who comes from the
    • consider that we are living in a Michael age, it will be
    • combatting Christianity will always be to oppose the idea that
    • that the secret of the sun as the secret of Christ himself
    • would be forgotten and that the whole evolution of humanity
    • What happens outwardly in the world order occurs on the
    • And so we will try to get an idea of what these supersensible
    • that it doesn't take the present stage of humanity upon earth,
    • but what is already contained in this present state in a
    • have to say that the earth is meant to be the place where human
    • beings evolve, and that's why it's located at the center. We
    • have other planets like present-day Jupiter which shows us that
    • work in connection with the individual planets we get what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • that we have gathered together a number of elements in order to
    • such a way that we begin with several questions which are
    • connected with the goal or end of what the Apocalypticer sees
    • and what he wants to communicate to mankind; later on we will
    • we look at what he gives, one could say that it is a
    • but a revelation which differs considerably from what arises
    • are brought to men. The Apocalypticer points out that it was a
    • can say that of course the Mystery of Golgotha is the great
    • occur in order that Christian evolution continues from the
    • event. The author of the Apocalypse is fully aware that he's
    • thereby not only putting what he experienced and is
    • communicating to people into present-day evolution, but that
    • what lies in the reception and further elaboration of the
    • religious confessions is that one has teachings in the ancient
    • through the influence of intellectualism. One could, say that
    • this is why that famous statement could be made: Jesus
    • important. This means that, only the. Father belongs in the
    • Golgotha was that Christ. Jesus has appeared and has given a
    • teaching from the Father. That is not the important thing. The
    • important thing is that a deed was done on Golgotha —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • our souls. If we understand it correctly we see that this last
    • viewpoint of the most exact spiritual science. We saw that the
    • from a below upwards mode to an above downwards mode, and that
    • lecture I pointed out that if one honestly tries to understand
    • However, we see that a meaning is incorporated in certain
    • the spiritual world. Of course one has to be able to see that
    • his work in an intellectualistic way, that is, whether he
    • understood them to that extent. For that is not important at
    • not through him. So that even outer, rationalistic experts
    • had this or that amount of education, and one cannot really
    • out that this is not important. We must place the
    • magnificent picture appears before our soul, namely, that
    • magnificent picture where the Apocalypticer sees what he calls
    • of whom he speaks in such a way that we become aware: he
    • human being. He speaks in such a way that he is really still
    • aware with I his whole soul that one has the three forms of the
    • one God before one, and that if one places oneself outside of
    • picture of three persons, so that one has to distinguish
    • three beings, so that thinking, feeling and willing become
    • somewhat independent. However, if we go to higher worlds from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • Let's imagine that we are in the world into which the
    • this rejoicing. But before we do that let's take a look at the
    • First comes what is called the fall of Babylon. Here we can
    • at which they really belong is included in what the
    • spiritual principles in him, that is, if the material doesn't
    • way he does if he assumed that passions, desires and everything
    • from the beginning. To say that this is unjustified —
    • side in such a way, that he places them in the service of good
    • used at that time (they weren't coarse then) into our language.
    • Babylonian teaching developed in this somewhat mediumistic way.
    • there is a certain discrepancy between what they reveal and
    • what they are, they can eventually no longer distinguish
    • also what happened at the time of the Babylonian priests.
    • but the problem was with what occurred when the medium returned
    • error to think that one can use the concepts of lies and truth
    • understand, just as it is difficult to understand what happens
    • here in the physical world we say that a straight line is the
    • other one is shorter. So that we cannot apply anything which we
    • for the fact that the moment he returns to the physical world
    • to other forms of corruption. Hence the fact is that Babylon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • course today we can remember that it is a favorable karmic
    • situation that we are together again on the day when the first
    • very closely connected with what is contained in the act of
    • consecration of man; and therefore every day that we spend on
    • the Apocalypse is really a memorial festival for what we
    • what wanted to reveal itself from the spiritual world into this
    • appropriate today that we will have a point in the Apocalypse
    • forehead to such an extent that there is no doubt that we
    • cannot get anything out of what is connected with this
    • viewpoint. And you may be assured that what I will have to say
    • know that this fourth post Atlantean age began about the year
    • 747 before the Mystery of Golgotha, that the Mystery of
    • Golgotha fell in this fourth post Atlantean age and that it can
    • into account. Thus we can make a schematic sketch of what is
    • So that we can say, the 5th post Atlantean age is here, and it
    • let's take a look at what this fourth Atlantean epoch is. It
    • was preceded by what I have often called the Lemurian epoch in
    • earth evolution, and then by what we can call the second and
    • definitely repetitions; it's true that they are repetitions on
    • fourth or Atlantean epoch is something new. What happened
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • have already shown that the Apocalypse is built up on the
    • universe, to the extent that they can disclose rhythmical
    • revelations which are written in the way that the Apocalypse of
    • visions that the Apocalypticer speaks about arise if one has
    • shouldn't think that this number 7 has much content or that its
    • someone feels that there are important spiritual backgrounds
    • year 1905, that is the observation year, and so on. However, if
    • I am the observer at any time and I know what I'm observing,
    • whatever makes the seventh impression explains the first one,
    • really a methodic principle to find one's way into what
    • can do this precisely in connection with the fact that we
    • regulating things in the world. We pointed out that John's
    • grasps what one is standing in in this way.
    • in the world which it was important to mention at that time
    • with the Apocalypse and realize that the Apocalypse describes a
    • what goes on down below in a supersensible way to day. The
    • significant thing today is that people accept things
    • indifferently and that they do not interpret them in a
    • connection, namely to the beginning of the 1840s. I said that
    • that is connected with materialism was already decided in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • this lecture. Except that I would like to answer some of them
    • Apocalypse. One cannot always say that these pictorial
    • renderings of what is in the Apocalypse are very felicitous.
    • of the seal that is involved here and which will be realized in
    • division of the human being that is expressed in
    • division is related to the others that are given in
    • thoughts that are freely created in man's consciousness, and
    • not the kind that are permeated by sense perceptions. Here,
    • viewpoint; they are a full reality to such a small extent that
    • images, and yet in a certain sense we can. The image that
    • thoughts have some force when they are developed, so that we
    • thoughts that man has during his lifetime are really like
    • its full content. So that although we hear spirit in our human
    • What we bear within us there comes from a world which I called
    • the earth as an illusory reflection. When we think we carry what
    • and feelings is that one is the content of the soul during the
    • waking state and the other is its content during sleep. What we
    • death comes from another world that I described from a certain
    • What constitutes men's bodies on earth today does not develop
    • something in your feelings that points to what exists in man's
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • will now try to imagine how what is said about the woes, etc.,
    • upheavals in advance. We should realize that what I interpreted
    • should consider that although the things that take place in the
    • than people think; people generally think that the effects of
    • instance, when I said yesterday that certain leading
    • really represent a force that should only be active in cloud
    • formations, it indicates that what is going on in the heads of
    • Russian leaders will someday be something that will appear as
    • germinal condition. So that one can say that the current
    • that will occur above the heads of men.
    • We're now coming to another secret of Apocalyptic vision that
    • Apocalypse. We're coming to what we with our present way of
    • at life over the short span of time that people usually
    • that occur over the years and we see greater events in nature
    • However, what we call historical events such as the 30 years'
    • connection between the two series, because one thinks that they
    • time and one will see that this parallel idea leads one astray.
    • and one notices how different these things are from what they
    • in a free way. One feels that this is very astonishing and
    • bewildering. One gets the inner feeling that what one sees in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • would now like to go back to something so that we can proceed
    • from there in our deliberations. I pointed out that one sees
    • spirituality in the subconscious wishes of the human soul. What
    • external way is basically quite different from what is really
    • Something rather surprising happened today that confirms this.
    • questions that are being asked. As I mentioned, one can see
    • from the desires which are developing there that one can speak
    • the rather surprising thing that happened is that I arrived at
    • something that I had to tell you today, because it arises out
    • was asked that made it necessary to present scientific things
    • that I had intended to present to you today. Here one can see
    • the presence of subterranean influences and one can see that
    • what is happening here in a real, spiritual way through the
    • fact that these lectures are being given, arouses longings over
    • there that would otherwise not exist. That lecture over there
    • given in response to a question that I didn't know outwardly,
    • This shows that our time is being taken hold of by a spiritual
    • life that is still present in most people's sub-consciousness,
    • topics here in the spirit of the Apocalypse. That is what we
    • Apocalypticer is, for if you take everything that has been said
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • through the way that the successive stages of evolution are
    • —, the stages that can be experienced by those who have
    • should realize that when we enter the world with our cognition
    • that increasingly becomes a perception, that content of Jour
    • clearly shows that he has a very intense, correct idea of this
    • is simply a fact that one can arrive at a view of the world in
    • what one could call nature in the widest sense of the word.
    • correct one — that one can get the same world content in
    • that someone with sufficient inner force will be able to see
    • that some natural phenomenon is involved at a particular point
    • reports about it. One can definitely say that it's possible to
    • arrive inwardly at the knowledge that earthquakes or something
    • mankind. Many people have the more or less clear feeling that
    • it is a perfectly correct one. Now one can ask what is actually
    • can definitely discuss what is involved here in connection with
    • where the Apocalypticer sees something that leads into the
    • then the seals, then he passes on to what can only be expressed
    • trumpets, and then he goes on to what I described yesterday as
    • we understand the Apocalypticer rightly, he's saying that
    • them seriously, what he has to say with these seals refers to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • that this conference in Dornach will get its best content if
    • what was said in connection with the Apocalypse will show up in
    • that we're living in the consciousness soul age or at that
    • over his intellectuality, as it were, so that it's integrated
    • soul will also be taken hold of by that which now occurs more
    • intellectuality that is breaking into his individuality.
    • what was still sought in the stars during the Middle Ages, when
    • activities in such a way that the world goals can really be
    • of the world powers that he is taking possession of it —
    • to take hold of this intellectuality that men have. Satan must
    • in the described manner, and one could say that he possesses
    • human intellectuality to his own to such an extent that men can
    • cosmic beings. So one shouldn't think that the intelligence of
    • cases. These exceptional cases that could occur in the future,
    • higher secrets of occultism that cannot be spoken about at
    • present, and that can only be disclosed under certain
    • conditions. So we can only indicate that a temptation and a
    • with the fact that the power who is called Satan in Christian
    • life that is as independent as his intellectuality. And then
    • man's intelligence sits in him in such a way that it is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 10: Disputa and The School of Athens of Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • through a beginning thought, concerning mainly two pictures, that is,
    • what this picture contains. We see below, in the middle of the picture,
    • And we see that the groups left and right become more active, especially
    • observe that all of them are taking part in what descents from above.
    • back a little, so that the Holy Spirit with the four angels-figures
    • who are carrying the gospels would appear to be somewhat further forward
    • before us, this I would like first of all to place somewhat into the
    • what difference would result for us people of the present, if we should
    • might be the basis of an artist of today, what would we say? We would
    • have to say: At that time, in the 16th century, when Pope Julius II
    • twenties — called by Julius II, at that time, and at that place
    • of that legend — a bad legend — called “History of
    • truly artistically, have a specific meaning. Consider that Raphael,
    • times, came to Rome at that time, the beginning of the 16th century.
    • He himself is, in the body in which he was at that time, in the middle
    • of his twenties, and we can presume that then he was in the middle of
    • painting the new ideas that worked powerfully in their minds —
    • needs to look somewhat closer at those impulses which are to come from
    • is: Oh, the human being has been forever this or that way all along,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 11: Fourth and Fifth Post-Atlantean Epochs, Medieval Art in the Middle, West, and South of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • I think that it is an
    • in their realm what in the spiritual life one might call “the
    • weight of things, the weight of beings”. Very often, that which
    • effective within it. You do know that we figure the beginning of the
    • 1413. This means that the beginning of the 15th century is a significant
    • period by observing the beginning of that new epoch. Old motives from
    • the earlier epoch pass into the new one. What really did experience
    • in you all that has occurred in the wide surroundings until Charlemagne.
    • It is true that for many who consider history at present such difficulties
    • that after Charlemagne, in the 10th, 11th, and 12th century — it
    • in all parts of life, which bring forth forces that come to expression
    • Now it might be said that
    • or even of the present time. One can rather say that the Papacy at that
    • time knew instinctively what West-, Middle-, and South-Europe needed for
    • the most important elements of life, what West-, Middle-, and South-Europe
    • that the Oriental culture was held back in a sense. It was to wait,
    • What can be said here in
    • a concept of what was being pushed back in those times, was pushed back
    • comes from the East presents totally still a last sounding of that which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 12: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • I will use today, what I feel I need to present today is a section of
    • post-Atlantian time. We are in that age of this fifth post-Atlantian
    • which should warn humanity to be more and more awake to what is going
    • Now, within all that foams and plays in the events of the present, we can
    • What became especially
    • — is the picturing, the describing, of what the human being can
    • within space and time what the human being experiences in himself as
    • We might say that the highest
    • sense of the word, this is what the Greek sought to present. (See lecture
    • culture of the fourth post-Atlantean age, so that we may say: whatever
    • form to that which the physical world brings forth, the beautiful human,
    • third post-Atlantean age. Hence we see that, as the Christ-Impulse
    • That one might place anything on anything to decorate it, is a concept
    • Greek mind, is whatever is related to the word “elegant”.
    • with decoration in order to let it glisten outwardly, that the Greek
    • out of that which was living.
    • Greek placed preferably whatever is flourishing, growing, furthering
    • a great artistic work of humanity, to place what the world beyond can
    • give, i.e. death, opposite to what is flourishing, growing, furthering
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 13: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • to-day of the changes that have taken place over a certain period of time
    • of human culture, and our conception of what happened for the evolution of
    • for each separate domain of culture. It can truthfully be said that in
    • fully unless we concentrate our attention on certain, what might be
    • when it was that men began in Europe to depict the figure of Christ,
    • we come again and again, upon the fact that the first attempt to do
    • certain accounts were rejected by ecclesiastical ruling and were from that
    • Christians, the representation of Christ had been confined to what could
    • refer to-day in another connection. I pointed out that the early work in
    • said that up to the beginning of the third century nothing had been
    • Gospels. We find that men portrayed the figures with which Christian ideas
    • to-day to the consideration of the figure of Christ. We find that in
    • of form in ancient pre-Christian art; that is most frequently shown.
    • the Christ figure, we may note that it has in this picture a quite antique
    • was what men tried to express in all their pictures: we can see how
    • in regard to such representations: “What is the specifically pagan
    • standpoint.) With all that has been written and spoken about art, the real
    • fundamental “nerve” (if I may use the expression) of what is
    • art, as far as it is possible from what is extant, you will find repeated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • it is to understand that in the various spheres of existence
    • direction. It is necessary that humanity in our present age
    • should be permeated with the knowledge that different spheres
    • for life. It is, of course, quite true that, in the last
    • unity; but if one perceives that unity too soon, one simply
    • view that I should like to point to-day, to certain really
    • pointed out in the last lecture that certain Beings find
    • Just that, in our newest civilisation, which is now involved in
    • forces, just that which is so characteristic in our modern
    • that intellectual thought, which to-day is so prevalent
    • point now is, that one must seek to grasp what is externally
    • comprehensible, and try to unite that with a more psychic
    • That which underlies our organism of thought consists in purely
    • indirectly but not directly, with the fact that we have become
    • of the development of man. The fact that we have in us a firmly
    • blood consists essentially in the fact that our blood, as the
    • on anything of what transpires in the sphere of warmth, it does
    • not depend upon what transpires in us when we inspire and
    • but that which meets us in the Cosmos as warmth-processes,
    • processes, that which meets us in ourselves as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • that which is revealed to spiritual investigation as his
    • cannot do that today in a comprehensive manner, but only from a
    • certain point of view, and this is what we shall try to do in
    • to his exterior, to that which limits him. Then, in the first
    • other Anthroposophical lectures, that we only discover senses
    • must say that that which is sense in man is to be sought for
    • find that man must receive certain impressions from outside.
    • things present themselves in everyday life, we can say that
    • external impressions. It can easily be seen that as man is
    • which the results of things strikes him so that he can thereby
    • absolutely that the assertion I have just made is perfectly
    • another direction, that appearance rests really on a deception.
    • fall in the horizontal direction, and by horizontal I mean that
    • perception is that line which runs parallel with the earth. In
    • that direction run all our perceptions and if we consider we
    • outside and proceed inwardly. What do we bring to meet those
    • impression comes from outside, but meeting that come the forces
    • whatever I see.
    • The fact that I can keep that in memory comes from inside." And
    • we have the direction of idea going from inside outward." What
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • view of the spiritual world that, coupled with the rise of abstract
    • attention to the fact that the spiritual life of the first four
    • Christian centuries has been completely buried, that
    • This means that the “backward seeing” of the
    • picture of what actually took place during these first four
    • Now, we cannot say that the following
    • very clear to people today. What we could call the soul life of the
    • historical portrayals. What do we find, then, basically represented
    • in these usual historical portrayals? And what do we find
    • with something which will, no doubt, be somewhat remote from many
    • be understood, while all that preceded him, for example, what
    • Middle Ages, darkest, that is, for our external knowledge. Above
    • all, it becomes clear to us that this theology is something
    • entirely different from the theology that came before it — if
    • indeed what came before can be called theology. What theology
    • And you can get an impression of what earlier theology was like if
    • [Steiner is here referring to an essay by Günther Wachsmuth on Dionysius the Areopagite and the doctrine of the hierarchies thatNote 4]
    • Christian centuries, a way altogether different from that
    • Areopagite was a late product — saw everything that related
    • to the spiritual world from within and had a direct view of what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • view of the spiritual world that, coupled with the rise of abstract
    • ways, we have already seen that the human being can only be
    • surrounding us is, to begin with, what appears to us as the
    • view and sensed immediately that the plant world must be
    • into genera, so that the various genera and species stand next to
    • forth (drawing 1). But it does not always have to be that way. For
    • is the root — but the force that
    • does not develop a slender stem that immediately unfolds its leaves
    • to start new leaves or, with time, blossoms. Or again, it may be that
    • plant growth as a unity — so that he slipped out of one plant
    • Thus we may say that when Goethe approached the system of
    • Linnaeus, he felt that the usual object-oriented way of
    • I look at a plant it is not the physical that I see or, at any rate,
    • that I should see; in a manner of speaking, the physical has become
    • invisible, and I must grasp what I see with ideas very different from
    • right way we can say that in the mineral kingdom nature is outwardly
    • — a higher nature that is inwardly mobile all the time,
    • inwardly alive. What is really visible in the plant is the etheric
    • nature. And we are wrong if we say that the physical body of the
    • invisible. What we see is the etheric form.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • view of the spiritual world that, coupled with the rise of abstract
    • picture as that of Christ as the Lamb of God, inspired Imaginations
    • are truly and correctly expressed. I wanted to show that in the times
    • experiences that connect him to the spiritual world. I have drawn
    • your attention to the fact that in the first four Christian
    • centuries what we could call the Christian teaching still
    • carried the impression that it was everywhere based on a real
    • perception of the spiritual, that even the secrets of Christianity
    • increased. We must be fully aware that in the times immediately
    • the pictures that had come down to posterity through tradition. But
    • impossibility, or rather, out of the faith that was born with the
    • arose the Scholastic doctrine that the human spirit can achieve
    • that the human being must simply accept as uncomprehended revelation
    • what can be revealed to him of the super-sensible world.
    • although more or less dimly, that the human being's relationship to
    • revelations so much that they did not wish to measure them against a
    • standard of human knowledge that no longer reached up to them. At
    • least, people did not believe that human knowledge was capable of
    • twelfth, and thirteenth centuries of the Middle Ages that this
    • Scholastic tenet was fully admitted. Until that time there was still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • view of the spiritual world that, coupled with the rise of abstract
    • what subsequently became the contents of dogma and, as such, could no
    • We need only to remember that before the
    • power of the I. Thus we can say that although the human being, even
    • That which can be maintained in its full
    • that can only be maintained as long as something from the divine,
    • time achieving mastery of the I within their consciousness. But that
    • over from the being of soul and spirit that we were in the spiritual
    • that something of the dying and paralyzing principle of death
    • such that his nature has changed in the course of his development on
    • those of the newer bodies. The bodies of old were such that within
    • and astral activity. Thus one can say that in the civilized world we
    • attained all that which a person, as an intellectually imbued
    • Considering this, we must say that before
    • concerning what happened to those who underwent initiation in the
    • initiation in the ancient mysteries he had an experience that
    • This initiate would characterize what had
    • nature of human beings in general is such that the Father indeed
    • is the living soul. But the initiate felt that the living soul
    • that had been breathed into a person was a special spiritual reality,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • said that during the course of these years there has been
    • earnestness and that one can already say, in a certain sense,
    • that the original intention has been proven time and again.
    • this movement it also appears clearly that the outer
    • occasion, of the ritual act completely shows that the real
    • even have the feeling that the objective and progressing
    • is completely understandable that these inner difficulties are
    • yourself that realities in the spiritual world work in a
    • related to good or evil. You must always be aware that if you
    • want to work in the present in a religious area that religious
    • exceptional activity just at that moment.
    • are such that errors are able to enter on this side. Consider,
    • conditions. Why is this so? Out of what basis, when the work of
    • present moment. It is of greater meaning that today some of you
    • days. You must not forget that in such a Movement, such as
    • spirits of the present time. What do people know about real
    • are a multitude of differences but one could say that one of
    • the greatest differences is that today our atmosphere is
    • regarding how that might affect people. Eventually one will
    • sense that people are not immune to the activity buzzing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy. These difficulties are such that you actually
    • deal with it, but that it should actually be dealt with through
    • may not give in to the illusion that in reality it would be
    • of cultural life, namely to be apart from what is called
    • scientific culture. You must be aware that an atheistic science
    • but alongside that some or other contemporary science and those
    • but an inner piousness; so that there are possibly people who
    • unconscious falsehood of civilisation has become. What the
    • in reality precisely towards dealing with that inner,
    • gradually been developed that one must leave science to
    • religiosity while not bothering with what drove science. It is
    • that was to use it as a means to activate people into mutual
    • of thinking which only takes the half, that is, the scientific
    • clear that all one can speak about are the taming rules. One
    • but rather, for example, that a doctor decides. These things
    • spirit prevalent within the wisdom of nature so that right into
    • by the fact that the religious movement is based on
    • necessary that the relationship between the Religious Renewal
    • Isn't it true that Anthroposophy wants and can't be anything
    • relationship involves its followers, be fully aware that you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • world as such, it appears that the following will be helpful to
    • in such a manner that by the very act of applying it to
    • awaken the awareness that our speaking sinfully enables us to
    • that in expressing the word the speaker's mood is permeated by
    • “Word” is spoken that it is linked to life from
    • with reference to what I really want to entrust you with
    • like that, he is applying a word which he designates to
    • called a “human-being,” he thinks that under all
    • Feeling should actually always be a starting point so that when
    • we permeate ourselves with the feeling that we believe we can
    • the spirit that we can legitimately name ourselves with the
    • experience it had been, as indicated in scripture, that in the
    • experiences, to the necessary depths of the scripture, so that
    • what comes out of the deepest depths within. When we designate
    • through the fact that our earth existence is a cooperative task
    • earth. If we succeed in gradually grasping what the earth's
    • that the bedding within this Brahma-Vishnu-Shiva process
    • sleep, so that we could say: the human-being is so profound, so
    • deeply fashioned in earthly existence that the depths of
    • we gradually approach the feeling of what it means: what it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Yes, my dear friends, I would like to supplement what I said
    • that religious documents originating up to about the time
    • come out of humanity. I would like to mention that you only
    • it has come about that right at the time when intellectualism
    • and basically it is quite natural that even with much goodwill,
    • misunderstandings come to the fore. Thus it has happened that
    • apparent that this original language can no longer be
    • Testament. It is hopeless to think that translations done up to
    • would like to give a small example and that from one of the
    • stress from the start that representations in the New Testament
    • Testament can only be understood when it is very clear that the
    • understanding is regarded necessary and that it should simply
    • Just consider, my dear friends, that the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • humanity in such a way, that the ego consciousness is awakened.
    • that with the embodiment of the ego consciousness in evolution
    • monotheism existed — to that God who has remained as an image
    • the Father God, the imagination is fulfilled so that we can
    • feels that within his ego is the inner working of the Father
    • ‘I am!’ That is: ‘The Father God is in me.’
    • What can be said about the relationship between people blessed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • speak about a topic that one normally considers from a more
    • that the position of the philosophical worldview to
    • from this formal aspect at the matter that is connected as
    • arose which our time appreciates too little. One can say that
    • century, in a way that is hard to comprehend with our thinking
    • today because conditions are part of reflection that the human
    • philosophers. It is necessary that you can completely project
    • predecessors and successors that you know how you have to
    • consideration, at Thomas Aquinas, he is a personality that
    • is, actually, only the exponent of that which lives in a broad
    • him. So that Thomism is something exceptionally impersonal,
    • something that only manifests by the personality of Thomas
    • Aquinas. Against it, you recognise immediately that you look at
    • Aquinas with the medieval church that determines its position
    • However, this historical background changes because that
    • decreased, so that something remained in the western current
    • that was quite different from that in which Augustine had still
    • I ask you to take into consideration that I
    • would like to give an introduction only today that I treat the
    • real being of Thomism tomorrow, and that the purpose of my
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture II:
    Matching lines:
    • What I especially tried to stress yesterday
    • was that in that spiritual development of the West which found
    • its expression in scholasticism not only that happens which one
    • of abstractions, but that behind it a real development of the
    • impulses of western humanity exists. I think that one can look
    • at that at first, as one does mostly in the history of
    • consideration that one thinker took over certain ideas from the
    • other and that a certain evolution of ideas is
    • consideration of the spiritual life gradually. Since that which
    • impossible to get information about that development, we say
    • unless one considers the important impact in this age that is
    • associated with sexual maturity and all forces that work their
    • European humanity that one can just characterise saying: those
    • fact of their consciousness that not a single individual ego
    • that intervenes in the usual state of human
    • beings -, but he said: sing, immortal soul -, that means: sing,
    • individual being that lives in the single person as an
    • foundation of Christianity until High Scholasticism. In that
    • which goes up to the extreme surface of that which takes place
    • of Christianity in these centuries is the fact that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture III:
    Matching lines:
    • about High Scholasticism, I attempted to point out that the
    • most essential of a current of thought are problems that made
    • human being attain that knowledge which is necessary for life,
    • and how does this knowledge fit into that which controlled the
    • still shone from that which had remained from Neo-Platonism,
    • pointed to the fact that the impulses of High Scholasticism
    • lived on in a way. However, they lived on in such a way that
    • different form. All that is still in the intellectual
    • that which significant personalities have contributed to the
    • the fourteenth century in Paris, later in Cologne, that as it
    • Thomas Aquinas still imagined that the soul worked on the
    • totality of the bodily. So that the human being is only
    • perceptivity that, however, without pre-existence the real
    • in its sense in order to live on then immortal with that which
    • Duns Scotus cannot imagine that the active
    • only imagine that the human corporeality is something finished
    • that in a certain independent way the vegetative and animal
    • at death and that only the actually spiritual principle,
    • Scotus cannot imagine like Thomas Aquinas that the whole body
    • mind had become something abstract, something that did no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture I: Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • and sums up what the characteristic feature is amongst all
    • us but clearly consider for a moment, what the way actually is,
    • the circumstance, that such a sentiment exists, naturally
    • matter of fact so mapped out to-day, that, even down into our
    • there is nothing for it, but that the man should, somehow or
    • impel him that way. And though it may not come directly from
    • individual, in the midst of all this, that one has simply
    • oneself quite unexpectedly realizing in life that one is, say,
    • then very often too, you know, it happens, that there are the
    • upon what lies within himself, — where he is bent on
    • wants to live out his part consciently in something that lies
    • of this kind. And if one examines further what the origin of it
    • long while in that condition preceding their birth, which I
    • beings of the higher hierarchies, and where everything that he
    • the parent pair that give him birth. — So that a man
    • himself with the line of direction, with the current, that runs
    • that during the time when they are making ready to come down to
    • earth again, they have a burning interest already in what is
    • that goes on with their forefathers on the earth.
    • Souls of this kind become, in fact, what I have described as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture II: The Theosophical Society: A Common Body with a Conscious Self. Blavatsky Phenomenon
    Matching lines:
    • that determined it, there will be two questions from which one
    • movement in the way that was done? And secondly, — why
    • — that Anthroposophy down to this day is confounded by
    • consideration is, what kind of people they are, who feel an
    • What was it, then, that such souls were seeking, who at that
    • seemed probable, that what had to be sought as Anthroposophy at
    • that time to pursue Theosophy. Rut to have the requisite light
    • way, and to give you some picture of what, was then, in those
    • days, to be understood by Theosophical Society, — that
    • was then joined what afterwards came forth as Anthroposophy,
    • what kind of consciousness these particular people had. —
    • In a way, these people certainly lived out what was in their
    • things of that kind. There was always, at any rate, some sort
    • of gleam from the outer world of what I might call social
    • behaviour. All that, of course, is not so much what interests
    • us. What is of interest for us is the mental consciousness of
    • strongly was that, between the different personalities, there
    • two conceptions. That was the curious thing, that when one came
    • blood. So that what was really living amongst them, were not
    • that one forms quite naively of the other person, —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture III: Critical Judgment and Colour of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • of course, as regards everything that may be said about
    • the kind of spiritual aspirations that manifested themselves,
    • dubious character of what one finds in this individual's
    • the notions, which arose amongst the society that had gathered
    • round Blavatsky and her spiritual life, that certain
    • communications, — by means, that is, of writings on
    • point to such things, and to find in them plain evidence that
    • aspect of the phenomena that. played around Blavatsky, we shall
    • another standpoint still that we may take, namely, of not
    • troubling ourselves for the moment with all that went on on the
    • But let us just neglect these objections for a while; say that
    • conclusion, namely, that in Blavatsky's works one is largely
    • been scribbled down amongst the rest; but that, along with all
    • despite any objections that may be raised.
    • How and from what cause could it happen that, at the end of the
    • spiritual world? that there could come revelations of a
    • evolution is: that the capacity for judgment, the power of
    • great steps that have been made in progress. But if one
    • considers these very steps of progress, and what the connection
    • has been between these great steps forwards, that have been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture IV: Blavatsky's Orientation: Spiritual, but Anti-Christian
    Matching lines:
    • when considering it from the aspect that will be clear to you
    • scientific, or what one might call in general ‘educated’, as
    • attain this aim of theirs all the better, that there were
    • could say: It was a proven fact that there had been bogus
    • And one must never forget, that any number of things in the
    • world are an effect of influences that go out from such secret
    • what must seem to us of more importance still for our present
    • purpose, is that, in spite of all this, Blavatsky's writings,
    • people of the day; and that thereby those various movements
    • all that is here said, I beg you to note that I always try, as
    • impossible for one, — impossible that is in many
    • hears a word, at once to establish what I might call a kind of
    • there what it is. Or they may go further, they are much more
    • with writings that deal with such things, in how far what they
    • particular society — or societies, indeed — that
    • I have enumerated much that one may have, — against the
    • century, that they took the dictionary meaning of the word
    • sense. That was most decidedly not the case. The case was, that
    • spiritual world, that had come through Blavatsky, — lying
    • who were debating then, what name they should give it, asked
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture V: Anti-Christianity. - The Healing of the Gulf.
    Matching lines:
    • clear that the Mystery of Golgotha intervened as a fact
    • possible for that which first, in the Mysteries, came before
    • before all men as an historic fact. So that in the Mystery of
    • total essence of the ancient Mysteries. And then, that the
    • through the influences that came into it from the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. — This is what I tried to show in this
    • be noted at the same time, that the whole life of the Mysteries
    • the Mystery of Golgotha. And I pointed out too, that really, in
    • of knowledge, and that of this ancient way of knowledge there
    • only remains more or less a tradition; so that here or there it
    • intellectualism came on the scene, with all that I spoke
    • only just consider what this means. In none of the ancient
    • World and what we may call the Know-ledge of God. Worldly
    • manifold. divinity that works through the medium of the natural
    • nature’ were not what people had in those days. They had live
    • build a bridge across from that which is in the human soul
    • itself. So that in the old religions, there was nowhere that
    • split, which exists between what is the modern science of the
    • natural world, and what is supposed to be a comprehension of
    • Anthroposophy will never make any pretension that it is going,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VI: The Two First Periods of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • have briefly indicated what were the directing forces during
    • before going on to describe the third period and what took
    • matter of fact, in spite of all that has been said by way of
    • explanation, it is still possible to raise the question: What
    • distinctive feature, that it was engaged in gradually laying
    • the actual documents, will see, that during that time, bit by
    • bit, in lectures, or lecture-cycles, — and also in what
    • approximate; but that is the case with the historic evolution
    • namely, that the anthroposophic substance might gradually come
    • that, gradually, in the course of a quite natural evolution,
    • one. — It was possible to hope so, for the reason, that
    • to work alongside one another. That was unmistakably the case,
    • in no illusions — could not fail to see, that such a very
    • marks of amateurishness that were thus introduced into her
    • books, yet, all the same, from the fact that in course of time
    • its centre in London, and that this Theosophical Society had in
    • But, — putting aside the fact that these notions often
    • state of things at that time.
    • that, outside these particular circles, there was no interest
    • what ever to be found in the world of the day for real
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VII: The Third Stage: The Present Day. - Life-Conditions of the Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • that made their appearance in the third period of the
    • what are, truly speaking, the life-conditions of the
    • — about, that is, the year 1918 or '14, — and as to
    • what these two stages signify for us, — I mean the
    • like to put before you what is, for Anthroposophists, so to
    • say, too, that the paper continued to appear,
    • myself and others, that, step by step, built up a certain solid
    • Here, again, they were real steps that took place. One
    • that, from stage to stage, one piece of spiritual acquisition
    • programmes and things of the kind. But that was not the
    • essential feature. The essential feature was, that positive
    • the second period, that Anthroposophy, and all that
    • by the end of the second period we had got so far that it was
    • here with this disaster. One must reflect that this marked an
    • people, who were sufficiently interested in what Anthroposophy
    • step beyond the step-by-step work that had simply kept pace
    • was the first step that went beyond this. For, obviously, a
    • attention of the outside world to what was now the
    • anything that had been there before.
    • assuming even that before the year 1914 an opponent of so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VIII: Conclusions: The Anthroposophical Society and its Future Conduct.
    Matching lines:
    • what this conduct should be, let us just look back once more
    • past week, that in a way the public for Anthroposophy had
    • to this modern age. — Well, we have discussed all that.
    • must also have been plain, that for Anthroposophy itself such
    • sources. And although — for the very reason that its
    • its own wealth of wisdom — that were terms already
    • New Age of Thought, you will see, that in
    • whatever coming from Blavatsky, or indeed from that quarter at
    • all, with this one exception of the fact, that the outward
    • must distinguish, therefore, between what was actual spiritual
    • what were outward forms of expression, incidentally required by
    • the conditions of the time. That mistakes can arise on this
    • point is simply due to the fact, that people at the present day
    • expression to what is the real heart of the matter. —
    • you take what is in these writings on Goethe and in the
    • is this: That Man, in the innermost part of his being is in
    • connection with a spiritual world; that therefore, if only he
    • that day, and also of this, is unable to penetrate, and which
    • in face of the terrible, what I might call spiritual chaos of
    • was sometimes obliged to have recourse to what sounded
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
    • explaining that situation, but I wanted to stress the
    • friends. And I would like to emphasize that in this School
    • spiritual life is to be revealed in its true meaning, so that
    • card, to begin in a way that will make you conscious of the
    • fact that every word spoken within this School is based on the
    • — that same spirit which has been revealed to humanity
    • humanity what it is able to receive.
    • must be clear from the very beginning that it is not animosity
    • towards what the sense-world has accomplished for humanity when
    • of the spirit. We must also clearly recognize that the
    • it is nevertheless important that the spiritual revelations are
    • own obstinacy, which hinders understanding what the School
    • course be what it is possible for the spirit to give us. It
    • will however be demanded of the members of the School that they
    • have gone into these things in our weekly periodical, What
    • that this difference be felt in all its explicitness by the
    • members of the School, so that eventually only those persons
    • your souls what should stand over our School as a kind of
    • engraving. That we really identify with what emerges from the
    • Toward the light that from darkness streams.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 2
    Matching lines:
    • will relate what is said today to the previous lesson, partly
    • the world that surrounds him - can feel himself related to the
    • the influence of “Know thyself”, he only sees what
    • What you are, what you were, or will become.
    • Unto that light that shines out of the darkness.
    • that we can never find our own being in this world. For the
    • sensation that by looking out into the external world we gain
    • that can carry us into the spiritual world. Yet just as by
    • world, we must also bear in mind that the person of normal
    • consciousness in normal life is unprepared to encounter that
    • spiritual world that guardian stands who earnestly warns people
    • it is the case, my dear friends, that we must always keep in
    • mind the fact that the Guardian stands before the [entrance to]
    • that this looking back, the perception in looking back,
    • What we should feel at the abyss of being between the maya, the
    • must be quite clear, my dear friends, that bravery in acquiring
    • for acquiring knowledge is what dominates. Especially in our
    • time that cowardice is what holds back most people from even
    • Your hate of spiritual revelation
    • That is the second thing that we have within us - which plants
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 3
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world, which characterize what the human being can
    • spiritual world. And we should not say that when someone
    • his thoughts - what the person in process of initiation
    • realizes in reality by entering the spiritual world, that the
    • former does not actually participate in what is revealed to the
    • in thought one approaches the description of the path that
    • superficial, he will experience and feel fully what it means to
    • That is what I will speak to you about today, my dear friends,
    • their thoughts. And that includes all of you, else you wouldn't
    • observations - when man uses the things that he encounters in
    • looks everywhere for the facts behind it. He asks: What
    • experience proves this or that? He doesn't like to accept
    • something in ordinary life which is not proven by this or that
    • himself: What is true is what is seen, what is real is what is
    • Just imagine, my dear friends, that you were to go through life
    • between birth and death in a way that you could never really
    • know whether something that confronts you is truth or illusion.
    • being real or merely a dream. Just imagine what insecurity,
    • what terrible insecurity that would cause in your life.
    • threshold of the spiritual world. That is the very first
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 4
    Matching lines:
    • well, to the extent that its earnestness can really occupy our
    • from other areas of spiritual life, what is called
    • spiritual life by today's civilization, that is. The encounter
    • an example of what we will receive today, my dear friends, I
    • certain stage of maturity - not that he became what most people
    • words; what I have to say is merely clothed in human words.
    • What I have to say to you are the gods' thoughts, and these
    • be clear to you that I am thus appealing to everything in your
    • memory what I am now saying to you. I will be satisfied if
    • tomorrow you forget what I have said today. Because what you
    • usually call your memory, and what others call your memory, is
    • renewed for what is to be received. Everything should be new
    • said that I do not appeal to your memory, to your capacity for
    • remembering. That does not mean that tomorrow you should
    • remember nothing of what is said to you today. But you should
    • what your memory makes of it. What should lead you to me
    • the innermost feelings of your soul; they should preserve what
    • is said to you today. For you see, memory, that capacity for
    • remembrance, is for learning. What the esoteric has to say,
    • is in fact true that whenever we are dealing with esoteric
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • essence of this Guardian. In particular, we have seen how what
    • to the heavenly. So that in the moment that man stands before
    • that, my dear friends, is exactly what must be made clear -
    • that upon entering the spiritual world a growing together with
    • our thinking, feeling and willing, aware that our thinking,
    • feeling and willing are somewhat separated, apart from external
    • also when looking into the inner human we see what for normal
    • magical being. What does it mean, that nature must be able to
    • However, we also know that in dreams our consciousness is
    • submerged, and dreams are not what can directly describe the
    • physical body with what is solid, with what is characteristic
    • etheric body with what is characteristic of water. However,
    • element lie deep beneath what people experience.
    • What is closer to man is his breathing process, which is
    • That man lives and moves in the element of air is obvious from
    • That the element of warmth is extremely essential to man is
    • with an object that is colder than our body, a cold knitting
    • needle for example, we feel the cold places that have been
    • with an object that is warmer than our body, we don't feel the
    • be sufficient that I have indicated what air and warmth means
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • Guardian's continuous admonition is that man be aware that he
    • deep relationship to that world exists within him.
    • rather must one return to what is revealed between them.
    • what is revealed between the things. We see the three kingdoms
    • friends, behind the kingdoms of nature we have what is called
    • what the solid earth consists of is also present in the
    • feet to what is to a certain extent at our own height, what is
    • the watery element. Although it is true that man's life on
    • earth has developed in such a way that he only senses this
    • condensed, it is nevertheless true that he also lives in this
    • solid as such, in the earthly, we can only say that we live in
    • differentiate it. We do not specifically differentiate what is
    • which exist outside of ourselves. We do not consider what is
    • around us and at the same time within us, so that we must
    • have what we designate as Earth, what we designate as Water,
    • what we designate as Air and what we designate as Warmth.
    • up to what we have always described with a dry, abstract
    • shall call that great chemicality of the cosmos
    • then we will call what is highest in the etheric: Life-Ether,
    • lesson that the human being, according to the manner in which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • have repeatedly spoken - also outside [Dornach] - about what
    • not only cultivated, it is also carried out; meaning that
    • the members than that they honestly recognize what
    • anthroposophy is and that they are in a certain sense listeners
    • to what anthroposophy says; and that they receive from it what
    • become members of this School declare that they want to be true
    • that only those who are recognized by the School as true
    • members can be recipients of what the School teaches.
    • Therefore, whatever a member of the School does should have the
    • member if it considers that he cannot be a representative of
    • if we do not feel that the School is like building a rock to
    • members of this School must know that they must adapt to those
    • that an Executive Committee has been esoterically formed.
    • alone. Therefore, anything which indicates that a member is not
    • that person's membership.
    • is a fact that negligence has entered into the Anthroposophical
    • Society to a marked degree in recent years. That it ceases is
    • should feel responsible that every word we speak is tested to
    • the extent that we know it is true. For untruthfulness, even
    • when derived from what is called good intentions, is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • It is to be remembered in all earnestness that with the
    • that many anthroposophical friends are here for the first time
    • is true that before the Christmas Conference it was always
    • emphasized that the anthroposophical movement and the
    • consider it right that spiritual light, which can come through
    • and life. And it had to be continually emphasized that
    • That has changed since the Christmas Conference at the
    • which was founded at Christmas. I can explain what this means
    • the Anthroposophical Society; now whatever happens through the
    • must be an administration. But that is not what it considers to
    • Society is therewith given. And it must be clear that from now
    • Conference statutes that contain paragraphs which detail what
    • rather do the statutes describe what the Vorstand intends. And
    • that is how the Anthroposophical Society is constituted. It is
    • issued a membership card, which is signed by me, so that even
    • least present. It has been suggested that I have a rubber stamp
    • made with my signature. I'm not going to do that - despite it
    • must also stress that it must be clear to the members - I
    • stress it because it has already been sinned against - that
    • Goetheanum. This means that nothing by way of formulations and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 9
    Matching lines:
    • vision rest upon what radiates down to us from the universe in
    • in the sublimity of what the vast universe offers, we will gain
    • minds so that we no longer need to even look up at the heavenly
    • we can also observe all that radiates down and streams through
    • then when we are conscious of all that binds us to the earth,
    • that we are heavy bodies among other heavy bodies. In other
    • words what lives in us as a feeling of being bound to the earth
    • from these three inner experiences: what we have gained in
    • merge with what the planets say to us meaningfully from space
    • by their movements - so that having felt ourselves to be at
    • This leads to the question: Why is it then that so few do so?
    • perceived with what is spiritual in man. But spiritual is what
    • we can read in the stars, what we can feel in the movements of
    • the planets, what we can experience in the forces which hold us
    • to understand inwardly means to transfer more and more what is
    • sensations - or experiences, it doesn't matter what we call
    • now, my dear sisters and brothers, what is flowing to you from
    • everything that happens in its environment as though its whole
    • body were a sense organ. That's why he imitates everything,
    • from doing with its senses what we as adults do with them. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture I: Social Impulses for the Healing of Modern Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • many facts that meet one almost at every turn — to
    • perceive signs of decline within our civilisation, and that it
    • contains forces that make for its downfall. Recognising these
    • we shall see that there are present in it three main downward
    • evolution, and all those that we have still to go through,
    • we look beyond our own immediate civilisation, beyond what has
    • whole course of man's evolution we may observe that earlier
    • sort which made men realise that what lived within their own
    • what a vivid conception the Greeks still possessed of worlds
    • recall how great a part was played in everyday life by whatever
    • that was not exhausted within the limits of the everyday world,
    • those days people — we can put it in that way —
    • people had a COSMOGONY; that is, they recognised themselves to
    • be members of the whole universe. They knew that they were not
    • merely beings that had gone astray and were wandering about
    • over the face of the green earth like lost sheep, but that they
    • compared with what a man of old felt pulsing through him from
    • life, man cannot be strong. — That is one thing, —
    • what I might call the scientific element, — that is
    • Another, the second element that is bringing about its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture II: A Different Way of Thinking is Needed to Rescue European Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • hour is so late, that I shall make this lecture a short one,
    • and leave over till to-morrow the main substance of what I have
    • put earlier, so that it will be possible to have a longer
    • pointed out yesterday that in order to master the conditions of
    • peoples massed together over the face of the earth, that one's
    • attention is actually directed to what is living and working in
    • Anglo-American peoples, among the peoples of what is properly
    • that the aptitude for founding a cosmogony suited to the new
    • freedom, amongst the peoples of Europe, whilst that for
    • all that it connotes by way of human brotherhood, is to be
    • that this may be possible, in order that any such real
    • cannot say: “It is altogether bad;” that is not the
    • nothing positive. The impulses that reside in our civilisation
    • that in the historic course of mankind's evolution leads to
    • ruin, leads to ruin for the very reason that something which
    • various Ahrimanic and Luciferic motives, cling to whatever they
    • that actual forward movement which the whole cosmic order
    • is from this, its scientific character, that the great social
    • errors and perversions of the age proceed. That is why it is so
    • imperative that the light should shine in upon our whole life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture III: Fundamental Impulses in History
    Matching lines:
    • What I have said during these evenings has been directed to
    • showing, from the most various points of view, that that aspect
    • peculiarly necessary that we should not be led into any
    • account assume that what holds good, and what I am about to
    • covered by the Fifth post-Atlantean age, — that that
    • no such ideas. For this final phase, however, what I am about
    • From the socialist side, it is always being pointed out that
    • industrial life, in the class-warfare that has resulted from
    • it, are supposed to have grown up all those developments that
    • etc. As applied to the whole course of human history that is,
    • of course, nonsense. One cannot but ask oneself: What has led
    • to this nonsensical idea? V/hat has led to such a
    • nonsensical idea is that, as a matter of fact, and in
    • those changes in our earthly evolution that I mentioned
    • be marked by us as that of the great spiritual upheaval which
    • must be recognised for what it really was. And when one goes
    • further into all that we were leading up to yesterday, and
    • one, then, indeed, one finds that what is in appearance a
    • something that Is, after all, at bottom, economic in character.
    • that the socialist view arose, that all historic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Impulses of Utility: Lecture I: Western and Eastern Culture, H. P. Blavatsky
    Matching lines:
    • two poles of the IVth Post Atlantean Period. That is, the pole
    • considered that impulse which came into the spiritual
    • stream of Europe through the fact that the Templars had to
    • undergo a certain fate, and that this fate of the Templars
    • gives a peculiar colouring to those ideas which at that time
    • characterised, but that must be left over to a later time.
    • because it is essential that through a Spiritual Scientific
    • time is determined by that special spiritual structure of the
    • fact that, as regards the evolution of modern civilisation, the
    • it was that time in which in the 5th Post Atlantean
    • intellect in so far as that is bound to the physical plane. We
    • different from what occurred in the Graeco-Latin age in the 4th
    • (verstand) but that was of quite a different nature from our
    • century, really entered upon a quite definite crisis. That
    • instance, radiated in all that the Greeks created artistically,
    • which radiated in all that the Greeks created in their State
    • — that intellect which worked through the
    • Philosophy of Plato and Aristotle, that intellect which
    • ideas were really so existing that they perceived them just as
    • and please bear in mind, that by reason of the whole meaning of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Impulses of Utility: Lecture II: Utilitarianism and Sacramentalism
    Matching lines:
    • exist in the Graeco-Latin age, because at that time they were
    • show that these facts are correct. A Greek statue or drama, or
    • further, because at that time the relationship between the
    • Etheric body and Earthly elements was quite different from that
    • that a person living in that age was quite different from a man
    • of to-day. Whoever experiences, for instance, what Goethe
    • experienced in Italy, — knows that the Greeks created
    • that fine inner union between the etheric body and the earthly
    • elements; and then one finds that one's etheric body streams
    • different way from what one feels to-day. Then at last one
    • one's hand when one grasped it. You can understand that the
    • one can understand how it is that the Greeks spoke differently
    • live in the polarities. That is of great significance for the
    • then answered; but he found after certain lectures that one
    • than ordinary lay people. One scientist relates what he has
    • question with them of a sub-conscious cleverness. You see that
    • Birth, to Heredity and so on. That same principle of natural
    • are stimulated. Thus, we see that Psycho-Analysis comes under
    • — that which has remained behind through decadent races
    • Brotherhoods this coupling together of what is taken over
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • lectures, in that period of time before I had to go away some
    • weeks ago, all tended to show how that which we call Spiritual
    • that which we call the Cosmos stands in a certain inner
    • connection with what we ourselves inwardly experience in
    • this question: — What would it signify for the sum total
    • that man, while he attains his consciousness in a physical
    • that the soul that has lived for a long time in the Spiritual
    • conscious of his community with the Spiritual world. That
    • perception of what man was before he descended into the
    • Again, if that which looks beyond the time which we pass here
    • then works in such a way that what lies in his labour extends
    • must say that man has progressed enormously; but the last few
    • years have shown that this progress has not improved humanity
    • whom I have often pointed when I wanted to emphasise that years
    • make use of coal. We know that this coal is a relic of old
    • find that it is a large quantity.
    • their body out of that which they absorb from man's
    • see, that is an extraordinary transformation. At first it is
    • because naturally that coal was not formed by our breath but by
    • That which in a sense we excrete from ourselves, furnishes the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • know that I only make personal observations on the rarest
    • definite from human beings. It demands from everyone what must
    • nature. It must be considered, and clearly seen that we have
    • to look at them in a quite unprejudiced way, to see what
    • occurs; and then we can say to ourselves that there are to-day
    • more and more what we have just characterised by saying that,
    • fact that man is thus placed before such significant decisions,
    • very close to us. You know that amongst the many enemies of our
    • clearly that behind them stands the power of the Jesuits, and
    • that power appears to have a certain validity just in
    • Switzerland. One has merely to keep in mind what reveals itself
    • amalgamated, for many people, with what they call the external
    • entirely conquered, which made it possible to dissolve that
    • see under whose protection at that time the expulsion of the
    • protection” was similarly evoked for the future, that it
    • Switzerland from the Jesuits. That occurred in 1847.
    • character. Their characteristic is that anyone who gives
    • that chaos, which is the basis of all the confusion into which
    • course be denied, that our newer age has accomplished many
    • science or in technique or in any other sphere, or even in that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • noticeable — that an inner connection exists between the
    • time, and that cosmic body itself. From the most diverse points
    • can be studied, with all that belongs to it. We will keep this
    • in mind to-day from one particular point of view, and from that
    • know that man has passed his life on earth in a succession of
    • with other beings, because, my dear friends, that which we call
    • as it presents itself to the Geologists, in such a way that
    • atmosphere, that fundamentally is simply an external illusion.
    • What appears thus as this stony mass is simply the body for
    • certain Spiritual beings. And again, that which appears to us
    • as being outside the Earth, that which shines down on to our
    • Earth as the world of the Stars, even that, as it appears to
    • the Hierarchies. What appears to us as the Earth filled with
    • gravity, — that which approaches us very closely because
    • birth and death, — through what is presented to us as the
    • connection, with that which shines down to us from the world of
    • Stars, with that we are more closely related between death and
    • reality of the deepest significance when one says: — that
    • must not imagine that the reflection of the Universe which we
    • perception between death and re-birth. That which appears
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • noticeable — that as inner connection exists between the
    • time, and that cosmic body itself. From the most diverse
    • earth life can be studied, with all that belongs to it. We
    • view, and from that, form certain ideas concerning the real
    • We know that
    • that which we call the external, sensible, perceptible sphere
    • Geologists, in such a way that they regard it simply as a
    • stony mass surrounded by an atmosphere, that fundamentally is
    • simply an external illusion. What appears thus as this stony
    • again, that which appears to us as being outside the Earth,
    • that which shines down on to our Earth as the world of the
    • Stars, even that as it appears to our external sense
    • What appears to us as the Earth filled with
    • gravity — that which approaches us very closely because
    • birth and death — through what is presented to us as the
    • less connection, with that which shines down to us from the
    • world of Stars, with that we are more closely related between
    • says: that man descends out of the starry worlds to physical
    • death. Only we must not imagine that the reflection of the
    • super-sensible perception between death and re-birth. That
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture I: Concerning the World Situation
    Matching lines:
    • Russia. We know that Germany has made a trade agreement
    • with her, but now we learn that France, too, has made one. Was
    • do so for the simple reason that all these affairs you have
    • things are much more important than all these matters that are
    • opinion prevails that promises must be kept. It is the general
    • attitude over there that a person is obliged to keep his
    • promises. But to what extent this notion is sincere —
    • well, that's something that has nothing to do with the actual
    • beings. In regard to public life the most we can say is that a
    • that she cannot desert the old Entente, but this stand
    • contradicts the whole purpose of the war. That whole
    • in the West; they simply didn't want things that way.
    • understand now that the English sit between two chairs and, as
    • thinks that Germany at some point has been hurt too much, then
    • interested in that cause. First and foremost, the French want
    • things said over there carry no weight whatsoever. What Lloyd
    • backing is minimal. Yet, what would happen if Lloyd George were
    • he has no qualified successors. The crux of the matter is that
    • today it doesn't matter what party a person joins to receive
    • this or that position; what matters is that we bring about an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture II: Illnesses Occurring in the Different Periods of Life
    Matching lines:
    • human life that the mortality rate is highest in man's infancy,
    • that human beings die most frequently in their early years. In
    • during their school years. The illnesses that do befall them
    • mentioned that infants are highly susceptible to suppuration of
    • the blood. It can become so purulent that symptoms of jaundice
    • convulsions. A childhood disease that is particularly
    • increasing rapidly. Perhaps you have read that schools have had
    • we can see that childhood illnesses have a distinctive
    • second or third months of pregnancy, we see that it is utterly
    • different form what the human being later becomes. In the first
    • only appendages to the head. What later turn into limbs, hands
    • hands and feet. So we can say that the embryo is all head. Its
    • are surprised that mental illnesses are hereditary. In fact,
    • need it puzzle us, gentlemen? Whatever the child can
    • surprised that her condition is not passed on to the lungs of
    • surprised that the disease inherited is quite different from
    • that of the parent. Venereal disease, for example, can appear
    • child's head is developing, its eyes are exposed to what
    • afflicts the parents; its eyes are in an environment that's
    • the child is born, everyone knows that the most completely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture III: The Formation of the Human Ear
    Matching lines:
    • question was asked about the design that appeared on the cover
    • next time consider the aspects of man that these four symbols
    • look then at the processes that immediately follow. What does
    • before, which is the fact that the whole universe acts upon
    • understanding, but it is nonetheless true that the whole cosmos
    • said before that during the first few months only the head of
    • fact that in the earlier embryonic stages the influence
    • head. It is gravity that, in time, draws out the other parts.
    • is convincing evidence that the human body is magnificently
    • properly, you will find that it is quite a remarkable
    • structure. I shall explain the ear so that you can get some
    • formed in such a marvellous way so that man can actually
    • which might be likened to that of a drumhead. The ear, then, is
    • continue by drawing the cavity that one observes in a skeleton
    • to the jaw. Inside is a cavity into which this canal leads that
    • about. Not only does this canal, this outer passage that you
    • exterior that extends inward to the eardrum, and one from the
    • mouth that enters behind the eardrum, which is called the
    • skin that looks like a snail shell. Inside this snail shell,
    • called the cochlea, are myriad little fibres that make up the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture IV: The Thyroid Gland and Hormones
    Matching lines:
    • process of recovery. What is to be expected with the continued
    • what we have already discussed here, you will be able to
    • thought to be like the appendix or some other organ that had
    • it was noted that its degeneration, with the formation of a
    • that is, retarded and mentally deficient people. One can
    • observe that in certain geographic regions persons are both
    • Europe that in Halberstadt the retarded population has goitres
    • so large that in some cases they extend over the shoulders.
    • it was thought at first that if pathological enlargement
    • aspect of medicine, that most deserving of recognition. So the
    • first thought is to remove those organs that apparently have no
    • emphasized here. You will recall that when you observe man in
    • his totality, you often note that something is present in
    • certain processes of the child that has effects much later on,
    • concerned only with what is demanded at the moment.
    • Therefore, steps are taken that seem most beneficial at
    • it is correct that the thyroid gland has great
    • since the last half of the nineteenth century. They know that a
    • learned from this that even a diseased thyroid gland has
    • favourably to what was being administered. So far, the best
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture V: The Eye; Colour of the Hair
    Matching lines:
    • noticed that blond hair is closely linked with blue eyes; as a
    • might be assumed that people born blind do not benefit at
    • optic nerve. In addition, the muscles that control eye
    • cavity formed by the skull bones. You might tell yourself that
    • Attached to it are six ocular muscles that extend back into the
    • tissue through which light passes. That the tissue looks black
    • that colour. It is like looking through the window of a dark
    • skin, the cornea; behind that is the anterior chamber. It
    • consists of living fluid and is shaped somewhat like a
    • need to focus on something nearby. In that event, it is
    • far-sighted. Another thing to consider is that in youth the
    • prescribed with lenses that are concave. These will compensate
    • the defect. You could say that we are able to see because we
    • that of our glasses: near- and far-sighted. But the lens in our
    • glasses stays the same, while that in the eye is living and can
    • have said, the nerve that lines our eyeball consists of four
    • layer of nerves consists of the same substance that makes up
    • light that penetrates into the interior of the eyeball to be
    • What
    • we have in our eye is something that looks like a complicated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VI: The Nose, Smell, and Taste
    Matching lines:
    • the way we did the last time, we discover that there is
    • indeed a miniature world within. That I have explained to you,
    • shall see that a particularly fascinating and interesting
    • human sense is that of smell. This sense appears to be of minor
    • in the dog. You could say that all the intelligence of the dog
    • Anyone who observes dogs knows that they recognize and identify
    • of sight, but by that of smell. If you have heard recently how
    • yourselves that here the sense of smell accomplishes rare
    • things that naturally appear simple but are in actuality not so
    • that they are not so simple.
    • follows the scent.” Yes, gentlemen, that is true, the dog
    • Imagine now that you had to point out the difference between
    • these tracks that the dogs distinguish by smell; you would
    • detect differences. The point is not that the dog follows
    • the tracks back and forth in general but that it is capable of
    • distinguishing between the various traces of scent. That,
    • their foes by smell. Thus, the intelligence that is found in
    • Africa can tell long before he has seen his adversary that he
    • nose must be if by that one can know that an enemy is nearby.
    • Also, Africans know how to utter a certain warning sound that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VII: Spiritual-Scientific Foundations for a True Physiology
    Matching lines:
    • constituted in such a way that he has these microscopic
    • the skin or dermis. It is interesting to realize that just as
    • Everything that we have as onions in our skin actually has
    • blossoms within our skull. You may imagine, then, that in
    • dermis, which is the soil. From it grow all these onions that
    • gentlemen, in us older fellows things are such that only during
    • that is, throughout its first year, and just as the sun shines
    • child that as yet does not translate with the intellect
    • what it receives with its eyesight. This is indeed like the sun
    • Ordinarily, it is assumed that the nerves do the thinking, but
    • steals the light from the nerves, and it uses what it has taken
    • shapes, possess sensory nerves that end in a kind of onion on
    • that is why it is so sensitive. We taste on the back of the
    • located on our body's surface. Now, you know that what one
    • that a chair is hard because I feel its hardness with a certain
    • number of nerve bulbs that constantly change, but my
    • however, always know beforehand what is good, not afterward
    • when they have already tasted it, and that is why they order
    • the brain and form blossoms there. Everything that we want to
    • mouth; we can taste nothing that hasn't first been transformed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VIII: Concerning the Soul Life in the Breathing Process
    Matching lines:
    • Gentlemen, I said last time that we have several matters still
    • decide what should be brought up during the next lecture hour.
    • you have to answer that it is because of his senses. But if you
    • that is required for our existence. This then permeates
    • that we contain in our bodies is also found elsewhere in
    • coal is opaque carbon. It is rather interesting that something
    • of oxygen and carbon, and it is this gas that we then exhale.
    • always be inhaling. But we do not possess that much carbon; it
    • comprehend this you must realize that bacteria and bacilli
    • who claims that they themselves cause disease is just as clever
    • as one who states that rain comes from croaking frogs. Frogs
    • water that is stimulated by what is active in the rain, but
    • must not say, however, that research with bacilli has no use.
    • It is useful to know that man is exposed to a certain
    • illness, just as one knows that frogs croak when it rains. One
    • cannot pour the baby out with the bathwater and say that it is
    • unnecessary to examine the bacilli, yet one must realize that
    • explanation by merely stating that for cholera there are these
    • That is only a lazy way out for people who do not want to
    • Why? That these tiny beings need a specific environment is an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture IX: Why do We Become Sick?
    Matching lines:
    • Now I have heard that it must be treated early in the year. If
    • Steiner: What you have said is correct, but there is
    • one small catch. You see, the remedy that is in use here is
    • meant to be applied prophylactically; that is, it is meant to
    • symptoms of hayfever arise. The problem, however, is that
    • writes that his medication brings only a little relief to
    • individual hayfever attacks. He believes that our remedy can
    • our hayfever remedy works in such a way that if given to the
    • effective if applied again a year later. After that, the
    • Matters are not at all that simple, however; they are much more
    • complicated. You will understand this when you realize that in
    • then must cure himself. The point is that all of us are really
    • So you see that even in our everyday lives we bear something
    • must make clear to ourselves now what in fact happens
    • you must understand that the human organization immediately
    • this is that there is continuous, never-ceasing activity in our
    • the body, but we must also take into consideration that the
    • with something is it content. That is especially the case after
    • internal activity that we possess is quite different from man
    • activity — for reasons that I shall tell you later on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: East and West, and the Roman Church: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Chinese civilisation or what it signifies as regards that
    • civilisation; what must interest us far more is the fact that it
    • of what has until to-day been considered as the Asiatic culture, a
    • what one may call a devastating criticism of modern European
    • derived from primeval civilisation; and he speaks from that point
    • a purely negative way, all that our modern Europe has to offer.
    • at once what a critical spirit finds utterance in that which
    • That indeed is a
    • sharp criticism of what has arisen within modern human evolution as
    • reality it is rooted in what has been produced (and often described
    • back for a great part of what lives in this European civilisation
    • in an age in which, side by side with what his education gave him,
    • same source has also come what has developed into the mechanical
    • the West, it developed in such a way that according to Eastern
    • over into men's thinking of what is purely mechanical. Whenever he
    • be quoted again from this article to the effect that Japan has
    • European piracy and spirit of exploration. Nevertheless that
    • So what the Asiatic
    • perceives in what comes to him from Europe is practical piracy and
    • a way that, with a mechanical view of the Cosmos, with all that has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: East and West, and the Roman Church: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • you of what I said from a certain point of view concerning our
    • Anthroposophical circles here, I should like just to run over that
    • given to what we call the Threshold and the Dweller on the
    • Threshold. I wished once again to state that publicly — that
    • could be learned about man, but that unless a man was prepared the
    • right way, he should not press beyond what was called the
    • — it was assumed that there were certain things which, in
    • that, if they entered unprepared into that sphere of knowledge,
    • self-consciousness was strengthened, so that the pupils could cross
    • out that through the whole progress of human evolution it has come
    • about that what constitutes to-day the general popular
    • consciousness of man is filled with what at that time was realised
    • pointed out that those ancient people had, for instance, in their
    • in such a way that human beings lost the very ground under their
    • feet. What everyone knows to-day was just what in those ancient
    • souls, for what was said with reference to the Heliocentric view of
    • which to-day are quite common human opinions. What to-day under the
    • science. That was the reason for the persecution of Galileo and it
    • accounts also for the fact that up until the year 1827 it was
    • into a region which was at that time designated as lying beyond the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Impulses in the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • civilisation, in order to contemplate what I wish to say), to
    • its results; as fear is closely related with hatred, hatred
    • and would perhaps give people to understand that indeed in his
    • be brought into the world, so that deeds and social life may
    • is what he would feel, and from his point of view he would show
    • great deal of what we really need in order to find the point
    • East declares that love was the fundamental force of the
    • ancient times, the East contained little of what was demanded
    • those appearing in the later civilisation of by what surrounded
    • himself to the world with all his inner being. What weaved in
    • all that has been said to you in this connection for quite a
    • number of years — and that which lived in the Mysteries
    • the world, try to approach what lies hidden in the depths of
    • different elementary formation of the Western world. What these
    • world, this enabled them now to penetrate deeply into what is
    • say, lifeless. But what was brought into the Mystery colonies
    • Indeed, one might say that at first only the strongest souls
    • could bear what could be seen in man's inner being. Man's inner
    • what an impression this self-knowledge of manmade on these
    • sinful are the lips that utter these secrets and sinful the ear
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Life: (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Movement, and what must now appear in its
    • ‘Futurum’; — what do they mean to do with these
    • therefore set on foot, in order that those who confess to an
    • what lies at the basis of such undertakings and see how they
    • hand, one cannot deny that, even amongst those human beings who
    • whole ways and methods by means of which what is here called
    • absolutely impossible that such a judgment can be in any way
    • justified, but that will only be clear to those who can grasp
    • that the development of humanity has to undergo certain
    • points of transition, and that these turning points should be
    • that we may have any definite dogma or theory which we seek to
    • out-growth of fanaticism amongst a few members, that they
    • then we find that in olden times, those ancient times in which
    • different place in the world. What was striven for in those
    • — that means in the time between birth and death —
    • in those Mysteries, and that instruction came from what the
    • fact that, in his opinion, the teachings in the Mysteries
    • did not proceed only from human beings, but that, through the
    • nature that they attracted, so to speak Divine Spiritual
    • those olden times, everything was so organised socially, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture I: Fever Versus Shock; Pregnancy
    Matching lines:
    • can best consider the matters that you have brought up if we
    • enter into pregnancy that prove beyond doubt that the mother's
    • developing child. You only have to observe what happens, for
    • affected for its whole life. Naturally, you cannot say that a
    • physical change occurs in the child but only that the mother
    • nothing, of what influences the human soul and spirit. We can
    • that man experiences primarily in illness, that is, fever and
    • shock. These are two opposite conditions that man undergoes,
    • What is fever? You know that man's normal body temperature is
    • 98.6°. If it rises any higher, we say that he has a fever.
    • hotter. What is shock? Shock is actually the opposite
    • going into shock. The reaction is that, through the shock, all
    • amount of food accumulates in a man's abdomen that he cannot
    • order to understand what is at work here, we must take a closer
    • look at the human organism. What actually happens when the
    • abdomen does not work properly? Although it is the abdomen that
    • isn't working properly, you will find that something is
    • that the heart with its arteries, as I have described them to
    • observe that something is wrong with the back of the brain.
    • if the rhythm of the heart's activity is disrupted so that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture II: The Brain and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • fact that as early as January 23, 1921, here in this hall, I
    • one can already say an enemy, that went like this:
    • There are plenty of spiritual sparks of fire that strike like
    • hostility it was something that could easily be feared. You can
    • understand why it was easy to fear. It is true, however, that
    • even now one can see what certain groups think about the
    • been destroyed, ask, “Didn't that `clairvoyant' Steiner
    • foresee this fire?” That such attitudes are also evidence
    • that some people find it at all necessary to publish such
    • statements! One learns from this what people think and how
    • can be sure, however, that I will never let anything divert me
    • from my path, come what may. As long as I live, I shall
    • done up to now. Also, I naturally hope that there will be no
    • interruption here in any area, so that in the future we can
    • before; at least, that is my intention. Come what may, my
    • thought is that the building will have to be reconstructed in
    • some form; to be sure, no effort will be spared toward that
    • you that relate to the subject we discussed a little before
    • this sad event. I tried to show you that a true science must
    • emotionally charged is the reaction that this matter calls
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture III: The Effects of Alcohol on Man
    Matching lines:
    • because it influences what we have been describing in man all
    • along, that is, the entire constitution of the soul. In the
    • spiritual confusion so strong that he becomes subject to
    • passions that otherwise are weak in him and can easily be
    • easily. So you can see that the first effect of alcohol is
    • organism, it causes another symptom that you know well, called
    • a hangover; the appearance of a hangover shows you that the
    • entire organism objects to the initial effect of alcohol. What
    • that otherwise would have taken its course at a much slower
    • close attention to this! Let us assume that the body
    • altogether or so that its effects the next day are at least
    • milder so that they can work.
    • What happens, say, if a person has drunk himself into a visible
    • hotdog? He stimulates again what has been used up by the
    • do eat — and he forgets to eat that hotdog, he then will
    • morning with his head in the condition that is normal for his
    • intestines, that is, filled with refuse. An immediate revolt by
    • or arise the next morning with a powerful hangover, what do
    • What does this continued drinking signify? During the night,
    • that the last remnants of activity are consumed. Since these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture IV: The Power of Intelligence as the Effect of the Sun; Beaver Lodges and Wasps Nests
    Matching lines:
    • — a favorite innovation of our time that is increasingly
    • pursued in America — that the people who acquire the
    • Naturally, these statistics should not be taken to mean that a
    • American made the statement that, according to statistics,
    • Something is indicated here that is difficult to study in
    • interfere. It does indicate, however, that living beings in
    • fate as that of a certain professor who once measured human
    • brains; he drew up statistics and found in every instance that
    • concluded that all women have less intelligence than men
    • that the brains of women are smaller than those of men. Now,
    • professor. His brain was removed, and it turned out that the
    • might turn out that this American was himself born in the
    • that according to his own theory he could not be too clever;
    • wish to tell you something today that definitely pertains to
    • that they cannot be studied properly. If you take what I told
    • you the day before yesterday, that is, that humans, women as
    • you will see that this alone makes it impossible to study their
    • aspects of the problem are such that dissection of animals for
    • with, I shall tell you something that is not based on
    • dissection but on positive results that were obtained by men
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture V: The Effect of Nicotine; Vegetarian and Meat Diets; On Taking Absinthe; Twin Births
    Matching lines:
    • Concerning conception, how is it possible that women bear sons
    • What influence does absinthe have on semen?
    • What is the difference between the ages of wasps and bees?
    • the influence of nicotine and therefore of the poison that is
    • heart is not a pump, however, but only indicates what goes on
    • circulation, animating it. One must therefore be clear that
    • You must be clear that everything occurring in the human
    • the fact that the pulse rate of the adult is 72 beats a minute,
    • This means that on the average the blood substance pulses four
    • human being. The fact that this ratio varies in people accounts
    • that is, the blood circulation is four times stronger than that
    • tobacco, and second, as a remedy. Every substance that is
    • that even the most commonplace substances can be poisons as
    • well as remedies. This is why the effect that a given substance
    • us say, for example, that there were a person whose system was
    • respiration thus is altered. The result is that the blood
    • The consequence of nicotine poisoning, therefore, is that the
    • This shortness of breath is, of course, so negligible that it
    • filled with a certain anxiety. Now, you know that if you suffer
    • realize that the heart of a person who constantly poisons
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VI: Diphtheria and Influenza; Crossed Eyes
    Matching lines:
    • vision, is so frequent now. What is the cause of this?
    • or not it is important that the father tore out the tongues of
    • father! To say that the children were born mute to punish the
    • In relation to children's age you can see that if a person
    • have been excluded. I have told you what a difference there is
    • This is why I say that to approach the problem conscientiously,
    • diseases, such as bronchitis, that can afflict the human head
    • to illnesses such as diphtheria and influenza that are so
    • know well that those who study medicine in the ordinary sense
    • descriptions given by doctors of the symptoms that appear with
    • than the symptoms that the doctors pay heed to, because the flu
    • membrane, this formation of tissue, is usually what can cause
    • diphtheria is that the heart of a diphtheria patient is always
    • aspect of diphtheria is that even if the patient is not
    • paralysis of the throat that occurs in addition to the
    • membrane. Finally, the same symptom that is nowadays observed
    • are the most important symptoms of diphtheria that can be noted
    • What does diphtheria really consist of? Diphtheria can be
    • understood only when one knows that man is actually kept alive
    • imagine what a tremendous influence the air has on the living
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VII: The Relationship Between the Breathing and the Circulation of the Blood; Jaundice; Smallpox; Rabies
    Matching lines:
    • It can thus be said that man today is constituted in such a way
    • that he absorbs the healthy air and expels the air that would
    • shall not discuss whether it is accurate to say that the blood
    • per minute. So, one can say that breathing is related to blood
    • circulation in an adult today in such a way that his pulse is
    • Now, we must be clear what is really involved in the human
    • circulation. First, we must be clear that man breathes chiefly
    • must always be in such shape that he can breathe through
    • human being, we can say that breathing occurs through the
    • know that a magnet has not only a north pole, a positive pole,
    • that opposite is located in the liver. We have already
    • other. One could say that the liver's constant purpose is to
    • bring into order internally what man acquires through breathing
    • in his relation with the outer world. That is what the liver is
    • Consider a disorder of the liver that may occur at any time,
    • because the liver is the organ, the single organ, that doesn't
    • imagine that the liver malfunctions. When this happens, all the
    • What happens, however, when the liver's activity is too weak?
    • of the body to replenish itself there. What happens? Smallpox
    • sketch); there is also a red line signifying that oxygen from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VIII: The Effect of Absinthe; Hemophilia;The Ice Age; The Declining Oriental and the Rising European Cultures; On Bees
    Matching lines:
    • clear that we cannot speak only about the solid components of
    • made by outlining the solid components. So it is believed that
    • man consists only of his brain, lungs, heart, and so on, that
    • is, that he is really composed only of such solid components.
    • is therefore only partially correct to say that we drink water,
    • water is drunk, we can picture what I just said to be the case.
    • With the second glass of water, however, what is in the water
    • Now, it is a fact that the solid components in man are least
    • remains as it is. If we consider that we are filled with
    • fluids, we recognize that these fluids are open to any number
    • into consideration the fact that man is really a column of
    • fluid, it has simply forgotten that the whole world with all
    • When one recognizes that man is a mixture of fluids, one is not
    • too far from realizing that he is air as well. I constantly
    • that it is possible for man really to be a soul-spiritual
    • — the body becomes too solid. If one sees that a person
    • in some form must be given as a remedy. That will make man
    • fluid again so that he can experience the effects of outer
    • fluid element, as it were, so one can say that the feminine
    • element. One can therefore say that certain illnesses, like
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture IX: The Relationship of the Planets to the Metals and their Healing Effects
    Matching lines:
    • Question: I would like to ask what the world was like in
    • — that the planet Venus has something to do with the
    • it by being told that though it was once known by men of old
    • I would like to call your attention to the fact that modern
    • Nothing has remained of this knowledge except that for certain
    • use of mercury. Please note that nobody in medicine today can
    • of mercury on syphilitic diseases, one must also mention that
    • famous new remedies that have replaced mercury today has
    • can be convinced in a remarkable way that the instinct for
    • that live partly underground and that therefore take in some
    • becomes comprehensible only when one knows that in some regions
    • It is curious that in regions where mercury is present, the
    • animals absorb it with their food, and it is the mercury that
    • effects the cure. It is not the toad but the mercury that the
    • toad has consumed and assimilated into its body that has the
    • become aware of two things from this. First, that a remarkable
    • spoiled by ordinary science; second, that if a living creature
    • bones open and show his students that little drops of mercury
    • were deposited in them. This is how a substance that a person
    • living creatures, and so toads that had assimilated mercury
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • later crystallise out, as it were, that special kind of working which
    • the earth. There too is all that appears as though it were ground
    • us consider, to begin with, all that thus appears to us as the
    • we find invariably that we can seek within the lifeless itself
    • whatever causes are at work in the lifeless realm. Wherever there is
    • investigate its forms within the lifeless realm. This means that the
    • away in cosmic distances. Nevertheless, whatever lifeless process or
    • death. All that was working and living in him before he went through
    • human shape which is left behind, that it is lifeless. Just as we
    • from this moment that we can apply to the human body what applies to
    • we could not seek the causes within the lifeless realm. Not only that
    • inert — in short, all the effects appear that we are accustomed
    • to the end, in all directions, what I am indicating (for I am doing
    • necessary spiritual faculties what the real man — the man of
    • “lifeless” which we thus obtain is different from what we
    • we shall find that we are never able to account for the effects
    • into two parties. On the one hand are those who say: “What is
    • aid. You must perceive that the forces for the plant-activity lie in
    • the wide universe. All that takes place in the plant is an effect of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • on the one hand, we see that which man leaves behind him in the
    • are dissolved away, that is to say, what holds our form together has
    • that man, as he lives in the physical world, can receive practically
    • from the plant and the animal kingdoms. Moreover, what he absorbs
    • from the mineral kingdom bears a remarkable relation to that which he
    • grammes. That is a pretty fair weight. If it pressed with its full
    • weight on the vessels that are underneath it, they would be utterly
    • Then put the vessel of water beneath it, so that the body hanging
    • of the liquid it displaces. That is to say, if the liquid be water,
    • that as it may, the body loses in weight by the weight of the liquid
    • and there, you can already find it recognised in science that man,
    • thereby becomes so much lighter that it only weighs 20 grammes. The
    • press on the surface beneath it. Think what this means; then you will
    • free of the earth — and that in an organ of such importance. We
    • think with an organ that is not subject to earthly gravity; we think
    • will come to the conclusion that what comes from the mineral kingdom
    • so great is the predominance of what we receive as mere
    • world. He takes into himself from the mineral world only that which
    • the mineral world, what we call human freedom would not be there at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • that impulse which we describe with the word Freedom. Let us
    • say so. What does it signify? In human life we have to record the
    • another, and that in turn by yet another life on earth, and so on
    • become so similar to one another that the immense difference which
    • our earthly body between birth and death in such a way that in
    • look far enough to perceive what is, after all, connected with this
    • heard that there is such substance as “air.” To one who
    • knows that air exists, and what its functions are, it will not occur
    • to speak of it as something that is “beyond.” Nor will he
    • think of declaiming: “I am a Monist; I declare that air, water
    • regarding air as something that goes beyond the earthly and watery
    • spiritual world is a “beyond,” in spite of the fact that
    • in his whole organisation, so that this very organisation gives him a
    • spiritual form of being. Moreover, in that life between death and a
    • dead look down on to the physical world just as the living (that is,
    • far too much happening compared with what man can bear; therefore he
    • excessively certain about the earthly life. It is a certainty that
    • stuns him, that makes him actually weak and faint — so that he
    • Suppose, however, that we now go back, say, no farther back than the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • understand that in the language of today there are no suitable forms
    • however, it will suffice us to bear in mind that the physical body is
    • organism, we may truly say that the human being remains in all
    • birth — according to what he has become through his preceding
    • that a man brings over from his former lives on earth —
    • precisely according to how he was and what he did — meets with
    • only is it of great significance for karma, what sympathies and
    • significance that he now comes into relation to those human souls to
    • birth. All that the good relationship implies, was living in him
    • experienced in helping him, all that you felt for this soul, the
    • feelings that led you on to act thus helpfully towards him, your own
    • inner experiences during the deed that helped him, are coming back to
    • again, you did harm to a human soul. That which was living in you
    • with respect to your life of action, you have the impression that it
    • in ordinary human parlance — we know that the reflections are
    • reflected no longer. But that which is reflected here in human souls
    • into the physical, we carry in our astral body what we have
    • that in one earthly life a man is able to perform actions sustained
    • force in his soul. What he takes with him as an outcome of his deeds,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • certain inner factors in his nature. Let us observe, for once, what
    • basis, all that comes to expression in his life, in the physical
    • many a prejudice that is contained in the civilisation of today. We
    • must gain insight, what it really signifies to say that man, as to
    • that people refer to nowadays as heredity, has even found its way, as
    • with a predisposition to illness, they will at once ask, what of the
    • being; they completely miss him. They do not observe what his true
    • so; they see his whole physical organism as a product of what is
    • from his parents. But what is the physical organism which he receives
    • There is a thorough-going difference as between what the human being
    • becomes in his eighth or ninth year of life, and what he was in his
    • third or fourth year. It is a thorough-going difference. That which
    • that he undoubtedly received by heredity. His parents gave it to him.
    • That which emerges first in the eighth or ninth year of his life is
    • in the highest degree a product of what he himself has brought down
    • himself develops what he afterwards becomes. What he develops,
    • however, is the outcome of what he himself brings with him from the
    • the neighbouring body that is moving. This fact emerged very clearly
    • come to the earth in such a way that he could form his own physical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • must perceive, that is to say, how destiny, interwoven as it is with
    • today's lecture — independently of what we have already been
    • build a bridge between what we discuss today and that which is
    • they are not generally distinguished, it is only because that which
    • way. It has no feeling for what reveals itself when these things are
    • observed with a perception that is illumined from within. There, to
    • perceive that this human head appears quite different from the
    • embryo is the head organisation. That is practically all that we can
    • the head. All that afterwards flows into man's form and figure and
    • by the mother-organism, through organs that afterwards fall away —
    • organs that are no longer attached to the human being later on.
    • to say that man, to begin with, is a head. The remainder is merely an
    • the body. But that is only a superficial characterisation of the
    • being. All that constitutes his original form — namely the
    • rest of his body. That such is the anthroposophical practice was only
    • The fact is rather this: that which appears outwardly as the
    • That is precisely because the three members cannot in fact be
    • separated spatially. They can at most be separated in the sense that
    • senses; for that is to characterise it more inwardly. This, then, is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • “This is caused by so-and-so; this or that blow of destiny must
    • ... and so forth. But karma is by no means as simple as that, and a
    • transcendental thoughts that is characteristic of Hegel strongly
    • appealed to Vischer. It was clear to him that, as Hegel asserts,
    • thought is the Divine Essence of the universe, and that when we, as
    • picture of what he did in a spiritual sense! So much for his outward
    • had a passionately independent nature and would say just what he
    • pleased, without any restraint whatever. It happened one day that he
    • severely reprimanded by the Council. It chanced that on the very same
    • What
    • say “Come in,” or what is usually said on such occasions.
    • He yelled out “Glei” — meaning that he would
    • that of writing a work on aesthetics according to the principles of
    • have what is called the “small print,” and most people
    • very cleverest writing on aesthetics that is anywhere to be found.
    • Here, too, you find Nature and her processes described in a way that
    • could never help being of opinion that the productions of his student
    • fragments patched together. He maintained that it ought to have been
    • Faust. That is philistinism and no mistake! It is almost on a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • said yesterday that although it is a somewhat hazardous venture to
    • speak of individual karmic connections, I intended to do so, and that
    • the 18th century, and so on. That it is men themselves who carry over
    • things from one epoch of history to another, that the men now living
    • have themselves carried over from earlier epochs what is to be found
    • telling you something of his character. I said that I shall choose
    • only examples that I have actually investigated. These investigations
    • way of describing these things is that of narrative, for in this
    • domain it is only what presents itself to direct vision that can be
    • which it has directly proceeded — that is, to the life of
    • what is eternal in him — what passes over from one earthly life
    • that the right currents can be found in the whole series of earthly
    • being, we imagine that it is justifiable to argue intellectually that
    • because of what he is now, he must have been this or that in an
    • were to conclude from these trees what the trees look like from the
    • windows facing south. What must be done is to go to the south
    • but for the moment that is of no consequence — one is led back
    • essential point is that in this previous incarnation of importance,
    • took a full share in these conflicts. One may say that he was a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • will have seen that in describing karmic connections it is necessary
    • next. For it is a fact that when one presses through to the spiritual
    • corporeality, all that comes to expression in the bodily nature of
    • being of man. What a man seeks in life as the result of a karmic
    • upon the fact that forces of destiny, as they pass from life to life,
    • or that influence. We shall not easily find our way into the
    • that in ordinary life seems to be quite insignificant is of very
    • other human being that appears to us particularly important becomes
    • certainly shall do if we observe merely for observation's sake. That
    • perception of his karma, I have to picture. to myself what was of
    • value in his life somewhat in the following way. — Eduard von
    • century that has now begun; it is impossible to shake them out of
    • their phlegmatic attitude towards anything that really stirs the
    • phlegmatic age — phlegmatic, that is to say, in respect of
    • Christian centuries knew what it was to live in union with the
    • whereas we today speak for the most part phlegmatically, so that one
    • these people poured out what they actually experienced into words and
    • they imbued their words with the character of what they
    • language, words that still echo the sound of the ancient speech. And
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • into the life of the present day. What I want to do is to give you a
    • that at every point some light is shed on the workings of karma.
    • see, in the first place, that monotheism in a very strict form was
    • instituted by Mohammed. It is a religion that looks up, as did
    • is one God and Mohammed is his herald.” — That is what
    • all-powerful Godhead — a conception of Divinity that is allied
    • something entirely different. The strange thing is that while, on the
    • that for well-nigh a thousand years after the founding of
    • that had achieved great splendour. We see Haroun al Raschid, whose
    • Haroun al Raschid was the soul, something that had been spreading in
    • judged from the fact that a widespread and highly developed system of
    • philosophic thought is applied to what had been founded by Mohammed
    • Frankish Court of Charles the Great are apt to obscure what was being
    • we consider all that had developed directly out of Mohammedanism, we
    • Mohammedanism. Everything that history tells concerning what was done
    • the light of the fact that while Charles the Great did much to
    • flourishing over yonder in Asia that illustrious centre of culture of
    • we look at the purely external course of history, what do we find?
    • everything that went with the lofty culture to which Haroun al
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • of more general historical ones. And it is with this end in view that
    • will have realised that consideration of the relation between one
    • me first draw your attention to the peculiar interest that one or
    • very interest that some persons arouse in us will often urge us to
    • Whatever
    • respects, there can be no doubt that he is an interesting figure in
    • century. This means that the way he expresses himself as a man is
    • those that are important from a spiritual aspect, we find Garibaldi
    • to take part in what the current education of the country has to
    • lively interest in all sorts and varieties of human affairs. What he
    • of some book that appealed to him, nothing could tear him from it. He
    • speaking, however, it was the great world that interested him. While
    • Adriatic and shared in all the varied experiences that were to be had
    • life of man! He shared in all the experiences that were possible in
    • times when one could do more or less what one wanted! And so he also
    • out characteristic features of his life that can lead us on to a
    • consideration of what is really important and essential. He lived in
    • and vivid impression of what his own inner relationship to the world
    • people made an impression on Garibaldi that nearly drove him to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • also enable me to deal with a problem that has been put to me by
    • correctly — to the fact that in very early times there were
    • freedom of Italy, Garibaldi; and if you take what I said yesterday
    • and add to it all that is well-known to you about this personality —
    • you will still find a very great deal in Garibaldi that is puzzling
    • and that opens up significant questions.
    • accustomed to occult researches of this kind; they are clues that
    • through and through. I made that abundantly clear in yesterday's
    • an Empire under Victor Emanuel. That is an astonishing fact.
    • who, as you know, stood for a long time at the head of what was
    • brought together in history suggests that they have, not only for
    • agree that he is by far the most significant figure of the four.
    • Mazzini's mentality is that of a learned philosopher; Cavour's that
    • Garibaldi. He possesses a quality of mind and spirit that expresses
    • itself with elemental force, so that one cannot remain indifferent
    • certainly it will be said that they are not to be found. But, my dear
    • the age of seventeen or eighteen, so that when they descended from
    • constituted today), then you would find that those who were once
    • form that you would expect, in a body that has received education —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • as it were, from one earthly life into another, so that the fruits of
    • our very hearts and souls. We should feel that we who are now here
    • have been many times in earthly existence, and that in every life we
    • able to feel this, in order that in the coming lectures we may pass
    • these examples how the effects of what a man experienced and achieved
    • example, of Haroun al Raschid, that illustrious follower of Mohammed
    • that time — it was during the reign of Charlemagne — was
    • al Raschid there came together everything that an Asiatic
    • Asia at that time. For the most part they were men who had been
    • treasures of the spirit that had been carried over from long past
    • you, it may easily happen that a personality who was an Initiate in a
    • within him all that he acquired and experienced during his life as an
    • Garibaldi, we have seen how in that he became a kind of seer in his
    • present, he lived out all that he had been as an Irish Initiate.
    • We can see that while participating in
    • him in the form of Imaginations, all that he bore within him from his
    • body unable to contain all the impulses that are alive in his soul,
    • with him the urge to carry further into the West the Arabism that was
    • already spreading in that direction. And, as you know, Haroun al
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • difficult to continue what has been given in the last lectures,
    • realise that if some of our thoughts to-day prove somewhat difficult
    • shall have a self-contained course, but to-day I must continue what
    • although needless to say we are extremely glad that they have
    • — and that is not an easy matter.
    • must be emphasised that a new trend has come into the
    • — You know, my dear friends, that since the year 1918 there
    • friends, that is something quite different from what the position
    • would have been if already at that time (as at our Christmas
    • Foundation Meeting) I had said that I would undertake the leadership
    • directions. So it came about that after the year 1918, the prevailing
    • who wanted to do this or that. If I had said at the time, “No,
    • it said to-day: “If this or that had only been allowed, we
    • what became of it, so that convictions might be called forth by the
    • facts themselves. For that is the only way to call forth conviction.
    • all has been that since the year 1918, opposition to our Movement has
    • our Society naturally like to be scientific. But that is the very
    • thing that annoys our opponents. When we say to them, “As
    • scientists we can prove this or that truth”, they come forward
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • and who have not heard much of what has connections. Those who were
    • particular emphasis on the fact that study of the historical
    • thereby. Firstly, it is only in this way that the world can be
    • studied as it truly is. For all that man sees spread around him in
    • reveal the whole plant. Imagine a creature that is always born at a
    • that has roots and leaves only.
    • life, not what blossoms forth from the totality of earthly evolution
    • way as all the time to realise that she must needs create man out of
    • concentration of all that is to be found outspread in the far spaces
    • single, self-contained being. We must take account of the fact that
    • individuality. This is the one end that is attained when we look in
    • not know himself that there rise up in him those feelings which have
    • emotional impulses, rooted as they are in the subconscious, that make
    • Christianity. — I am relating to you what can be discovered
    • associate with a slave overseer of those times the feelings that the
    • him, however, is a rough, somewhat brutal personality. This man is,
    • officer is responsible for many things that arouse resentment and
    • fact that he, as the slave overseer, was obliged to obey this
    • that had existed in the physical world between the overseer and the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • Studies that are
    • knowledge of some particular karmic connection that is important.
    • What is really important is that such studies should quicken the
    • realise that in the course of history very much has changed in
    • that will lead him to study, not merely the single earthly life of
    • I think that the
    • that our studies may be really fruitful, I want to return to a
    • death is something that breaks in upon man. The descent from the
    • deepest foundations of the soul. We must realise what a stupendous
    • But what once was present in this soul is not lost; it merely comes
    • truths, because at that time, especially in Southern Europe and Asia
    • Minor, body followed soul, that is to say, the bodily functions
    • external world. The result is that owing to the bodily constitution,
    • the inner concentration of soul-forces that was still possible in the
    • of things that reveal themselves to inner vision.
    • institutions in that part of the world in the early Christian
    • men were more or less aware of the rules that must be imposed on the
    • read what was described in my book
    • publication at that time — you will see that the ultimate aim
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • purpose of these studies has been to show that individuals themselves
    • carry into later epochs of earthly existence what they have
    • kind of causal connection only that the study of karma can disclose
    • to participate in the great change in thinking and perception that is
    • place, a sense for what in ordinary circumstances is beyond our grasp
    • that is incomprehensible in everyday life — that is really the
    • A call that has so
    • often gone out from this platform is that anthroposophists shall have
    • enthusiasm in their seeking, enthusiasm for what is implicit
    • contemplation of history and from observation of what is immediately
    • which seem to indicate that human life here and there has lost all
    • certain types of character emerge from this event? What form will
    • certainly something that really does not make sense in the phenomenon
    • Think of all that
    • What becomes of a soul such as this, who scorns the whole world, who
    • city, as something he can play with? “What an artist is lost in
    • radiates destruction. And the question forces itself upon us: What
    • quite clear on this point: Whatever is discharged, as it were, upon
    • destruction. A few centuries later, that is to say, a comparatively
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • you will find that it is one which leads still more directly into
    • life and soul; so that in taking our place in the world as human
    • wrong to regard them all as insoluble. If that were so, man would
    • when he learns to penetrate with some degree of insight into all that
    • is connected with him, all that is connected with his soul and his
    • saying that the study of karma is a study that has directly to do
    • conditions there is much that hides karmic connections, makes
    • them invisible; for this reason, the very things that would make life
    • strongly within himself. And the strange thing is that when he
    • himself! For what do we find when someone begins to enter more deeply
    • belonging intimately to me. I prized this or that; I believed that
    • this or that was necessary for living. Moreover, I had friends with
    • Anthroposophy. Since that moment, much in my life has come to a stop.
    • they no longer have the same value for me. Many things that I enjoyed
    • farther, and tries to find what it is that has taken the place of
    • these things, he will very quickly discover that his egoism has not
    • before: “What sort of impression does my neighbour make on
    • Thus it is that
    • on the fact that, in such a case, there has been no expansion of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • karma. These thoughts and conceptions are such that they can
    • human environment, we really see in the physical world only what is
    • physical world something that is not caused by physical forces, we
    • out of the free will. But all that we perceive outwardly is exhausted
    • sphere of what we can thus observe, the karmic connection of an
    • world, is really inscribed in what is the etheric world, in what
    • All that we
    • — and even that is half involuntary — adjust our gaze to
    • all events a fragment of consciousness. And, above all, that which
    • supposed to achieve it consciously. That would be out of the
    • capacity of man. If a man thinks only of what he can achieve himself,
    • that we are incapable of doing, but which must nevertheless come to
    • instruments that men will have to study for a long time before they
    • necessary for the observation of karma that we at least begin by
    • paying attention to what can happen within us to develop the faculty
    • what we must learn first of all is summed up in one word: to wait. We
    • — that the inner spiritual construction of Goethe's
    • was then, for the first time, that the perception as it were of a
    • presented itself to me. But I also knew at that time: I cannot yet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • attention to the fact that it is precisely by observing apparently
    • insignificant trifles in the human being that karmic connections may
    • be perceived. It is also a fact that the external appearance of the
    • that a certain type leads back to a definite attitude and behaviour
    • certainly seemed strange to those who imagine that they are standing
    • talking to you in the afternoon, will tell you that they saw a lady
    • in the street in the morning. When you ask them what sort of dress
    • can be said: This is a case of such lofty spirituality that a man who
    • loftiness alone is not the point; what really matters is whether the
    • case, any penetrating spirituality, because, after all, what a human
    • what they experience from it. Others go through the world as if
    • however you may judge of it, my dear friends, whatever opinion you
    • — that is not the point. Today we want to discuss what
    • the audience and asked: “Why did you sew on the button that had
    • I have been speaking. You need only remember what I have frequently
    • earlier times. It remains to be seen what men with an exclusively
    • the human being in the next earthly life is so constituted that he
    • to develop a strong relationship to the forces of the earth, what
    • earth are very strongly propagated by the head. The result is that in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • shaping of karma, of the part of karma that is connected especially
    • that directly we look beyond the physical world — and this is
    • example in illness, whatever is karmic in an illness has a spiritual
    • cause. So that under all circumstances we come to the spiritual
    • told you that the forming of karma is connected with those Beings who
    • What we call Moon
    • earth that ancient wisdom of which I have so often spoken. These
    • of action that we should now call magical. But in point of fact the
    • comparatively recent times. Rousseau, for example, tells us that in
    • material science of modern times. It is evident, however, that the
    • stare at a toad in the same way, supposing that it would at least be
    • of what he has experienced in life — a grand and majestic
    • flows in such a way that although we grasp it in remembrance as a
    • remembrance man thinks back over his life, he forgets that the nights
    • nothing about it. What happens to him while he is unconscious during
    • course after death, so that time actually seems to him to be flowing
    • journey, this vision of what has happened during the nights, is lived
    • through after death in such a way that the great and significant
    • In earlier lectures here I have described what happens to the human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • you with what living force and intensity the experiences undergone
    • and in what a different way he is influenced by the
    • scene of our karma — the earth — it is obvious that
    • expressing it rather radically, we may say that no matter what
    • the quantity of foodstuffs we consume were determined by what we know
    • by them. But just think to what an extent his life of soul is
    • involved in everything that concerns the world of stars, how his life
    • of soul is affected. Take the nearest heavenly body that is related
    • to man — the moon. That the moon has an influence upon
    • that the ‘magic of moonlight’ — to use a romantic
    • impossible to imagine that even this crudest and most obvious
    • — or upon what he knows of its effect upon his organs; what he
    • spiritual life is excluded we cannot conceive that any influence
    • said in the last lecture that inasmuch as they themselves live within
    • have seen or heard, about what we have gleaned from the world of
    • nature or from history, or about what other people have said to us
    • ... when our thinking is occupied exclusively with what comes to us
    • from outside during earthly life, then that Being of the Hierarchy of
    • But for all that,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • physical organism but he elaborates what is otherwise to be found in
    • must realise that he bears the mineral, the plant and the animal
    • connected with nourishment. For whatever means of nourishment man
    • kingdom, we know that man has within him life-forces, vital forces.
    • Again, in reference to the animal kingdom we know that through his
    • what is present simultaneously in man, namely, physical body,
    • the Hierarchies we must study what transpires in man's earthly
    • 49th year to the 56th; and so on. Concerning what lies beyond the
    • life, we find what is characteristic of the animal kingdom especially
    • the last portion of life, the years that lead into old age, we find
    • culture are due to what has thus been carried over into old age, into
    • it is clearly perceptible that at the beginning of earthly life the
    • more emphatic. In earliest childhood the Third Hierarchy —
    • So that here, again through three periods, between the 14th and 35th
    • dear friends, that in the period between the 14th and 21st years the
    • upon the human being. It is not until the 21st year that the Second
    • is needed to perceive that when he becomes capable of procreation the
    • that age. In the child are the weaker forces which, to begin with,
    • Hierarchy, we should be ripe for death at the age of 35, that is to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • repeat that the aim of all these lectures is to lead us to a better
    • I told you that
    • radiance of the planets, we know that each of these heavenly bodies
    • is but the sign that in the direction where we behold it there is a
    • as human beings is such that within the physical body we have an
    • Imaginative Knowledge, he is able to perceive everything that can be
    • has lived through and the forces that have influenced his development
    • must picture that the several phases are blotted out in Inspired
    • we become aware of what it is that is actually
    • was the model for Strader in the Mystery Plays, was experienced. What
    • happens in such a case is that one looks, first of all, at the
    • not, as a rule, initiated. And if what I am now describing is to be
    • of seven. That is why vision of what is disclosed by this first phase
    • of life is comparatively easy to attain. What is here revealed are,
    • revelation is possible when that part of the backward survey which
    • corresponds to the years between 7 and 14 — that is to say, to
    • death as he ascends from the sphere of the Moon to that of Mercury
    • between the time of the change of teeth and that of puberty, must be
    • Consciousness, the next phase of life is obliterated, enabling what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • degree with causation similar to what is meant when we speak in the
    • first place, have a clear and exact perception of what is happening
    • cognition, to Initiation-knowledge, that such understanding can be
    • continue the study of certain matters that were touched upon in
    • said, even in public lectures, that at the stage of Imaginative
    • able to behold things that cannot be yielded by memory in the
    • sense-perception. But remember that a man is also connected with his
    • if he succeeds, even if only for a moment, he knows what Imaginative
    • of being independent of the physical body but for all that remaining
    • that obtains in the activity of Imaginative Knowledge. We remain
    • the etheric body to the physical body. Now picture to yourselves that
    • happen that your vessel is not porous and in that case none of the
    • spirit. All that has happened is that the etheric body is now
    • only natural that when a man really tries to make himself free of his
    • in that of Inspiration, Inspired Knowledge. In the activity of
    • with consciousness that has been emptied of images — man is
    • Remember what I
    • Knowledge, we perceive what it is that is present there within the
    • out, we perceive that within this physical body there was an Angelos,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • anything that has to do with this subject entails — or ought at
    • were carefully chosen by me in order that now, when we shall try to
    • conscious of the fact that this Christmas Meeting constituted an
    • relation to the fundamental changes that have come about in the
    • any audience otherwise than by reading an exact transcript of what
    • sentence spoken here, in order that the limits within which
    • same mistakes that were made by a number of members who thought it
    • to the Movement by what was then “achieved” — I say
    • later. If, however, friends are fully conscious that such
    • I must speak of them in such a way that they actually represent what
    • within the Anthroposophical Society. I think that the meaning of what
    • I have said will be understood. I have spoken as I have in order that
    • that is in direct operation through the whole course of man's
    • to describe what the reading of a biography can awaken in us, it is
    • consciousness that play into his life. Time takes its course thus.
    • aware only of what has happened during the days — unless we
    • an account of what has happened during the days, during the hours of
    • But that which
    • that are connected with destiny — this is not visible in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • to repeat that in the elaboration of karma during the life stretching
    • karma work together and it can truly be said that in this purely
    • This does not preclude the fact that we also form part of the whole
    • The fact that we belong to a particular group of souls does not
    • question: In what way does the work of the Hierarchies influence
    • the help of Initiation-Science, we shall admit that this is a deep
    • and searching question. For you can understand from what I have told
    • you in the course of recent lectures, that the phenomena of nature
    • devastating volcanic eruptions and we know what is brought about by
    • with something that is incomprehensible in its relation to the
    • that simply break into the cosmic order, events which are so
    • envisaged by man that he gives up all hope of understanding them and
    • the earth literally covered with volcanoes. We find that other parts
    • We even find that during this life between death and a new birth when
    • that such places are deliberately chosen by the souls thus karmically
    • connected, in order that they may experience this very destiny. For
    • far from fulfilling what lies in my past karma” — such a
    • It can happen that
    • outlooks upon life, — one outlook being that of the spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • spiritual world, so that one can see how there stems from this
    • turn to a thought touched upon in that lecture. I said that the
    • consciousness of man and the heart that is bound up with this
    • Europe and from one point of view it is amazing to find what little
    • realise what this cloud portends.
    • Think only of what
    • prevalent in humanity to-day. Look at what is being made of
    • to be discredited — has reached us that the works of Tolstoy
    • that now is the time when the many petty concerns occupying
    • Luciferic direction. It may truly be said that reality is denied and
    • is a far greater menace than that of the primitive peoples who are
    • ideas and conceptions of what is, after all, unreality, hold sway in
    • whole World-Order, and to realise with what earnestness they must be
    • mindful of what is brought into existence when certain social orders
    • that a large number of people have met their death or suffered grave
    • in our study of karma, we must ask, on the one hand: What form does
    • objective reality? And on the other, we must ask: What form does
    • catastrophe of nature or one that is the outcome of
    • observes on the one side what takes place in the foreground of earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I: Introduction to these Studies on Karma
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • time. What I shall say today will serve to illustrate and
    • explain many a question that may emerge out of the subjects
    • that evolution of civilisation which is concentrated mainly
    • judge of what shall be thought and done among them.
    • good idea of what intellectualism is. We need but
    • experience the present time, to gain a notion of what came
    • study history nowadays generally project what they are
    • Asia — influenced by what lived and found expression
    • only difference that they were ignorant of so and so many
    • century A.D., was altogether different from that of
    • thinks in me’ than that they thought ‘I
    • said to themselves — and what I shall now describe
    • people say (it is only forgotten now that it ever was so):
    • conscious of the fact that they received the thoughts.
    • rather strange idea, that the thoughts spring forth within
    • that the oxygen he receives in breathing were not received
    • Now we know that
    • conceive a certain fact, as follows: They imagined that
    • They imagined that they held the thoughts during the time
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture II: Forces of Karmic Preparation in the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • and indeed that whole intercourse with the world which we
    • associate them with clear conceptions. What is it that we
    • call instinct in the animals? We know that the animals have
    • behind it. Now to what world does the Group-soul belong? We
    • birth, we come into that altogether different world which
    • animals. And the animals that are here on the earth, when
    • that a materialistic world-conception cannot explain
    • instinct, for instinct is: — to act out of that
    • his later incarnations in such a way that he instinctively
    • — an instinct that works within the Ego.
    • understanding this, that we shall come to understand the
    • before us in ever expanding pictures; and what we thus
    • addition, all that took place instinctively in the working
    • it all that was instinctive, of which he was not conscious
    • see it in the first days after death. But what he would
    • fail to perceive that something more is contained in it
    • Initiation on all that the human being has before him at
    • to begin with from the Thoughts, that lived within the Will
    • thoughts. But the thoughts that are woven into our karma,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture III: The Spiritual Foundations of Anthroposophical Endeavour
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • as the heart is an expression of all that man feels working
    • upon him during life, — of all that happens to him in
    • removed from one another. Indeed we must say: Whatever else
    • human life here upon earth and that which goes on in the
    • a certain connection it attains its limit. Whatever lies
    • beyond this is in reality a life given by grace. What lies
    • which only begins to dawn upon us when we consider what I
    • already described what the world of the stars is from a
    • fixed stars take part in human life and in all that
    • earthly life that has taken its full course, — one
    • that does not come to an end all too soon, but that has
    • star.’ If we take what is experienced beyond all
    • star, which determines what he has attained between death
    • them, — assuming that a certain time has elapsed
    • We see and comprehend the entire human race that inhabits
    • always bear in mind what I have said about the beings of
    • that we can look also at the constellations of stars,
    • saying to ourselves: ‘How is all this, that we behold
    • all of these. This is what Anthroposophy is to attain at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IV: The Soul's Condition of Those Who Seek for Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • connections of the Anthroposophical Movement itself. What I
    • wish to say today will take its start from the fact that
    • the individuals within it. What I shall say today must of
    • means such that crude and simple observation would enable
    • us to say: in the case of this or that member, it is so or
    • so. Much of what I shall characterise today lies not in the
    • in such a way that those who belong to it feel their
    • derives great comfort from the fact that it can be said in
    • is one that recognises and bears the Christ Impulse within
    • They find satisfaction in all that Anthroposophy has to say
    • that at a
    • there arose, under the influence of these facts, what I
    • karma to come into that stream which afterwards became the
    • Christian stream. We must remember, after all, that less
    • pre-Christian and Atlantean too, that these other souls
    • be led to suppose that those who by the judgment of
    • here remind you of what I said at the time when the
    • of what I said at the Christmas Foundation Meeting, when I
    • find, as we look backward, that they had had comparatively
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture V: Spiritual Conditions of Evolution Leading up to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • indeed is obvious, for reasons that lie in their inner
    • with certain other facts in this direction, so that we may
    • intervening incarnations; but that incarnation is above all
    • considering this incarnation we found that we must
    • men were very different from what they are today. When the
    • said that this entry and expansion into the physical body
    • really lasts the whole day long. Be that as it may, the
    • perception that the Ego and the astral body are
    • the etheric body and the physical.” They knew that
    • For if man enters thus, stage by stage, into that which
    • bodies, — the result is that the whole period of
    • asleep ceases to have perceptions. For the little that
    • It was so indeed: the man of that time had an intermediate
    • century that this condition ceased completely in civilised
    • that all the souls, of whose life I was speaking the other
    • how those human beings — that is to say you
    • yourselves, all of you, during that time —
    • stages. And the effect of this was that throughout his
    • imagination. No, when the man of that time looked out, upon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VI: The School of Chartres
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • spiritual conditions of evolution that have led to the
    • Anthroposophical Movement and that are contained within its
    • spiritual evolution, for what was to become a spiritual
    • which flowed into the streams of life that are welded
    • comes down to us only from the period that began in the
    • 14th (15th) century. Before that time, the relationship of
    • ideas but in living experiences that still penetrated to
    • — when in that incarnation they harkened to what
    • inner needs. To begin with we have the age that goes on
    • itself. Even the men of knowledge and learning in that time
    • in the first Christian centuries, partaking in that former
    • In all that lies
    • painful feeling. They saw the slow death of what they
    • that here or there at any rate there might arise a home and
    • bear in mind what I indicated here many years ago. Even
    • centres that had remained as the high places of knowledge,
    • the spirituality that can manifest itself in the
    • the realms of mineral and plant-nature and to all that
    • the cosmos, the spiritual-elemental beings that lived in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VII: The New Age of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • underlie what is now striving to make itself known to the
    • world in Anthroposophy. We know, my dear friends, that in
    • that the age of darkness led eventually to that condition
    • completely to the super-sensible world. We know that in
    • olden times of human evolution. But if that old condition
    • had continued — if mankind had lived on in that
    • would never have arisen in human evolution what we may call
    • connected with that which leads the human being to freedom
    • that dim, instinctive condition which once belonged to
    • he attain to that independent Thinking which we may call:
    • human consciousness the original, instinctive vision that
    • dark age — the age that darkened the spiritual world,
    • — in the ways that are possible — touched by
    • say that this age has begun in a very light-filled way. It
    • brought over humanity all the evil that mankind has ever
    • is only by a kind of inertia that men have persisted in the
    • that this direction of all humanity towards a new age of
    • light was prepared for through the fact that at the end of
    • before our souls what it means to say that the Age of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VIII: Ahriman's Fight Against the Michael Principle. The Message of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • experience his karma through the simple fact that he has
    • explanations to what I set forth last Monday. I told you of
    • himself was the great Teacher in that School. Numbers of
    • and sub-human beings, belonged at that time to the
    • given at that time.
    • Mystery of Golgotha? Christ at that time was taking His
    • the time when the Cosmic Intelligence, that is to say, the
    • essence of Intelligence that is spread out over the great
    • consciousness, not that he had evolved the Intelligence
    • within him, but that he was gifted with it from the
    • spiritual Beings. It is indeed of fairly recent date that
    • This is due to the fact that the rulership of Intelligence
    • find again that which has fallen away from me, which I
    • Spain, — Averroes, for example. What was the
    • That which Averroes conceived had been true till the end of
    • until the end of that age. But Averroes held fast to it
    • took the actual and true condition at that time (the 13th
    • This was what
    • repeated in that School again and again in many
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IX: Entry of the Michael Forces. Decisive Character of the Michael Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • see what influence the impulses of Michael can have upon
    • that the rulership of Michael, if so we may call it,
    • is connected with forces that go through the line of
    • Gabriel is characterised by the fact that his impulses
    • fact that he is the administrator of the Cosmic
    • working with man and upon him. It is thus that the karma of
    • what a profound significance his impulses must have for
    • last third of the 19th century it did really happen that
    • karma was such that they had a strong feeling —
    • most radical phenomenon is that of a fainting fit, or a
    • century, — it was a shattering experience to see
    • only a thin veil concealed that which we recognise as the
    • and we need a far stronger power to behold what is present
    • insists, as I have told you, that his dominion shall
    • nexus that I have described, in the super-sensible School of
    • means rarely that one caught a glimpse, through the veil,
    • significant through that which happens as a consequence,
    • — through that which ensues when the diversion or
    • all the conditions that had gone before, it seemed scarcely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture X: The Michaelites: Their Karmic Impulse Towards the Spiritual Life  The Working of Ahriman into the Once Cosmic and Now Personal Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • Anthroposophy gives to a man. We cannot but confess that in
    • karma. He confronts his life as though the things that
    • fact that the things that meet him in earthly life from
    • prone to believe that a kind of fatalism is herein
    • expressed, — and that human freedom is thereby called
    • that the more intensely we penetrate the karmic
    • freedom. We need not therefore fear that by entering into
    • will have seen that with all such human beings, that is to
    • the greatest importance, that the Spiritual plays a deep
    • the fact that he bears within him a karmic impulse
    • anthroposophical, we shall always find that they are fully
    • the men of today who turn to that spiritual life which
    • that such a man will less easily come to terms with his
    • simple reason that he has more possibilities to choose from
    • things that other men easily grow into. Think only,
    • my dear friends, to what an intense degree many a human
    • being of today is what the connections of outer life
    • have made of him. No one can doubt that he fits into these
    • He is what he is as an absolute matter of course. There is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture XI: Evolution of the Michael Principle Throughout the Ages. The Split in the Cosmic Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • bring to a kind of conclusion what I have said. Thus in
    • indeed, that men could not ascribe to themselves the
    • of higher Powers all that they could express in forms of
    • knew that the higher Powers here concerned were the ones
    • — that is to say, of the old rulership by Michael,
    • Arabism and with the Aristotelianism that had lived on in
    • conceived. I will give you a rough sketch of what these
    • by such an individuality as Averroes, that the Intelligence
    • the head, into the body of the single human being. So that
    • Intelligence that was his returns to the universal
    • that the thing of outstanding value in man's soul, namely
    • scholars that man does not possess personal immortality.
    • important thing about him during his life is the fact that
    • say that the intelligent being possesses personal
    • immortality of man. And in that time, such a striving could
    • Today we have to put it differently, but for that time one
    • can understand that a man like Averroes in Spain, who did
    • therefore we had asked Aristotle or Alexander what were
    • their thoughts about immortality, what would have been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • Society was to be given a new impulse, the impulse that is essential if
    • channel for the spiritual life that has been accessible to mankind since
    • Anthroposophical Movement, however, must be that what takes its course
    • on earth is only the outer manifestation of something that is
    • Anthroposophical Movement must also realise that the spiritual impulses
    • What does it
    • thoughts themselves are such that in their development as inner spirit
    • the inner, conscious power of conviction that the spiritual is concrete
    • reality; that wherever matter exists for the outer eyes of men, not only
    • perception must then extend also to everything that is our own close
    • enough to acknowledge theoretically that spiritual reality hovers behind
    • mineral, plant, animal and man himself; what must penetrate as deep
    • conviction into the heart of every professed Anthroposophist is that
    • contribute in many ways to the provision of the right soil for that
    • brings me to speak of what I shall have to say to you in the coming
    • lectures I was to give at that time to a very small circle were to have
    • how strong was the opposition at that time to much that from the
    • of what was always there in the form of theory.
    • return in a certain sense to the starting-point. What must now be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • for it may indeed be said that the temptation is very great for man to
    • must also be said that in these matters especially the investigator must
    • repeated earthly lives in detail. What is derived from such occult
    • depths as these must be confirmed and supported by the fact that many
    • I may say that in the twenty-three to twenty-four years during which we
    • that must now be cultivated for the further course of the society's
    • make these preliminary remarks, because what I shall say to-day will be
    • for what will follow in the succeeding lectures.
    • to look aside from many of these obvious and outer things that stamp
    • we must not imagine that the outer or inner calling of a man has a very
    • great significance for his karma that passes through repeated lives on
    • calling, that of a civil servant for example, we can conceive how much
    • deepest relationships of karma or destiny those things that we can
    • easily we are tempted, in the case of a musician, to think that at any
    • things in reality, we find that the continued thread of karma or destiny
    • that once occurred to me.
    • he had indeed his profession. But to intuitive vision, from all that he
    • did out of his profession, or that he did as a philanthropist and the
    • like, no indication of his former earthly lives could be found. Not that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • life if we consider it in its external aspect, I mean in that aspect
    • history and life unless we turn our gaze to that spiritual background
    • as history the events that take place in the physical world, and they
    • often say that this world-history represents causes and effects. Thus
    • upwards from below. So it is indeed. That which takes place at any point
    • picture of what underlies the latter.
    • age in its spiritual aspects is connected, as you know, with what is
    • Michael is connected in turn with what the Anthroposophical Movement in
    • the deepest sense intends, with what this movement ought to be and do.
    • evolution in the successive centuries. But it is also not be denied that
    • be permeated by that intense materialism by which it is in fact
    • True, it cannot be denied that the
    • peoples who were still living in Europe at that time, though he does so
    • Now among the non-Christian people of that time those especially are
    • interesting who were influenced by the streams that came over from Asia
    • Mohammedanism and much that was connected with these. We see above all a
    • rich and varied scholarship, but a scholarship that was given an
    • background. You will remember what I said in our last lecture on karma,
    • that in considering the successive earthly lives of individual human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • human action upon earth was everywhere connected with what was taking
    • place in the super-sensible. It is not that a consciousness of the
    • we connect what is taking place in one earthly life with that which is
    • begun to consider that spiritual, super-sensible stream of which I was
    • allowed to say that it is connected with our present stream of Michael
    • the Middle Ages was influenced by that Council. We need only watch the
    • the Middle Ages it is quite clear that the whole of the spiritual life
    • more intense was that spiritual life which has been working for a long
    • Constantinople. In that spiritual council there met together the
    • an oriental spiritual life with an Aristotelian doctrine that had become
    • Aristotelianism, connected also with all that the Platonic conception
    • Insulis and others. Now what kind of a spiritual life was it which
    • within that spiritual life we find a deep and spiritually penetrated
    • conception of Nature, altogether different from that abstract conception
    • that in all Nature, not only abstract, dead, conceptual natural laws
    • admiration, but they looked all the more deeply at what were called the
    • is so, we see in the Elements what is indeed not present in our seventy
    • that this Goddess Natura shows only one side of her being to man to
    • Elements in wind and weather, in all that surrounds the human being and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • will be added next Tuesday. In these pictures you will see what
    • sense, arose at the place where flourished that spiritual life of which
    • enter as teachers or students into the living spiritual life that had
    • deep devotion to spiritual powers, notably to those that hold sway in
    • that had once been direct spiritual experience. And I have told you of
    • see, out of the signs of the times, that there would be no place for
    • which I spoke last time — teachings that were given under
    • indeed that anyone who would devote himself to the cultivation of
    • Broadly speaking we may say that there have
    • who was altogether devoted to the life-element that existed in that
    • life. All that was reminiscent still of the great and deep impulses of
    • the spiritual Platonism that had been handed down — all
    • this was living in Chartres. But it lived in such a way that the bearers
    • Musica. Even in the reception of the Spiritual that was contained in the
    • see that Europe in the future would no longer be receptive to these
    • that one could find in this case most wonderfully the echo and
    • When one was in conversation with that
    • authoress, she returned again and again to the theme that she would like
    • for death, but in this feeling that the soul, being now
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • you that this individuality was next incarnated in one who is only
    • what he had undergone as Julian the Apostate. For the same individuality
    • Western civilisation at that time.
    • view of this Copernican picture of the world that the famous astronomer
    • this. Thus we see Tycho de Brahe accepting in his world-conception what
    • instinctively what he had brought with him from his life as Julian the
    • Apostate. In that former life it had not been permeated with rationalism
    • succeeded in doing something that made a great sensation.
    • the basis of Tycho de Brahe's mapping of the stars that Kepler
    • that activities and forces unfolded in the spiritual world worked down
    • example, in the time that immediately followed the period of the
    • impulses and movements. Now the remarkable thing is this, that in Lord
    • what I have already described as the enactment of a great and sublime
    • In the super-sensible world at that time a
    • what we call paganism, of the old life of the Mysteries. It was his
    • conception all that he had received through his Initiation as Julian the
    • as that of Tycho de Brahe, of the soul who was last incarnated in Tycho
    • of that super-sensible ceremony which was to introduce and, as it were,
    • century. But on the other hand, many who felt themselves drawn to what I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • individuality. Certain it is that within this earthly life, being
    • it is there that karma is elaborated from what has happened in a former
    • can look to the world of stars beyond the earth. For we know that the
    • Again and again we must repeat that the
    • astonished to see something totally different from what he would expect.
    • For what the star shows to earthly observation is in reality only an
    • outward semblance, comparatively unessential to its own true being. What
    • way. Imagine that an inhabitant of some other star were to observe the
    • disagree with what we who inhabit the globe know amongst ourselves. Or
    • would theorise that a comet was colliding with the Earth, and so forth.
    • At any rate, what such a being described would have very little to do
    • For what is the essence of our Earth?
    • You must remember that this Earth has proceeded from the
    • warmth-conditions, everything that afterwards became the mineral, plant
    • humanity in order that it might attain its further evolution. The whole
    • solid mineral world belongs to us. It is but a relic that has remained
    • our Earth is not what we have in the kingdoms of Nature, and not even
    • what we carry in our bones and muscles (for these too are composed of
    • what we have thus cast out and afterwards absorbed again).
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • to understand more and more what it means to say that the present age
    • reality. We showed how difficulties of karma may even go so far that a
    • through all that is necessary for the weaving of karma by partaking in
    • to what happens here in the physical life on earth it is of course
    • difficult for us to receive what we must receive if we are to take the
    • real earnest — so much so that they can receive what is
    • things as it were to illustrate what I shall then have to say next
    • such that the continuous chain would be visible at all to superficial
    • such that if we describe them one after another, we are at the same time
    • who lived at the end of the first Christian century. Already at that
    • the Sceptics, that is to say, he was one of those who really think
    • He belonged to that sceptical School which
    • ground that it is impossible to gain certain knowledge, and above all
    • that it is quite impossible to say with certainty whether a Divine Being
    • in that incarnation is of no great importance, he was a certain
    • that time, gathered up into himself as it were, the whole of Greek
    • a Cynic not in his conception of life, for in that he was a Sceptic, but
    • making light and joking about most important things that met him in the
    • world. In that life Christianity passed him by, leaving no trace. But a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • difficult it is to carry into an earthly life in the present time, what
    • earth. I mean what he brings with him in the sense that with the
    • education and culture, anything spiritual that was received and absorbed
    • all manner of hindrances that can indeed arise to prevent the carrying
    • Babylonian captivity, and a little after that. In studying that period I
    • to the Jewish race. When the Jews were led into captivity, however, that
    • this woman made her escape. And in the time that followed (she attained
    • a considerable age in that incarnation) she received in Asia Minor all
    • manner of teachings which could be received there at that time. She
    • received among other things what was then living with great intensity,
    • directions what we may call the
    • opposing power, bearing into the world-evolution of mankind all that is
    • dark, and not only dark but all that is evil, all that hinders and
    • I am speaking, in her incarnation as a woman in that time, was able to
    • remarkable individuality. All that had been discovered and experienced
    • her which we may express in these words: What were all the ideas I
    • Imaginations that now stand before my soul? How great and mighty
    • death. Indeed there springs forth in her a kind of longing that in her
    • and scholarly activity. I have mentioned once before that many of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • last lecture you will at any rate have seen that the man of to-day,
    • this present incarnation is so strange and unusual a one as that of
    • soul which evolves most especially the intellect, i.e., that faculty of
    • elementarily human qualities, from that which man bears within him as
    • what is truly human. And indeed if one can fully see the extent to which
    • general case of a soul that lived in the centuries before the Mystery of
    • his own experience as of a world that is no less real and present than
    • that comes over from former times will withdraw into the subconscious.
    • up from the subconscious into the ordinary consciousness the things that
    • things, many a countenance to-day will contradict what openly comes
    • in such a high degree as it is to-day, that the countenances of men
    • contradict what they themselves say and declare.
    • understand that strength and energy, perseverance and a holy enthusiasm
    • are necessary that the thoughts and ideas of men to-day may rise into
    • the spiritual world and that man may find the path of ideas upward to
    • this, then we must fully realise that intellectualism to begin with
    • spiritual content that is present within the soul. Only when we are
    • consciousness that with the ideas of Anthroposophy, relating as they do,
    • hold of that to which they do relate, namely, the spiritual. To enter
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • and co-ordinate them, I pointed out that in all these
    • that is in active manifestation
    • This physical body is permeated by what may be called the
    • again be emphasised that it is by no means so very difficult to
    • complete indifference to what the outer senses present to him,
    • that has to be applied in geometry, one need only take a
    • is that a triangle, in reality? What you have on
    • microscope. That is no triangle! To think that the triangle is
    • the following. — What you
    • through beneath the red, so that this figure grows out of that,
    • and that out of this, entirely in thought. There you have the
    • gradually become aware that to think means
    • that moment the whole of your earthly
    • What is here experienced as the Second Man is
    • one's skin, but one feels that one is actually in this
    • One perceives that this Second Man is perpetually
    • order to effect their extinction. So that
    • becomes manifest in what man excretes and
    • in that which, as formative forces, as
    • and about what is excreted through sweating and so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture II: The Physical World and the Moral-Spiritual Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • vividly conscious of this that he can live in this
    • something that can be observed in space only for a fleeting
    • the etheric, one does not feel that shadowy, inner dimness
    • But that sense of being firmly rooted in the spiritual world
    • is experienced when by earnest striving man attains what I have
    • to hold back what wants to
    • strive inwardly to maintain that activity which otherwise finds
    • what the spiritual world has to say to us, what
    • pressing in upon our senses, so that we may
    • their gross substantiality, we have on the other side what are
    • one hand all that is grossly material and concrete and, to
    • energy, finds a kind of eternity being attributed to what is
    • externally real, while that which arises out of thoughts and
    • is also conscious of the fact that his dignity as a human being
    • can discover nothing that is governed by the principle of
    • common, he must admit that in the animal the moral functions
    • physical-material nature and find that with part of his being
    • Nevertheless, what is demanded of man, if his dignity as a
    • human being is to be fully maintained, is that he
    • feels that as long as he lives, his own being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture III: Man's Faculty of Cognition in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • Universe. It can be said that the physical body is
    • connected with all that is the physical, earthly
    • world of the senses; man's physical body is part of that world.
    • forces, we must understand that this belongs to quite a
    • different kind of world, to that world which is itself etheric
    • and of which I told you that man should experience it as coming
    • therefore, that man's etheric body is
    • connected with worlds that are not to be found at all in
    • that cosmos which is contained in the Physical and the
    • etheric, and in which we find that with our
    • we belong to a world that flows as from
    • embracing world, one that we must
    • But we must also have regard to the fact that,
    • etheric body. What we then have to bear in mind is that
    • in that world everything is different from what we
    • higher worlds; so that we then see more into the primary
    • from that, when in the physical world we have, to begin with,
    • recognise on entering this world of flowing images that these
    • enabled us to enter these worlds, we know that, just as in
    • forces of the third Hierarchy. So that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • are able to say that as far as his own striving in a certain
    • very friendly to our movement. He himself, says that he
    • had to pass through many difficulties in order to attain what
    • that which I have just attempted to characterize, an element
    • that can perhaps only be evaluated correctly when we realize
    • what does all this come from?
    • something that one can perhaps only correctly notice with
    • which one should always do — so as to realize that
    • characteristics and allow that to work on them, but they fail
    • to realize that the important thing is the formal element,
    • the artistic formal element of what is being attempted, not
    • that which we would characterize as something which lives in
    • element of Friedrich Lienhard is that precisely through his
    • and being able to grasp all that and to place the single
    • that fact Freiedrich Lienhard is in a position of being able
    • to represent such a figure as that of the priest Oberlin of
    • speech to find the possibility of again reawakening that
    • therefore we can say in a certain sense, as it were, that
    • spiritual and in that way wanted to create something new.
    • in a new way the stream of the eternal beauty; he grasps that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture II: Deeper Secrets of Man's Soul-Spiritual Nature
    Matching lines:
    • like to return to much of that which I said in previous
    • spiritual nature of man. You know that we speak in the first
    • place of that particular member of the inner human being
    • intellect and its observation, we know that the ether body is
    • We remember how often we have emphasized the fact that one
    • cannot say that the inner being of man is completely unknown
    • radiated through by his “I”. One can say that man
    • However one cannot say that you can actually perceive your
    • astral body. Also one cannot say that you really perceive
    • Therefore, in a certain sense, it can he concluded also that
    • what you have is a manifestation, an expression of the
    • spiritual nature of that which we designate as the etheric
    • know that man consists of physical body, ether body, astral
    • feeling and willing proceed in the astral body. However that
    • that impulse which proceeds from the “I”.
    • through the fact that we have the mobile ether body. Our
    • fact that we have this physical body. Thus you see how this
    • And through the fact that they are imprinted, you can always
    • situation — what the memory actually represents for man
    • the thought experiences out of our inner being. That which we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture III: A Fragment from the Jewish Haggada, Blavatsky
    Matching lines:
    • already familiar with the fact that spiritual forces,
    • occurrences. In order to understand what is going on we must
    • Blavatsky. You all know that H. P. Blavatsky was a
    • way that it is not normal, but abnormal. And to understand
    • that, we must cast our attention on the special folk
    • characteristics of the Russians, how that is different from
    • continuous and also the newly creative configuration of that
    • the Greco-Latin cultural period. What lived in this
    • Western Europe, through the fact that in this West and Middle
    • thinking, feeling and willing. That which thinking, feeling
    • physical body, that should come out in a very primary way in
    • with the Russians. One can say that the way in which the
    • You can only understand them when you know that an ether body
    • consists in the fact that the most important activity of life
    • as such. That which lives and weaves in the ether body should
    • that that which is predisposed in the Russian folk, in the
    • will be understandable from that that with her, the ether
    • large amount of her ether body, but naturally that is quite
    • different from what one can experience through thinking and
    • amount in her ether body. However, connected with that is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IV: Secrets of Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • gave eight days ago. In the first place, we have seen that
    • externally presented ideas of the last lectures that in a
    • That which is
    • a certain direction through the fact that it unites them in a
    • Goethe, attached a great deal of importance to the fact that
    • expression in one way or another. He was grateful that in the
    • We know that
    • period people were so configured that their ether body was
    • that which was around it. When the ether body perceives, then
    • it sees the elementary world, that which is of an elemental
    • You can see from external documents that people in past ages
    • our studies that the tempter was Lucifer and Lucifer is not a
    • awakened clairvoyance, and then he manifests himself as that
    • of that which was already present as head upon the moon, but
    • 13th, 14th century. We can see that at that time human beings
    • also arose in the 4th post-Atlantean period. At that time
    • that this type of symbolism could be made fruitful for
    • you can read how the education was so led that the human being
    • that which can have an influence upon human beings from the
    • acquisition of the feeling for reverence for that which is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture V: Comenius and the Temple of PanSophia
    Matching lines:
    • not aware of what the spiritual world is trying to reveal to
    • science, it proves the fact that in truth such brotherhoods
    • world as did the earlier communities, but they preserved that
    • or researchers of ancient times. What do these people mean by
    • the writings of Gautama Buddha you will see that what is said
    • going back through the earliest centuries to that which was
    • he can think of is that man is a type of ape man. However, in
    • unprejudiced person must admit that there must have
    • such a superior way that in it is contained not only a
    • consciousness of the fact that man can rise up into the
    • spiritual worlds, but that man can find other beings in these
    • find in these ancient religious writings that the people knew
    • What actually
    • know that the world around us is not only spread out in the
    • beings that lie at the base of the mineral kingdom are called
    • great deal to do. External materialistic science says that
    • in winter. This means that we have an elementary kingdom
    • instruction, but one can say that forces pour down in order
    • that these elementary beings can receive the power in the
    • impart themselves to these elementary beings so that a new
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VI: Death and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • brotherhoods is that which is connected with the thought of
    • such brotherhoods. Thus, one can say that as a middle point
    • what is called the legend of Hiram. Thus the name of Hiram,
    • through this imagination one wants to show what the situation
    • consider that the death of Hiram, the resurrection of Hiram
    • the connection with the Easter thought. Now you know that in
    • occurring; that the festivities of Maundy Thursday pass over
    • Resurrection is celebrated, which means that Christ is again
    • it is just the same as that which occurs in occult
    • The meaning which is connected with this ceremony is that the
    • present in his consciousness; it goes much deeper than that.
    • you could not presuppose that deep down in the human soul you
    • art of the fact that that which gives the artist power
    • is so that for him any sort of rules to which he might direct
    • to that which as an elementary consciousness in his soul
    • explanation of that which comes to the surface from the
    • that many other hidden qualities hold sway in the soul,
    • the fact as we have often spoken about it, that the astral
    • life so that, in the main, in their soul life they only
    • possess that which is connected with the external material
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VII: Man's Four Members
    Matching lines:
    • and what happens there. And I indicated that you can find the
    • that particular custom which represented itself in the laying
    • that which can be called the Easter Cult. Today I will begin
    • What is
    • following way. One says that you are looking for the lost
    • that would lead me too far afield but I will, to be sure, in
    • a certain way, tell you about what is meant by the
    • the Word.” Now, it is obvious that that which we
    • indicate today with the word ‘Word’ is not what
    • order to approach what is involved here, that mankind had a
    • wisdom as spread out, you call that the Logos, the Primal
    • Word, then you have an approximate idea of what is meant by
    • the following: That which was once given as wisdom to mankind
    • than that which today we are able to know in our spiritual
    • science, you can say that has been lost. It is a beautiful
    • such brotherhoods that such a thing has actually been lost
    • this will not be found in such brotherhoods, because if that
    • the souls of mankind in such a way that they would come into
    • the situation that when they pass through the portal of
    • return to earth, that then they can at least have an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VIII: Thomas More and His Utopia
    Matching lines:
    • ways in the Church. What he really wanted was that the
    • More, 1478–1535, did not agree that such a “holy
    • “Utopia”, and since that time the name Utopia is
    • Thomas More indicated in his book “Utopia” that
    • different religions, because the state agreed that religion
    • this fact, we know that the Catholic Church is trying to make
    • sainthood and it is necessary that one should have performed
    • against the candidate for sainthood. Now, just imagine that
    • Catholic Church! This is the sort of thing that the opposing
    • enlightened Lord Justices had to decide what sort of
    • judgement that these enlightened lords issued. This was not
    • first half of the 16th century. That is not so long ago. But
    • we should remember that Thomas More who in his Utopia talked
    • contains the configuration of a state that was developed on a
    • state. All the houses would be in squares on streets that
    • organization of the state; they were educated so that they
    • when they ate, they ought to feel thankful that there was a
    • enlightened spirits in Utopia. Things were so arranged that
    • religious freedom; however there was a presupposition that no
    • denied the immortality of the soul or denied the fact that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IX: Celtic Symbols and Cult, Jesuit State in Paraguay
    Matching lines:
    • teachings of the Lost Word and the Word that has to be found
    • in such occult brotherhoods, how is it possible with all that
    • way? How does that happen? To understand this I must first
    • 14th century. You will see that the way which he regards
    • nature is quite strange to present day man. Why is that? Man
    • at that particular time absolutely reckoned with all that
    • aspect of modern perception is that everything is thrown out
    • presupposes that such books as those of Albertus Magnus in
    • the 13th century do reckon with the fact that overall there
    • the characteristic that man, in the first place, takes in
    • that which falls into the realm of his sense from the
    • because you can only call that which is spirit, that which
    • concerned with what has occurred in the sense world. thus you
    • is in the first place to take up into our ideas that which is
    • to throw out human all that which does not come in from the
    • excludes the elementary forces for 2000 years; through that
    • the fact that we are standing just at the beginning of this
    • beings in such a way that one was still predisposed to the
    • fact that the elementary spirit wove around them just as the
    • that in our present epoch we are able to think about that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • for us to imagine that the whole process of the spiritual
    • the view that something which has occurred in the world could
    • have also occurred differently, that is not a rejection to
    • other are familiar with that which occurs in the external
    • same time as that which occurs in the external world. Both
    • streams, so that it is actually quite valid that things could
    • it manifests there and nevertheless that which is necessary
    • occurred, that aspect of spiritual development which depends
    • certain, my dear friends, that in most circles Schiller and
    • effort to investigate what they have written about their
    • could have proceeded in such a way that people actually could
    • not work out that way.
    • happen that things were different? What would have happened
    • century, what would have happened had these germs really
    • is what I want to demonstrate in my book which should appear
    • Why had that which
    • represent them in such a way that as to make their ideas
    • way, people have difficulty in trying to understand that
    • to the Mystery of Golgotha. You know from my lectures that in
    • great Zarathustra. He lives in that body until his 12th year,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XI: Fragments from the Jewish Haggada
    Matching lines:
    • from 19th Surah, you will see that it specifically mentions
    • that the Nathan Jesus Child actually spoke immediately at his
    • birth. This is what the Koran says: “Jesus spoke and
    • other writings apart from the Old Testament, you learn that
    • the Haggadah is the name given to that which modern people
    • for him that they bring him to that place where he is
    • that Solomon gave his Moors to the Seherem (Seherem are those
    • precisely to the place where I wanted them to go. So at that
    • guarantee for him that they bring him to the place where he
    • that which Rabbi Joachin said, namely, the feet of man
    • guarantee for him that he is taken to the place where he
    • friends, you will see that a number of questions are raised
    • guarantee that he is brought to the place where he is
    • sad when he appeared before Solomon with the statement that
    • ridiculously trivial to say that the Angel was sad; he was
    • you sad?” What is the significance of this question?
    • answered. The city of Loos was so organized that no one was
    • heard that the Angel of Death was going to take his scribes,
    • he sent them to the city because he believed that if they
    • human beings are a guarantee that he is brought to the place
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XII: Luciferic Dangers from the East
    Matching lines:
    • and we know that certain of the beings of these hierarchies
    • unfold that activity which they would have unfolded if they
    • what the significance is of the inter-weaving of such
    • Bhagavad Gita and in other writings of the Orient. At that
    • for present day man to deepen himself in that which at that
    • fact that we divide history into two parts, that which
    • preceded the Mystery of Golgotha and that which came
    • the fact that we have not yet been able to completely
    • Golgotha. Let us assume that someone appeared in our time and
    • Gita spoke or as Buddha spoke in his time; that person would
    • that if the person in question said that at that time when
    • Bhagavad Gita speaks, that is a Luciferic act and something
    • over into our time. A person who does that would extinguish
    • German. We see that this book really belongs to the centuries
    • this book. However, of that which goes beyond what one can
    • that which Fichte, Hegel, Schelling and the others who I have
    • mentioned in this book, what they have done is far superior
    • to that which is contained in the oriental wisdom, contained
    • in Brahmanism and the fact that human beings today do not
    • and for that reason I have written about it in my book, The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • that were Subject to Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    • the fact that in order to have a full and complete earthly existence,
    • memory. Just imagine what it would be like if memory were not one of
    • past day nor recall from unfathomed depths what we have experienced
    • that memory begins to function at a certain point of time during our
    • earthly life and that experiences occurring before this point of time
    • are sunk in oblivion. We can therefore say that from a certain point
    • was not needed, for the reason that in the power of the dreamy
    • take the place of our memory to-day. Suppose that every time you
    • place remaining accessible to you, and that it was so with every
    • that was experienced in that old dreamlike, clairvoyant
    • ether-substance. All that the Moon-humanity experienced through this
    • with memory to-day was that the dreamy clairvoyant gaze was directed
    • look round upon what he had experienced in his dreamlike
    • the world from that of to-day. Suppose everything that now becomes a
    • that you could re-think it. If this were so, you would have
    • transferred into your present life of thought conditions that
    • given over to the cosmic substance. So that after death we begin to
    • look back upon what was engraved in our individual ether-substance
    • unfolding of Ego-consciousness. For what had we in the place of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • SHOULD like to add something to what I have said on the
    • belonged to the Old Moon period of evolution. I said that
    • during that period of dreamy, imaginative vision, man had no need of
    • an objective world) of what he experienced in his dreamlike
    • it has to some extent been ‘pre-experienced,’ that is to
    • will show you that all experiences in the consciousness of the Old
    • Moon period were merely after-echoes of what had already lived in the
    • the Beings of the Hierarchies there lived, in advance, what the
    • ‘thoughts’ at all in connection with what was really a
    • constituted that what a man thinks has already been thought, or
    • that he experienced in consciousness. In the period between
    • death and a new birth man lives through what was thus engraved in his
    • moment all that human beings think! Would it not be terrible if every
    • remained there for ever and ever? That, however, is what would happen
    • correct thoughts that are not worthy of permanence or entirely
    • to better what is impressed upon the etheric substance of the cosmos
    • every time he passes through death and he can strive to the end that
    • after his final incarnation on Earth only that will have been given
    • different process from what took place in the dreamy, imaginative
    • for the whole of the normal life of soul during the Earth period, that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking that Accords with Reality and Thinking that is in
    • materialism of our time. But it is the case that the knowledge which
    • of the universe other than that of the sense-perceptible facts to
    • of a man's former incarnations. We have also heard that the human
    • you that knowledge which is a remnant of the wisdom of ancient times
    • Without speaking the superficial language that is characteristic of most
    • that behind the connections which are said to exist between the human
    • Taurus; the shoulders, together with all that comes to expression in
    • the twelve. Hence in the next incarnation, what to-day is the
    • what to-day is the larynx (including the neighbouring organs of
    • world we may say that our whole body is transformed, metamorphosed to
    • become head in the next incarnation, and in so orderly a way that the
    • is there any indication that the head is really twelve-fold in its
    • constitution? Most of you will know that twelve main nerves go
    • recognise in them that which, in the previous incarnation, was
    • by the strange dictum that, for example, the hands will be
    • understand what is meant. Can we not observe in the hands something
    • that points, in germ, to organs of speech? Do not the gestures of
    • sense-organ of the head? And the idea that what is physically
    • is not difficult to conceive that the marvellous structure of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture One: Greetings to the Builders Working on the Goetheanum. Otto Weininger, a Decadent Genius. Distorted Pictures of Imaginative Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • to say, by way of a greeting, that every step our work progresses has
    • of the eternal significance of precisely the kind of work that takes
    • place here. It is important that such work has actually been taken up,
    • that some human hearts and souls have actually been touched by the
    • spiritual implications of the work, and that some human eyes have
    • actually beheld it. For this creates a womb that will always be able
    • to carry the future, and what we are doing thus enters into the
    • developing stream of human aspiration. We may hope that what our dear
    • It gave me deep joy, for example, when I walked past the house that
    • for the first time. It is significant that this house also stands within our
    • precincts. For it is significant that it has been possible to build
    • traditional style in building and against an architecture that no
    • new. And the fact that in our circles the need to build something new
    • Whatever objections may still be raised against this style of building
    • they want to go. By and by it will be seen that those who strive in
    • darkness are striving for the goals that already are being sought
    • here. It will be seen that one needs to become acquainted with these
    • forms that are born out of the womb of spiritual science. However
    • have this to raise our spirits: that we are permitted, in the midst of
    • these times of uncertain destiny, to establish what mankind needs for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Two: Two Spheres of Existence in Nature and in Man: the Realm of Regularity and the Realm of Irregularity. The Ancient Hebrews' Jubilee year as the Expression of Formative Powers of the Soul. The Christ Incarnation.
    Matching lines:
    • the variety of natural occurrences, we will notice that they seem to
    • the one hand we have all the things that happen with the regularity
    • do not occur with that kind of regularity. We can say that the sun
    • morning, but we cannot say that we will see a certain cloud formation
    • of the moon, that, here in our building in Dornach, we are going to be
    • to calculate eclipses of the sun and moon that will happen centuries
    • You see here two distinct realms of nature, one that manifests
    • regularity and extreme unpredictability are intertwined in what we
    • impression that nature makes on us at a given instant as a mixture of
    • ones that can take us by surprise, even though they come again and
    • Now, there is a profound truth that we have considered from many
    • points of view in the course of our studies here, the truth that man
    • is a microcosm — that man mirrors the macrocosm and that
    • everything that is to be found at large in the macrocosm can be
    • that twofold division of nature into order and irregularity should
    • That typical individuality was well able to think logically. When it
    • that regularity can contribute to the functioning of our
    • life, a life that was expressed in those two works I described to you.
    • with what human reason has to offer. There were storms in the depths
    • of that soul, profound storms, and these storms were lived out in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Three: The Duality of Human Nature -- The Heavenly and the Earthly Aspects of Man. Uranus and Gaia. Influences of One Incarnation on the Next: Metamorphoses of the Body.
    Matching lines:
    • have seen how everything that comes to life in a human soul during
    • heavens and of the universe — to what these, taken in their
    • terrestrial influences and impressions that are earthly in a more
    • science, everything that is perceived by the senses must be seen as a
    • nature. That is most easily imagined if you consider the skeleton.
    • parts of the body. And, in principle, the only thing that holds these
    • the skeleton that hang down from the head, form the basis for the life
    • that plays itself out more or less unconsciously. The unconscious life
    • light. In that, something of an unquestionably earthly nature is
    • awareness of time that was typical of the ancient Hebrew culture we
    • found direct evidence that mankind once possessed knowledge, explicit
    • occurrences and human waking consciousness. We saw how that which can
    • wonderful way that mankind participates in the whole universe, and
    • a certain sensibility, and consists in the belief that what is earthly
    • is worthless and absolutely must be overcome — that it is coarse,
    • contemptible stuff that a spiritually striving person does not even
    • mention. That for which one must strive is the spirit! This is the way
    • Therefore I said that this prejudice expresses itself more as a
    • — for the super-earthly and for things that should be experienced
    • the earth in the same way that men on earth speak of heaven. The earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Four: Human Organism, Results of Prenatal Formative Powers. Dual Nature of Man. Powers behind the Existence of the Body as Expressed Pictorally by the Body and as Expressed in a Draughtsmanlike Fashion by the Head.
    Matching lines:
    • for us to be clear that, given the Greeks' view of the world, a
    • would have been out of the question. Today, when someone says that
    • this or that convolution of the brain is the speech centre, he is
    • materialist, at the very least he will think that anyone who wants to
    • arousing any materialistic assumptions, for they still felt that the
    • centre in the brain that this speech centre is, in the first instance,
    • built in the spirit. Nor does he think of what is there materially as
    • being a sign or symbol or likeness of the spirit that is behind it and
    • exists quite independently of those spiritual events that are played
    • spiritual reality that stands behind him. It must be conceded that
    • adhered to our souls. Just consider what was said in the last lecture
    • meet someone who does not say, ‘We know for certain that
    • it is mad to say that it is really formed during the long period
    • But, as you shall see, if you picture matters in the manner of what
    • the human head, namely, the forces that form and shape it, are active
    • physical head. But they are the forces that cause the physical shape
    • but the head that is built there is built according to the form that
    • cosmos. That is the real truth. Of course it is only when physical
    • matter comes into this form that it becomes visible for the first
    • Thus, one must keep in mind that what is visible is extraneous
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Five: How a Person Grows into the Three Spiritual Realms of Wisdom, Beauty and Goodness. How These Shine Down into the Spiritual Part of Man.
    Matching lines:
    • develop some things that will provide the basis for tomorrow's
    • discussion. These things are an expansion of what was described
    • person leads between birth and death. Think of what we have said in
    • physical body. We know that in a certain sense the three lower realms
    • together in man, and that he rises above these three realms that are
    • something happens that resembles the growing into the three kingdoms
    • clear that everything that has already been said in earlier
    • that arise are only to be taken as additions to that. Thus we can say:
    • spiritual realms continue to shine into the human aura, so that if we
    • more at a distance from that which, so to speak, comes down from the
    • things are connected with human nature, but please note that it is
    • just a schematic drawing. All that I am going to show you is just
    • being, that is, through his participation in the moral forces of the
    • form of the expression, but you will understand what I mean.
    • will be especially reminded of what we said yesterday — that the
    • Plato says that there exist four virtues. The whole of morality takes
    • hold of the whole human being. But all that is naturally to be taken
    • those forces that flow from the moral sphere to the head. Therefore it
    • kind of industriousness that includes the forces of the heart: an
    • being here (green); here it flows into the  I . That
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Six: The Transformation of the Physical Body into the Head of the Next Incarnation. The Cosmic Significance of Human Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • the cosmos, some of what has to be said may seem complicated. When it
    • anything that is not included! We are confronted, however, with the
    • fact that a human being is formed in an intricate way from the entire
    • important that people of our time begin to come to terms with these
    • know how humanity is related to the cosmos. You could say that we are
    • complicated! But truth is simple, and anything that is not simple
    • future has to be prepared, and the stream that carries a
    • Let us remind ourselves of the fundamental truths that have been
    • of the body. If we examine a human head as it is today, what we have
    • is essentially the result of what became of the body in the previous
    • head, and he has the rest of his body. What is now his head is
    • what is now the rest of his body appears, transformed, as the head of
    • that next incarnation. Then this body, in turn, becomes the head of
    • truest sense of the word it is maya-all the forces that reside in the
    • period between death and a new birth. And the forces that were bound
    • now in our heads. That was the basic concept whose particular details
    • call on the help of some other ideas that we have acquired. To begin
    • so that they can become the head of the next incarnation?
    • In order to answer that question we must review in our souls the
    • things we have been saying about the part of the human soul that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Seven: The Connection between the Human Being and the Cosmos. The Twelve Regions of the Senses and the Seven Life Processes.
    Matching lines:
    • the cosmos. You will remember that when we spoke of the senses and of
    • what man, as the possessor of his senses, is, we said that the senses
    • lead us back to the ancient Saturn phase of evolution. That is where
    • today. That would be foolish. As a matter of fact, it is extremely
    • difficult to imagine what the senses were like during ancient Saturn
    • they were during the ancient Moon period. Even that far back in time
    • would like to throw some light on what the senses were like during the
    • ancient Moon phase of evolution. By that time they were already in
    • were the senses of Old Moon. At that period the sense organs were much
    • consciousness we now have, but rather for a consciousness that was
    • generally assume that we have five senses. We know, however, that this
    • is not justified, but that, in truth, we must distinguish twelve human
    • senses. There are seven further senses that must be included with the
    • one really has a sense — if I may use that word — for the
    • The sense of touch is the sense that relates us to the most material
    • boundaries of our skin. Our skin collides with an object. What then
    • Thus, what happens in touching, in the process of touch, happens
    • The sense that we shall call the sense of life involves processes that
    • recover a little so that our feeling of life is refreshed again. This
    • see what is around us with our eyes. We sense ourselves through the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eight: How Twelvefoldness, Sevenfoldness, Fourfoldness, and Threefoldness are Mirrored. Pathological Experiences of the Soul. Thinking Backward as a Preparation for Spiritual Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • not just a matter of knowing that things are like this or like that.
    • a few of them. There is, of course, very much more that could be said
    • To understand these things in their entirety we must be clear that the
    • actual truth is very different from what our materialistic sciences
    • teach us. They believe, for example, that the sense of taste and the
    • corresponding to the senses are much more extended. I think that
    • hearing, for example, will know that hearing involves much more of the
    • also see that the sense-zones are intimately connected with the vital
    • through the entire organism. It follows that the relationship between
    • So there really are circumstances in the inner human world that
    • You will therefore be right in supposing that the activities called up
    • in us by the senses are relatively static in comparison with what goes
    • If we consider what was said yesterday about how our sense experiences
    • on Old Moon were more like life processes, we must conclude that human
    • existence on Old Moon was altogether more mobile than that of our
    • Earth man really does relate to what he consciously experiences in the
    • and mobility such as that displayed by the planets of our present-day
    • often drawn your attention to the fact that when a person of today
    • achieves the level of initiation that gives him access to imaginative
    • knowledge, his conscious life becomes more mobile than that afforded
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Nine: Enlivening the Sense Processes and Ensouling the Life Processes. Aesthetic Enjoyment and Aesthetic Creativity. Logic and the Sense for Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • look at some of the consequences that follow from the facts on which
    • spirit, that everything that can be referred to as
    • despised. For we have seen that here in the physical world it is
    • precisely the lower organs and functions that reflect higher
    • ourselves to seeing those senses that in the Earth sphere only serve
    • something that is immense and significant for the spiritual world once
    • degree, the sense of sight. We have emphasised the fact that in the
    • to speak about many of the highly significant things that lie in this
    • direction. For today there are such strong prejudices that all one has
    • speak out about precisely those things that are interesting and
    • must forgo speaking about some of the interesting things that go on in
    • in the last lecture when I said that the Greeks did not fall prey to
    • manner that from a certain point of view is correct, you find
    • described what kind of hair and complexion and wrinkles cowardly
    • people have, what sort of bodies drowsy people have, and so on. To say
    • to keep themselves in the fog about the truth. That is why some
    • example, that the human senses are presently located in more or less
    • Now we also have said that our sense organs were more like vital
    • whereas the organs that are now vital organs were essentially more
    • related to the soul. Consider, then, something that has been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Ten: Loss of the Ability to Orient Oneself in Reality and the Helplessness of Modern Scientific Driteria in a Materialistic Age.
    Matching lines:
    • What I would like to give you today is a thoroughly undemanding
    • thought. I would like to describe a certain tendency that is
    • that is objective. Just observe what difficulties the adherents of
    • judgements; that is, there is no way of deciding whether they have
    • been lost and it is quite evident that nothing has come along to take
    • the concepts produced by the thinking that preceded his time-all the
    • still spoke of the world and man under the assumption that man
    • today — that the impressions of colour, sound, warmth, pressure,
    • and so on, originate in something objective. It assumes that the
    • our soul life. It assumes that these impressions create sense
    • experiences which then are further digested. And it also assumes that
    •  I . It is active and it is what ultimately shapes
    • knowledge, nor the concept of the object that is the basis of sense
    • impressions. What are we really given? he asked. What does the world
    • really put before us? Fundamentally, all that is given are our
    • sensations. The multiplicity of sensations is all that there is. And
    • if we can say that nothing exists beyond sensations, then we
    • cannot say that there is some kind of  I 
    • active within us. For what is given to us in the sphere of the soul?
    • Again, only sensations. When we observe what is within us, the only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eleven: Memory and Habit as Metamorphoses of Former Spiritual Experiences that were Subject to Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    Matching lines:
    • Memory and habit as metamorphoses of former spiritual experiences that
    • be interconnected. Today I want to look at some things that will lay
    • things, we might notice that two properties, or complexes of energy,
    • What needs to be acquired, on the one hand, is memory. Just imagine
    • that memory was not among our earthly possessions! You only need to
    • birth, and could not retrieve what we have experienced from these more
    • frequently. Now, you all know that memory only begins to appear at a
    • so all our experiences prior to that first remembered point in time
    • in such a way that, in greater or lesser detail, our experiences can
    • earthly life. During that long period of our development when we were
    • physical body. It is only during the Earth period of evolution that
    • there were other things that took the place of memory. During the Moon
    • place of memory. Just imagine that every time you experienced
    • you would have to do to find an experience would be to look in that
    • to speak, engraved in a subtle etheric substance. Everything that man
    • toward what was engraved in the fine etheric substance of the world.
    • substance of the world, one found the previous contents of that old,
    • today's. Just imagine that you could re-think everything you ever
    • — that is a translation of the actual experience of Old Moon into
    • man lives on Earth, whatever is developed in his waking consciousness
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Twelve: How Thoughts are Engraved into the Substance of the Cosmos and the Consequences Following from This. Metamorphosis of Memory and Habit.
    Matching lines:
    • everything that was experienced in dreamlike imaginations was engraved
    • therefore, that everything mankind experienced through its Moon
    • consciousness consisted in re-experiencing what had been thought for
    • dreamed consisted of thoughts that had already been thought by the
    • way that a person's thoughts do not consist in a repetition of
    • something that has already been thought and which then remain visible.
    • experienced. What someone has engraved in his own etheric body and
    • Just consider how much is contained in what a person thinks! Would it
    • there eternally? But that is what would happen if, in the course of
    • to make good the thoughts that should not remain — to either
    • entirely different, and so on. That is one of the things established
    • the opportunity to improve on what it carries with it through the
    • gates of death into the substance of the world, so that a person can
    • ether substance of the world that which really can remain.
    • Thus, you can see that the process involved here is different from
    • what took place with the dreamlike imaginative consciousness of Old
    • caused them to become visible and to remain visible. Whatever thoughts
    • however, everything that a normally-developed person thinks —
    • things that need putting right.
    • apply to the consciousness that is related to waking consciousness and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Thirteen: Allocation of the Whole Human Form to the Cosmos. Technical Discoveries and the Human Physical Organization. Collisions between Thinking that Accords with Reality and Thinking that is in Opposition to Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • thinking that accords with reality and thinking that is in opposition
    • that could with justification be called paradoxical. For these things
    • of our day. But that is how matters stand: what calls itself science
    • today is only concerned with the facts that are available to the
    • to say, to a different form of the world — from that in which
    • these facts lie. Remember some of the things that we have needed to
    • of man's relation to the cosmos. It was said that the structure of the
    • specially adapted to the case of each individual person so that it
    • want to speak in the manner of the dilettantism that is so typical of
    • about the deep cosmic secrets that lie behind this way of apportioning
    • You know that astrology assigns the human head to the sign of the Ram,
    • are attached and also what the arms and hands express to the Twins,
    • to the forces that rule the cosmos and are symbolised by the fixed
    • together. That, too, is a genuine twelve-foldness. The following
    • dividing it among the twelve signs of the zodiac so that the head is
    • in mind what has been said about the composition of the whole of the
    • allocated to all twelve constellations. If what has been said is true,
    • one must presuppose that the body of one incarnation becomes the head
    • of the next incarnation. In the next incarnation, what is now the
    • out of what at present is manifest as the organs of speech, the larynx
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fourteen: Metamorphoses of the Twelve Sense Zones through Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual-scientific investigation that, in fact, is of most
    • the rest of the body. We said that the shape and structure of the
    • human head and all that pertains to it is a transformation, a
    • forces that are capable of transforming it into nothing but a head, a
    • head with all that pertains to it: with the twelve pairs of nerves
    • that originate in it, and so on. And this head that is developed from
    • These facts should be viewed as truths that testify to their own
    • inherent validity, truths that point to connections of major
    • different is the content of what we read from what our eyes see
    • written upon the page. And so it is that, when we cite truths such as
    • what is now being said, but also the whole, far-reaching significance
    • so to speak, able to read profound, living, spiritual truths that have
    • indicate, I want to turn yet again to what we have been considering
    • The  I  sense: Again I ask you to remember what has
    •  I , that  I  which we first
    • other men. What this sense perceives is everything that is contained
    • thinking is not an activity of our sense of thought. That still
    • remains to be discussed. Our sense of thought is what gives us the
    • It is the sense that enables us to understand what others say to us.
    • Those are the twelve senses, the senses that enable us to perceive the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fifteen: The Twelve Senses. The Reorganization of the Seven Life Processes by Luciferic and Ahrimanic Powers. Francis Bacon Inaugurates Materialism and the Science of Idols.
    Matching lines:
    • whole. No doubt you have already concluded that the twelve senses with
    • From this we can see that it is necessary to be much more objective
    • case, for the simple reason that they have played such a decisive role
    • remind ourselves that Lucifer and Ahriman only create hindrances for
    • not supposed to appear. So it is also easy to imagine that when, as we
    • so it is inevitable that the things that only the power of Lucifer and
    • as those that were sketched yesterday, for they contain the key to
    • considerations — not even in our circles. What we want to discuss
    • proceeded along its rightful course. Again we can say that the
    • ahrimanic influence; and the life impulses that have more to do with
    • Breathing involves something that can be described as follows: We do
    • consumption as a kind of feeling of well-being. It is a fact that,
    • ahrimanic influence. One can say, broadly speaking, that if it were
    • I mean ageing in the sense that it involves something that can be seen
    • deposits, so that our nourishment is not merely processed, but is also
    • its ahrimanic side. Of course it also has its luciferic side, but that
    • food we have eaten so that it remains with us and is stored in our
    • modification of straightforward processes of growth. Everything that
    • is associated with it shows that this discontinuity is not in
    • lead to a continuous process of growth. Everything that is connected
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 1: Secret Brotherhoods-1, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-1, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • fact that the idea of the unconscious which prevails in
    • that psychoanalysis is approaching with inadequate means
    • their implications for social life, we must say that their way
    • the question arises: What really is it that these modern
    • recognise that a soul-element exists outside consciousness;
    • head. I have indeed called your attention to the fact that
    • minus their heads. That is a definite malady. So among
    • unconscious, they show that they are under the delusion that an
    • abnormal malady that comes to the attention of the
    • river and taken back to the house she had just left, so that
    • that the spirit which is outside the lady's consciousness, the
    • if I wished to speak merely from my own point of view, that the
    • aware of this, for knowledge of the spiritual realm that lies
    • just now, but it must be said that particular brotherhoods were
    • honestly convinced that the great majority of people were not
    • Thus it could come about that a certain kind of knowledge was
    • clear about these things. For you know that since 1879 mankind
    • You must then take care to bring what I am going to say to-day,
    • rather on historical lines, into close connection with what I
    • movement to the fact that this century should bring human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 2: Secret Brotherhoods-2, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-2, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • what I said with the same intention when I last spoke here, I
    • must ask you to realise that we are concerned not with a theory
    • That is the point to keep in mind; otherwise these matters will
    • or ideas, but stating facts — facts that are connected
    • in mind when you hear what I told you yesterday. For where
    • fifteenth century, who hold that certain truths, if only those
    • other variations; hence you will see that whatever influence is
    • the spiritual impulses that play into history saw coming on
    • that battle of certain spiritual beings with higher Spirits
    • nineteenth century, these brotherhoods felt that this event was
    • approaching, they had to decide what attitude to take towards
    • it and to consider what should be done.
    • materialism of the time; they thought that men who were
    • prepared to accept only what could be known in physical terms
    • materialistic form. So it was with good intentions that
    • Since at that time a critical mentality, concerned solely with
    • feeling, that a spiritual world existed around them. And
    • mistaken view that through the use of mediums people would be
    • phenomena that came through the mediums had in fact been
    • grieved that the séance manifestations could be spoken of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 3: Secret Brotherhoods-3, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-3, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 3, -or- German Philosophy: Kant, Schelling, Hegel, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • To-day I want to make various comments on matters that have
    • feeling that the thoughts and impressions and impulses which
    • Anyone who makes contact with this, so that the divine spark
    • who experiences this one thing, together with all that is
    • ideas, but you will agree that the article is remarkable
    • suppose that some intelligence is there! Otherwise we
    • of view or other, that something lies behind the
    • spiritual-scientific movement. That would be really harmful.
    • they are far too complacent to go in for the serious study that
    • Spiritual Science requires. Nothing less than that must lay
    • trends of the times, so that healing can come of it. Of course
    • those things that are demanded by the signs of the times and
    • that all these congresses and societies will accomplish nothing
    • What is lacking among people to-day is the courage to embark on
    • and so on. What is said in that booklet and in this lecture is
    • talk on cosmic feeling and surges and I know not what. I have
    • things: they are important and real. What I want to bring home
    • to you is that we must not befog ourselves: we must be
    • absolutely clear as to what we wish to do on behalf of
    • I will turn again to the fact that in this fifth post-Atlantean
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 1: On the Functions of the Nervous System
    Matching lines:
    • have noticed that even during the public lectures which I
    • we must abandon certain vicious circles of thought that are
    • to understand the world, it is very important to know that
    • present and for the future, and have shown that scientific
    • from its beginnings. One might well say that it is qualified
    • clear that the evolution of the times only begins today to
    • time as the invention of printing. All new things that
    • exception of books containing old things that existed
    • already) came from the scientific consciousness. I mean that
    • to what has it led us? The way in which human souls have
    • printing has brought about this result, that the spiritual
    • — at least for those who think that they have advanced
    • explained that the scientific way of thinking was obliged at
    • spirit, in support of what the Spirits of Darkness bring into
    • will dawn for human thinking (it is terrible that such things
    • idea that in the nervous system (we will limit ourselves to
    • schematically, by showing, for instance, that any nerve, say
    • from there, an order goes out, as it were, that a movement
    • diagrammatic aspect, this is an idea that is generally
    • who can detect this. But it is an idea that is accepted by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 2: Concerning the World of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • will culminate by my having to show in what
    • sense an historical event is necessary, and in what sense
    • to this large, inclusive question with means that we can have
    • at our disposal now in the occult basis that is to be
    • ourselves somewhat, from a certain aspect, in human nature
    • of that world are playing in which the human being finds
    • aspect — that in reality, the threshold between the
    • life, and what we have considered the last time more from the
    • our human life runs its course in such a way that we have
    • active in us, first, everything that can be experienced
    • through the senses during our life, everything that is
    • For what interpenetrates our feeling life as a deeper reality
    • more to do with feeling that we in sleep have to do with our
    • moment of going to sleep to that of awakening, but only those
    • dreams are remembered or enter our consciousness that are
    • consciousness of our feeling life, than we know what actually
    • that the human being does not inwardly experience the content
    • of what is termed “History” with waking
    • it in a dream. History is what may be termed a cosmic dream
    • of the human being. For the impulses that live in history
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 3: Our Life with the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • introductory way, I will touch shortly upon a few facts that
    • the further course of our considerations. I have said that
    • what we may call the threshold between the usual physical
    • himself, also psychically. It lies in him in such a way that
    • concerned; he is awake in all that comes to him in the form
    • of ideas — ideas concerning that which he perceives
    • (clairvoyant endowment is in no way necessary for this) that
    • will. But we have said that we live through this world of our
    • it is only known to us through the waves that break up
    • emphasized further, that in this realm, which we dream and
    • sleep away, we live together with human souls that are
    • fact that we are not in a position to perceive with our
    • time that the task of Anthroposophy is to develop this
    • consciousness — that we are in touch with the souls of
    • what man lives through historically, what he lives through
    • socially, what he lives through in the ethical relationships
    • history the fable convenue that is usually called
    • history today; but they will realize that historical life can
    • only be understood when that which is dreamed and slept away
    • illusion that our actions are our own, because they flow out
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 4: The Rhythmical Relationship of Man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • that we shall discuss now is a very wide one, and today it
    • that you may obtain a picture of what must be considered from
    • that, as far as the life between birth and death is
    • concerned, we only experience in a waking condition what we
    • perceive through the senses, what reaches us through our
    • sense-impressions and what we experience in our thoughts. Man
    • form a conception of what is really contained in the life of
    • imagine that this carpet contains also the impressions of our
    • know them through Anthroposophy. You know that in
    • public lectures I have emphasized that when we look for the
    • less the same as breaking the mirror to see what is behind
    • it, in order to find the reality of beings that we see in a
    • sense perceptions; what I mean is something
    • the spiritual reality, so that we would see more
    • what would we see, in this first stage of solving the riddle,
    • surprise us what we must describe as that which first appears
    • to us. What we first see is a number of forces; all aim at
    • This life, that does not extend as far as our physical body,
    • and that cannot be perceived, therefore, with the physical
    • the expression of this life that could be perceived
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 5: The Members of Man's Being and the Periods of His Life
    Matching lines:
    • understand what lies at the foundation of the two impulses
    • that penetrate so deeply into human life — that of the
    • order that tomorrow we may be in a position to draw the
    • it becomes more and more evident that people —
    • often mentioned this) that certain things must be known in
    • times. When it is shown that the human being is a complicated
    • being, organized in manifold ways, a being that penetrates
    • deeply, on the one hand, into all that is connected with the
    • physical plane, and on the other, into all that is connected
    • with the spiritual world, then people often object that such
    • things are dry and intellectual, and that the most important
    • For years we have emphasized that we can differentiate
    • roughly in man what we may call his physical nature, or his
    • emphasized recently from the most varied points of view that
    • — and we live constantly in feelings — all that
    • waking consciousness is concerned. For what is the real
    • that the true ego of man is of a will-like nature. What man
    • psychologists say that the ego develops gradually and that
    • our will also lives. And what we call our astral body, what
    • things that we have thus considered, you will see that we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 6: New Spiritual Impulses in History
    Matching lines:
    • speak of historical necessity; namely, that the events which
    • What I
    • course, into everything that proceeds out of human actions
    • — that is, into social life and civilized life in
    • scientific matters; namely, that a preceding cause always
    • thinking very clearly when they say this, that all events,
    • also those that have broken into our world-happenings with
    • that is, in the meaning of scientific necessity, this is
    • you consider the things that passed before our souls
    • habit of thinking that this reality can be embraced in
    • gaze will fall on certain phenomena in Nature that reveal
    • develop! Must we not say that all these germs of life contain
    • causes that do not produce effects? Indeed, anyone who does
    • not with the precise theoretical opinion that every cause has
    • considers Nature in an unprejudiced way will find that there
    • something that you can see outside in physical Nature. If the
    • spiritual investigator asks himself what corresponds to this
    • to things in Nature. Many considerations have shown us that
    • opposite. Just as we have seen natural causes that bring
    • about no results — that is, the process is interrupted
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 7: The Inadequacy of Natural Science for the Knowledge of the Life of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • of words. If we consider what certain persons who think
    • feeling that they speak in concepts and ideas which are only
    • is made, for example, out of a gourd, so that the gourd is
    • well be a gourd as a flask. In a similar way, that which is
    • deal of what is taken seriously at the present time (partly
    • necessary that a striving should proceed from
    • everywhere what is real, be it outer physical reality, or
    • any case arrive at a real concept of what comes into
    • that over and over again — even in public lectures and
    • intensity, from the most varied points of view, the fact that
    • we can only rightly grasp what we call concepts when we bring
    • that the basis of concepts in the body is not seen in
    • body. I have expressed this in public lectures by saying that
    • system. The nerve-process is such that it must limit itself
    • same thing were to go on that goes on in the nerves, this
    • that concepts arise where the organism destroys itself. We
    • anything at all is to be conceived. I have shown that the
    • free actions of human beings rest upon just this fact, that
    • human organism. What happens in reality when man enacts a
    • free deed? Let us realize what happens in the case of an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture I: The Birth of the Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • What I now propose to add will emerge from a study of the
    • know that from the standpoint of spiritual science what is
    • From this point of view what is usually taught as history,
    • the substance of what is called history in the scholastic
    • repeated assertion that modern man is the product of the
    • to you at school and ask yourself what influence they may
    • example, a gentleman told me that he had been given three
    • reason that by the study and evaluation of these external
    • facts we can gain insight into what really takes place.
    • opens, as you know, with the statement that the Middle Ages
    • have drawn to a close and that we now stand on the threshold
    • the purely anthroposophical point of view that the last great
    • usually fail to recognize that, during this period, the whole
    • overlook the radical change that occurred towards the
    • approximate; but what is not approximate in life? Whenever
    • human soul at that time with the progressive transformation
    • Catholicism that was subject to the Papacy had gradually
    • that it was a universalist impulse and that, as such, it
    • indoctrinated with Catholicism, and in the form that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture II: Symptomatology of Recent Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • shall have time for that later on, but confining ourselves
    • that was important and decisive. It is not my task today
    • little more closely at what characterizes the entire
    • that radical contradiction that we so easily associate with
    • animal force that was nonetheless endowed with soul and human
    • and paradoxical situation. On the one hand, everything that
    • That a
    • contradiction exists is evident from what I said yesterday.
    • being; for the essence of the personal element is that the
    • emerges what is later called the democratic outlook which,
    • And it is precisely in this egalitarian process that the
    • ill-fitting garment. One could say that in relation to the
    • duties and responsibilities that devolved upon him he was, in
    • every respect, like a man dressed in a garment that ill
    • and shrewd, but nobody really understood what he wanted
    • that they had nothing to hope for from him. In 1605 a group
    • that is the inherent contradiction of this epoch. We must
    • always bear this in mind. It is not that one rejects the idea
    • offices, but simply that if a king or a pope already exists,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture III: Characteristics of Historical Symptoms in Recent Times
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • symptomatic forces that play a part in the development of
    • wars and perhaps other related material. It is true that
    • historical symptom that has not been sufficiently emphasized
    • thinking. But it is important to consider in what respect
    • imagine that only those think scientifically who have some
    • acquaintance with natural science. That is quite false; in
    • scientifically because that is the tendency of the vast
    • thinking and that is why scientists themselves have gradually
    • thinking of scientists or even of monistic visionaries that
    • impulse of the church of Rome. What provides this
    • counterpoise is a universal thinking that is in conformity
    • to study the course of recent history we realize that these
    • voyages of exploration, that they popularized and diffused
    • traditional knowledge, but that fundamentally they did not
    • centuries. We realize that the old political impulses which
    • in which science had played no part that the really
    • understand the determinative factors here are aware that the
    • impulses behind worldwide colonial expansion, that these
    • that there are so-called civilized and highly civilized men,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture IV: The Historical Significance of the Scientific Mode of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • speak of certain wider conceptions that follow from our
    • a symptomatology; we tried to show that what are usually
    • history, but that they are symbols of the true reality that
    • what can be perceived in the phenomenal world, i.e. the
    • manifestations of something that lies behind them then we
    • historical events, that they are already in touch with the
    • super-sensible. We must be quite clear that whatever the
    • Therefore everything that is normally depicted as history
    • having equal value; the study itself will show that, in order
    • Consciousness Soul, that is to say, the acquisition of the
    • Soul. That is the essential. But we have recently seen that
    • revelation from the spiritual world. Men must realize that
    • vicissitudes that befall mankind. Individuals will gradually
    • particular, we learn that fundamental changes have occurred
    • dynamic power that it is perceptible in external
    • passivity of soul, but a soul that, as you know, is receptive
    • that it bears within it the seed of the Spirit Self. Whereas,
    • what we are about to study next.
    • an element that was closely connected with a totally sterile
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture V: The Supersensible Element in the Study of History
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • I gave on that occasion were not without a deeper motive, for
    • he who understands these things knows what unplumbed depths
    • that in reality the will to understand these things scarcely
    • that it is awakened. When speaking of these matters one must
    • aspects of the contemporary scene. Even what I said
    • taken superficially. Nothing of what is said here is intended
    • as a criticism; I simply wish to characterize, so that we are
    • aware of what forces and impulses have been operative. From a
    • certain point of view it was necessary that these impulses
    • should predominate. One could show that it was a historical
    • necessity that the Bourgeoisie of Europe should remain asleep
    • raises the vital question: what is the meaning of death for
    • once again that what passes for science today takes the line
    • cause his death. The question now arises; what do these
    • bringing death to man? It would be a mistake to imagine that
    • their sole purpose is to bring death to man; that is only a
    • that is what actually happens; the engine gradually wears
    • down the rails, it cannot do otherwise. But that is not its
    • nonsense. Nonetheless there is no denying the fact that there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VI: Brief Reflections on the Publication of the New Edition of 'The Philosophy of Freedom'
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • attention to a few of these impulses — that there are
    • fact that at a certain moment, I felt that it was necessary
    • that I was animated by the desire to reflect the needs of the
    • did not wish to suppress anything that could be found in the
    • doubts finds his powers emasculated. In a world that is an
    • a mature, impressive and rich culture associated with what I
    • Goetheanism in Weimar which at that time was coloured by the
    • art centre — was what might well have provided
    • been submerged by something else. For the old, what belongs
    • Goetheanism — which survived in a somewhat petrified
    • form in the Goethe archives, (but that was of no consequence,
    • who at that time, for all too brief a period, had been a powerful
    • everything down on slips of paper.) When I replied that I
    • learned much from the fact that people also came to Weimar in
    • order to see what had survived of the Goethe era. Other
    • deteriorated rather than improved with time. But at that time
    • in order to depict the milieu of Weimar at that time in so far
    • necessary for their preservation. That in later years a
    • believe that a considerable number of those who were by no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VII: Incidental Reflections on the Occasion of the New Edition of 'Goethes Weltanschauung'
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • that they are closely connected. I should like in fact to
    • like to show you in what respect the spiritual life that we
    • that the decisions taken in such a case have a certain
    • lectures that, for my part, I should like the centre for the
    • cultivation of the spiritual orientation that I envisage to
    • matters concerning the Goetheanum — you know that my
    • and that it was developed in a domain in which today, even
    • spiritual science, and equally what I said recently in
    • connected with the fact that, up to the end of the eighties I
    • and then to Berlin, a connection of course that is purely
    • outlined you will have observed that I am obliged to apply to
    • life what I call historical symptomatology, that I must
    • would prefer to spare themselves the effort. That is why it
    • is often the case today that for those naturally endowed with
    • It is simply a question of realizing what is transmitted.
    • Something of importance is transmitted, something that
    • for his inner life. If we examine objectively what the
    • of a humanity that is fast asleep. This is not intended as a
    • asking: what must I do, what must others do? For the majority
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture VIII: Religious Impulses of the Fifth Post-Atlantean Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • limitations of language that we can only discuss them
    • therefore endeavour to read between the lines of what I shall
    • to the fact that he who studies these things from the
    • that is the proud boast of modern science, but the thinking
    • different forms of reality. In order to be able to study what
    • we are now called upon to examine, I must remind you that I
    • course of my previous lectures that they have already noticed
    • what I wish to underline especially today, so that no
    • in particular, namely that mankind of the postAtlantean epoch
    • post-Atlantean epoch, that of ancient India, men remained
    • to bear in mind that this evolution I have just mentioned
    • current of evolution, as I shall call it, we can say that
    • second evolution, in the first post-Atlantean epoch, that of
    • the second post-Atlantean epoch, that of ancient Persia, he
    • current of evolution to be considered is that which shows the
    • this context I have already pointed out that the Italian
    • principle that is characteristic of our present
    • that truth of necessity must be simple! This principle is not
    • understand all that plays into the souls of men of this fifth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture IX: The Relation Between the Deeper European Impulses and Those of the Present Day
    Matching lines:
    • European consciousness and attitudes since the 15th century that have
    • that territory where the true People of the Church developed,
    • through the fact that the Christ impulse to some extent no
    • us in this context and which seem to indicate that the state
    • essential factor. What was of paramount importance in the
    • Goetheanism endeavours to promote a countermovement, somewhat
    • akin to Russian Christianity. It seeks to spiritualize that
    • which exists here on the physical plane, so that, despite the
    • again refer to that passage in Wilhelm Meister to which I
    • what was missing in the first gallery — the life of
    • that all the different religions represented in the first
    • religion. What he had seen in the second gallery, however,
    • then remarked that he still missed here, i.e. in the second gallery,
    • same time the guide pointed out to him that these representations
    • were a matter of such intimacy that one had no right to portray
    • one can claim with good reason that what was still valid in Goethe's
    • day, namely, that the representation of the Passion of Christ Jesus
    • that time we have passed through many stages of development. But I
    • should like to point out that Goethe's whole attitude to this
    • shows quite clearly that he wishes the Christ impulse to penetrate
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 1: The Transforming of Instinctive into Conscious Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • impulses bring forth, that there is one apparently
    • more external manner, we may say: True it is that the most
    • their appearance. This or that action is taken, inspired by
    • vantage-point now gained we put the question: “What is
    • it that really underlies these things? What is it that is
    • conscious of what he is and knows himself to be as Man
    • impulses that were instinctive guided man to do, to think, to
    • course of this age he becomes more and more conscious of what
    • whatever it may be — in which he lives.
    • what comes to expression in a recent speech by Trotsky. If
    • you consider what I have just said about the desire to place
    • Trotsky uses here will make an overwhelming, shattering
    • that the word Man strikes a proud and lofty note, yet in
    • phenomenon in many people. What Spiritual Science realizes in
    • Post-Atlantean Age that men have consciously observed the
    • instinctively. It is only towards the 16th century that men
    • begin consciously to raise the question: What is the nature
    • of the order of political economy? What is the best kind of
    • economic order? What are the laws that underlie it? It is
    • from considerations of this kind that the impulses of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 2: The Logic of Thought and the Logic of Reality
    Matching lines:
    • connected with the matters that we have now for a long time
    • take careful heed to the fact that this spiritual science,
    • and indeed for that matter the whole present and the future
    • way from what he is accustomed to, in accordance with the
    • and its popularization. You are well aware that all that
    • and hence too what it has to say on the social question,
    • indeed especially what it has to say on the social question,
    • that have not been obtained on any merely rationalistic or
    • abstract path, but that have been sought and found in the
    • consciousness. What comes to light on the path of
    • formulated in concepts and ideas that are capable of
    • expression, that fills the content of the science which
    • accustom ourselves — and this is what makes it so hard
    • that be proven? The question is justified of course. But, my
    • standpoint of reality. If we mean: can what the spiritual
    • conceptions and ideas that we have already acquired, in
    • ordinary thinking that runs on purely abstract lines may fall
    • The error is that if people see: As a thought it does not
    • follow — they concluded that it must be false, while
    • hold upon men that they are wont to think that everything
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 3: The Metamorphosis of Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • out that Bolshevism has appointed Avenarius, Mach and other
    • I may add explicitly that this essay was written as long ago
    • of this Russian author a judgment (no matter what our
    • worthwhile for you to know that Mach and Avenarius were
    • of this audience had not the remotest idea what Bolshevism
    • that the social impulses are to be conceived in a uniform way
    • take into account that human communities throughout the
    • “This or that holds good; human society must be ordered
    • — What is the nature of the forces in Eastern Humanity;
    • what is the nature of the forces in Western Humanity; and
    • what is the nature in the Humanity living the midst between
    • the two? What is the nature in each case of the forces
    • Humanity, and Eastern Humanity; and observe that in the
    • us ask ourselves what is the fundamental quality of soul, the
    • age that began in the fifteenth century and that will last,
    • — is that of human Intelligence — Intelligence as
    • the present time, that man as a personality wished to
    • world, the concepts, the ideas, that is to say the
    • error to imagine that this great change did not take place at
    • epochs, but imagines them all alike. But that is not the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 4: The New Revelation of the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • all that lies hidden beneath the outward demand. I shall
    • kind of interlude, continuing to some extent what we touched
    • connection. I said: Anyone who has the will to apply that
    • our time, in testing what is brought forward in
    • we are therefore always in a position to point out that
    • everything that is here brought forward can be subsequently
    • the present time. We may even go so far as to say that a
    • is exposed are due to the very fact that it lends itself so
    • is inconvenient that something of this kind should arise,
    • wit, that beginning in our time, and more and more distinctly
    • Whatever mankind possessed, over and above these ideas,
    • closely we shall find that it is so. But the time is long
    • it is that the Mystery of Golgotha first gave earthly
    • planet would not be what it is if the Mystery of Golgotha had
    • that took place, and it is another to speak of the doctrines,
    • the so-called Christian doctrines, that have held sway about
    • thing of ordinary life for comparison. An event that takes
    • place before your eyes is one thing; and what is narrated by
    • two or three people who witnessed it is quite another. That
    • about it through the course of the centuries. But all that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 5: Understand One-Another
    Matching lines:
    • there comes to life in our hearts the verse that has
    • time, the question will arise within our hearts: What then
    • prospering of earthly evolution and of that peace of which
    • speaking for weeks past of what is needful to mankind all the
    • gather up into a single sentence what has been passing
    • true mutual understanding among men coincides with what we
    • what we here call Anthroposophical Spiritual Science.
    • in the world and in the evolution of the world. What is it
    • that shall come to birth in human souls through this cosmic
    • last few weeks, you will realize that this understanding of
    • least, we have tried to understand what are the deepest
    • we pointed out that our age is characterized especially by
    • the development of intellectuality, and that in the Western
    • intellectuality comes to expression in such a way that it
    • expression in such a way that, to begin with, the Eastern
    • several tasks over the whole Earth if they know what is
    • beings on Earth, that man develops the moral qualities as an
    • worst of illusions if we continued to believe that groups of
    • another as man to man. One who can understand concretely what
    • the mutual relationship of nations that which he must see in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture I: The Dualism in the Life of the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • These friends will have seen that our Goetheanum Building has
    • predict definitely when it will be finished. But what already exists
    • will show you from what spiritual foundations this building has
    • we shall be able to link to what can be said regarding the building a
    • of this movement. Suppose that any kind of sectarian movement, no
    • its gatherings, what would have happened? Well, according to the
    • would have been erected in this or that style of architecture; and
    • figures in the interior an indication of what was to take place in
    • indicating what was to be taught or otherwise presented in this
    • building. You will have noticed that nothing of this sort has been
    • details, it is born out of that which our movement purposes to
    • in whose every detail is expressed that which flows through this our
    • which expresses the very same things that are uttered in every word
    • Indeed, I am convinced that if anyone will sufficiently enter into
    • what can be felt in the forms of this building (observe that I say
    • forms what is otherwise expressed by the word.
    • there is an underlying conviction that now, in this present time, it
    • different from anything that has thus far entered into it since the
    • that has occurred in civilized humanity in the last three or four
    • conceptions, philosophies, or whatever you wish to call them, which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture II: The Development of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • I wished particularly to point out that these relations are not
    • external ones, but that the spirit which rules in our spiritual
    • must be attached to the fact that it is possible to maintain that an
    • You will see when you contemplate the building that its ground-plan
    • that I may sketch it roughly thus:
    • that this east-west line is the only axis of symmetry; that is,
    • defining the outer circular passage; and I mentioned yesterday that
    • evolution of humanity. I said yesterday that a very significant,
    • middle of the 15th century. What is exteriorly and academically
    • records external facts in such a way as to make it appear that the
    • that this is nonsense, that as a matter of fact man's
    • an evolution which we can only understand when we realize that we are
    • developing toward the future with special soul forces, and that those
    • fainter; but that they belong to what is perishing, to what is
    • significantly to what they feel, what they sense. We need only to
    • can they be understood? Only by realizing clearly that the whole
    • the fact that it was the drwelling place of a god or a goddess,
    • a Gothic cathedral that in this cathedral he has before him something
    • to imagine that it is there, but it must be imagined in order to
    • filled with people and the word is spoken to them, so that the spirit
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture III: Historical Occurrences of the Last Century
    Matching lines:
    • speaking at times more generally, in connection with what was said
    • been able to learn that spiritual science, as conceived here, is to
    • that we are not concerned here with those ideals which originate in
    • man's subjective nature, but rather with what is being
    • and from this spiritual history one can clearly see that the science
    • of initiation, that is, the science which brings over its
    • that can be said today concerning a genuine knowledge of the
    • attach special importance to the idea that it must be our purpose to
    • which they were enfolded by that development which I have already
    • which began about the middle of the 15th century. Certainly what was
    • incorporated in the evolution of humanity during that time: namely,
    • clearly evident today — all that has from this direction
    • of this sleep. Let us never forget that the knowledge of the
    • continuance of what they have been accustomed to think. We cannot say
    • that we should take no notice when on the part of such people
    • better known. To be sure, anyone might believe that such things
    • should be allowed to pass entirely unnoticed; but that would be an
    • of what is now at stake in the evolution of humanity. On the one
    • whatever is ripe for destruction. We must not suppose that any sort
    • of indulgence toward what is ready to perish can be allowed to hinder
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture IV: The Old Mysteries of Light, Space, and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • public affairs are treated. We might say that people today talk
    • for judgment — that is the important thing today. I must say
    • practical are the most decidedly theoretical, for the reason that
    • into life to form a relevant judgment about what is necessary. One
    • can say that in a certain sense it is at least intellectually
    • before the world as the other side has been, it is a fact that the
    • socialistically-formulated ideals; but what kind of fundamental
    • concepts underlie these ideals? His fundamental concept is that what
    • feeling for the fact that every thought that is to be of value to the
    • humanity, that the ideas and thoughts mentioned by me in
    • spiritual life is of essentially different origin from that of our
    • rights or political life, and entirely different again from that of
    • acquired by people through the influence of what still persists of
    • life, as it has flowed through what later became our high schools and
    • down to our elementary schools, is entirely dependent upon that
    • Latin as a sort of way-station. It is true that in modern times
    • in Greece: namely, that which is derived from what we call technique
    • might say that the technical colleges, the commercial schools, and so
    • element to what flows into our souls through our humanistic schools,
    • derivative of that which really had its origin in the Grecian
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • performs an action: what has caused it, what is the inner or outer
    • on a scientific character when we hold the opinion that what we do is
    • dependent on our bodily constitution and on the influences that work
    • upon it. There are still many people who think that man acts just as
    • carry out what is predestined by that Divine Power. Thus we have in
    • this world that he cannot so much as speak of it without postulating
    • inquires into what belongs to Moral Cosmogony. Then he felt compelled
    • sculpture or in painting — we appear to be picturing what comes
    • position he occupies in the Universe — this is a search that must find a
    • From this point of view we may really say that the course taken by the
    • that the knowledge of Man has to a very great extent been lost in
    • modern times. This was our aim in the course of lectures that has just
    • what these can receive from Spiritual Science. It is very desirable
    • that within our Movement there should be a strong consciousness of the
    • compel it to understand — that here no kind of superficiality
    • public from our own circles, so that it is supposed, or may easily be
    • maliciously pretended, that all kinds of sectarianism and dilettantism
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • to the fact that at the present period in human thought we compress
    • an adequate conception of all that this means, we must grasp it in
    • We must ask the question: If it is true that our Thinking is to be
    • at right angles to both — how is it that we do not experience
    • interchangeable? How is it that we simply feel them as three space
    • different arrangements. This only shows that the exactitude with which
    • The reason that animals can find direction, as is shown most clearly
    • call to our assistance what we have already learned about the
    • organisation of the human body. We have heard that man is a threefold
    • there, and extends all over the rest of the body. Then there is what I
    • will designate as the ‘Circulation man’ — all that
    • constitutes that part of man which is connected with metabolism or the
    • This does not apply to the Head man, for what is he? (We are not now
    • the Limb man of the previous incarnation. The forces that formed the
    • last death and the last birth — that birth which brought us into
    • described. There they were metamorphosed so that they could now form
    • year forms its fruit and seed. Such a plant grows from the seed that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • is contained in the cosmogony of Copernicus. We must not forget that
    • We must also remember that it is essential now that we should get free
    • that contain something more than mere abstract ideas. It is not a
    • matter simply of constructing a cosmogony similar in kind to that of
    • draw lines that would give us a picture of the world — once more
    • a picture in quite external abstractions. That of course is not what
    • is wanted. What we have to do is to grasp in its spiritual nature all
    • that is not man, in order to build a bridge from the spiritual
    • in Man to the spiritual outside him. You must understand that here, at
    • mathematical astronomy. That would necessitate beginning over again
    • fate that befell Copernicanism came about, as we shall see, because of
    • that which it has become in the hands of the followers of Copernicus.
    • inclined axis, we simply put a screw-shaped line! What I want rather
    • this direction that we will now pursue the matter further.
    • see before me blue, I see before me yellow. That is due to the fact
    • that some object has made an impression on me. This impression appears
    • to me as yellow, as blue.” The point is that we should not begin
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • again we must try to find in the Universe outside, what exists in one
    • answer of the question: What is the relation between morality and
    • When we study Man (I am here only repeating things that have already
    • of all organised into what we may call higher Man and lower Man; and
    • then we have what forms the connection between the two — the
    • We have to observe first of all that a complete difference exists in
    • this difference when we consider the fact that the ‘upper
    • That part of us which in our last incarnation was a result of forces
    • of the sense world, namely the limb man, has become what it now is,
    • outer form, but in regard to the forces of formation. What is now the
    • origin — that is, in so far as it was present in a previous
    • incarnation. But all that which has caused the transformation of limb
    • world, in that the head projects the principal sense-organs outwards.
    • The world that is extended in space and that runs its course in time,
    • relation to his Will nature, in relation to all that exists in the
    • have a world which outwardly manifests all that speaks to our senses
    • — all that we perceive through eyes, ears, etc. To this world we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • Our studies of the last few days will have made it clear to you that
    • spatial Universe and its movements in the way that is adopted by
    • very wrong to extract a part from a whole and study that part by
    • compelled to draw attention to the fact that we must not study Nature
    • the Earth around the Sun; asserting that this motion was in the first
    • place initiated by that tangential propulsion of which I spoke
    • But Astronomy cannot, and does not, deny the fact that when speaking
    • must also attract the Sun. This, however, obliges us to conclude that
    • take place in a manner that would allow us to look on the Sun's centre
    • I am not raising objections to Astronomy, I am merely telling you what
    • Our Astronomy, by way of consoling itself, maintains that this pivot
    • to assume as pivot a point that is not the centre of the Sun, but lies
    • we judge the real being of what lies behind nature's phenomena.
    • produce a perfectly true world-picture. We have said before that we
    • that can be weighed. Light we cannot weigh; it does not belong to the
    • ‘hollowing out’ of space; it is something that sucks
    • absorbent ether in the outer Universe, but also with the fact that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • We have seen that we must search for a harmony between the processes
    • taking place in and with Man, and the processes that take place in the
    • study of yesterday led us. We said that Man had to be regarded, to
    • the forces which are responsible for his form; secondly from that
    • motion. (You already know that the formative forces are to a large
    • To begin with we must consider all that has connection with the
    • Now it should not be difficult to understand that these forces of
    • the periphery, and this justifies us in saying that the formative
    • that Goethe quotes as having been uttered by one of the old mystics.
    • Now it cannot be the light-activity surrounding us all the time that
    • completely formed. It cannot therefore be this that is meant, when we
    • that we arrive at a certain conception of what underlies this saying,
    • All this building up that goes on in man in the time between death and
    • them. All that takes place during this time to effect the
    • was also in a different form from what it is now.
    • consider our present perceptions of what is around us, what are they?
    • real world; but it is the world that lies behind these pictures, which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • have to treat our subject in such a way that the friends who have come
    • again some of what has been said in order then to connect with it
    • you will have seen that in the description it gives of the evolution
    • the relationship of that evolution to the evolution of Man himself.
    • Moon periods preceding the Earth period, you will remember that the
    • Everywhere universal conditions are considered in a way that at the
    • two entities that do not rightly belong to each other. Here, on the
    • in a position really to explain Man. What does science do, for
    • instance, in that sphere where it is greatest, judging by modern
    • methods of thought? It states in a grand manner that Man has evolved
    • recapitulation. This means that Man is looked upon as the highest of
    • up Man from what is found there; in other words, it examines
    • different method of investigation is used from that to which we today
    • exposed to its surroundings, but that an after-effect remains. You all
    • red in the green after-colour. This shows that the eye is, in a
    • seen should be green, we will only keep to the more general fact that
    • experience, we find that for a certain limited time the eye retains
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • remarks made in the course of our studies. You know that the fact of
    • Egypto-Chaldean culture, we should find that man did not look upon
    • belonging to the whole Universe. He knew of course to begin with that
    • in a certain sense he was dependent upon the Earth. That can easily be
    • observed; even our own materialistic age admits that Man, as far as
    • Universe that is outside or beyond the planetary system, all that is
    • ask: Yes, but how is it that the man of those times made such big
    • pointed out that the movements man believes in today are asserted by
    • ourselves that present-day man has entirely lost consciousness of the
    • fact that that which belongs to the whole man can no more be
    • life the super-physical in his considerations — that
    • and re-birth. Yesterday we drew attention to the metamorphosis that
    • man (and of which we said yesterday that they open inwards), transform
    • birth, and become what is considered to be the more noble
    • Space, and also that which takes place in Time. He has these —
    • interior of man; it is an illusion to believe that we do. Spiritual
    • Science alone gradually reveals all that is within man. But how do we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • that the truth of these matters can be found in any quick and easy way
    • the General Meeting not merely to hear something that comes right in
    • so vast that it is impossible to exhaust it for the friends who are
    • life between waking and sleeping. You know that in the abstract the
    • is merely an abstract assertion, for I have often emphasised that as
    • regards all that belongs to the limb-nature — which is continued
    • absolutely clear that this state of sleep continues in regard to our
    • inner organism, when we ourselves are awake. We can therefore say that
    • In this way we have set before us the fact that man, in his life
    • We must realise at this point that really to comprehend human nature,
    • the limb-nature into the interior of man. All the processes that are
    • limb nature, directed inwards. So that in speaking of the will-nature
    • saying for instance, that it manifests in the movement of the limbs,
    • he has in mind that some kind of telephonic signal is sent from the
    • place, acting upon that limb, so that it is really raised by the
    • Ego-being itself; only, the process takes place in a state like that
    • us that we have a limb, it tells us of the presence of such a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • To understand the world without understanding Man is impossible. That
    • is the net result to be derived from our studies here. And for that
    • organisation of the head and that of the limb man — a subject on
    • First of all I would remind you that the head-organisation, as it
    • must conclude that everything connected with the head-organisation
    • 24 hours. Something is accomplished in us, as it were, resembling what
    • different directions. If we have a compass, we see that the set of the
    • with the rest of his organism: the head in a sense has no part in what
    • in accordance with the extra-earthly. It is a very important fact that
    • organisation of the head and that of the rest of man. This interaction
    • is only gradually brought to completion in the course of the time that
    • ideation. It is in a sense so constructed that the life of ideas can
    • the head ideas only — that is, no more than pictures of earthly
    • were strange to the Earth and developed only pictures of all that is
    • This is not so, and precisely for the reason that the rest of the
    • effect, speaking diagrammatically, that we acquire the head as the
    • Will-forces are sent into it from the rest of the organism. What has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Eleven
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • I drew attention yesterday to the fact that what is present in man
    • What we have now to notice especially in man is the relation of the
    • head to a world beyond the Earth — a world that lies outside the
    • rebirth, its whole organisation being so modeled that it forms a
    • the Universe, with that of the Earth, to notice a certain difference.
    • Astronomy recognises this difference by saying that Saturn goes round
    • superficial view. We will only point to the fact that the observation
    • the rapidity of his progress with that of the Earth, brings us to the
    • conclusion that according to the astronomical system of Copernicus and
    • lasting 19 years. Much shorter is that of Mars. And when we come to
    • the other planets, Venus and Mercury, we find that they have even
    • I have pointed out that we only gain a clear insight into these things
    • by comparing what takes place in the far distances of cosmic space
    • with what goes on within the boundary of our skin, in our own
    • organism. Reflect for a moment and you will find that what is called
    • something in yourself. In the foregoing lecture we showed that in
    • certain curve, a certain line that turns back upon itself. In a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • You will remember that I have discussed in detail how much criticism
    • deeply all that we have hitherto said as to the movements of the
    • you will see that ultimately astronomy cannot really be studied at all
    • that materialism, if only it is not directly acknowledged to be such,
    • is preferred by the religious denominations to Spiritual Science. That
    • not matter whether one says that there is spirit somewhere, or whether
    • You know perhaps that the acme of modern interpretation of external
    • nature is Astro-physics, the theory that sets out to study the
    • this shadow of religious belief. This means that as a matter of fact,
    • moment it ceases to be so it would have to go into what relates to the
    • What has just been said must be taken seriously, otherwise we should
    • overlook the significant fact that the Jesuit scientists are the most
    • continually allege that Man cannot approach the spiritual by research
    • 1413. That was the fourth; and we are now in the fifth.
    • occurred, but in doing so we need not refer to that Event, for we can
    • course that nothing in history shows that during this time an
    • Roman and the Latin. Let us reflect that to these people the Event of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Thirteen
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • — that the Universe cannot be grasped without Man. That means
    • that it is not possible to understand the Universe in itself, without
    • — the so-called ‘obliquity of the ecliptic’ — that
    • filled with the kind of civilisation that prevails at the equator.
    • upon what interpretation we give it, but any interpretation will serve
    • the interpretation, whatever the latter may be, compels us to regard
    • Thus what we experience on Earth must be considered in connection with
    • reality that what is a partial truth should not be interpreted as a
    • complete independent reality, a true individual. What he inhabits
    • body. True, we are aware that he is not precisely a hard body, that he
    • is to some extent plastic, but we are very often unaware that he
    • then assume that the solidly circumscribed organs combine in their
    • no sense whatever in that. It is a question of bearing in mind the
    • fact that Man within the limits of his skin, is, as it were, surging
    • water; that what is purely inwardly surging fluidity also has a
    • meaning, and that we should not describe Man as if he were more or
    • that the solid in the human being has a certain relation to the Earth.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Fourteen
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • essential that we should discriminate as exactly as possible wherein
    • point is, as I have often pointed out, that we have now come to a time
    • when what we may call the cosmogony of Natural Science, and what we
    • honestly to hold the position of modern cosmogony. That is why the
    • in which there is no reason whatever why the name of
    • Christ should be mentioned; for what appears therein as
    • between Harnack's ‘Christ’ and the God Jehovah — that
    • is, there is no difference between what is said of the Christ-Being
    • and what followers of the Old Testament view of the Universe said of
    • persons and compare it with what they have otherwise as their view of
    • life, there is no reason whatever why they should speak of Christ and
    • avoid courageously drawing the logical conclusion of what they see
    • the view of things held by natural science and what is held by
    • You know how in a popular way it has been said that the assertion of
    • speak more accurately, the law that the Universe contains a constant
    • think of natural phenomena in a way that they can only be thought of
    • understand what I mean. There may be something in the action of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Fifteen
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • for that which Christianity wishes to be for the world. It might
    • easily be objected that if this is so, a complicated understanding of
    • in order that Man should become complete Man in his consciousness. Yet
    • just reflect that this demand, which now approaches humanity as a
    • indicate exactly what I mean, let me first put the question: What
    • of time been completely forgotten. Just consider what has been
    • way that it could only be understood by comprehending e.g. the
    • Trinity: The Nature of God the Father, God the Son — that is,
    • such things as are given by Spiritual Science today. Only all that
    • that, after having first dogmatically rejected them, people have begun
    • is said, ‘claims that One is Three and Three One!’ it is
    • indeed a terrible delusion, it is sheer deception to believe that the
    • self-sacrificing knowledge, than that demanded by modern Spiritual
    • if we leave out of account that these live on in the different
    • confessions as words, we can ask: What really remains to man of the
    • ideas of Jahveh or Jehovah? I have drawn attention to the fact that
    • today are clear as to what is to be understood by the Spirit? People
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Sixteen
    Matching lines:
    • What is the principal secret of the universe?
    • Rudolf Steiner explains that this maxim is not asking us to study
    • important contribution to that goal: the development of a contemporary
    • that it is a peculiarity of the Oriental conception of the Universe to
    • conservation of force, and especially that of the conservation of
    • which would so place Man in the Universe that he stands there as a
    • procedure of the transformation through combustion of what man takes
    • students. They are like thoughts which find expression somewhat in the
    • following way. A man sees a building, he hears that it is a Bank, and
    • Bank and how much taken out; and finding that the amounts are the
    • same, draws the conclusion that the money has either transformed
    • itself in there or has remained the same, but that there are no
    • the thought that whatever a man has eaten may be found again in the
    • testing what we find in modern science; one has only to test
    • Now the point is that on account of a mass of unreality and of
    • made today by chatterers in the sphere of philosophy to talk of
    • prefers to acquiesce in such nonsense as that of Eucken or Bergson.
    • What is of real consequence is, first of all, that one should ask
    • oneself: What it is that man bears within him out of the whole compass
    • of the Universe? What enables him as a member of the Universe so to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • will have observed from our various studies that a connection
    • human being and all that belongs to the whole earth from most
    • know, of course, that man goes through his earthly life in
    • successive incarnations, and that these bring him into a more
    • which lie between death and a new birth. The periods that man
    • in a certain relationship to other beings. For what we call the
    • what the geologists imagine, may seem to be only a mineral mass
    • surrounded by a sheath of air, yet in the last resort that is
    • only the outer semblance. What actually appears as this mineral
    • beings. And again what we behold beyond the Earth, shining down
    • as the world of stars, that too as we see it is only the outer
    • physical external earth, it is through this that in the main we
    • develop our life between birth and death. Through all that
    • shines down to us from cosmic space, that sparkles to us as the
    • star-world and that seems to concern us so little, with this we
    • one says: Man descends from star- worlds to physical birth that
    • death. We must not think, however, that the appearance of the
    • star-world is the same as what meets our spiritual vision in
    • the period between death and a new birth. That which appears
    • to do with the inner nature of what is outer nature for our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • equilibrium, this state of balance, so that one need not
    • side. We have a general idea of what attracts man to the
    • Since the beginning of the Fifth post-Atlantean period, that
    • element is this, namely, that the actual knowledge of the
    • theory on this, and believes that he understands how the
    • human being all that he has learnt about the animals. People
    • arrive at nothing new that would explain the being of man, they
    • that there is absolutely no real knowledge of man.
    • circles throughout the world. It has become something that the
    • property and it fills people with ideas and concepts that
    • is omitted, That is the one thing.
    • life that obtained in times that preceded the fifteenth
    • century. The world was filled, so to say, with judgments that
    • oneself what was good or bad. Nor had one any doubt about it,
    • for one grew up in a social order that possessed a common
    • this or that out of this common judgment, out of something
    • Much of what was at one time far more intensely established in
    • cases and to what an extent people are accustomed to use the
    • Ahrimanising of mankind in our age. And in social life that
    • getting to know in what way Mars has significance for human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • that we already know from one aspect or another. They must,
    • Science for what is necessary to human activity in the present
    • that which, as it were, is the state of balance between those
    • Christ-stream. You know indeed that the central Group of our
    • Ahrimanic, and that of the Christ.
    • streams work through him. We know that we have to distinguish
    • what in the main — you know how that is to be understood
    • breathing rhythm and the blood circulation, that is to say, all
    • that takes its course rhythmically. And then as the third
    • development of the limb-system. We know moreover that we
    • that develops in it. The rhythmic system, or we can also say
    • shown that the feeling system is not permeated by clear bright
    • only say that the feeling-life has no greater clearness of
    • When he wills he really only sees what is brought about through
    • But what is actually active in the will, the inner
    • soul-experience and willing, that is actually slept through, as
    • well. He stands with his whole being, no matter to what degree
    • that is the spiritual cosmos (see diagram, circle) which, at
    • a certain part of the spiritual cosmos, namely, that to which
    • the metabolic-limb system bodily and ask how that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • it is to understand that in the various spheres of existence
    • It is necessary that humanity in our present age should be
    • fully alive to the knowledge of this — that different
    • sufficient basis for life. It is, of course, quite true that in
    • towards a unity: but if one perceives that unity too soon, one
    • course of time. It is from this point of view that I should
    • pointed out in the last lecture that certain Beings find
    • and animating man, but that they find themselves in conflict.
    • shall find that what is essentially characteristic of it is the
    • still continue to permeate it. The point now is that one must
    • seek to unite with what is externally comprehensible
    • concepts that belong more to the soul and spirit; for it is
    • That which underlies thought in our organism consists in purely
    • mineral processes that take place within us. Please understand
    • indirectly, and not directly, with the fact that we have become
    • of the development of nan. The fact that we have in us a firmly
    • in the fact that our blood, aa the carrier of warmth, guides
    • intellectual thinking does not depend in any way upon what
    • organism; but that which meets us in the cosmos as
    • — none of that stimulates us to intellectual thinking.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • we turn our attention to what we have often taken as the object
    • of esoteric study, to what is described in my books,
    • consider this somewhat generally and. externally, we can
    • look on the one hand towards all that can be called the forces,
    • the faculties, of the human intellect. To be sure, what we
    • something entirely different from what we have described
    • general, that is, we will ask ourselves: what significance have
    • the more intellectual forces, and what significance have the
    • When you remember what has been said there about the Saturn,
    • Sun and Moon evolutions you will see that the views there
    • When you follow what was said about the Saturn, Sun and Moon
    • evolution, you will see that in these evolutions the forces
    • separate. The fact that humanity has reached a certain
    • what has been said about the earlier metamorphoses, about the
    • then we arrive at the fact that this inner development of the
    • stages of the Earth's development. What is today localised to
    • could say that intelligence worked in the facts of the whole
    • reason,” but man dreamed in pictures. What we find today
    • differentiate between the laws of nature and that which in us
    • intelligence. The human being of earlier times, and that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • force in man had diminished. Moritz Benedikt and thinking that
    • middle and second half of the nineteenth century that
    • great deal of what I shall have to say about the theoretical
    • will leave that aside and turn our attention more to the
    • materialistic world conception that was prevalent in the
    • that we are here concerned with a twofold task. First, we
    • being armed with the necessary conceptions, we find that from
    • about that such an extreme materialistic world view was ever
    • contradictory to say that it is required of man on the one
    • that they may later by their own efforts lift themselves up
    • freedom, it is absolutely necessary that they descend to the
    • life. The danger does not lie in the fact that something like
    • The danger consists in the fact that if something like this
    • continue to adhere to it, so that an experience that was
    • into later times. If it is correct to say that in the middle
    • that the persistent adherence to materialism is bound to work
    • terrible harm now, and that all the catastrophes befalling
    • the world and humanity that we have to experience are due to
    • the fact that a great majority of people still tries to cling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • let me emphasize that this lecture does not form part of the
    • respect is intended to relate to what I have outlined
    • yesterday evening. There, we dealt with studying that
    • evolution that occurred in the middle and also in the second
    • materialism. I said that in these considerations our
    • drew attention to the fact that this materialism must be
    • confronted with a sufficiently critical mind, but that, on
    • simply speak of rejecting it and say that it is an
    • generally said that in the logical life of thoughts it is
    • possible either to err or to find the truth. What is not
    • mentioned is that under certain circumstances the glance we
    • that spiritual science has to do — it is obvious for
    • people today to admit that there are actual errors in the
    • results that arise in the course of the historical
    • that gave rise to them.
    • say that they also have a positive aspect and are of value in
    • materialism consisted in the fact — and what remained
    • of it still consists in this — that man devotes himself
    • material facts, that in a certain sense he loses himself in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • hence, instinctive awareness that the soul-spiritual element resounding
    • in the word is identical with the one that, having created nature in the
    • — in order that the friends of our cause,
    • along as much as possible of what is more or less closely
    • anthroposophical spiritual science, I have indicated that an
    • that in its place a more abstract orientation towards the
    • pointed out that a significant developmental force in human
    • history is represented in the fact that through Aristotle, in
    • the fourth century before Christ, there emerged what
    • I said that
    • times that is comparable to what we can study in the
    • processes of puberty. What appears in the child when it
    • developing metamorphosis of the process that unfolds later on
    • maturity. And what runs its course inwardly in this process
    • him that lived also in the things outside, something the
    • within that corresponds to processes in the outer world. What
    • closely connected to human life than what is inwardly
    • concepts. What human beings then experienced through the word
    • inclined towards the animalistic soul element than what we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • prevailed, acquired from a cosmic wisdom that instinctively understood
    • civilization. It is the turning-point that came about in the
    • fourth century. There emerged at that time a figure still
    • one hand, against what had come down from ancient times,
    • element, the one that eventually was victorious in Western
    • comprehending it intellectually as well as that was possible
    • at that time.
    • however, we have to understand clearly that the historic
    • documents call forth almost completely false ideas of what
    • if we focus on what people in general could know about this
    • two areas. One area is that of knowledge, cultivated in the
    • that of ritual.
    • already begun to be replaced by what we today call the
    • fact that human beings by nature belong not only to the earth
    • concerning this etheric astronomy. It taught that if we turn
    • our attention to what makes up the organization of the upper
    • expressions that are familiar to us today — insofar as
    • Furthermore, people found that the part of the human being
    • that is of a more astral nature has a sort of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • souls, the mystery of bread and wine is revived and with it that of
    • I pointed out that, on the one hand, this was the time when
    • the outer expression of this disappearance falls somewhat
    • it were, from European civilization. The wisdom teaching that
    • nature, human beings were to raise themselves above all that
    • has to say that neither a cultic worship, which would have
    • world evolution, nor a wisdom that would have tried to grasp
    • the events of Palestine became popular. The concepts that
    • fact indicates that a change of great and far-reaching
    • Orient, all the influences that had laid hold of eastern
    • what the Greeks possessed of ideas concerning the
    • that a large part of the Greek people was denied a share in
    • participated in a realm of ideas that was basically a
    • attention to a factor in the life of soul that found only
    • from the stage of world history, for what replaced it in that
    • illness, and from its ancient ideas it produced what, I would
    • Greek mysticism, that they express a decline of ancient
    • that this culture of Greece was destined to decline and
    • One could say that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • that hinder path of spiritual activation; love of evil.
    • originated and that a significant and mighty turning point
    • ancient, primordial wisdom existed in its last phases in what
    • after all, was a form of wisdom that combined, in the most
    • manifold ways, what presented itself to the human being as
    • into the spiritual world that was the foundation of Oriental
    • intellectual, rational character. The spiritual life that
    • ancient wisdom that people sought to fit together the
    • philosophical and humanistic view that was then employed as a
    • once upon a time to this wisdom, we find that the main thing
    • in the ancient Orient was that people saw the world with what
    • was active in their astral body, with what they could
    • soul had already developed. It was the astral body that
    • still perceive quite clearly what enters in the spiritual,
    • beheld with their eyes, the one that ran its course around
    • view of the ancient Orient that people's attention was
    • comprehend the spiritual world — if we attempt that at
    • trepidation. Thus, they also experienced what they sensed to
    • the philosopher, speaks of the fact that the human being has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • in what direction matters will develop further in the next
    • few days, but whatever takes place, it is, after all, an
    • action that much more so than many that have preceded it in
    • will that originated in the full sense of the word from the
    • what is described so superficially by history but what so
    • outlined how after the fourth century the element that could
    • earlier we have called attention to the fact that in the
    • crisis that, although given little notice, can even be
    • All that then took its course in the second half of the
    • twentieth century, stands under the influence of what
    • today. One could say that this is an individual who, partly
    • history as a tragic personality, experienced what was present
    • during that period. He is the one who sensed the forces of
    • Germany. This implies that he was surrounded all through his
    • childhood by what can be designated as the modern
    • had around him all that expresses itself in a philistine,
    • was attracted with all his heart to everything that streams
    • with all that strives out of Greek humanism towards a certain
    • confronted the mighty contrast existing between what the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • as the force proceeding from etheric body that forms the physical body
    • shall have to turn to a seemingly more remote topic that will
    • have frequently mentioned that when the evolution of humanity
    • is surveyed, people proceed too much from the premise that
    • difficult, of course, to ascertain what the successive
    • light. It then becomes evident that the human soul condition
    • was not always what it is today or what it was in the ages
    • then consider what measuring and measures represent and
    • capable of that, these matters have been carried out
    • prevailing in the Pythagorean School differed somewhat from
    • of spiritual science, we arrive at the realization that the
    • what is handed down to us concerning a science of numbers by
    • create difficulties for some of you, we must make it somewhat
    • that this measure on which we base everything, such as the
    • the earth's meridian that passes through Paris, and this
    • contained in that original prototype meter located in Paris.
    • It is assumed, however, and we say that we proceed from a
    • being measured refer to something completely arbitrary that
    • ourselves that we actually take an arbitrary measure as the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • the body that thus experienced cosmic spirituality; today:
    • life in the spirit that turns to matter and fails to recognize
    • spiritual scientific concepts that the modern intellect can create
    • that is viewed today with such antipathy by some circles,
    • of Oriental primeval wisdom, that primeval wisdom which,
    • insight into what had taken place in the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • But the Christian stream that increasingly flowed into the
    • gained, this Christian stream eradicated everything that once
    • in material events, about what took place in Palestine at the
    • with, these narrations were clothed in the form that
    • But there was less and less of a feeling that these stories
    • increasingly lost the feeling that a profound world riddle
    • established. The demand had been raised that people believe
    • knowledge that had still existed up until the time of the
    • Christian church stream, we see that the nature of the
    • more and more incomprehensible doctrines, and that any living
    • that the fertile, living Oriental wisdom flowed into the
    • dogma existed. One must remember that there were some people
    • who to some extent knew what to make of these dogmas, but it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • individual life as well as that of humanity. Goal of the fourth epoch
    • human I so that it can dwell in transforming manner in the social
    • and economic world that has turned chaotic.
    • considerations to what has been said. In this, it is always
    • our intention to bring about an understanding of what plays
    • into consideration here what has been mentioned in regard to
    • attention to the fact that whereas the individual gets older
    • of life. While keeping in mind that in this regard the life
    • of the whole human community and that of the individual are
    • can still say that individual human life can be a picture for
    • human life in this way, we find that a quite specific sum of
    • twelve-year-old; in turn, we cannot expect that the
    • into what is compatible with individual periods in life. It
    • can do the same. This is a phenomenon that must be taken into
    • what this and the following epoch put forward. It is, as it
    • were, left up to human discretion to remain behind what is
    • can frequently signify a somewhat unpleasant destiny for such
    • a person when he has to become aware that in a certain way he
    • take place in the life of nations. It is possible that some
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • of these lectures we have seen that the middle of the
    • Western humanity. Attention was called to the fact that in a
    • Yet it also had to be pointed out that this trend that has
    • really something spiritual. Thus, it can be said that the
    • evolution was that simultaneously with becoming the most
    • dominated by the aftereffects of what occurred in so many
    • climax in mankind's development. What was the purpose of this
    • the Mystery of Golgotha, we find that a process runs its
    • course that can be called the development of the sentient
    • high point in that era of which external history has little
    • still involved in and that saw a decisive event around the
    • nations are concerned, we can say that they were faced with
    • an intellect that had already assumed its most shadowy form.
    • had evolved to the extent that, from then on it was possible
    • realized: I have to assimilate something of what is not
    • that, although it was extinguished and became obscured when I
    • something that rests within me simply by virtue of the fact
    • that I am a human being of the nineteenth century.
    • mind what it is that I am seeking to bring up from the depths
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • in the middle of the nineteenth century that then, in a
    • sense, flowed from that time on into our present age. All
    • together several facts that can throw some light on the
    • all, it is true that the middle of that century is the point
    • become an activity of the physical body since that time. This
    • into the spiritual world that had come about earlier and had
    • denied this spirituality. People related what they grasped
    • population and that of the Anglo-Saxon part will have become
    • be characterized if certain spiritual streams that have run
    • characterized in the following way. Everything that was part
    • the Roman culture. All this left residual traces in what has
    • that was considered the ahrimanic one in the ancient Persian
    • times. We find poured into this Ormuzd stream everything that
    • still be detected in the offering of the Mass and all that is
    • present in it. A proper understanding of what lies at the
    • true value is sought in the forms of thought and feeling that
    • like a counterblow against what continued to survive in
    • must distinguish between what found its way into the Roman
    • streams, and the element that originated from human nature.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • age of the intellectual culture, the mysteries of that age
    • that the Greeks still perceived their ideas and concepts in
    • and so on. For the ancient Greeks, the element that dwells in
    • When he heard Schiller say that his mental images —
    • but ideas, Goethe replied that in this case he saw
    • conceptual content that shone forth to them everywhere as the
    • That faculty,
    • of what is encountered there in the way of colored and
    • Greeks had the feeling that in the morning the world arose
    • evening and a world then appeared that withdrew from them
    • for “darkness,” they actually felt that the
    • boundaries of space consisted of what was beyond conceptual
    • Those worlds seemed to them closely linked to what they
    • time. We have to realize what the most advanced
    • acquire an actual knowledge of what has come to pass in
    • spirituality of reason that existed in the fourth
    • attain an awareness of what can permeate our form of shadowy
    • intellect that the human being, in a manner of speaking, has
    • what the earth offers to us, particularly when we allow
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • shadowy, living spider beings that cover the earth in web-like fashion
    • century; their activity becomes possible only by way of a thinking that
    • that simultaneously will become art. Goethe's teaching of morphology;
    • may have served to show that we can
    • to look up from the earth to what is extraterrestrial. Our
    • indicates to us that human beings absolutely have to think of
    • that one of those mighty events that
    • the profound changes in human evolution that are connected
    • that we have to go far back — far beyond the Atlantean
    • flood — to reach that time when the moon departed from
    • will only consider what became manifest on earth with respect
    • seen that the variously colored minerals basically derive
    • what is now considered mineral matter permeated the human
    • may so express ourselves, the question of what to do with man
    • guide the evolution of mankind that the moon was separated
    • and that the whole earth and man along with it were changed.
    • For through the fact that the crude moon substance was
    • organization that enabled him to become an earth being.
    • Basically, it was this that gave man his earthly weight. On
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • hierarchies, spirit doctrine of nature and man, eschatology; no
    • of intellect at that time to comprehend Christianity and future
    • of natural science. The contradiction of our age that actually
    • few weeks, I have repeatedly spoken of the great change that
    • out one thing again and again, that has already been the
    • one has to pay heed to the fact that the soul life of
    • not prevalent today. The prevailing opinion holds that the
    • duration of the historical development, it is assumed that
    • they do today; at most, they formerly adhered to a somewhat
    • say today that it is splendid how far we have come in the
    • particularly well that human beings in the relatively recent
    • of thinking that is still completely under the influence of
    • say that are ignorant of the way spiritual knowledge was
    • which Paul himself taught in Athens possessed insights that
    • much, much later on. What was thus recorded at a later time,
    • was not necessarily anything less than genuine for that
    • something that was centuries old. Furthermore, the great
    • value that we place on personality today was certainly not
    • that must be discussed in connection with Erigena, namely,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • Gospel of John as testimony that Christ, the Logos, is creator of earthly
    • first centuries of Christianity that throws its light into
    • recently, we can say that the manner of perception, the whole
    • from what it was later on. As we already know, a great change
    • that century onward, people simply thought much more
    • rationally than they had done earlier. One could say that
    • until that time all perception, all forming of concepts had
    • human beings became increasingly conscious of the fact that
    • they themselves were working with thoughts. What we have
    • that by Scotus Erigena that man makes judgments and draws
    • that transmit knowledge or perception. They ascribed those to
    • proves that the whole way of looking at the world had changed
    • in the course of these centuries. That is why it is so
    • at views that will truly correspond to what was thought in
    • unmistakable indications of the fact that what was earlier
    • things that were no longer understood, for example, is the
    • seriously, it actually states something that is no longer
    • of those who profess Christianity. Consider that this Gospel
    • Word” — and then it says further that through the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • the startling announcement that the world has already ended in the fourth
    • with earth's four elements; its shape, the work of art by the I that is
    • particularly important to understand clearly what really
    • fact that we too are living in an extraordinarily significant
    • the spiritual world, so that out of the chaos of the present
    • call to mind other things that also make evident this change
    • historical times. When we ask what the views concerning
    • ours. The reason was that they thought of their relationship
    • that they were gradually separating from the earth. They
    • by considering what we call “body” in an intimate
    • it is that the human being pictures himself in a certain
    • this. It was altogether clear to the ancient Egyptians that
    • that, at the same time, held sway in the earth. Therefore,
    • only be done because a view of the earth prevailed that was
    • imagined that processes took place in the earth that simply
    • views concerning the soul that seem somewhat alien to a
    • emphasized that when we go back to early Egyptian times, and
    • find that, based on instinctive old wisdom, the doctrine of
    • mistaken, however, in assuming that these ancient people were
    • of the opinion that what we know as soul today is what always
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • should be clear that in the way the human being stands before
    • phenomena. One need only consider certain relationships that
    • irregularity of the breathing rhythm. One could say that this
    • that we go through in the rhythm of our breathing, of our
    • cosmos. Everything that takes place in the soul is connected
    • examples. Man, as a bodily being, is heavy, that is to say,
    • that if it were only the physical weight of the brain that
    • that all the blood vessels lying underneath the brain would
    • loses so much weight by floating in the cerebral fluid that
    • You can see from this that the brain actually strives much
    • any other body that is placed in water and loses as much of
    • that place; when we move to another point, we press down upon
    • that new place. In our human body, we are as much physical
    • can say that with our spiritual being we are to some extent
    • summarizing what we have considered over the course of many
    • months from different viewpoints) we first have all that is
    • consideration shows that we are dealing here only with the
    • hypotheses of physicists can maintain that the same natural
    • unlike what the physicists imagine. If this (sketching)
    • encloses the space that normally we picture as taken up by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge. We gave as an example what an ancient Greek would
    • described what we are accustomed to calling the human etheric
    • I said that
    • the entire activity of water, that surging and weaving of the
    • what, in an earlier world conception, was called the element
    • that the human being today is studied quite superficially.
    • his organs, for the fluid human being is something that is in
    • a continual streaming. His organism is something that moves
    • fact that the human being has this airy element within, he
    • that is now within me will presently be outside me again. We
    • cannot say that man is a self-contained being.
    • let us take the entire human being, that is, the human being
    • outside the physical and etheric bodies. What permeates the
    • and awakening. In that time the human being is in another
    • world that is penetrated by another lawfulness. We must ask
    • and awakening? A consideration of what we have said up to now
    • will show that the astral body and I at this time (between
    • very seriously something we mentioned two days ago, that with
    • ordinary space. He is led into a world that should not be
    • confused at all with the world that can be perceived by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • subject dealt with last week and also earlier, something that
    • false, good and evil, etc. For what appears as diseased or
    • will give you a concrete case, so that you may see what I
    • rightly as something diseased. Hallucinations, pictures that
    • appear before human consciousness and that do not reveal a
    • however, as something that certainly does not belong to the
    • hallucination. The hallucination appears as a picture that is
    • What is this
    • only what enters ordinary human consciousness between birth
    • enters as something that is unjustified under all
    • weaving that are active between death and a new birth,
    • to live into what is experienced quite normally when a human
    • form of what appears in life between birth and death in an
    • world of colors, by the world that we feel with every breath
    • birth, in an element that is altogether identical with what
    • bodily nature. What appears as hallucination hovers and
    • breathes through the world that lies at the foundation of our
    • hallucinations. What are hallucinations, then, within
    • intuition is the physical body. We may say, therefore, that
    • the element of hallucination. What takes place, however, when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • something further to add to what I began yesterday. I am
    • reminding you of something that most of you have already
    • the realms that lie between death and a new birth. I said
    • that within the human being himself we can follow the
    • formative forces that reach from one life into the next. We
    • know that man is essentially a threefold being, with three
    • You know that
    • consider these forces that form the human head — of
    • but rather of the formative forces, of that which gives to
    • the previous incarnation that have now become form. We thus
    • we consider again what we possess as our metabolic-limb
    • embarking upon the sort of investigation that would be
    • to arrive at the foolish conception that the liver can be
    • such a way, and two organ systems that are as different from
    • be gained. If the methods that I described in
    • reinforced. I am repeating here certain things that I already
    • Our ordinary cognition is strengthened, that cognition
    • possible through the exercises that have often been
    • and in such a way that as a consequence one sees that it is
    • present world conception. What is behind sense beholding,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • relationship of the human being to his environment that the
    • riddle always arises: how did it come to be that one cannot
    • presume that behind these phenomena that lie before us as
    • riddle exists in relation to what is within the human being.
    • In the last few days I have suggested that this inner element
    • however, that to begin with in ordinary consciousness one
    • cannot see so deeply down into one's own inner being that one
    • soul that is connected with our entire, normal daily life. We
    • out facts that show how the disturbance of this memory can
    • told you of an example showing that the capacity for memory
    • such cases. It is a well-known fact that this can occur, and
    • picture that these processes — without the person
    • development, another fact arises, the fact that it is
    • necessary to develop soul forces that actually, during the
    • an occult development usually experience that when they begin
    • later they begin to complain that they no longer have these
    • that for such visions — if they are genuine, true
    • in an indirect way. One can say to oneself that before the
    • vision appeared we had gone through this or that in ordinary
    • account by many people, who believe that a vision can be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • times of Oriental culture if we are to consider what I wish
    • Since fear is closely related to hatred, hatred plays a great
    • this quite clear. I mean that a sage of the ancient Eastern
    • make it plain that in his time and his country, civilization
    • joy — joy that could be enhanced to the point of a
    • complete giving of oneself to the world, that then could be
    • understood) what were from his point of view the most
    • way, we would gain much that we really need to know in order
    • civilization,” then certainly it must be admitted that
    • ancient times there was in the Orient little of what
    • resounded that found its most radical expression in the Greek
    • was captured, one could say, by all that surrounds the human
    • cosmic knowledge that blossomed in the ancient Oriental
    • wisdom and in the view of the world that owed its origin to
    • — in all that lived in the mysteries of the East there
    • outward toward the world and try to let that approach you
    • phenomena!” — that is how the challenge of the
    • penetrate deeply into all that actually exists in man's
    • paralyzed, so to speak. By means of all that was brought from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • of destruction. I showed that as long as we remain within
    • afterimage of what we have experienced. We carry as our inner
    • though we had within us a mirror, but one that works
    • mirror reflects what is in front of it, whereas the living
    • memory-mirror, then what I characterized yesterday as a kind
    • placed. What within the human being has a good purpose,
    • nothing in the world that would not, in its place, have a
    • manifests itself in such a way that we can experience in it
    • that already is being formed today in the human being out of
    • formed out of his anti-moral impulses, out of what works as
    • struggle between what man on earth is already bringing to
    • what arises with the cultivation of egoity as the anti-moral.
    • laws that we then call the laws of nature. With ordinary
    • vision. They beheld that world in which egoity cannot hold
    • At one time the Oriental cultivated all that man longs to
    • vision into a spiritual world that is composed not of atoms
    • cultivated his egoity, has cultivated all that we have
    • we are already on the way to suggesting what it is that must
    • the near future. If the pure intellectualism that has been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • go somewhat further into what we considered here last Friday
    • particularly to the life of the soul and what we discover
    • You know that we distinguish four
    • consciousness, the stage of cognition that is adapted to our
    • daily normal life, to ordinary modern science, and that
    • in the sense of what is described in
    • impossible to observe the soul element. What pertains to the
    • one must draw back a stage, as it were,so that the life of
    • This is precisely what is brought about through Imaginative
    • what is then brought into view.
    • You know that
    • if we survey the human being, confining ourselves to what
    • life thinking, feeling, and willing. It is true that
    • explained, we nevertheless know that when we as human beings
    • compare what we grasp there in immediate vitality with what
    • — what presents itself to Imaginative cognition is the
    • We know that
    • that in the sleeping state we have a separation of the
    • correct to say that the I and astral body separate from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • consciousness, however, is not able to grasp what lives
    • These are the same thoughts that actually have taken part in
    • building up his organism and that he has brought with him
    • up against that which cannot become deed. What enters into
    • present at other times. Everything in the soul life that does
    • not pass into deed, that stops short, as it were, before the
    • objectively the human soul life itself, and we found that
    • thinking develops itself in that region which is in fact the
    • etheric body. We also found that feeling develops itself
    • between — I said yesterday that this expression is not
    • exact, yet it is comprehensible — the spaces that we
    • life. I explained yesterday that the Imaginative
    • the organization and how what works in these pictures brings
    • about our feelings. Our feelings are therefore what actually
    • the waves that mount up from the day's dream life into our
    • that does not rise to thinking, to a life of thought, but
    • that is developed actually in a sort of living dream life. We
    • can form a picture of what reveals itself in the soul life of
    • pictures that we form during waking consciousness, stream
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • briefly what we have been studying during recent days in
    • important things in what has been said as a sort of prelude
    • to what has still to be added as a temporary conclusion to
    • that in the space between the etheric body and the physical
    • body there exists a sort of web of living thoughts. What
    • exactly is this web of living thoughts? It is what we bring
    • world. It is necessary for one to imagine that what we
    • possess within our thinking activity merely in pictures, what
    • activity, has an independent life of its own. What we feel in
    • thought is permeated by objective being, that is to say, it
    • keep what I just said fully in mind. One cannot say, for
    • instance, that the human being is formed entirely by this web
    • of thought, that man is thus woven entirely out of what one
    • can call world thoughts. That is not the case, at least not
    • universal cosmos, and what I have described as this web of
    • this web, that which is the content of our thoughts comes to
    • sense world itself today, however, the fact is that we do not
    • come right to the senses, in looking upon them as being what
    • as it were, and incorporated into the human being. It is what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • One might say that insofar as the human being is spirit he
    • universe that we can study what takes place in the human
    • form in such a way that the thinking aspect is situated
    • another viewpoint — that when we first ascend into the
    • immediately above him such that he in a way — this is
    • that it is commonly expressed — develops a certain
    • Those that then
    • can say of them that among their functions is that which
    • works as folk spirit, that which therefore embraces groups of
    • particular functions that they perform.
    • ourselves what kind of relationship the human being has to
    • order to learn what man is as a spiritual being, what kind of
    • through the portal of death. We know that in this age of
    • earthly evolution that encompasses many years we live as
    • human beings in such a way that there are present in the
    • everything that makes the mineral realm in a certain sense
    • comprehensible, and he has a feeling that with the concepts
    • same where the plant realm is concerned. You know that
    • holds to the ideal that the complicated combination of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • said that the human being carries through the portal of death
    • what I called a mineral consciousness. It can be called this
    • Bearing with him what comes from these two directions, the
    • journeys between death and a new birth. When we consider what
    • the human being is after death, we find that the astral body
    • and the I have wrested themselves free from what surrounded
    • them as a kind of shell, that is, from the physical body and
    • cosmic planetary bodies that have to do with it, we know,
    • know that essentially in the Saturn evolution the first
    • universal sense organ that was developed further in the Sun,
    • Moon, and Earth evolutions. We know that the first rudiments
    • those of the astral body during the Moon evolution, and that
    • consider the human being as a whole, we find that he has his
    • through those forces that exist on earth the I is formed, is
    • molded. If we now say, therefore, that the human being passes
    • really takes through the portal of death all that he has from
    • his earthly evolution, all that he acquires within the
    • what belongs to the earthly evolution, and it is during the
    • earthly evolution that the mineral world has been added to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • being, that is, what is spiritually active in him, arises out
    • therefore can say that if we wish to understand the being of
    • particular way gone through what the human being is going
    • and have found that this soul development takes place as
    • no doubt that what determines man's life of soul is the
    • present. We develop our soul by means of what we draw forth
    • short, we can say that when we are considering the soul life
    • What, then, do
    • realms. It is only there by virtue of the processes that the
    • he has passed through death, what works as forces into this
    • science of the spirit, we find that it is true that the
    • what holds it together exist in man's conscious life. It
    • inner picture-nature of this physical body. What we behold
    • physical human body something will then be formed that we may
    • will arise a future realm of nature out of what today is only
    • a picture — a realm that in its essential being will
    • roots and through the air. Imagine that what the plant has
    • with no dead mineral realm, and a plant world that is not
    • in such a way that it forms itself into plants, that what now
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • relationship to the world, a relationship that he is seeking
    • you that if we seriously wish to bring the spiritual nature
    • of those hierarchies that we group together as the
    • I. Then I showed you how what man today can call his bodies
    • future worlds. In fact, what will be formed in the world's
    • future existence has its seed in the human bodies that we
    • earthly realm, becomes seed for what the earth becomes after
    • wide universe, but it becomes the seed for what the earth is
    • astral body and with that which is the sheath of our I. This
    • which means that we have already been living for a long time
    • in the intellectual age. The human being understands what
    • means of intellectual knowing. Everything that the human
    • the feeling remains dull and dreamlike. What becomes clear to
    • the human being in feeling is just what the world today
    • to the outer world only by outer methods. Let us assume that
    • today, in a spiritual respect. What does such a person, who
    • only what goes as far as his I. He receives no more than what
    • immersed but that are not called to do actual self-conscious
    • pictures, his feelings, and what he knows about his will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • comprehended. When we visualize the human soul life, that is,
    • what the human being feels occurring within himself as
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, then of course we find that
    • the thinking component, or what we experience directly as the
    • the etheric body, that feeling occurs between the etheric
    • and the I. We thus see that our thoughts, insofar as we are
    • fully conscious of them, represent only what glimmers up to
    • the last lectures, however, you have realized that this
    • real than what we experience in consciousness. What we
    • something that generates waves from the depths of our being
    • can say that the I has its most immediate experience of
    • know, however, that the content of our willing, as
    • know as little as we do of what happens between going to
    • shadows that come up from the depths of our being. The mental
    • images that we experience consciously are the shadow pictures
    • of what we are like on the inside in terms of our I, and we
    • really perceive only the hue that our thought content casts
    • reality little more of this thought-filled, dull I than what
    • however, that the world of sense perceptions breaks upon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • become materialists, why would they admit only the outer, that which
    • yesterday that in our present era, since the middle of the
    • death; everything on earth that he fulfills out of the
    • guided by free motives — that is, when our will is not
    • as outer science does, that it is possible to obtain an inner
    • knowledge of the human organization by studying what is dead
    • the outer world. What kind of view is this, however? It is
    • one that we have frequently called the view of
    • that manifests itself particularly — as I already
    • and reappearing in another form; that is, it is no longer
    • pointing out that in
    • reality the world that we experience may be compared with the
    • images that look out at us from a mirror. These pictures that
    • everything that surges up from the human being, without being
    • reality, but a reality that does not rise up in man's present
    • and death, the human being lives in a true world that he does
    • not know, one that cannot ever really give him freedom. It
    • may implant in him instincts that make him unfree; it may
    • awaken we must enter a perceptive life of appearance, so that
    • fifteenth century), we cannot say in the same sense that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture I: Supersensible Influences in Old Persian, Egyptian, and Greek Time
    Matching lines:
    • attempts are made to depict what comes to pass in the physical world of
    • Old Persian periods of culture. Naturally, many things that were done
    • realised that happenings which then constituted external history were
    • important. The fact that through the exercises of Yoga, breathing
    • But the process of inbreathing was more important then than that of
    • that besides, shall I say, the coarse inhaled with the air, all kinds
    • through the air, is that they have the tendency to assume forms and
    • too, build forms — forms that do not resemble those of the
    • it were in space, are breathed in by man — and it is good that
    • colloquially, they are patched up again by what is inbreathed in this
    • and, above all, to realise what it means when, together with the finely
    • into a space emptied of air. Think of an ether-form that passed into
    • cosmos into the human being. So that in those ancient epochs of
    • What I am now telling
    • these Mysteries knew that human beings drew the spiritual Moon-Cosmos
    • into themselves in this way. The Initiates knew, too, that this took
    • possible to reckon with the fact that these spiritual Moon-Beings
    • of the ancient Mysteries aimed at gaining control of what passed into
    • the human being in this way through the inbreathing, so that men might
    • You must realise that in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture II: The Education of Man through Modern Intellectualism, -or- Chartres and the Mysteries of the Templars
    Matching lines:
    • domains too, including that of social life, by calling to their aid
    • that these Beings in turn are connected in the cosmos with what is
    • I indicated that even
    • the impression of a kind of listening, of hearing that is also
    • touching, of touching that is also hearing. Homer listens to those
    • surges and shimmers through the cosmos. I said that when the Greeks
    • that hearing of rhythm in the Graeco-Roman epoch of which I have spoken
    • based as it is upon thoughts that are dependent entirely upon the
    • with truth that as earlier creeds speak of a Fall into Sin, meaning a
    • that are universal today, the so-called astute thoughts of modern
    • bound to the physical body. Not that the thoughts themselves arise out
    • of his the physical body — that, of course, is not the case. But
    • modern man is not conscious of the forces that are working in these
    • thoughts. He does not know what these thoughts are, in their real
    • that are instilled into him, even in his school days, by popularised
    • being does not know what is really living in his thoughts; he only
    • knows what the physical body mirrors back to him of these thoughts. If
    • for modern evolution lies in the fact that whereas, in truth, the
    • pictures. And, as a result, something that is really attuned to the
    • body; what they mirror is merely the external world of the senses. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture III: The Revelation of the Spiritual World in Old Indian Culture, -or- Old Egypt
    Matching lines:
    • without taking history into account. You speak of what is happening
    • What did the Egyptian
    • sage mean by this? He wanted to convey that the thoughts of the
    • evolution of the earth through different forms, and that the Greeks, at
    • reality the Egyptian sage wanted to indicate what had resulted from the
    • that could exist on earth only because the human being exists on earth.
    • times when the life of soul was quite unlike that of today. Before the
    • flower, it seemed to him that a divine voice said to him distinctly:
    • what was being revealed to him from the spiritual world. As a result he
    • what was present in the mummified form from which the soul and the
    • what should be introduced into human life and directives for the
    • however, is an illusory conception. The truth is that purely empirical
    • that the souls of the Dead were fettered for a time to their
    • character of Egyptian culture, a perpetual reminder that it was a
    • golden age in human evolution. It was a culture that encroached upon
    • kingdoms directly, but only indirectly, in this sense, that the
    • lingering with their mummies that the Initiates of Egypt, in their
    • the Dead for a period in order that they may give us enlightenment
    • but modern science holds the same opinion of a great deal that is true
    • indicates the kind of attitude that prevailed in regard to all those
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture IV: The Egyptian Mysteries, Indian Yoga and Egyptian Mummy Cult
    Matching lines:
    • want to add something to what has already been said and to begin with I
    • first, to explain to his pupils that in the human head all the
    • that exists in the cosmos is also to be found in the earth itself.
    • by the moon as it moves around the earth and all that lies between the
    • interpret what they find when they dig down into the earth, will say:
    • What is present in the environment is mirrored, and condensed, in an
    • must be pictured as a reflection of what is outside in the cosmos.
    • universe, remembering that what exists out yonder in a state of
    • activity. The mystery of the human head is that it is infinitely
    • except that he would, of course, have used the forms of expression
    • brain. What is thus produced in the human eye, with the resulting
    • processes that take place in the brain itself are deeds of the outer
    • You can only perceive what the human head does when you know exactly
    • what happens in the human physical body — so would the Initiate
    • knowledge of these things, but because the possibilities that had
    • We know that when man
    • recoils. It was this recoil that the pupil of Yoga observed. The
    • to watch what the brain was doing in the chest, in the abdominal organs
    • through the whole body, the pupil of Yoga was able to observe what the
    • lecture that at a certain stage of the Egyptian epoch, this art had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture V: Modern Abstract Thinking and Living Thinking of Future Times, -or- The Idea of Metamorphosis and the Repeated Lives on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • believe that the human corpse, with its characteristic form, could have
    • Just as we realise that
    • thinking, of human thought, is that it cannot, of itself, have become
    • what it is in earthly life, but that it is a kind of corpse in the soul
    • — the corpse of what it was before the human being came down from
    • what it means to live in the world of thought have, moreover, felt the
    • trace of any doubt that the human being lived in worlds of
    • like Aristotle, have doubts about the fact that the human being does
    • thinking of the East wherewith it was known that man comes down from
    • spiritual worlds into earth-existence, and the thinking that is a
    • corpse, bringing knowledge only of what is accessible to man between
    • thinking. It was from the human corpse that dead thinking first came
    • in modern times is that in occult societies here and there, rituals,
    • been preserved as dead traditions. Think only of rituals that you may
    • have read, perhaps those of the Freemasons. You will find that there
    • fifteenth century of our era is, in very truth, a corpse and that is
    • why it is applied only to what is dead in nature, to the mineral
    • connection with that spiritual reality of being, which flowed in the
    • more than once in his life. It was from this that there came to him the
    • What had Goethe actually
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture VI: Spiritual InFluence in History, -or- Pope Nicholas I
    Matching lines:
    • through the unconscious forces of the soul; what transpires outwardly
    • 1170. But we find that even external history mentions all kinds of
    • enterprises and institutions that developed out of the Crusades.
    • life during the time of the Crusades. We hear, too, of Orders like that
    • Things that were inaugurated by these communities of secular and
    • subsequently developed in such a way that, while their provenance in
    • that pilgrimages to Palestine would imbue their Christian impulses with
    • We know too that, to
    • understanding what was working more or less unconsciously through human
    • souls, in such a way that again and again, and for a long period of
    • real question is this: Whence came that first fiery enthusiasm which
    • heart. Men felt that these sacred concerns were vitally connected with
    • the liberation of Jerusalem from the Turks, in order that Christians in
    • convey any real impression of the fire of enthusiasm that flamed up in
    • Europe when that noble company of knights set out on the first Crusade,
    • What impulses were working in the hearts and souls of Europeans at that
    • time — what were the impulses out of which sprang the spirit of
    • especially to Ireland. In view of what will presently be said, I will
    • immeasurably deep in content. One of these is what may be called the
    • Jesus of Nazareth than with the all-important fact that a Spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture I: The Spirit-Seed of Man's Physical Organism
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • attention was directed in recent lectures here. I said that
    • earthly consciousness that is connected with the senses and
    • organs. Of all this we say that it is within our being.
    • On the other hand we feel ourselves connected with what is
    • and rebirth we cannot, however, speak in the same sense of what
    • are such that the whole universe may be designated as our inner
    • of stars in such a way that of the Beings of the stars we say
    • that they are our inner nature, just as here on Earth we say
    • that the lung or heart belong to our inner physical nature.
    • From the time of going to sleep until that of waking, we have a
    • cosmic consciousness. That which here on Earth is our
    • What, then, is our outer world in that spiritual existence? It
    • is what is now our inner nature. We fashion what is then
    • have also said that at a certain point this spirit-seed falls
    • is during this period that we gather together from the cosmic
    • the Earth and unite with what the physical body — the
    • which man becomes the being that he is on Earth.
    • afterwards become. It is on the Earth that we first learn to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture II: Moral Qualities and the Life After Death. Windows of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • life man partakes in what we may call the world of the Stars,
    • the forces that lie in his physical body and in his etheric or
    • formative-forces body, and those that lie in his Ego and his
    • astral body. You know, of course, that these two sides of his
    • also related during sleep? — We know indeed that in the
    • ourselves that when the Ego and astral body plunge down, as it
    • hypothetically that this is possible. We should find in it
    • material processes that are a continuation of those processes
    • physical body we should also find what is achieved through the
    • breathing process. It is only what proceeds from the
    • head-organization of man, all that belongs to the system of
    • senses and nerves, that is either dimmed or plunged in complete
    • already versed to a certain extent in what Spiritual Science
    • etheric forces surrounding existence on Earth. So that we can
    • everything that belongs to Earth-existence is active. So too in
    • the etheric body all that belongs to the ether-world enveloping
    • — naturally our soul's attention — to what is now
    • the idea that this has anything to do with the physical Earth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture III: Man's Relation to the World of the Stars
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • become increasingly clear that man does not belong to the Earth
    • world of Stars. Much of what there is to say in this connection
    • brief remark in order that misunderstandings may be
    • towards the superficial form of Astrology that is so widely
    • pursued nowadays. But if what is said on this subject is
    • apparent between what is meant here and the amateurish
    • interpretations of ancient astrological traditions that are so
    • When we say that man, between birth and death, is a being
    • connected with the Earth and earthly happenings, what do we
    • mean by this? We mean that man owes his existence between birth
    • and death to the fact that, in the first place, he takes the
    • nourishment and digests them; further, that through his
    • — that is to say, to the atmosphere surrounding the the
    • Earth. We also say that man perceives the outer things of the
    • what is extra-terrestrial — reflections which are,
    • supposed. So that in general one can say: Man partakes of
    • it is said that an influence from the Moon, or Venus, or Mars,
    • is exercised upon man, that this is to be understood merely as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture IV: Rhythms of Earthly and Spiritual Life. Love, Memory, the Moral Life
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • LET us recall what I have been telling you about man's
    • descriptions have enabled us to realize that this life —
    • between death and rebirth — is such that man lives in
    • communion with the beings of the three kingdoms of Nature. What
    • The same applies to what comes from the will, namely, human
    • what his senses convey to him from the three kingdoms of
    • Higher Hierarchies; we are entirely given up to them. That is
    • Everything that takes place is the outcome of an activity in
    • obliterating too all will that works in this way in us from the
    • Thus we may say that there are times during the life between
    • that lives within us, but we have as it were ‘come to
    • in a certain sense all earthly life is an outcome of what we
    • What we experience in pre-earthly existence in working together
    • birth, but it is a reflection of that communion. That
    • understanding for another human being, is due to the fact that
    • Spiritual-scientific vision enables us to perceive what happens
    • unfolding that all-embracing love which comes to expression in
    • among the Gods, in pre-earthly existence, that we acquire the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture V: Human Faculties and Their Connections with Elemental Beings
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • THE faculties needed by man in order that he may be able
    • that here on Earth man lives in certain spheres which on the
    • When we speak of thoughts, we mean that domain through which
    • real. Precisely when we are clear that through our
    • thoughts we have to inform ourselves about the truth of what is
    • real, then it must also be admitted that thoughts, as such,
    • cannot be anything real. Just imagine for a moment that you
    • brain or your heart; if that were the case, these thoughts
    • express through human speech what human speech is intended to
    • producing something. In this sense, what is spoken is
    • reality. And if we consider the Good, then we shall find that
    • what is formed through physical reality can never be called the
    • like hunger, as an external reality, Goodness is just what it
    • does not occur to you to think that you can converse with it.
    • manifest, namely: Beauty. So that in Truth, reality is
    • is therefore necessary for man that his thoughts are not, in
    • is also true that reality is necessary in this physical-earthly
    • world in order that we can have Thoughts, make the Beautiful
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture VI: Spiritualization of Knowledge of Space. The Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • I HAVE often referred to the fact that since about the
    • entered upon a special epoch. It can be said that the age which
    • Græco-Latin culture and that the most recent phase of time
    • — that between birth and death man bears in his physical,
    • what he has experienced in pre-earthly existence. And recently
    • we heard in what sense social and moral life is the heritage of
    • that condition between death and rebirth when man lives in
    • freedom, for everything that makes for inner strength and
    • Until the Graeco-Latin epoch, the faculties that enabled man to
    • has a clear consciousness that he belongs to the same ‘race’ to
    • divine-spiritual Beings belong. He feels that he has been sent
    • Beings. And he considers that the civilization he spreads over
    • the Earth is there in order that the earthly deeds of man and
    • real home to be what he called the Kingdom of Light, the
    • come from the darkness of the Earth so that the spirits of the
    • are read from what the stars reveal. Before anything is done on
    • that make him one with the movements and laws of the stars,
    • Earth. They feel that in their world of ideas between birth and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture VII: Inner Processes in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • but with his ordinary consciousness he does not perceive what
    • if they are to bring to man's cognizance what lies outside the
    • organs, we should not be able to hear what is outwardly audible
    • nor see what is outwardly visible. But it is precisely this
    • that enables man to know the world round about him, in so far
    • know himself. This presupposes that during the process
    • cognition of the outer world, so that for a time nothing at all
    • that by this self-knowledge I do not mean the ordinary kind of
    • brooding contemplation of the everyday self; for all that a man
    • world. He learns nothing that is new; he merely gets to know,
    • as it were in a mirror, what he has experienced in the outer
    • know that spiritual research advances first to what is called
    • supersensible world that can clothe itself in the images and
    • he is in a position to follow what takes place in the human
    • would not be possible to follow what takes place in the
    • means that what the ear becomes aware of is not what goes on
    • within the ear itself but what is continuing from the external
    • observe the process that goes on in the ear itself,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture I: Midsummer and Midwinter Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • the Mystery upon which it is based with Mysteries that were the
    • conceptions of the spiritual world that had primarily to do
    • When we turn our attention to Mysteries that were celebrated in
    • Mysteries that were celebrated also in pre-Christian times, in
    • that they were preeminently Summer Mysteries, connected
    • with the union between man and all that takes place in earthly
    • meaning of these Mysteries we must think, first of all, of that
    • Looking back into very ancient times we find that the Mysteries
    • were expressions of reality, the men belonging to that ancient
    • know, often said that what the men of those olden times beheld
    • somewhat resembling them. Whereas we know quite well that the
    • pictures in our dreams are woven from our reminiscences, that
    • the old clairvoyance men knew that they were the expressions
    • it must not be imagined that those men of an earlier epoch had
    • the thoughts of that old humanity; but the thoughts were not
    • distinction made between what men fashioned out of various
    • materials into works of art, and what they acquired as wisdom.
    • Today the distinction is made by saying: What man acquires in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture II: The Mysteries of Man's Nature and the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • guidance vouchsafed to mankind hitherto, what tasks devolve
    • upon men today. It must not, of course, be forgotten that the
    • point of salient importance in the Christmas thought is that in
    • that were celebrated in the Mysteries at Midsummer, when man,
    • they realized that whatever revealed itself to them in the
    • that for a certain section of mankind, the Midwinter festival
    • or, because a man feels that he must again find the way to the
    • of his own heart, conscious that at this time of the year he is
    • Christmas thought was not the same as it is today. At that time
    • what it is today. And we learn to know what this condition was
    • if we turn our attention to certain Mysteries that were
    • Initiation-Science of that day was imparted to them. And among
    • do not mean anything that is conveyed by dead letters written
    • on paper, but what the Beings of the universe themselves
    • Cosmos know that everything growing and thriving on the Earth
    • is an image of what shines down from the stars out of the
    • simpler kind of reading by means of dead letters, knew that he
    • the secrets of the Universe, and that when he let his gaze
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture III: From Man's Living Together with the Course of Cosmic Existence Arises the Cosmic Cult
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • subject-matter of those lectures but in a way that will
    • by the realization that these two polar opposites exist.
    • by what is called ‘natural necessity.’ He feels himself
    • deeply sensible — it is a feeling that is bound to arise
    • in every healthy-minded person — that his dignity as man
    • are aware that in the age of natural science — the
    • strong tendency to extend the sway of necessity that is
    • everywhere in evidence in external Nature, to whatever
    • illusion that exists only in the human soul, because when a man
    • decision but whatever reasons are the more numerous and the
    • impulses that work upon him of necessity. Many representatives
    • of this way of thinking have said that a man believes himself
    • such complications in their totality that he does not notice
    • consideration that the dignity of man would not be maintained
    • yes-and-no impulses, but there is also this fact, that the
    • feeling of freedom in the human will is so strong that an
    • unbiased person has no sort of doubt that if he can be misled
    • that they allow the theory of a natural necessity which is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture IV: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • I HAVE often said in this place that in more ancient
    • Mysteries knows that within these Mysteries, knowledge was
    • way that was possible in those times. That way can no longer be
    • stage was followed by the third stage, that of the revelation
    • art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • once more to gain knowledge that can bring to realization what
    • Goethe already divined: a knowledge that raises itself
    • made. Perhaps, my dear friends, at the close of what I have to
    • say, you will understand what is really the deeper cause of my
    • words. Let me say in the first place that already for a long
    • the Anthroposophical Society, but that the Anthroposophical
    • that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • be different for the Anthroposophical Movement from what it was
    • in order not to speak merely theoretically but to make what I
    • about something that has recently taken place in connection
    • with a Movement that is distinct from the Anthroposophical
    • religion. What they said to me was to the following effect:
    • under his feet for the practical work of a minister that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Knowledge is a True Communion, the Beginning of a Cosmic Cult Suitable for Men of the Present Age
    Matching lines:
    • earthly life. Steiner reveals that the concepts of spiritual science
    • serve as our eyes in the spiritual world after death. He shows that we
    • year can also be found in man. I pointed out that the forces of
    • which we call the cycle of a year, so that we can see, during
    • image in man is that events which take place
    • them. We can say that while man is asleep, there is a kind of
    • that once more we find inner Spring, inner Summer and inner
    • This is what actually takes place, as disclosed by the
    • Were this possible we should have actually what may be
    • for it really corresponds to what actually takes place —
    • is true that man bears surrounding Nature in himself, but its
    • Even as in a balance that has weights in either scale, the
    • pointer will come to rest at a certain spot and will at that
    • Anyone who studies what I said very briefly in my book
    • accustomed to do — will find that what I am now going to
    • one another. We may say that the organism of nerves and senses
    • of the other systems. If we take the two outer organisms, that
    • of the nerves and senses and that of the trunk, limbs and
    • were sauntering along slowly. And everything that happens in
    • mistaken notion of materialistic philosophy that ideas
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture I: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • connection with world riddles by the fact that Easter is a so-called
    • lectures. Yet if we trace the festival customs and cult rites that
    • equinox that plays a part in determining the date of Easter, to
    • festival that occurred at about the same season was, in a sense, the
    • what, as Nature, had been asleep throughout the winter time. But here
    • we must emphasize the fact that with regard to its inner meaning and
    • correspond to old festivals that grew out of the Mysteries; and these
    • far-reaching misapprehensions that have crept into the philosophic
    • with the result that it was changed from an autumn festival to a
    • — what is its essence? It is this: the central figure in
    • from the grave. It is the memorial day of this event. That is the
    • resembles the form of what is comprised in the Christian
    • manifold ancient festivals let us choose that of Adonis for
    • spiritual representative of all that appears in the human being as
    • with what it represented, hence the old religions frequently
    • whole community that confessed this cult, that called it its own. At
    • That was an
    • external ceremony, one that stirred the souls of a great multitude of
    • people: through an outer act, an outer rite, it suggested what was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture II: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • that the original purpose of festivals was to induce men to look
    • that can evoke such thoughts. During the last three to five centuries
    • of civilization we have undergone a psycho-spiritual development that
    • powers, and it is quite true that with the means recognized today as
    • this or that cycle. As these lectures are intended especially
    • elaborate all the points that I shall merely
    • spirit. When a man seeks that which gives him life, which lives in
    • not give our body its form, what could Earth forces contribute to its
    • influence of the Moon that we are indebted for the forces so active
    • forces that seize and destroy him at death; forces that combat this
    • If we know theoretically, on the one hand, that the Moon forces
    • how the old religions reverenced these forces that introduced man, so
    • ancient Hebrew initiates were clearly aware that from the Moon
    • ritual and in prayer, that was the substance of certain ancient
    • documents and has no access to what can be observed in spiritual
    • The religions that focused on the Moon and the spiritual beings
    • locality that later became India. The civilization following this was
    • man developed was very different from what it became later; and upon
    • that we really do not notice any break in the continuity of our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture III: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • what we have been discussing in the previous lectures I should like to take
    • must keep clearly in mind that in his entirety man is related to the
    • age that of the vast cosmos, which expresses its spirituality in the
    • movement in the human organism, remaining unaware that a
    • that the cosmic organism expresses itself, not in a unified
    • limitless multitude of spiritual beings that reveal themselves
    • man to Earth substances that can serve as nourishment. And man's
    • closest connection with the universe has to do with what we can call
    • also that stage in which it entirely withdraws from outer view,
    • But that does not exhaust what the Moon means to the Earth, and
    • must understand that if we look out at something as readily
    • that is, something that presents a physical aspect — this
    • aspect embodies something totally different from what is
    • but we must not conclude that because it does not express itself as a
    • the firmament tells us that it is new Moon, this means that the Moon
    • namely, that at one time the
    • time when man existed and developed upon an Earth that still
    • withdrew, the Earth became poorer by exactly what the Moon
    • the other hand, the influences that emanated from within the Earth at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture IV: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • that out of the Mysteries grew something that made man aware of being related
    • to the world in a way that can be expressed in the annual festivals;
    • and in particular we have learned that Easter is an outgrowth
    • of the principle of initiation. From all that has been set forth it
    • will have become evident what a significant role the Mysteries played
    • nature that has permeated the world and developed through mankind
    • that the Mysteries were all-powerful in guiding the spiritual
    • intended from the beginning that mankind should develop freedom; and
    • guidance that proceeded from the Mysteries, to be cast more upon its
    • own resources, as it were. We certainly cannot assert today that the
    • and are ready to pass over into the next phase of evolution that is
    • to follow upon that of freedom. This is not the case. Still, many
    • with the coming of a more spiritual age they will develop what they
    • all things, however, it will be necessary that the wisdom, the
    • all that takes place within the history of mankind. But men of all
    • significant environments was that of the Mysteries. A most important
    • factor in the progress of humanity is the carrying over of what has
    • If the impulse that went forth from here, from the Goetheanum, at
    • Anthroposophical Society, it is certain that by leading to ever
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture I: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • that Easter is a so-called movable feast, the date of which is
    • soul, if we examine the customs and rites that have become
    • the fundamental impulse to become a Christian provided by that
    • resurrection of nature, the reawakening of what, as nature, had
    • similarity ends. It must be emphasized that with regard
    • serious examination of ancient pagan times reveals that
    • Easter, in the Christian sense, is related to festivals that
    • grew out of the Mysteries and that were celebrated in the
    • This most curious fact demonstrates what serious
    • completely different festival, with the result that Easter was
    • enact a content strongly resembling that of the Christian
    • all that manifests itself in human beings as vigorous
    • with what is represented; hence their religions frequently
    • strength, of an unfolding seminal power that reveals in
    • artificial pond that was dug nearby. For three days a profound
    • after that time the idol was lifted from the water, the laments
    • This was an external ceremony, one that profoundly stirred the
    • it hinted at what happened within the sacred Mysteries to every
    • made it clear to him that by being laid in the coffin he was to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture II: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • can say that the original purpose of festivals is to make human
    • psycho-spiritual development that has made us focus less and
    • what we moderns call knowledge, and if he were to approach the
    • would now like to sketch various matters that you will find
    • dealt with more thoroughly in this or that lecture cycle.
    • worship of one deity. That deity is the one of whom we speak in
    • the cosmic moon forces, forces that stream down to the earth
    • world views were clearly aware that the human being, who exists
    • we want to know what shapes our living form, to know what lives
    • shape us. It is to the influence of the moon that we owe the
    • uplifting forces within us, the forces that give us a cohesive,
    • organized form, a form that during life does not succumb
    • to forces that seize and destroy us at our death. It is due to
    • this that throughout our earthly lives we can resist
    • see that these forces, which guide us, so to speak, through
    • Hebrew initiates knew that the moon radiates those forces that
    • merely upon external evidence, not upon what can be observed in
    • Religions that focused on the moon and the spiritual beings
    • that antedates the foundation of Christianity by many thousands
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture III: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • must be understood that with respect to our whole nature we are
    • that lives in the forms of constellations and in the motions of
    • the human organism while ignoring that it is animated by a
    • spirit and soul that express themselves through these
    • humanity's inner nature in the same way that earthly foodstuffs
    • usual explanation for this is, of course, that the moon is just
    • a body that moves about in space and is illuminated from
    • different angles by the sun, so that its shape apparently
    • Instead it must be realized that when we look at
    • something that presents us with a physical aspect, we are
    • must not conclude from this that the new moon is
    • such that we know the moon to be new, it is simply a matter of
    • mind that the moon was once inside the earth. It was part of
    • forces that once acted upon human beings from within the earth
    • surrounding cosmos. It is here that the new role of the lunar
    • that time, human beings who had completed the life between
    • outside the earth, that is, from the moon. Immediately before
    • what lies in the moon forces, that is, upon something
    • This etheric body must be shaped in such a way that it has, so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture IV: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • conscious connection to the world in such a way that this
    • principle of initiation. It should be obvious from all that has
    • been said that the Mysteries played a highly significant role
    • meant that the Mysteries' powerful influence had to
    • to their own devices. Although today it can hardly be said that
    • dawns that is once again more spiritual, the current
    • experience that can be achieved through modern
    • chain of historical development, in that they reincarnate
    • is in some other form of knowledge that past Mystery
    • rise again. I might say that if the impulse originating
    • from the Christmas Conference that was held here at the
    • renewal. The Society was, after all, witness to an event that,
    • perpetrated. However, what is a terrible wrong on one level can
    • the moon. I also indicated that moon-beings observe the
    • planets, and that these observations guide human beings in
    • matters throughout history. And that interest was nowhere
    • that bears fruit within the vast cosmic ether.”
    • everything that grows, buds, and sprouts within the cosmic
    • instituted in such a way that nowhere else could one find such
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 1: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • beings have felt the Festival of Easter to be something that is
    • the mysteries of the universe by the fact that it is what is
    • the festival of Easter, we realise the very special value that
    • festival that was associated with the re-awakening of Nature
    • Mysteries,” in so far as the subject is one that can be
    • the winter. Here I must explain that the Christian festival of
    • Easter is absolutely not a festival that, according to its
    • with very ancient heathen festivals that had their source in
    • procedures in the Mysteries, is that it directs our attention
    • to a radical and profound misunderstanding that has come to
    • that the Festival of Easter has been confused, in the course of
    • content of the Easter festival. What is most essential in it?
    • The most essential thing in it is: that the Being who stands in
    • Easter. From among numerous ancient feasts let us take that of
    • is true that ancient peoples have in many respects confused the
    • image with what it represented. In this way these old religions
    • in splendid life all that was glorious in existence, all that
    • was constructed so that it could be lowered into it. During
    • This was an outward ceremony, one that deeply stirred the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 2: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • One may say that the original
    • Festival that can especially bring about such thoughts. In the
    • and powers. It is also the case that with those means of
    • example that one most familiar to modern people, the ancient
    • are mono-theistic, the worship of the one Godhead. This is that
    • consciousness did exist, that when man came down from the
    • and strengthened by impulses that streamed to him from the
    • moon. When a man considers what it is that has formed him as
    • living being, what lives in him as the forces of nutrition and
    • form from forces beyond the earth, what could the mere earthly
    • man, by which he is raised above what is earthly, so that
    • organic form and not succumb to the forces of earth that lay
    • on the one hand we can state theoretically that the moon
    • realize on the other hand that ancient religions reverenced
    • Hebrew Initiate had a distinct consciousness of the fact that
    • documents, not by what is observed with the help of spiritual
    • Those religions which looked up to the moon, and to that which
    • civilizations human development was very different from what it
    • have developed so that we are not aware that a split has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 3: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • of the whole cosmos. For we must clearly realize that man with
    • unconscious of the fact that it is permeated with soul and
    • forgetting entirely that in the relationship of measure and of
    • the universe has to do with what is called the “Moon
    • see that only a part of it is luminous — a half, then a
    • quarter. We also have that state of the moon in which it is
    • that of new moon. Then we have again the return of full
    • this is explained nowadays by merely saying that in the moon we
    • different directions, so that to us it seems to assume
    • different forms. But with this we have not exhausted what the
    • moon does for the earth, and more especially what it does for
    • moon is, that what it here presents to us in its physical
    • aspect is something entirely different, in that physical
    • aspect, from what the new moon presents to us (which
    • does not show itself that its powers and activities are not
    • we wish really to understand what is brought about through
    • We must recall what is said there: The moon was
    • the earth and became what might be called a neighbouring
    • evolved on an earth that still had the moon within it. Since
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 4: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • is ultimately through knowing the true significance of Easter that we come
    • Mysteries has grown that which has bound the consciousness of
    • man so closely to the universe that this bond found expression
    • Initiation. From all that has been said, you must have been
    • Everything spiritual that passed through the world in ancient
    • That this might develop, it was necessary that the life
    • is very certain we cannot yet say that the time has come when
    • men have attained true inner freedom, that they are now
    • greater spirituality, men must begin to develop what in their
    • appreciation and reverence for what is spiritual that has
    • events point to spiritual facts, and carry over what is
    • later epochs what they had experienced in earlier ones. Men are
    • was that of the Mysteries. Thus one of the most important
    • agents in human progress is the power to carry over what was
    • are here constrained to say: It is indeed the case that if that
    • event that can be utilized in evolution in the same way as a
    • what was done. Things present, however, different aspects on
    • different levels, and what at one level is a dreadful wrong,
    • may be used in accordance with human freedom in such a way that
    • festival of Easter was determined; further, that the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture One: Seership and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • realised from lectures given recently that in our times a
    • evolution know that, fundamentally speaking, in all earlier
    • or five hundred years. We know with what widespread phenomena
    • mankind. We can envisage that in the earliest ages of
    • potent, very active, with the result that the range of
    • survived, steadily decreased. I have often said that these
    • you will realise that the nearer we come to our own period in
    • nineteenth century, actually in the middle of that century.
    • future that the materialistic tendencies of the second half
    • middle of the century; it was then that these tendencies
    • every tendency is that certain talents develop and the really
    • spiritual development, we shall find that in respect of
    • the spiritual world; it was concrete reality to them. So that
    • as it would be nowadays to set out to prove that plants
    • exist. Just imagine what would happen at the present time if
    • anyone set out to prove that plants exist! Exactly the same
    • had thought it necessary to prove that the soul also lives
    • who used whatever opportunity was still available to develop
    • seership. But even that became more and more difficult. How
    • Plato, or what exists of that of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Two: Mediumistic Methods
    Matching lines:
    • because what must be added to the subject dealt with in the
    • our Movement. You know that outwardly we began by linking
    • Theosophical Society and that we founded the so-called German
    • Section of that Society in the autumn of 1902, in Berlin. In
    • Lucifer-Gnosis was appearing. In that periodical I
    • a noteworthy experience in connection with what was said in
    • what means was this information about the world of Atlantis
    • the Theosophical Society at that time was based upon
    • mediumship. That is to say, someone was put into a kind of
    • ordinary consciousness. That is how the communications had
    • been made at that time and the member of the Theosophical
    • Society in question who thought that information about
    • what personality we had among us whom we could use as a
    • investigation, and as what I had discovered at that time was
    • that it was quite a different matter from anything that had
    • use only of what can be revealed to the one who is
    • investigation practised in Spiritual Science and those that
    • communications received by that Society from the spiritual
    • entirely in the way described, because that alone was
    • and showed how great the difference was between what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Three: Materialism of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • course of our studies a subject that is very important. You
    • and when I repeat them you will realise that
    • It is therefore essential to realise that the current in the
    • actually held with what comes to expression in the
    • evident that materialism had never previously existed in that
    • spiritual world. To conceive that the whole universe is
    • and that these atoms, conglomerating into molecules, give
    • said that there is, and always will be, something that can be
    • in the simple fact that human beings think. Without
    • and by holding to it one will always find that it is not
    • what it really is. As long as man had, as it were, a
    • barrenness. It was necessary that at some time man should be
    • faced with the whole barrenness of materialism. But what is
    • That is absolutely indispensable. As soon as we do so, we
    • shall realise that the barren vista presented by materialism
    • that men might become aware of what actually confronts them
    • That is one
    • atoms moving within it, that is to say, those minute
    • that we are not dealing with any reality. —
    • Thoughtful physicists would prefer to keep to what they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Four: The Attempt Made by the Occultists to Avert the Lapse into Materialism
    Matching lines:
    • certain things today in continuation of what has been said in
    • materialistic view of the world, and to the attempt that was
    • in the way that has already cost us many discussions and will
    • from the outset, for the simple reason that they relate to
    • as our starting-point the fact that the nineteenth century
    • arose in the natural course of progress and that the middle
    • of that century was the time when the whole of mankind was,
    • For it may truly be said that the men of the nineteenth
    • world. — That was the one aspect that emerged. The
    • other was that the hearts and souls of men were so attuned as
    • already told you that those among the occultists who, so to
    • speak, had the responsibility of seeing that humanity should
    • with mediumship, and I showed you that mediumship led to
    • significant of these aberrations. It was remarkable that
    • addition to what I have already told you, was that these
    • that they invariably have a strongly tendentious character
    • to the old esotericists — that is to say, those who did
    • that everything has a strongly tendentious character.
    • compare them with what was said in the Vienna lectures, are
    • on Earth to come to light. Wherever the mediums alleged that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Five: The Eighth Sphere
    Matching lines:
    • by Mr. Sinnett — one cannot say that he gave
    • “information” about it for what he said was a
    • must be emphasised that our language has been coined for the
    • there are not many words that can be used for characterising
    • the Eighth Sphere. The fact that all mention was avoided for
    • so long will also enable you to realise what is involved when
    • however, that there will be opportunities for saying more at
    • some later time. On the basis of what was said in the last
    • shall try to characterise what is called the “Eighth
    • Sphere” in order that we may have a foundation for
    • realised from the lecture yesterday that the Eighth Sphere
    • cannot be anything that belongs to the material world, for I
    • have shown you that the greatest fallacy in Sinnett's
    • statement is that the physical Moon is directly connected
    • that the actual foundation of the error consists in the fact
    • that this pointed to something material and physical.
    • that what is called the Eighth Sphere can have nothing
    • — that is to say, what can be perceived by man's
    • that the Eighth Sphere has something to do with the residue
    • time. I tried to make it clear in the lecture yesterday that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Six: The Dangers of Aberation Along the Path into the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • sense, without going into details, you review what I ventured
    • that the path of development which the spiritual-scientific
    • recent studies that when man tries to find his bearings along
    • into existence in such a way that certain guiding forces for
    • life are with us during our childhood. We know well that only
    • observe a child and compare his soul-life with that of a
    • fully awake that guiding impulses for later life can be
    • life in order that certain forces of guidance may find their
    • that we shall not prematurely crystallise the forces bestowed
    • impulses that have been breathed into our soul.
    • and again be repeated, that the approach to the spiritual
    • means that when we adopt the spiritual-scientific view of
    • life it can very easily happen that the steady direction of
    • life we formerly knew, begins to waver. So that when we begin
    • is due to the fact that the strong
    • otherwise true system, teaching such as that concerning the
    • that especially in recent centuries Western civilisation and
    • Christian impulse. I myself have been at pains to show that
    • the significance of Christianity does not depend upon what
    • occultism that were connected, for example, with the High
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Seven: Investigation of the Life between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • foundation for what I still have to say. I said that a
    • regard atavistic clairvoyance, and knowledge that is a
    • sets no store by anything that stems from atavistic
    • that a great deal of the knowledge given out in the so-called
    • representatives of that Society to oppose us. I will give
    • compare what I said in the year 1904 in the first edition of
    • spirit-land with what had formerly been stated. You must bear
    • will see that great stress was laid upon the distinction to
    • allow it to gain ground. I remember vividly what efforts were
    • asserted: You are simply saying in other words what has
    • people did not wish it to be realised that this threefold
    • reason that years of testing and strict verification were
    • except that for which I could be answerable, having submitted
    • will have realised after what I have been saying, confusion
    • sense of full responsibility, every opportunity that offers
    • results of what purported to be investigation were in
    • investigation as actual powers. Anything that is said on the
    • thoughts that have been produced stand there as living beings
    • the nature of things, therefore, when one had resolved that
    • Kamaloka. But if you compare what was called Kamaloka in that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Eight: The Purpose of the Use of Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • the lecture yesterday I said that opponents of the
    • present time are up to a certain point bound to be such that
    • anyone who undergoes a scientific training and thinks that on
    • be realised that many individuals into whom the methods of
    • becoming opponents on account of the thoughts that have been
    • it will be combatted in the right way only when what I have
    • religious bodies because it is held that the spiritual behind
    • oppose what Spiritual Science brings into the open, because
    • expressions of the life of soul, but consider that the spirit
    • it does not imply that the opposition should be left out of
    • realise through what he reads between the lines in the
    • what is contained in its communications. At the basis of the
    • herself—that is to say, from the surface manifestations
    • of nature—to what lies behind nature. And because of
    • this danger there comes about what I have indicated, more or
    • whatever of what they believe should be in the guardianship
    • of the Secret Orders and Societies. They consider that such
    • why it is so difficult to speak about this subject is that
    • Secret Orders, believing, rightly or wrongly, that they are
    • into the outer circle. But it is hidden in symbolism, so that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Nine: Investigation of the Mineral World
    Matching lines:
    • what was said in the lecture yesterday, it will be clear to
    • you that, fundamentally speaking, the appearance of
    • world in Earth-evolution. Again it is of importance that man
    • bodies is created by the fact that man passes ever and again,
    • death and a new birth. It can be said that man must undergo
    • very much on the Earth, on account of the fact that between
    • birth and death he has a mineralised body. But what he
    • embodied in a mineralised body, is balanced out by what he
    • acquires that which, fundamentally speaking, he must acquire
    • there that, even in the higher sense, it has its truly great
    • significance. In that man observes and also investigates the
    • in the mineral world, what really underlies this world is
    • during recent weeks what is the outcome if man limits himself
    • understand what has to be said about materialistic methods.
    • by the powers into whose realm he enters, so that he becomes
    • therefore be said that materialistic philosophy represents a
    • evident that materialistic natural scientists or philosophers
    • would be that men still unprepared would come into possession
    • of the forces proceeding from that realm and would be able to
    • something good about it. That is one side of the matter. But
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Ten: Human Consciousness between Objective and Subjective Reality
    Matching lines:
    • nature of our consciousness is such that when we look
    • We know that
    • we know too that this inherited clairvoyance faded away and
    • that our present consciousness, when functioning normally on
    • may be asked: Why is it that our consciousness today is
    • constituted as it is? The reason is that during the present
    • cycle of evolution, as well as everything else that has been
    • described, we have to develop the true relationship that
    • belonging to this cycle; and besides all that must be
    • the fact that through this form of consciousness there can
    • still such that the will of one had a direct effect upon the
    • that on the one side our vision does not penetrate through
    • relation of one soul to another to be such that a certain
    • frontier is created between them. That this frontier exists
    • characteristic of which is that what we actually experience
    • so arbitrary a way that we pour the content of our
    • are so organised that we can neither exercise too great an
    • an influence upon us — because the fact that our own
    • consciousness, what happens is at once evident. Think of a
    • touch of what we have recently encountered in the form of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture X: Disputa of Raphael - the School of Athens
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • to this we observe that these individuals are taking part in
    • depicted in the symbol of a dove. Above the somewhat receding
    • Primarily we need to clearly distinguish between what is given
    • here and what we can experience when we transport ourselves
    • painter would paint in, today, we need to say: at that time, in
    • Rome, when Pope Julius II reigned and what worked in him as
    • Rome, was at that time, and in every town, the human experience
    • that while he was mainly painting this picture, he was
    • predecessors, were the Borgias. One could say that
    • want to talk about today. It is surely extraordinary that
    • more closely at these impulses that originated in Rome and were
    • ecclesiastical world and then again, what the establishment of
    • western world. Just think for once, that today's human being
    • into a time, as it were, that have developed out of this image,
    • have often mentioned that people today have the impression that
    • mankind were always as they are today. That is not quite the
    • different way today. People imagine far too vaguely that at the
    • paint it today it would not in the same sense of truth be what
    • soul who would paint this image in the same sense as at that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XI: Fourth and Fifth Post-Atlantean Epochs, Medieval Art in the Middle, West, and South of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • think that it is good right now to become familiar with the
    • within it. You know of course that we consider the beginning of
    • beyond. We may however say that after Charlemagne, in the
    • century or even today. It can rather be said that in those
    • times the papacy knew instinctively what the most important
    • already pointed out last time that the oriental culture was
    • artistic. If you want an idea about what had been pushed back
    • at the time to the East, what the west, central and southern
    • the picture of the Virgin Mary of the East is an echo of what
    • imagine that behind the picture is the spiritual world and out
    • world then you have exactly that which had been held at a
    • Simply on the grounds that the nations of Europe — central,
    • western, southern and central Europe, an area for what
    • things it was about what I have just been characterising for
    • you. So we see that from the 9th Century and into
    • see, when you focus on what could have been brought to the fore
    • than what came directly out of the spiritual world like line,
    • the time. From this it is clear that central Europe prepared
    • years — borrowed from what came over from the East, spread, one
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XII: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • more awake for what is happening around us. One can say that
    • 3rd post-Atlantean epoch. Inside all that is
    • artistic development's depiction was what there was to be
    • that time, in the most beautiful movements in the widest sense
    • flourishing. The idea that embellishment could be added was
    • with adornments so that they would “shine” on the
    • form and expression as originating from what was alive
    • epoch mainly represented all that sprouted, grew, and was
    • words all that could come from the world beyond because
    • This becomes obvious in all that is juxtaposed in an artistic
    • struggled with what couldn't be captured in the physical world
    • the first centuries, to illustrate what I'm trying to present.
    • Christian art; if one believes that the Jesus figure is linked
    • can already say that these things should not be taken up in the
    • mystery of Golgotha, it was believed that one could grow into
    • human soul which lay behind the door of death. No wonder that
    • means to delve into what was being done in Christianity, to a
    • see what Greek art created up to its culmination, the free
    • exactly what we want to look at in particular. In this example
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XIII: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • Europe depicted the Christ figure, it is repeatedly shown that
    • This is what people limited themselves to during that time,
    • referring to what I've highlighted before. I have stressed that
    • important. One can say that before and up to the 3rd
    • similarly depicted to what we usually see in pagan myths. Today
    • pagan. Now a question about such a statement is created: what
    • call it that, of the pagan artistic expression has not been
    • stressed. When you — as much as it is possible from what is
    • find the fact that this Greek imagery, studied realistically in
    • quite different from what human eyes could actually see in a
    • refrain from considering what the eyes see in the model and its
    • form; one should remember what I already mentioned in previous
    • rendering according to what the eye saw but how it was being
    • What single factor made this possible? Indeed, it was only
    • but they are souls that live as results of the entire cosmos:
    • world souls in a human physical form. One could say that what
    • absolutely beyond the idea that the human is a result of the
    • universe, but that through their thinking they considered the
    • seems extraordinary but much more correct if one thinks of what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Golden Blade, 1962: Lecture 1: Natural Science and Its Boundaries
    Matching lines:
    • HAT I have been saying about the boundaries of man's
    • powers of cognition remain at a standstill with whatever we
    • have acquired through the ordinary education that has brought
    • us to a certain stage in life, and with whatever this education
    • qualities possessed by mankind in general. What is called in
    • further training and development; upon the realisation that as
    • higher consciousness that there are first revealed the things
    • which realities at a level beyond that of everyday reality
    • became accessible to men, that the Eastern sages spoke in
    • we realise what it is that is revealed to man through such
    • Inspiration. In that epoch, humanity was, so to
    • emphasise that this path cannot be suitable for Western
    • that they have no real understanding of human progress.
    • through acts of cognition we bring to apprehension what surges
    • the physical world, that our consciousness first awakes in the
    • The important point is to realise that for the Eastern
    • different procedure was necessary from that followed by man in
    • life in that world. We must acquire the faculties which enable
    • expressing something that appears to be simple but is by no
    • and will now say only that it is an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Golden Blade, 1962: Lecture 2: Paths to the Spirit in East and West
    Matching lines:
    • communication with other human beings that is established by
    • understand through the word what another person wished
    • them, so that the soul forces acquired by thus living in the
    • I showed how in this way a soul-condition was attained that
    • have used the word. What distinguished the sages of the ancient
    • Eastern world was that they were true to their race; conscious
    • be in later stages of human evolution. This meant that their
    • such disturbances as I have tried to describe to you. What I
    • said was that those in the West, who wish to come to grips with
    • speaking. Other soul forces have emerged, so that it is not
    • way of initiation that conforms to the needs of Western
    • tells me that for such a man the way of knowledge must be based
    • on what I have set out in
    • I will explain what I mean by this.
    • was not written with the objects in mind that are customary
    • so that he learns what the book contains in accordance with his
    • Moreover, what happens to the soul of the reader,
    • possible to say: “Now I know through what I
    • have achieved in the thought-activity of my soul what true
    • The strange thing is that most Western philosophers utterly
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture I: Star Wisdom, Moon Religion, Sun Religion
    Matching lines:
    • that happenings on the Earth are not determined by earthly conditions
    • to grasp what this means, but without the knowledge that influences
    • I told you that
    • course, that Palestine was the birth place of Christianity. Jesus of
    • about the peoples who were living in Mesopotamia, that is to say,
    • ears it said that the Assyrians “worshipped” the stars.
    • in the newspapers recently that this hitherto undisputed knowledge of the
    • stars threatens to collapse as a result of the discovery that the
    • Earth is not surrounded by empty, celestial space but that at a
    • would seem, therefore, that science is finding confirmation of the
    • it was to these Spiritual Beings, not to the physical stars, that men
    • course that Spiritual Beings belonging to Saturn, Jupiter and the
    • their earthly life. Now what the Jews had adopted from ancient
    • Jewish religion in its earliest, original form taught that Jahve, or
    • computed as ten lunar months. It is only comparatively recently that
    • period of pregnancy, are in themselves an indication that the
    • Moon. What does this mean? In its earliest condition after
    • fertilisation, the ovum really contains earthly substance that has
    • been broken down, pulverised, and nothing whatever would arise from
    • said that the forces of the Moon lead the human being into earthly
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture II: The Easter Festival and Its Background
    Matching lines:
    • recent Parisian newspaper stated that it is possible to be taught to read
    • for. The article says that certain people ... the man really means
    • some part of their skin. But let me say at once that such a thing is
    • means learn everything that they could learn; they do not
    • things that one does not generally learn can be learnt and
    • delicate and sensitive that the result is quite astonishing. But it
    • really need not be so; what has happened is that the power of touch
    • does not quite cover the case you mentioned, for the man claims that he
    • before believing that if a page of a book were placed, say, over your
    • imagine that such a thing might be possible; but what did
    • astonish me was the stupid comment of the journalists, who said that
    • twenty-eight days the Moon is again full; the Easter Festival in that
    • connected with what I have been telling you. In earlier times men
    • knew that the Moon and the Sun have an influence upon everything that
    • life of the plant is compressed into this tiny seed. What comes out
    • that when we take a plant with spreading leaves and root, we can say,
    • the deeds of Sun and Moon. I told you that the fashioning and shaping
    • themselves: When is there present in spring the influence that does
    • called. What was this Adonis Festival? It was instituted by the
    • spirit-and-soul in man. It was known, furthermore, that man's life of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture III: Characteristics of Judaism
    Matching lines:
    • What was the cause of the darkening of the sun for three hours at the time of
    • That, of course, is a most significant question and one which, as you may
    • imagine, has occupied me very deeply. I can well believe that the
    • questioner too considers it important, because it indicates that such
    • things are really no longer credible to the modern mind. That is why
    • — That, however, is wrong. Careful study of the knowledge
    • yielded by Spiritual Science leads to the discovery that at the time
    • the sun was obscured to such an extent that when the death took
    • you will everywhere find evidence that importance was attached to the
    • He healed the sick. Emphasis is laid upon the fact that He adopted a
    • easier to effect cures than it is to-day and this is a fact that is
    • kind that are universal to-day were absolutely unknown in those olden
    • times. The human being was deeply and inwardly moved by what he
    • no effect whatever upon his body because his soul is detached from
    • the body. It is believed that the men of old were instinctively
    • in the right way. That is why, when the Gospels are referring to
    • shining in its full strength. If that had been the case, the words
    • was only when men came to Him in the evening twilight that the words
    • among the people alone, but also what was happening in the heavens
    • fact that they never get away from their abstract thinking. It is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • are aware that only a part of the
    • water-sphere, an ocean. And of the rivers it may be said that they
    • know that the Danube rises in the Black Forest. Or take the Rhine
    • great significance that rivers and oceans really have for the whole
    • fluidity running through its veins. We also know that this flowing
    • able to live. The fact that the arrangement of rivers and seas has
    • at all. It is not usually realised that water actually forms the blood
    • and people say to themselves that blood is in fact a peculiar
    • it is true that the entire water-circulation is of immense
    • character — namely, it takes its start from something that is
    • quite different from that into which it enters when it finds its
    • outlet in the ocean. If you follow up the rivers you find that they
    • contains salt and all that the sea brings to maturity is founded on
    • this salt-content. That is of extraordinary importance: water begins
    • subject is generally dismissed by the statement that such a river as
    • That in fact is just what is seen externally. But what is not
    • considered is that whereas the river, the Rhine, for example, flows
    • mouth of the river to its source. And what happens there
    • (above the earth) is that the river is fresh water, contains no salt; what
    • mind that wherever there are river-beds, somewhat deeper in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • I will first deal with the question about rock, as that can very well be
    • know that when a building is put up on the earth, great attention has
    • that one builds a tower, a tower, let us say, like the one on Cologne
    • Cathedral, or that one builds something like the Eiffel Tower. It is
    • clear, of course, that it must be built in such a way that it does
    • to a height about ten times the base — that is, one to ten, you
    • one must take care that the towers are in themselves somewhat elastic. The
    • top always rocks to and fro slightly. Attention must be paid to what is
    • considerably at the summit. But care must be taken that it does not
    • blade of wheat, you find at once that these laws are not observed at
    • cannot be understood at all by the laws that a mechanist must obey.
    • would find that it simply could not be done! But at the top of
    • it moves to and fro in the wind. That, you see, contradicts all the
    • wood, that is to say, one gets a woody substance which you all know as
    • The blade, however, does not grow by supporting itself on what is below.
    • and what is beneath will always be the support of what is above. With
    • that works upon the egg and gives it life. In all that lives, you
    • (A sketch is made.) If that is
    • that it is formed of thin plates, so thin that they sometimes look
    • that is everywhere in the fields. At one time they were all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • know, it was not until the modern age that the potato was introduced
    • as a foodstuff: I have told you that in earlier times people in
    • remember that I once spoke to you of four substances upon which
    • that man may be able to live at all, his food must contain protein,
    • with our food not only to make it tasty but really in order that we
    • may be able to think. The salts that are contained in food must
    • ill that all the salt in his food is deposited in the stomach or
    • stupid, dull-witted. That is the point to which attention must be
    • of course be quite clear that the spirit is a reality, but if spirit
    • out of spirit. That, of course, is sheer nonsense! Substance is
    • to say, things are not as simple as all that. Man cannot derive
    • The result of what the human organism does with the salt is that it
    • brain — it is by no means as simple as that. But if a
    • man's condition is such that the effects of salt cannot work in
    • example. It is due to the carbohydrates that we bear the outward
    • stamp of man. If a person's constitution is such that the
    • therefore, that it is important for us to get hold of the right kind
    • normally but has suddenly developed hoarseness, you may surmise that
    • the consequence is that something goes wrong with his breathing and
    • form and leave it at that. They do not fill out the form — that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • I believe that we are expecting Dr. Steiner to make some further remarks
    • Well, I will just try to connect my remarks with what I said last time
    • heard that everything which takes place with regularity in the universe,
    • the seasons, is all connected with what is necessary in human life.
    • that it is connected with what can be calculated through Astronomy.
    • On the other hand, all that which happens less regularly —
    • connected with what is free will in man, with what gives rise
    • Iron exists in such abundance on the earth that
    • It is only quite recently that people have begun to manufacture all
    • have been due to iron. We must assume that iron is everywhere present
    • us consider the iron in our own bodies. It is very remarkable that at
    • only in the course of his life that man begins to take in iron with
    • his food. What does this mean!
    • measure that it attains freedom of will, its instincts call for iron.
    • who is hoarse or has a very weak voice and you want to know what is
    • outwardly. We can therefore easily understand that the iron which is
    • everything that happens influences everything else and we must be
    • clear that iron alone does not form us or the universe —
    • you recently that soda is especially important for everything
    • in us that has to do with thinking. For soda is sodium carbonate
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • general way it is quite correct that the plants give off oxygen which
    • men then breathe in and that man himself breathes out carbonic acid gas.
    • Thus man breathes out what the plant needs, and the plant what man needs.
    • that which otherwise it gives to man. Naturally, man is not deprived
    • altogether of oxygen, but he gets too little and that is harmful.
    • that others need. So it is with plants, if one observes carefully. If
    • occurred so far — one can say now that Infantile Paralysis,
    • Stuttgart simply shown that when one has any substance, dissolves it,
    • million, one in a billion — that is, with twelve zeros. You can
    • imagine that there is now no more than a trace of the original
    • substance left, and that it is a question, not of how much of the
    • in its surroundings. The soil environment works into it. That is
    • are clear that very minute quantities of substance have an effect, we
    • shall have no hesitation in recognising that in such times as the present,
    • the effect is very diluted, but still it is different from what
    • because they say: What importance can the human corpse have for the
    • dependent on the growth of plants and therefore we must know what really
    • Paralysis, and it has turned out that one must really concern oneself
    • urgent importance to-day, and it is well that you should understand
    • plants and this makes hard wood. The essential thing is that the sap
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • that man must be regarded as a being who consists not only of the
    • physical body that is visible to the eye, but also of higher members
    • as the result of super-sensible perception, that these higher members
    • are a reality in man, a good way of convincing oneself that
    • that in certain circumstances insect poison can have an extremely
    • beneficial effect, that it actually counteracts certain illnesses.
    • the proper dosage, that is to say, they must be prepared as
    • medicaments in such a way that they have the right
    • also the fatness that denotes a healthy state of the body. And so
    • increase them — with the strange result that after some time
    • that the arsenic will give the skin a good colour; if they were once
    • that a man wastes away and his skin (not his hair) gets grey. Yet at
    • What
    • not correct to state that a man can live without alcohol. He can, of
    • quantity that is necessary to keep him alive. He produces in himself
    • all the substances that are essential to his life. What he takes or
    • ears. The iron that a man actually consumes is merely a support, a
    • that produces arsenic. Man and animal,
    • therefore, produce arsenic inwardly. Now what is the purpose of the
    • arises is that my astral body is producing arsenic all the time.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • angenommen hat, das kann aus den Vorträgen
    • ist von dem anderen. Wer aufmerksam verfolgt hat, was von Paris
    • ausgeht, wer aufmerksam verfolgt hat, was in Bern versucht
    • Jahren ad absurdum geführt hat. Von Bern
    • zugrunde gelegen hat in Zürich, Bern und Basel. Mit
    • daß man den Willen hat, wenn man die Wegrichtung einmal
    • angetreten hat, bei dieser Wegrichtung auch zu verbleiben, sich
    • was gewissermaßen gezeigt hat, daß sich nach einer
    • Frage auf zuwerfen: Wo hat man gesehen, daß
    • es waren Professoren zum großen Teil. Aber er hat Eindruck
    • gemacht, er hat den Weg zu den Gedanken in einer recht
    • deutschen Volkes mehr beigetragen hat als manches andere, denn
    • er hat Wellen geschlagen.
    • Volk, welches ja das Schicksal erlebt hat, seine vermeintliche
    • Erlebnis hat die Meinung eines halben Jahrhunderts, hat
    • hat, diesem Reich eine aus dem Wesensinhalt der deutschen
    • Kriegskatastrophe hat dieses in trauriger Weise geoffenbart.
    • Bis zum Ausbruche derselben hatte die außerdeutsche Welt
    • durch diese Verwalter hat notwendig die Meinung in der
    • Jahren nicht hat zeigen wollen. An die Stelle des kleinen
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in der neueren Zeit es sich nicht hat angelegen sein lassen,
    • hat mit Bezug auf, sagen wir, den Bau einer Eisenbahn, die
    • werden soll, oder ob man zu entscheiden hat über die
    • können. Denn daß irgendeiner den Gedanken hat,
    • handeln, das hat gar keinen Wirklichkeitswert. Bedenken Sie
    • sozialen Organismus, der bestimmte Gesetze hat? —
    • der Freiheit zu tun hat, daß wir nicht den Mond
    • herunterfassen können. Aber etwas anderes hat zu tun
    • irgendeinem Territorium ein Stück Boden hat, diese
    • Kapital überhaupt konfundiert hat mit der
    • dasjenige, was man als einzelner an mobilem Besitz hat, hervor.
    • wirklichkeitsgemäß erfaßt hat. Und Sie,
    • der Mensch erlebt hat in dem Leben vor dem Heruntersteigen
    • übertreten hat, oder der einem Menschen ein Unrecht
    • zugefügt hat, zu urteilen hat —, das
    • Mensch angeeignet hat in dem Zusammenleben in der geistigen
    • Geistesleben. Das hat nichts zu tun mit dem individuellen
    • Karma, sondern das hat zu tun mit dem, was sich vorbereitete in
    • geistige Gebiet, zu suchen hat in dem Leben schon, das der
    • Mensch durchgemacht hat, bevor er sich anschickte, durch die
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Menschheit für den fünften nachatlantischen
    • nachatlantischen Zeiträume bei den Menschen, die mit einem
    • Einseitigkeit im modernen Leben herausgebildet hat, den
    • Handlungen zu geschehen hat, werden, wie das heute der Fall
    • Hegels in sich aufgenommen hatte, nachdem er den
    • französischen sozialen Positivismus kennengelernt hatte,
    • betrachtet hatte — von da aus seine außerordentlich
    • einschneidenden sozialistischen Theorien gebildet hat, die dann
    • Katastrophe der letzten Jahre sich so ausgewachsen hat,
    • eingeschlagen hat, und von denen ihre Träger
    • gegriffen hat, alles gewissermaßen dem Staate aufbuckeln
    • einer Dreigliedrigkeit zu tun hat. Es ist schon interessant,
    • vollzogen hat, zu verfolgen; einmal ganz abzusehen von dem, was
    • Marx inhaltlich gesagt hat, mehr auf seine
    • Marx selber aufgeschrieben hat, verfolgen, so können Sie
    • sich sagen: Karl Marx hat eigentlich über den sozialen
    • Zeitalter herbeigeführt haben, wie hat sich Lohnfrage,
    • überliefert hat, schon bei Ricardo und bei anderen.
    • Zeit heraufgebildet hat, haben die Menschen Meinungen gehabt,
    • sich unter dem Kapitalismus herausgebildet hat, treten
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Tiefen seiner Seele Impulse hat, die ganz, ganz anderem
    • Materialismus hat bei den führenden Klassen der
    • geltend gemacht, hat sich dann über die Wissenschaft
    • Vorstellungsart angenommen hat, hat sich der Materialismus dann
    • im wesentlichen eine Ideologie, das heißt, es hat keine in
    • hat die neuere Zeit ihre Bemühung darauf gerichtet,
    • gerade die neuere Menschheit nach dem Geist hin. Sie hat, man
    • der ersten nachatlantischen Kulturperiode, auf die besondere
    • können: in dieser ersten nachatlantischen
    • Seelenleben lebenden Imaginationen zu tun hatte.
    • Menschheitsentwickelung als erste das hatten, was
    • seelischer Impuls vorhanden war. Die Griechen hatten bereits
    • hatte, wenn er das Wort Idee aussprach, die Vorstellung,
    • fünften nachatlantischen Zeit zunächst
    • was mir die Außenwelt zeigt, denn diese Außenwelt hat
    • die letzten Konsequenzen desjenigen gezogen hat, was sich
    • innerhalb der bürgerlichen Kreise ausgebildet hat
    • hat man es innerhalb der Bürgerkreise mit dem
    • hat man es zum Beispiel auf einem Gebiete in
    • Bürgerkreisen so gehalten: Man hatte
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • was der Proletarier von seinen Führern gelernt hat.
    • einschneidend in die Proletarierseelen gewirkt hat; wir
    • hat zu seinem Untergrunde eigentlich das Streben nach
    • aufgenommen hat. Wer Geschichte nicht theoretisch, sondern der
    • selbst gezogen hat in den schreckenerregenden Tatsachen heute,
    • Gottlieb Fichte hat seine sozialistische Anschauung auch
    • Verlaufe seines Denkens nachgedacht hat, wie aus den
    • Staatsgefüge verwirklicht hat, wenn man hinblickt
    • und gesinnte Köpfe streben, so hat man das
    • wie wir wissen, auch entwickelt hat, das nicht immer das
    • seiner reinsten Gestaltung ausgebildet hat. Gerade an einer
    • «Geschlossenen Handelsstaat» gegeben hat.
    • Proletariats hat diese Form auf Autorität hin
    • atavistischen Schauungen verloren hat; er erblickt in sich
    • noch nicht gefunden hat —, daß sie sich an die ganze
    • zu nichts anderem hat führen können als
    • die proletarische Bewegung miterlebt hat, weiß, wie
    • tief es eingeschlagen hat, als sie von gewissen
    • hat. Und er empfindet in den geheimen
    • Begriff der Ware unterbringen läßt. Man hat
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Studentenschaft vor kurzem gehalten hat, findet sich ein sehr
    • ihn dort gehalten hat:
    • Basel Ausdruck gegeben hat. Also die Wirklichkeit nötigt
    • und bis heute hineingefunden hat. Denn diese
    • Denkgewohnheiten hat man sich oftmals so recht als
    • Abstraktionen und hat versucht, diese Abstraktionen in
    • Zusammenleben der Menschen zum Ausdruck gebracht hat, was
    • wirklichen Kräfte hat, um lebensmöglich zu sein.
    • entfremdet hat, was gewissermaßen gewirtschaftet hat ohne
    • eigentlich hatten, bevor der August 1914 angebrochen ist.
    • Menschheit eben die moderne Zivilisation genannt hat. Und
    • hat, indem er das Denken der Gegenwart abgeteilt hat in
    • hat, zwei Bande zusammengebracht, die er ein
    • schließlich zu dem geführt hat, in dem wir halt drin
    • Leben. Aber der Staat hat keine Beziehung zu dem geistigen
    • schließlich hat ja noch jedes Dörfchen seine
    • aber er hat doch den Glauben: auf der einen Seite ist die
    • Im Grunde genommen hat kein Mensch in der Welt Veranlassung
    • mehr und mehr herausgebildet hat das Abgeschlossensein in
    • andere die Möglichkeit hat, ein soziales Leben innerhalb
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Grundphänomen vor Jahren ausgesprochen hat. Man
    • hat, auch auf den sozialen Organismus angewendet. Das
    • ein Bedrücker, er ist etwas Furchtbares, er hat sich
    • Forderungen hat, so würde der Arbeiter sagen:
    • Organismus ist ein Lebewesen, das keinen Hunger hat. Aber um
    • hat. — Was da vorliegt, ist, daß Sie das Konkrete,
    • man, wenn man gegessen hat, doch wieder hungrig wird —,
    • würde er selbst Wirtschafter. Er hat es nur
    • hat, der Sozietät verdankt. Geradeso wenig wie man
    • nur im Zusammenhang mit den Menschen lernen kann, so hat man
    • zurückfallen und man hat es nur eine Zeitlang zu
    • hervorgebracht hat, selber am besten, man kann es daher
    • Millionen Menschen getötet hat, achtzehn Millionen
    • Menschen zu Krüppeln gemacht hat und sich anschickt,
    • Verwandter gestellt wird. Er hat seine besonderen
    • wenn er zu richten hat, wird er nicht nach diesem
    • das zu seinem Organe nur den menschlichen Kopf hat, das am
    • Januar 1917 hat Wilson diesen Gedanken vom
    • Völkerbund geäußert. Er hat ihn
    • Er hat das Streben nach diesem Völkerbund als etwas
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Soziale Frage als Bewußtseinsfrage: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Völkerbund gestellt hat, die betreffende Stelle aus
    • gebracht hat. Und ehe man nicht einsehen wird, daß an die
    • alltäglichen Leben zu ordnen hat. Denn es greifen
    • Zeit eine gewisse Gestalt angenommen hat, welche als solche die
    • Bolschewist! Gewiß, Johann Gottlieb Fichte hatte noch so
    • Sachen eigentlich gemeint hat.
    • gedacht, gesonnen hat, wie er versucht hat, den Blick
    • sagen hatte, öfter sogar ganz
    • entwickelt hat. So sucht Hegel die Ideen in der reinen
    • Luft — die es aber damals auch noch nicht gegeben hat
    • eigentlich gewollt hat. Ich habe einmal einem befreundeten
    • aller Begriffe gegeben hat, aller Ideen, die in der Natur
    • im Staate hat sie sich wiederum verobjektiviert, da lebt sie in
    • hervorgebracht hat, zurück und fühlt sich
    • zu ihrem Anundfürsichsein gebracht hat, sie schaut
    • aufgetreten ist, der die Kühnheit hatte, einmal zu
    • anderen Kopf, der ganz und gar nur einen Sinn hat
    • die Form des Denkens an, die er bei Hegel gefunden hatte.
    • Geist in der inneren Ideenbewegung gesucht hat, auf die
    • Gegenteil der Wirtschaft durch den Einzelnen. Das hat in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Erster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • den Bau des Goetheanums stehen hatten, der uns mittlerweile
    • hat. Wenn man das Kongenialische dieses Buches mit der
    • ist ja allerdings dasjenige, was ich selbst zu sagen hatte
    • welche gefunden hat, wie dennoch einiges Fruchtbare
    • geübt wird, auch eine gewisse Befriedigung hatten und die
    • sprechen hat, das gegenwärtig sich noch als ein so Fremdes
    • zuerst den Gedanken an diese Schule hatte, zu gleicher Zeit
    • hat der Inhalt eines solchen Sommerkursus einen Sinn.
    • Menschheitsgeschichte angenommen hat.
    • eingeflossen war. Und es hatte der Mensch eine Kunst, die
    • hat.
    • die Abstraktion gegeben hat, eine Wissenschaft, eine
    • Objektivität nichts zu tun hat, was durch die
    • Begonnen hat es damit, daß immer mehr und mehr der Ruf
    • Damit hat es begonnen, ist auch viel weitergegangen. Im
    • der Maschine ab, und man kann ganz passiv sein. Und so hat man
    • daß man diese objektive Welt noch nicht hat in der
    • Bildhaftigkeit dieser objektiven Welt hat.
    • über die Bildhaftigkeit hinauskommen müsse. Man hat
    • sich alle Mühe gegeben hat — und Sie können
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Zweiter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • hat, daß das Kind eigentlich ein anderes Wesen geworden
    • im Laufe der Zeiten die Seelen der Menschen verändert hat,
    • die Tatsachen. Aber noch nicht hat sich die Menschheit
    • in den einzelnen Zeitaltern derjenige Mensch hat bringen
    • wollen, der zur höchsten Stufe des Menschentums hat
    • am nützlichsten seinen Mitmenschen hat werden können.
    • hat; für denjenigen also, der nicht nur in sich selbst die
    • höchste Stufe der Menschheit zur Ausbildung hat bringen
    • hat. Derjenige, der imstande war, die göttliche
    • erinnern, daß der Grieche nicht daran gedacht hat,
    • gedacht hat, den menschlichen Körper in einer solchen
    • wenn man die Wurzel in der richtigen Weise behandelt hat,
    • möchte ich sagen, zuerst gemacht hat, sondern den
    • hat.
    • eingenommen hat.
    • höchste Verkörperung des Menschen gesehen hat.
    • aber hat gewirkt auf die Ansichten in der Erziehung. Die
    • Erziehungswesen hineingebracht hat.
    • MenschheitsideaL Man hatte ja nur noch Augen und Ohren für
    • hat drüben in Asien, im Orient, das fand dann, und wie ich
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Dritter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Erziehungsmethode zu haben, welche der Grieche hatte.
    • heutige rationalistische, intellektualistische Zeit hat ja alle
    • dem Menschen ein Wesen, das ein Leben gehabt hat vor dem
    • sich vollzogen hat. Setzen wir also das göttliche Walten,
    • mitbekommen hat aus dem vorirdischen Leben und rein elementar
    • gepflegt hat bis zu seinem Zahnwechsel, die sollten dem Kinde
    • Wachstumskräften bis zum siebenten Jahre entwickelt hat,
    • Teil dessen, was der Mensch auf Erden zu verrichten hat, von
    • so hat eigentlich gerade für denjenigen, der mit inniger
    • was Griechenland geleistet hat in der Entwicklungsgeschichte
    • dann im Verlaufe des Mittelalters abgespielt hat, in der
    • spirituelles Wissen gehabt hat.
    • eingerichtet hat.
    • sich dadurch erringen, daß er verloren hat das sich von
    • sich geschlossen hat.
    • Griechen hatten, wodurch in wunderbarer Weise ihre
    • entwickelt hatte, stand sie gegenüber dem, was wie durch
    • hatte man außen die historische Tradition, innerlich
    • sich emanzipiert hatte: das Gedächtnis. Und wer da
    • Notwendigkeit heraufgekommen ist, forterhalten hat.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Vierter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • ein Verständnis hatten für Seele und Geist.
    • Menschheit zu tun hatten, könnten heute wieder erneuert
    • ergriffen hat? — Schrecken Sie nicht davor zurück,
    • soll, wie der Grieche den Körper erzogen hat? —
    • Spencer erkannt hat.
    • Menschen mitgeteilt hat, woran nichts erlebt wird. Wir
    • Menschheit hat, wenn wir darauf hinschauen, wie die Menschheit
    • gegenwärtigen Zivilisationsentwickelung hat, den
    • der Gegenwart hat, ein gedachter Geist, ein Geist, der
    • mit dem Vollinhaltlichen, das der Grieche angeschaut hat, wenn
    • er vom Menschen, von seinem Anthropos gesprochen hat, ist ja
    • Grieche, wenn er vom Menschen sprach, hatte immer das Bild des
    • irgendwo, dieser Mensch war irgendwann, dieser Mensch hatte
    • ergreifen. Wo ist es? Welche Gestalt hat es? Es ist ja alles
    • in der Tat, wenn man ein Vollmenschliches in sich hat, wenn man
    • als ein stolzestes Erbgut hat, zurückzuführen in das
    • Wenn aber etwas lebt, so hat das Leben eine Folge. Der Mensch,
    • der eine bestimmte Gestalt, eine bestimmte Begrenzung hat, der
    • Unser Denken, das hat zum Ideal, möglichst, wie man es
    • Grieche, der ging vom körperlichen Menschen aus; den hatte
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Fünfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • hat, energisch zu werden, wenn er stark mit dem hinteren Teil
    • die vorher nicht gewirkt hat. Der Mensch wird ein geschlossenes
    • paralysiert hat durch die von unten nach oben strömenden
    • Kopfe nach unten strömend hat.
    • Zirkulation lebt, ihren Ursprung hat, da lebt auch dasjenige,
    • Denken hat, und vom Willen, sofern das Tier einen Willen hat,
    • er hier auf Erden Gelegenheit hat, erst sein Denken mit seinem
    • genommen verschlafen hat. Verschlafen hat sie die
    • hat sich bis in unsere Gegenwart herein erhalten.
    • den alten Zeiten. Was der Grieche gedacht hat, was der
    • Grieche empfunden hat, das bildet das Kleid für das
    • was der Schreiber des Johannes-Evangeliums empfunden hat, als
    • wenn wir das Wort «Wort» aussprechen, das hatte
    • menschlichen Bewegungsorganismus. Das hat die Menschheit
    • wären und nun schöpferisch sein sollten! Es hat
    • Abschattung desjenigen, was man im Worte empfand; im
    • Tanze wirkte die Abschattung des Wortes im Musikalischen. Da
    • hatte.
    • Dasjenige, was die Menschheit verloren hat, drückt sich am
    • hatten. Ihnen ging noch bei dem Worte der ganze Mensch in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Sechster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Unterrichtende und Erziehende die Möglichkeit hat,
    • in dieser Art lebendige Ideen hat über den Menschen, bei
    • Paul, Friedrich Richter, hat ein wunderbares Wort
    • späteren Leben hat der Mensch einen Geschmack von den
    • Naturvorgänge eine Herde gesehen hat, die eben auf einer
    • Wiese, auf dem Felde ihre Nahrung abgegrast hat und dann
    • Verstände, in einem Schattenbilde des Verstandes, das
    • wenn nichts anderes im Leben dagegen gewirkt hat, dieses Kind,
    • wenn es das fünfzigste, das sechzigste Jahr erreicht hat,
    • Jahre zeigen, wo man nötig hat, diesen Stoffwechsel zu
    • nachdem es sprechen gelernt hat, auch denken lernt.
    • man Kinder, die man hat, im späteren Leben beobachtet, wie
    • nötig hat, wenn es sich um irgend etwas Gesundheitliches
    • Unser humanes Zeitalter hat, mit Recht selbstverständlich,
    • Vortrage eintrete —, unsere Zeit hat gerade deshalb
    • «richtige» Haare hat, die auch richtig angemalt ist,
    • die sogar bewegliche Augen hat — wenn man sie
    • hin, schon innerlich erfahren hat beim Aufrichten, beim
    • hat man in dieser Puppe all dasjenige, was das Kind verstehen
    • aufrecht ist, daß er ein Unten und ein Oben hat,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Siebenter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Wenn nun das Kind das siebente Jahr überschritten hat und
    • Lehrende, der Unterrichtende, hat auf diese plastischen
    • seelisch beim Kinde vor sich hat, hat man das rhythmische
    • Art Musikalisches hat, in seinem ganzen Leben ein Musikalisches
    • hat.
    • künstlerisch das Kind ergriffen hat, aus dem
    • läßt, dann hat dieses Künstlerische das richtige
    • hat, und damit die geistige Erziehung zugleich die beste
    • Menschheit auszuführen hat, zu einem innerlichen
    • Körperliche, das ist eben bloß irdisch, das hat
    • Leben, der Geist allein hat seinen Wert.
    • körperschöpferischen Geist. Gott hat auch nicht die
    • Welt erschaffen dadurch, daß er gesagt hat: die Materie
    • beim Kinde tun können, hat eine gewisse Beziehung zum
    • Erwachsenen gewöhnt haben, und da man das Ideal hat,
    • Richtige hält. Das heißt, man hat eine gewisse
    • dasjenige, was die Schule heranzubringen hat, künstlerisch
    • seiner künstlerischen Betätigung Hunger hat,
    • hat. Kann man daher sorgen für ein richtiges
    • im Künstlerischen. Je mehr der Lehrer Freude hat an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Achter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • der Menschheit, die etwa ihren Abschluß gefunden hat im 8.
    • Jede dieser Epochen hat über dasjenige hinaus, was dem
    • nach etwas anderem gestrebt. Jede dieser Epochen hat ein
    • Weltenrätsel empfunden. Und in jeder Epoche hatte dieses
    • durchgemacht hat. Nur einer heutigen abstrakten Zeit
    • und abgeschattet im Traumleben haben, ein innerliches
    • durch unmittelbare innere Anschauung. Und er hatte dadurch,
    • Menschheit hat. Die heutige Menschheit fühlt sich
    • altere Mensch hatte ein so lebendiges innerliches Erleben von
    • Aber immer hat der Mensch nötig, daß er durch eine
    • Menschheit, die etwas hatten wie ein instinktives Hellsehen,
    • hat in drei aufklärende, eindringliche Worte, das war es,
    • hingestellt hat: Aus dem Gotte sind wir geboren.
    • gewirkt hat, wie Initiationsweisheit religiöses
    • Bewußtsein in dem Menschen erzeugt hat.
    • unmittelbares Erlebnis vor Augen. Hatten noch die alten
    • Weise fühlen. Hatte er früher wenig Empfindung von
    • jener Zeit, in welcher der Mensch hinaufgeschaut hat zu dem
    • genannt hat, den eine frühere griechische Zeit den Logos
    • überwunden hat. Jetzt wurde der Christus wieder Extrakt
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Neunter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Wasser. Fließendes Wasser hat das Kind nun gelernt ins
    • man hat das Kind auf diese Weise dazu gebracht, daß es
    • Verbindung hat bringen können, so daß das ganze
    • Geht man dann über zum Lesen, so hat man ja im Grunde
    • es durch den ganzen Körper erarbeiten gelernt hat. So
    • die man selbst ausgeführt hat. Das ist von einer
    • Lesen ist durchaus in Begriffen lebend; daher hat man es als
    • neuneinhalbte Lebensjahr überschritten hat, es nun in
    • so daß es in Bildern gelebt hat, indem es auf die
    • haben. Es hat gar keine Bedeutung für das Menschenleben
    • konventionelle, ob man vorgelegt bekommen hat diese
    • Haar für sich hat keine Bedeutung — es hat nur eine
    • Haut des Tieres wächst. Es hat nur einen lebendigen Sinn
    • in seinem Zusammenhange. So aber hat auch die Pflanze nur einen
    • als Lehrer innere Lebendigkeit genug hat, der kann dieses
    • Wurzel nach oben den Sproß getrieben hat, der Sproß
    • auf diese Weise aus dem, was eigentlich hat Pflanze werden
    • keine Mühe, die Blüte hervorzubringen. Dann hat man
    • hervorbringt: man hat einen Pilz.
    • es, wenn man es in der Weise künstlerisch vorbereitet hat,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Zehnter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • das eine oder das andere hat, das er tut, dann kann eigentlich
    • wiederum, welche Folge für den Körper etwas hat, wenn
    • Mensch hat ja zunächst seinen physischen Leib. Man nimmt
    • wahr. Der Mensch hat aber außer diesem physischen Leib
    • Bildekräfteleib. Und dann hat der Mensch in sich
    • seelischgeistige Organisation wirken, und das hat die
    • ein ganz bestimmtes Lebensalter hineinfallen, hat man bei
    • Insbesondere aber hat man darauf zu sehen, daß — ja,
    • Bildekräfteleib hat durch seine eigene innere
    • hat: bewegliches, erfindungsreiches Denken, das ist das,
    • was der Lehrer braucht. — Hat der Lehrer durch ein
    • Erwachsener nachgedacht hat über irgendein Problem:
    • gearbeitet hat.
    • Schreibtisch und siehe, er hat in der Nacht, ohne daß er
    • hat der Ätherleib in der Nacht fortgearbeitet; der Mensch
    • hat.
    • Ganzen zu den Teilen, zu den Gliedern, und jetzt hat man aus
    • Man hat die Einheit «entzwei» geteilt, dadurch ist
    • Bedeutung hat, während das Gliedern der Einheit eine
    • solche innere Bedeutung hat, daß es wiederum fortschwingt
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Elfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • ohne daß es mit dem Menschen etwas zu tun hat. Daher
    • Verhältnis zum Menschen hat, das ist mineralisch. Mit dem
    • Welt dadurch ordentlich eingelebt hat, daß es
    • Wollen aufgenommen hat.
    • hat, aber er nimmt nicht teil an diesem menschlichen
    • geschaffen hat, in unserer Umgebung sein lassen, ohne ein
    • Umfange geschaffen hat. Dadurch stellen wir den Menschen
    • Europa und Amerika bekommen, als es hat. In einer ungeheuren
    • was längst der Vergangenheit angehört hat,
    • entwickelt hat. Wir wollen im Waldorfschul-Prinzip gerade das
    • ganz und — gar aus dem Gefühlselemente hervor, hat
    • im Menschen in Anspruch genommen wird. Jede Sprache hat
    • hat eben in rein pädagogisch-didaktischer Beziehung die
    • man auf der einen Seite gesehen hat, wie irgend etwas nicht
    • aufgebaut hat, und daß dieses den Unterricht
    • sich aus der Anthroposophie heraus entwickelt hat, darauf
    • Proletarierstande herausgebildet hat — sie war die
    • Ursprung in einem Göttlichen hat, das läßt sich
    • Zeit, wo er dies oder jenes zu tun hat, ihm das geeignete
    • erziehen will, der hat nötig, darauf zu sehen, daß
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Zwölfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Unterricht und in der Erziehung hat man nach zwei Seiten
    • der Schule zu behandeln hat; die andere Seite aber ist die,
    • Aber beim Kinde hat man nicht etwa bloß darauf zu sehen,
    • entlädt, sondern man hat auch die kleinen intimen
    • eine Weile sich das angehört und angesehen hatte, sagte
    • hat man das Gedächtnis zu wenig in Anspruch genommen. Da
    • daß es die Sache behalten hat. Wir müssen also ein
    • Zuckergenuß hat, entwickelt sich die
    • Hände hat, Klavierspielen beibringen. Es handelt sich
    • Lebertätigkeit hat, dadurch daß man seelisch nun
    • durch Versüßen der Speisen, so hat das Kind die
    • hinschaut. In gewissen Zeiten hat sich ja in der Erziehung
    • Alter angemessen ist. In der Waldorfschule hat eben jede Klasse
    • irgendeinem Teil der Schule zu tun hat.
    • Lebensabschnitte, daß das Kind einen Ausgleich hat
    • Malerischen das Schreiben herauszuholen hat. Also man beginnt
    • Musikunterricht eine künstlerische Ausbildung hat, sondern
    • gefühlt hat: daß die Kunst nicht bloß etwas vom
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Dreizehnter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • menschlichen Wesenheit heraus den Unterricht zu gestalten. Hat
    • sich ihre Stellung schon erstrebt hat oder zu erstreben
    • hat!
    • hat.
    • wissen. Die zeitgenössische Pädagogik hat ja
    • fünfzehnte, sechzehnte Jahr erreicht hat, dann
    • Gebot mit ins spätere Alter, und man hat es dann
    • hat, daß ihm ein Bein oder ein Arm fehlt; da betrachtet er
    • ist nicht der Fall. Man hat dann eigentlich nichts Besonderes
    • gesehen. Dasjenige, was man da gesehen hat, ist vergleichbar
    • herausgeschnitten hat, und nach welchem man nun das ganze Bild
    • erworben hat, was die Eurythmie als Kunst selber einmal sein
    • hier schon wiederholt auseinandergesetzt worden und hat ja den
    • Nun, wenn man solche Figuren formt, so hat man vielleicht schon
    • sonst hört. Man hat daher nur auf dasjenige zu sehen, was
    • übrigen, was der Mensch von Natur hat, einzig und allein
    • angedeutet habe; das hat dann eine bestimmte
    • hat, die linke Seite gespannt hat, das ist dasjenige, was
    • Also gerade bei diesem Eurythmischen hat man das im
    • Erfahrungen gemacht hat, inwiefern der andere
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gegenwärtiges Geistesleben und Erziehung: Abschiedsansprache: Vierzehnter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Welt hat von der anthroposophischen Bewegung eigentlich im
    • auch bei der Einrichtung der Waldorfschule hat uns eigentlich
    • Doch hat man ja in der letzten Zeit nicht gerade viel von der
    • hat noch nicht Seele und Geist. Was in der Welt leben will,
    • anderen praktischen Betätigungen sich gebildet hat,
    • hier hat verstehen wollen, wie in dieser Art ein
    • Menschheit — dafür, daß man das hat verstehen
    • wollen, daß man Interesse gehabt hat für diejenige
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag I
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Mysterien und das man bezeichnet hat mit dem opfernden
    • religiösen Erneuerung, das in Ihren Herzen geflammt hat,
    • vollzogen hat, an der Stätte, aus der wir zuerst die
    • heiligen Eifer, der Sie zuerst ergriffen hat, fortfahren
    • christlichen Nachwelt hat geben wollen mit der Apokalypse. Es
    • einmal die Apokalypse des Johannes für den Christen hat.
    • Christus. Immer war, indem man gestrebt hat nach einer
    • schön war, unter die Menschen zu bringen hatten, dann
    • der Menschenweihehandlung immer den Sinn gegeben hat: die
    • hatten, auszudehnen über alle übrigen Zeiten des
    • Jahres, in denen sie zu zelebrieren hatten. So bewahrten sie
    • -kräften in den heiligen Zeiten gemacht hatten. Sie
    • Zeiten waren, sich vollzogen hatten.
    • Menschenweihehandlung zu strahlen hat.
    • genannt hat: die Fermente. Das, was ein be-stimmtes Alter
    • erreicht hat und in bezug auf sein substantielles Dasein
    • hat, das ist ein Ferment. Wir brauchen uns, wenn wir einen
    • hindurch seine eigene innere Substanz bewahrt hat, aufbewahrt
    • Begonnen hat nun eine neue Zeit der Mysterien, eine neue Zeit
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag II
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • die aus dem Kosmos heraus eine Verwandlung erfahren hatten, um
    • hatten, die man auch wohl die «Väter» nannte.
    • vollzogen hat, war das jedesmal auch in seinem Bewußtsein.
    • Felsen- oder Erdtempel begeben hatten, um unmittelbar
    • substantiellen Zusammensetzung nichts hat von dem, was man
    • aufwärtsfließende Strömung hatte der Vater in
    • durch das Zelebrieren auf dem Altar erhalten hatte, der von
    • war mit der Erde, das, was er auf dem Altar zubereitet hatte,
    • hatte, eine Mahlzeit war, die sein kosmischer Mensch vollzog.
    • lebendigen Inhalt verloren hatte -, daß da in den Tempeln,
    • die bereits über die Erde herauf sich erhoben hatten,
    • irgendeiner Weise zu tun hat mit dem flüssigen Element,
    • Kultuswort, das Gebetswort. - Jedes Gebet hat im Grunde
    • Göttern. Das hat dann die Zeiten innerlichen Erlebens
    • überstrahlt hat, übernommen habt.
    • Erde strömenden Weltenwort, das alles geschaffen hat, das
    • Apokalyptische wahrgenommen. Vielleicht hat jemand von Euch -
    • am Tage als Symphonie gehört hatte. So war es bei den
    • in ihm anwesend wurde die Gottheit. Sie hatten das Kultwort
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag III
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Menschheit hat ja die Laute der Sprache, die eigentlich ein so
    • merkwürdigen Weise behandelt. Die Menschheit hat die Laute
    • behandelt. Sie hat die Laute der Sprache numeriert, wie wir die
    • Zeit, in der man die Laute numeriert hat, dann finden wir in
    • hatte. Wir haben da schon im Menschen selber eine
    • Mensch während der alten Saturnentwickelung erhalten hat,
    • Wärmemolluske gefühlt hatte, etwas wie eine
    • hat etwas Abstraktes, unsere Sprache zaubert nicht das
    • Saturnmenschen kannte, der noch nicht die Wärmehaut hatte,
    • hat, die in ihrer Konfiguration die Welt nachahmte. Das war das
    • erste, was der Mensch von der Welt angenommen hat.
    • erste, was der Mensch von der Welt bekommen hat; die Haut -
    • Makrokosmos als sprechendes Weltall gefühlt hat. Wir haben
    • für die Menschen, die Laute der Sprache, abgeschattet zur
    • Jesu Christi, die Gott gegeben hat!
    • hereingestellt hat in die Welt, dasjenige, was sie in die
    • Sichtbarkeit gestellt hat, auch in Worten zum Ausdruck
    • Interpretation der Erscheinung Jesu Christi und Gott hat sie
    • Gott hat sie ins Wort gebracht und gesandt durch seinen Engel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag IV
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Christi, das der Vatergott gegeben hat, und bemerken durfte
    • handeln, wie wenn er das, was er zu schreiben hat, unter
    • hat eigentlich das Verständnis für diese Dinge, das
    • Zeit seines Lebens ungeheuer stark bemüht hatte, zum
    • Bibel noch nicht wörtlich nehmen kann, hat ja die Stellen,
    • und nach ergeben hat. Dem evangelischen Bewußtsein
    • ist das konkret vorzustellen? Auf wen hat man deuten
    • wen hat man deuten müssen? So wenig das dem heutigen
    • «Engel» sagte. Man hatte die Vorstellung: Christliche
    • nun spricht er davon, was er diesen Gemeinden zu sagen hat, und
    • Mysterien von Ephesus geboren hat, in denen auf die Weise, wie
    • diesem Christentum ganz besonders nahegestanden hat.
    • Christentum aufgenommen hat, die mit der ersten Liebe dem
    • hatten und durch diese verschiedenen Kulte sich in
    • dieser Gemeinden hat sich das Christentum auf besondere Art aus
    • Sardes. Die Gemeinde von Ephesus hatte einen Kultus, der tief
    • schreibt von Sardes: «das da hat die sieben Geister Gottes
    • Sardes vor, worauf sie besonders zu achten hat? Der Gemeinde
    • gesprochen hat. So ist zum Beispiel Alexander der Große
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag V
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • sich zu entfalten hat, muß dasjenige, was die Führung
    • Grundstruktur der ersten nachatlantischen Zeit war, mehr als
    • und Lebensanschauung der ersten nachatlantischen Zeit sehen
    • urpersische Kultur gelebt hat, die dann übergegangen ist
    • in der die dritte nachatlantische Kultur gelebt hat. Wir
    • dieser Kultur gelebt hat.
    • verwiesen auf jene Kultur, die wir die vierte nachatlantische
    • fünften nachatlantischen Periode. Wenn man hinschaut auf
    • Entwickelung der nachatlantischen Zeit und zugleich die innere
    • nachatlantischen
    • Geheimnis der vierten nachatlantischen Epoche, ein fahles Pferd
    • unsere Zeit. In der vierten nachatlantischen Epoche tritt in
    • nachatlantische Epoche zurück. Die menschliche
    • seines Hineinwachsens in den Erdenaufenthalt hatte. Der Mensch
    • hatte in seinem gewöhnlichen Bewußtsein noch eine
    • zweiten und dritten nachatlantischen Epoche so bedeutsam
    • hinein. Das war es, was in der vierten nachatlantischen Epoche
    • wirklich erst in der vierten nachatlantischen Epoche ein, so
    • ist so, wie sich das vierte nachatlantische Bewußtsein im
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag VI
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Apokalypse hat diese Siebenzahl in der mannigfaltigsten Weise
    • verloren hat. Sie müssen nur sich einmal vor die Seele
    • vorstellt. Ihre Verleiblichung hat man in so etwas gesucht wie
    • gesprochen hat, so hat man eben von demjenigen gesprochen, was
    • Zahlenreihe. Man hat durchaus nicht in dieser Weise wie heute
    • genommen, sondern man hat erlebt, was da liegt in der Drei, in
    • der Vier, man hat erlebt das geschlossene Wesen der Drei, das
    • absolute Gültigkeit hatte. Seit dem Beginn unseres
    • von Golgatha stattgefunden hat auf der Erde, so treffen wir
    • Erzengel Anael hat, dann in das Zeitalter des Zachariel, dann
    • Fünf/Sieben, im fünften nachatlantischen
    • dem Zeitpunkt, in dem das fünfte nachatlantische Zeitalter
    • nachatlantischen Zyklus während des fünften
    • nachatlantischen Zeitraum mit aus den Marskräften
    • nachatlantischen Zeitraum trennt, der als der fünfte
    • nachatlantischen Periode, eine sechste und eine siebente werden
    • steht und in dem fünften nachatlantischen Kulturzeitraum,
    • großen Erdenzeitalter, in der nachatlantischen Periode.
    • einem gewissen starken Sinne losgelöst hat von der
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag VII
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Gemütsseele des Menschen, wie sie sich ausgebildet hat
    • Verstandes- oder Gemütsseele hat ja eine große Rolle
    • selber zu denken hatte. Und da standen sich die beiden
    • göttliche Wesenheit; und er hat neben diesen großen
    • göttliche Natur? Hat man in Christus wirklich ein
    • gemein hat mit derjenigen des späteren römischen
    • Diese Anschauung hat dann weitergewirkt, sie hat nur ihre
    • ersten Konzils von Nicäa zerstört hat, daß die
    • auf römischem Gebiet lange vorbereitet hat, geht ja dann
    • es nicht deutlich aus, aber er hat es in seinem Gefühl,
    • eine tiefe Bedeutung hatte, und wir wollen uns jetzt einmal vor
    • mitgebracht hatte durch die Vererbung, durch die Abstammung.
    • stärkste Polarität zum Christentum, denn sie hat den
    • Zeitraum, der ebensolange dauert, wie der Zeitraum gedauert hat
    • Christentums von einer Lehre, die nur dazu hat führen
    • geführt hat, man könne die Evolution des Menschen
    • hat, gerade über die Transsubstantiation hatten. Denn in
    • Athanasianismus gesehen hat.
    • Wirken des Geistes in den Naturgesetzen hat? Nicht die
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Christus-Evolution vorzubereiten hat für das menschliche
    • Intelligenz der Erde. Und jeder solche Planet hat nicht nur
    • die Absicht und das, was die Absicht im Auge hat.
    • Sonnendämon, er hat die Absicht, indem er nur das alte
    • Sonnendämon hat dieses Zeichen:
    • Griechisch-Lateinische, hatte man ja jene Art von Lesen, die in
    • Diese Buchstaben schreibt er in ihrem Zahlenwert, und er hat
    • man die entsprechenden Vokale zu sprechen hat, ergeben den
    • hat: Sorat. Sorat hieß in dieser Zeit der
    • hat ihm seine Schätze ja genommen - seine Absichten
    • den Tod gefunden hatte, in den Herzen derjenigen, die die
    • verleumdeten und man eine billige Anklage gegen sie hatte, die
    • des 19. Jahrhunderts wiederum die Erdenherrschaft hat, um in
    • er gearbeitet hat, bis seine vorige Herrschaft zu Ende war,
    • sich abgespielt hat. Das hat sich ja weiter fortgesetzt. Und im
    • herabgedämpftes Bewußtsein hatten. Das ist aber immer
    • Daß das so ist, das müssen wir wissen. Denn was hat
    • Götterwelt. Und in keinem anderen Geiste hat der
    • betrachten hatte, und daß der Impuls zum Formulieren
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag IX
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • erfahren hat, hineinstellt in die Gegenwartsentwickelung und es
    • zu tun hat mit Lehren, während in der christlichen
    • Unter dem Einfluß des Intellektualismus hat das
    • daß der Christus Jesus auf der Erde gelebt hat und die Tat
    • auf Golgatha verrichtet hat. Und die Lehre ist eben nur das
    • allgemeines Gefühl hat beim Erwachen, oder er schaut
    • welche die Sache noch miterlebt hatten, und welche aus den
    • unmittelbaren Eindrücken, die sie miterlebt hatten',
    • übertragen konnten. Christus hat ja auch seine Jünger
    • Apokalypse mit innerem Verständnis aufgenommen hatten, der
    • gesagt, der Empfänger der Apokalypse selbst erhalten hat
    • hat zunächst zur Vorbereitung der Menschen das bewirkt,
    • Mysterien hat gar nicht Anspruch darauf erhoben, etwas anderes
    • dagewesen in der Erde. Nun bleibt er da. Er hat seine Tat auf
    • würdig machen. Man hatte es stark empfunden in alten
    • daß er aber eine Entwickelung hat, die ihn mit demjenigen
    • entgegenkommt. Man hat stark diese Verbindung mit der
    • Man hatte diese wunderschöne Vorstellung: Wenn ich
    • erstes Haus gebaut hat, denn als erstes Haus baut sich der
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag X
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • wenn man es mit einer solchen Offenbarung zu tun hat, die sich
    • gegeben hat, war so und so weit gebildet, und man kann von ihm
    • weite Perspektive gehabt hat. - Ich will diese Frage, ob der
    • Schreiber der Apokalypse diese Perspektive gehabt hat oder
    • Erlebnishintergründe hat, von denen ich gesprochen habe.
    • spricht, daß wir gewahr werden: Er hat nicht nur in seinem
    • Gottheit, sondern er hat sie in seinem ganzen Menschen. Er
    • bewußt ist, in den sogenannten drei Personen hat man die
    • zu tun hat, was in die Freiheit des seelischen Erlebens
    • tun hat.
    • Zukunftszeiten, derjenige, der den Namen hat, den nur er allein
    • eigentlich; und wenn er einen Namen geschrieben hat, den nur er
    • einen Namen hat. Das ist nicht derselbe Name, von dem
    • seinen Keim hat in dem Verständnis des Mysteriums von
    • wird, daß man auf ein ganz bestimmtes Jahr zu weisen hat,
    • Erde verrichtet hat dadurch, daß er ihnen innewohnt. Aber
    • gewissem Sinne leiten und führen. Der Priester hat die
    • zu führen hat. Er ist der Sakramente-Spender, er ist der
    • äußere Welt hat es zu tun mit den Menschen, wie sie
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XI
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • real. Und man hat wohl Grund, gerade innerhalb unseres
    • des Christus auf Erden. Die Menschheit hat sich darauf
    • welcher geherrscht hat - ich möchte es stereotyp
    • hat, ob er der linken oder der rechten Richtung angehört,
    • physischen Welt hat, um in der physischen Welt zwischen
    • arbeiten hat. Das kann das Medium nicht, weil es nicht mit
    • daß Babylon diese Entwickelung durchgemacht hat von der
    • fortgeführt hat, was in dem Babylonischen gelebt hat,
    • gegriffen hat, so daß sie in ihren Seelen eigentlich
    • Apokalyptiker geschildert hat.
    • Lehren des Tieres verkündet: der falsche Prophet. Man hat
    • Mediums in Anspruch genommen hat, nun, nachdem die Hypnose
    • aufgehört hat, in den physischen und ätherischen Leib
    • alles schon vorhanden. Hat sich doch der furchtbare Fall
    • homo» geschrieben hat, war nicht die
    • Unterscheidungen, die man heute hat, wird man in Zukunft diese
    • anderen Standpunkt hat als die Menschen, ganz anders über
    • Michael, der die Würde eines Erzengels hat, hat nicht den
    • hat. Michael ist «nur» Erzengel. Vom michaelischen
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XII
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • nachatlantischen Zeitraum, und innerhalb dessen am Beginn des
    • geschehen hat, und wir blicken zurück von da aus auf den
    • vierten nachatlantischen Zeitraum, der dem unsrigen unmittelbar
    • wissen ja, daß dieser vierte nachatlantische Zeitraum
    • ungefähr begonnen hat um das Jahr 747 vor dem Mysterium
    • von Golgatha, daß in diesen vierten nachatlantischen
    • Hälfte des vierten nachatlantischen Zeitraums stattfand,
    • sagen (es wird gezeichnet): Der fünfte nachatlantische
    • hat, wie wir wissen, welche sozusagen ein neues Antlitz unserer
    • Erde herbeigeführt hat.
    • wesentlich andere Formen hatte, als die späteren sind.
    • sich die Erde verfestigt hat aus verhältnismäßig
    • der atlantischen Zeit ein ganz anderes. Es hatte in der Mitte
    • möglich waren. Wir hatten dort zum Beispiel in der
    • Sehnsucht hatte, etwas weit weg Liegendes zu ergreifen, dessen
    • waltenden Götter. Man hatte keinen Zweifel, daß da
    • nachatlantischen Zeitraumes ansehen - gewiß, in den
    • nachatlantischen Zeitraum näherte, war das nicht mehr so
    • göttliche Walten im vierten nachatlantischen Zeitraum. Es
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XIII
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • die Imaginationen, die man vor sich hat, hereinspricht die
    • Inspiration. Man hat dann die Schauung so, daß sich
    • Okkultismus: Sieben ist die vollkommenste Zahl -, und man hat
    • Stätten hat man diese Zeit von dem Zeitalter der
    • mit wem man es bei den Menschen in der Regel zu tun hat.
    • denken hat, daß der Priester solche Dinge wissen muß.
    • Wie hat man sich solchen Menschen gegenüber zu
    • Solchen Menschen gegenüber hat man oftmals eine recht
    • Individualität in ihnen. Nur hat man ihnen das
    • zu verbergen hat, handelt es sich darum, daß man für
    • was zur Zeit der Kreuzzüge stattgefunden hat. Mit den
    • tatsächlich ungeheuer starke Impressionen hatten von ihrem
    • man aufzufassen hat als diejenige des vierten Siegels, wo in
    • sich verbreitet hat, bis zu den Kreuzzügen, in Europa im
    • Priesterschaft hatte Evangelium und Kultus. Der Kultus war das,
    • gefaßt hatten, die Geheimnisse des Orients waren. Da sind
    • Argusaugen gewacht hat über all dasjenige, was man
    • schriftlich hatte, wie man heute darüber wacht. Dadurch
    • das hat Wurzel gefaßt gerade zur Zeit der
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XIV
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Nun, im Geiste, wie ihn der Mensch heute hat, leben ja die
    • vergleichen. Das Bild, das im Spiegel erscheint, hat in der
    • der Mensch im Leben hat, eigentlich wie Spiegelbilder, so
    • willkürlichen Einteilung hat man es bei der Gliederung des
    • Menschen nicht zu tun, sondern, sagen wir es so: Man hat
    • elementarischen Wesen dem Menschen etwas gegeben hat auf Erden,
    • das den Drachen unter ihren Füßen hat. Da hat er die
    • Schwelle zu treten hat, wo eine Dreiheit erscheint als die
    • sich aus Wolken herausbildet, sonnenähnliches Gesicht hat,
    • hat, von denen der eine auf dem Meer, der andere auf der Erde
    • Rätsel unserer Zeit, das sich herausgebildet hat seit
    • nur das Denken ausgebildet hat, und daß dieses nicht mit
    • zurückgehen. Bei diesen hat man es zu tun mit
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XV
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • menschlichen Evolution hat. Wir müssen dabei nur bedenken,
    • Gefühl: Es hat sich dasjenige, was man da in der Umgebung
    • wenn man dies zuerst erfaßt hat, bekommt man eine
    • es hat darauf keinen Einfluß, ob man in einer Gegend
    • «Jede Wirkung hat eine Ursache», «Materie ist
    • man in allen Mysterien immer wieder und wieder betont hat, was
    • viele okkulte Ursachen hatte, vom Himmel herunter in
    • hat an schädigenden Dingen, hinweggeschafft werden, was
    • gleichviel ob man Erfolg oder Mißerfolg hat, es ist
    • der Hochschulbewegung kommt, denn es hat uns eigentlich wenig
    • unmittelbar aus der geistigen Welt ihren Urimpuls hat, ganz
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vorbesprechung
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Kräfte geschrieben hatten, als eine Art von
    • hatte ich die Frage aufgefaßt, daß diese Alternative
    • Menschenweihehandlung stattgefunden hat, die Bewegung für
    • religiöse Erneuerung entwickelt hat, ist doch so, daß
    • genommen hat, nicht anerkannt zu werden, ich möchte sagen,
    • Ihrer Frage gelegen hat, das intensive oder das extensive
    • vorhanden ist und heute den Charakter hat, mit dem Spirituellen
    • ergeben hat beim Durchschauen Ihres letzten Heftes, wo Sie ja
    • hat. Ja, nicht wahr, Sie müssen doch auch das Positive in
    • Auflage von 6000 hat, getan werden kann. Solche Dinge muß
    • eine solche geistige Substanz hat. Das alles ist doch etwas,
    • Kirche sagt: Was geht uns der einzelne Priester an, der hat
    • Aber der Protestantismus hat sich dadurch, daß er alles
    • auf die Persönlichkeit gestellt hat, aus dem Geist mehr
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XVI
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • hat sich heute die verblüffende Sache ereignet, daß
    • vor Ihnen vorzubringen vorhatte. Da sehen Sie, wie
    • Einheit vor sich hat von Sternenwelt und Erdenwelt, daß er
    • Mittelalter hindurch noch gesprochen hat. Wo er von den
    • schon gewußt hat über die Natur des Kometarischen,
    • Schwerkranken, und katholische Priester hatten durch Erteilen
    • stattgefunden hat, ist nicht gleich herausgekommen, was Lalande
    • eigentlich in dem Vortrag hatte sagen wollen. Nun, die
    • aber die Berechnung hat doch gestimmt.
    • lichtschwächer war, sondern es waren zwei da; er hatte
    • geklappt hatte, so mußte eigentlich dazumal das
    • die Erde. Der Komet hatte sich zunächst in zwei Teile und
    • mit dem Wesen der Erde verbunden wurden. Er hat den Weg
    • feinen Berechnungen. Da hat ein aufgeklärter Mensch
    • über die Sache geschrieben. Er hat eine Berechnung
    • aufgestellt und hat dabei alle Dinge in Erwägung gezogen.
    • Er hat ausgerechnet, daß ein großes Unglück noch
    • damals, als man die Kometenbahn berechnet hat, als der Komet
    • Erde ersterben müßte. Aber der Komet hat sich vorher
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XVII
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • Verhältnis zu setzen, hat nun der Apokalyptiker, wie er
    • das hat es ihm möglich gemacht, so sachgemäß die
    • gefunden hat. Denn, meine lieben Freunde, es ist einfach
    • kennen. Man hat dasjenige vor sich, was man im weitesten
    • genügend innere Kraft hat, sehen kann - auch wenn er gar
    • nichts von historischen Nachrichten hat -, daß an einer
    • für die Menschheit etwas abgespielt hat, haben Erdbeben
    • bezieht sich das, was er mit diesen Siegeln zu sagen hat, auf
    • Vorstellung, wenn man so denkt: Man hat den Weltinhalt in
    • man die Natur um sich sieht, hat man eigentlich in der
    • der Sterne. Die Sternenwelt hat sich uns in die Wesenheiten der
    • Das, was ich jetzt auseinandersetze, meine lieben Freunde, hat
    • geschildert hat, wie ich es jetzt schildere, allmählich in
    • Babyloniern sich verunreinigt hat an den Symbolen der
    • jüdische Mystik, hat dieser Irrtum von der Rangordnung der
    • daß das Reale im Mikrokosmos auch die Berechtigung hat,
    • tun hat, hinüberführt zu den Funktionen des
    • merkwürdigen Gang durchgemacht hat, den die Priesterschaft
    • Instinktleben ausgegangen, sie hat am besten da gewirkt, wo man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Apokalypse: Vortrag XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • Erneuerung» gehalten hat.
    • sozusagen in die Hand zu nehmen hat, in seine eigene
    • Individualität hereinzugliedern hat. Natürlich ist
    • die Eigenschaften des Satans hat, sondern eine niedrigere Macht
    • ist. Satan hat den Rang von Urkräften, von Archai, und er
    • Intellektualität ergriffen hat, lange bevor sie in der
    • Tradition der Satan genannt wird, hat keine Kraft, weiter
    • christlichen Tradition Satan genannte Macht die Gabe hat, sich
    • Mächten. Daher hat Satan es dann, wenn er sich zum
    • freiwillig zu identifizieren hat mit den letzten Zielen der
    • anzuschließen hat an dasjenige Wesen, das ihn geleitet
    • hat, solange er noch nicht kosmosmündig war.
    • Sozialdemokratie eine riesige Rolle gespielt hat - nur insoweit
    • individuell betrachtet hat; dann kann man sagen, in soundsoviel
    • Ebenso hat die statistische Betrachtungsweise einen ungeheuren
    • wahnsinnig werden. Es hat gar keinen Wert für wirkliche
    • Macht eben in Mitteleuropa und im Osten gezeigt hat, ist
    • Macht durch dasjenige, was sie an Anstrengungen entwickelt hat,
    • da alles gewirkt hat, das ist eigentlich etwas Furchtbares. Es
    • Sehen Sie, es hat einmal eine solche Individualität
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Erster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Herumreden im allgemeinen hat.
    • mitzuteilen, für etwas zu wirken, zu etwas zu befeuern hat, und
    • hat es zunächst mit dem Wirken verschiedener Instinkte zu tun, wenn man
    • einen ersten Satz zu sagen hat, der etwas berührt, was seine
    • Zuhörer bisher nicht im geringsten beschäftigt hat. Wenn
    • Durchschnittsprofessor habe eine Rede zu halten. Er hat es
    • und wenn er ein richtiger Durchschnittsprofessor ist, hat er es zu
    • hätten ja wohl, wenn sie es hatten verstehen wollen,
    • überdies sehr lange dazu gebraucht; aber denen hat auch das
    • allerlei Anleitungen solche Regeln aufgesucht hat, nach denen man mit
    • attackieren. Sympathie oder Antipathie! Aber mit unseren Gedanken hat
    • Dinge, die man vorzubringen hat, gefühlt, empfunden hat, und was
    • das Kind vor sich hat. Deshalb läuft zum Beispiel die
    • aus dieser Nachempfindung, die man gegenüber dem Kinde hat, und
    • aus dem, was man selber einmal gefühlt und empfunden hat an dem,
    • was man vorzubringen hat, aus alledem ergibt sich ganz instinktiv die
    • Art, wie man zu sprechen oder auch zu hantieren hat.
    • selber hat, anwendet. Weisheit hilft einem bei einem blöden
    • hat. In dem Augenblick, wo man das blöde Kind unterrichtet,
    • Klasse zu behandeln hat – sich völlig gegenwärtig
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Zweiter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • gewohnt ist, über Dinge überhaupt zu sprechen. Man hat sich
    • Materialismus geherrscht hat, rednerisch die Dinge der Außenwelt
    • in beschreibender Art vorzubringen. Da hatte man in der
    • etwas, was man anstreben solle. Und da man immer die Meinung hat,
    • Wesen des Organismus, daß man ihn nicht zu organisieren hat,
    • nicht nötig hat; aber dann macht sich fortwährend ihr
    • war, zuerst in die Universitäten hineingeschoben hat. Sie finden
    • eigentlichen mitteleuropäischen Ausdruck gefunden hat in den
    • entwik-kelt hat, unbedingt rückgängig machen müssen,
    • was eine Zeitlang sich fortentwickelt hat, muß an einem Punkt
    • welche der ganze Mensch im alten Orient zu der Sprache hatte. Diese
    • besonderen Verhältnis, das der Franzose zu seiner Sprache hat.
    • und er hat nicht Eloquenz vorgetragen, sondern hat sich als Professor
    • Eloquenz war. Da hat es sich Curtius allerdings sehr angelegen sein
    • möglichst wenig berücksichtigt hat. Im übrigen war es
    • Professoren der Eloquenz nicht mehr hineinpassen, und er hat
    • das Deutsche etwa, nehmen, so hat ja alles, was man im
    • ist mit die Aufgabe, die in einem gewissen Sinne zu lösen hat,
    • Reden in den Zeiten vorhanden war, aus denen sich erhalten hat die
    • Menschen unter irgendeiner Aufgabe sprach, darauf zu sehen hatte,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Dritter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Redner stellen kann, darum handeln, den Stoff, den man zu behandeln hat,
    • vorgestellt hat und eines nach dem anderen in der Vorbereitung
    • gewissermaßen durchgenommen hat. Ist man nicht in der Lage,
    • der betreffenden Sache unmittelbar erlebt hat, und versuchen, nachdem
    • man eine Art Komposition der Rede vor sich hat, die Erfahrungen in
    • wird im allgemeinen die Skizze zum Vorbereiten sein. Man hat also dann in
    • genau hat man dieses Tableau vor sich, daß man, wie es ja
    • und das ist, nachdem man auf der einen Seite das Ganze hat
    • ich sage niemals: das Gerippe hat – und auf der anderen Seite
    • die einzelnen Erfahrungen, hat man nötig, die Ideen, die sich
    • überhaupt einen Sinn hat, über diese Dinge, über eine
    • soll, zu wem man zu sprechen hat, bevor man an das Sprechen
    • Vorstellungen gemacht hat, weil sie gewissermaßen gedankenlos in
    • bezug auf das soziale Leben dahinvegetiert hat. Es würde immer
    • empfunden hat, heraus aus bestimmten Begriffen. Wie man die Sache selbst
    • nicht geredet hätte, sondern als ob irgend jemand geredet hatte
    • Ja, eigentlich hat uns der Vortragende gar nichts Neues gesagt!
    • sozialen Organismus. In bezug auf dieses geistige Glied hat der
    • sagt: Geistesleben, das hat für sich gar keine Wirklichkeit.
    • Meh-ring, hat diese Sache ja bis zum besonderen Radikalismus
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Vierter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • der Gleichheit anzustreben hat. Denn eigentlich –
    • der gegenwärtige Mensch gar keine Empfindung hat für ein
    • Verhältnissen heraus zu reden hat. Denn die Sache liegt ja im
    • Zwangsjacke wäre, und hat die Aufgabe, unter solchen
    • was dieses Neue sei. Man hatte nicht die Kraft, es zu verstehen, aber
    • man hatte zunächst das Gefühl, man müsse wissen, was
    • schrecklichste Frage, die hat heraufkommen können vom rein
    • Schweiz hat so dagestanden während der furchtbarsten
    • Theorie – daran teilgenommen hat, und durch das, was von
    • Verhältnisse hereingewirkt hat. Die schweizerische
    • Bevölkerung hat deshalb gar nicht eine eigentliche Empfindung,
    • ein Neues kommen müsse oder das Alte bleiben müsse, so hat
    • gehört hat, gehört hat auf der einen Seite von
    • Mitteleuropa, gehört hat von England und dem Westen auf der
    • hineingegangen ist, und nicht, was er eigentlich erlebt hat. Und
    • oder andere Waagschale noch zu legen hat.
    • und er hat zu wenig Erfahrung über diese Dinge, als daß es ihm
    • Jahrhunderte hindurch immerfort demokratisch genannt hat, wiederum
    • nicht sagen, man wolle die Demokratie nicht! Kurz, man hat wirklich
    • hat über Österreich sagen müssen. Leute, die etwas von
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Fünfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • das Geistesleben zu sagen hat, aus einem selbst heraus kommt. Man
    • über das kommen will, was im Wirtschaftsleben zu geschehen hat,
    • erst gekommen ist im letzten Drittel des 19. Jahrhunderts, die hat ja
    • dieses Reduzieren ad absurdum geführt hat.
    • hatte, da konnte man sehr einfach die Kriegsentschädigung
    • machen. Aber das hat sich ja selbst ad absurdum geführt. In dem
    • Handel zwischen Deutschland und Frankreich hat sich das nicht mehr
    • mitbringt, wenn man nötig hat, sich an so etwas zu halten, eine
    • Leiter der Schlagsätze hat, hineinkommt.
    • wenn also der Schluß in einer gewissen Weise etwas hat, was als
    • Schlagsätze aufgeschrieben hat. Also, sagen wir, man
    • sagen hat.
    • Instinkt gebracht hat, daß man also tatsächlich die
    • hat man auch zugleich die Gelegenheit, in den Zwischenpausen den Atem in
    • Hat
    • regulieren, wenn Sie sich einfach an das Lauten halten. Man hat in
    • der folgende Spruch ist. Er hat vier Zeilen. Diese vier Zeilen sind
    • zu dem Kräftigmachen der Sprache, daß man die Sprache so hat,
    • Gliedern hat und sie aus den Gliedern herausfließen läßt.
    • Auf ein solches Schreiben hat man insbesondere eine Zeitlang –
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, soziale Dreigliederung und Redekunst: Sechster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Schriftliches von sich gibt gegenüber dem Leser. Der Redner hat
    • vor sich hat, sondern einen Zuhörer. Der Zuhörer ist nicht
    • in der Lage, wenn er irgend etwas nicht verstanden hat,
    • der Leser in der Lage, und darauf hat man Rücksicht zu nehmen.
    • Auffassungsgabe hat, doch nicht ermüdet werde. Man wird also
    • gerade um so mehr, je mehr man es zu tun hat mit etwas, das auf
    • was dazwischen liegt. Dadurch wird er im Auffassen befreit und er hat
    • nachfolgenden Einatmung. Kurz, das Einatmen überhaupt hat etwas
    • man einer Erörterung zuhört, dann hat man
    • einzuschläfern. Denn dieses logische Entwickeln, das hat den
    • Ich glaube nicht, daß jemand hier sitzt, der die Meinung hat:
    • hat eben doch Beine! Man braucht nur zum Beispiel sich zu erinnern,
    • ganzen Menschen, sie hat also doch Beine! Und den Zuhörer zu
    • Zuhörern zu tun hat, passen sie dann sogar noch auf den
    • Aufmerksamkeit darauf gelenkt hat, wie wirklich gute Redner solche
    • der Kanone stehe ein Kanonier. Der Kanonier hat die Zündschnur
    • Vorgesetzten gehört hat, er habe das Pulver erfunden? Niemand
    • Gefühl hat, der Mann rede subjektiv. Ich habe Ihnen auch das
    • sagen wir, zum Beispiel Pfeile hat, gehoben werden. Es ist eben so:
    • hatte ja eine Zeitlang in dem Abgeordneten Meyer einen solchen
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture I: Cimabue, Giotto, and Other Italian Masters
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • that is named after him) — Cimabue was working at about the
    • time, let us say, of Dante's birth. For external history, what
    • concerned, the work of Cimabue emerges in such a way that to
    • our way into what comes before us in Cimabue's work, we find
    • brief description. We must not forget that the time of the origin
    • of the second millennium A.D. when Cimabue lived, — that
    • that transcends the Earth. To a great extent, all man's thought
    • spiritual Powers break through into this earthly life? What was
    • it that came into this earthly world from spheres beyond? Men
    • to express in pictorial Art what was thus living in the souls of
    • sense, or of painting true to Nature, or following this or that
    • lectures that the Romans were an unimaginative people. It was
    • into the unimaginative Roman culture that Christianity, coming
    • vivid ideas arose, as to how one should portray the figures that
    • unimaginativeness, if I may so describe it, took hold of what
    • Moreover, we know of a remarkable controversy that arose in the
    • an ugly form, yet so, that through the ugly features there shone
    • the inner life of soul, the mighty event that was being enacted
    • the West, in Italy, men were more of the opinion that the Saviour
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture II: Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • showed the period of Art which finally merged into that of the great
    • in the artistic world of feeling, which finally led up to what was so
    • friends, that in our time people have little understanding for what is
    • a whole. People say that our attention is thus diverted unduly from
    • case at all. Indeed, it is only in our own time that this distinction
    • I do not mean that they borrowed their subject-matter from the spiritual
    • the specific quality of the world-conception of that time. In our time,
    • feeling for what is truly artistic is not always prevalent among us.
    • when we say of Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael, that they bore within
    • that a man can build a Gothic church even if he has not the remotest
    • believe that one can paint the Trinity even if one has no feeling for
    • what is intended to be living in it. In this way, Art is expelled from
    • as such, imagining that with aesthetic views and feelings which happen
    • what should be said on this point), it was only natural for them to
    • only remember that at the end of the 15th and beginning of the 16th
    • idea that a specific moral impulse must be living in what goes by the
    • and moralising forms, by no means identical with what I described the
    • in a world that was their very own, and they saw Nature herself in the
    • midst of this same world. We need but call to mind: In that time, even
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture III: Dürer and Holbein
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • all the elements that culminate in him, we have to deal with a
    • problem is the relation of this artistic evolution to that other
    • what is really important in the evolution of this European Art, we
    • mainsprings in Middle Europe. I mean that Central Europe which we
    • certain sense, behind what is directly, physically
    • perceptible. Accordingly, whatsoever the Southern imagination seeks
    • something that lies beneath the outer objects works into their
    • back into the oldest time, we find that to begin with it makes no
    • which it portrays; it seeks to express what comes from the soul's
    • well-measured Form that is appropriate to human nature, but in the
    • with the individual expression of the soul's life; with all that
    • to us of what was there in olden times, — I do not mean so
    • spread of Christianity. Little is left of what wls contained in the
    • in all the cultural life that spread from the North towards the
    • Spain, the true nature of the impulses that they contain. For these
    • instance, all that is living in the famous “Last
    • from the Southern spirit. See what dramatic life and movement he
    • you will realise, working in all this, a Northern impulse that
    • they no longer contain what comes, as it were, out of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture IV: Mid-European and Southern Art
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • today, supplementing those that were shown last week. Today I
    • propose in the main to supplement what I endeavoured to explain
    • Mid-European impulses, layer upon layer, as it were, so that it is
    • will remember what I emphasised last time. From underlying impulses
    • of the Mid-European spiritual life, there arose what we may call
    • soul in movement — that is the goal of the Mid-European
    • very early stage by the Mid-European) looks more to all that enters
    • treated as though it were something that lives a life apart. This,
    • artistic qualities, for all that works in form and colouring, in
    • recognise that the specifically artistic qualities that come to
    • with all that is brought to it through the Church — through
    • strongly individual characterisation of all that is life and
    • movement in the human soul. We cannot understand what took place
    • until the 12th and 13th centuries if we merely consider what we
    • earlier centuries from what it afterwards became. It was only in
    • later times that the rigidly dogmatic qualities which so repel us,
    • question: To what does Art appeal among the Southern peoples? To
    • what did it appeal already in antiquity? And elsewhere in the
    • the early to the late Renaissance? To what does Art appeal in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture V: Rembrandt
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • — to see what radiates from him into the stream of evolution —
    • mass of the European people, once more bearing witness to the truth that
    • or later we must realise the fact that just as one plant in the garden,
    • by the activity of the Spiritual that ensouls humanity.
    • of the nineties of last century. It was curious to see what a far-reaching
    • influence a certain book had which was published about that time. The
    • of time, all manner of ideas that had occurred to him. He might then
    • many people. He felt that the spiritual and intellectual life of men
    • an elemental and original feeling of what pulsates as the underlying
    • to mankind: “Remember once more what lives in the elemental depths
    • — what we cannot but realise — that the inner intensity of
    • only in a superficial way. What, after all, did the late 19th century
    • felt, as I have said, that the soul's power of perception must be brought
    • to feel and realise once more all that is elemental, all that is truly
    • way than he, what was and still is needful for our age, we cannot go
    • was too much a child of his age to realise that a renewal of all spiritual
    • our souls. All people of that time passed by unheeding — passed
    • by what was “in the air,” if I may use the trivial expression:
    • made a brave beginning. “Look,” he said, “look what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VI: Dutch and Flemish Painting
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • fifth post-Atlantean epoch — that epoch which is called upon to
    • bring forth, out of the depths of human evolution, all that is connected
    • of Art an elementary power of understanding — that is to say, if we
    • emerges — century after century during these epochs — what
    • of drawing and painting, we find that the laws of Space, for example, have
    • We can see that in those
    • flat surface what he desired to represent. The various things that he
    • or that figure.
    • A figure that stands in
    • into account that that which appears larger is to the front, while all
    • that which appears smaller is further back. If, however, we return to
    • the Third Post-Atlantean period, we find that this spatial treatment
    • thing you will frequently find in older times — I mean what we may
    • a presentation arising from his own point of view. Hence it is that the
    • only appears with Brunellesco — that is to say, is the main, with
    • We may truly say that what
    • at that point of time. Moreover, the South, through the impulses I
    • in the inner relationship of Space; concerned, that is to say, with
    • composition fertilised by the Southern Renaissance — with all that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VII: Representations of the Nativity
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • our souls, from another aspect, that which is living in the Old Christmas
    • Christian Art evolve towards Naturalism, that is, towards a certain
    • reproduction of that which may be called reality from the point of view
    • of St. Luke's Gospel, as we may call it, and that of the Gospel of St.
    • by the Shepherds — all that is more or less related to this theme
    • — could best be understood (understood, that is to say, by the
    • inner feelings) under the influence of what remained from those Northern
    • connected with all that related to the Birth of Jesus —
    • out of the spiritual beings that are bound up with the life of Nature.
    • “Star” — which means, something that is made known out
    • heralds His approach and develops in the Zarathustra Jesus. In all that
    • the Gnostic stream: the consciousness that the Christ-Event was a cosmic
    • one; that a fertilisation of the Earth had taken place out of the
    • that is, in quest of spiritual knowledge, by striving upward with all
    • It may truly be said that
    • to bear on all that is connected with the Wise Men from the East must
    • needs be of a “Gnostic” character. All that is signified
    • important here, again, to realise that there is a certain underlying
    • composition in all that the Gospels contain. The composition is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VIII: Raphael and the Northern Artists
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • that came before our souls in former lectures. I shall draw attention
    • today to further aspects, arising out of what we have said before. In
    • wish to repeat what has already been set forth. Today we are able to
    • creations work upon his soul, will admit that in Raphael — with
    • we ask ourselves again and again: What is it that comes to expression
    • that we must say, 'The ides, the meaning, the impulse, the world-historic
    • by means that cannot ever be transcended.
    • being that worked to create it — the human being, Raphael himself.
    • artist as Raphael, as the artist of an epoch that was drawing to it
    • Madonna della Sedia. Again we should have to say: What is here placed
    • Raphael. Truly, we here have something that proceeds from a great cosmic
    • personality. Again and again the question comes to us: How is it that
    • that great Art in the center of which is Raphael.
    • this one. That is the unique thing.
    • nature below expressed what man has cast aside from himself, but it is
    • which Goethe said that nothing he had known till then could compare
    • “Disputa,” for example. You may take any one of those that
    • is such and such; it represents this or that. In Raphael's case you
    • will have to ask: How is the artist contriving to express — whatever
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture IX:
    Matching lines:
    • are images of the artworks that were presented with the lectures. The
    • may remind you of it once again today, now that we shall show a few
    • And he wrote: After this experience he had become convinced that in
    • always seemed to me of deep and lasting significance. Goethe at that
    • moment divined that something was living in the Greeks, in intimate unison
    • found that the manifold forms of Nature can be referred to certain typical
    • that underlies the outer things. He started, as you know, from Botany
    • vivid conception of what he intended. We are wont to conceive things
    • towards what must be the characteristic of the Science of the fifth
    • post-Atlantean age, even as that which the Greeks conceived and expressed
    • often called upon you to observe what is recognisable in the Golden
    • the living forces that abound in the Etheric Body come to expression.
    • in them were to gain thereby a real feeling of what lives invisibly
    • to portray what he himself experienced in his own nature. All this,
    • men copied what they saw before them with their eyes, what they had
    • outwardly before them. The Greek copies what he felt within himself.
    • witness in our time things that are little noticed yet — movements
    • that tend in the long run to brutalise even the artistic life. Goethe
    • give a pleasant name. I refer to what are now called sports and games,
    • many of the activities that fall under the heading of sport —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture I: Man as Microcosm
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • You cannot deal with man through logic alone, but through an understanding that can only be reached when intellect shall see the world as a work of art.
    • lectures on the cycle of the year and the Michael problem, that man in
    • his whole structure, in the conditions of his life, indeed in all that
    • Macrocosm: that he actually contains within himself all the laws, all
    • the secrets, of the world. You must not, however, suppose that a full
    • Naturally, what can be said about the Great World can never be more
    • Let us first turn our attention to that realm which represents what is
    • It certainly cannot escape us that the birds which live in the air,
    • views, that in their case, as with other animals, we must speak of
    • of looking at things. I have often drawn attention to the fact that,
    • stage of mere intellectual comprehension, but that what is
    • elephant, and how dwarfed its head when compared with that of a lion
    • head; there is hardly more to it than what in a dog or an elephant or
    • regard to their formative and creative forces. The view that the bird,
    • contemplation, we advance from seeing what is physical in the bird to
    • seeing what is etheric, then in the etheric bird there is only a head.
    • When looking at the etheric bird one immediately comprehends that the
    • metamorphosed head. So that the actual bird-head presents only the
    • palate and front parts of the head, in fact the mouth; and what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture II: The Sun in Relation to the Outer Planets
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • connection with the universe from that particular aspect which reveals
    • said yesterday that when the animal derives its particular forces from
    • everything, that is to say, which can be absorbed by the bird through
    • the fact that it owes the most important part of its being to it
    • — is a necessity to the bird. And I told you yesterday that it is
    • upon this that the actual formation of the plumage depends. The bird
    • has its actual being within. What is brought about in the bird by the
    • all that results from such a contemplation, it is to the tranquil
    • atmosphere and to the streaming sunlight that our attention is drawn.
    • its power through the fact that it comes into connection with the
    • animal circle or zodiac, so that when the sunlight falls to earth from
    • Mars. It is not for nothing that legend speaks of the eagle as the
    • the outer planets. And if we were to draw a diagram illustrating what
    • world-space, in the cosmos, as also that of Jupiter and Mars.
    • Let us draw this, so that we may actually see it, in a diagram: (see
    • the Sun in such a way that they are composed of the working together
    • the eagle-sphere; and therewith we have indicated that element in the
    • constellations below the sun are so ordered that they exert the least
    • appear which I described to you yesterday, namely that the forces of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture III: Physical and Spiritual Substance
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • substance of the earth, comprising all that provides the material
    • substance. Think only of the fact that we must place into the total
    • physical substance, in what in their case we would call their bodily
    • nature. What they have is spiritual substance. When we look upon what
    • upon what is outside the earthly, we become aware of spiritual
    • Today people know little of spiritual substance. That is why they also
    • speak of that earth-being, who belongs both to the physical and the
    • heed to such matters. If, for example, we consider that element in man
    • which leads him into movement, namely what is connected with the human
    • as having as its basis what is in fact spiritual substance. So that,
    • sound — it must be said that essentially they are formed of
    • spiritual substance. So that, when we approach the head, we must
    • represent the human being in such a way that we allow spiritual
    • through by spiritual forces (I must mention that the lowest spiritual
    • head-nature into his whole organism, so that the head — which is
    • what it is because it is composed of physical substance worked through
    • into the lower part of the human being; and what man is because of his
    • dynamics, that is to say what is of the nature of forces.
    • to us, for instance, that no irregularities can be allowed to enter
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture IV: Butterfly and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • to what has already been described in my
    • planetary system, from Saturn onwards to the Moon, were at that time
    • what, in a comprehensive sense, I have called the Sun-condition of the
    • that was of a Sun-nature, which at that time still comprised the earth
    • — and on the other hand all that was already externalized, and to
    • Moon-metamorphosis, we meet the fact that the sun separated from what
    • myself, of the nature of horn, so that the solid constituents freed
    • Then we have that part of evolution in which the Moon first plays its
    • of what was contained in old Moon been left behind; the moon itself
    • departed. The present moon is that colony in cosmic space about which
    • substantiality is quite different from that of the earth, but it left
    • behind in the earth what, speaking in the widest sense, may be called
    • degree, and we must be clear about the fact that everything present in
    • an earlier condition is again inherent in the later one. What
    • Only through the fact that the sun was once united with the earth,
    • that the light of the sun itself shone in the earth which was still in
    • a gaseous condition — so that the earth was an air-globe
    • — as present-day physicists somewhat crudely state — as
    • inter-related through the fact that the earlier conditions ever and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture V: Butterflies, Birds and Bats
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • reality in the world, and you have already seen that there are many
    • recapitulation, we will again consider what I said recently about the
    • my description of this butterfly nature, as contrasted with that of
    • the plants, we found that the butterfly is essentially a being
    • significance. Let us recall how we had to say that the butterfly does
    • not participate in what is directly connected with earthly existence,
    • activity, so that the butterfly does not entrust its egg to the earth,
    • within the sphere of the earthly. But let us bear in mind that the
    • spiritual substances; and I told you that the remarkable thing about
    • this is that in the case of man the underlying substance of his
    • metabolic and limb system is spiritual whereas that of the head is
    • Now it is this spiritualized matter that we find to the greatest
    • being only what is sun-imbued; and it takes from earthly substance
    • only what is finest, and works on it until it is entirely
    • fact that the matter of the butterfly's wing is imbued with colour,
    • represented by the eagle — that at its death it can carry
    • spiritualized earth-substance into the spiritual world, and that
    • spiritualizing earthly matter, thus being able to accomplish what
    • The bird-world, represented by the eagle, can do this, so that thereby
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VI: Evolution of Animals and Man
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • that it is necessary to investigate how the higher, the so-called
    • higher beings and human kingdoms have evolved out of what is lifeless,
    • — that man in his present form is the being who has the longest
    • ancient Saturn. We must therefore say that man is the oldest creation
    • that the animal kingdom was added, then during the Moon-period the
    • Let us now consider man in his present form, and ask ourselves: What
    • when the Earth was in the Saturn-metamorphosis. It is true that the
    • casing. We must therefore say that a being of which it is difficult to
    • today, until Earth-existence, we must say: At that time the rudiments
    • evolutions proceeded further. Man developed his inner being, so that
    • encloses within himself, what is of the nature of the upper cosmos,
    • head, so that in the human head we have something formed from within
    • outwards. But in the being of the butterfly we have what is formed
    • directed to what is everywhere to be seen outside, to what everywhere
    • was added in very delicate substance what later became the
    • Saturn we have as the essential metamorphosis what produced the human
    • it was now that man's breast-system was added. At the same time,
    • Saturn-period and the earlier part of the Sun-period, what must now be
    • Sun-period there arose the first rudiments of that kingdom of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VII: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Relations to Ethers and Plants
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • The World-Word is not some combination of syllables gathered from here or there, but the World-Word is the harmony of what sounds forth from countless beings.
    • something of the mysterious, we nevertheless recognize that this will
    • and the encircling air — in the case of the plant we feel that
    • some other factor must be present in order that this plant-world may
    • and weave around the plants, to that degree do we lose the
    • what they really send down and can perceive the roots with spiritual
    • more visible; for no root could develop if it were not for what is
    • conveying what is mineral to the roots of the plants. And they are
    • see and hear, but immediately understands what is seen and heard,
    • turn their faculty of perception towards what seeps downwards from
    • above, through the plant into the earth. What seeps down towards the
    • root-spirits, that is something which the light has sent into the
    • secrets into themselves from what seeps down spiritually to them
    • bear with them what has filtered down to them through the plants, they
    • Because these gnomes have immediate understanding of what they see,
    • their knowledge is actually of a similar nature to that of man. They
    • make use of thought. They have direct perception of what is
    • they notice the efforts people have to make to come to this or that
    • And I must say that the gnomes become ironical to the point of ill
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VIII: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Relations to Various Animals
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • plants and so on, only to this is it due that man, in the present
    • an idea of what actually escapes the man of today when we realize what
    • already evolved, develop what man — the oldest earth-being —
    • themselves that hardening of the substance which can become the
    • what the lower orders of the animals up to the amphibians lack. This
    • through the fact that gnomes exist.
    • completion. They supply what this lower animal world does not possess.
    • skeleton, no bony support; the gnomes bind together what works as the
    • what is going on around them. As far as earth-observation goes no
    • Now I told you that the human body forms a hindrance to our perceiving
    • need only recall what I recently published in the
    • “Goetheanum” on the subject of dreams. I said that a dream
    • destructive forces within him, all that continually destroys. These
    • those animals which stand at a somewhat higher stage, which have
    • the undines. Thus it is the undines which impart to these somewhat
    • higher animals in a primitive way what we have in the covering of our
    • in the economy of existence. You will always notice that, where
    • that the undines, in their sensitivity to, their avoidance of their
    • own tendency to become lower animals, thrust off from themselves what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture IX: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Various Activities and Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • super-sensibly present behind what is physical and sense-perceptible,
    • Now you will readily be able to imagine that to these beings the world
    • appears somewhat other than to the beings of the sense-world, for they
    • from what enters the human eye. This is indeed the case. The human
    • body of the earth. It is just that they have an inner experience, an
    • unhindered. They have not the least idea that the earth exists. Their
    • idea is that there is a space within which they perceive certain
    • journeying along them — that they acquire the very pronounced
    • It is towards the moon that they continually direct their attentive
    • It is towards the moon that they continually direct their attentive
    • Of course, what for us is an illness is for these gnome-beings their
    • matter of course. It is what gives them that inner sensibility towards
    • you — that it actually alters their form. When, therefore, one
    • impression at full moon from that one receives at new moon, and again
    • suit them, and at that time they thrust the whole feeling of their
    • shimmering and sparkling of the thoughts. That is how these
    • play of thoughts is revealed within them. It is just at new moon that
    • whole world within himself; and one can say that within this world
    • discoveries, for one reaches the conclusion that at the present time
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture X: The Origin of the Different Systems of Man: Metabolism, Rhythmic, Nerve
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • In the lectures which I have given recently you will have seen that
    • that eventually a really comprehensive knowledge of man might result.
    • them to everything that is revealed to man as the material world. But
    • what begins in this way with the study of the entire world of matter
    • of spiritual existence that we must seek to discover what will
    • We must be quite clear about the fact that what we now recognise as
    • man is a product of that long cosmic evolution which I have always
    • Earth-evolution is not yet completed. But let us be clear about what
    • that is to say, which is subsequent to the evolution of old Moon. You
    • of what man owes to the Moon-evolution. And you have a picture of what
    • In regard to all this, however, you must bear in mind that the human
    • being is a whole and that world-evolution is a whole. When today we
    • Saturn-evolution, that from which the Earth resulted. But during the
    • it is, so to speak, the youngest Saturn-evolution. The one that did
    • what surrounds us spacially on the earth. Take, for example, the
    • what they are outside him. I have already mentioned that it is a real
    • and then think that when a person eats certain foodstuffs these
    • Let us suppose that we take into ourselves something of a mineral
    • the human being that the following result is brought about. You know
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture XI: Food, Digestion, Plants, and Carnivorous Animals
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • You will have gathered from the foregoing descriptions that man's
    • relation to his environment is very different from what modern ideas
    • often conceive. It is so easy to think that what exists in man's
    • surroundings, what belongs to the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms
    • and is then taken into the body, that these external material
    • however, be no question of this, for one must be clear that within the
    • human skin-processes everything is different from outside it, that the
    • is not aware of this one will ever and again reach the conclusion that
    • what is examined in a retort, or investigated in some other way, is
    • You need only recall what I said in yesterday's lecture, that
    • condition of warmth-ether. This means that everything of a mineral
    • metamorphosed, so far changed, that at least for a certain period of
    • that we absorb, in one way or another it must assume the form of
    • absorb into itself what radiates inwards, what streams inwards, as
    • earth-substance, does there enter into the body what the body needs
    • — we can say: What man absorbs in the way of mineral substance is
    • what is of the nature of fire has the disposition to take up into
    • that it re-solidifies, the material basis of the separate organs.
    • Nothing that man takes into himself remains as it is; nothing remains
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture XII: Convention and Morals, Bones and Hatred
    Matching lines:
    • - and to the forces of the cosmos that form them. This insight is
    • When we realize that everything of external nature is transformed
    • inside the human organism, and this in so radical a way that the
    • find that all that lives in man, in the human organization, flows out
    • from what man is as a natural being to what is present in him as his
    • said that the one is simply nature and that the other is something
    • that in man all types of substantiality are present and that they
    • must all pass through a condition more volatile than that of muscles
    • and bones, we shall find that this volatile etheric substance can
    • beings of the higher hierarchies. Today, therefore, let us do what was
    • leads man to ask: what is customary? what has convention ordained?
    • what is the code? what is the law? — and so on. Less account is
    • taken of what comes forth as impulses, rooted in that part of man
    • today they have become traditional. Of course nothing whatever is
    • recorded in ancient times. Is it to be expected today that something
    • nature which could be compared to what once arose as the Decalogue,
    • the Ten Commandments? Now from what source does the moral-spiritual
    • moral-spiritual in mankind, and this is what we may call human
    • social life, it will invariably prove to be the case that, whenever
    • lives with other men to the degree that he develops human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: How Can We Gain Knowledge of the Supersensible Worlds?
    Matching lines:
    • emphasized that a person standing upon the foundation of
    • raised from an external standpoint. Indeed one can say that if
    • centuries. Moreover, we have frequently emphasized that spiritual
    • natural-scientific mentality depends on the fact that the Spirit
    • centuries!) This is evident through the fact that it is the
    • physical world which induces people to think, so that they adopt
    • requirement is that the human being should recognize through
    • self-knowledge that he is a super-sensible being and be able to
    • when the human being passes over to that condition in which he
    • against the spiritual-scientific statement or truth that when the
    • anything that might explain the processes surging up and down
    • within his soul until he wakes up again — that the bodily
    • processes do not in any way explain what takes place in the soul
    • will admit that the soul's content dives down into the bodily
    • say that the sleeping soul is in a certain sense isolated; that
    • fall asleep, and we must therefore say that in this isolated
    • that inhabits his body. It is this circumstance which renders a
    • winter Nature takes them back into her bosom, so that their
    • that with the coming of Spring the human being were able to
    • on that part of the earth where summer holds sway, but in that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Position in the Cosmic Whole, the Platonic World-Year
    Matching lines:
    • humanity. On that occasion, I would also like to speak of
    • it. I think that at the present moment it is necessary to
    • will feel that the single part belongs to the whole body. In earlier
    • feelings. Not only did they feel that the hand, the arm or the leg
    • formed part of their being, but they also felt that they themselves
    • families and tribes felt, throughout many generations, that they were
    • that they were standing within the whole universe, that they had been
    • formed from out the whole universe. Just as we now feel that the
    • travels along its course; that which constitutes the sun, is not
    • entirely disconnected with us; we are a portion of that space through
    • experienced as a great organism and the human beings felt that
    • they formed part of it, just as the finger now feels that it forms
    • part of the body. The fact that this feeling and sensation has more
    • particular scorns to attribute any special value to the fact that we
    • must feel once more that he is standing within the whole cosmos. He
    • You know that the so-called vernal point, that is to
    • found at the same place, but that it advances. It advances along that
    • circle which we designate as the Zodiac. We know that this vernal
    • indicating that place in the Zodiac which coincides with the vernal
    • time, it traveled through the sign of Aries. Since that time, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Overcoming of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • will have to know all the forces that the soul must summon up in
    • founding of Rome, so that 747 years of the 2160 years forming one
    • of the different forces of Nature, the impulses that lead to evil
    • those who suffer greatly through the fact that they do not grasp
    • suffer because they must take part in this or in that, and they
    • greatly involved in that which constitutes above all the
    • unwilling to listen to all that is contained in the impulses
    • as constructive impulses. We have already described that ever
    • all, that the Beings who stand immediately above the hierarchy of
    • that these individual men will think that they are upholding
  • Title: Lecture: Entry of the Michael Forces
    Matching lines:
    • The attention of readers is called to the fact that fundamental
    • Michael-forces throughout the centuries, in order to see what
    • descriptions that the rulership of
    • of Gabriel is connected with forces that go through the line of
    • Gabriel is characterised by the fact that his impulses enter strongly
    • from the very fact that he is the administrator of the Cosmic
    • Hierarchies are working with man and upon him. It is thus that the
    • realise what a profound significance his impulses must have for those
    • that human beings — I will not say of nervous temperament
    • Above all their karma was such that they had a strong feeling —
    • radical phenomenon is that of a fainting fit, or a diminution of
    • years of the 19th century, — it was a shattering experience to
    • decade, only a thin veil concealed that which we recognise as the
    • power to behold what is present supersensibly
    • But Michael insists, as I have told you, that his dominion shall
    • Now in the whole nexus that I have described, in the super-sensible
    • rarely that one caught a glimpse, through the veil, as I have called
    • become most significant through that which happens as a consequence,
    • — through that which ensues when the diversion or diminution of
    • that had gone before, it seemed scarcely possible for anything else
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • pronounced what one might call a profound utterance about Goethe. He
    • has aid that mankind would not realize the full importance of Goethe
    • For what does Herman Grimm consider as the most important fact about
    • Goethe? Not that he was a poet, nor that he produced this or that
    • particular work of art, but that he created all he did out of the
    • complete man, that the impulses of his full manhood underlay every
    • detail of his creations. One may say that our epoch is very far from
    • comprehending this full manhood that lived in Goethe. In saying this I
    • specialization of Science, and that is the specialization of our life!
    • For it leads to the situation that the soul which is confined to this
    • or that specialized circle of ideas or sensations can understand less
    • necessary — if only in primitive beginnings — that a kind of
    • need not take a very comprehensive view to prove what I have said. AS
    • coloured walls and are ridiculed for what is called the freakishness of
    • which revels in the fact that the soul can unfold in itself a higher
    • imagined that one could chatter wherever one happened to be about this
    • is it necessary, therefore, that all sorts and kinds of expression in
    • Well, my dear friends, it is of course not to be expected that such
    • get clear on many points, so that we can answer the questions raised
    • his activity or give you his life-story, but I want you to note that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Artistic and Moral Experience
    Matching lines:
    • when the path to Art would be in many respects different from what it
    • appeal to something that affects the artist from outside. The need to
    • greater and greater. Not that in the Art of the future there is to be
    • so strong a union with it, that it covers not merely the external
    • impression of colours and sound and form, but that which one can
    • experience behind the sound and colour and form, in what is
    • this colour, so that we have the colour in front of us not merely as
    • something that works upon us, but as something wherein we ourselves
    • identical with red, we shall not be able to help feeling that this red
    • and our moral feelings will be like what a moral experience of our
    • describe it by saying that one learns to pray.
    • divine wrath with all that can lie in the soul as the possibility of
    • recede, so that the goodness and mercy may shine forth. As clouds are
    • the feeling: you must make that a red which is fleeing.
    • of what those beings have felt who specially belong to our earth, and
    • accompanied by strong desire, a feeling can arise like that in Strader
    • If you consider this you will see that an attempt has been made in
    • spirits. That was in fact the beginning of all art. Then the
    • secondary art, all derivative art that it can only imitate, and that
    • Let us assume something else, that we do what we did with the red
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • to outline a psychology that takes into account both the soul's hidden
    • I am freshly reminded that
    • one can hardly come into touch with the spiritual life of that
    • attention to what is now called analytical psychology,
    • with this realization have decided me to introduce what I have
    • considerations with what is offered by the moving forces of our
    • own age. It may be said that all sorts of people who feel drawn
    • characteristic of our own time that so many of our
    • the other hand it is a fact that the people who concern
    • understanding of them. So that we may say: psychoanalysis is a
    • inadequate methods of knowledge, of a matter that quite
    • may be said that even less than half-truths are, under certain
    • circumstances, more harmful than complete errors. And what the
    • psychoanalysts. What is called psychoanalysis today had its
    • besides what he was as a physician. He was interested to
    • natural that one case, which came under his observation
    • Breuer noticed that when this woman was in her dreamy
    • induced, gave the impression that her hysteria was connected
    • which is of no value whatever:
    • (“It is very probable that in the meadow behind the house
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • to outline a psychology that takes into account both the soul's hidden
    • designated what is called analytical psychology or
    • examples what grotesque leaps modern erudition is obliged to
    • It was pointed out that one of the better psychoanalysts
    • he assumed that in cases of the thinking type, subconscious
    • conflicts — or in the opposite type, that thoughts in the
    • it might be suggested that these things will be fought out in
    • scientific discussion, and that we might wait until people make
    • impossible in that such things do not confine themselves
    • Much that relates to this matter can be decided only with the
    • that the facts which lie before the psychoanalyst really point
    • science. How often I have reminded you that reasoning,
    • consciousness, but are everywhere, that we are surrounded
    • that she had left, where she had a love scene with her host.
    • foundation is reached only by realizing that consciousness does
    • not exhaust the cleverness, calculation, the artfulness of what
    • penetrates man as intelligence, and by realizing that the laws
    • Consider this case. We can at least raise the question: What
    • wanted the opportunity for what actually happened, she wanted a
    • course this had nothing to do with what was in her
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • We are now cultivating studies that I have associated
    • with a striving for knowledge that is streaming in, without there yet
    • case in what I said in my last visit with the same intention, from
    • facts. It is just this point that we must bear in mind, because
    • for you but of presenting facts that relate to the intentions and
    • that incarnate themselves in the spiritual world. It is necessary to
    • already in last year's discussion. At that time I drew your attention
    • to the fact that within such brotherhoods we are dealing with a
    • faction that insists on absolute secrecy regarding certain higher
    • members of other brotherhoods who contend that, particularly since
    • this you can see that what is intended, what is planted by such
    • significant event at the beginning of the 1840s, that is, in the
    • certain spirits and higher spirits, the struggle that culminated in
    • the event that is represented symbolically by Michael conquering the
    • had to take a stand, they had to ask themselves what could be done.
    • best intentions. It was they who undertook the erroneous impulse that
    • that there is a spiritual world surrounding man. As compromises
    • who maintained an attitude that totally rejected the revelation of
    • this or that once the decision is made.
    • held the erroneous attitude that by the use of mediums people could
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • observations that we have made in the course of our studies with this
    • or that detail. If you follow the times attentively, you will have
    • been able to notice here and there that, in the thoughts,
    • experiences, and impulses that in the past man felt had “brought
    • him so wonderfully far,” he can no longer find what can help
    • 21, 1917. In that journal is an article by a very learned gentleman —
    • that deals with all sorts of contemporary spiritual needs. In the
    • course of this article there is a section that is expressed in the
    • following way: “The experience of being that lies behind things
    • Irrational that is hidden behind all existence. He who touches it so
    • that the divine spark leaps across undergoes an experience that has
    • experience this, along with all that is moved by the same stream of
    • shown by the perceptible growth of the theosophical movement that
    • washed-out concepts, but is it not nevertheless true that as a symbol
    • this cosmic piety, it is not a question of mysticism that begins with
    • something clever. Otherwise one would perceive it as something that
    • that is there, something that apparently seems to him not completely
    • such things must not lull us into slumber just because we notice that
    • from some direction someone has again observed that something lies
    • behind the spiritual scientific movement. That would indeed be very
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture One: The Incarnation of Lucifer in Asia in the Third Millenium B.C.
    Matching lines:
    • opening. It must not be thought, however, that these two powers work
    • humanity and of what the forces underlying that evolution
    • that it began in the middle of the fifteenth century
    • the Egypto-Chaldean epoch we find that the records of ordinary
    • grasp what is of importance for the present time unless we understand
    • the intrinsic characteristics of that third post-Atlantean epoch of
    • that in the ordinary history of that ancient time, all civilization,
    • bears a mythical, pictorial character, it must be emphasized that all
    • to bring to light, it will be obvious that here we have to do with a
    • groups belonging to certain, nationalities. And what is in the
    • These impulses were not really essential to humanity, for unlike what
    • mineral, plant, and animal kingdoms, but they felt that the forces
    • today, but it was a wisdom voiced by the initiates in such a way that
    • moral impulse from what had been imparted by the initiates in
    • arises: Why is it that this sublime pagan wisdom, although it
    • Christian era, we should find that together with the promptings of
    • wisdom there did come a moral impulse, that the moral
    • added: that just as there was the incarnation which culminated in
    • source of inspiration for much ancient culture was what can
    • that had spread from this Lucifer incarnation over the whole of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture I: The Incarnation of Lucifer in Asia in the Third Millenium B.C.
    Matching lines:
    • millennium now opening. It must not be thought, however, that these two
    • evolution of humanity and of what the forces underlying that
    • other epochs, reckoning that it began in the middle of the
    • consider the Egypto-Chaldean epoch we find that the records
    • is not possible to grasp what is of importance for the
    • characteristics of that Third Post-Atlantean epoch of
    • certainly aware that in the ordinary history of that ancient
    • it must be emphasised that all the imagery, all the pictures
    • endeavouring to bring to light, it will be obvious that here
    • isolated groups belonging to certain nationalities. And what
    • really essential to man, for unlike what now passes as human
    • the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms, but he felt that the
    • wisdom voiced by the Initiates in such a way that impulses
    • Egyptian wisdom contained a single moral impulse from what
    • question arises: Why is it that this sublime Pagan wisdom,
    • years before the Christian era, we should find that together
    • impulse, that the moral principles, the ethics needed by
    • knowledge too must be added: that just as there was the
    • ancient culture was what can only be described as an earthly
    • influence that had spread from this Lucifer-incarnation over
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Two: The Advance Preparation of Ahriman for His Future Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • opening. It must not be thought, however, that these two powers work
    • LECTURE YESTERDAY will have shown you that if we are to acquire
    • of our fifth post-Atlantean epoch is that human beings should become
    • increasingly conscious of what takes effect through them in
    • of something that is connected with the social problems we have
    • establishment of this free spiritual life is essential in order that
    • recently published letter of Romain Rolland, in which he says that
    • — what has been said about rights and justice is so much phrase
    • and recognize that all these things for which they aspire are
    • meaningless as long as they fail to realize that if the old unified
    • however, it is the imperfect tense that is employed. The
    • longer.” This, moreover, is what stands in the Gospel of St.
    • John; otherwise what would be the meaning of the words immediately
    • “Word” also means anything that human beings can acquire
    • their intelligence. But it must be quite clear to us that what
    • future. To express what is now the goal, we should have to say:
    • “Let human beings seek for the Spirit that reveals itself in
    • first verses of the Gospel of St. John, you will realize what little
    • quickened and illumined by what is revealed in spiritual vision
    • — not that actual seership is essential; what matters is that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture II: The Advance Preparation of Ahriman for His Future Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • millennium now opening. It must not be thought, however, that these two
    • yesterday will have shown you that if we are to acquire
    • epoch is that man should become increasingly conscious of
    • what takes effect through him in earthly existence. The
    • life. Think only of something that is connected with the
    • order that the right attitude, the right relationship, may be
    • which he says that men should not allow themselves to be
    • on the part of monarchies or republics — what has been
    • men were to discard phrases and recognise that all these
    • fail to realise that if the old unified State as such —
    • either case, however, it is the imperfect tense that is
    • This, moreover, is what stands in the Gospel of St. John;
    • otherwise what would be the meaning of the words immediately
    • “Word” also means anything that man can acquire
    • that what “word” denotes here is not really the
    • immediate future. To express what is now the goal, we should
    • have to say: “Let man seek for the Spirit that reveals
    • realise what little inclination there is to-day to take such
    • illumined by what is revealed in spiritual vision. —
    • Not that actual seership is essential; what matters is that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Five: The Human as a Being of Will
    Matching lines:
    • opening. It must not be thought, however, that these two powers work
    • TO SPEAK TODAY OF something that will help to deepen our
    • understanding of truths that must now be given to humankind by
    • You know that these forces separate from each other in a certain
    • sense when people reach what is called the threshold of the spiritual
    • studies that even while people are awake, they are in a condition
    • our consciousness the ideas lying behind what we will, but how
    • a particular idea takes effect in the form of will — of that we
    • and it may truly be said that people are no more conscious of the
    • real process of will than they are of what takes place during sleep.
    • the surrounding world, we come to something that will strike the kind
    • of consciousness that has developed in the course of the last three
    • to five centuries as highly paradoxical. It is generally thought that
    • they have in mind that from the earth's beginning until its
    • science today? The reason is that when anything takes place, for
    • November 9, 1919, people believe that its cause lies in what has
    • time. People think: the mineral kingdom takes its course and what
    • happens at any point is the effect of what went before; the mineral
    • attributed entirely to what once took place in the mineral kingdom as
    • such; the fact that humanity inhabits the earth is ignored. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture V: The Human as a Being of Will
    Matching lines:
    • millennium now opening. It must not be thought, however, that these two
    • to-day of something that will help to deepen our
    • understanding of truths that must now be given to mankind by
    • the will. You know that these forces separate from each other
    • in a certain sense when man reaches what is called the
    • earlier studies that even while man is awake, he is in a
    • True, he has in his consciousness the ideas lying behind what
    • the form of will — of that he knows nothing. He does
    • and it may truly be said that man is no more conscious of the
    • real process of will than he is of what takes place during
    • that will strike the kind of consciousness that has developed
    • paradoxical. It is generally thought that the evolution of
    • not expressly say so, he has in mind that from the earth's
    • that when anything takes place, for example in the mineral
    • 1919, people believe that its cause lies in what has happened
    • what happens at any point is the effect of what went before;
    • — but the causes are attributed entirely to what once
    • took place in the mineral kingdom as such; the fact that man
    • inhabits the earth is ignored. The belief is that even were
    • man not present, everything would run a similar course, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Four: The Luciferic Origin of Ancient Wisdom, Ahrimanization...
    Matching lines:
    • opening. It must not be thought, however, that these two powers work
    • HEARD THAT THE human soul was once endowed with a kind of primeval
    • wisdom, that this wisdom gradually faded away and is now no longer
    • thrown back more and more upon what is presented to them by physical
    • science in the accepted sense, but the knowledge that is consciously
    • heights they have actually attained. That they were able to achieve
    • luciferic beings. We know from recent lectures that the Lucifer
    • pre-Christian times, and that the original pagan wisdom to which many
    • although I know that such requests are of little avail-not to adopt a
    • “That is certainly luciferic. At all costs let us avoid it,
    • different aspects and it must always be remembered that the whole of
    • subject is one that calls for deep and serious study.
    • Rishis, they knew, if they had been initiated into these things, that
    • the teachers of the Rishis were luciferic beings. For what the
    • human existence, we find that the sources of pagan wisdom always lie
    • this possible? We must realize that human beings would have remained
    • instruction that emanated from luciferic beings. Those who
    • — is that the “good” wisdom is in hands other
    • than those of the luciferic beings. That is the essential point. It
    • is not a question of there being one wisdom that can be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture IV: The Luciferic Origin of Ancient Wisdom, Ahrimanization...
    Matching lines:
    • millennium now opening. It must not be thought, however, that these two
    • that the human soul was once endowed with a kind of primeval
    • wisdom, that this wisdom gradually faded away and is now no
    • knowledge, men feel thrown back more and more upon what is
    • accepted sense, but the knowledge that is consciously applied
    • actually attained. That they were able to achieve this
    • lectures that the Lucifer-individuality himself incarnated in
    • Asia in a certain epoch of pre-Christian times, and that the
    • earnestly — although I know that such requests are of
    • “That is certainly Luciferic. At all costs let us avoid
    • that the whole of the old Pagan wisdom emanated from a
    • Luciferic source. The subject is one that calls for deep and
    • things, that the Teachers of the Rishis were Luciferic
    • beings. For what the Luciferic beings brought with them into
    • existence, we find that the sources of Pagan wisdom always
    • asked: How is this possible? We must realise that man would
    • the constant instruction that emanated from Luciferic beings.
    • exactly the same — is that the “good”
    • That is the essential point. It is not a question of there
    • being one wisdom that can be neatly packed away in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • which we, human beings of the present day, may gain to that spiritual
    • world, that we always may look upon the manifestations of the
    • were, through the veil of the physical world to that which is active
    • in the spiritual world. What exists in the physical world may be
    • observed by everyone; what is active in the spiritual world serves to
    • seriousness what I have said in recent lectures. {See Rudolf Steiner,
    • world views to a real understanding of that which so vitally concerns
    • Now you know that our Earth evolution was preceded by another;
    • that we stand within a cosmic evolution. First, you know that this
    • evolution progresses, that it has arrived at a point beyond which it
    • will pass to further, more advanced stages. Secondly, you know that if
    • beings which we meet in the earthly sphere, that is, in the mineral,
    • plant, animal, and human kingdoms, but that we have to deal with
    • for example, the following: You know that we human beings have passed
    • that we as human beings who experience ourselves in earthly
    • influence our earthly evolution, we find that they have already
    • Form, on what stage do we find them? We must answer: They have
    • considerations, we must say that the Spiritsof Form have reached the
    • the head from that of the human being. The latter we have again
    • and consider man as having, on the one hand, that which belongs to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • will have realized from our discussions that by pointing to this error
    • spiritual life of mankind that there be clarity in this matter. I have
    • have also drawn your attention to the fact that just through such
    • can see the dangers that are facing man's soul life if he fails to
    • realize that it is impossible to arrive at a true and adequate concept
    • of spirit, a true concept of Christ, as long as he imagines that the
    • committed the error of including on the side of evil all that we
    • realize that they had jumbled up two cosmic elements. Thus it has come
    • about that the Luciferic element was shifted to the side of the Good;
    • in other words, people were of the opinion that they revered the
    • day; and this is particularly true of modern psychology that is taught
    • into the twentieth century will have to say to himself: all that
    • pertains to this world conception is a result of that which has just
    • shall be able to do as a result of much that has been discussed here
    • discussions that in man there exists, above everything else, the great
    • must be different from that in regard to the rest of the body.
    • the cosmic evolution of man. What finds its expression today in the
    • to this all that belongs to the rest of man, we need not go back as
    • You can easily imagine, hypothetically, that through some sort of
    • evolving being, has to be traced back; but this or that limb has only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • THE DAY before yesterday I spoke to you about the fact that we, as
    • the fourth sphere of evolution. We know that the Earth
    • doing so we must realize that the designation “the head of
    • man” is the symbolic expression of everything that belongs to
    • human sense perception, to human intelligence, of all that in turn
    • We speak lightly of the fact that we, as physical human beings, live
    • in the surrounding atmosphere. We must realize that this atmosphere
    • belongs to us. For, is it not true that the air which is now within us
    • outside this atmosphere. But we have become accustomed to believe that
    • find it queer if we say that just as we walk in the air so we walk in
    • sense-beings, intelligent beings, in short, that we possess all that
    • existence as head-beings. Now, I have told you that this is only one
    • sphere of evolution through the fact that this other evolutionary
    • sphere belongs to the spiritual beings that are our creators, just as
    • Creative Form Beings, then we shall have to say that we, as human
    • fact that our Divine Creators live in this sphere together with us.
    • Thus, it is revealed to the perception of initiation science that we
    • fourth sphere of our evolution. But we must never forget that the
    • was endowed with this intelligence only through the fact that the higher
    • You can feel what this impulse of intelligence signifies in mankind if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • of last week I should like today to prepare the ground for what I
    • the one heretofore employed, of much that we shall need in order to
    • You know from various lectures I delivered before you that the Middle
    • using the guidance that could be gained from the Aristotelian mode of
    • thinking in order to comprehend what prepared
    • the Mystery of Golgotha and what followed it. Greek thinking became of
    • occident up to the end of the Middle Ages through the fact that it was
    • Golgotha. It is well that we should realize what it was that took
    • What took place in the thinking, feeling and willing of the Greek was
    • back to those times in which a Mystery culture that extended over the
    • civilized earth of that age permeated all human willing and feeling.
    • in order to see what was the nature of this human primeval
    • fashion are they still contained in that which has become historically
    • demonstrable culture. We can best judge what has happened here if we
    • make clear to ourselves what it is that has remained, in the
    • culture in which Greek civilization was rooted. What has remained is a
    • how he was the great teacher of thinking, of that thinking which,
    • continuation of Greek thinking, that which has flowed into the world
    • Mysteries extends over the civilized earth of that time. In the course
    • must employ his thinking in a way that is quite different from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • human evolution can man attain a real consciousness that supports his
    • this remark already a few days ago — that the evolution of
    • evolution. I have often stated that what we call history today is
    • that the abstract recounting of events and the searching for cause and
    • show that it is a prejudice to believe that the soul mood of modern
    • centuries had a soul mood completely different from that of human
    • you will notice that such a book of a representative of his time
    • and political foundations of monarchy, Dante tries to show that the
    • known at that time, was the primeval right of the Romans. He tries to
    • show that the conquest of the whole earth by the Romans constituted a
    • smaller peoples; for it was the will of God that the Romans should
    • that at the time America and Australia were not yet discovered!
    • outstanding spirit of that time. This was a juridical presentation at
    • that time. Now I ask you to imagine that any lawyer of the present age
    • as little imagine that the mode of thought which Dante employs in
    • Thus a quite obvious fact shows that we have to take into
    • reason that mankind, right up to our time, or at least up to the end
    • What people state in their party platforms are only superficial
    • formulations. That which surges in the depths of human souls expresses
    • itself in such formulas; mankind feels that it is necessary to acquire
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • YOU HAVE seen from my lectures of the last few days that it is
    • the incisive difference between that which we may call the human head
    • organization and that which constitutes the rest of the human
    • of two members, so that on the whole we obtain a three-fold membering,
    • organization in this evolution from that of the rest of the human
    • chiefly manifests as man's life of thought, is something that reaches
    • great Atlantean catastrophe, that is, the time of the sixth, seventh,
    • holding sway in the regions of the civilized world of that period
    • whole conception of the world of the human being of that time can
    • scarcely be compared with that which characterizes our sense
    • Indian culture. We may say: the human head organism of that time was
    • space and time in world conception was not present in that ancient
    • period. But even then the whole mood of soul life is such that it
    • of our age. In that ancient time, the main concern of the human being
    • today are completely foreign to that ancient earth population. There
    • time about that which we call today the order of nature, he would not
    • sounding he designated as dark, shadowy. And that which thus expressed
    • line. (It will receive its full meaning only through that which will
    • Then after this soul mood of man had held sway for somewhat more than
    • this necessity of nature is still far removed from that which we call
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture I: The Waldorf School, Spiritual Science, Outer World, Inner World
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • with the gratifying observation that upon my return
    • have come to inform themselves about what goes on in Dornach
    • and what is meant to proceed from here into our
    • arrived friends and hope that because of their stay with us
    • year has demonstrated that there is cause for satisfaction. I
    • Present-day conditions necessitated that this basis in
    • anthroposophy should not produce a school that teaches a
    • taught. That was never the intention. With this in mind,
    • therefore, we arranged the religious instruction so that
    • that teaches a specific world outlook. All efforts were
    • aim that the anthroposophic impetus should be expressed not
    • handled; that this impetus be manifested in the specific
    • process shows precisely what a vitalizing effect
    • many other instances from which you could clearly see that
    • application of anthroposophic strength of purpose shows that
    • Now, when we ended the first year something happened that
    • explain, it was an event that had great inner significance. A
    • a procedure that stifles the very nature of schools
    • every child's soul that they were able to write into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture II: Materialism, Party Line
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • indicated in a certain context what it is that party opinions
    • nature. I also mentioned that in this abstract age certain
    • phenomena that can be perceived with the senses or
    • regarded as a reflection of something that is of supersensory
    • explained yesterday that party opinions are formed because a
    • or that — to help such programs, such party views, to
    • an abstract idea which they hope can be realized, that is
    • what constitutes a party.
    • yesterday that when ascending from the physical plane into
    • as so many are inclined to do, one finds that only beings
    • group around an abstract idea, only around this or that
    • is precisely this insight that men are vehemently rebelling
    • programs is dear to people's hearts. To understand that
    • that something that can be grasped in abstract ideas can only
    • be subject to the physical realm is something that people do
    • What is merely an image in the physical world corresponds to
    • emphasized that this knowledge is an absolute necessity for a
    • umbrella of party programs. They believe that by what they do
    • much too drawn out. Because people nurture the belief that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture III: Man's Twelve Senses in Relation to Imagination, Inspiration, Intuition
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • like to add depth to what has recently been discussed by
    • You know that in speaking of the senses one usually lists sight,
    • that are located, as it were, further within man, a sense of
    • into consideration that we have completely explored the
    • external way that everyone can substantiate for himself. The
    • of ways to arrive at what the sense of sight mediates. If we
    • we convey to ourselves what does not lie on the surface but
    • will realize that what confronts you on the surface of
    • What meets you in the interplay with your own organism, what
    • imagine that you go still further into the inner corporeality
    • than is possible through the sense of warmth and that you
    • focus not only on what permeates a body from outside, but on
    • what inwardly pervades it like warmth, that by its very
    • something of the substantiality of this metal plate, that is,
    • sense of warmth conveys to you what permeates the bodies as
    • through the sense of hearing what is already bound up with
    • arrive at something that the body in question exercises upon
    • than what is perceived through the sense of taste. Smelling
    • the nature of the metallic element; you arrive at what is, in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture IV: World Events, Initiation Knowledge and the Impulse toward Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • of what has been said lately with various outside
    • information, you will have gathered one thing, namely, that
    • our anthroposophical movement has entered a state that
    • expects of each individual seeking to participate in it that
    • importance of what is indicated by such words.
    • world events presently resembles that of an unusually
    • complicated organism, and from all the various phenomena that
    • organism becomes obvious. Much is happening today that
    • immensely incisive and drastic. Again, things go on that
    • perception of what is in keeping with the times.
    • the world by what issues forth from Dornach, how certain
    • give these matters serious consideration, recognizing that
    • inform ourselves about the course of world affairs in what is
    • opportunity I shall have to go into additional matters that
    • subject by saying that because of the connections of our
    • duty to acquire a full understanding of the fact that we can
    • no longer indulge in any sectarianism whatever in our
    • each one bearing the full responsibility for what he
    • that does not appear through inner reasons to have the right
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture V: Forming Sound Judgment
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • serve as a preparation for what will have to be put forth
    • questions. Our main concern is to decide logically: What is
    • true and what is false? This specific mode of inquiry is
    • something that must change today. Johann Gottlieb Fichte
    • “One's philosophy depends on what sort of person one
    • right view and that someone with an opposing idea is wrong.
    • Right and wrong is something that is of special interest to
    • presently — that we have the beginning of a transition
    • clarify that the concepts of “true” and
    • “false” did not always mean what they do today.
    • mention the periods that preceded these cultural epochs,
    • Instead, one had the feeling that if a person judged
    • that an individual was healthy or sick depending on the way
    • was judged more on what he himself actually was, less in
    • regard to what he represented concerning his surroundings
    • emphasized for a number of you who were present earlier that
    • looking at things. The course of human evolution is such that
    • that he is suffering from a certain sickness of soul that can
    • be designated as a mental deficiency. The view that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VI: New Social Forms, Soul, Material World
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • would like to sum up some of what has been presented here
    • out two things in particular. I stressed that the external
    • phenomena and that it is a sign of the prejudices of our age
    • surfaces concerning the fact that the outer sense world is a
    • behind the rainbow that is obviously only an appearance, a
    • to understand clearly that surrounding us in what we perceive
    • question then is posed to us: What is it that really stands
    • means that we admit that we do not live in a material world
    • all-important for us not to believe that we thereby arrive at
    • a special, higher world, something that mystic dreamers
    • is important not to assume that by inward brooding one could
    • behind what pushes up into the soul and thus turns into a
    • liver, heart, lungs, and other organs that mystics in
    • descending deeply into his inner being only finds what is
    • organs. Just as tallow turns into flame, so everything that
    • point is that true spiritual science guides the human being
    • illusion that they can find physical, material realities, not
    • illusion of mystics that when they descend into their own
    • spiritual science, it is important that we do not search for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VII: Trends of Souls in People of the East, West, and Middle of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • that must be acquired if we wish to take a Position in life
    • for all mankind, it is certainly necessary that human beings
    • understand one another, that an element common to all men is
    • developments that exist among the different members of
    • the differences that one comprehends the former. From any
    • the obvious features of present general culture, what do we
    • tendencies of the West. Look at newspapers today that are
    • region here (see sketch), this the middle one and that the
    • St. Petersburg paper, for instance, you do not find what
    • the individual regions. The fundamental coloring of what has
    • discover that there is a greater similarity between the
    • was born at the turn of the nineteenth century, that is so
    • characteristic of him that no one today understands it. It
    • surrounded by things that I could touch. There must be wood,
    • whatever to do with Johann Gottlieb Fichte. It does, however,
    • have a great deal to do with what arose out of the Western
    • delicate relationships are not discerned. That is the reason
    • exhaustive manner the essential feature of what arises from
    • inundated today by what arises from the West. In Central
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VIII: East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • sum up once more what I said yesterday concerning the
    • have indicated that various predispositions and soul
    • to what all humanity accomplishes in regard to the whole of
    • civilization. Yesterday we had to point out that the Oriental
    • by their nature to develop that element which makes its
    • realm. This is connected with the fact that Oriental people
    • preexistence, which is based on the fact that the human being
    • person to adhere to the view that life goes on after death,
    • is not logically possible, however, to hold the view that
    • that this life must repeat itself. Thus, the Oriental was
    • particularly predisposed to understand that he dwelt in
    • spiritual worlds prior to this earth life, that in a sense he
    • something once more that I have already outlined for some of
    • We know that
    • man is a threefold being, that he is divided into the
    • that has to do with man's metabolism. Now these three members
    • must become principally acquainted with a soul state that he
    • possessed in a distant past. For the very reason that this
    • Brahman — something that Europeans and Americans will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture IX: Hegel
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • number of other cultural concerns of that region. Born on
    • taught at the University until 1806. In that year, while
    • in thoughts all that human consciousness can experience —
    • from the dimmest impressions of the world to that mental
    • ideas with such intensity that this ideal world itself appears
    • to him as the very substance of spirit. One could say that this
    • conditions in Germany at that time brought an end to Hegel's
    • that he was constantly turning and searching among his pages.
    • He was somewhat awkward in his presentation and laborious in
    • can see that he retained within himself the Swabian spirit
    • picture. It was indeed so that when Fichte presented his
    • that at that time, from all around Jena, individuals in need
    • philosophical fire-spirit, Schelling, was stimulated by what
    • thinking, but in such a manner that one sees how these
    • that have always been the high points of all striving for a
    • form the whole new cultural striving, that took hold of him
    • out of this philosophical spirit that he wrote and taught, a
    • say that the most singular of all kinds of human striving on
    • was something akin to a summation of what Hellenism, in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture X: The Tapestry of the Senses, Memory, and the Spiritual World, -or- Spiritual-Cosmic Tasks of Man
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • had to mention here that the science of initiation is
    • required for the forces that are to bring about a
    • reconstruction of declining civilization; that it is
    • necessary to know what can be gained from beyond the
    • threshold of the super-sensible world. One can say that the
    • knowledge and corresponding attitude, feeling and will that
    • were drawn from beyond this threshold. Everything that is
    • knowledge; when we can assume that, to begin with, sources of
    • in its earth evolution that are not accessible by means of
    • progressed, human beings increasingly had to depend an what
    • essentially the content of the forces that have been active
    • that have emerged out of man himself up to now have produced
    • rejecting what is drawn from the same spiritual sources from
    • quite concretely into what can be disclosed to present-day
    • humanity as a sort of basis for all that is needed in the
    • that comprises human ethics, moral philosophy, but also
    • social will. We must therefore go into certain matters that
    • sense world, by what produces the impressions made on our
    • the threshold this outer world presents an appearance that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XI: Man as a Mediator of the Spiritual Beings of the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • beyond the threshold that lies between the world of the
    • cosmos, as it were, by indicating that there exists a
    • containing all the sense impressions. I stressed that this
    • region that is our actual environment is a different one; it
    • is the one that lies below that mirror that reflects the
    • memories within us. It is this domain of the spirit that
    • gives rise to the forming of our limb organism and all that
    • belongs to it; it is to this spirit region that the ordinary
    • etheric organisms and discovers what it is that forms and
    • other domain. Concerning the latter, I said that it is
    • equipped with centripetal forces that hold the spiritual
    • that move our limbs, is permeated with the opposite, namely,
    • into the constitution of the universe. We relate what
    • constitutes the universe to what is within ourselves. We
    • trace the forces that live in our eyes, our ears, in short,
    • forces that hold the world together. We find in ourselves the
    • pronounce them to be forces that if left to themselves would
    • that the awareness of this would penetrate human souls, for
    • presenting man in such a way that he becomes conscious of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XII: The Members of the Human Being and their Relationship with the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • what we are supposed to understand. One can say that,
    • start today. The other will relate to various matters that I
    • have discussed here for weeks; it will relate to what has
    • few of the most salient facts that are of some importance to
    • out in what sense the Orient is the source of humanity's
    • essential spiritual life. I then indicated that in the
    • — what must be discussed covers vast periods of time
    • of human civilization. It has already been mentioned that
    • when we look across to the Orient, we find that the life of
    • evaluate properly what the Orient really signifies for the
    • and others are in turn evidence, however, of what was present
    • way what is happening in the Orient at present —
    • although it is a mere caricature of what was formerly there
    • somewhat later period, the essentially legalistic, political
    • particularly not what we today define as juridical thinking.
    • attitude that you are dealing with something quite different
    • juridical. It is only in recent times that an actually
    • is assuming those forms that really belong to the economic
    • observe how everything that the Occident has possessed up to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XIII: The Interrelationship between the Human and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • I drew attention to the fact that what in spiritual science
    • that these facts under discussion are supported from the most
    • varied aspects; finally, that the degree of conviction
    • to repeat briefly what has been brought forward. We are
    • that he is composed of physical body, etheric body, astral
    • body, and what we call the ego. We are also aware, however,
    • that this constitution of man is something that is, so to
    • you will learn from them that physical, etheric, astral body
    • Instead, you will find that the purpose of human evolution
    • consists in the very fact that man, throughout his repeated
    • incarnations, he is born in such a way that it is possible to
    • say that he normally consists, as it were, of physical body,
    • the realm of the distant future. For you know that the human
    • incarnations that we trace in the first place. You also know
    • that this human form has
    • that the human being performs upon the members of his
    • the animal kingdom, we cannot help but say that the human
    • itself. In all that surrounds us, in all our natural
    • environment, we are unable to find anything that could be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XIV: The Connection of the Members of Man with the Kingdoms of Nature, the Necessity of the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • comprehend a number of things that have to be mentioned in
    • others within the social order, there arises what we know as
    • science. I said yesterday that these soul contents —
    • than what comes about through the work of the human ego upon
    • what comes into existence through the transformation of the
    • human evolution than what is accomplished in the spiritual
    • realm of art, religion and science; and what grows out of the
    • metamorphosis of the astral body is essentially what we have
    • Then, even more subconsciously, we have what results from the
    • union with our fellowmen. All that springs from this, all
    • that men do through the transmutation of their ether body,
    • being to what is outside him. Yesterday, too, we saw the
    • significance of such relationships that the human being has
    • that until this world-historical hour the evolution of
    • since the germ of what is to come must always be present in
    • the preceding evolutionary stages, what is to be the content
    • the earth, experienced what we are experiencing today. What
    • remains as form for the succeeding one. We lived on what was
    • standard of what we possessed as spiritual content in our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XV: The Great Cosmic Signs in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • survey of what takes place in the civilized world today, of
    • what is present in it, we actually find — indeed, we may
    • given — that civilization is increasingly falling into
    • ruin. If we understand what spiritual science can tell us
    • clearly that everything that takes place outside in the
    • causes for what takes place at any time in the historical
    • is that in the present moment of time, humanity's condition
    • longer live in an age in which it suffices to believe that
    • and much that a short time ago was not yet left to mankind is
    • understand a number of things that we have outgrown.
    • say that the human being has reached the point of grasping
    • moreover, that differs according to the human being's age.
    • upon to judge everything. He believes that it is possible to
    • most significant, though admittedly one that had to exercise
    • that he is able to judge everything in a sovereign manner;
    • tremendous amount of the spirituality that once existed.
    • their opinions on what might be right for the communal life
    • of interpreting the heavenly signs. For one knew that when a
    • of the earth; when it rains that has to do with the forces of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XVI: Changes in the Meaning of Speech, -or- Dreams and Human Development
    Matching lines:
    • showing that healing will come to social life when the inner mobility
    • of lectures have now been given by me on the changes that
    • and foremost, what was said in this connection was expressed
    • about what should appear. In the present cycle of human
    • definite fact. Let us suppose that someone announces himself;
    • be foolish to assume that a miller was coming, a man who
    • would perhaps be better to form no thoughts whatever, but
    • just to wait and see what kind of a person conceals himself
    • us in this case that it would be quite wrong to infer from
    • himself we would not think that he is a smith. This shows
    • that in regard to those words we consider proper names, we
    • feel the need to discover, by means of something that is not
    • inferred from the name, what or whom we are dealing with.
    • smith said, — the miller said this or did that,”
    • villages knows that people frequently do not refer to each
    • other by proper names but say instead that they saw the
    • itself originally caused people to infer from the words what
    • post-Atlantean epoch that proper names have undergone, a
    • regard to such things we must have the same attitude that we
    • something that is experienced by many people with abstract
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • and declamation itself: so that we have, on the one hand the
    • Basically, it presents to us that view on the interconnection of
    • personalities in the physical world may take such a form that the
    • but also those forces that are inwardly impelled from the soul- and
    • spirit-worlds. And when you aim at a drama that does not just
    • What is portrayed in
    • life those representations that have to do with the ethical and
    • plastic qualities; you must bring it so far that at the same time
    • you will hear in this scene, now to be recited, that the
    • holds in one both the elemental powers of nature and that which
    • pictoriality. In this sphere we cannot differentiate between what
    • takes place physically and what takes place ethically. The ethical
    • fashioning my Mystery Play. I can say that no thought lives in it;
    • beholding what will now be presented to you – and of
    • do but write down externally what one has experienced inwardly as a
    • characters should not be appended only to show that
    • be heard in what found expression, for example, in Maria, who felt
    • human character, quite simply in that if one is alive to it, one
    • feels pulsating within her all that a personality pervaded by love
    • representations, phenomena and images that are realized through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture II: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • is, shows little awareness of the fact that recitation stands
    • that really anyone can recite – and this, of course, is not
    • unconnected with the fact that in these same circles everyone
    • flatters himself that he can also write poetry. It would not so
    • easily enter anyone's head that someone could be a musician,
    • recitation, we are obliged to admit that, just as in people's
    • for the true nature of poetry. There is no doubt that poetry stands
    • that of ordinary prose, of whatever kind this may be; everything
    • that man must recognize as that higher world to which he belongs
    • relationship with that world which is expressed in the art of
    • namely, that what he wished to convey to the world as his poetry
    • understanding that lies hidden behind the opening of the Homeric
    • feeling had been completely lost for what Homer meant to convey
    • – that when I reveal myself in poetry, it is really something
    • higher that is revealed in me: my “I” withdraws, my ego
    • withdraws, so that other powers make use of my speech-organism;
    • to reveal themselves. One must, therefore, regard what Homer placed
    • maeren” – what are maeren, for those who
    • this Alp, we have the last atavistic traces of what is
    • many a marvel told.” What is referred to in the first
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • speech, everything that in singing is still bound up with numerical
    • expression, albeit of a different kind, to what was present in the
    • recitation and declamation. It may be said that recitation and
    • in the very nature of poetry that, in one case, a poem is
    • way in which all those things that in music and singing, in pitch,
    • turned inward that nothing external remains except time, which
    • element, where pitch, and even tone-colour, and that which produces
    • depends upon what takes place when inhaled air penetrates into our
    • that of exhalation, as in this case the rhythm is always twofold.
    • breathing-rhythm is not destroyed, there arises what lives in
    • observation to mental representation that should manifest itself in
    • not linked with the representational element, but with that of
    • will-impulse – what actually is it that is overcome? (This
    • inner experience closely resembling what hovers behind music, that
    • that lives in man in the way of vanquished or allayed harmonies,
    • And when, in a poem, we let sound forth what
    • forth what lives in us as we exhale our breath – then,
    • Greeks, into the entirely metrical hexameter: so that inwardly, the
    • mich die Urne gefasst hat!’
    • Then do I thinke in deed, that better it is to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Thought and Will as Light and Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • permeated by what one might call cosmic thought. It is equally
    • one-sided to consider, like Schopenhauer, that Nature has a basis of
    • and is shown by the fact that Schopenhauer has a particular preference
    • with reality. And it is precisely to such a view that the inner
    • What such men as Hegel and Schopenhauer, who are after all great and
    • Now let us today, to begin with, understand clearly that we, as human
    • thought-experiences, it means that he has this thought-experience
    • the same time to our previous existence on earth. We know that the
    • head. These thoughts, as we have also seen, are the reshaping of what
    • what functions as will in our present limbs will be reshaped and
    • The will thus appears as the seed, as it were, of thought. What is at
    • This is what in future will become our head: thinking man. But we
    • Now that which thus arranges the composition of man in this way
    • thoughts. So that we may say with those abilities which man normally
    • the basis of the head's organization, that which comes down from
    • friends, that we can only use the expression: it becomes as if it gave
    • generation is capable of understanding at all what they mean. I have
    • that it is not a question of thinking in terms of a new physical
    • because as thinking men, it is ourselves. You cannot see that which
    • see the thought-element as light. So that in speaking of the whole
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: The Connection of the Natural with the Moral-Psychical. Living in Light and Weight.
    Matching lines:
    • In our last exposition we discussed the possibility of seeing what
    • that which pertains to Nature. On this point modern humanity faces a
    • disquieting riddle. I have frequently stated in public lectures that
    • universe. But then what is born in us as morality, as our ideals, will
    • physical and in this final condition of the physical that which has
    • reality then would be that which has developed physically out of the
    • the thought: Surely everything moral that arises in the human soul
    • certainly people who acknowledge both views, in spite of the fact that
    • of things — that good works somehow find their reward, and
    • evildoers are punished, and so on. This fact, that today there are
    • people — these moral and physical points of view — what I
    • pointed out to you that we see around us, first of all, the world of
    • light-phenomena, that we therefore see in the outer world everything
    • which is apparent to us through what we call light. I pointed out to
    • you how dying world-thoughts are to be seen in everything that
    • of thought, world-though that is dying. This meets us as light. You
    • at the right place) that if we look back into the far distant past,
    • that at that time the universe was inhabited, as it is also now. But
    • holds today. We know that those spirits which we call the Archai or
    • went as thinking beings with human character through that world. That
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • give too little consideration to exactly what is presented by the
    • art to eurythmy. We then become deeply aware that recitation and
    • artistic. Let us be clear that a poet – if he is a true poet
    • simply not be a poet at all. But it must also be made clear that
    • what is put before the reciter is, in the end, only a kind of score
    • or music-script – and that the art of recitation and
    • which he can give expression to what reaches him from the poet only
    • We must also take into consideration that we are
    • now living in a time when much of what has hitherto lived
    • think that by introducing this sort of consciousness they will
    • believe, too, that by becoming conscious of what really goes on in
    • the soul in artistic creation they will lose that spontaneity
    • on the other hand, we must realise that what we are striving for in
    • struggle toward the experience of what in our spiritual stream is
    • the intellectual, so that artistic feeling need in no way be lost
    • are dealing with genuine Imaginations it cannot be lost. For what
    • something personal: I would like to say that to me it was always
    • all sorts of intellectual notions. For what lives in these Mystery
    • In that way I was
    • that is directed toward cognition. Hence this prejudice, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Today we will have a sort of introduction, and what we gain from it
    • all I want to draw attention to some basic matters. What has been practised
    • children, since what has been developed until now as eurythmy is in every
    • way drawn out of the formation of the healthy human being. We will see that
    • another to become what can be called a sort of curative eurythmy.
    • course, be essential to emphasize that artistic eurythmy — which
    • is in essence the expression of that element inherent in the formation
    • and in the tendencies to movement of the human body — is that which
    • emphasize that they will have to forget in the most thorough fashion
    • what they have acquired in these hours when they do artistic eurythmy.
    • those goals which one pursues in hygiene and therapeutics and that artistic
    • given this preface, I would like to speak more specifically about what
    • to understand what eurythmy in its most varied aspects is, one must
    • to regard each human organ as a thing unto itself. That isn't the case,
    • however. That is not how a human organ is. Every human organ is a member
    • Nevertheless, the case is that certain human organs and groups of organs
    • organ where one can penetrate through that one organ into the essence
    • What I
    • we will now direct our attention, you will see that it is possible.
    • of the windpipe, you will discover when you study its forms that it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • science — that vowels express more that which lives inwardly in
    • man as feelings, emotions and so on. Consonants describe more that which
    • that is to say, we reveal what we feel towards an object. Through the
    • In eurythmy we bring back what attended the vowels and consonants
    • realize that when we pronounce vowels we omit the movement and make
    • the vowel inward, that previously joined in the outward movement to
    • movement what we have taken away from it on its inward-going path. In
    • the case of the vowel, matters are such that the outward movement is
    • of the vowel, eurythmically expressed, onto the whole man. That is what
    • that which is eurythmically vocalized in movement. Here it is very
    • important that one develops a feeling for what flows into the movement.
    • That one develops a perceptive consciousness which tells one whether
    • that which is happening in the respective human limb is a stretching,
    • for this. In what pertains to vowels it is extremely important
    • that one feels the movement made or the position taken up. That is what
    • both arms. This stretching should be carried out in such a way that
    • movement somewhat lower, returns again, and does it with both (arms)
    • the front, now a bit back again, and then somewhat deeper. Now I don't
    • want to trouble you further with that, but if one wanted to carry it
    • on, go hack, a bit further on, and so forth, so that one has as many
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • forms which consonants take in eurythmic movement. In what has been
    • The person who sets himself the task of observing speech will see that
    • instead reproduces the external within himself. That is a major
    • the F-movement. And now keep an eye on what you can observe here in
    • these two different movements. You can observe what is present by virtue
    • you will find that man's linguistic instinct places an “E”
    • Through the foregoing you will perceive that when man utters an
    • but “fi”, in that moment it is a different matter; in that
    • what I have expressed for example, in
    • this going out and taking hold in the external world of what man today
    • science is not accepted on the grounds of such things is solely that
    • they want to make it easier for themselves. But that just won't do.
    • They want to make everything easier for themselves; and that
    • That,
    • important that one form a contemplative picture. Naturally, one cannot
    • penetrate to the very end of that which one has in such a picture, to
    • find the movement for it deviates greatly to begin with from what takes
    • be polar to the actual process in speech. You know that the speech process
    • case of other consonants this element must be toned down. Now, what
    • the characteristic movement that was present in D. Thus the thrusting
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • consonantal eurythmic movements the case is that, although the rhythmic
    • a contemplative picture of what is involved when one can enter into the
    • this B in walking as well. Try to walk in such a manner, however, that
    • B. Now imagine that done more and more quickly and repeated to begin
    • Now you must attempt to do this with the legs as well. That brings about
    • tone eurythmy. That must now be repeated frequently and in series by
    • of the movements that are connected with the eurythmic consonants have
    • to do with that in the process of digestion which lies on the far side
    • — thus from the other side of that comprised in the first digestive
    • inward digestion, on all that which is digestive activity in the blood
    • vessels, and moreover on what is digestive activity in the kidneys.
    • related to language, and how a connection thus arises between that which
    • you hop, and while hopping you bend the legs somewhat at the knee. Here
    • knock-knees. That is what must be carried out. Our first concern is
    • works to strengthen the intestinal activity, particularly that activity
    • out sharply, with the Q as well; but that is the same thing again. Here
    • in the physiological effect of D and T, G, K, and Q, is that in the
    • connection with the human digestive activity, and that is with the
    • finds that urination is not in order. It has a stimulative effect on
    • whatever reason — here is the movement to be performed.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • soul. Before we begin, however, it will be necessary to take note that
    • when he arrives at a judgment, that these expressions are connected
    • case; one must make it clear to oneself that the judgments which the
    • that man pronounces a judgment out of the totality of his being. Thus
    • not only the head which will be subject to the influences of what arises
    • and negation is precisely that which can be called a judgment; when one
    • — both ten times consecutively. Whatsoever illness this shortness
    • counteract it in such a way that the entire constitution is affected as
    • must only keep in sight what is being done here. One could interpret what
    • Mrs. Baumann has done touching upon what is essential in it as follows:
    • what she projects thereby into the world is a thought that has become
    • oneself than otherwise. That is to say, one makes a movement through
    • actually movements that awaken. However, because one does not wake up
    • by means of this detour through the etheric body this constitutes what
    • would be the first symptom reached and what is introduced into the whole
    • such a movement — not in reality, however, at least that shouldn't
    • digestion is really stimulated in such a manner that through such a
    • want to express that which one could call the feeling of love towards
    • One cannot say that it accelerates or retards the circulation; it affects
    • at this and picture to yourself that one carries out this movement for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • that part of the physiological which we discover in the proximity of
    • that which can he observed in this connection in artistic eurythmy will
    • with in these days. Nevertheless, the essence of that which concerns
    • us make clear to ourselves what is taking place here, proceeding however
    • very exactly. What is happening? A poem is recited. The person who does
    • consideration physiologically. That is the first matter of importance.
    • He doesn't speak himself, he listens. That is essential. He listens to
    • thought and of mental representation are alive. What he perceives
    • association of sounds. That is something which man in his waking,
    • daytime existence often does, is it not? But what actually takes place
    • psychologic-physiologic point of view you will easily discover that a
    • and the astral body glide over what they are taking in, they live into
    • similar to sleep in that the “I” and astral body are slightly
    • disengaged, dissimilar in that they remain receptive, perceptive and
    • It is a subtle, conscious imagining that is still strongly suppressed
    • we take this into account as well. Let us look at what takes place in
    • the person who is not reciting. What does he do when he listens? He
    • movements and has them carried out by the physical body. That is to
    • one does what the human being carries out with his etheric body constantly
    • while listening. You can see what is actually taking place.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • to particulars you will find it necessary to elucidate what I have to
    • so on. How that can he done will reveal itself to you as if of its own
    • such as that which takes place in eurythmy, we may do no less than to
    • we must contemplate that extra-human world process which one usually
    • traces only in its details and not in regard to what is actually inwardly
    • active. Just consider what earth formation is, in reality: a formative
    • what lies without the planetary sphere a formative working into the
    • and building up that which is on and in the Earth from without —
    • although they encompass all that I have said about such rays previously
    • as well. The fact is that the metals of the Earth as a whole, for example,
    • that work through the ether can be called formative forces, formative
    • forces working in from outside and not from the planets, for in that
    • specific purpose of modifying them, that is, the planetary sphere. Please
    • assemble them around a point so that the earth can come into being.
    • they are present as the forces that build up the organs plastically,
    • physical world. That is a process which becomes so tangible in the
    • to yourself that, in association with the tendency to push something
    • these two processes is that which mediates: processes of secretion and
    • on the other hand, the absorption of what the other has secreted and
    • so on, that which can be called processes of secretion in the widest
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part One: Colour-Experience (Erlebnis)
    Matching lines:
    • survey of the modern idea of the world of colour, we notice that
    • present time people are very far from what Goethe intended in his
    • Any one who, like Goethe, really lives in art, can never doubt that
    • what the artist has to say about the world of colour must be bound up
    • always in mind the idea that we ought to estimate colour according to
    • might say, the mischievous custom — in some places, to contend that
    • what we perceive as a coloured world really exists only for our senses,
    • explanations such as these is able to make nothing of the concept that
    • what he knows as colour-impressions, his personal experience of colour,
    • feeling. We must try to question our feeling as to what colour is in
    • inward experiment, so that we may have before us not only the
    • define further. No one will doubt that we can experience the
    • You must admit that the sensation aroused is very different in the
    • three cases, that there is a certain quality of sensation when red,
    • by bringing a little imagination into what we have painted before us.
    • say: That is really nonsense, an impossible case. I should really have
    • not trouble us. Our sensation tells us that these peach-blossom
    • meadow. That does not last long, for the blue figures deaden the green
    • have the idea that there must be somewhere an abyss, and that the blue
    • That is colour-experience. It must be possible to have it, otherwise we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Luminous and Pictorial Nature of Colours
    Matching lines:
    • peach-blossom colour; and in such a manner that we were able to say:
    • world with the character of pictures; but we saw also that something
    • character of the colour. We saw, for example, that the living must
    • proceed from the lifeless, and that in the lifeless the image of the
    • speak, the receiver and the give, between that in which the picture is
    • the expression if you take the whole of what we did yesterday) — I
    • shadow-thrower is the spirit, the spirit receives that which is thrown
    • according to feeling, and then you will see that we come to a certain
    • In this way therefore we got green. We have to visualize exactly what
    • and white alternately — now imagine that this black and white was
    • opposite of what we had up here: here was had a quiescent white and
    • cannot of course paint that at the moment, but imagine these
    • movement and from that fact arises this colour of which we are
    • speaking. So that we can get this colour only in a roundabout way, and
    • that we have not yet got, and the result is another
    • you have a sense of colour, you can feel that. If, for instance, you
    • card-tables covered in green. What I mean is that it would be enough
    • we note that as a result of its own nature, colour has a inner
    • paler all the time. That is what I might call the secret of yellow.
    • demands that the colour is intensified on the circumference and shades
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Phenomenon of Colour in Material Nature
    Matching lines:
    • We have differentiated colours in that out of their own nature we have
    • this pictorial character of colours we had to differentiate what I
    • red. And we saw that just these colours, blue, yellow and red, possess
    • what I might call certain properties of will, by reason of their being
    • solid bodies. And we know also that we must make use of bodies as
    • What is the relation of colour as such, which we have got to know as
    • body, to matter? What makes matter as such appear to us coloured? Those
    • will perhaps know that there, this question is not touched upon, from a
    • the rest of life, you see what interesting things result. He pursued
    • first four colours we dealt with. We saw that we there have a property
    • is to be understood really only in movement. So that green is the most
    • we must enlarge the problem contrary to what is usually recognized
    • that the Vegetable Kingdom was
    • we also know that at that time there was as yet no solid matter. We
    • colour-matter, and with something that is really a fluid element. And
    • that something was formed in vegetation which made it definite, and not
    • fluid. So that what we call plants first appeared during the formation
    • of the earth. It was then that colour must have taken on the character
    • in plants such as we perceive today; it was then that it became a
    • merges into yellow. A superficial observation shows you what is at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • to outline a psychology that takes into account both the soul's hidden
    • I shall have something to add to what was stated
    • and a new birth. I said that we can follow up the formative
    • know that man is in essence a threefold being, with three
    • know that each human being has a differently, an
    • of that which gives to the head its physiognomy, its entire
    • organism, and if we consider what we possess as a
    • anatomy and physiology alone, the foolish conclusion that the
    • that I have already explained in lectures given last autumn in
    • our view of the outer world changes, and in such a way that as
    • atoms in the manner of present world-conceptions. What is
    • spiritual the further we press forward in cognition, so that we
    • deeply into our inner life there arises — not that
    • give up the preconceived idea that our psychic
    • nervous system being there only in order that concepts may be
    • formed in regard to what takes place in the will. There are no
    • organs, naturally by means of spiritual sight. What exactly is
    • also what we elaborate in thought are reflected upon the
    • forth, and what is thus thrown back constitutes our memories.
    • organism is involved in these things. That is something which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture One: Ahrimanic and Luciferic, Human Body, Soul, Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • I shall describe some aspects of what nowadays gives expression to
    • tragedy. One expression of this breach is the fact that human beings,
    • — that world which gives the human soul religious feelings both
    • come to appear before the human soul in such a way that it has
    • impossible for them to discover what it is that makes them human.
    • to admit that today's world is divided into two parts which, for
    • soul life as being linked with the eternal meaning of that world of
    • and show us that behind the world perceived by our senses there
    • people today because they have no inkling that real forces stand
    • behind the expressions used, nor that, whatever kind of speech is
    • — language cannot give full and adequate expression to what is
    • seen and perceived. What, after all, do the words ‘human
    • manner of ways of expressing what, despite everything, will be far
    • both right and wrong to say that the true being of man is beyond
    • comparison I might say that defining the being of man is like trying
    • deviations that constantly want to go off in opposite directions.
    • ahrimanic side. This is what is characteristic of initiation science.
    • able to be seen everywhere. Then it will be known, for instance, that
    • setting to work in the head region; or that when the physical body
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Two: East, Weat, and Center, -or- Asiatic Spiritual Life
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • shall add to what has been said over the past few days, both, before
    • time an urgent need to reach a global understanding. Yet whatever
    • understanding. The need for an understanding is there. What is not
    • congresses, what is to be found in the depths of human souls is quite
    • deceptive. These appearances are supposed to give the impression that
    • speaking with one another. What is actually speaking through each one
    • that it is the folk daemons who are speaking with one another, rather
    • be hard put to it to find clearer proof of the fact that Christianity
    • to us, as the God of mankind, only then will Christ come to have what
    • to understand very clearly that there are things which hold sway in
    • words that remain stuck in empty phrases as a result of the
    • about what can actually only be brought about today out of the
    • profound depths of man's being. Today what is needed is profundity, a
    • earth evolution. What can be heard today in every corner of the earth
    • does not to any extent even touch the surface of all that is rooted
    • in the human being. What ought now to enter into mankind is the quest
    • for what is most profoundly rooted in the being of man.
    • now show in a few simple outlines the main differences that exist in
    • people's attitudes to what could lead to a recognition and an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Three: The Development of Religious Experience in Post-Atlantean Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • viewpoint, namely that of history. With the express aim of promoting
    • echoes of that ancient culture, of which there exist no written
    • religious element of ancient Indian culture included what we today
    • pertinent description is that it was a religious culture. This
    • religious culture generates the feeling in human beings that in the
    • This feeling was developed so intensely that the whole of life was
    • to imagine, though, that what lived in these people's view of the
    • fall on the dead letters of the printed page. We know what they mean
    • with what the ancient Indian people saw in their instinctive vision
    • and in relation to this what they saw in the constellations and
    • What
    • all that they grasped in pictures about the universe; they also
    • developed a permanent feeling that whatever they did, even the most
    • those ancient times people knew very well that Lucifer and Ahriman
    • they aware that because divine, spiritual beings worked in them, they
    • description I want to call up in you an idea of what this religion
    • first Indian age paled. First of all what paled was the feeling of
    • somewhat, but human beings had to develop something by inner activity
    • still possessed an awareness of what had once been a part of human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Six: Methods of Initiation, Old and New - 1
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • spiritual life in connection with what has gone before in human
    • of the fifteenth century is entirely different from that of earlier
    • should like to mention that, before the Mystery of Golgotha, people
    • ancient days of human evolution it was unthinkable that spiritual
    • turned to the Mysteries in those ancient days, if knowledge was what
    • Mysteries. That is why the course of scientific development is
    • Before that time knowledge
    • consciousness on which this was founded, we discover that those who
    • important in what they called ‘the prince of this world’
    • — that is, the spiritual beings — of other worlds.
    • would certainly have considered all that lived in the knowledge that
    • of such expressions in order to show properly what is meant, and no
    • one should think that there is anything superstitious about using
    • give you a picture of what someone initiated in the ancient Greek, or
    • understand that these people also spoke about the Christ-being,
    • Christ to us actually means that Being who underwent the Mystery of
    • of this world’ — that ahrimanic being — also knew
    • him. That being — I am describing what lived in the
    • the earth. He considered that whatever human beings possessed through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Seven: Methods of Initiation, Old and New - 2
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • practising what is needed for attaining super-sensible knowledge. To a
    • main reason is to make known what kind of higher knowledge can be
    • attained by such means. A declaration stating that one thing or
    • stated that the human being seeking initiation is capable of
    • discuss briefly. A statement such as this shows that the element of
    • over and above that of the body. So a discussion about higher
    • this is, in the first instance, what is important for the
    • treated so that it became able to free its soul nature in both
    • directions. I said that the two main aspects of this in the ancient
    • the main point. The main point was that during the process of coming
    • was no longer held off by the brain but allowed through, so that the
    • pupil became aware of his soul and spirit element and knew that this
    • picture was dreamlike in character. For what was it that was freed on
    • towards the will aspect? It was that part which descends from realms
    • such a way that their intellect has become stronger by comparison
    • since the fifteenth century. It is extremely significant that
    • throughout the Middle Ages people still knew that in order to attain
    • German culture that, precisely in the years when Napoleon destroyed
    • drama would have shown clearly that the members of such an Order,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eight: The Passage of the Human Soul and Spirit through the Physical Sense-Organization
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • spiritual world. We shall take particular account of what happens in
    • the soul during this process, for we must understand that on entering
    • tremendous transformation takes place, and that another tremendous
    • What are the last experiences of the soul before it descends to
    • impulses, so that we can describe all these things that are
    • throw at least some light on what lives in the soul before it enters
    • all we must be clear that the thought element leads a shadowy
    • thoughts about what they have perceived with their senses in the
    • sense-perceptible world. You could say that as a solid earthly object
    • what lives in our thinking during earthly existence. If we seek to
    • birth and death to the true stature of our thought life, we find that
    • whatever is casting the shadow. Before birth, or rather before
    • weaving life before conception is, of course, something that fills
    • The thoughts that then live in us during our life on earth are the
    • that has life on a cosmic scale prior to conception.
    • find, as one part of the content of his soul, something that is like
    • fills it entirely. You must understand, however, that fear as an
    • element of feeling which can only be compared with what is
    • that period of human life about which I am now speaking. In the life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Nine: The Threefold Human, Reincarnation, Heathens, Jews, Christians, Calderon
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • fear. I then went on to point out that the living spirit is
    • metamorphosed into a thought element, but that it also sends into
    • earth existence a living remnant of pre-earthly life that lives in
    • human sympathy. So in human sympathy we have something that maintains
    • of fear that fills our soul before we descend to the physical world
    • What
    • during physical earthly life, of a soul that has — in a way
    • here in earthly life by what I yesterday described as sympathy
    • that is, at the beginning of the fifth post-Atlantean period. What
    • that of the Greek world — abstract concepts as we know them
    • merely think the world, reserving their feelings of sympathy for what
    • earthly life means that there is a strong experience of all that
    • earlier times. It meant that every cloud, every tree, every plant,
    • That is why, as times moved nearer to our own, all elemental beings
    • disappeared from what human beings saw in nature.
    • So what
    • is this kind of spirituality that human beings still feel within
    • this question we shall have to consider what I have said with regard
    • understand it if we look at it pictorially. We have to imagine that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Ten: The Threefold Human, Four Elements, Imagination, Inspiration, Intuition
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • more pointed out in these lectures that in the most recent cultural
    • statement that the force of thoughts is actually the corpse of our
    • Cyprianus. That drama depicts, on the one hand, the struggles which
    • and how, at the same time, they felt that it would be impossible to
    • concept. I then went on yesterday to show that the phase depicted in
    • can certainly say that in his young days Goethe explored all the
    • in what the intellectual realm had to offer, Goethe did not seek what
    • We can certainly say that Goethe sought true knowledge. But he could
    • for he could not find it in the cultural life that at first presented
    • that wonderful poem which begins with the words:
    • drama. But it has to be said that Goethe, who wrestled in the deepest
    • the earth, so that ever since then, when seeking the spirit which
    • Imaginations transformed into Inspirations and Intuitions. What is
    • becomes a reality, will what I told you yesterday be fully
    • understood: That the world around us must come to be seen as a
    • answer. This is what was to have been given to mankind with the
    • has no special feeling that the human head, for instance, is in any
    • that the head is, in the main, a metamorphosis of the system of limbs
    • head occupies a place in evolution which is quite different from that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eleven: Faust and Hamlet in Relation to the Turning Point of the 15th Century
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • which took place at that time in the condition of human souls. We can
    • say that profound traces of what took place at that time for mankind
    • there today. That something so important can take place without at
    • — that of Christianity itself.
    • spirits of the leading culture of the time — that of Rome. It
    • was still seen as a minor event of little significance that had taken
    • what took place in the civilized world around the first third of the
    • about some aspects recently. For instance, we saw that Calderón's
    • Anthroposophy has to express it — that in all sorts of places
    • pointed out that Goethe's
    • situation in Europe at that time, Goethe came to depict in dramatic
    • a representative of all those seeking personalities who lived at that
    • personality living in the midst of this seeking and striving that had
    • see that the special nature of this seeking and striving, as it
    • worked on his soul, so that he has taken into his soul the impulses
    • practice of magic. Let us be clear about what is meant in this case.
    • What he has gone through by way of ‘Philosophy and
    • is what anyone can go through by studying the intellectualized
    • this with what it was like in earlier times. The fact that things
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Twelve: The Transition from the 4th to the 5th Post-Atlantean Period, Shakespeare, the Spiritual Struggle of Schiller and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • life, tasks arising out of the great change that took place in the
    • find that spiritual leaders such as the poets who created these
    • form, the question: What will become of the human being when he has
    • all that is most dear to it, and all that is most important for it.
    • All the evolutionary factors we considered yesterday were what Goethe
    • evolutionary factors. We saw how both express the feeling that truly
    • What
    • evolution of humanity is the fact that their most important creative
    • how that which fills the soul in an intellectual way is actually the
    • at that time, and what Goethe and Schiller were wrestling to achieve,
    • Fragment, and also the parts which Goethe omitted, we find that here
    • soul, but what is still entirely lacking, what was still quite
    • foreign to him at that time, was the question of placing Faust within
    • demanded of him that he continue work on
    • young. We see also in Schiller what was actually going on in the
    • writing again in the nineties, we see that now he is compelled to let
    • most interesting facts that Schiller now feels compelled to let the
    • drama is comprehensible only when we take into account that Wallenstein
    • stars. It is perfectly obvious that he is trying to do this, for we,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Thirteen: The Transition from the 4th to the 5th Post-Atlantean Period, Shakespeare, Schiller, Goethe, -or- The Search for the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • that tremendous change, which entered into the whole soul
    • that is, with the transition from the fourth to the fifth
    • vibrations of the great change, how he sensed that it was a concrete
    • soul. He sensed that it was necessary to come to terms with the
    • knew that it was only possible for them to find real knowledge if
    • the utmost doubt; that is why I have devoted myself to magic.
    • Faust figure to represent his own soul struggles. I said that
    • that professor who might have taught at Wittenberg in the sixteenth
    • asked whether — apart from what is given us in the Faust drama
    • effects of what someone like Faust could have taught in the
    • I said that in the whole mood and artistic form of Shakespeare's
    • plays, that is, in the historical plays, we could find in the
    • that time of transition. Then I drew your attention to the way in
    • lacked, in a certain sense, the will to accept what the intellectual
    • period and by rejecting what had come into being through
    • goes back to that time — not by
    • Karl Moor something which echoes the luciferic element that is also
    • indicated further that, in the West, Shakespeare was in a position
    • that is at work in Shakespeare's plays is a retrospective view of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Fourteen: The 5th Post-Atlantean Period, the French Revolution, Schiller, Goethe, the Freedom Problem, -or- Berlin University Course Report - 2
    Matching lines:
    • mysteries and how that contrasts with what is required today of people
    • come to develop in the various realms of inner life. Everything that
    • connection it has to be said that the most significant expression of
    • the intellectualistic age so far has been the French Revolution, that
    • conditions of mankind. Only consider that the French Revolution, in
    • understand that before the time of the French Revolution there was
    • preceded the French Revolution, people knew that the earth can never
    • Human beings always felt that they had links with the spiritual world
    • and they expected this spiritual world to satisfy whatever
    • essentially what intellectualism seeks, too.
    • satisfy everything that is present in the sense-perceptible physical
    • those of, let us say, Egypt, when the social order took in what the
    • how he was stimulated by what was expressed in the French Revolution
    • balances what is otherwise either a dictate of reason or a dictate of
    • Similarly, what comes to him from the object of art through his
    • freedom? And the conclusion he reaches is that the human being can
    • at that time. Schiller was full of enthusiasm for this way
    • this. He felt that Goethe in his artistic activity was as free as is
    • which means that the human being becomes truly free: This is what Schiller
    • point where the line starts to curve upwards from what had been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • I pointed out that certain human functions appearing in early childhood
    • are transformations of functions that man carries out in pre-earthly
    • begun. We know that the form of man's physical body is the
    • and a new birth. What man forms in this way, however — that
    • upright. That faculty is incorporated into the human being when he
    • life nor yet in that of his earthly life. He has left the former and
    • man has a language that does not actually emerge from within, that
    • inhalation, inspiration, something in pre-earthly existence that we
    • language, and here we acquire the means that serve to express our
    • thoughts, our earthly thoughts, and the human intellect, that is, the
    • we can say that an essential part of the earth's culture and
    • unites with soul. We feel that in speaking we have an essential
    • particularly interesting to understand the connection between what
    • fitting that at this moment I can add the subject of man's
    • between man's life in that which corresponds to tone and sound
    • a reflection of the spiritual through and through. Not only what man
    • the inside. Man is completely contained, as it were, in what he
    • revealed when one goes into the details of what man is when he speaks
    • whole organism is actually involved, and what takes place in the song
    • or speech organ is only the final culmination of what goes on within
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • I have called attention repeatedly to the fact that, just as one can
    • that would serve as super-sensible sense organs — to coin a
    • what he experiences between falling asleep and awakening. Only
    • spiritual vision, therefore, could survey that which would be
    • which runs parallel to the biography that we come to with the help of
    • include what, together with him and caused by him, takes place in his
    • super-sensible vision is in a position to speak of a world that
    • before our souls some of the aspects that can illuminate that world.
    • human realms. Ascending to those regions that are accessible only to
    • that during sleep we are indeed in this super-sensible world and have
    • experiences there, despite the fact that, due to the absence of
    • arrive at a more specific comprehension of what the human being
    • that concerns the actual course of events in the world in which we
    • we shall discuss it from another viewpoint, that of the super-sensible
    • world. The event to which I refer is one that falls in the fourth
    • becomes different in that century. Without spiritual scientific insight
    • feeling. We have described in different words what human beings
    • experienced in the course of that age. Now we shall take a brief
    • glance at what the beings who belong to the super-sensible realm
    • experienced during that same time. We shall turn to the other side of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: The WHITSUN Mystery and its Connection with the Ascension
    Matching lines:
    • Gospels, in order that their deeper content and meaning may be brought
    • rationalistic way that is possible with concepts and ideas. People
    • think that once a concept has been grasped they have got to the root
    • The first picture is that of the disciples of Christ Jesus on the day
    • clouds. The usual conception of this scene is that Christ went up into
    • heaven and so departed from the earth, and that the disciples were
    • The thought may occur to you that in a certain respect this belies the
    • reality of the Mystery of Golgotha. We ourselves know that through His
    • earth, that is to say, from the Mystery of Golgotha onwards to remain
    • Ascension might thus seem to be at variance with what esoteric vision
    • The second picture is that of the scene ten days after the Ascension,
    • and they are moved “to speak with other tongues.” What this
    • actually means is that henceforward the disciples were able to impart
    • We know from our study of Anthroposophy, that the evolution of mankind
    • did not begin on the Earth, but that Earth-evolution proper was
    • physical body. In that epoch, however, the physical body was a body of
    • warmth only; that is to say, warmth of varying degrees, forces of
    • really begins with the fourth epoch, that of Atlantis. We are living
    • mid-point of its development. From this you will realise that the
    • that the soil beneath our feet to-day belongs to an earth that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • back, in survey, over the evolution of mankind, we see that the epochs
    • out that the full historical comprehension of the people of the present
    • of the Greeks. Herman Grimm is right in saying that, as usually described,
    • no longer see what lived in those souls, it is unable to understand
    • from our soul life is that of the human beings of the Egyptian-Chaldean
    • that in ancient Persia, and completely different that of the ancient
    • of the human being, it becomes clear that our way of feeling about the
    • in the course of time, life has become so earth-bound that human beings
    • during the first epoch, that of ancient India. If we go back to the
    • seventh or eighth millennium of the pre-Christian era, we find that
    • — that the human being felt quite differently than we do today
    • about the ego, the self. To be sure, the human beings of that ancient
    • to him self-evident that it had little to do with earth and earth events.
    • In experiencing himself as an ego, man did not feel that he belonged
    • to the earth; but, rather, that he was connected with the heaven of
    • the fixed stars. This was what gave him the sense and security of his
    • human being only through the fact that here on earth he was clothed
    • no other existence than that of earth's plants, rivers, mountains and
    • rocks, no human being would have an ego. For what guarantees existence
    • times the teacher in the Mysteries spoke to his pupils somewhat like
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • everyone thoroughly comprehends the fact that Anthroposophy strives to
    • longer experienced. Gradually the conception has arisen that art
    • Oriental and African art forms; but that is not the point at issue.
    • with this status in the cosmos; he would have no call whatsoever to
    • being, one has to be dissatisfied with what nature offers. For, if
    • naturalistic world-conception demands that those who wish to create
    • it is only when we envisage a world other than the natural one that
    • conclusion from naturalism as it affects the arts. What would happen
    • if they did? They would have to demand that people imitate nature; nothing
    • all that? Why let actors speak as people do in everyday life? If you
    • find out what people say to one another in ordinary life.” In other
    • spiritual world. It was out of a spirit-attuned state that the artistic
    • for spiritual impulses, but merely utilitarian buildings. And what would
    • People did not always think like that; certainly not in those ages when
    • in words somewhat like these: “Here I stand in the world, but as
    • effect.” Which is to say that as long as the human being is not
    • often remarked that eating is not the simple process ordinarily imagined.
    • human beings think it is the laws of nature that are active in the roast
    • active everywhere. The fact that roast beef encounters spirit-soul laws
    • in that direction.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of the world. In architectural forms we see what the human soul expects
    • which did not harmonize with what they had experienced during their
    • of primitive peoples represent what might be called an unskillful copying
    • correctly the lower head, mouth and chin, then we understand that, even
    • into that body. Which means a sharp contrast: whereas architecture begins
    • post-Atlantean period. Painters express through lines the fact that
    • the plane was a necessity; that fact is self-evident. But it must now
    • be overcome. This does not mean that in the future painters should be
    • blind to spatial perspective, only that, while understanding it, they
    • elemental. Fortunately it can be provided. For that purpose I suggest
    • that you look again at some words of mine about the world of color as
    • natural entities which are not spiritual; that is, in minerals. Recent
    • physicists have made matters easier for themselves by saying that colors
    • measured, weighed on scales. But what is perceived in physics does not
    • content: we will not arrive at color. That is why physicists say that
    • like to explain by way of an image. Picture to yourselves that I hold
    • in my left hand a red sheet, in my right a green one, and that with
    • movements. You immediately remember that, contrary to my present use
    • with a red and a green sheet. For politeness' sake let us assume that
    • all of you have such a vivid imagination that, in spite of my moving
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • wished to call attention to the fact that anthroposophical contemplation
    • of yesterday's lecture I stressed the fact that, by gaining a direct
    • an earth life, that brings about a sense of the validity of all that
    • surroundings akin to his physical body, he comes to realize that
    • I stand within earth existence, it contradicts that part of my human
    • intensity: What can be learned through the physical senses leads to
    • from anthroposophical contemplation that, to pass this door, to enter
    • the realms where we may perceive what lies behind the outer world, we
    • feelings and will, a certain inner steadiness. That is why entering
    • that no person penetrates this door in the state of consciousness brought
    • if we would enter our true home and discover what bears a relationship
    • us to recognize that, if earthly existence were immediately satisfactory,
    • if what modern naturalism dreams to be the case were so, namely, that
    • aware that he is more than anything which earthly existence implies.
    • it stresses the fact that one must travel a road of purification before
    • the truth that religious life leads far beyond the facts observable
    • recognizes that the Mystery of Golgotha, the earth-life of Christ Jesus,
    • here that art enters. It forms a bridge across the abyss. That is why
    • art must realize that its task is to carry the spiritual-divine life
    • into the earthly; to fashion the latter in such a way that its forms,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • to emphasize that the spiritual evolution of mankind has proceeded from
    • when these three streams flowed from a common source. That source is seen
    • the primeval ages; or, rather, to what would today be called poetry. To
    • the deepest needs of their souls. At that period those with clairvoyant
    • what could be fathomed only by studying the relationship between stars
    • one example among many. For the conception held sway that occurrences
    • of the starry heavens. We must also be clear about the fact that in
    • because the human beings of that time were deeply conscious of the fact
    • that with the word, created out of their organisms' innermost secret,
    • they could express something super-sensible, that language was fitted
    • to express what appears in star-constellations and star-movements; far
    • felt — and is therefore eminently adapted to what, from cosmic
    • that man learned what he in turn poured into the other arts. Poetry,
    • closely united with such inner experiences as that of breathing and
    • felt that, while with his thoughts he abode among the fixed stars and
    • of primeval art. What is primeval art? It is nothing other than speech
    • to the material-earthly; it no longer manifests what it was when human
    • of the planets past the fixed-star constellations, the vowels. At that
    • time human beings did not intend to express through speech what they
    • experienced upon earth, but rather what the soul experienced when it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • that we refer to real spiritual entities when we speak of spiritual
    • dead heritage from that higher world. It is, therefore, appropriate
    • (das Schoene) as the ugly or hateful (das Haessliche).
    • since the opposite of hate is love — the lovely or loving. As it
    • concealed or non-radiant, that which holds back its being, refusing to
    • something whose outer aspect belies what it really is. But here
    • subjectivity enters, for we cannot love what conceals itself, showing
    • a false countenance; we must hate it. In this way the ugly calls up quite
    • sense we strive for the beautiful in art, what is our goal? The very
    • fact that the German word for “beautiful” proceeds outward
    • (as its opposite suggests a remaining within our emotions, our hate)
    • means that the beautiful bears a relation to the spiritual outside us.
    • For what shines? What we apprehend with our senses does not need to
    • shine for us; it exists. It is the spiritual that shines, radiating
    • take hold of the shining, the radiance, the manifestation, of that which
    • In art it is upon a relation to the spiritual that beauty depends.
    • vocabulary. When an instinctive clairvoyance prevailed, he felt that
    • he saw not merely the earthly in that metal but the sun proclaiming
    • objects. But it was only to living things that particular colors were
    • ascribed, for living things approach the spirit in such a way that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Dimension, Number and Weight
    Matching lines:
    • We must clearly realize that of earthly beings only man lives in these
    • alternation. They do not have that deep, dreamless sleep which man has
    • somewhat like human dream; but the experiences of the higher animals
    • When an animal sees a plant, his first feeling is not: that is
    • inwardly. The circumstance that people of our time are not able to
    • observe anything that is not obvious, prevents them from seeing in the
    • impulses and behaviour of animals that it is as I have said.
    • In order to realize what happens here, let us first start from what
    • weigh and measure them, and what we ascertain by weighing, measuring
    • themselves about the things that are heavy, and measurable and
    • countable. If we want to define any physical object, what constitutes
    • its real physical nature is the part that can be weighed or counted,
    • so on. One could really say that the modern physicist cannot make head
    • cold surge up out of the physical. One says: that which has eight has
    • But what is there are — if I may so express it — the
    • other words, what the senses perceive in these things. When we sleep,
    • weight, we are apt to consider something that appears in the physical,
    • have no meaning for what is there, but they seemingly imagine them
    • red object. In order to convince ourselves that it is no optical
    • that there is something like this in this free-floating, free-moving
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • that Beings are bound up with such an existence, with Sun-existence,
    • that as regards the further evolution of the Earth we cannot merely
    • lead an existence outside the Earth-evolution — an existence that
    • It is exactly the same in the case of what may be called the Moon
    • cosmic processes, it was necessary to point to the fact that within
    • of the instinctive clairvoyant forces possessed by man at that time,
    • cosmic body had separated from the Earth. We must therefore say that
    • within the Moon-being, not in the light that the Moon radiates back as
    • reflected sunlight, and not in all the rest of what the Moon radiates
    • humanity itself, something that was a kind of unconscious memory. And
    • his whole constitution of soul, so that when we survey civilization we
    • it were, consciousness-memories of something that in earlier times
    • worked in a far-reaching sense as Nature-forces in man; and what man
    • external science man will ask in vain as to what was the real
    • them Druid sages, for both are expressions entirely suited to that
    • age, although of course they did not exist then.) What was it that
    • What is often narrated in history, and indeed often sounds terrible,
    • always signifies something that was active in the epochs of decadence
    • and degeneration. What I am going to describe here invariably refers
    • to what preceded this epoch of degeneration, and was active when the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Hierarchies and the Nature of the Rainbow
    Matching lines:
    • evolution of the earth somewhat into line with present-day ideas. In
    • It is in fact sometimes difficult to explain to modern people what a
    • of the nineteenth century than it is now. It still happened then that
    • some poem or other, by this or that poet, was read, and the people
    • that thought becomes directly light, and illumines everything; and the
    • act together, in such a way that the thrones constitute a nucleus, and
    • psychic way; in such a way, however, that the psychic experience is at
    • being feels the warmth psychically, there really is present what you
    • beings. The warmth is nothing in itself, it is only the evidence that
    • all and says: that person doesn't interest me in the least; I am
    • he is interested in the warmth the other sheds, but that nothing but
    • Now at the time of which I speak, what I have just described to you
    • was understood to mean really Cherubim, Seraphim and Thrones. That was
    • Then one went further and said that only this highest hierarchy, the
    • that this was done at the beginning of a terrestrial creation could
    • this happened in such a way that the Beings produced by the Seraphim,
    • precisely the thing that can appear through the sons of the Second
    • what distinguishes the paths of these Beings. Under certain
    • Second Hierarchy in the form of light. What was this shadow? The air.
    • what the air is. Today one knows only that the air consists of oxygen
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VI: The WHITSUNTIDE Festival: Its place in the study of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • Karma works, we always have to bear in mind that the human Ego, which is
    • on Earth. In the Cosmos surrounding the Earth we have that Universe into
    • feel a certain relationship between what takes place on the Earth and
    • what takes place in the cosmic environment. But when we come to
    • — indeed it is particularly proud of the discovery — that
    • grasp of man himself — a knowledge which takes hold only of what
    • nature with what we find in the human etheric body. In the same way we
    • can speak of a similarity between what is found in the human astral body
    • and a certain astral principle that works through all things and all
    • we must first discover — what it is in the Cosmos that betrays the
    • presence of cosmic Astrality; what it is that reveals it. Somewhere or
    • a totality, you behold the blue sky, of which we also say that it is not
    • really there but that you are gazing into empty space. Now the reason
    • why you see the blue of the sky is that you are actually perceiving the
    • Ether. We may therefore say: In that we perceive the blue of the sky we
    • are perceiving the universal Ether that surrounds us.
    • perception of the blue of the sky is expressed in that we say: The Ether
    • on this point, for the simple reason that it is bound to admit that
    • this blue of the sky. In reality, it is here that the super-sensible
    • Every star that we see
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture I: On Spengler's "Decline of the West"
    Matching lines:
    • what offers itself to the casual visitor, who seldom learns the
    • fact that a few chimneys are smoking again and the trains are
    • is not what I want to point to now, for in the course of
    • and saying that here again everything will be just as it has
    • is that the author expressly states that he conceived the basic
    • realize their costliness when I tell you that a pamphlet which
    • what has happened to the economic system in the last few
    • Spengler calculates in a strictly historical way that the
    • whether the author (no matter what view of life he may adopt)
    • today in conferences and believe that out of decay they can
    • with the prediction (which is more than a vague prophecy) that
    • thinker that such decline is necessary in accordance with the
    • sciences, have reached the point of saying that this decay is
    • physics. This means that the time has begun when belief in
    • again and again how really serious the times are, and what a
    • the question: How can we orient thinking so that pessimism
    • must ask if there is anything that can still lead us out of
    • gives any hint of a rise. And one cannot say that this is an
    • that fruit for the future can grow out of bodiless programs,
    • then you see that an upward movement nowhere appears in what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture II: Oswald Spengler - I
    Matching lines:
    • time. Here is a man who felt in much that is now active in the
    • whole western world an impulse toward decline that must
    • civilization, including America; and it could be seen that the
    • clear, of course, that Spengler recognized this decline;
    • and it is evident also that he had a feeling for
    • mass civilization. That is comprehensible. He believed that the
    • evident that Spengler, for one, had not the slightest
    • perception of the fact that salvation for this western culture
    • will, in opposition to all that is moving headlong toward
    • something that can yet be brought forth out of the soul of man
    • we can see that a very well-informed, brilliant man, with a
    • points out much more forcefully all that lives in a man of the
    • matter is extraordinarily noteworthy because it shows what a
    • is primarily the beginning and the end that are of
    • likewise of many other people of the present time. What is to
    • tendrils, do not stir. It is the wind that plays with them.
    • I have wished to point to what gives its significance to the
    • you will remember that in order to characterize the
    • course, anyone of the Spenglerian soul-caliber can say that
    • these balls, nor what the relations are in a deeper sense.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture III: Oswald Spengler - II
    Matching lines:
    • very large part of all that can be known today. It can be said
    • that he has complete command of the great variety of thoughts
    • that have become the possession of civilized humanity in
    • He is in the highest degree what may be called in Central
    • for western — that is, French — genius; but, as has
    • even be seen in various places that out of the sentence-meshes
    • this is more what might be called an esthetic
    • what results from thinking, but in his opinion the more
    • instinctive life-impulses are the deciding factors. So that
    • it is entirely correct to say that in the world-historical
    • thoughts with something of universality, at that very
    • unfruitful thoughts, namely, to what bubbles up in the
    • in such a way that he says: Everything that this civilization
    • has brought forth is on the way to ruin. We can only hope that
    • something instinctive will emerge once again from what Spengler
    • with what constitutes present civilization, will even crush it,
    • Spengler sees that people of the modern civilization have
    • to see that just through reaction, human freedom can result
    • within this mechanistic life — that is, technical science
    • know that in the last lecture I quoted the passage in which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture I: Historical Requirements of the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • and co-workers in Stuttgart has given me deep insight into what
    • takes place in human souls at the present time, into what
    • for what he means by “spiritual worlds.”]
    • widespread belief that the problems and tasks of the present
    • that real salvation is only attainable on the spiritual path,
    • is extremely difficult to say, for the very reason that
    • however, that progress can only be made if sufficiently large
    • numbers of people are permeated by the conviction that
    • What occupies people's minds today, in the widest circles, are
    • is as though paralyzed. The belief prevails that the social
    • problems can be mastered by what is called knowledge, but they
    • general. Many people have said that this war, which has been
    • We cannot say that this judgment is wrong. The battle which
    • will have to be fought by this or that means, and which will
    • spiritual battle ever waged by mankind. Everything that has
    • enormous quantity of human impulses. You know that in my book
    • that for extensive circles of present-day humanity spiritual
    • life has become an “ideology”; that what
    • “Ideology.” That is the answer many people give
    • that is mirrored in the human soul from the only reality, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture II: The Social Structure in Ancient Greece and Rome
    Matching lines:
    • that happens now depends on the fact that since that time there
    • said that in our spiritual life we still have a Greek
    • will realize that the impulse of the threefold social order
    • that in Greece there existed in the highest degree what were
    • of the ancient Greeks unless we keep in mind that it was
    • way that resulted from the blood characteristics of the Aryan
    • conqueror population. Naturally, modern man has outgrown what
    • self-evident that there were two kinds of people: those who had
    • One who looks more closely into what lives socially among men
    • of our time will recognize that in our feelings and our
    • schools, shape their instruction in a way that represents a
    • universities derived from Hellenism. Through the very fact that
    • schools. It has become necessary today to realize that the time
    • accounts, is at hand, and that we must think about such matters
    • know that what was formed out of the blood in Hellenism became
    • this did not pass over to Romanism. What did pass over was the
    • would never have occurred to an ancient Greek to doubt that
    • Within the Roman Empire there was the strong consciousness that
    • power, through might. You need only remind yourselves that the
    • Romans trace their origin to that assembly of robbers in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture III: Commodity, Labor, and Capital
    Matching lines:
    • WHAT I have to say today will be a kind of interlude. I
    • commodity, labor, capital. I have already told you that modern
    • arrive at complete clarity about these concepts. That was not
    • political economy if we pose the question of what is to happen
    • the concepts of modern science. You know that in spite of the
    • and universities completely rejects all that springs from the
    • what happens in economic life. But this has become almost
    • in the modern age the less have they had thoughts that could
    • life. We suffer in modern times from the fact that we have an
    • economic life that is practice without ideas, and with it the
    • man it will be easy for you to realize that a certain attitude
    • life. That is what is so important in the threefold membering
    • of the social organism, namely, that this certain attitude,
    • imagine that something of a soul-spiritual nature streams
    • is the bearer of the air that is inhaled and exhaled, so
    • Here we come to a chapter that is hard for modern man to
    • social reformation. The fact that in the social life of the
    • significance, is something that must be understood. Results
    • will depend upon what people take seriously when they exchange
    • their ideas, their sensations, their feelings. The views that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture IV: Education as a Problem Involving the Training of Teachers
    Matching lines:
    • will have gathered that among the many problems under
    • discussion today that of education is the most important. We
    • had to emphasize that the entire social question contains as
    • its chief factor, education. From what I indicated a week ago
    • to you that within the whole complex of this subject the
    • When we consider the character of the epoch that has run its
    • evident that during this period there passed through mankind's
    • it is necessary that we work our way out of this materialistic
    • in order that men might seek it out of their own impulse, their
    • of the fifteenth century is what might be called the
    • that this materialistic wave has most intensively and quite
    • and again that all instruction, even in the lowest grades, must
    • raises the question, what becomes of a child if he only
    • being unites with the objective surroundings, and what should
    • realize that one kills the soul, but it really happens. And the
    • consequence is what we experience with people today. How many
    • later years to produce out of their own inner resources that
    • at present many shattered natures. At important moments we
    • system, particularly in teacher training. What then do we have
    • future? The fact that a teacher knows the answers to what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture V: The Metamorphoses of Human Intelligence: Present Trends and Dangers
    Matching lines:
    • discussions yesterday that it becomes increasingly necessary to
    • question by that soul force we call intelligence. The man of
    • and soul in that time childlike. He believes that only through
    • knowledge of what people in earlier periods of evolution tried
    • that soul force in which modern man takes such pride. If we
    • intelligence for modern man, we must ask: What was the nature
    • that we of the fifth post-Atlantean epoch possess. You see from
    • this that I assume it is not correct to think intelligence is
    • intelligence, that only one kind is possible; that whoever has
    • little, or not at all, about what modern man thinks by means of
    • their relationship to this or that zodiacal constellation; they
    • knew what kind of influence moon, sun, and planets had upon
    • understood everything of the earthly world that is subject to
    • death. He knew that if he wanted to comprehend the
    • supersensible he had to turn to that power of perception which
    • which underlie all that dies on earth. Said the pupils of
    • see; by merely thinking I only grasp what is
    • spiritual; spiritual processes and laws also underlie what
    • seems to be material. There are spiritual laws that concern you
    • permeated by that spiritual force which appears to you as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture VI: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time, Conquering Egotism
    Matching lines:
    • WHAT I said yesterday about the path of the human
    • intellect toward the future, rests upon definite facts that can
    • When a man confronts you, he is that being we speak about in
    • spiritual science. That is to say, above everything we must
    • always be aware that he is a four-membered being, as you know
    • astral body, ether body, and physical body. The fact that every
    • members of the human entity, brings it about that ordinary
    • human perception does not know what it faces in man. Ordinarily
    • one thinks: “What I see before me, filling space, is the
    • physical body.” But what is physical in it we would not
    • Strange as it may sound, that which is the physical body proper
    • believe you carry what you consider to be the physical body of
    • earlier periods. What I am now relating cannot be ascertained
    • we come to the Egypto-Chaldean period. At that time human
    • bodies had a constitution different from that of today. Those
    • If through some cosmic miracle the bodies of that ancient
    • consists in the fact that the human body atavistically returns
    • to conditions that were the normal ones in the Egypto-Chaldean
    • caused by the fact that a part of this or that person's body
    • develops the tendency to become what the whole body was for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • all that we see in the rocky and stony part of the earth, often
    • in such wonderful formations, but also in all that is reduced
    • friends, first at what thus appears as the lifeless in the
    • exception — we discover that everywhere within this
    • of the lifeless. Through what we have said, however, we have
    • form, of which we say that it is lifeless. And just as we speak
    • spirit. What from the beginning prevailed in the rest of
    • were unable to find in the lifeless itself the causes of what
    • has passed through the door of death. It is true that, when an
    • end what I have here indicated — I need only indicate it
    • — you will realize that, after the human soul has crossed
    • regarding his corpse, like lifeless nature about him. That
    • means that we must now seek the causes for the effects in the
    • corpse, we find something else that is extraordinarily
    • were, at death. And if then, with that faculty of perception
    • which is capable of it, we observe what the real human being,
    • is quite true that the corpse is cast off, and that now it has
    • this drying out process and become so completely brittle that
    • What
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • we have on the one hand what the human being leaves behind as a
    • other, what exists as the widespread lifeless, crystalline and
    • into the mineral; that is, the element which holds our form
    • it follows that the human being as he lives in the physical
    • what we receive from the mineral kingdom relates itself in a
    • very peculiar way to what we receive from the mineral world
    • law. This law, which I have described here recently, says that
    • containing the water underneath one of the scale pans so that
    • lighter the object in question becomes, you will find that it
    • taking a bath. By simply sitting in the bath he found that his
    • Indeed, my dear friends, what has just been said is an
    • that in so far as he is solid, he is actually a fish. In
    • lighter than formerly that it weighs only 20 grams. The brain
    • the mineral kingdom, that what we receive into ourselves as
    • perceptions in the ratio of 20 to 1500 grams. What we take into
    • food are, for the most part, things that conserve us inwardly;
    • independent of what exists in the surrounding mineral kingdom.
    • He takes into himself from the mineral kingdom only that which
    • the mineral world did not exist, what we call human freedom
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • is best understood by contrasting it with that other
    • way, I should say, place the question of karma before us. What
    • of previous earth lives. It was preceded by another, and that
    • become so similar that the immense difference which exists be-
    • earthly body bet ween birth and death in such a way that in
    • does not look far enough to perceive what really is connected
    • some primitive man, let us say, who has never heard that there
    • knows that air exists, and what its functions are, to speak of
    • and you arc a dualist, because you regard air as something that
    • something that belongs very much to this side. Thus, it is
    • simply a question of our acknowledging the fact that at
    • such a way that this organism gives him a consciousness
    • dead look down onto the physical world just as the living that
    • to what a human being can bear, feel a constant longing to
    • return to earth life, to what is then the life in the beyond;
    • uncertainty prevails about what happens thereafter — for
    • consciousness about what happens after death — so in the
    • life. It is a certainty that stuns the human being, that makes
    • him literally faint, so that he is in a state resembling a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • that in the language of today there are no suitable expressions
    • civilization, and that, therefore, the expressions employed
    • here for what takes place under certain conditions can only be
    • sense with what the human being experiences between death
    • clear about the fact that the physical body is given to us from
    • between death and a new birth. And it is a fact that
    • between death and a new birth, according to what the human
    • that a man brings over from his former lives on earth according
    • to what he was, according to what he has done, all this is met
    • birth. What sympathies and antipathies he meets among the
    • higher beings according to what he has done in his preceding
    • period; but, above all, it is of deep significance that he
    • in relationship on earth, and that a peculiar reflection takes
    • whom he had this relationship. Let us assume that someone
    • again between death and a new birth. All that the good
    • And it is really true that the human being during this passage
    • advanced this human soul. What you have experienced
    • through advancing him, what you then felt for this soul, that
    • your own inner experiences in performing the deed that advanced
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • what the human being, according to his astral and ego
    • outer world, what others, again, according to his constitution
    • these various factors. For that purpose we intend today to take
    • being; we intend to look at that factor which, in many
    • — that is to say, his inherent tendency toward health and
    • illness, and that which then becomes effective as the basis for
    • able to see beyond many a prejudice that is contained in modern
    • into what it signifies that the human being, as far as his
    • you know that what is summed up in the concept of heredity has
    • pre-disposition to illness, they ask: “What about the
    • observe what his true being is, how his true being unfolds.
    • Naturally, they say in the first place that he is the child of
    • what is given to him by his forebears. He carries this physical
    • organism from his parents. But what is this physical organism
    • which he receives from his parents? In that regard the man of
    • thorough-going difference between what the human being
    • becomes in his eighth and ninth year of life, and what he was
    • in his third or fourth year. It is a decisive difference. What
    • year, he received through heredity. His parents gave him that.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • At the end of his life Rudolf Steiner took up the task that was his
    • that which is connected with the human being in as far as he
    • we intend — quite independently of what we have already
    • human being, and we shall try to build a bridge between what we
    • discuss today and that which we already know.
    • is, however, not usually observed, because that which
    • what reveals itself when things and facts are considered with a
    • is, so to speak, appendage-organ. Since that which at first was
    • being. All that which actually constitutes his first form
    • such a way that we behead him, as it were, chop off his head.
    • That this happens in Anthroposophy was only the belief of
    • charge is not true; it is not at all a fact; for in what is
    • human being. That is precisely because the three members of the
    • in such a way that the head formation mainly appears in the
    • human being's essential nature, that human nature which
    • that manifests in rhythmical activity. You cannot say of the
    • nerve-sense system that it finds expression in rhythmic
    • that case you would have to perceive one thing at a certain
    • would have to be a rhythm in your sense perception. But that is
    • third human organism is that of the limbs — the limb
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • kind of thing that we want to establish through Spiritual Science for
    • that a natural scientist speaks of positive and negative electricity,
    • science, however, we must be clear that directly we rise to
    • know that during the life between birth and death man has what we are
    • body which has a conscious character, but not yet that of our
    • present-day consciousness. What many people to-day call the
    • subconscious appertains to the astral body. Then comes what is
    • last member of the human organism, in the ego itself, that man can
    • It is in this ego that are really enacted all the thinking, feeling
    • consciousness and also outside the ego. For all that is stated about
    • are perceived. What we consciously perceive is an external picture of
    • consciousness. Now you know that with regard to the spiritual order
    • earlier studies this autumn I mentioned that if we look at these
    • lower members of man's nature (let us call them that) as they
    • truly are, we find that Spirits of the individual Hierarchies are
    • of uprightness that intervenes in our physical development is of the
    • same nature as all the forces that bestow on earthly man his form. It
    • is only forces of this kind that penetrate into our ego.
    • being — those therefore that appertain to his astral body, his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • Mystery, you will be aware that we must differentiate between what
    • the time of the Mystery of Golgotha, and what came in through the
    • Mystery of Golgotha. You know that in human evolution we have to
    • point is that the Luciferic and Ahrimanic streams reached a certain
    • danger of this climax being overstepped, so that the necessary
    • that, strictly speaking, in the Atlantean epoch (I am talking not of
    • to what I said recently: when Lucifer is working particularly
    • mean that because Lucifer is active, Ahriman is somewhat outside our
    • sphere. On the contrary, it means that, because Lucifer is working
    • therefore, that in man's earthly evolution a kind of waving line is
    • there in the case of Ahriman's activity, just as in that of Lucifer.
    • Mystery of Golgotha, we find that the state of equilibrium between
    • that in those times the Teachers of
    • it was so highly clarified in its concepts and ideas that in this way
    • concepts, and thereby was adapted to the human nature of that time.
    • What is so admirable among the Greeks, however, is that resounding
    • through the philosophy of Plato is an echo of that primeval wisdom
    • look back to the period of Greek spiritual development that
    • abstract — towards that abstraction which meets us in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • I made two observations drawn from the science that we must call the
    • we shall need them as a connecting link. First, I said that the
    • by their nature be of the kind that cannot be substantiated through
    • mankind in such a way that access to its truths is finally
    • thing I said yesterday is that man, with the understanding he possesses
    • in the supersensible world, that there develops in man the understanding,
    • and the forces for that understanding, which can fully make clear the
    • I said that even the contemporaries of Christ were unable to reach such
    • Golgotha, during their life beyond the threshold; and that what has been
    • that period.
    • is an apparent contradiction to this in the fact that the Gospels are
    • What I
    • the knowledge of Tertullian that is generally current. He is
    • Tertullian that has been held, often dogmatically, right up to
    • himself as abstractly as any other Roman about what is
    • in the Greek culture of that time he was not a particularly
    • inner force, and in such a way that while using the abstract, Roman
    • of apologia for the Christians he writes in such a way that one
    • torture, do not deny but testify that they are Christians —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • to know from the most diverse aspects that the evolution of modern man
    • Now it is important that such a truth as this — that with the
    • all possible earnestness in life, so that we have the will constantly
    • to ask ourselves: What must be our attitude of soul, what must we do
    • that we are living in the epoch of the development of the
    • is that through this epoch of the Consciousness Soul mankind receives
    • the impulse to strive consciously for certain conceptions that were
    • not striven for consciously in earlier epochs. We know that among the
    • emphasised that the Event of Golgotha entered human evolution in such
    • a way that its significance could not at first be grasped by the
    • emphasised that, by reason of forces well known to us, the inclination is
    • development of consciousness that mankind is going through. Quite
    • matter how much we learn from anthropology, botany or zoology; what
    • that these are in line with scientific thinking. This line is
    • we have to consider pursue a scientific kind of thinking, but that
    • to hear the sermon, or from being what is called religious, pious.
    • Now just ask yourselves to what extent this religious piety is still
    • more or less a side line. One can indeed say that this modern epoch
    • achievements and of the scientific kind of thinking that goes with it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • us briefly recall this. I was trying to show that a certain state of
    • been opposed by that other event known as the Event of Golgotha. I
    • said that men are in the course of an evolution predetermined for
    • men are intended to enter upon the development of what we call
    • to the goal that may be termed the perfecting of the Consciousness
    • Soul. Painful events, joyful events, events that put men to the test
    • and events that we may call divine gifts for the blessing of mankind,
    • all that is full of light, all that is full of shadow in this epoch
    • consciously in the world and thereby to strive for what has hitherto
    • been pervaded with so much fantasy that it has never been rightly
    • self-discipline what may be called the free human personality, a real
    • control of the will founded upon self-education: that will be the
    • task drawing men on in this epoch. In simple terms we might say that
    • what is thus going on has been decreed by the Divine Beings with whom
    • Let us put the hypothetical case that the Event of Golgotha never happened,
    • that no Christ decided to unite His divine destiny with that of earthly
    • men — what would then have come about? We can never know the
    • true facts of history if we take note only of what is apparent, for
    • it cannot be said that the event in question is rightly estimated if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • history, for the simple reason that affairs revolve round it, and the
    • the system that is moving. Take a pair of scales. You see the
    • particularly necessary for us to grasp what happened in this
    • the fourth post-Atlantean epoch, the midpoint of that
    • years later — the year 666. Of this year we can say that what
    • of Southern Europe — that typically scientific mood which still
    • a way as to ask: What would have happened if the Mystery of Golgotha
    • Jundí Sábúr and all that it brought about, was
    • may say that even the impulses which were active in non-Christian
    • can be seen in their essentials only if we ask: What would
    • that weighed on him, and only afterwards is drawn to Christianity.
    • something that is easily forgotten when we look back to that time: we
    • the old Roman Empire, where people were ignorant of the fact that
    • important knowledge, that men in the future will have concerning
    • idea that although this event, which to-day sheds its rays as a fully
    • our era, it developed at that time in such a way that throughout the
    • desire that was present later, in 666, among those who were
    • to give men through revelation, received on an Ahrimanic path, that
    • desire was to give them prematurely something that was intended to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture I: East and West from a Spiritual Point of View
    Matching lines:
    • must expressly emphasize the fact that I do not by any means
    • I attach to such things. They are mere abstractions. What I
    • inevitable. I have said that what we are seeking to set
    • choice” — I could express myself at that time in
    • things, or realizing later that these things will come about
    • declared, this is not a time when each person can say that
    • believes this or that will happen or ought to happen, but it
    • perceive what bears within itself the impelling force for its
    • important to understand that it was impossible for me to give
    • you anything more than a sketch of what I am compelled to
    • order to establish a connection with what has already been
    • said, I shall repeat briefly today what I then spoke about,
    • that is, that the confusion in the social structure that
    • imperative to replace it by that threefold organization of
    • meeting. You have seen that the outcome of this threefold
    • organization will be to distribute into separate spheres what
    • study them thoroughly. In order that what follows may not be
    • misunderstood, I should like once more to emphasize that it
    • our recent reflections, you will already have seen that the
    • social question actually exists, that it must be accepted as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture II: The Present from the Viewpoint of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic. This is the fact that spiritual science as a
    • the whole of human life, to everything that the human being
    • encounters in life, what it seeks to establish through
    • what is essential in the urgent problems and impelling forces
    • himself an understanding of the fact that the tremendous need
    • just here, that is, in connecting directly with life itself
    • the causes that have brought about the present catastrophic
    • that the world views held by human beings, whether rooted in
    • life, in the most comprehensive sense of the word, from what
    • that people have carried on their external activities, were
    • the satisfaction of those needs of the heart and soul that
    • men. This will take on such a character that thoughts will
    • stream forth from this world view that will be applicable to
    • sermon shall by no means be that of our anthroposophically
    • well with what can be given to humanity by the
    • their attention to what has really been happening in their
    • circumstances should we fail to pay attention today to what
    • powers of judgment that enable us to see into the great
    • our way into what confronts human hearts and minds today, in
    • part in such an enigmatic way; that is, into what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture III: The Mechanistic, Eugenic and Hygienic Aspects of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • What I have had in mind in the course of
    • these reflections has been to cast light upon the form that
    • something to what we have already discussed that may make it
    • the spirit of our epoch. Everything that I have presented to
    • suitable for giving direction to our judgment that may
    • spiritual-scientific point of view cannot be that of
    • providing a social critique but solely that of calling
    • this fact compels us, naturally, to use words that will be
    • the purpose of raising any objection to what has simply been
    • of view. I beg you to understand in the same way also what I
    • our point of departure the comprehensive motive force that
    • consists in the fact that a certain ideal exists for bringing
    • about a social order that will be satisfying in all its
    • aspects. If we wish to describe in a radical way what is thus
    • basic in these things, there is reason to say that an
    • that will bring about a paradise on earth, or at least that
    • happy state worthy of the human being that is looked upon by
    • social problem.” What I have just said is inherent in
    • the instinct behind what is called the solution of the social
    • problem,” it is necessary that the spiritual scientist,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture IV: Social and Antisocial Instincts
    Matching lines:
    • that a condition constituting a paradise — if we may
    • assertion that I beg you to receive the explanations I give
    • relationships. The thing that matters is that this question
    • shall not be made abstract, that the question shall not be
    • you the last time — that we shall develop on the basis
    • what is necessary for our time. We shall now have something
    • to say in regard to just what is necessary for today as
    • problems or social demands are discussed today, what is
    • generally most completely overlooked is the fact that the
    • intimate knowledge of the being of man. No matter what social
    • programs are thought out, no matter what ideal social
    • pointed out to you that the social organization of which I
    • have spoken, this threefold social organization that I have
    • is valid for the present age for the reason that it centers
    • post-Atlantean epoch. It is from this point of view that I
    • beg you to consider all the explanations that I shall
    • consideration is the fact that such a social order as is
    • apart from a conscious knowledge of the requirement that man
    • shall be aware of himself in his relationship to what is
    • that, of all forms of knowledge, the knowledge of the human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture V: Specters of the Old Testament in the Nationalism of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • as ours, man must behold all sorts of things that are in
    • position in the midst of the chaotic, as well as in what has
    • such a time as causes man to pass through much that is
    • impelling forces in the course of evolution that set him upon
    • that we have considered, in connection with which we have
    • brought together a great variety of things that may be suited
    • what is the most profound characteristic of the evolution of
    • characteristic of this epoch is that man must become
    • all those forces that oppose the harmonizing of humanity as a
    • have in our epoch the peculiar fact that the manifestation of
    • social ideals appears as a reaction against what is striving
    • against the evolution of individual consciousness. What I
    • mean to say is that the reason we have such an outcry about
    • the need of socializing is that the innermost nature of man,
    • socializing. For this reason it is necessary that we should
    • that sustains a certain relationship to man, in order that we
    • like a reaction to what streams forth from the inner nature
    • of the human soul. It is simply necessary that we should come
    • to see clearly that man represents in his life a state of
    • but that is always in danger of swinging toward the one or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture VI: The Innate Capacities of the Nations of the World
    Matching lines:
    • that the so-called social question is not so simple as it is
    • usually supposed to be, and that it is necessary to take
    • take account of the fact that both social and antisocial
    • of what social structure exists and what social ideas are
    • educational mission in the evolution of humanity in that they
    • by reason of the fact that, after the epoch of the
    • that one person shall really know and be interested in the
    • attention upon the other person so that each individual shall
    • What comes to
    • for something that will come later. These illusions and
    • errors are due to the fact that social impulses at the
    • that in its present manifestation it has no right
    • relationship to what is in course of preparation as a people
    • that is to come later. We may say that the especially
    • abstraction, appears really to have not the least notion that
    • criticism but a mere description. The simple truth is that
    • one of the characteristics of our times is that the
    • right without regard whatsoever for complicated human life,
    • basis of external physical reality. But everything that is to
    • come into existence must arise from this reality. For that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • has been a great reluctance to look out at what was happening in the
    • outside world. But, if we want to see what is happening in the world
    • for what is all around us in the world. And the way in which we
    • understand something of what is going on in the world. Therefore, I
    • should like to combine what I have to say in the next few days with
    • Today I want first of all to point out one thing. You know that about
    • that century. At the beginning of the last third of the Nineteenth
    • underlying tone was different from what it became in the later
    • prevailed among educated people that the human being ought to form
    • important affairs of life; and that even if, helped by the
    • that, among people who had reached a certain degree of culture, freedom
    • of conscience was possible. It is true that in the decades that
    • being nullified, though, of course, that fact is more or less
    • prevailed in the widest circles that the human being must have a
    • it is expressly said: “The view that freedom of conscience and of
    • religious worship, Rome made an official pronouncement that it was a
    • doing I want to call your attention to what took place at a time
    • really in such a way as to show that consciences were involved, was a
    • insight. Anyone with intimate knowledge of this period knows that the
    • science which arose at that time; insofar as we are Anthroposophists
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • by saying that since the time of its inauguration anyone who holds a
    • Catholic teaching to deviate from what is recognized as dogmatic
    • truth by the Roman Catholic Church; which means, in fact, what is
    • “What is there actually new about this Anti-Modernist Oath?”
    • clear about that. What is new is that the person concerned has to
    • take an oath as to what is the doctrine of the Church. I want you to
    • that there has been a prodigious piling up of historical deeds in the
    • declared all modern thinking to be heretical. Then on top of that
    • sphere of will and feeling. That which always had to be acknowledged
    • indication of what is regarded as the programme for the future in
    • One knows for a certainty that the number of Lenin’s opponents
    • because it brings out to what an extent modern humanity passes
    • sentence; the point is that in certain quarters they will see to it
    • that the content of what is there expressed will be made known
    • throughout the world, that among the widest circles of the European
    • humanity of today is still soundly asleep to the fact that such a
    • that we should understand that way, for I have had much to say about
    • the attacks from that quarter that are being forged against what we
    • that the bill posters had to notify us that the man who this morning
    • What was written by a man who frequently hides behind the bushes and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • You will have noticed that all my lectures for years past have
    • of humanity, of the spread of what we spiritual scientists call the
    • results of initiation research. You know also that by the word
    • of veil; a veil which may very easily lead to illusions. What is
    • what today is called science. He combines his perceptions in the
    • that does not lead him beyond the world of the senses; and we may say that
    • imitation of what may be called experience in the super-sensible
    • same degree of consciousness that one has in ordinary life, a degree
    • that of ordinary life, of ordinary consciousness, as that of ordinary
    • a poor imitation of what is experienced in that other condition.
    • same as what underlies one’s thoughts, only that in thinking
    • therefore what is arranged in the dream by mere analogy, is in
    • with what this world says to us. You can have a kind of proof of this
    • wandered, notice that as you recall them in your mind you can
    • ideas is in a certain sense subject to the same law as that of the
    • dream. It is only through our senses that we are torn out of our
    • organized that it becomes permeated by a higher consciousness than
    • that which our ordinary senses confer. Then imaginative consciousness
    • told you yesterday in my public lecture, that it is recognized by
    • evolution of humanity and in that of the near future is that humanity
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • have an entirely erroneous view of the human being. All that
    • at once apparent that we must pass over from what has
    • contours within the human organism to what is fluid and has,
    • therefore, no contours. We realize that the human being must
    • persist at certain locations — and that we must add to
    • to the opinion that if fluid is taken to quench thirst and
    • first, and in the case of the second glass of water, what
    • what is in flow in the organism. Physiology does, of course,
    • also speak of what is in flow, but the flowing fluids in the
    • of the laws of dynamics or mechanics. The truth is that the
    • realize that the so-called etheric body is working in this
    • forces. Therefore, we must realize that as long as we are
    • moment we are concerned with what is in circulation, whether
    • digestive juice that has already been transformed in the
    • doubt that differentiated warmth is present in the space
    • insofar as he bears within himself the substances that exist
    • this condition of warmth has an effect upon what it is
    • regards the ego organization. What the ego organization does
    • organization. What the warmth does within the fluids which
    • you to understand something else. If you take what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • with everything that has definite contours in the organism.
    • a world that is not the world of space, as we know it, but
    • way will be to start from the ego organization. What is this
    • stands in the physical world, we must realize that it has
    • forces of the external world. This means that the body is no
    • longer built up but is destroyed. If you remember that the
    • physical body is destroyed by the forces that are working in
    • external nature, you will realize at once that the body
    • shaping the physical body, therefore, this means that it
    • removes the body from the forces that are present in man's
    • something quite different from all that is to be found in the
    • organization is connected with death. What happens in death,
    • so that, finally, if the ego organization is working
    • the physical body. We can say that death occurs when it is
    • external substances that nothing remains of the outer
    • What does the
    • ego organization you are dying all the time, that is to say,
    • being — a process that is only prevented because there
    • is fresh reinforcement, so that this activity only begins to
    • plant existence. No consciousness unfolds in a process that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • about what questions you would like to ask, and then give
    • these questions to me so that I may remember them as these
    • to say something in direct continuation of what was said in
    • ‘views’ at all — that are held by modern
    • possible from things that have become customary and habitual.
    • For the state of affairs at present is that in certain great
    • considerably from what has become customary. It deviates in
    • acknowledge many things that modern science would consider
    • idea today is that there are about seventy to eighty
    • is that neither in his form nor in the forces which maintain
    • of the earth. In speaking of the etheric body, we found that
    • — you will realize that a balancing, a harmonizing of
    • the brain is subject to buoyancy so that only about twenty to
    • It is not the earthly quality of heaviness that enables us to
    • be alive in the brain, but the buoyancy, the force that is in
    • this that the earthly characteristic of the brain vanishes
    • human organization is such that the earthly forces vanish.
    • obvious that they acknowledge laws which happen to suit them
    • and ignore those which do not. What I have told you about
    • thing is that when we are walking, the head, the brain,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • tried to give you an outline of the kind of knowledge that
    • sketch. But you will have realized that to speak in detail
    • longer still if that were possible. It is impossible for me
    • so I should like you to regard what I have said in the three
    • previous lectures as a sketch of what a physician ought to
    • is possible now to expand the short sketch that has been
    • sense of anthroposophical medicine when this work that I am
    • It will then be apparent that Anthroposophy can give a great
    • realize quite clearly that medicine is a very special kind of
    • that results from Spiritual Science. The chaotic conditions
    • prevailing today are due to the fact that the current trend
    • have a science of nature that has found its way even into
    • theology, a science that is suited only to technical purposes
    • quite special and you will realize that this is so when I
    • being cannot have within his physical organism. For all that,
    • it is only in outward semblance that these processes are not
    • etheric body forms around what are, later on, ego
    • unites with what comes into being through the physical
    • that is built in from out of the cosmos. Now at the time when
    • tin forces and so on. It is only in semblance that the human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • certain general remarks in connection with what was said
    • all — a greater inner strength than that with which it
    • cosmic connection that we learn to see through the veil of
    • the difficulties that may arise in the pursuit of the
    • describes, in a few brief words, in what these difficulties
    • have consisted. They have consisted simply in the fact that
    • repeated statement that it is a matter of overcoming
    • now onwards, from the time that began with our Dornach
    • impulses. The help that can be given will be given in the
    • that one can really find the spiritual as a dreamer, or as a
    • can only be attained through the knowledge that comes from
    • already said that much can be learned from the world of the
    • people describe what they thus see in the plant more or less
    • as they would describe an armchair, adding that they often
    • an error, an aberration. At any rate, it is not known that
    • as the blossoms and flowers are concerned, the most that can
    • be said is that botanists picture some kind of force in
    • person sits in an armchair. Yes, but the reality that must be
    • studying a plant we must realize that a wonderful mystery is
    • a little way inwards. And the forces that are quickened in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday that if we want to get at the realities, we must
    • phenomena, and courage behind all that is of the nature of
    • that thought is to be connected with all that is solid,
    • earthy, all that stands before us with definite contours. For
    • this leads us to say to ourselves that thought —
    • — only that which has contours, including that which,
    • corresponding to thought. We have said that behind the fluid,
    • namely, something that is of the nature of feeling.
    • connection; we think of feeling that is connected with the
    • essence. This etheric activity that works within the fluid
    • same kind of knowledge that we apply to something that is
    • there are vascular organs within it — in that moment
    • the knowledge forces which can be applied to what is outside
    • That is why
    • medicine lost its knowledge of the fluid man—that was
    • One may say that up to the middle forties of the nineteenth
    • It was known that the human organism cannot be understood by
    • mere sense perception and cogitation; it was known that
    • parts of the organism which have firm contours, and that
    • be wondered at that the perception of this fluid man was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • questions fit into what I have said to you in general. There
    • strengthening the so-called magnetic healing forces, and what
    • picture to yourselves that the efficacy of what goes by the
    • suppose somebody has a very strong character, that is to say,
    • about the sun; think that the sun warms your head first, and
    • then that the warmth of your head passes to your upper arm,
    • lower arm, hands, so that your own power is strengthened;
    • a clear mental picture of what you feel about your illness,
    • elements. Although I do not say that it will invariably help,
    • organic one. It cannot be said that such healing can only
    • occur in what modern medicine calls “functional”
    • pathology today. In a case like that which I have described,
    • etheric body in such a way that our own etheric body works
    • the previous case, the astral body worked. It is in this that
    • he unfolds that as he passes them on to the patient they
    • strengthen the patient's forces. You must realize that if it
    • means that are able, somehow, to bring it about. If we have a
    • want to say, with emphasis, that magnetic healing forces are
    • important thing is this, that the faculty is, as a rule, of
    • on it often happens that magnetic healers, after this faculty
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • aphoristic indications here of what will have to be
    • emphasized, above all, that in the very nature of things, one
    • of the physician must be that no healing is possible if it
    • First of all, there must be the unconquerable will that karma
    • himself is concerned, the effect of what he uses for his
    • patients. It can, of course, be transformed so that it will
    • first place, is what I have already said on this subject. The
    • deeply into the human soul, it can be said that the
    • two sides. You must regard karma in such a way that you
    • what the previously earthly lives have brought. But you have
    • present one. Then you will have the results of what is
    • you will realize that karma, too, is in the becoming, that
    • what is happening now adds one thing or another to karma. It
    • can also be said that here and there our deeds may give a
    • is this; that the will-to-heal must always be present. This
    • at work in therapy all the time, so that it can be truly said
    • that everything possible is being done, even when one is of
    • the opinion that the patient is incurable. You must suppress
    • What we have
    • that may result in the awakening of soul forces in medical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Christmas Course we turned our attention to things that can
    • way that is suitable for younger medical aspirants today. In
    • received things that can quicken the sense for medicine and
    • myself that you have worked upon these things for a time, my
    • dear friends. Naturally, my idea of this work is not that
    • but that from time to time, when the inner need is felt, they
    • before us, that one perfectly definite fact should emerge
    • that it was necessary to face certain inner difficulties. The
    • and human beings. So that when we become alive to these
    • that which is so often taken in our civilization today. We
    • between the outside world and the human being that a person
    • then make matters that can really promote the development of
    • you, to begin with, to tell me what inner and outer
    • realized that in connection with definite questions there is
    • That is not
    • the most striking example of a human-cosmic relationship that
    • that they are determined cosmically yet they are not so
    • external cosmos, so that nowadays there is no direct
    • dependence. Therefore, one cannot say nowadays that the
    • cannot be said. But it is certainly true to say that there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • out what is in your minds so that the discussion can center
    • that we have been given. At what times ought we to do them,
    • same time as the others? We think that at any rate most of us
    • feel rather oppressed with all the substance that is
    • is not likely that there will be any feeling of oppression.
    • — and the same applies to the meditations that are now
    • being given in the First Class — that with these
    • instruction given at Christmas, one has in mind the goal that
    • the results that happen in the spiritual life, and one will,
    • something that it really ought to have. Every meditation, you
    • see, is impaired if one starts from the feeling that it is
    • to become something that the human being feels in his soul to
    • exist, when he feels that it is part and parcel of the whole
    • other meditations, what matters is the inner desire, the
    • possibly can. I realize that when I do the one or the other
    • meditation, it has this or that aim.” Out of the free,
    • that is just what meditation should never be. It should never
    • conception of what I have here called the “attitude of
    • soul.” What we call karma is not, as a rule, taken very
    • realize that to follow something out of a sense of duty is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Behold what is joined in the cosmos
    • clear about the fact that we cannot take into consideration
    • only what binds the human being to the earth, for that is of
    • that lies in the perceptible universe around the earth. So
    • that you can think of all the forces which work upon the
    • really say that the human being takes in some substance which
    • yourselves that it really comes from the realm of the
    • a way that one simply cannot make a diagram of it. The ego
    • of time. What proceeds from the ego organization of man
    • us — the astral that is also not spatial but works as
    • now suppose that we have to do with vegetable protein in
    • everything that might work in this way upon the human being
    • take shape in the egg. Why is it that not merely an egg-like
    • just told you, all that could happen would be a completion of
    • earth. What I am saying about the bird also applies to the
    • around the earth, no bird would arise, but what would happen
    • would be this — that the egg shell would get soft and
    • forces which proceed from them. Picture to yourselves that
    • the bird. Therefore we can say that the bird's head is formed
    • What is a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • I thought that today we would develop, in
    • another direction, things that were mentioned yesterday.
    • often objective reasons for this and you will understand what
    • they are when you realize more and more that modern medicine
    • is really like a foreign body in much of what constitutes
    • things really are when we realize that the reason why our
    • spiritual life — has assumed its present form, is that
    • with what is now happening in the Anthroposophical movement,
    • said on various occasions that we must turn our attention to
    • that center of spiritual culture which was at its prime when,
    • itself appears in the world as something that can only be
    • not for an inner point of view, it is very strange that the
    • that Christianity is everywhere living in the
    • sub-consciousness but that for three or four centuries it has
    • are the terribly dilettante institutions that have been set
    • jurisprudence, and medicine. The rest that have been added
    • What has not
    • been understood at all is that, to begin with, four men were
    • realization that the texts of the four Gospels cannot
    • is, instead, the attitude that has crept into spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • what we have been studying, and afterwards to consider the
    • speak now of something that it is well to consider only after
    • we have listened to what has been given here in the last few
    • picture to ourselves that each of the four members of man's
    • structure so that we can have a conception of it. This can be
    • minds, my dear friends, that on the one side we have to do
    • the structure of spirit and soul that is separated from
    • differentiated into the single organs, as an organism that
    • essential thing is that the physical-etheric structure and
    • organization — to use a form of expression that is not
    • things. To a certain degree they permeate each other. So that
    • every physical organ that is warmed through and irradiated by
    • of the following: Suppose that astral organization and ego
    • system of organs. In other words, something that ought to
    • illnesses is that the body of the human being is becoming too
    • purpose of suggesting that this conception should be
    • so at least it was alleged. They were burned in order that
    • they might be freed from what, after their death, would cause
    • human being were more robust and so it might happen that a
    • melissa that had been prepared in a certain way, his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Appendix: Evening Gathering with Young Medical People
    Matching lines:
    • generally thinks that a drop is held together from within,
    • but it is also possible to think that it is formed from
    • these things one should realize that the imaginative idea
    • must be true, and that the present-day ideas which one brings
    • this idea today that there is an infinite space which has
    • means that one is imagining things and is brutally ignoring
    • everything but what one has made up in thought. Just take a
    • trying to show that the cosmos is not empty after a certain
    • distance from the earth, but that it is solid and filled with
    • crystallized nitrogen. Things are so confused today that such
    • someone can just decide to imagine that we live here in an
    • with solidified nitrogen all around, and that this simulates
    • true that if one reads the literature today one can pick up
    • this report than if one believes what is generally assumed
    • stars, so that it is true that we have a copy of the
    • human head, and one has to imagine that one has a modified
    • bird formation in the human head, and that the bird has the
    • that our drop is drawn out into a cylinder. If you expand the
    • drop into a cylinder and you imagine that the part of the
    • that it becomes modified in many ways, because you draw the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 1: Soul and Spiritual in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • seem somewhat remote, but it will be important for the
    • consideration. No account whatever is taken of the fact that
    • something that is more or less recognized in science and has
    • organism. It is, of course, acknowledged that the fluid and
    • than that of the environment is regarded as a state or
    • shall see what I mean by saying this. I have already drawn
    • attention to the fact that when we study the rising and
    • organism itself. The general idea is that, as a physical
    • factor and do not realize that in addition to this solid
    • Illustration II) More exact study shows that just
    • 'fluid' and also the 'air'. For the air that is within us, in
    • space that is occupied by the solid organism, we realize
    • immediately that we cannot speak of this fluid organism in
    • is permeated by the forces of the Ego.—That is how the
    • forces. But in the blood there is also present what is
    • generally called the warmth-condition. But that
    • the warmth in the different parts of the human organism that
    • reflect in this way we find that it is impossible for our
    • that the different solid substances have, for example,
    • different weights; this alone shows that the solids within
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 2: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • the end it was possible to show that a really penetrating
    • external constitution, and what it unfolds through
    • us that in order to build this bridge we must know how the
    • human constitution is to be regarded. We saw that the solid
    • organic in the real sense — we saw that this must be
    • constitution; that the existence of a fluid organism, an airy
    • etheric body that takes hold of the fluid body, of everything
    • that is fluid in the human organism; in everything airy, the
    • too, we know from ordinary life that in addition to the
    • heard yesterday that dreams are essentially pictures or
    • expression in pictures. I said that we may dream of coiling
    • the void. But I explained that this experience of the void is
    • necessary in order that we feel ourselves connected with our
    • between falling asleep and waking that we are able to feel
    • essential being beyond the fact that it enables us to have
    • such that it leads us to the body. And our conception of the
    • consideration if we are to reach a view of the world that can
    • are true, that first everything was astir with life, then
    • — No bridge can possibly be built, and what is worse,
    • all this is that the only kind of anatomy in existence is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 3: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Happenings
    Matching lines:
    • the one side, to what is presented to our observation; on the
    • we shall see that feeling links the two poles of our being:
    • through the fact that we are thinking beings are we human in
    • the truest sense. Consider too, how everything that gives us
    • the fact that we can inwardly picture the world around us; we
    • live in this world and can contemplate it. To imagine that we
    • that is to say, social beings, will operates in us.
    • It is not the case in human nature, nor is it ever so, that
    • the truth is that whatever is an active factor in life can be
    • inconceivable that anything should proceed from us in the way
    • ourselves in thought with what thus takes place. In
    • everything that is of the nature of will, the element of
    • thought is contained; and in everything that is of the nature
    • clear about what is involved here if we seriously want to
    • Imagine that
    • understood, that you are engaging in no kind of outward
    • must realize, however, that in this life of thought, will is
    • thinking human being in this way, when we realize that the
    • find in every case that they are linked with something in our
    • environment, something that we ourselves have experienced.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • ANTHROPOSOPHY AS WHAT MEN LONG FOR TODAY
    • on the assumption that the Anthroposophical Movement has just begun.
    • taken an attitude towards it. Therefore, in whatever way you come before
    • that the world has already taken up an attitude towards Anthroposophy
    • member, content to receive what is given. But whoever would share, in
    • any way, in putting Anthroposophy before the world, cannot ignore what
    • decides to speak about Anthroposophy must assume, to begin with, that
    • what he wants to say is really just what the heart of his listener is
    • to utter anything except that which was really being spoken by the hearts
    • find that ancient feelings, present in every human soul from age to age,
    • thoughts, much less find answers in what the civilised world can offer;
    • fullness of impressions that confront man and gradually fill his soul.
    • that Nature receives into herself all the human soul perceives of physical,
    • difference whether through burial or cremation). And what does Nature
    • practised, we deepen this impression made by a study of what Nature
    • remains are kept isolated, but not from the air. They dry up. And what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture II: Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • of man confronts us from both directions. If we look once more at what
    • the fact that man, on passing through the gate of death, must surrender
    • the physical world for what gives the human physical body its shape
    • of another world which builds up this human body that external, physical
    • that we observe. We always find the same substances as in the external,
    • are compelled to say: Whatever the inner processes going on in the human
    • science, however, draws from this fact a conclusion that cannot be drawn
    • we can only say that we have here to do with a beginning and an end.
    • conclusion that what enters the body and leaves it again was also within
    • nature, as the external world; it transforms what it takes in, and then
    • human organism that is, at first, similar to external nature and, on
    • excretion, becomes so again. It is what lies between these two stages
    • that we must first discover.
    • picture this that I have said: On the one hand, we have what the organism
    • takes in; on the other, what it gives of including even the physical
    • itself. From the study of what the human physical organism takes in
    • We only find such a relationship when we turn to what man excretes. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture III: The Transition from Ordinary Knowledge to the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • initiation. In this connection we must bear in mind what I have already
    • College of Spiritual Science, namely: that the content of the Science of
    • everyone who is sufficiently free from prejudice. One should not say that
    • a person must first be initiated himself in order to understand what the
    • and what surrounds him on the earth, just consider how abstractly the
    • Apart from the fact that the sun warms us in summer and leaves us cold
    • in winter, that the moon is a favourite companion of lovers under certain
    • that way of looking at things of which I spoke in the lecture before
    • last. One need only develop a little understanding of what men once
    • today that his destiny, his ‘Karma’, is here on the earth,
    • to grasp man's part in the super-sensible world. All that surrounds him,
    • the stars by their light. Now light, and all that we perceive in the
    • our gaze this way or that.
    • the sun and moon aright when we realise that they are gates to the
    • super-sensible world, and have very much to do with what man experiences
    • moon, except that it shows us reflected sunlight. He knows that moonlight
    • that the cosmic body visible to our physical eye as the moon, was once
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • in a quite elementary way. We shall then see that impulses from the
    • your body and go through life with this perception, you encounter that
    • of which I spoke. You find that what you see will one day be a corpse;
    • no longer any possibility that the human form, which has been impressed
    • study that is not guided by theory but controlled by life itself, leads
    • (We will not speak, for the present, of what external cognition cannot
    • that all these laws of Nature are, by their mode of operation, only
    • now look at our inner life. We experience what we call our psychical
    • order to move, at length, arms and legs. What it is that here works
    • — to what is deeply disturbing. We see that all this soul life
    • sure we may be that our soul, though dependent in its manifestations
    • disturbing element that, as long as there has been human evolution at
    • bodily being, but it belongs to Nature that can only destroy it; and,
    • light up and fade away, yet are bound up with what is most valuable in
    • only be ascribed to a fundamental insincerity of our civilisation that
    • continues through Descartes, and attains a somewhat coquettish expression
    • is connected with what is most valuable in our lives — the moral
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • composition that we discern in man is also found in the external world.
    • Only, we must be clear that there is a consider-able difference between
    • what we find in the world outside and what we find in man.
    • course, that the anatomist, investigating what remains of the living man
    • and other compounds found outside of man, and he investigates what the
    • somewhat bigger scale, and notice what I have emphasised so strongly,
    • namely: that the human organism as a whole cannot be maintained by external
    • Nature, but is subject to destruction. Thus we can say that, in the
    • difference between what is outside and what is inside man. We must
    • recognise a greater difference however, in what is etheric.
    • world beyond the earth. I pointed out that, from out of the etheric,
    • and that this tendency to spherical formation, due to the complex of
    • of the surrounding etheric is to give spherical form to what is fluid.
    • In man what is fluid takes on human form, and this is due to his inner
    • such a way that it develops the plant form out of the earth; and the
    • everything else that is astral is discovered streaming in centripetally;
    • say, for example, that something astral is streaming in from this side.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • this point of view that one must consider what was said in the last
    • consciousness, and in what might be called a purely external way, at
    • unconscious. There is also what we know as sense impressions —
    • that relation to our earthly and cosmic environments which is mediated
    • Now, when we study man with ordinary cognition we find that the inner
    • the active life of feeling that connects willing and thinking, standing
    • opinions, what we have just found by ordinary consciousness, we are
    • sleep. At most we can say that the dream life finds expression when
    • man sleeps. But we must certainly not assume that these psychical processes
    • consciousness. On unbiased consideration we must assume that the vehicle
    • however, that this vehicle does not act on man during sleep, i.e. that
    • Moreover, that which sets the body in motion from out of the will is
    • also absent; likewise, what evokes feeling from the organic processes,
    • waking life we are aware that our thoughts act upon our bodily
    • so that the will is involved. Nevertheless, we are aware of this action
    • of our psychic impulses upon our body, and have to recognise that it
    • even external considerations show us that sleep takes something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • secrets of human life. It is a life that finds expression while
    • we sleep — soul life, dream life, a life that ordinary consciousness,
    • for he sees that it shows him all kinds of pictures and reminiscences
    • experiences; and if man asks himself what it really signifies for the
    • we experienced this or that in a definite way; now a dream conjures
    • at this type of dream-life that conjures outer experiences in transformed
    • pictures before the soul, we find that something in us takes hold of
    • In memory we have pictures of outer life that are more or less true.
    • in our dreams, transformed pictures of outer life. That is one kind
    • then sees that the row of pillars ‘symbolises’ the row of
    • So we see that there is a second kind of dream which gives pictorial,
    • we even notice that the cerebral convolutions are symbolised in the
    • further in this direction we find that all our organs can appear in
    • Here, indeed, is something that points very clearly, by means of the
    • have studied these things you will know what particular organ is depicted,
    • unusual beauty; and when the artist is told what organ he has really
    • same respect for his organs that he has for his paintings.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • of Initiation. To a certain extent, the point of view was that of ordinary
    • cognition — i.e. to present what we were studying yesterday as it
    • the imaginative life that is inwardly co-ordinated, clear and luminous,
    • with waking life. I have often emphasised that one who attains really
    • lives, if he is so ‘superior’ that he sails through life
    • or to inner joy, to something that we find easy or that proves difficult
    • the course of the dream just that which does not interest ordinary
    • — that begins to interest us most. We see behind the scenes of
    • dream-life and, in doing so, become aware that we have before us something
    • related to man's spiritual being in quite a definite way. We see that, in
    • And in this ‘seed-like’ man we learn to grasp what is really
    • in the autumn of a given year is foreign to the plant's life of that year
    • is just this way of studying the dream that gives imaginative consciousness
    • more and more that we bear within us something that passes over to our
    • that we learn to feel in the dream.
    • so that we feel like we do when a fresh, green, blossoming plant we
    • we say to ourselves that these, in respect to the physical, are all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • preceding lectures that a study of man's faculty of memory can give
    • with its manifestation in the ordinary consciousness that man has
    • What
    • they refer, you will say that they exist as mere thoughts or mental
    • Nevertheless, it is these pictures that we retain in our ego from our
    • — our ego itself suffers injury. We feel that our immermost being,
    • our ego, has been damaged if it must forfeit this or that from its treasury
    • of memories, for it is this treasury that makes our life a complete
    • whole. One could also point to the very serious conditions that sometimes
    • earthly life. But its role is far greater still. What would the external
    • us, however vividly — what would it be to us if we could not link
    • we may say that, after all, all learning consists in linking new
    • we have to teach the children to what we can draw from their store of
    • to evoke the soul's own life that it may feel and experience inwardly
    • say that, on earth, memory constitutes the most important and most
    • see that the sums of memories we bear within us is really a fragment.
    • frequently abnormal, when what has been long forgotten comes before
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • kind of thing that we want to establish through Spiritual Science for
    • that a natural scientist speaks of positive and negative electricity,
    • science, however, we must be clear that directly we rise to
    • know that during the life between birth and death man has what we are
    • body which has a conscious character, but not yet that of our
    • present-day consciousness. What many people to-day call the
    • subconscious appertains to the astral body. Then comes what is
    • last member of the human organism, in the ego itself, that man can
    • It is in this ego that are really enacted all the thinking, feeling
    • consciousness and also outside the ego. For all that is stated about
    • are perceived. What we consciously perceive is an external picture of
    • consciousness. Now you know that with regard to the spiritual order
    • earlier studies this autumn I mentioned that if we look at these
    • lower members of man's nature (let us call them that) as they
    • truly are, we find that Spirits of the individual Hierarchies are
    • of uprightness that intervenes in our physical development is of the
    • same nature as all the forces that bestow on earthly man his form. It
    • is only forces of this kind that penetrate into our ego.
    • being — those therefore that appertain to his astral body, his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • Mystery, you will be aware that we must differentiate between what
    • the time of the Mystery of Golgotha, and what came in through the
    • Mystery of Golgotha. You know that in human evolution we have to
    • point is that the Luciferic and Ahrimanic streams reached a certain
    • danger of this climax being overstepped, so that the necessary
    • that, strictly speaking, in the Atlantean epoch (I am talking not of
    • to what I said recently: when Lucifer is working particularly
    • mean that because Lucifer is active, Ahriman is somewhat outside our
    • sphere. On the contrary, it means that, because Lucifer is working
    • therefore, that in man's earthly evolution a kind of waving line is
    • there in the case of Ahriman's activity, just as in that of Lucifer.
    • Mystery of Golgotha, we find that the state of equilibrium between
    • that in those times the Teachers of
    • it was so highly clarified in its concepts and ideas that in this way
    • concepts, and thereby was adapted to the human nature of that time.
    • What is so admirable among the Greeks, however, is that resounding
    • through the philosophy of Plato is an echo of that primeval wisdom
    • look back to the period of Greek spiritual development that
    • abstract — towards that abstraction which meets us in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • I made two observations drawn from the science that we must call the
    • we shall need them as a connecting link. First, I said that the
    • by their nature be of the kind that cannot be substantiated through
    • mankind in such a way that access to its truths is finally
    • thing I said yesterday is that man, with the understanding he possesses
    • in the super-sensible world, that there develops in man the understanding,
    • and the forces for that understanding, which can fully make clear the
    • I said that even the contemporaries of Christ were unable to reach such
    • Golgotha, during their life beyond the threshold; and that what has been
    • that period.
    • is an apparent contradiction to this in the fact that the Gospels are
    • What I
    • the knowledge of Tertullian that is generally current. He is
    • Tertullian that has been held, often dogmatically, right up to
    • himself as abstractly as any other Roman about what is
    • in the Greek culture of that time he was not a particularly
    • inner force, and in such a way that while using the abstract, Roman
    • of apologia for the Christians he writes in such a way that one
    • torture, do not deny but testify that they are Christians —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • to know from the most diverse aspects that the evolution of modern man
    • Now it is important that such a truth as this — that with the
    • all possible earnestness in life, so that we have the will constantly
    • to ask ourselves: What must be our attitude of soul, what must we do
    • that we are living in the epoch of the development of the
    • is that through this epoch of the Consciousness Soul mankind receives
    • the impulse to strive consciously for certain conceptions that were
    • not striven for consciously in earlier epochs. We know that among the
    • emphasised that the Event of Golgotha entered human evolution in such
    • a way that its significance could not at first be grasped by the
    • emphasised that, by reason of forces well known to us, the inclination is
    • development of consciousness that mankind is going through. Quite
    • matter how much we learn from anthropology, botany or zoology; what
    • that these are in line with scientific thinking. This line is
    • we have to consider pursue a scientific kind of thinking, but that
    • to hear the sermon, or from being what is called religious, pious.
    • Now just ask yourselves to what extent this religious piety is still
    • more or less a side line. One can indeed say that this modern epoch
    • achievements and of the scientific kind of thinking that goes with it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • us briefly recall this. I was trying to show that a certain state of
    • been opposed by that other event known as the Event of Golgotha. I
    • said that men are in the course of an evolution predetermined for
    • men are intended to enter upon the development of what we call
    • to the goal that may be termed the perfecting of the Consciousness
    • Soul. Painful events, joyful events, events that put men to the test
    • and events that we may call divine gifts for the blessing of mankind,
    • all that is full of light, all that is full of shadow in this epoch
    • consciously in the world and thereby to strive for what has hitherto
    • been pervaded with so much fantasy that it has never been rightly
    • self-discipline what may be called the free human personality, a real
    • control of the will founded upon self-education: that will be the
    • task drawing men on in this epoch. In simple terms we might say that
    • what is thus going on has been decreed by the Divine Beings with whom
    • Let us put the hypothetical case that the Event of Golgotha never happened,
    • that no Christ decided to unite His divine destiny with that of earthly
    • men — what would then have come about? We can never know the
    • true facts of history if we take note only of what is apparent, for
    • it cannot be said that the event in question is rightly estimated if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner lifts the veil so that we may see the spiritual forces
    • history, for the simple reason that affairs revolve round it, and the
    • the system that is moving. Take a pair of scales. You see the
    • particularly necessary for us to grasp what happened in this
    • the fourth post-Atlantean epoch, the midpoint of that
    • years later — the year 666. Of this year we can say that what
    • of Southern Europe — that typically scientific mood which still
    • a way as to ask: What would have happened if the Mystery of Golgotha
    • Jundí Sábúr and all that it brought about, was
    • may say that even the impulses which were active in non-Christian
    • can be seen in their essentials only if we ask: What would
    • that weighed on him, and only afterwards is drawn to Christianity.
    • something that is easily forgotten when we look back to that time: we
    • the old Roman Empire, where people were ignorant of the fact that
    • important knowledge, that men in the future will have concerning
    • idea that although this event, which to-day sheds its rays as a fully
    • our era, it developed at that time in such a way that throughout the
    • desire that was present later, in 666, among those who were
    • to give men through revelation, received on an Ahrimanic path, that
    • desire was to give them prematurely something that was intended to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Erster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Menschheit auszufechten hat. All dasjenige, was selbst durch
    • Seele, nur Ideologie, — Man hat heute viel Grund,
    • hat in diesem furchtbaren Kampf, das ist etwas, was wie
    • elementaren Kräften an die Oberfläche geschwemmt hat.
    • Freiheit nennt, für den Osten hat es eigentlich keinen
    • nicht hat, muß sie danach streben.
    • hat. Das sind äußere Symptome. Aber auch mit Bezug
    • Europäer, denn der Inder hat eine Jahrtausende alte andere
    • moderne Menschheit ausgegossen hat, und was der modernen
    • hat.
    • gestanden hat, die es mit der Maschine zu tun haben, dann
    • von dieser Maschine, die nichts hinter sich hat, was irgendwie
    • was hat sie für ein Ideal? Das ganze Weltengebäude
    • ist charakteristisch, wie die Menschheit verloren hat
    • hat auf dem Wege seit der Mitte des 15. Jahrhunderts neben zwei
    • Sozialismus und Demokratie hat sie zusammengeschweißt,
    • obwohl sie das Gegenteil voneinander sind. Aber sie hat sich
    • sie zusammengeschweißt, und sie hat ausgelassen das
    • erlebt hat in der geistigen Welt vor der Empfängnis. Da
    • Einsicht hat in die Zusammenhänge der Menschennatur,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Zweiter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • als Aufgabe in der Gegenwart und nächsten Zukunft hat,
    • 15. Jahrhunderts angenommen hat, Schließlich hängt ja
    • Menschheit in früheren Epochen unserer nachatlantischen
    • Merkur anzubeten, und Menschen, die den Zeus anzubeten hatten.
    • Alles war bestimmt durch das, was sich ergeben hat im
    • Blute heraus sich gebildet hat, im Römertum abstrakt
    • ist, heraus sich gebildet hat aus der Blutsbürtigkeit,
    • hat; aber man fühlte die Ursache zu dieser Gliederung
    • hat, um als Räuberbande Rom zu begründen; daß
    • Rom mehr aus abstrakten Begriffen alles gegliedert hat, was
    • schon ziemlich alt geworden war. Er hatte nämlich in der
    • Jugend, mit 18 Jahren, ein Mädchen lieb gewonnen, hatte
    • sich sozusagen im stillen mit ihm verlobt, aber sie hatten
    • da war er 64 Jahre alt, denn da hatte er sich erst soviel
    • hatte auch einmal ein Gespräch mit einem Advokaten, der
    • die Möglichkeit hat, einzugehen auf die
    • entwickeln, die sind nämlich die Schattenbilder
    • Gefühl dafür hat, daß unser
    • Menschheit nicht begreift, daß sie ihr Denken hat, um sich
    • Aufgabe des fünften nachatlantischen Zeitraumes in die
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Dritter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Nationalökonomie aller Schattierungen vergeblich
    • denken. Vor dem Beginn des fünften nachatlantischen
    • Wollen einfließen können. Man hat nichts aus den
    • führen und hat auch nicht zu Gesetzen geführt, denn
    • An einen Vortrag, den ich vor Wochen einmal gehalten habe, hat
    • Verein der betreffenden Stadt eine Versammlung, und da hat
    • nicht wahr. Der hat gefunden, daß die Anschauungen, die
    • Arbeit als solche hat im Grunde genommen gar nichts zu tun mit
    • Leben, Arbeitskraft an sich hat mit dem sozialen Leben nichts
    • hingearbeitet hat.
    • hat. Es werden solche Ströme sein (siehe die Pfeile). Und
    • worden ist, das war der, daß man gesagt hat: Nun will er
    • seine Begriffe ja schon umgewandelt hat, er merkt gar nicht,
    • gedacht, ja, das ist ganz meine Meinung. — Aber er hat in
    • sagt. Er hat in Wirklichkeit die entgegengesetzte Meinung wie
    • Worten. Er sagt dieselben Worte — und hat die
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Vierter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • möglichen Schattierungen von Gleichgültigkeit bis zu
    • heruntergestiegen ist, sich mit dem Leib umkleidet hat, sich
    • etwas aneignet, wozu er zu helfen hat hier in der physischen
    • kommen. Die Menschheit hat sich allmählich im Laufe der
    • herein immer mehr entwickelt hat, sich an die Details des
    • Empfindungs- und Denkgewohnheit ergriffen hat, nicht etwa durch
    • was vorgeburtlich in der geistigen Welt gelebt hat. Wie oft
    • er sein jeweiliges Ziel nicht mehr gefunden hat. Die geistige
    • Mensch am meisten astralischer Leib. Und das Ich, das hat
    • noch das Baby, hat noch kaum ein physisches Korrelat.
    • Für das Ich hat man kaum auf etwas hinzudeuten im
    • Sache, die ich eben jetzt auseinandergesetzt habe, hat ihr
    • denn er hat das Astralische in sich.
    • sagte Ihnen, das Ich hat kaum ein physisches Korrelat. Sie
    • immer mehr und mehr ausgebreitet hat, daß sie nur deshalb,
    • hat mit der Mitte des 15. Jahrhunderts dasjenige erfüllt,
    • erzählt habe, hat einmal in Berlin verraten, wie die
    • hatte er natürlich an jedem Abend rechts eine Tischdame
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Funfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • als ein besonders Auszeichnendes errungen hat.
    • etwas darauf zugute, wie er es weit gebracht hat, besonders in
    • spricht, dann hat man eben eine Seelenkraft im Auge, die man
    • Entwickelungsepochen aus und wie hat sich diese Intelligenz der
    • nachatlantische Zeitperiode zu nennen, die
    • nachatlantischen Zeitraumes eigen ist, Sie sehen daraus,
    • möglich; wer unsere Intelligenz hat, ist eben intelligent,
    • wer unsere Intelligenz nicht hat, ist eben unintelligent, Das
    • nach. Denn diese Art von Intelligenz hatten sie nicht. Wenn sie
    • hat; dafür aber kam herein in die griechische Intelligenz
    • abgesehen vom Kosmos, als Erdenbewohner. Der Grieche hatte aber
    • Jahrhunderts, seit dem fünften nachatlantischen Zeitraum.
    • scheinbar Materielle hat geistige Vorgänge, geistige
    • hatten. Wir begreifen durch unsere Intelligenz dasjenige, was
    • anderes, etwas weit anderes werden. Sie hat heute schon eine
    • fünften nachatlantischen Zeitraum, an dessen Anfang wir
    • geworden, was seine Verwandtschaft eingegangen hat mit den
    • damit rechnen, daß sie sich zu schützen hat gegen die
    • von Nazareth hat gewohnt das außerirdische Wesen, der
    • Nazareth gewohnt hat, der Jesus von Nazareth gestorben ist, ist
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Die Erziehungsfrage als soziale Frage: Sechster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • hat. Man weiß es eigentlich wirklich nicht. Man denkt:
    • nachatlantische Zeitraum beginnt, dann würde man kommen,
    • Bevölkerung hatte, so würden wir alle krank sein. Das
    • der verloren hat die Möglichkeit, auf lebendige Art in die
    • alles verloren hat. Als der Mensch herüberkam aus der
    • atlantischen Zeit in die nachatlantische Zeit, da konnte man
    • hat seinen Ursprung in dem, was ich Ihnen eben erzählt
    • solchen Dingen ausgingen. In der ersten nachatlantischen Zeit:
    • tiefe Wirkung von dem Ich; in der zweiten nachatlantischen
    • nachatlantischen Zeit: tiefe Wirkung von dem Ätherleibe,
    • fünften nachatlantischen Zeitraum in gewisser Beziehung
    • Pflanzen, war er der Mann des fünften nachatlantischen
    • Erkenntnis, die gerade in diesem fünften nachatlantischen
    • nachatlantischen Zeitraum. Es wird gewissermaßen die
    • Weltanschauung, Mancher Mensch hat die eine und die andere;
    • aber er schlägt keine Brücke. Ja, er hat eine gewisse
    • Charakter annehmen, als sie heute hat. Aber dieser egoistische
    • müssen. In dem Zeitraume bis zu unserer Zeit hat sich
    • Ego hat durchdrungen die Weltanschauung, das Ego hat auch
    • Menschheit über allgemeine Menschenschicksale. Man hat
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture I: Thomas and Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • through a certain universality. So that, when we speak of
    • hand we see at once that we must put into the forefront of our
    • inquiry a full and complete personality, and all that term
    • changed from the fact that the powerful influence — it
    • was actually a powerful influence in spite of much that has
    • been said in the history of philosophy — that this
    • persisted into the sixth century, and then ebbed, but so that
    • philosophical stream of the West, is quite different from that
    • to take note that to-day's address is more in the nature of an
    • introduction, that we shall deal to-morrow with the real nature
    • of Thomism, and that on the third day I shall make clear my
    • Christian mediaeval philosophy, that is, to Thomism. I have
    • often mentioned, even in public addresses, what happened to me
    • once when I had put before a working-class audience what I must
    • that though there were a good many pupils in agreement with me,
    • century hit on the idea that I was not presenting true Marxism.
    • And although one could assert that the world in future must
    • teacher, in spite of the fact that at the time a large number
    • might say I had the same experience in other places with what I
    • concerning Thomism and everything that belonged to mediaeval
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture II: The Essence of Thomism
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday particularly to emphasize was that in the spiritual
    • in the Schoolmen, not only is a part played by what we can
    • grasp in abstract concepts, and what happened, as it were, in
    • but rather that behind it all, there stands a real development
    • of the impulses of Western mankind. What I mean is this: we can
    • direct our eyes on to what we find in each philosopher; we can
    • that one thinker has taken over the ideas from another, and
    • that we are in the presence of a certain evolution of ideas.
    • gradually to be abandoned. For what takes place there, what so
    • that it was not a single, individual Ego that wanted to express
    • itself, but what in fact they felt to be a higher
    • “Sing, thou individual being, that livest in each man as
    • the thoughts of the philosophers of what was taking place in
    • fact that the leaders of its propagation had to address
    • can understand the separate events that occurred in this epoch
    • we understand what battles took place in the souls of such
    • culmination in Albertus and Thomas, that this epoch is only
    • man of to-day finds it really paradoxical when he hears what we
    • heard yesterday of Augustine's beliefs; that Augustine actually
    • believed that a part of mankind was from the beginning destined
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture III: Thomism in the Present Day
    Matching lines:
    • does this knowledge join up with that which at the time
    • from what survived of Neoplatonism, of the Areopagite, of
    • have also pointed out that the impulses set in motion by
    • so that one can say: The problems themselves are great, and the
    • study — the influence of what was then the greatest
    • Scholasticism. The question that again faced Duns Scotus was as
    • — as I explained yesterday — that he considered the
    • of physical comprehension; but that without pre-existence the
    • real intellect, the active intellect, that which Aristotle
    • to transpose that in its entirety — and then to combine
    • living for ever with what it had won, from the human body, into
    • eternal heights. Duns Scotus cannot believe that such an
    • that the human bodily make-up exists as something complete;
    • that the vegetative and animal principles remain through the
    • with death, and that really only the spiritual
    • in the fourteenth century, the chief thing about him being that
    • imagine that Reality was the product only of the universals, of
    • view that what establishes itself in man as ideas, as general
    • him, and that it is really only something which lives in the
    • That is really a significant fact, for we see: Nominalism, as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Christianity commemorates in three yearly festivals that
    • feeling inward. The Easter festival makes its chief demand on what we
    • Whitsuntide on what is termed human will.
    • Basically we only grasp what is contained in the
    • Christmas Mystery through inwardising and deepening of that feeling
    • sufficient inwardness what man is in the whole cosmos, are we
    • attain to the full understanding of that wonder which is contained in
    • will-impulse, do we perceive in the right light what Whitsuntide
    • Christ Jesus is related to what we call the Son principle, and this
    • that which undulates and weaves through the world as spirit is made
    • We see nature around us, and we see also that man enters
    • We know through our study of Spiritual Science that we do not rightly
    • features. We know that divine forces permeate it and we only become
    • perceive this divine element that weaves and works within it In this
    • we perceive the Father principle of nature. All that permeates nature
    • — whether it be the flowers of the field that we observe, and
    • what is revealed so mysteriously in this external revelation of
    • the same time aware of what places us as men within this world
    • as we do not bring it into connection with what may be inwardly
    • What does the presence of these Jesus boys say to us? It
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture II: The Quest for Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • us that directs the thoughts of all circles of Christian people
    • earth. Regard the events of history from whatever aspect you will,
    • in all history you will find no thought that has such power to lift
    • thought of the Mystery of Golgotha, as the thought that is contained
    • earth, and then follow it up through the thousands of years that
    • preceded the Mystery of Golgotha, we shall find through that
    • time that, no matter how great and grand the achievements of the
    • for that which took place for the sake of mankind at the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. Again, if we study what has happened since the Mystery of
    • remember that the Christ who went through the Mystery of Golgotha has
    • the kind which believe that unknown divinities come to man's help
    • just where he considers that help is needed, without his
    • views, we shall find that even the most distressing events in the
    • earth has acquired significance and meaning through the fact that
    • intimate connection between what takes place in the ethical-moral
    • sphere of man's evolution and what takes place in nature, and a
    • namely, the relationship of the Christ to that Being whose outer
    • we find such allusions — referring to the fact that the
    • we would grasp just that which concerns us most of all in view of the
    • that the Greco-Latin, the fourth epoch of post-atlantean humanity,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • different from what it was after the Mystery of Golgotha. This fact,
    • both the Magi and the shepherds it was a legacy of that ancient
    • actual present, that men give very clear expression to that form of
    • Mystery of Golgotha. Speaking generally, however, what we are going
    • to the starry heavens was such that men did not regard the stars in
    • the prosaic, abstract way that is current nowadays. The fact that
    • something spiritual, something that made them able to describe
    • with one and the same faculty of knowledge that men of old
    • We must not think that the faculties of knowledge in
    • today to picture. I said that the Greeks, in the earliest period of
    • their culture, did not see the colour blue, that the heavens were not
    • blue to them. They perceived the colours that lie more towards the
    • and therefore of green looking different from what it does today, and
    • you will realise that the world around the Greek did not appear to
    • colours became duller and out of the depths there appeared what is
    • the darker colours arose, what the men of old experienced in the
    • That is the one side. The other side is that in those
    • olden times men possessed a deep, inner faculty for perceiving what
    • knowledge that man gazed into the spirituality of the starry heavens,
    • that he perceived what was living spiritually in the earth's depths.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • significant facts that within the compass of the story of the
    • highest wisdom that it was possible to attain. The Mystery proclaimed
    • times in men of piety of heart. I said that these powers were the
    • aspect of the Event of Golgotha, that Event actually took place on
    • naive, instinctive visions, what is happening in the world of men.
    • of the earth, and so forth. What can be discovered externally in this
    • be said, therefore, that these inner visions were connected directly
    • that is to say, he is given over to them in his physical body and
    • and etheric body man is given over to the forces that are active in
    • remnant of the living pictures that were present in olden times in
    • fellow-men the abstract feeling that it is today when we pass them by
    • perception of what concerned the earth as a whole planet or —
    • of perception that is idolised in natural science where men are only
    • willing to believe what the intellect combines out of the
    • material world is the descendant of what we find when we study
    • perception went to the surface of the senses and became what we call
    • mathematical-mechanistic knowledge that arises from within us.
    • years, to very, very early times before what became the
    • things are prepared for and die down again. What became intensive
    • and mechanics, and what we call perceptions are limited to what the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
    • the world. And to link up what I have to say in the next few days with
    • what I have already said recently, I should like to begin by calling
    • I said a long time ago, and I am always repeating it, that orthodox
    • become customary to say that when we are face to face with another
    • ego, what we see first is the human form; we know that we ourselves
    • have such a form, that in us this form harbours an ego, and so we
    • conclude that there is also an ego in this other human form which
    • slightest real consciousness of what lies behind the wholly direct
    • sight. At the same time we must be quite clear that this ego-sense is
    • experience becomes aware that within this field we have to make a
    • distinction between the sense that has to do with musical and vocal
    • the superficial way in which soul-phenomena are studied to-day that no
    • relationship, so that we can call them all senses, we get the twelve
    • distinctions in the realm of the senses knows that, just as there is a
    • can discover what they have in common when we perceive through them.
    • It is our cognitive intercourse with the external world that this
    • of hearing. You will unhesitatingly recognise that when we perceive
    • but that is only because people have taken an abstract view of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
    • human consciousness as external experiences proper, only that these
    • experiences take place within man. We have seen that the ego-sense,
    • kind, and that we then plunge into two regions in which man's inner
    • that there is a cleavage in our experience, that our relationship to
    • higher nature, within which we have responsibility, to that other
    • We know that in recent centuries, since the middle of the fifteenth
    • recognise the task of the times, is quite clear that there is a deep
    • cleft between what is called moral necessity and what is called
    • distinguish between a certain sphere of experience that can be grasped
    • by science, by knowledge, and another sphere that is said to be
    • grasped only by faith. And you know that in certain quarters only what
    • scientific; and another kind of certitude is postulated for all that
    • as to the necessary distinction that has to be made between real
    • often told you that to-day, when philosophers speak of the distinction
    • derives from original observation, whereas what they think about body
    • the doctrine that man must not be regarded as consisting of body, soul
    • In the centuries that followed, this dogma became more and more firmly
    • modern philosophy developed out of Scholasticism, people thought that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
    • for love. Let me say from the outset that, whether we are
    • idea. I have often made use of a somewhat trite illustration of what
    • razor and says, “That is a knife, a knife is used for cutting up
    • man and animal are somewhat like this, though people are not generally
    • idea of what birth is, or what death is, just as one forms an idea of
    • what a knife is, and then go on from that idea, which of course
    • account that what is usually comprised in the idea of death might be
    • something quite different in man from what it is in animals. We must
    • We form our ideas about memory in somewhat the same way. It is
    • them. Our attention has been drawn, for example, to something that
    • attempt to cut one's meat at table with a razor. The point is that one
    • Anyone who can make such a study will be able to note that memory
    • in the earliest years of a child's life one can clearly see to what a
    • you will see that his formation of concepts is very dependent upon
    • what he experiences in his environment through sense-perception,
    • through all the twelve varieties of sense-perception that I have
    • important, to see how the concepts that the child forms depend
    • concepts he forms. On the other hand, it will easily be seen that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • From our studies here you know that since
    • young with the old, bring him experiences that remain
    • incomprehensible if he cannot grasp what spiritual-scientific
    • that the four members of man's being discernible in the
    • bodies that reveals one human being to another on Earth. But
    • what is determined in the depths of the ego, and is astir in
    • life. Our senses and intelligence make it evident that from
    • From what
    • formation of the physical body, in what comes to expression
    • in speaking, in thinking, in whatever is revealed through the
    • evolutionary process — that of the ego and astral body
    • many of the forces that were active in him in the spiritual
    • they operate in the process of growth, in everything that
    • acquired by the physical body and of what in turn works back
    • life. We must of course also consider the changes that take
    • during the life of sleep is actually more important than that
    • general — not this or that particular language.
    • that the etheric body is more deeply involved than the
    • after all, man's ordinary senses cannot perceive what goes on
    • anything. Hence in the ordinary way he perceives only what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • clear that if we are to understand the destinies of human
    • as it were, the continuation upwards of what here, in
    • the Angeloi, above that the kingdom of the Archangeloi, then
    • you know that
    • aftereffect of the forces that were in him before he came
    • the after-effects of the super-earthly forces that were at
    • earthly existence he is also that super-sensible, invisible
    • his life the child's waking hours are few: that is to say,
    • only of the life-history of a human being that is enacted
    • also of the other life-history, namely that of the ego and
    • the ego and astral body are in a super-sensible world that is
    • going to sleep until that of waking has, however, a great
    • Thus, apart from what I told you yesterday — namely, that
    • directly to do with that super-sensible world in
    • existence lower than that of earthly man; they have no actual
    • primarily an earthly one. And what I described to you
    • time of going to sleep to that of waking, the forces of the
    • of weaving tones. That which here in the physical world is
    • But for all that it takes its inevitable course, so that in
    • expanse of the Cosmos and at the stars, thus perceiving what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • point out that it would be just as possible to write a
    • and going to sleep. Whatever man goes through between
    • physical and etheric bodies so that it forms, as it were, a
    • perceive what is contained in the biography of the ego and
    • different from that of the physical and etheric world.
    • supersensibly, we find that which may be called the
    • know that we live in this super-sensible world between going
    • to sleep and awakening; we know that we have experiences
    • fact a more exact understanding can be reached of what man
    • history. In order to set forth what we may call a
    • disposition of soul, describing what human beings experienced
    • round about that century. Today we shall turn our attention
    • That thoughts
    • of men. Anyone who believes that thoughts are to be found
    • that the sip of water which quenches his thirst arose on his
    • Really it is just as absurd to say that thoughts arise in
    • awareness that they are forces which govern the world and are
    • investigation that until the fourth century
    • recording what they do individually or co-operatively, so a
    • At that time
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • point in world history that we have for some time now
    • yesterday to show that we can fully understand the evolution
    • of humanity only when we keep in mind not only what takes
    • place openly on the stage of history but also what is going
    • on behind the scenes. I told you yesterday that the 4th
    • spiritual Beings — that his relation to his thoughts is
    • cosmic thoughts so that men were obliged unconsciously to
    • of this line. What lies behind the sense perceptions
    • fanciful idea that behind the world of the senses are the
    • whirling atoms. But that is just a fantastic, materialistic
    • notion. The truth is that in that sphere weaving colours and
    • fact in the evolution of the universe that together with the
    • Beings during this epoch, that is to say, the first centuries
    • What does this
    • mean? It means that certain Spirits of Form could not bring
    • Archai. The result is that thinking, although it remains
    • — who appear more and more frequently in that era of
    • in these currents of thought, and in what becomes history as
    • behind, for the possession that had once been rightfully
    • that happened in the Middle Ages in a West-to-East direction
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • By considering in retrospect what has been
    • — you will understand that it is essential to realize that
    • which I said that it belongs essentially to the 4th century
    • their evolution what should rightly become theirs in our
    • self. We know, of course, that human evolution on Earth was
    • in essentials a kind of preparation for this very epoch, that
    • that within the sphere of what this foundation has enabled
    • our survey of the super-sensible world, we realize that the
    • cede rulership of the cosmic thoughts. What part these Beings
    • be clear to us when we realize what role was justifiably
    • a foundation for what he can learn only in later life, so
    • really never say that he was qualified to become a free
    • precisely that man shall unfold his thoughts himself in inner
    • activity, and that out of these self-evolved thoughts which
    • commandments that were unconditionally binding and made a man
    • bring about something in man. All stimuli from outside that
    • that as long as the Spirits of Form instilled the cosmic
    • outside, therefore, that there came to man what he then laid
    • feeling for his Gods was such that he turned primarily to
    • and attitude of the human soul were due to the fact that in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • above-mentioned epoch; previously to that, thinking had been
    • postAtlantean epoch, our thinking is the corpse of that
    • because our thinking now is devoid of life that our
    • beings but we have also shut ourselves off entirely from what
    • present existence only. It may be objected that man observes
    • observes the germinating force itself as something that is
    • whereas nowadays they have eyes only for what is dead; they
    • observing what is dead. Hence they do not grasp it at
    • thoughts are no longer given to him in the way that applies
    • to sounds and colours. From what I say in the book
    • you know that thoughts were
    • themselves to us today. We say that a rose is red ; the Greek
    • of the rose, that is to say, he perceived something
    • thinking that is only a corpse of what thinking was in us
    • related to each other? We must be quite clear that when man
    • There ought at least to be an inkling today that there is
    • becomes clear that although modern man invariably directs his
    • today and believes that he should not allow himself to look
    • beyond it. But what does this mean for modern man — not
    • that in which he actually lives.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • present age in evolution is to be recognized in the fact that
    • development leading to abstract, that is to say, to dead
    • You know that
    • today took place and that on the dry land, or within the
    • epochs are distinguished by the fact that the constitution of
    • we find that in those days a man felt himself to be far
    • life at that time which, as I have often pointed out, takes
    • emphasised that, not out of intellectual observation —
    • for that was unknown in those days — but out of deep,
    • instinctive perception in that remote past, great importance
    • a man. Not that the people of those days engaged in any kind
    • of study of physiognomy — that, of course, was utterly
    • sensitive feeling for physiognomy. They felt deeply that if
    • someone had this or that facial expression it indicated
    • nature in general. At that time, if anyone had come to them
    • saying that something should be ‘proved’, they
    • simply would not have known what was meant. It would have
    • physical pain. To ‘prove’— that would be
    • need to know anything so certain about the world that it must
    • ‘proving’. There it is known that proving is a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to me that no time has had to be characterised in this way, in
    • man of the present, a man of whom I could say that he has
    • influence over the youth in Central Europe, and that one will
    • The “Times” have published an article about what is
    • and it is indeed an outstanding phenomenon that, with the decisiveness
    • mastered, strictly proves that at the beginning of the 3rd
    • barbarism. It is a significant phenomenon that by the same means,
    • distinctly that this civilisation will have to completely
    • definitely do not have to do with a view of things that is
    • for the view that the culture of the 17est is heading for
    • to tell you that this Spengler, without a doubt, is a man of
    • genius, but that he says the greatest foolishness. I have cited
    • examples of this for you; so that we stand before the remarkable
    • experience in the spiritual life of the present, that genius and
    • foolishness are linked together. That is, in general something
    • characteristic, that the most remote extremes are linked in the
    • that if such things were spoken of, as I did yesterday about
    • because at that time people were still awake! This is a general
    • phenomenon, that the paradoxes interweave in our time, and that
    • second thing to you, that this Oswald Spengler is an eminently
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • through the fact that I made the effort to show you what a
    • conceptions, and that which also comes about in the soul in the
    • fact that man has the strong insight, how the human being, in his
    • increasingly materialistic attitude (through the fact that he
    • down into this matter element, so that in the end it is no longer
    • false when he maintains that the matter of his body thinks, his
    • brain thinks — but that that is even correct that man
    • actual losing of this soul-spiritual element occurs. I said that
    • people, and that many take to be something that they do not wish
    • to accept for the reason that they believe that the human being,
    • the material element that he cuts himself off from the
    • soul-spiritual element, that he sinks himself into the Ahrimanic
    • progressive element, that is, when he joins himself to everything
    • that is connected to the Mystery of Golgotha, when he, above all
    • else, recognises that in our time one has to seek the connection
    • to what can be brought to all mankind in the way of spiritual
    • research. In this evolution of humanity that has taken place for
    • What we experience
    • today as concepts, what we receive for our view of the world out
    • of the customary official professions, that contains, basically,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Impulse Kultur/Wissenschaft: Vortrag VIII: Bericht
    Matching lines:
    • Hochschulkurses sage. Der Berliner Hochschulkurs hatte sein
    • Tagesprogramme erfahren hatten. Gewissermaßen hatte jeder Tag einen
    • Bedeutungsvolle: Jeder einzelne Tag hatte nämlich in seiner
    • Sozialwissenschaft gewidmet war, hatte ja sogar einen sehr
    • hat eine Vorstellung davon, wie die einzelnen Disziplinen ihren
    • Freitags-Veranstaltung gegipfelt hat, und der im Grunde genommen —
    • theologischen Charakter hatte, daß dieser Hochschulkurs, der ja
    • theologischen Tag, einen solchen Besuch hatte, daß es «brechend
    • Programm etwas Negatives hatte. Natürlich gingen diese
    • Menschenerkenntnis bauen müsse, daß man also notwendig hat, nicht
    • Beispiel mit dem Hegeltum. Hegel hat ja bereits in seiner
    • Geldproblem der Gegenwart ganz Bedeutendes gesagt hat; aber es läßt
    • gebracht, und es hat ja gerade dieser nationalökonomische Tag
    • tanzendes Versprechen; aber was dann der Tag gebracht hat, das war
    • Es hatte ja in einem
    • das religiöse Erlebnis hat, das Erlebnis, das in gewisser Beziehung
    • sagen muß: Ja, da hat man eben nur ein subjektives Erlebnis. Man
    • hat etwas rein Psychologisches. Man kann durchaus keine Gewähr
    • protestantischen Theologen. Ein katholischer Theologe hat nicht nur
    • ist etwas, was Inhalt hat; nur ein Inhalt, den das moderne
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy/Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual life of our present age, so that we can see on
    • necessity, but on the other hand can fully understand that this
    • characteristics of this or that opponent, perhaps that is
    • essential for us at present to understand that if the
    • emphasised the fact that consolidation of the Anthroposophical
    • often pointed out that the spreading of Christianity, —
    • Today we think that following history backwards, we can study
    • the previous epoch, that we can go back to the Middle Ages,
    • Further back we come to the Roman Empire, passing through that
    • we come to Greece, and then we imagine that we can feel the
    • that is not the case. In reality there lies a deep cleft
    • between that which can still be placed with a certain
    • and that which took place as life in ancient Greece. Let us
    • of Sophocles and Aeschylus, we find that their basic mood of
    • in itself of what I characterised yesterday as a living
    • processes. We must be quite clear that Greek thought and Greek
    • feeling came close to the feeling of man, whereas that later
    • — already began to get ready for that which came about in
    • also told you that these three personalities, Bruno, Jacob
    • for a knowledge of man's nature, but that it was impossible for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture I: The Human Soul in Relation to World Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • that, particularly, man's religious life has always arisen as a
    • his experiences of the external world; i.e., in what remains
    • actions he has to admit that from the deepest regions of his
    • he engages in what is usually termed introspection, is of
    • that come to expression in external action and of memories of
    • own being will soon make it clear that this kind of
    • ask: What is that in me which belongs to something
    • yet akin to my innermost self? Is their nature such that they
    • fact that man's soul life harbors a contradiction. This comes
    • that he feels dissatisfied with this situation. The feeling of
    • dissatisfaction is enhanced through the fact that the body is
    • nature in that it comes into being and again passes away.
    • extinguished, it is not possible to ascertain to what
    • is felt deeply enough he discovers that the surging, weaving
    • lies the conceptual life, in the other that of the will
    • feeling. He becomes aware that concepts and ideas formed, let
    • direction he becomes aware that his impulses of will are also
    • honest, that in ordinary life it comes about simply in response
    • to our experiences of the external world, that is to say, in
    • different coloring from what was originally experienced
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture II: The True Nature of Memory - 1
    Matching lines:
    • what is gained through knowledge of supersensible worlds.
    • Taking the lungs as an example I showed that the moment we rise
    • come to the conclusion that our organs are in process of
    • We realize that what we ordinarily observe is a momentarily
    • conclusion that the lung reveals itself to be at a younger
    • said yesterday that we could at least put forward as a question
    • merely say that there is at least a possibility that the
    • relationship between lung and eye is like that of a child to a
    • when we have attained imaginative cognition? We find that the
    • away before spiritual sight. Our limbs are organs that belong
    • consciousness and observe the external organism, is that the
    • compare all that, which to higher vision fades from view, with
    • me draw some sketches of what comes about. Imagine that
    • of all that which becomes ever paler and fades away. What we
    • (drawing on the right). In other words, we get an image of what
    • man leaves behind at death, of that which is either buried or
    • visible to physical sight, just as that part of man ceases to
    • said that where physical man has arms spiritual beings have
    • wings; and that after death so did spiritual man. However, to
    • that is when one ascends, in the way I have described, from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture III: The True Nature of Memory - 2
    Matching lines:
    • order to extend our considerations and link on to what was said
    • that dreaming is a state between these two. Thus, we have three
    • pictures. I have often pointed out that only in this state, or
    • to the extent that we are in this state, are we really awake.
    • acknowledge that feeling presents a much duller state of
    • become conscious, that as soon as we are awake, feelings come
    • When we consider the will we find that what takes place within
    • us when we have a will impulse remains as unknown to us as that
    • which we sleep through. The only aspect that is clear in a will
    • impulse is the thought that initiated it. What next comes into
    • place in the external world through our will. But what takes
    • remains as unconscious as that which takes place between
    • falling asleep and waking. So we can say that while we are
    • what is given us, on the one hand, as sleeping, dreaming and
    • feature of sleeping man is that the very factor that makes us
    • This situation is usually described by saying that the I,
    • between falling asleep and waking up, is outside of what is
    • recognize that dream pictures come before the soul in a, so to
    • before falling asleep, we cannot really say that the pictures
    • weave within the soul. Thus, what then takes place in the soul
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture IV: The Human Soul in Relation to Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • main concern yesterday was to show that the human soul is an
    • active being, that she permeates the human organism with
    • keep in mind that, provided one grasps the human organism in
    • environment, bearing in mind what was said in the first
    • lecture of this course. The first thing that one notices in
    • this relationship is that man's life of soul is separate,
    • cannot be said that we are within the chair on which we sit or
    • fully realize this, you need only think through what has often
    • been mentioned in regard to our will impulses: the fact that we
    • first have the thought, the mental picture that we want to lift
    • arm. But what goes on in the organism after we first had the
    • not penetrate into what takes place within me when a will
    • higher, supersensible cognition he becomes aware of what
    • situation is that man, through his senses, perceives the
    • pictures of them. That is the situation when man's
    • that he retains mental pictures of the things he has observed.
    • These can be called up again, or at least that is how it
    • appears; we have seen that the situation is somewhat different,
    • but for ordinary consciousness that is how it appears.
    • of what meets us there as we are outside the things that meet
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture V: The Human Soul in Relation Sun and Moon
    Matching lines:
    • simplest people. This all stems from the fact that modern man
    • habit of doing so. He is aware of all that which I referred to
    • in an objective way because when he observes himself all that
    • become refined, but it is still instinctive life that wells up.
    • ideas; they prefer to keep to what is subjective and
    • not aware that, even from the smallest publication, he
    • does so nonetheless. So it can be said that the only thing that
    • interested in man as such that it has become a matter of
    • accepted through blind faith in authority. When told that
    • science has achieved this or established that, he is
    • fact that utterly blind faith in authority is involved in the
    • knowledge of what actually takes place in the laboratories and
    • to the fact that if we go back in the history of mankind's
    • object was not what mattered. Of importance was rather that,
    • the object. Today it is, of course, essential that the idea one
    • civilization. It must be strongly emphasized that, formerly,
    • him. Modern man believes that it was mere fantasy and that it
    • is firmly rooted in Anthroposophy, that we accept this modern
    • Anthroposophy does just that, by declining every kind of
    • termed, strictly within the phenomena themselves — that is,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VI: The Formation of the Etheric and the Astral Heart
    Matching lines:
    • attention to the fact that up to about the time of the change
    • everything that goes on in his environment. Later in life,
    • certain sense imitates what goes on in the external world,
    • reproducing what is there just as a camera reproduces what is
    • in front of the lens. The human being becomes aware of what is
    • later life that this imitative principle becomes confined to
    • imitative process, though to a lesser degree. At that
    • ideas. The child is more and more guided by what he is told;
    • environment, he now begins to grasp what he is told. Authority
    • puberty. What the child is told must be of such a nature that
    • learns language through imitation but what is expressed through
    • language — i.e., what grownups impart to the
    • mentioned that only up to the time when the change of teeth
    • the physical body. Therefore, it can be said that the change of
    • description of what takes place; today we shall try to reach a
    • develops an inclination to leave that world and descend to
    • descended to unite with what was prepared as physical body in
    • spiritual-soul world. What we are and what we experience there
    • differs considerably from what we experience here on
    • characteristic of the physical world we live in here, is that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VII: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • the world. It is by no means necessary that everyone should be
    • today. I have often drawn attention to the fact that in ancient
    • different phases to become what may be described as modern
    • these things from a certain aspect with reference to what was
    • civilization. Many people nowadays are returning to what was
    • the realization that, in order to penetrate into supersensible
    • previous occasions I have mentioned that, from the masses of
    • individuals developed, in a manner suited to that age, inner
    • emerged — that is to say, the one who sets out to attain
    • different from what it is today. In the present age we
    • physical world and we are conscious that if we attempt to
    • intellectual outlook declares that these men of old, through
    • little understand the nature of man, especially that of man in
    • ancient times, if we believe that the spiritual beings
    • way of experiencing the world; namely, that man in those days
    • world. He felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it
    • the surrounding world. Suppose a man of that time was walking
    • stepping out in that direction and this has nothing whatever to
    • feel like that. When he walked along a river downstream, as was
    • connected with the water of the river flowing in that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VIII: The Elementary World and its Beings
    Matching lines:
    • connected with what was spoken about yesterday and the day
    • observation of this kind, to gain insight into the fact that
    • as he descends to earthly life. We saw also that with this
    • have often mentioned that a new stream of spirituality is now
    • accomplished in recent centuries. However, it must be said that
    • is obvious, even to an external unbiased observation, that the
    • to those who had achieved something; one was eager to hear what
    • one is no longer curious about what he will say next. One is
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the
    • That human intelligence has become something mechanical which
    • soul to what thus seeks entry, through many doors, as it were,
    • self. Through inner exercises he sought to attain what today is
    • compare the ordinary consciousness of self, that we have
    • today, with that of the Yogi. It makes a difference whether
    • level of human evolution is not the same as attaining that
    • will realize from what was said yesterday that mankind
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no
    • identified himself with what his spirit-soul nature was able to
    • again gain insight into that spiritual foundation of
    • information. What they actually do is explain how sense
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture IX: The Contrasting World-Conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • is obvious that our contact with the world between waking and
    • that of sleep. While we sleep we are, with our soul being and
    • What I have just said is applicable to present-day man in the
    • question arises: What is our relationship, in our sleeping
    • state, to that realm which is closed at least to our ordinary
    • evolution, unless we bear in mind that man has evolved
    • soul life, that he must exert himself considerably when
    • necessary. We are superficial in the way we look at that
    • writings such as the Vedas and all that is contained in the
    • person's upbringing and education and on what, as a result, he
    • education, that progress is made in furthering the art of
    • However, it would be quite wrong to conclude that man was
    • inspired in him; he felt that what he thought was bestowed upon
    • Between waking and sleeping he felt that thoughts were granted
    • Gods that they bestowed thoughts upon him. The Oriental felt
    • that when, as a human being, thoughts lived within him, it was
    • religious devotion, the powers that bestowed the
    • experienced the world in this way, one finds that it is because
    • his sleep life was different from that of modern man. During
    • wrong if I drew sleeping man in such a way that I had the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • guests my heartiest greetings out of the spirit that prevails
    • and that underlies all the work that is
    • humanness. For this reason, what is offered and accomplished
    • devotion while at the same time its spirit should be that of a
    • was upon this spirit that it rested, as on the finest
    • But this spirit also gives, I think, that largeness of heart
    • that is able to welcome and greet every human being
    • affectionately. So, it is out of this spirit that rules here at
    • the Goetheanum that I speak of these first words of greeting.
    • manner, then, may I express the wish that in the days to come
    • something that everyone who had wanted to come here will carry
    • worked at the Goetheanum for years find that our visitors look
    • back with joy to what they have experienced here, we are filled
    • and thank you for coming and express the wish that your visit
    • research so that it will be the foundation for making life in
    • here at this Goetheanum should not be confused with much that
    • today is promoted as occultism, or the many things that go by
    • of natural scientific knowledge in recent times. What is
    • with what in the strictest sense of the word is in keeping with
    • the spirit of modern scientific knowledge. What is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture II: Soul Exercises in Thinking, Feeling, and Willing
    Matching lines:
    • to show that it relates to reality. So the philosopher is not
    • relative correctness, one can say then that the one who proves
    • can be attained that differs from that of one or the other
    • philosopher, it is impossible to arrive at anything that both
    • could be felt directly as real and that also carries conviction
    • differing completely from that of abstract thinking in which it
    • with one's soul in that state of consciousness. But since
    • cannot just resume the ancient consciousness that gave rise to
    • scientifically, that consciousness was dream-like. What
    • that dream-like way as was the case in olden times. But it must
    • be realized that these dreams of ancient philosophers were not
    • consciousness that cultivated philosophy in ancient times it
    • arose in such a way that the picture absolutely
    • Our scientific manner of forming concepts requires that
    • we think in a fully conscious way, that in all respects we live
    • we must develop a way of thinking that takes its course in the
    • Such fully conscious, pictorial thinking that relates itself to
    • Here I shall only mention in principle that it
    • disregarding everything that makes impressions from outside or
    • from within, so that the soul's forces may rest undisturbed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture III: The Imaginative, Inspirative, and Intuitive Method of Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • Through the meditative exercises that are to lead to
    • such a way that while the soul rests on this complex of ideas
    • nothing flows into it of soul-impressions that well up from the
    • one would a mathematical problem, in order that neither
    • know at every moment that our soul activity remains
    • concentrated on what our mind is focused. We know that nothing
    • is best then if we concentrate on an idea-complex that is
    • store of memories, we could never be sure what would be playing
    • experienced spiritual scientist, because he can see to it that
    • finally brought about that lets man have the definite feeling,
    • “Now I live in an inner activity that is free of the
    • physical body; a different activity from that of thinking,
    • What one encounters especially is the definite feeling that one
    • within his physical body out upon external objects. But what
    • is that the thoughts become, as it were, more compact. They not
    • experiences something akin to the forces of growth that turned
    • this reason — that man now feels himself in his thinking
    • these must remain wholly unchanged, so that when man achieves
    • that he carry out the most diverse exercises,
    • systematically, for a long time. Through what I have just
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture IV: Cognition and Will Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • that is to say what are the persistent factors in his physical
    • body that have been inherited from his ancestors. Man also
    • organism, and he sees as a consequence what is not subject to
    • man's individuality. He sees what it is that within his etheric
    • between what is passed on in the continuing stream of physical
    • inheritance from ancestors to descendants, and what, by
    • Pedagogical Course that I gave here in Dornach at Christmas a
    • year ago, also to what is contained in the last issue of the
    • within the framework of earth life. He learns to know what he
    • that his soul-spiritual being begins with earthly life and ends
    • eternal core of man's being. For that it is necessary to
    • meditative pictures from consciousness so much that in doing so
    • pictures produced or created by imagination, so that it becomes
    • of the images, the soul's strength increases so much that
    • finally it is powerful enough so that one is able to
    • consciousness, carrying them so far that the soul becomes
    • consciousness that no longer has before it the physical
    • the cosmos that one had first gained through imaginative
    • What appears then by means of this higher level of
    • done that, he has, in fact, recognized for the first time the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture V: The Soul's Experiences in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • soul life that cannot be reached, observed or explained
    • that it must remain unknown — that it contains forces
    • that do work into the conscious soul life. The emergence of
    • this idea of the unconscious is due wholly to the fact that a
    • philosophy, cosmology and religion. The insight that we have
    • perceptual capacity — that the concrete facts, which are
    • Ordinary consciousness remains quite unconscious of what
    • that these experiences have less meaning or are less decisive
    • spiritual organization, that is to say his ego organism, are
    • an unconscious condition. But what happens to the soul
    • something absolutely real. What remains unconscious to ordinary
    • perceive what, for ordinary consciousness, is unconscious. I
    • unconscious throughout the night, but what would
    • be cast upon it so that it becomes visible. The following then
    • experience that is undifferentiated, in a certain sense
    • sleeping person what may be called a deep need to rest in the
    • acquire a definite knowledge of what the dreams really contain.
    • truth, in relation to what is meant here, can only be perceived
    • real. So it can also be said that in the first stage of every
    • what in waking consciousness is cultivated in his soul as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VI: The Transition from the Soul-Spiritual Existence in Human Development to the Sensory-Physical
    Matching lines:
    • intuitive knowledge it will be evident that it is
    • his soul and spirit. I was able to indicate yesterday that such
    • an experience occurs during sleep, only that ordinary
    • that man in his physical sense life experiences himself in his
    • especially strong in that deepest stage of sleep which I
    • pointed to yesterday as the sleep in what I have called
    • the fact that these bodies continue to exist, fully alive,
    • understood, one must keep clearly in mind that the
    • that the reason why a man wants to return into his physical and
    • etheric bodies in the morning is that his soul yearns to do so.
    • Then someone else could say that this return depends upon the
    • moon forces. Both are correct, only that the wish to return is
    • aroused during man's cosmic experience by the moon forces that
    • falling asleep and waking. These moon forces, that is their
    • this prenatal existence, this cosmos differs from the one that
    • infinity. Man experiences this in such a way, however, that his
    • When I say that man experiences his future physical organism as
    • something small that unfolds into a larger organism. But when I
    • say that the cosmic germ of man's physical body is experienced
    • Naturally, one must consider that in this case — at least
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VII: Christ in His Relationship to Mankind and the Riddle of Death
    Matching lines:
    • mind first of all that man's soul constitution and his inner
    • transformations. Today, people often assume that the soul
    • of today's human being. But the transformations that
    • find that mankind had a quite different consciousness, a quite
    • difference that exists between waking and sleeping in man today
    • did exist at that time, but it was not the only aspect of the
    • we are aware of a certain content in dreams, we must admit that
    • not point to any reality that man can control directly with his
    • apart from these three states of consciousness, of which that
    • ancient humanity. It was neither that of dreams, nor of
    • to our dream pictures, but what they contained pointed to a
    • physical being with colors and shapes, that it is a physical
    • move in ours, except that it was impossible to doubt that their
    • eyes perceive something, we know with certainty that something
    • physical is out there, so did a man of the past know that he
    • Among what ancient man experienced as spiritually real there
    • that epoch simply had every day in his soul inner experiences
    • that proved to him beyond all doubt that he had lived in a
    • their initiation science in such a manner that these faithful
    • could arrive at the conviction that they looked into an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VIII: Ordinary and Higher Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • that alternate in daily human life, we find that during sleep,
    • suspended and that what he experiences in his soul life as
    • that we as human beings sum up as our “self” when
    • that is here extinguished will now be rekindled bit by bit
    • how thoughts are employed so that through meditating
    • still further what is experienced on the path of
    • initiation knowledge, for only then does it become clear what
    • described it, the first experience of a person is that he
    • notices that he experiences a much stronger activity of thought
    • consciousness — I emphasize that ordinary
    • that man can enter he loses the capacity, so to speak, to
    • thoughts that are experienced have to do mostly with the outer
    • sense world and memories. Also, there are dim thoughts that
    • mentioned that they are not the memories a person also has in
    • actually sees into an etheric process that builds up, saturates
    • physical organization. Everything that has occurred since
    • connected with organic life that is otherwise hidden from
    • abyss to a thinking that experiences its own etheric body.
    • attention must be paid to what escapes you during the
    • perceive what confronts you at the present moment and you think
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture IX: The Continuation of Ego Consciousness after Death in Relation to the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • the reason for this is that when we wake up an etheric and
    • what it experiences in the astral and ego organisms. On the
    • other hand, in the waking condition only that enters clearly
    • namely, what underlies the memories as the reality of the
    • experience in the higher worlds that we have learned about and
    • what he experiences each night as a replica of the planetary
    • say that he was feeling an after-effect in his own being of the
    • foundation that underlies the course of his life. He knows
    • nothing of the impulses that come from the movements of
    • experiences nothing of what is expressed in the constellations
    • activities that are carried out in the everyday condition of
    • with the forces that he has gathered during sleep out of the
    • life to express itself in concepts, in thoughts that are
    • has no awareness of the vitality that courses through him, he
    • ordinary wakefulness, and this poses the question to us: What
    • does the soul actually do to the physical organism so that
    • firmly in mind that the physical organism really prevents the
    • us examine to begin with what it is that this triad — the
    • that the activity that is exercised on the human head
    • filled with life. But in that case no physical consciousness
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture X: The Experience of the Soul's Will Nature
    Matching lines:
    • what I have described here as man's astral organism and ego
    • being. I have shown how the part of the soul that does the
    • how the part of the soul that produces the feelings has a
    • somewhat different connection to the rhythmic system, to the
    • connected with the head system, we find that it is devoted
    • because the replicas of what goes on in thinking can really be
    • become a part of them. We can say of it that at times it is
    • circulation, streaming into them so that it becomes as if
    • and see that it slips into the breathing and circulatory
    • part of the soul that is the basis for the human will behaves
    • nothing else intervened. We can therefore say that in this
    • receive insight into the actual reality that exists behind the
    • something, then, the process that takes place in mere
    • “I will this or that,” then the activity that
    • has a thought that represents an intention of the will,
    • such a thought that arouses the will, a degenerative process
    • willing-soul that underlies the human will as reality to pour
    • balance by rebuilding what has been worn down by the
    • I want to illustrate this clearly, this is what happens: I have
    • destroyed. The part of the astral organism that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture I: Human Being and his Relationship to the World
    Matching lines:
    • inner experiences and moods of soul that are the vowels and consonants
    • must not expect that these four lectures can be a substitute
    • what was to have been the content of the Munich lectures but
    • the most important and essential information that was to have
    • am astonished to find certain people thinking that the
    • living. But it will be realised one day that this simply is not
    • possible, that the highest truths cannot be communicated when
    • substitution for what was to have been given in Munich. But in
    • speak of a trivial matter — trivial, that is to say, in
    • comparison with what our stream of spiritual life would like to
    • author was obviously irritated most of all by what is said in
    • forth. Among many things that I will not mention here, this
    • review also contains something that is absolutely
    • the present day. It is said that if there is anything in these
    • former should be asked: ‘What do you see in these people
    • what they have observed, and the others should confirm that
    • me say here that there is nothing more natural than this
    • it is that the objections should be made as long as there is no
    • be comprehensible that such objections would not be brought
    • these words I am saying something that will be considered
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture II: Identification with the Signs and Spiritual Realities of the Imaginative World
    Matching lines:
    • inner experiences and moods of soul that are the vowels and consonants
    • will remind ourselves again of what I told you yesterday about
    • it is Maya, illusion, to assume that as human beings of
    • soul-and-spirit we are inside our skin, that things are merely
    • apparatus. What we experience is not produced in us by
    • as a mirror produces what is seen in it, does our organism
    • produce what we experience in our life of soul about the things
    • around us. And the materialist who asserts that the brain or
    • declares that the face he sees when looking in a mirror,
    • said yesterday that, generally speaking, we can regard these
    • made this clear by pointing out that anyone who experienced
    • that when those fleeting, fluctuating pictures of the spiritual
    • is the principle that there are exceptions to everything, real
    • which I have been speaking. Z his must be realised. What I have
    • will take a definite case. Let us suppose that somebody who has
    • now we will assume that this is not the case, that there is an
    • world, for meeting the dead. Let us assume that everything is
    • in order — to use a trivial expression — and that a
    • an undertaking presuming in advance that it will succeed,
    • Please realise that one can only describe special cases; it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture III: Inner Experiences and 'Moods' of Soul as the Vowels and Consonants of the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • inner experiences and moods of soul that are the vowels and consonants
    • From what was said yesterday and the day before, you will have
    • realised that occult reading and occult hearing consist in
    • say, with what these signs signify of spiritual realities.
    • — as far as is possible in the few lectures that can be
    • precise idea — of what is necessary in order to advance
    • from disordered clairvoyance to the genuine clairvoyance that
    • before we can even begin to approach what may be called the
    • Cosmos. From what I indicated yesterday you will have realised
    • that we can speak of seven such vowels — a symbolic
    • search for someone who is dead. I took that as a starting-point
    • heard that through the different forms of preparation which the
    • it must be clearly borne in mind that when these pictures
    • is very important to keep this in mind. Let us assume that you
    • appears before you. Now suppose that, instead of a seer there
    • this is speaking in the abstract. We could also ask: All that
    • ourselves are — why is it that we do not become aware of
    • the spiritual world that is round about him. What is this
    • soul, that we consume these pictures, as it were; we are united
    • with these pictures. We now know that this is so.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture IV: Inner Mobility of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • inner experiences and moods of soul that are the vowels and consonants
    • when we learn gradually to enter with consciousness that
    • show how we can so regard evil in the world that we recognise
    • that is linked with the last. We must transform ourselves into
    • other beings but in such a way that the threads of inner
    • remember what happened yesterday or some years ago in his
    • world. This means that when a human being has transformed
    • that we learn to understand these Beings of the Hierarchies. We
    • concentrated his consciousness at a time that is not our
    • Being of the rank of the Angeloi, he finds that Being somewhere
    • must realise that the name ‘Archangelos’ has meaning. We know
    • the stage of world-history. It is there that we find them in
    • such a way that he can actually experience those other epochs,
    • just as in the physical world we must not forget what we did
    • Thus, you can see that the whole relation of the soul to time
    • What We experience in this way — or even if we envisage
    • then experiences something that is not an abstract feeling in
    • meanings weaves itself into a Cosmic Word that is full of
    • say: ‘What I know in this Cosmic Word, the Cosmic Word knows in
    • — although quite a primitive one — of what may be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Imaginative Cognition and Inspired Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • is not in a sleeping state only during ordinary sleep but that
    • life alone. Compared to the conceptual life, what we bear
    • soon realise that, on the one hand, dream-life — which as
    • this same faculty alone that the whole range and significance
    • of our feeling life can be estimated. And what goes on in a
    • just as hidden from ordinary consciousness as what in dreamless
    • moment of falling asleep to that of waking.
    • What actually takes place when we perform the simplest act of
    • as what goes on in sleep. It is only because we can see the
    • result of an act of will that the act itself enters our
    • Having thought of raising our arm — but that is merely a
    • that we learn the result of an act of will. But the actual
    • consciousness, so that, even during our waking hours, what
    • what concerns us here is that, when taken as a whole, the facts
    • carefully following up the facts in question we shall find what
    • consciousness, before going on to what this Imaginative
    • conceptions, however, teaches us too that in them we live in
    • what, compared with the external world, is something unreal. On
    • the other hand, precisely in what concerns the life of will
    • we form conceptions we find more and more that these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • You will easily believe what very deep satisfaction it
    • gives me to take up work again among you all on this building of ours. It is a fact that anyone
    • that something connected with the most significant, the most weighty tasks of man's future is
    • bound up with this building. And it goes without saying that after long, forced absence one is
    • To this I would add that particularly for me, my
    • gone forward in an unprecedented way; it has made progress in the spirit that should permeate the
    • the spirit in our work, as consequence of all that is originating here, the real feeling of
    • solidarity among many of our friends — the genuine feeling towards all that this building
    • incorporates. What reveals itself to the soul when one lets this whole matter renew its effect
    • upon one is that here we have a place with which is united such a true sentiment in a number of
    • the friends of our spiritual movement, so sincere a sentiment that it promises a continuance of
    • the work devoted to this building there is already something that could serve as a model for all
    • that, in common with what we call today the Anthroposophical Society, is actually intended.
    • On the other hand, I have a strong feeling that
    • what is favourable, what is so significantly good found here in our building, in the harmony of
    • to free what our movement wills from the subjective interests of individual men.
    • Concerning what we have just touched upon, my dear
    • Anthroposophical Society, certain remarkable views, that to be more exact, are remarkable
    • true that these individuals do not know that this is a question of mere egoistic interest; in
    • standing out as a symbol of our cause, and free from all that is personal. And what is connected
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • should like to give this sketch in such a way that it can be said: we are looking at the profile
    • of man as a soul being. So that we understand ourselves just as if we were to look at the
    • sketch in outline anything like this we must naturally always keep in mind that we have to do
    • with imaginative knowledge, that the reality behind the matter therefore is being given in
    • picture form. The picture refers to the matter and is given, too, in such a way that it correctly
    • meant to represent something of a soul and spirit nature as we do of anything that in a
    • time of what I am now saying. I shall therefore omit all that concerns the physical and lower
    • etheric organism of man and try to sketch only what is soul — soul-and-spirit (see diagram
    • 2). As you know from the various descriptions that have been given, the soul-and-spirit stands in
    • rather an isolated being; one might even say that physical man of the senses is really shut up
    • It is not so where what can be called the men of
    • side the kind of relation the human soul-and-spirit has to what is of soul-and-spirit in the
    • paint what enters in a soul-spiritual way from the universal, from the infinity of space, like
    • this. Naturally I should have to paint the whole space in a way... but that is not really
    • necessary. I shall only paint man's immediate environment. Thus it is now what we may understand
    • soul-spiritual that into which man is placed. Man indeed is not yet there, but indicated in this
    • up which is of soul-and-spirit. This is what I should now have to represent perhaps in the
    • man, we may be able to think of ourselves and what belongs to the human spirit-and-soul as
    • what might be called the one pole of man's spirit-and-soul nature. We get the other pole when we
    • can perhaps incorporate in the following way what, adjoining the universal soul-spiritual here,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge. We know that these boundaries to knowledge do not in truth exist, but that in actual
    • on to an inner zone and, by this reflection, being enabled to become memory. What we have in
    • consciousness does not go right into the depths of the region that lies in man's
    • subconsciousness. We will draw these two boundaries the boundary of memory (left) and what we
    • human evolution, go back perhaps farther than the eighth pre-Christian century (you remember that
    • still existing at that time rested indeed upon this. Certain impulses from the cosmos came
    • say that what is here outside us first became increasingly impenetrable — I mean
    • boundary today, quite extraordinarily while continuing to maintain that no one is able to
    • It may be said on the other hand that another
    • seething, into which man should not look (above all should not look in the sense of what the
    • experience that there are repeated lives on earth, and things of that kind. One may say that
    • is approximately to this effect — Weininger maintains that the human soul during life
    • today the ego is lying hold of man inwardly in what I may call a more solid and compact way; one
    • penetrable, and all manner of things are pressing through. What he has written down about his
    • of character that led him to take Beethoven's room in Vienna one day and then the next day to
    • You will understand that one is in certain way justified in showing how the ordinary cleverness
    • that man is now able to develop does not extend to knowledge of what arises from the unexplored
    • What man attains through his ordinary normal
    • what is here is the understanding of the wor1d acquired through Spiritual Science. It is possible
    • the desire to order and harmonise this life of soul through what can be acquired by working for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: i Spirituality: Lecture 1: Historical Symptomology, the Year 790, Alcuin, Greeks, Platonism, Aristotelianism, East, West, Middle, Ego
    Matching lines:
    • stipulating that history should be treated in such a way that one would not only consider the
    • encompassing, synthesizing force, would see what is at work in the unfolding of history —
    • which can only be found by someone who knows how to get a total view of the facts in what in a
    • approach which was then particularly developed, and that it was not the ideas in history that
    • were pursued but only a sense that was developed for the external world of facts. Attention was
    • also drawn to the fact that, with regard to this last question, one can only come to clarity
    • might wish to find ideas as the driving forces of history would never be able to prove that ideas
    • substantiality can do something. Spiritual science points to real spiritual forces that are
    • behind the sensible-physical facts, and it is in real spiritual forces such as these that the
    • of humanity and we will do so today in such a way that, through our considerations, certain facts
    • that
    • symptomatology constituted from the fact that one is aware that behind what takes it course as
    • historical development there are times when what has real being and essence
    • Let us suppose that this is a flow of historical facts (see diagram). The driving forces lie, for
    • the fact that what is otherwise hidden comes here to the surface. Thus we can say: Here, in a
    • Let us assume that this (see diagram) took place in
    • some year of world history, let us say around 800 AD What was significant for Europe, let us
    • wished in general that all
    • perception of the world should be directed to significant points and then, from what could be
    • that, within the abundance of facts, the important thing is to find a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 2: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • will take place in the sign of this development of the individuality. This, however, means that
    • what comes from the spiritual world and plays into our physical world will take such a course
    • that, in humanity as a whole, the individual element of the human being will take on greater
    • a course that the individual human element can work into it.
    • Every age, every epoch, that we can trace in the
    • course of human evolution developed some particular quality, just as now it is that of
    • because of the separateness that we see in the individual human being today when the
    • increasingly educated for freedom, must also take up a conscious stand more and more to what
    • results from this. Above all it is essential that a social life take shape, but a social life
    • fact that the strong egoistical forces of the consciousness-soul, which are opposed to a social
    • everything that can foster this social living together. We have shown in the past,
    • have pointed to different things that are peculiar to the human beings of the East, Central
    • Europe and the West. And we want now to turn to a phenomenon that can already show us externally
    • We know that, under the influence of our modern
    • other strata of the population. We have, distinct from that of other peoples, the conception of
    • that materialistic concept of life which has often been characterized here. This arose side by
    • socialist conception of life, however, developed in such a way that it stands entirely under the
    • aegis of economic strife, for it is permeated by economic concepts, thoughts and struggles that
    • This is the characteristic stamp of what is going on in
    • Anglo-Saxon proletariat that the impulses of socialism arose.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 3: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • differentiation that exists among the peoples of the present civilized world. I indicated how the
    • beings that have progressed in an irregular way, that are more advanced than humanity, but for
    • we find in the East that certain beings, that had their real significance in the far distant
    • imaginations, put into practice in present cultural development what these beings introduce. If
    • and at everything in the physical-sense world that expresses itself out of these spiritual
    • human being of the ancient Orient had a highly developed spiritual life that flowed from a direct
    • Greece there mingled in with it what then became Aristotelianism, what was already intellectual,
    • dialectical thinking. So what came from oriental wisdom penetrated then into Western
    • civilization, and, with the exception of what stems from natural science and what can stem from
    • the modern anthroposophically-oriented spiritual science, everything that exists in Western
    • spiritual life is, in fact, completely decadent. This spiritual life is of such a nature that it
    • through it, but can no longer find a link between what he believes about the spiritual world and
    • what happens here on earth. This shows itself most strongly in Anglo-Saxon Puritanism, in which a
    • — aspirations of the social life — take on such a spiritual character that they have
    • is to be traced to the fact that it is actually conceived by the people of the East, even by the
    • so much in the abstract concepts of Marxism, but essentially in the fact that its bearers are
    • Hellenistic culture there developed, as we know, what took hold of the human beings of the Centre
    • thinking. And one can only understand the role played by what then developed out of the Roman
    • culture when one considers at first that all three branches of human experience — the
    • mixed up and at cross-purposes in much the same way that is the case today over basically the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 4: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 3
    Matching lines:
    • I would like today to point to a certain connection between what I gave yesterday as the
    • and Eastern ones and what arises in quite a unique way in
    • over to instincts, to the sensible-physical — and the other possibility — that of
    • being given over to the logical world of reason. Schiller holds that, in both cases, the human
    • instincts to such a degree that he can give himself up to them without their dragging him down,
    • so that these logical necessities do not also enslave the human being.
    • It is an extremely important fact that Schiller's
    • towards external upheaval and change also moved Schiller — but moved him in such a way that
    • he sought to answer the question: What must the human being do in himself in order to become a
    • that the human being can become free? Schiller asked: What must the human being become in himself
    • so that, in his constitution of soul, he can live in
    • that if human beings are educated to this middle mood they will also represent a social community
    • governed by freedom. Schiller thus wishes to realize a social community in such a way that free
    • Now we know that Goethe's soul-configuration was
    • soul-constitutions that these two became so close. Each could give to the other just that which
    • — for Goethe this was all far too cut and dried, far too simplistic. He felt that one could
    • to Schiller that he did not want to treat the problem, this whole riddle, in such a
    • this and on the far side of the river, in a pictorial, rich and concrete way; the same thing that
    • Schiller presents as sense-life and the life of reason. And what Schiller characterizes
    • — of the fact that the outer structure of human society must not be monolithic but must be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 5: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 4
    Matching lines:
    • attention to the challenges that are placed before us with regard to the evolution of humanity
    • We know that a new age in the development of
    • form an exact idea of what the constitution of soul was like in the people who lived before this
    • which, since that time, have become particularly important. But if, from the many characteristics
    • speak of a definite longing for knowledge in as much as the human being at that time had
    • relationship to what was revealed in nature as spirit — and thereby also to achieve a
    • intensity of the longing for knowledge that held sway before the middle of the fifteenth century.
    • Striving for knowledge was an intense affair of the human soul; for knowledge that had an inner
    • when it came to what moved him to perform his work in the world, and so on. Everything that lived
    • there as a longing for knowledge has become less and less comparable with what has been emerging
    • idea of what had previously existed as a longing for knowledge.
    • thus also takes on the configuration of this technology. What then is the cause of this? It comes
    • from the fact that it is just in this time that we find the particular development and
    • dim. But one can nevertheless say that, to a certain degree, the last effects of the old
    • idea of the faculties rising up out of the human soul that are higher than the faculties
    • faculties that people tried to probe to the depths of the
    • what people understood as knowledge.
    • into a deterioration. And it is this decline of real intensity in the pursuit of knowledge that
    • What then is needed here? It is that which exists
    • that they revealed the spirit to them. The spiritual spoke out of every spring, every cloud,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 5
    Matching lines:
    • If an understanding for what one can call the
    • create a preparatory understanding for the course that the Christ-idea, the image people have had
    • of the Christ, has taken in the course of human development. We remember that human development
    • characterized the different epochs of human development in such a way that we have placed the
    • Today we will remind ourselves that there were
    • that, in its reality, in its essence, the Mystery of Golgotha was grasped at first only by those
    • towards the West — to the Greeks and the Romans — one could receive what was related
    • by those people who, out of the remains of the old clairvoyance, had understood what had really
    • come to pass on the earth. And in order that there could be a perception through an 'eyewitness'
    • truth, of the genuine nature, of the Mystery of Golgotha. What St Paul was able to relate out of
    • his conviction — what those who had preserved the remains of an old clairvoyance could
    • the form of speaking about the Mystery of Golgotha in the way that was possible with these
    • oriental perception. One could say that this ancient oriental perception was preserved up to the
    • Mystery of Golgotha to such a degree that a truly human grasp of this Mystery could find a place
    • particularly in Rome and which can be seen as the wave that prepared the later intellectuality
    • the dialectical-legal, development of the human soul. In the midst of everything that occurred
    • Golgotha became clothed in dialectics. Out of what was Christian Gnosis, which still relied on
    • establishing of the European Empire that later became
    • ecclesiastical-theological influence. It was a kind of theocratic empire that spread there but it
    • You know from history and from what I have related
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 7: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 6
    Matching lines:
    • how European conditions are bound to develop in the near future, and we saw that the course of
    • disappearance of what, in many areas of our modern times, is still considered by people to be the
    • that, for many who would rather go through the coming times in a comfortable sleep, with a
    • this yesterday already — that the prophecies of those who see the most central matter of
    • must be absolutely correct. But what must be regarded as imminent is what I characterized for you
    • world-conception, based on science, that the most intense need will have to arise for what I have
    • that ever since the Mystery of Golgotha, and particularly in recent centuries, all that can
    • properly be called experience of the Christ has fallen into complete decadence. We saw, too, that
    • able to develop. And we have already pointed out how the particular constitution of soul that is
    • Golgotha. But one has to be clear that just as other crucial, incisive events in human evolution
    • came about in ways other than is expected among philistine circles; so, too, what one must call
    • fifteenth century the constitution of people's souls has become quite different from what it was
    • before that time. History does not take this into account because external history ever and again
    • habitually stick to what was once instilled into them. At most, one can notice a breaking out
    • from this clinging by force of habit to what has been inculcated when one observes with a wakeful
    • encapsulate themselves in their habitual ideas so that nothing can penetrate which conflicts with
    • their usual habits of thought they would soon see what an immense gulf there really is between
    • science. And this is connected with the fact that popular science has totally captivated the
    • still cling to a certain piety, a piety that wants to know nothing of what is laying hold of
    • rooted in this piety; a refusal to face what is spreading here and which one can only define as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Abbreviated Title: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • If you put together what I told you yesterday
    • processes I pointed out that, from the aspect of the physical world,
    • reality is attributed generally only to what arises and forms itself, as it
    • so-called destruction, at processes of dissolution, at what finally arises,
    • what has sprouted in the physical world is in its turn eliminated,
    • destroyed. I have shown that those processes which life brings forth in us
    • physical world. Indeed, the truth of the matter is that when we perceive
    • that the most important process of destruction for the life of the human
    • during the time after death. Through the fact that our soul-spiritual
    • souls: ‘What happens during the time through which the
    • often been pointed out that this period of time is a long one for the
    • in a manner inimical to the world, and have done only what may be called,
    • ‘By what is the return of a human soul to a new physical
    • Picture to yourselves that when we enter physical existence we are born
    • quite specific conditions. You should consider deeply that our life between
    • born. What we think, what we feel, in short the whole content of our life,
    • readily understand that what thus surrounds us when we are born into
    • physical existence is dependent on preceding causes, on what took place
    • previously. Suppose that we are born at a certain moment and go through
    • life between birth and death. But if you also take into consideration what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: "Heaven and Earth will pass away but my words will not pass away"
    Matching lines:
    • What way has man to take
    • conception of the Cosmos — whether that of Spiritual Science or
    • any other — contain this basic query: What is the evolutionary
    • his thoughts educated through Spiritual Science, may also ask: What is
    • the ultimate aim of human evolution! He would like to know what will
    • thought, and that, for the mind cultured through Spiritual Science, the
    • You all know that human
    • various previous stages, and that this earth-state was preceded by the
    • Moon-stage. And we must remind ourselves of the fact that, in a certain
    • therein; we can put it this way: that we are earth men, but that we in
    • further, namely that the Moon man also encloses the Sun man, and the
    • imagine that this diagram in any sense reproduces the truth. In
    • this ‘dual’ man, the matter stands thus, for example: That,
    • become evolved in the human being that which we now call the earth man;
    • previously we have to do with evolutions or developments that
    • active development. Hence, we find that the first three cultural
    • You will all be aware that in
    • attitude that has led to a materialistic conception of the Universe,
    • — and that, this materialism we endeavour to impregnate with the
    • and know of the world, — all, that constitutes man's
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture I: Tree of Life - I
    Matching lines:
    • questions, a solution of their problems. That is quite natural and
    • feeling must be added, a certain perception that the more one strives
    • sanctity. That is to say, we can expect in our future incarnations
    • gradually to have an enhanced feeling in what a lofty sense, in what
    • expect just that regarding this Christ-riddle much will be solved for
    • us, but also that much of what we have hitherto found full of riddles
    • becomes still more difficult. Other things will emerge that bring new
    • this great problem. And I beg you to be entirely clear that only
    • from various aspects. And so something shall here be added to what
    • has already been said that may bring us again some understanding of
    • announced that now men had eaten of the Tree of the Knowledge of Good
    • and Evil they must be banished from their present abode, so that they
    • pronouncement: we will bring to mind what we have long known: i.e.,
    • that the Mystery of Golgotha, in so far as it was accomplished within
    • We know indeed that the Mystery of
    • the Graeco-Latin age and that two-thirds of this age follow, having
    • regard to the Mystery of Golgotha. The first is what took place as
    • purely objective fact: in short, what happened as the entry of the
    • say, it would be conceivable, for the Mystery of Golgotha, that is,
    • perhaps even known what had taken place there. It might quite well
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture II: Tree of Life - II
    Matching lines:
    • forming world-history may be divided on the one hand into what may be
    • the same facts somewhat more subjectively, will give our attention to
    • rhythmic alternation that occurs in man's daily life; namely, that he
    • considered more closely and exactly, but for today's study what has
    • it can happen that, without any special development having been
    • come before his soul that at the moment of waking he, as soul-being,
    • lifts himself out of a living and weaving in what one might call a
    • conditions are favourable, that they do not awake from sleep as if
    • more etheric, lighter weaving and living than what we pass through
    • struck many people, in waking, that they lived during sleep in an
    • that I cannot bring clearly enough into the waking consciousness. And
    • special occult training, a man can be clear that during sleep he was
    • two-fold saying to which we referred yesterday, that two-fold
    • What does it really mean: Not eat of the
    • Tree of Life? You will perhaps no longer find incomprehensible what I
    • himself: If what we call the Luciferic temptation had not taken
    • that we should have had a different knowledge of things if the
    • Luciferic temptation had not come to pass. This is exactly what the
    • two-fold utterance implies. It means that the knowledge we obtain of
    • the world and its phenomena is a knowledge that has entered through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture III: The Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • what we call Spiritual Science.
    • how intimately connected is the thought-content with what we are as
    • concepts, and they have the consciousness that through these thoughts
    • that the images in fact reproduce something of the world. This is the
    • the feeling that because he sees the trees etc. concepts come to
    • life, and that the concepts are inner presentations of what he
    • perceives, and that he thus in some way takes the world of external
    • world-conception that the thought, the act of thinking, is an
    • actuality in our inner self as man, that we do something by thinking,
    • that thinking is an inner activity, an inner work.
    • fact that every thought is essentially different from what people
    • moulder. Every thought that arises in us seizes, as it were, upon our
    • It goes on working continually and again and again replaces what dies
    • away in us. So it is not only the case that we perceive our concepts
    • through what we conceive in ideas.
    • downwards, so that with every thought we actually insert in us
    • something is being destroyed, is actually crumbling away. And what
    • longer noticed — that the breath spreads out in
    • him, and that breathing has something to do with his re-building and
    • scarcely feels any longer that the thought is actually striving all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture IV: Harmonizing Thinking, Feeling and Willing
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday we were able to show how the intellect, all that is
    • point of merely seeing images of something external in what he
    • receives as concepts and ideas, and how he does not notice that at
    • bewitched in the inner being of man, so that when he feels, when he
    • brings his will into activity, he has the consciousness that he is
    • then entirely and solely within himself, that he is concerned only
    • with himself, and that what takes place in the impulses of feeling
    • cosmos. We believe that in our feelings we only bring to expression
    • pointed out that this originates from the fact that certain spiritual
    • Sun-evolution. What entered their destiny through their not having
    • pronounced separation between something in us that wishes to be
    • what is in us, and which are, far more turns outwards and tries to
    • to make a sketch of what this denotes we could perhaps
    • fact that here within, it is raying out and continually calling forth
    • not aware that they now also go out into the cosmos, that they really
    • notion that truth is imparted to him from two sides, that he attains
    • come if one extended what tries to go out in the cosmos from the one
    • that (Drawing 1, yellow) must certainly go out to a
    • thing in itself is nebulous, is unknown; but that which thrusts up as
    • however, give our chief attention to this: that as a matter of fact,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture V: Tree of Knowledge - I
    Matching lines:
    • the possibility of going into some important matters that we will
    • suppose that here were the surface of the earth —
    • arable land, meadow, or what you will (a drawing was made), and
    • plants, any kind of plants grew in this meadow. And suppose that here
    • were a worm or some little creature, that lives and burrows under the
    • surface. This little grub or caterpillar, or whatever it is, creeps
    • recognise the roots. And what will happen is the following, is it
    • — that this caterpillar or grub were a
    • makes itself a world-conception. In the picture that it devises as
    • that the sun comes and the shoots spring forth —
    • notices quite clearly that something is going on, that the roots
    • become different, and also that in the part of the earth lying round
    • That is to say, a world-conception arisen in this worm-philosopher
    • know, this worm, whence this warmth comes ... That it becomes warmer,
    • that all sorts of processes go on in the roots, all that he
    • opinion so current today, that all depends on cause and effect,
    • effect and say: Now the earth becomes somewhat warmer from above
    • downwards; that causes alterations in the roots. With the further
    • earth as cause and effect. But it would not include that fact that
    • see, it is quite clear to you, I think, that this worm-philosophy
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture VI: Tree of Knowledge - II
    Matching lines:
    • Let us remember that the human being was built up in
    • stressed that the first rudiments of the sense-organs were present in
    • the time of ancient Saturn, and that of course they were not then
    • of human evolution, is that these sense-organs as such have to do
    • with what we can call physical operations. On Old Saturn the first
    • of the physical into whatever else is forming in man, so that the
    • nevertheless that all has to do with the
    • as the most external of evolved members; what [
    • seen in the fact that during sleep the ears are naturally influenced
    • obvious that just the same would happen as during waking. We can
    • and we must be clear that if we did not sketch it as a diagram, but
    • Now you can conclude from this that the
    • of what in fact works as the external world. You can indeed follow
    • photographic apparatus, and what is created within is then seized
    • world that we first build up our soul process, insofar as the process
    • What I have now depicted is how things
    • divine-spiritual beings had planned. But we know that
    • perceived what was within him, he would have the feeling: in me is a
    • It is interesting that in the first
    • consciousness that they are enclosed as if in a sphere which really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World Downfall and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • so are my other books. Only one who knows that in every
    • different from what it came to be later on. A great and
    • reasoning faculty. Until that time, all knowledge and all
    • consciousness that was natural before the 4th century still
    • echoes on in sayings like that of John Scotus Erigena —
    • that man forms judgments and draws conclusions as a human being
    • soul. This very fact indicates that man's whole way of looking
    • at the world had changed in the course of that century. And
    • that is why it is so difficult for us today to understand the
    • unmistakable indication of the fact that what was previously
    • Gospel carefully, we find a statement that has been overlooked
    • and without him was not anything made that was made.’
    • namely, that all things visible were made by the Logos, that
    • literally and maintain at the same time that the creator of
    • spiritual world that had survived from ancient paganism. We must
    • Christ. What did such a mystery really signify to these men?
    • everywhere that veneration was paid to the element flowing down
    • that generation after generation had passed by since the
    • stock, and that the soul and spirit of this father of the tribe
    • the blood. Whenever an adherent of that ancient view of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Art As A Bridge Between The Sensible And The Supersensible
    Matching lines:
    • hat is called the social
    • themselves as excluded by virtue of their entire life situation from what
    • could be said to have been still more unfavorable. At that time there was
    • life did not take the form it does today — such that
    • before God. In the same way, if you look back for that matter to the
    • and Pharisees, single communities that stood out, that were in possession
    • of a certain spiritual life, but what they gave out of this spiritual
    • forgotten that throughout the Middle Ages the content of spiritual life
    • times that essentially replaced the old pictorial element with what is
    • what is of an imaginative nature. More and more, people sought
    • the form that made it possible to a certain extent that, alongside the
    • the profound social chasm that now has such frightful
    • transpired that in this fifth post-Atlantean time-period involving the
    • person to be convinced of another. On that account, spreading ideas is so
    • here and elsewhere in our Society, that nowadays, on the basis of no
    • feeling that a point of view for judging life is to be won by way of
    • becoming convinced of what lives in the soul of the other person
    • spirituality. I recently emphasized here once again that one should not
    • deceive oneself in that people still go to church, maintaining they have
    • what people claim for themselves today as religious content is after all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • historically, not so much referring to the present — that can
    • time. But when such things are discussed, what is not taken into
    • account, or at least not enough, is that we live within the
    • historical course of events, that we stand in a very definitive
    • historical evolutionary epoch and that we can only understand this
    • Basically, what is most effective today and
    • what will show itself to be an even more effective imperialism in the
    • economic imperialism. But most important is the fact that
    • how in these times realities are completely different from what is
    • Swiss friends know very well that while Woodrow Wilson was being
    • in Switzerland, for what Woodrow Wilson is today, he was of course
    • complete truth — that in America they are thinking of declaring
    • him unfit to govern, that there are doubts about his judgment.) The
    • true, for what was behind them was something completely different, it
    • was of course a question of power. And in order to understand what
    • it's about, what is said, thought and judged, it is necessary to
    • century — we must realize that they are the recent products of
    • of recent times has changed so much that the true character of an
    • what the fundamentals are.
    • of a region, let's say an empire, and what we today would call the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • historical origin of what today may be called imperialism, and you
    • will have already noticed from what I said yesterday that it is
    • platitudes. It is necessary, however, to realize that platitudes need
    • that is, into something existing yet illusional, then the new reality
    • life, fully conscious of the illusionary nature of what was formerly
    • It is only natural that people
    • platitudes; for to realize that they have become platitudes causes a
    • feeling of insecurity. They feel that there is no longer solid ground
    • deception, they feel that they are adrift. They will no longer feel
    • be especially possible if all English-speaking peoples realize that
    • very important. At the moment when it is recognized that we are
    • otherwise with platitudes, as I also explained yesterday. At that
    • moment of realization must come when we can no longer defend all that
    • we maintained till now. Reality for us is what we do for our stomachs
    • recognized them for what they are, as long as we do not realize that
    • the economy is the only reality, we will not be able to admit what it
    • is necessary to admit. If we do realize all that, then human nature
    • That moment of truth must dawn.
    • For the same reason that we go forward towards a new spiritual life,
    • exist that prevent the illusions from being seen through so thoroughly,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • When you consider what has been said here
    • during the past two days you will see that what belongs to the
    • essence of imperialism is that in an imperialistic community
    • something that was felt to be part of a mission — not
    • create certain professions for that purpose: police and military
    • us now consider once again from definite viewpoints what is apparent
    • in the historical evolution of mankind. We find that in the oldest
    • discussion was grounded in the fact that a god in human form walked
    • the earth as the ruler. That was, if I may say so, a secure
    • Gradually all that which was based on divine
    • will and was thus secure passed over to the second stage. In that
    • symbol for what is not actually present in the physical world, but
    • was when it first occurred to people that a possibility for
    • discussion of public affairs was possible. What we today call rights
    • thing that mattered was the concrete will of a physical person. To
    • human form should or should not do this or that made no sense. In
    • spiritual world in physical institutions, if one spoke of what Saint
    • called the “City of God” — that is, the
    • heavenly facts and personalities, then one can hold the opinion that
    • what the person does who is a divine image is right, is a true image:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
    • explaining that situation, but I wanted to stress the
    • friends. And I would like to emphasize that in this School
    • spiritual life is to be revealed in its true meaning, so that
    • card, to begin in a way that will make you conscious of the
    • fact that every word spoken within this School is based on the
    • — that same spirit which has been revealed to humanity
    • humanity what it is able to receive.
    • must be clear from the very beginning that it is not animosity
    • towards what the sense-world has accomplished for humanity when
    • of the spirit. We must also clearly recognize that the
    • it is nevertheless important that the spiritual revelations are
    • own obstinacy, which hinders understanding what the School
    • course be what it is possible for the spirit to give us. It
    • will however be demanded of the members of the School that they
    • have gone into these things in our weekly periodical, What
    • that this difference be felt in all its explicitness by the
    • members of the School, so that eventually only those persons
    • your souls what should stand over our School as a kind of
    • engraving. That we really identify with what emerges from the
    • Toward the light that from darkness streams.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 2
    Matching lines:
    • will relate what is said today to the previous lesson, partly
    • the world that surrounds him - can feel himself related to the
    • the influence of “Know thyself”, he only sees what
    • What you are, what you were, or will become.
    • Unto that light that shines out of the darkness.
    • that we can never find our own being in this world. For the
    • sensation that by looking out into the external world we gain
    • that can carry us into the spiritual world. Yet just as by
    • world, we must also bear in mind that the person of normal
    • consciousness in normal life is unprepared to encounter that
    • spiritual world that guardian stands who earnestly warns people
    • it is the case, my dear friends, that we must always keep in
    • mind the fact that the Guardian stands before the [entrance to]
    • that this looking back, the perception in looking back,
    • What we should feel at the abyss of being between the maya, the
    • must be quite clear, my dear friends, that bravery in acquiring
    • for acquiring knowledge is what dominates. Especially in our
    • time that cowardice is what holds back most people from even
    • Your hate of spiritual revelation
    • That is the second thing that we have within us - which plants
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 3
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world, which characterize what the human being can
    • spiritual world. And we should not say that when someone
    • his thoughts - what the person in process of initiation
    • realizes in reality by entering the spiritual world, that the
    • former does not actually participate in what is revealed to the
    • in thought one approaches the description of the path that
    • superficial, he will experience and feel fully what it means to
    • That is what I will speak to you about today, my dear friends,
    • their thoughts. And that includes all of you, else you wouldn't
    • observations - when man uses the things that he encounters in
    • looks everywhere for the facts behind it. He asks: What
    • experience proves this or that? He doesn't like to accept
    • something in ordinary life which is not proven by this or that
    • himself: What is true is what is seen, what is real is what is
    • Just imagine, my dear friends, that you were to go through life
    • between birth and death in a way that you could never really
    • know whether something that confronts you is truth or illusion.
    • being real or merely a dream. Just imagine what insecurity,
    • what terrible insecurity that would cause in your life.
    • threshold of the spiritual world. That is the very first
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 4
    Matching lines:
    • well, to the extent that its earnestness can really occupy our
    • from other areas of spiritual life, what is called
    • spiritual life by today's civilization, that is. The encounter
    • an example of what we will receive today, my dear friends, I
    • certain stage of maturity - not that he became what most people
    • words; what I have to say is merely clothed in human words.
    • What I have to say to you are the gods' thoughts, and these
    • be clear to you that I am thus appealing to everything in your
    • memory what I am now saying to you. I will be satisfied if
    • tomorrow you forget what I have said today. Because what you
    • usually call your memory, and what others call your memory, is
    • renewed for what is to be received. Everything should be new
    • said that I do not appeal to your memory, to your capacity for
    • remembering. That does not mean that tomorrow you should
    • remember nothing of what is said to you today. But you should
    • what your memory makes of it. What should lead you to me
    • the innermost feelings of your soul; they should preserve what
    • is said to you today. For you see, memory, that capacity for
    • remembrance, is for learning. What the esoteric has to say,
    • is in fact true that whenever we are dealing with esoteric
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • essence of this Guardian. In particular, we have seen how what
    • to the heavenly. So that in the moment that man stands before
    • that, my dear friends, is exactly what must be made clear -
    • that upon entering the spiritual world a growing together with
    • our thinking, feeling and willing, aware that our thinking,
    • feeling and willing are somewhat separated, apart from external
    • also when looking into the inner human we see what for normal
    • magical being. What does it mean, that nature must be able to
    • However, we also know that in dreams our consciousness is
    • submerged, and dreams are not what can directly describe the
    • physical body with what is solid, with what is characteristic
    • etheric body with what is characteristic of water. However,
    • element lie deep beneath what people experience.
    • What is closer to man is his breathing process, which is
    • That man lives and moves in the element of air is obvious from
    • That the element of warmth is extremely essential to man is
    • with an object that is colder than our body, a cold knitting
    • needle for example, we feel the cold places that have been
    • with an object that is warmer than our body, we don't feel the
    • be sufficient that I have indicated what air and warmth means
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • Guardian's continuous admonition is that man be aware that he
    • deep relationship to that world exists within him.
    • rather must one return to what is revealed between them.
    • what is revealed between the things. We see the three kingdoms
    • friends, behind the kingdoms of nature we have what is called
    • what the solid earth consists of is also present in the
    • feet to what is to a certain extent at our own height, what is
    • the watery element. Although it is true that man's life on
    • earth has developed in such a way that he only senses this
    • condensed, it is nevertheless true that he also lives in this
    • solid as such, in the earthly, we can only say that we live in
    • differentiate it. We do not specifically differentiate what is
    • which exist outside of ourselves. We do not consider what is
    • around us and at the same time within us, so that we must
    • have what we designate as Earth, what we designate as Water,
    • what we designate as Air and what we designate as Warmth.
    • up to what we have always described with a dry, abstract
    • shall call that great chemicality of the cosmos
    • then we will call what is highest in the etheric: Life-Ether,
    • lesson that the human being, according to the manner in which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • have repeatedly spoken - also outside [Dornach] - about what
    • not only cultivated, it is also carried out; meaning that
    • the members than that they honestly recognize what
    • anthroposophy is and that they are in a certain sense listeners
    • to what anthroposophy says; and that they receive from it what
    • become members of this School declare that they want to be true
    • that only those who are recognized by the School as true
    • members can be recipients of what the School teaches.
    • Therefore, whatever a member of the School does should have the
    • member if it considers that he cannot be a representative of
    • if we do not feel that the School is like building a rock to
    • members of this School must know that they must adapt to those
    • that an Executive Committee has been esoterically formed.
    • alone. Therefore, anything which indicates that a member is not
    • that person's membership.
    • is a fact that negligence has entered into the Anthroposophical
    • Society to a marked degree in recent years. That it ceases is
    • should feel responsible that every word we speak is tested to
    • the extent that we know it is true. For untruthfulness, even
    • when derived from what is called good intentions, is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • It is to be remembered in all earnestness that with the
    • that many anthroposophical friends are here for the first time
    • is true that before the Christmas Conference it was always
    • emphasized that the anthroposophical movement and the
    • consider it right that spiritual light, which can come through
    • and life. And it had to be continually emphasized that
    • That has changed since the Christmas Conference at the
    • which was founded at Christmas. I can explain what this means
    • the Anthroposophical Society; now whatever happens through the
    • must be an administration. But that is not what it considers to
    • Society is therewith given. And it must be clear that from now
    • Conference statutes that contain paragraphs which detail what
    • rather do the statutes describe what the Vorstand intends. And
    • that is how the Anthroposophical Society is constituted. It is
    • issued a membership card, which is signed by me, so that even
    • least present. It has been suggested that I have a rubber stamp
    • made with my signature. I'm not going to do that - despite it
    • must also stress that it must be clear to the members - I
    • stress it because it has already been sinned against - that
    • Goetheanum. This means that nothing by way of formulations and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 9
    Matching lines:
    • vision rest upon what radiates down to us from the universe in
    • in the sublimity of what the vast universe offers, we will gain
    • minds so that we no longer need to even look up at the heavenly
    • we can also observe all that radiates down and streams through
    • then when we are conscious of all that binds us to the earth,
    • that we are heavy bodies among other heavy bodies. In other
    • words what lives in us as a feeling of being bound to the earth
    • from these three inner experiences: what we have gained in
    • merge with what the planets say to us meaningfully from space
    • by their movements - so that having felt ourselves to be at
    • This leads to the question: Why is it then that so few do so?
    • perceived with what is spiritual in man. But spiritual is what
    • we can read in the stars, what we can feel in the movements of
    • the planets, what we can experience in the forces which hold us
    • to understand inwardly means to transfer more and more what is
    • sensations - or experiences, it doesn't matter what we call
    • now, my dear sisters and brothers, what is flowing to you from
    • everything that happens in its environment as though its whole
    • body were a sense organ. That's why he imitates everything,
    • from doing with its senses what we as adults do with them. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 10
    Matching lines:
    • individual must find the way to understanding what it means to
    • organization, in not a facilitator; that is, to live with the
    • a picture of what a human soul can pass through on the way from
    • spiritual world is what will be provided in these class lessons
    • a way that those who have participated — it is also karma
    • impossible for us to grasp what the spiritual world reveals as
    • two possibilities. One is that the person hears about
    • them to be self-evident. It is obvious that everyone sitting
    • here today belongs to that group. For if someone who does not
    • belong to that group wishes to participate in a lesson as a
    • another group of people who find what is presented by
    • visionaries. These people show by their behavior that they are
    • between people. For if you honestly consider that you possess a
    • esoteric striving. And we should treasure the fact that healthy
    • the body — if only by means of so slight a jolt that you
    • plants in our environment to the extent that we feel them
    • that due to our wearing a physical body we are directly related
    • Then, however, we will also feel more and more what the
    • starting point for esoteric life can be. Then we feel that in
    • according to the usual methods and called to this or that work
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 11
    Matching lines:
    • news that Miss Maryon* has departed from the physical plane
    • are all gathered here, I will say what I have to say about
    • is sufficient to say that the First Class has lost a truly
    • she not only participated in what is being esoterically
    • friends are here, it will be my task to say what is to be
    • on his karma, on what conditions he brings along from
    • But not only that, it also depends on which physical and
    • When the right time has come, we will surely find what has
    • that existed in the Mysteries in the past when they
    • If you will remember what was presented here in the last
    • Lesson, then what I have just said can live in your hearts.
    • directly into the individual's experience so that he frees
    • the meditation we confront not only what resounds from our
    • soul but also what resounds to our soul, which in a
    • objective way, then will he be able to follow that intimate,
    • You all know, my dear sisters and brothers, what has
    • That which can be known theoretically can also be
    • organizations. He must be clear about what takes place in his
    • active. We notice that when the head is ailing, thinking is
    • circumstances. This doesn't mean that the head is really the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 12
    Matching lines:
    • First let us recite the verse which reminds us of what comes from the cosmos
    • Self-knowledge, my dear sisters and brothers, is what, in a
    • been said that understanding must exist for true spiritual
    • that we must understand that the person who is able to transmit
    • threshold; that the Guardian of the Threshold stands at the
    • It has also often been said that this living in the
    • therefor not lead to envisioning something similar to what is
    • the point where you can sense the speaking, that you sense the
    • that makes an impression on me relative to the present: Can I
    • also sense that?
    • thinking. Then you will be able to touch, touch internally that
    • profile]. When speaking is sensed so that it must be moved here
    • [green]. That is, the sense of thinking is moved
    • somewhat up against the back of the head.
    • good to think like that, because you will never progress that
    • to what life brings from morning to night and nevertheless
    • force. That is best. To withdraw in solitude in order to have
    • peace is not what works best, but rather to create solitude
    • through one's own forces. That is what definitely and securely
    • these lessons were like that. We have however advanced to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 13
    Matching lines:
    • which can bring our humanity into contact with what is
    • the thinking which acts behind that everyday thinking, which
    • tells us to be attentive to what the beings related to us
    • so that we hear the universe from the distant cosmos
    • And so, my dear sisters and brothers, we can say that
    • spiritually perceived. We should ignore the fact that we are
    • What remains for us to consider today, my dear
    • the human organism, that is, when the human organism is set
    • intimate concepts if you want to penetrate into what the
    • arms. Normally we think that we move our legs and the legs
    • have. We think that an unknown force – it is of course
    • we believe that we walk with the legs, with the physical
    • legs, that the physical legs exist for walking.
    • brothers, that you should go out into the world of triviality
    • and cry out-loud: “It is not true that man has his legs
    • in order to walk.” For that would of course not be
    • is true is unknown – that almost everything normal
    • The great illusion does not only include what we observe
    • body [red] — the part of the human etheric body that
    • astral legs, but we walk with the forces that correspond to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 14
    Matching lines:
    • to see what our relation is to the Guardian of the Threshold
    • I will repeat what has been considered in the previous lessons
    • which he develops his normal consciousness. He realizes that
    • — and that he has every reason to consciously be a part
    • of it. But he also realizes that he can never know himself if
    • is, with all its amazing variety of colors and forms, what I
    • myself am, what my origin and being are, cannot be found in
    • And it also becomes clear that in normal life we are
    • at night, for what we would then perceive, unprepared, would
    • be such a terrible shock that we would not be able to lead a
    • The Guardian of the Threshold also makes it clear to us that he
    • Thus the person realizes that before he enters the kingdom of
    • which rise up as spiritual figures from this abyss, that one
    • should realize that these beasts are the outer reflections of
    • impure willing, feeling and thinking — that they first
    • foretells what awaits us there in the spiritual world.
    • And from what has entered our souls through the mantras, we will
    • realize ever more that the human being must become different
    • when he crosses the abyss, when he wishes to live into what
    • with the fact that when he crosses the abyss and experiences
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 15
    Matching lines:
    • inner heart and soul what certain cosmic beings and events
    • in order to grasp with full understanding what the content of
    • world in which we live, which surrounds us here, and that
    • kingdoms of nature, much of what is derived from them being
    • feel that we are a part of the world around us. But we should
    • conscious of the fact that our true highest human self cannot
    • be found in all the kingdoms of nature; that it cannot be
    • nobility; that we must seek it in a world separated from our
    • perception by an abyss; and that what is beyond that abyss in
    • humanity; we are really within it, that must be emphasized.
    • that we may not enter immaturely. He is the first spiritual
    • have participated in these lessons, and leads to what was put
    • We contain in us, by what is called
    • Regarding what we inhale through our breathing, the
    • air-element, in regard to what we take in through warmth,
    • And the cosmic powers act in us, in order that an
    • answer forms in us to what the Guardian of the Threshold is
    • with each of the elements, so that we may feel ourselves to
    • with the spiritual element – but also so that we know
    • that as long as we are earthly beings we must always return
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 16
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world to human souls. Therefore, what lives here in
    • the School and what is brought to human souls are to be
    • From this you will understand that membership in the School
    • the Anthroposophical Society than that they feel themselves
    • what is generally expected of decent people in
    • that the member recognize the serious conditions for
    • membership — namely the basic condition that anyone who
    • in such a way that he is in every respect a representative of
    • the world necessarily means that whatever he or she does in
    • School, that is, with the esoteric Executive Committee
    • Therefore, it is necessary that membership in
    • the School be understood in such a way that the member feels
    • in his whole being that he is a part of what is being done
    • give what it has to give to whom it considers right to do so.
    • And the fact that no one is obliged to be a member of the
    • School, but that it depends on his free will to be a member,
    • means that the leadership may also place conditions on
    • membership without anyone claiming that his free will is in
    • Furthermore, in order that the School really be
    • taken seriously, it cannot be otherwise than that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 17
    Matching lines:
    • We also begin today with that verse which, by a correct
    • that is and all that is becoming as a call to self-knowledge,
    • Once more let us review in our souls what summarized the contents
    • from what the human being can experience when he feels himself
    • experiences the world in a new way in that he first hears what
    • the Guardian says, but also what the beings of the higher
    • What becomes of the fire's purification, which enkindled
    • light about which we can say that he sees it.
    • And the Guardian reminds us that the one who has come over to the
    • sisters and brothers, that when we cross over from the physical
    • Then the Guardian instructs us to penetrate through that
    • which is on the other side, to look back from that cosmic
    • When we look back from out there, if you imagine that you go
    • flood of colors that fill the bowl. They are breathing the colors
    • We observe how what flows from the cosmos to the rainbow,
    • What so magically appears
    • Through the impression we receive from that outlook point of the
    • floods of color in order that what exists here on the earth as
    • breathed in what they took from the sensible world, what has
    • penetrated them through the rainbow, what they have transformed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 18
    Matching lines:
    • that what was previously dark and gloomy — although we knew
    • that it contained the source of our being — expanded and
    • What you have received
    • speak to each other, so penetrated with what the highest beings
    • let stream into human souls as the cosmic-word so that the human
    • And now we realize that spirit, in which we now
    • live, alone is. We now know  that even here, in the
    • What is expressed here in the drawing is spirit. It
    • What is here: Is — is spirit. And what
    • here Is, here Is, here Is. Everywhere that
    • spirit revealed to our souls. Over there we did not see what is
    • drawn here in red. We are too weak there to see what is drawn
    • here in red. What remains there then? Nothing. Over there
    • Something. And we call the Nothings the kingdoms of nature. That
    • and give names to what is fundamentally Nothing, that it is the
    • great illusion. And what is Nothing, and what we give names to
    • the spiritual world that we have now entered. Names dedicated to
    • If we are not clear about the fact that here on
    • the greatest illusion. We must know that we are giving names to
    • deeply, deeply: We now know that we have gone from the kingdom of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 19
    Matching lines:
    • that is, was in the past and will be in the future, calls
    • Guardian of the Threshold into what is at first a dark,
    • resound together. Let us now bring that to mind once more
    • – how we had already continued from hearing what the
    • What you have received
    • Spirit-Word that underlies the creation of the world. We
    • enter the esoteric realm, we should first feel that the
    • which resounds from that other worldly reality. What our
    • We must be aware that the true “I
    • am” does not come from us in the earthly realm, that
    • What thinks in the Spirit-Word
    • They are the thoughts that come from all the
    • What thinks in the Spirit-Word
    • First it was the flames that speak the words;
    • the star-flames speak the words. The glow that come from
    • This is what the human being who stands within it all says.
    • What thinks in the Spirit-Word
    • What thinks in the Spirit-Word
    • What impels in the Spirit-Word
    • Cosmic-Word, which gleams from the cosmic-thoughts, is what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XX (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • Two), so many new members had joined, or wanted to join, that
    • the previous lessons. But it is also true that a repetition of
    • that it works again and again on the soul. Therefore, for those
    • the advantages of their continued striving, in that again and
    • that sense. And so for the members of the School who are here
    • said yesterday — an esoteric breath that can already be
    • anthroposophy, is to take the place of what has been previously
    • the future, this cannot continue. The intention of what was
    • formed together with me as the Christmas impulse was that the
    • reflection of what has been founded in the super-sensible
    • that in the succession of the reigning hierarchy of Archangels,
    • nineteenth century. And it was made known that this guidance
    • is the case that in human evolution life is guided successively
    • that is, from the last third of the nineteenth century back
    • Then we come back to the previous reign of Michael, that
    • through Alexander the Great and Aristotle, which until that
    • Asia, to North Africa, so that what was the spiritual life of a
    • that what had previously blossomed in one place streams out to
    • and would come again to Michael. And we would find that after
    • my dear friends, we should be aware that the Michael impulse
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • Despite the fact that a number of new members of this Esoteric
    • words. Therefore, I must insist that if the new members receive
    • night-cloaked darkness. But the hope exists that in order to
    • truly solve the riddle of humanity, what shines and is radiant
    • is in that other world, in which one's own self finds its
    • being, comes from what appears at first as black, night-cloaked
    • self-knowledge is dismaying, even shattering.
    • we must pass through knowledge of that self, which is the
    • then the second beast — born from the hate of spiritual
    • and tepidity in respect of knowledge, yes, hate of knowledge
    • doubt about the spiritual world that today gnaws at the souls'
    • Your hate of spiritual revelation
    • Your hate of spiritual revelation
    • When the Guardian shows us this - the shattering picture of our
    • a further clarification that can begin to support us again: a
    • our willing. And he gives us a certain teaching in what he then
    • dear sisters and brothers, one feels, even exoterically, that
    • unreal. What is then this thinking?
    • must place what this thinking really is before our souls in
    • the thinking that we have between birth and death is the corpse
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXII (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • therefore request that the members who give the new ones the
    • souls hear the words that human beings — if they have
    • envision the need for self-knowledge — that constantly
    • true bridge to what the human being needs for his thinking, for
    • they are inwardly observed, but that these forces appear to the
    • Threshold has placed this shattering view before our souls, he
    • down into our thinking, but that this thinking is of a seeming
    • nature [Scheineswesen] that cannot bear our true Self; but how
    • strength; how, however, we should understand that not only what
    • light in order that we find the light that can illuminate our
    • Seeming world is what you see,
    • Seeming world is what you see,
    • that in its rhythm it appears as having moved downward from the
    • Seeming world is what you see,
    • Seeming world is what you see,
    • That we have entered in reality is expressed in that we first
    • “revere”, which is an inner soul function; in that
    • alongside the process; in that we first arrive at the
    • to advance in spiritual knowledge. For what is within us is at
    • to west, permeating us. These are the same forces that grasp
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIII (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • previous mantras to the newcomers in the usual way, that they
    • unbiased sense that in them lies the exhortation to seek true
    • self-knowledge, a self-knowledge that leads to knowledge of the
    • words that urge the soul of man, if he wants to hear them, from
    • what this Michael-School should mean:
    • stood there shattered by the impression of the three beasts,
    • we have already heard what the Guardian of the Threshold speaks
    • that we need this image. We need — if we wish to feel in
    • look up to that realm from which our thinking comes, where
    • then, if we understand what striving towards the light is, we
    • find that we must remain erect. And we must know that we are
    • then when we consider our feeling, we must see — in that
    • that is permeated by ahrimanic Beings who would cause us to
    • between that spiritual blissfulness into which the forces of
    • warmth, the forces of heat, of fire wish to bring us, and that
    • ourselves in the substance of darkness. We must strive for what
    • but the powers of darkness must press up from the soil so that
    • from light and darkness what the plants represent in their
    • clear to us that our real being is not revealed by all of
    • wondrous sensory nature, nor is it what leads us to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • has made clear to us that what surrounds us in the exterior
    • of nature, what on and from the earth lives and moves, what
    • — all that offers nothing to clarify the being of our own
    • self; that the brightness, this glistening in the sunshine,
    • what we should strive for as human beings in order to achieve
    • what the true shape of our willing, feeling and thinking is
    • fainthearted and having fear of knowledge lives in us, as hate
    • for knowledge, as doubt about the knowledge that is
    • feeling and thinking. It must be a shattering experience for us
    • corpse that lies before us. We look at this corpse. We say to
    • it is now. It is what remains of a human being whose soul and
    • the spiritualized person must have existed beforehand in what
    • that it is the corpse of the living thinking that was in us
    • Then the Guardian reminds us that our feeling is only
    • Guardian of the Threshold also reminds us that in order to
    • look up to the heavenly heights; that to grasp the nature of
    • Christ-path. The Guardian of the Threshold indicates to us that
    • nothingness; that we must find willing in the Middle Way.
    • That, my dear sisters and brothers, is what the Middle Way is
    • beyond the yawning abyss of being into that deep,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • Once again, I must say that the introduction about the
    • must request that those of you who were already here and have
    • from all that interweaves and lives in the earthly depths, in
    • water and air, in warmth and light, from what lives in the
    • the physical human form, in human souls, in human spirits, what
    • which leads us to where we become aware that, when we seek our
    • own being in all that lives in the depths, flows in the air,
    • all that creeps and flies, in all that our senses perceive in
    • universal space, in the immeasurably distant flow of time, that
    • all that does not contain our being, the true source of our
    • humanity, that it becomes gloomy when we look here for our
    • humanity. The description has led us thus far to show that we
    • to what is still night-cloaked, black gloom, so that it can
    • must be clear to us that in the moment — and we have come
    • abyss of being, past the Guardian of the Threshold, in that
    • moment an important change takes place in the human being, that
    • in the near future, we consider it first, so what we carry out
    • out in impulses of will. We feel that it is worthy. We feel
    • love flowing to this or that being. Because we feel it, we form
    • a thought about it. Or we go beyond that and carry out a deed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXVI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • cannot be created by human arbitrariness, nor from that human
    • of spiritual life, so that everything that occurs in such a
    • that this same Michael-Will - which we can also call the
    • always cosmopolitanism. What differentiates people on earth is
    • by that of Oriphiel, and after Oriphiel came the Anael impulse,
    • manner - what can be clear to you, my sisters and brothers,
    • Conference leads to what is constituted as the basis of the
    • lives with the deepest sincerity. They must feel that they
    • lessons, but rather as what Michael communicates in an esoteric
    • Therefore, what these lessons contain will be Michael's message
    • it is because of this that the anthroposophical movement will
    • that what membership in this School means be taken with the
    • brothers, truly and deeply necessary, that it be indicated in
    • for what really flows through the anthroposophical movement,
    • be in the forefront of what humanity can gradually develop as
    • the necessary earnestness. Therefore, it is necessary that the
    • fact that this Esoteric School exists under the direct force of
    • Conscientious care of the mantric verses so that they do not
    • earnestness. It has happened that members of the School have
    • that whole piles of the News Sheets, only intended for members,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.



The Rudolf Steiner e.Lib is maintained by:
The e.Librarian: elibrarian@elib.com